P. fk ee SOP ROION tO Mgehl® NER OREREN.
rer abr NaN IS tg Le $ SY
san ache ‘ ‘ Poon

a,
SN MNS
Ure ee EA

bat a ee ek ee ee x
ee eee ee ee ae ene f Pty
Deg Dekudlieed tat denn see ae : ~ . a ’- ss
Vee PRP wer ef ete - 4 ne’ NR’
. " 2 Ae eo Rte he rete
° Wh wee fl

ee >
vent Poe Pmanent
Pn at Oe he
eerineheey .
(ete POP OA ate! ™ 4 " A PeReAN ES %
Se ee ae <a : sn s ~ - ey oA

ne ‘
ee : > P95 wr

*
Ee GO DT ON tee Ome
3-0 Ae

Dud
1p en dan ee
te on ¥ . ~
> : ~ Pees .
SNe,

ee “2 £

POM TE Me ME

ee eee es "ine . fd 07 £ “- . rary
+7 7; ae eee eee

oa .

Pe ee “ . ‘ niphity Pere pine e . ee

ee ee ee ee
ee ey ee

CO Ae te
te

we
ae Se

ed
: 2 Oe ae Ne

Veo) ¢
7.
|

(as om ae f

rom |’ ‘> : * ~
ae We . “ae

é ; ‘se . Po

hel

“1! pDHYTOLOGIA

t \ A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 48 April 1981 No. |
CONTENTS
SEYMOUR, F. C., Bipinnate Leguminosae of Nicaragua ............. l
OSORIO, H. S., Contribution to the lichen flora of Brazil VIII. Lichens
from Morro de Coco, Viamao, Rio Grande do Sul ......... 72

GUZMAN M., R., Taxonomia y distribucion de las gramineas de Mexico,
— I. Hydrochloa caroliniensis var. oconneri (Gramineae). Una

i) nueva variedad de importancia forrajera ...........0004. 77
sENT, D., Biogeography and origin of Solanum acaule Bitter ........ 85
HNSTON, M. C., Spiranthes emiliae, new species from Sierra de la

PIER A OOMUTUL on a okt 28 ELS ar ae ean beatae te 96
z ‘ECKMANN, R. W., Realignments in the Dichanthelium acuminatum
8 ROTOR NE OMECIE RS Tan'coNA wih Sica tres \s) 5/2 NGA an Ou bibs 99
~ JLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the genus Ghinia. Il ......... 111
: JLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Hoseanthus (Verbenaceae) ..... 116
z
= )JLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Garrettia (Verbenaceae) ...... 121
= PERE Ao by Bonk repens Oe cou eee he ey 125
e)
Zz
4
a)
z Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
< 303 Parkside Road
~ Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U
= iG U.S.A.
= ice of this number $3.00; for this volume $12.00 in advance or $13.00 after

close of the volume; $4.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received
after a volume is closed.

}
i
MN lesy ged
Nate i
De ky ‘he

nh

oo
oi

BIPINNATE LEGUMINOSAE OF NICARAGUA
Frank C. Seymour

Research Associate, Missouri Botanical Garden
Visiting Associate Research Professor, University of Florida

This is the article which I wish someone else had written be-
fore me so that I might have used it in identifying my specimens
from Nicaragua.

Since the Leguminosae are classified largely by flowering cha-
racters such as the number of stamens and the regularity or ir-
regularity of the corolla, it is natural that such characters are
used largely in keys for identification. When, however, one has
a specimen in fruit, he is under the necessity of wading through
a host of descriptions and then hunting for a number of scattered
sources to make sure that some recent species has not been over-
looked. Not only to report the species found in Nicaragua by my
companions and myself, but to gather together scattered informa-
tion from these sources and to organize it in the form best adap-
ted to fruiting specimens is the purpose of this article. It is hop-
ed to save others the time-consuming process just described.

In view of possible extensions of range, species of Central A-
merica are included which at present are not known to occur in
Nicaragua.

Such a project meets with special problems. First, in this
group, more than in most families, characters frequently cross
generic lines. This aspect is enlarged upon by the authors of the
Flora of Panama (Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 37: 226. 1950). Two
species of the same genus may differ more than two species of
different genera. Mimosa albida Humboldt & Bonplandcan easi-
ly be mistaken for a Pithecellobium. Acacia pennatula (Schlech-
tendal & Chamisso) Bentham can easily be confused with Lysilo-
ma multifoliolatum Britton & Rose. In view of this situation, it
is advisable for practical purposes to construct one composite
key making use of vegetative characters in identifications.

Secondly, in no less than 13 species of bipinnate legumes of
Central America, fruit is unknown. Perhaps no one would ever
look for such species ina key for fruiting specimens. Yet they
ought not to be omitted. In some cases they can be identified
by the following key. The limitation of the use of characters by

species in which fruit is unknown has some compensation in the
1

2 Pe T Out oreun A Vol. 48, No. 1

fact that vegetative characters are very useful and in some
cases help to identify sterile specimens.

The species of bipinnate legumes for which fruit is unknown
are an intriguing subject for investigation and study. It may be
that they are sterile hybrids. Maybe they will never fruit. But
that is a rash statement; anything can happen. Plants which are
apparently sterile may be fertile under some circumstances. It
may be that a specimen in fruit will be collected sometime. Does
Celastrus scandens L. suggest a parallel? In New England, it

often occurs in sterile condition in areas where a fruiting speci-
menhas rarely or never beencollected. This appears to be the case
in the fringes of its range. This is my personal observation. It
may be that in the fringes of its range weather conditions are only
rarely favorable to its fruiting. That weather, such as a late
frost, does affect fruiting is well known to fruit-growers.

Another parallel is suggested by Podocarpus sp. which is
commonly cultivated in Florida. Plants of this species growing
on my own propertyin Gainesville, forinstance, have blossomed
and fruited in only one of the seven years during which I have
watched them. Since every year the weather differs from ev-
ery other year, it may be that a season favorable to fruiting oc-
curs only rarely.

Alpinia sp., likewise growing on my own property, has done
the same thing. In just one year of the sevenduring which Ihave
observed it, it has blossomed. The two species did not blossom
in the same year. Can similar causes be operating in the bipin-
nate legumes in Nicaragua for which no fruit is known? Was no
collector present to get specimens during the year in which they
fruited? Can some of these plants be slipped and grown under
controlled conditions so that the effect of weather and other pos-
sible factors can be observed?

Of the three subfamilies of Leguminosae, in a broad sense,
two include bipinnate species; such species are not known in the
Papilionoideae. Subfamily Mimosoideae consists largely of bi-
pinnate species. Exceptions are Inga, a large genus in which al-
mostall species have simply pinnate leaves; and in Pithecellobium
3 species have once-pinnate leaves, namely, P. membranaceum
(Bentham) Schery, P. rufescens (Bentham) Pittier and P._ tubu-
liferum Pittier. While most species of Acacia have bipinnate
leaves, in A. neriifolia M. Cunn. leaves are reduced to phylo-
dia, that is reduced to petioles so that they appear to be undivi-
ded.

Subfamily Caesalpinoideae is represented in Central Ameri-
ca by only 5 genera with bipinnate leaves, namely, Caesalpinia,
Delonix, Parkinsonia, Peltophorum and Schizolobium. Cerci-

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 3

dium does not surely occur. Haematoxylon has species with bi-
pinnate leaves, but the species which occur in Central America
are once pinnate.

I wish to express my thanks to the following persons for vari-
ous kinds of assistance in preparing this article. Dr. Reed C.
Rollins, then Director of the Gray Herbarium and Dr. Richard
A. Howard, then Director of the Arnold Arboretum, for the pri-
vilege of studying and examining thousands of specimens in their
respective institutions. Mr. Ray Angelo for examining speci-
mens in the Harvard Herbaria and sending me information. Dr.
Lyman B. Smith and Dr. David B. Lellinger, by whose courte-
sy I have been enabled to make use of the facilities and examine
specimens in the United States National Herbarium. Miss Mel-
issa P, Marshall who assisted me in citing specimens in the
Harvard Herbaria. Mr. John T. Atwood, Jr., for citations
from the Herbarium of the Michigan State University and the
Florida State University. Dr. Silvio Echavery B., Director of
the Escuela Nacional de Agricultura y Ganaderia in Managua

who has provided hospitality to my companions and me while
collecting and preparing specimens and with whom a set of spe-
cimens has been deposited. Dr. Jaime Incer and Mr. David A.
Neill who made the facilities of the Universidad Centroamerica-
na in Managua available to my companions and me for pressing
and preparing specimens, with whom likewise a set of speci-
mens has been deposited. Dr. Daniel B. Ward and Dr. Walter
Judd and the staff of the Herbarium of the University of Florida.
A set of specimens collected while using their facilities has
been deposited with the University of Florida. Miss Sue Heine,
the artist who drew the excellent illustrations for this article.
Dr. L. C. Anderson, Director of the Herbarium of the Florida
State University for the loan of specimens.

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO BIPINNATE LEGUMINOSAE OF
NICARAGUA AND OTHER CENTRAL AMERICAN COUNTRIES

The long vertical line in the left margin indicates species with
one pair of pinnae on a leaf.

A. Legume jointed, usually flat; joints separating in maturity,
sometimes leaving persistent margins B.
B. Legume 4-15 mm wide; see p.25for key Be tated ogre
Soo wie 1a -teNi ic acencunsiinancemataikie’ iantess many species of Mimosa
B. Legume 20- 100 mm (2 -10 cm) wide; woody vine C.

4 PH aye Os wOnG i eA Vol. 48/5 Nec

C. Legume 2-2.5 cm wide; leaflets 3-6 pairs ona pinna, 1-5
cm long; twigs, petioles and axis of leaves with dense re-
curved prickles; p. 4) . Entada patens (Hook. & Arn.)Stan.

C. Legume 5-10 cm wide; stem and leaves without prickles D.
D. Leaflets 3-6 pairs, usually 4-5 pairs; legume very

large 1-2 m long, 8-10 cm wide; leaves often with ten-
drils; p. 40. ... . Entada gigas (L.) Fawcett & Rendle

D. Leaflets (5-)6-8 pairs; legume 20-40 cm long, 5-8 cm
wide; leaves seldom with tendrils; p. 40, illustr. 62 ..

BR ce ots tao ws Entada polystachya (L.) DC.

A. Legume not joimted < or wanenowrt =) 4
E. Pinnae 2 (1 pair), no more on any leaf F.

F. Spines at nodes only, usually in pairs G.

G. Leaflets 9.4-1.8 em long; legume gradually narrowed
to base (attenuate); petiole 4-10 mm long, without
glands H.

H. Leaflets 8-18 mm long, 3 mm wide; legume up to
14 cm long, 10 mm wide, pubescent when young; p.
oS Golo ooo Ceulllnewarelrey Magdalenae (Bert.)Bth.
H. Leaflets 4-6 mm long, acute or obtuse I.
I. Legume glabrous, 6-8 mm long, 7-8 mm wide;
leaflets 5-6 mm long, about 1 mm wide; p. 36
: Calliandra Caeciliae Harms
IL Leguee densely villous; leaflets 4-6 mm long; p.
39). \. Mewes) aol. Calliandra, WendlandiigBthe

G. Leaflets 2-13 cm long, glabrous above J.

J. Leaflets 4-5 cm wide, 8-11 cm long, glabrous, acu-

aM Wiss, Ieee UMHS, jos Zo o 6 a c

3 -Pithecellobium ibnaaecase B. “& R.
Ve Tesflets i 5=2.5| em wide KK:

K. Leaflets hairy above and beneath; petiole 1.5-2.5
cm long, densely hirtellous; leaflets 2.5-4.5 cm
long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide; flowers in spikes; legume
unknown; p. 52. . Pithecellobium saxosum St. & St.

K. Leaflets glabrous or nearly so above, sometimes
hairy in axils of veins beneath, otherwise glab-

TOUS lee

L. Legume tomentose; leaflets 6-13 cm long, 2-5
cm wide, some of them gradually narrowed to
acute tip; veins not conspicuous beneath; le-
gume compressed; seeds black; p. 49 par
. Pithecellobium hymenaefolium (H. & B.) Bth.

L. Legume glabrous or nearly so, or hairy, not
tomentose M.,

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 5

M. Legume terete or almost terete, almost straight to

much curved or coiled; leaflets 2-7 cm long N.

N. Leaflets hirsute beneath, at least on veins; veins
raised, conspicuous beneath; twigs hirsute; leaflets
3-7 cm long; flowers in head-like spikes; p. 50.

: . Pithecellobium Johansenii Stan.

N. Regetare merece or nearly so; legume straight or
curved, glabrous; seeds black; flowers in spikes;
spines at nodes O,

O. Legume 8-12 cm long, 1 cm wide, almost straight
or curved, glabrous, indented or depressed be-
tween seeds; leaflets 2-7 cm long; p. 50, illustr.
62. . . Pithecellobium lanceolatum (H. & B.)Stan.

O. Legume 6-8 cm long, 1.5-2 cm thick; veins not
raised; leaflets 3-7 cm long; p. 50, 51 4
ies Ae Pithecellobium pachypus Pittier

M. Legume compressed; flowers are needed to distinguish

the 4 species immediately following P.

P. Flowers in spikes Q.

Q. Gland of petiole columnar; twigs puberulent or
hirtellous or nearly glabrous; legume nearly glab-
rous, on short stipe, 1 cm wide; peduncles usual-
ly 1-3 cm long; leaflets 6 cm long; p. 51.

. Pithecellobium oblongum Bth.

Q. Gland of Betlole small, not columnar; twigs puber-
ulent or glabrate; legume glabrous or nearly so,
1.5-2 cm wide; leaflets 3-12 cm long; p. 49.

. Pithecellobium insigne Micneli

Be Plotters in Reade: Pas glabrous or nearly so; gland
of petiole circular, at summit; legume 8-15 mm
wide; peduncle less than 2 cm long; leaflets 3-7cm
long R.

R. Leaflets with texture of writing paper (chartace-
ous); spines at nodes; p. 48, illustr. 60

Seis -Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb. )Bth.

R. eaetedd leathery (coriaceous); spines at nodes or

sometimes lacking; p. 50. Sf sous
Pithecellobium Patani! Britton
F. Spines none S. cp. p.. 4

S. Legume much curved, 8-15 mm wide T.

T. Legume 8-10 mm wide, much curved; leaflets 3 or 4
rarely 2 ona pinna, 4-9 cm long; petiole short or al-
most none; legume not narrowed between seeds; p. 51,
52... . . .Pithecellobium Recordii (B. & R.) Stan.

6 nay Teo lO Gm A Vol. 48, Now

T. Legume 12-15 mm wide, much curved almost into a circle,
narrowed between seeds; leaflets 4-6 on a pinna {2-3 pairs),
glabrous; lower leaflets slightly smaller than terminal
ones; terminal leaflets 5-15 cm long; p. SZ. 6 oe

1 aco eons Pithecellobium racemiflorum D. S.
S. Legume straight or slightly curved or unknown U.

U. Terminal leaflets 9-20 cm long, 3-7.5 cm wide, much
larger than basal pair; petiole up to 6 cm long V.

V. Young twigs with reddish hairs, later glabrate; petiole
less than 6 cm long; glands on axis of leaves between
each pair of pinnae; peduncles 2-24 cm long; legume
narrowed between seeds; valves twisted when open W.
W. Leaflets 2-5 (usually 3) pairs ona pinna, acuminate,

glabrous; petiole less than 1 cm long; legume about

10 cm long; gland between terminal pair of pinnae;

peduncles up to 7 cm long, usually 2-3 cm long; p.

53... . . Pithecellobium Valerioi (B. & R.)Stan.
W. Leaflets 4-6 pairs on a pinna; petiole 2-6 cm long;

peduncles 8-24 cm long; legume 8-20 cm long,

5-7.5 cm wide, tomentose, on short stipe; p. 48

. Pithecellobium catenatum D. S.

V. Young twigs glabrous or almost glabrous; leaflets 6 or
7 pairs on a pinna; peduncles 1-3 cm long or shorter X.
X. Flowers borne laterally on old wood of thick branch-

es or at leafless nodes; leaflets glabrous Y.

Y. Flowers on pedicels; pedicels 4 mm long; legume
unknown; leaflets 6 (3 pairs), 9-14 cm long,
3-6.5 cm wide, on short petiolules, glabrous;
GiGloa\onias jore@remubasioey foo 4h8}o oo 6 6 a 6 OD OO
So : . Pithecellobium Brenezii Stan.

Y. Flowers sessile; leaflets 4-6; terminal leaflets
9-20 cm long Z. :

Z. Leaflets 6-9 cm wide; legume 11-18 cm long,
2-3.5 cm wide, glabrous; petiole short or al-
most none; p. 47 Pithecellobium belizense Stan.

Z. Leaflets 4-5 cm wide; legume about 12 cm
long, densely ferruginous-tomentulose; p.53

Pithecellobium Stevensonii (Stan. ) St. & St.
X. Flowers at ends of twigs or near axils of leaves Aa.
Aa. Leflets 6 or 7 ona pinna, 3-13 cm long,1.5-4.5

cm wide, sessile, scarcely 3 times as long as

wide, leathery (coriaceous); veins prominent,

with 6 or 7 short spreading veins on one side,

on the other side, one of the 3 veins long, arched,
ascending; leaves almost sessile; p. 39, illus-

EryOO! sss le Calliandara’ rhodocephala D, S.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes ff

Aa. Leaflets 3-5 ona pinna Ab,
Ab. Leaflets 3 on a pinna, with 7-8 short spreading side-
veins on each side; terminal leaflets about 4 times as long
as wide, 4-12 cm long, 1.5-3.5 cm wide; petiole 3-10
mm long; p.52 Pithecellobium longifolium (H. & B.) Stan.
Ab. Leaflets 3-5 ona pinna; terminal leaflets about 2 times
as long as wide, 5-15 cm long, 1.5-6 cm wide, 7-9
52 short spreading veins on each side; p. 50, illustr. 60
erat tthe . . . Pithecellobium latifolium (L.) Bth.
U. CT leaflets 1-5.5 cm long, not much larger than basal
ones, that is, not twice as as long AG. ep, fo
Ac. Legume gradually narrowed to base, widest near tip,
obtuse or roundedand sometimes apiculate at tip, not nar-
rowed between seeds; petiole without a gland; flowers in
heads Ad.
Ad. Leaflets 7-11 pairs, an even number, 12-23 mm
long, 4-8 mm wide; legume glabrous, 7-7.5 cm
mie 7-8 mm wide; stipe 2.5-3 cm long; p. 37.
See ceil G4 eae Calliandra carcerea St. & St.
Ad. gene 2-7 (1-3 1/2 pairs) on a pinna, an odd or
even number Ae.
Ae. Leaflets glabrous or nearly so; legume 8-10 cm
long, 8-12 mm wide, glabrous, or unknown; leaf-
lets 3 ona pinna, 1-5 cm long, 8-27 mm wide; p.
37, 39. . . Calliandra emarginata(H. & B.) Bth.

Ae. Leaflets densely pilose above and beneath, 3-4
ona pinna, 1-2.5 cm long, 8-17 mm wide; le-
gume 5-11 cm long, 6-7 mm wide, densely fine-
ly hairy; p. 38. Calliandra mexicana Brandegee

Ac. Legume not gradually narrowed to base or unknown Af,

Af. Leaflets minutely hirtellous above, velutinous-pilose be-
neath, 4 (2 pairs) ona pinna, 3-5 cm long, 1.5-2.7 cm
wide; legume unknown; p. 48 Pithecellobium Brownii Stan.

Af. Leaflets glabrous or nearly so, not hairy on midrib be-
neath, 4 pairs ona pinna, 3.5-5.5cmlong, 1.5-2.5 cm
wide; legume unknown; p. 51 Pithecellobium palmanum Stan.

E. Pinnae 2-many pairs, at least some leaves with more than l
pair; flowers in spikes or heads or umbels or racemes Ag.
Ag. Thorns large, hollow, not recurved, in pairs, at nodes

only, usually stout; legumes with slender, spine-like beak;
leaflets less than 5 mm wide, glabrous Ah. cp. p. 9
Ah. Leaflets 8-13 mm long Ai. cp. p. 8

8 Die Nouels Olay Op Gesie vA Voll. 48)" Nope

Ai. Pinnae up to 20 pairs; leaflets 20-30 pairs, 8-11 mm long,
2-3.5 mm wide; ciel unknown; p. 30.

: Acacia ‘Nilemias ieee

AL. Pinnae 3. to i sue A pairs; floweue in spikes Aj.

Aj. Pinnae 3-5 pairs; leaflets 9-18 pairs, 8-13 mm long;
gland of petiole near summit; legume long-attenuate to
base and tip, flattened, 8 mm wide, at least 20 cm
long; stipe 2-3 cm long; p. 32... . Acacia Gentlei Stan.

Aj. Pinnae about 8 pairs; leaflets about 12 mm long; le-
gume 8-12 cm long, terete; spines compressed; tlowers
in spikes; p. 33... . 24 « «+ « A€acla mayana Eundell

Ah. Leaflets 2-9 mm long, glabrous or nearly so, sometimes ci-
liate Ak.

Ak. Legume terete, 3-5 cm long; gland of petiole trough-
shaped; leaflets 5-7 mm long, 2 mm wide; flowers in
spikes; thorns terete; p. 31 Acacia cornigera (L. ) Willd.

Ak. Legume much or slightly compressed Al.

Al. Thorns much flattened; legume opening along lower su-
ture only, differing in this respect from almost all
other species; pinnae 6-15 pairs; leaflets 12-20 pairs,
3-8 mm long; petiole and axis of leaves with circular
elevated glands; p. 33, illustr. 57 Acacia Hindsii Bth.

Al. Thorns circular or elliptical in cross section Am.
Am. Leaflets 2-4 mm long An.

An. Glands conical, on axis of leaves as well as pe-
tiole; leaflets 2-4 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide,
65-75 pairs; thorns when mature glabrous, may
be tomentose when young; p. 34. 5 spelen
BARONE Sr aro Dh eo -Acacia Ruddiae jadoen
An. Glands not conical Ao.

Ao. Weaflets 9-18 pairs, 2.5-3. S5anm long, ob-
tuse, ciliate, 1-nerved; p. 33. :

: . Acacia hirtipes Safford

Ao. pests 18- 26 pairs, 3-4 mm long; glands
2-6, circular or oval, on peti ole only; pinnae
about 15 pairs; thorns glabrous; leaflets less
than 1 mm wide; flowers in heads Ap.

Ap. Glands of petiole 4, conoid; similar but
dark gland between each pair of pinnae; leaf-
lets on vegetative branches 12-52 mm long,
on flowering branches 6-15 pairs, on vege-
tative branches 14-18 pairs; spines of flo-
wering branches 5-7 mm long; large spines
5 cm long; p. 32 Acacia Donnelliana Safford

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 9

Ap. Glands of petiole 5-6, circular or oval, obscure on
axis of leaves; leaflets 3-4 mm long, 18-26 pairs;
pinnae about 15 pairs; twigs glabrous; legume flat;
spines ivory-white; p. 33 Acacia globulifera Safford
Am. Leaflets 5-9 mm long Aq.

Aq. Glands of petiole 5-6, dome-shaped; thorns terete; no
glands on axis of leaves; pinnae several to many pairs;
leaflets 6-8 mm long; peduncles nearly 2 mm thick; flo-
wers in spikes; p. 3]. ... Acacia Collinsii Safford

Aq. Glands of petiole not dome-shaped Ar.

Ar. Leaflets less than 1 mm wide, 6-7 mm long, many
pairs; pinnae 14-28 pairs; legume 10-30 cm long;
young thorns hairy; flowers in heads; p. 3l. .
pot: aati Lofersco cee me - Acacia Cookii Safford

Ar. Leaflets more than 2 mm wide, 5-6 mmiong, 15-30
pairs; pinnae at least 15 pairs; petiole with several
conic glands; axis of leaves up to 40 cm long; glands
between most pairs of pinnae; p. 33,2 soe. %. 206 -
BO Deo ete! Gulch ected odes VE Acacia melanoceras Beurl.

Ag. Thorns or spines or prickles solid or none As. cp. p. 7
As. Petiole and axis of leaves tawny-hirsute; pinnae 8-11

pairs; leaflets 5-10 mm long, 3-6 mm wide; petiole 1-2

cm long, with 1 gland near summit; spines none; legume

unknown; p. 47... . .Pithecellobium Barbourianum Stan.
As. Petiole and axis of leaves not tawny-hirsute; pinnae (1-)

3-17 pairs; leaflets 10-30 mm long At.

At. Legume deeply narrowed between seeds, bright-red or
reddish; legume straight or slightly curved (falcate) Au.
jon eye ella)

Au. Young twigs almost glabrous; spines 5-15 mm long;
leaflets about 25 pairs, 2-8 mm long, up to 2 mm
wide; pinnae sometimes 1 pair; branches bearing
prickles; p. 47, illustr. 68 Parkinsonia aculeata L.

Au. Young twigs densely hairy; branches with or without
spinesAy.

Av. Legume twisting when open; pinnae 2-9 pairs;
leaflets 8-18 pairs, 1-2.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide,
acute or almost acute; young twigs with dense,
rust-colored hairs; petiole without glands or
glands obscure; a small gland on axis of leaves
between pairs of pinnae; spines none Aw.

Aw. Veins of leaflets prominent above and beneath;
gland between pairs of pinnae erect, truncate
or concave; pinnae 4-9 pairs; leaflets 10-14
pairs, 1-2.5 cm long, 5-10 mm wide, acute or
almost acute; petiole sometimes with small
SRATACE SS (Pick PES eT ate oa ice Vel he ca hat ee ee,

Pithecellobium costaricense (B. & R.) Stan.

10 P ieee rsO ElOre’n tA Vol. 48, No.

Aw. Veins of leaflets not prominent; gland between pairs of
pinnae small circular; pinnae 2-7 pairs; leaflets 3-18
pairs, largest ones mostly 1-2 cm long, 7-11 mm wide,
acute or almost acute, glabrous except sometimes midrib
beneath; no gland on petiole; legume 10-18 -m long, 1 cm
thick, bright-red, finely hairy; p. 48, 52.

. Pithecellobium Donnell-Smithii /B. & R. Vea

Av. Re awe not twisting when open; glands sometimes on axis of
leaves between pairs of pinnae; spines none except sometimes
in Piptadenia constricta Ax.

Ax. Leaflets 3-4 mm wide, 15-20 pairs, 1-1.5 cm long, 3-
nerved at base; no glands between leaflets; pinnae 7-11
pairs; petiole with 2 small glands; legume 1.5-2 cm wide;
p. 47, illustr . 61 Pithecellobium austrinum Stan. & Wms.

Ax. Leaflets (5-)7-30 mm wide; pinnae 2-5 pairs Ay.

Ay. Leaflets 2 pairs; pinnae 2 pairs, glands between leaf-
lets, not on petiole; p. 48 Pithecellobium Bertolonii Bth.
Ay. Leaflets 5-12 pairs; pinnae 2-5 pairs Az.
Az. Leaflets reticulate beneath, not above; petiole with-

out a gland; pinnae usually 3 pairs; leaflets 7-9

pairs, 2-5 cm long, 7-27 mm wide, acute or obtuse;

axis of leaves with olande hetween pinnae: Legume
beaked; pe49 Pithecellobium jinotegense Stan. & Wms.
Az. Leaflets not reticulate above or beneath Ba.

Ba. Petiole densely brown-hairy; glands of petiole
and axis of leaves small; pinnae 2-3 pairs; leaf-
lets 8-11 pairs, 1.5-4 cm long, 7-30 mm wide;
legume almost terete, up to 1 cm thick Bb.

Bb. Leaflets obtuse, puberulent to glabrate be-
neath, 1.5-4 cm long, 8-30 mm wide, pubes-
cence of twigs and petiole not tomentose; p. 49

. Pithecellobium erythrocarpum Stan.

Bb. Leaflets acute or almost acute, puberulent be-
neath on midrib, otherwise glabrous or nearly
so, 2.5-3 cm long, 7-20 mm wide; twigs, pe-
tiole and axis of leaves tomentose; p. 52, 53

. Pithecellobium Penetnuen Stan.
Ba. menoies not brown-hairy Bec.

Bc. Gland of petiole none; pinnae 1-5 pairs: leaf-
lets5-12 pairs, 3-5 cm-long, 5-10 mm wide;
strigose on midrib, especially beneath, other-
wise glabrous; a gland between each pet of
joMBINeSs Ps Sic Ad 6 ovo

Pithecellobium Seb nee sini Bth.

Be. Gland of petiole large, orbicular, near middle;

no glands between leaflets; pinnae 3-5 pairs;leaf-

iI

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 1]

lets 3-9 pairs,6-17mm long, 11mm wide; twigs prick-
IVT MOD Dis eel el se Vacs saps somes oar g te css yi. a
: .Piptadenia constricta (Micheli & Rev he belie
At. Legume not or only slightly narrowed between seeds or un-
known Bd. cp. p. 9
Bd. Twigs densely tomentose; pinnae 3-4 pairs; leaflets 6-11
pairs, 1-2 cm long, 3-7 mm wide; legume 2-2.5 cm wide;
Devsbes ns ares dies, v. Albizzia tomentosa. (Michels ) Stan.
Bd. Twigs glabrous or hairy, not tomentose Be.

Be. Leaflets (4-)5-40(-90) mm wide; pinnae (1-)2-13 pairs;

eps ope 5
Bf. Legume when mature coiled into a circle or twisted
Bg.

Bg. Twigs densely brown-hairy; leaflets 5-7 mm
wide, glabrous or nearly so except midrib;
VAITeS uth COL WICC: Ds Siva a-ee uw ov aiied maemo 4

é Pithecellobium Zollerianum St. & St.

Bg. Twigs and leaves glabrous or puberulent

Bh. Leaflets alternate, 11-21 (not pairs), on pe-
tiolules3 mm long; leaflets 19-44 mm long,
10-22 mm wide, minutely hairy above and be-
neath; pinnae 2-5 pairs; legume 12-19 mm
wide, curved, indented or depressed between
seeds; p. 34, illustr. 59Adenanthera pavonina L,

Bh. Leaflets opposite, 5-11 pairs, 1-2.5 cm long,
1-6 (typically 3-4) cm wide, sessile, reticul-
ate-veined above and beneath, glabrous or hai-
ry; axis of leaves bearing 1 club-shaped gland:
Plnnae 2-5 pastes Pp. SA wo elaiw aa Sees
SS. BME Asoc . . . Pithecellobium Peckii Blake

Bf. Legume when mature straight or slightly curved
(falcate) or strongly arcuate, shallower than a semi-
circle, or unknown Bi.

Bi. Leaflets very large, 18-33 cm long, 1.8-8.4 cm
wide; pinnae many pairs; legume unknown; p. 49
See erah ones Pithecellobium Englesingii Stan.

Bi. Leaflets smaller, 5-70 mm long, 3-27 mm wide

Bj. Pinnae about 20 pairs; leaflets 15-30 mm
long, 4-7 mm wide; legume 2.5-5 cm wide
near tip, tapering to base, about 10 cm Jong,
1-seeded; p. 54

- Schizolobium parahybum (Vell. ) Blake

2 TEL YE EO We (Eb A Vol. 48, Nowe

Bj. Pinnae (1-)2-8(-11) pairs or an odd number, at least some
leaves with more than 1 pair Bk. cp. p. ll
Bk. Axis of leaves and twigs bearing prickles Bl.

Bl. Legume puberulent, later glabrate, not spiny, 4-8 cm
long, 1.2-2 cm wide; pinnae 2-3 pairs; leaflets 1-3
pairs, 1-4 cm long, 1-3 cm wide; p. %, illustr. 67

0 c . Caesalpinia vesicaria L.

Bl. i gaude Ben acie Severed with spine-like prickles Bm.
Bm. Legume 1-seeded, about 9 cm long, 5.5 cm wide;

pinnae about 6 pairs; leaflets 6-7 pairs, 6-8.5 cm
long: yprickles recurved:sp.. 50.4. 2 = \

8 , .Caesalpinia urophylla WD. s. , ee

Ban Legume several-seeded, 5-12 cm long, 6 cm wide;
pinnae 4-8 pairs; prickles straight or hooked Bn.
Bn. Stipules leaf-like, sometimes 5 cm wide; pinnae

4-8 pairs; bracts of inflorescence reflexed; seeds
gray; prickles straight; p. 35Caesalpinia Crista L.
Bn. Stipules none or awl-like; pinnae 3-6 pairs;
bracts erect or spreading; seeds yellow or olive;
prickles hooked (uncinate); p. 35. Hoon 16 6, ©
aes ANG . Caesalpinia Bonduc (aS) PRossbs
Bk. Axis of ienree not pearine prickles Bo.

Bo. Legume winged; pinnae several pairs; leaflets about
15 mm ad 6 mm wide, obtuse; petiole 5 cm long; p.
Alesis - =). - - £eltophorum inerme (Roxb. ) Naves

Bo. Legume not winged Bp.

Bp. Legume not opening when mature; petiole without a
gland; pinnae 9-11 pairs; leaflets 12-18 pairs, 8-10(-20)
mm long, mostly alternate, puberulent beneath, round
at tip; p. 54. . . . . Stryphnodendron excelsum Harms

Bp. Legume opening when mature Bq.

Bq. Gland oblong, 1 cm long, between lowest pair of
pinnae; pinnae usually 3 pairs; leaflets 5-8 pairs,
2-5 cm long, 1-2.2 cm wide; legume about 10 cm
long, 2 cm wide, much curved; p. 51: ram
- . Pithecellobium macradenium Pittier

Bq. Gland between lowest pair of pinnae, if any, nov
IRcron longa Si.

Br. Petiole with 1 or more usually large glands dis-
tinctly below lowest pinnae; glands sometimes
on axis of leaves also between 1 or more pairs
ol pinnae, Bs: "eperp. 4
Bs. Axis of leaves glabrous or nearly so or

minutely pubescent, without prickles Bt.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 13

Bt. Legume pubescent, 10-18 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, on
a stipe; leaflets 1.2-2.2 cm long, 5-8 mm wide, reticu-
late-veined; gland of petiole oblong; p. 41, illustr. 64

Suis aa wc . «. . . Leucaena Shannonii D. S.

Bt. wieptite bigmowd: rises 15-60 mm long Bu.

Bu. Glands none on axis of leaves between pinnae Bv.

Bv. Pinnae 6 or 8 (3 or 4 pairs); axis of leaves about 6
cm long; leaflets 6-10, 15-50 mm long, 7-25 mm
wide, densely canescent-pubescent beneath when
young; p. 41. . . . . Leucaena multicapitula Schery

Bv. Pinnae 4-6 (2-3 pairs); leaflets 2-5 pairs, usually
3-4 pairs, 2-4 cm long, 10-20 mm wide, puberulent
beneath; veins very prominent above; p. 34.

es eee ees Albizzia adinocephala (D. S.) B. & R,
Bu. Glands on axis of leaves between pairs of pinnae Bw.
Bw. Legume 6-9 cm long, 2.5 cm wide, castaneous;
leaflets 1-3 cm wide, not reticulate-veined; gland of
petiole small: ioe SD isne at alte «) octet) pee a ee
ae Pithecellobium leucocalyx (B. & R.) Stan.
Bw. Legume 13-30 cm long Bx.
Bx. Pinnae 2-4 pairs; leaflets 2-5 cm long; legume
15-30 cm long, 2-5 cm wide; p. 35, illustr. 65
de. SiR cas . Albizzia Lebbeck (L.) Bth.
Be. Punpae B= 8 pairs; leaflets 1.5-2 cm long, le-
gumel3 cm long, 1 cm thick; seeds black; p. 53
Pithecellobium Tonduzii (B. & R.) Stan.

Bs. Axis of leaves pilose or short-pilose or tomentulose; le-
gume 2-3.5 cm wide By.

By. Spines at nodes short, recurved; leaflets 7-15 mm wide,
2-3 pairs, 1-2.5 cmlong; pinnae 2 pairs; legume glabrous,
flat or compressed, straight, 10-15 cm long, 2-3 cm
wide; p. 52. Pithecellobium platylobum (Sprengel) Urban

By. Spines none; glands on axis of leaves between pairs of
pinnae; pinnae 2-6 pairs; twigs tomentose; leaflets 10-25
mm wide, 3-7 pairs, 1.5-4 cm long; pinnae 2-6 pairs;
gland of petiole near middle; legume 15-20 cm long, 2.5-
3.5 cm wide; p. 35 Albizzia longepedata (Pittier) B. & R.

Br. Petiole without a gland distinctly below lowest pinnae or
glands obscure Bz.

Bz. Axis of leaves with glands between pairs of pinnae, some-
times between lowest or terminal pair only Ca.

Ca. Spines at nodes of branches; glands on axis of leaves
large, club-shaped, more than 1; leaflets 1-3 cm long,
5-10 mm wide, gradually narrowed to obtuse tip, glab-
rous except midrib; pinnae 3-4 pairs; legume unknown;
PRO, tees Solari ns Pithecellobium pistaciifolium Stan.

14 Papers nO) cn OmiGaeleres Vol... 48), Nowe

Ca. Spines none; glands on axis of leaves orbicular, not club-
shaped; young twigs densely short-pilose; pinnae with a
small orbicular gland between each pair; leaflets 4-20 mm
wide Cb.

Cb. Leaflets 4-10 mm wide, 1-4.5 cm long, 6-12 pairs,
hairy on veins beneath; pinnae 2-3 pairs; legume un-
known; p. 49. . . . .Pithecellobium graciliflorum Blake

Cb. Leaflets 20 mm wide, 2-8 pairs, 2-4 cm long, densely
velutinous-pilose beneath; pinnae 2-6 pairs; legume
10-20 cm long, 1-2 cm wide, glabrous; p. 52, illustr.
64.5.4. 6 4. hoe). 4 BithécellobiumSaman (Jacq, )) Bh.

Bz. Axis of leaves without glands between pinnae Cc.cp. p.13
Cc. Legume gradually narrowed to base, attenuate, widest

near tip, subacute or rounded, straight or nearly so, or
or unknown; spines none Cd.
Cd. Legume 2.5-5 cm wide, 8-12 cm long, l-seeded;
pinnae and leaflets several to many pairs; leaflets 1.5-3
emy long, 4-7 mmiswide;'p. 54 i-amd sink. CO
fi . Schizolobium parahybum (Vell. yBlake
Ca, Tenuene 0.6-1.5 cm wide; pinnae 1-3 pairs Ce.
Ce. Leaflets 1-2 cm long, 6-12 mm wide, 3-7 pairs;
<a 6-10 mm wide near tip; p. 36, illustr. 59
: . Calliandra capillata Bth.
Ger seams 2. 3. 5 cm long Cf.
Cf. Leaflets 10-15 pairs, oblong, acute; legume 8
cm long; pinnae 3 pairs; twigs glabrous; p. 37
. Calliandra costaricensis (B. & R.) Stan.
Cf. Leaflets 1-8 pairs, rounded or obtuse at tip;
pinnae 1-3 pairs Cg.
Cg. Leaflets 4-6 pairs, 10-20 mm wide; legume
6-10 mm wide near tip; twigs densely short-
pilose; p. 38 . Calliandra penduliflora Rose
Cg. Leaflets 6-8 pairs, largest ones 18-20 mm
wide; legume 1.5 cm wide near tip; twigs
glabrous; p. 39. . Calliandra Quetzal D. S.

Cc. Legume not gradually narrowed to base; pinnae 2-9
pairs; leaflets 2-65 pairs, 4-35 mm long Ch.

Ch. Spines on branches, not on axis of leaves; leaflets
7-11 pairs; legume about 2 cm long; p. 43.

ba Cee ay} CARLES AC Mimosa canahuensis St. & St.

Ch. Spines none Ci.
Ci. Leaflets 16-60 mm long, 4-7 mm wide; legume

2-5 cm wide near tip; pinnae 2-5 pairs Cj.
Cj. Leaflets 4-6 pairs, 1.5-2.5 cm long Ck.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

Ck. Leaflets (7-)11-13 mm wide; legume 6-8 cm long,
about 18 mm wide, dark-dotted; p. 35 .

pac et ak wee ae - + +. Caésalpinia affinis affinis Hemsley
Ck. Leaflets 5-10 mm wide; legume 5-9 cm long, 20-25
mm wide, not dark-dotted; p: 35). sss 5 451s »%s

ote ‘ . Caesalpinia Conzattii (Roas) Sian,
Si ieafléte 5- 8 pairs, 1-6 cm long, 2-3 cm wide; legume

2.5-3 cm wide, not dark-dotted; pinnae 2-4 pairs Cl.
Cl. Legume 6-10 cm long, on short stipe; leaflets 2-5 cm
long, 2-3 cm wide; twigs and axis of leaves puberulent
or glabrate; p.36 Caesalpinia violacea (Miller) Stan.
Cl. Legume 10-15 cm long, on long stipe; leaflets 3-6 cm
long, 2-2.5 cm wide; twigs and axis of leaves eau

velutinous - ay DO cae kway aes ial eR tes oe
Pn A ts . Caesalpinia velutina (B. & R.) Sian.

Ci. Leaflets 4-15 mm fone Cm.

Cm. Leaflets pilose beneath, not only on veins; pinnae 2-5
pairs; leaflets 2-6 pairs, mostly 2.5-4 cm long; twigs and
petiole pubescent; p. 36 . . . Caesalpinia Recordii B. & R.

Cm. Leaflets glabrous beneath or hairy on veins only Cn.

Cn. Pinnae 4-9, not always in pairs, that is, alternate or
opposite; leaflets dark-dotted beneath, 1-3 cm long,
7-15 mm wide; legume 8 cm long, 2 cm wide, acumi-
nate, glabrous; p. 35 Caesalpinia Gaumeri Greenman

Cn. Pinnae in pairs, an even number; legume 1.5-2.5 cm
wide Co.

Co. Leaflets about 10 pairs ona pinna, 10-23 mm long,

5-10 mm wide; pinnae 3-9 pairs, opposite or alter-

nate; legume 6-12 cm long, glabrous, 1.5-3 cm

wide, in a raceme; lowest pedicels 6-9 cm long in
fruit; Pp. 36, illustr67Caesalpinia pulcherrima(L. ) Sw.
Co. Leaflets 1-4 pairs ona pinna Cp.

Cp. Pinnae 3-4 pairs; leaflets 3-4 pairs, 1.5 cm
long, 4-15 mm wide; legume 8-12 cm long,
1.5-2.5 cm wide, ere cite lope leit L SNiem ow
Sheree? sae 5 Caesalpinia exostemma DC,

Cp. Pinnae 4-7 pairs; Tealece 2-3.5 cm long, 4-15

mm wide; legume 2-2.5 cm wide; p. 35. ....
Caesalpinia yucatanensis Greenman

Be. Leaflets 0, 5-4(-5) mm wide Cq. cp. p. 11
Cq. Legume or valves when mature coiled or much curved la-
terally before opening, often more than a semicircle; leaf-
lets 8-40 pairs, 0,5-8 mm wide; pinnae 10-20 pairsCr.
cp. p-16
Cr. Leaflets 2-7(-9) mm long, glabrous ; spines none Cs.
Cs. Axis of leaves without a gland between pairs of pin-
nae; axis pubescent, leaflets obtuse or rounded
at tip, 3-9 mm long, up to 2 mm wide, glabrous, us-
ually dark-dotted; legume up to 6 cm long, 2 cm
wide, much coiled in age, apparently not opening;

15

16 P HY “EO OC Mel Vol. 48, No. 1

petiole 1-2 cm long, without a gland; pinnae 4-10 pairs;
spines none; p. 35 . Caesalpinia coriaria (Jacq. ) Willd.

Cs. Axis of leaves with a gland between all or most pairs of
pinnae; axis tomentulose Ct.

Ct. Legume closed in center, 5 cm in diameter; leaflets
2-4 mm long, about 0.5 mm wide, midrib off center;
petiole with | or more usually large glands; spines
none; p. 40... . +. . Enterolobium Schomburgkii Bth.

Ct. Legume open in center; petiole with 1 or more usually
large glands; spines none Cu.

Cu. Leaflets almost 2 mm wide, midrib nearly in cen-
ter; pinnae 12-16 pairs; leaflets 5-7 mm long; p.52

Pithecellobium pseudo- Tamarindus (Britton) Stan.

Cu. Leaflets 3-5 mm wide, 8-15 mm long; pinnae 4-10
pairs; glands of axis of leaves small, orbicular;
leaflets obtuse; legume usually much curved, almost
terete, brown-tomentulose; flowers unknown; p. 53

c : Pithecellobium vulcanorum St. & St.
(Cie, Pesricte. (7 _)g- 20 mm long, 16-40 pairs, 0.5-4 mm wide Cv.
Cv. Spines at nodes; pinnae 10-17 pairs; leaflets 9-18 mm
long, 2-4 mm wide; legume curved and coiled; petiole with-
out a gland; p. 51. Pithecellobium macrandrium D. S.
Cv. Spines none Cw.

Cw. Legume closed in center (circinate), 8-10 cm in dia-
meter; pinnae 5-15 pairs; leaflets 20-30 pairs, 8-15
mm long, 2-4 mm wide; petiole withor without-a gland;
p. 40, 47, 61 Enterolobium cyclocarpum (Jacq. ) Griseb.

Cw. Legume open in center; twigs densely brown-hairy;
leaflets glabrous or nearly so or puberulent; petiole
with 1 or more usually large glands;leaflets 0.5-4mm
wide Cx.

Cx. Legume almost terete, much curved or coiled or
twisted, puberulent or glabrate; leaflets 8-12 mm
long, (0.5-)1-3 mm wide, palmately veined at base;
glands on axis of leaves; p. 47 ac
: Pithecellobium arboreum (L 4) uskaee

Cx: Lideiide flat or compressed, coiled and twisted
when open, glabrous or nearly so; valves 1 cm
wide; leaflets 7-11 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide; p. 49

OO 4 Pithecellobium halogenes Stan.
Cq. Legume when Paving straight or slightly curved (falcate)
or unknown, sometimes twisted or recurved when opening;
pinnae 2-20 or more pairs, at least some leaves with more
than 2 pairs of pinnae Cy.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 137

Cy. Legume gradually narrowed to base (attenuate), or unknown;
petiole without a gland; gland between lowest pair of pinnae
or none Cz.

Cz. Legume not opening when mature; pinnae 9-11 pairs; leaf-
lets 12-18 pairs, 8-10(-20) mm long, mostly alternate,
puberulent beneath, ag ote at Sines OA ks :

A een Oar : dor tryphnodendron eines eae

Cz. Legume opening Had. mature Da.

Da. Legume ona stipe, attenuate to base; leaflets 9-20
pairs, 8-18 mm long Db.

Db. Legume 5-6 cm long, almost 1 cm wide near tip,
lightly pubescent; pinnae 4-10 pairs; leaflets 8-9
mm long, 1-4 mm wide; petiole with or without a
gland; p. 34... . . . Acacia villosa (Sw. ) Willd.

Db. Legume 10-18 cm long Dc.

De. Legume 2-2.5 cm wide, glabrous or nearly so;
stipe long; leaflets obtuse, 12-20 pairs; pinnae
3-4 pairs; axis of leaves with a large gland be-
tween each pair of pinnae; p. 34.

af fs Albizzia idiopoda (Blake) B. & R.
De- Legeme 1.5 cm wide, densely puberulent; stipe
stout; leaflets acute, 4-9 pairs; pinnae 3-10
pairs; petiole with or without a gland; p. 41,
illustr. 64. . . . Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Gillis
Da. Legume not on stipe, 4-12 cm long Dd.
Dd. Leaflets pubescent, 7-22 pairs, oblong, 8-12 mm
long; pinnae 3-6 pairs; p. 38 Calliandra mollis Stan.
Dd. Leaflets glabrous above but sometimes ciliate De.
De. Legume glabrous or nearly so Df.

Df. Pinnae about 15-20 or more pairs; leaflets
25-30 or more pairs, 6-10 mm long, 1-2 mm
wide Dg.

Dg. Legume almost 8 cm long, 12 mm wide,
margins much thickened; peduncles 5-8 mm
long; leaflets 3-10 mm long; p. 37 :
: -Calliandra confusa Sprague & Riley

Dg. Legume up to 4 cm wide near tip, 20-30
cm long; valves recurved when open; leaf-
lets 6-9 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; p. 47. .
Pentaclethra macroloba (Willd. ) Kuntze

Df. Pinnae 2-7 pairs Dh.

Dh. Branches 4-angled; peduncles 4-7 cm long;
pinnae 4-7 pairs; margins of valves much
thickened; leaflets 15-25 pairs, 6-12 mm
ROG aM See 6 Se Lard Gre tea
: Calliandra tetragona (Willd. ) Bth.

18 P PHYO BL FONG Sawa Vol. 48, No. 1

Dh. Branches terete Di.
Di. Leaflets 4-6 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, 14-16 pairs; pin-

nae 2-4 pairs; leaflets acute glabrous; p. 38. 6 5

. Calliandra pallida (B. & R.) Stan.
Marlen tlets '8- 16 mm long, 10-35 pairs, acute or obtuse; pin-
nae 2-6 pairs; petiole 1-3 cm long or less; legume glab-
rous or lightly pubescent; p. 37, 39 5 BD Oe
aaa Bee ios Leaks Calliandra caracasana (Real Bth.
De. Tegome ae ys leaflets acute or obtuse Dj. cp. p. 17
Dj. Pinnae 2-5 pairs Dk.

Dk. Leaflets acute, about 20 pairs, 8-12 mm long; legume
9-10 cm long, 9 mm wide near tip, densely white-lana-
te; pinnae usually 3 pairs; p. 36. 50 4

; . Calliandra Soleedes oie! ie R. ) Stan.
Dk. ‘Geatiets obtuse or rounded Dl.
Dl. Pinnae 30-60 mm long, 2-3 pairs; leaflets 5-9 mm
long, obtuse, aay beneath; p. 38.
. Calliandra Molinae Stan.
Di. ee 2- 20, mm ene 3-5 pairs; leaflets 4-7 mm
long, glabrous except minutely ciliate; legume about
8 mm wide Dm.
Dm. Pinnae 5-20 mm long, 3 pairs; petiole usually
less than 1 cm long; legume flat, up to 8 cm long;
Doe Slo wel e . . . . Calliandra Cumingii Bth.
Dm. Pinnae 20- 30 mm leans 3 pairs; petiole 1-1.5
cm long; gait 4-angled, 7-9 cm long; p. -39
. Calliandra tapirorum Stan.
Dj. Pinnae 7. 20. pairs; le tiees 20-40(-65) pairs, 3-7 mm
long; legume 12-15 mm wide, hispid or pilose or strigose;

Dn.

Dn. Leaflets somewhat curved, acute; midrib off center,
30-40 pairs, 4-7 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, glabrous
above; legume 8-12 cm long, 1.5-2 cm wide near tip,
obtuse, brown-hispid; pinnae 7-12 pairs; p. 37.

5 . Calliandra Houstoniana (Miller) Stan.

Dn. mesterd straight or nearly so; midrib on center or
nearly so; leaflets acute or obtuse Do.

Do. Legume linear-spatulate, margins thick, scarcely
1 cm wide, ae ae ae ig) SC) oho ibs c an sae
goa oee Oe he Spree na) .Calliandra Pittieri ‘Stage
Do. Legume not see estes 12-15 mm wide, beaked,
densely hispid; p. 37.) altaste, Oa.
o. OO Ueie date tey wh hos nt OOMganGra grandiflora’ Rose

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 19

Cy. Legume not gradually narrowed to base (not attenuate) Dp.

eo; pr “Li?

Dp. Branches bearing spines or prickles Dq. cp. p. 2]

Dq. Spines scattered, not at nodes only, sometimes on old
wood only; legume not on stipe; gland of petiole some-
times small Dr. cp. p. 20
Dr. Petiole also bearing spines or prickles; axis of

leaves also spiny and bearing at upper nodes at least

prominent glands or appendages Ds.

Ds. Petiole with an oblong gland; pinnae 20 or more
pairs; leaflets 4 mm long, less than 1 mm wide;
Pian: eae ik « . . Acacia tenuifolia (L.) Willd.

Ds. Petiole without a gland Dt.

Dt. Pinnae 5-8 pairs; leaflets 6-8 mm long, 1 mm
wide; legume spiny on margins and stipe; stipe
MOmig fi. Pears 2 Sa) Se ae ay alee tare etn
. Mimosa Donnell-Smithii (B. & R. ) St. & St.
Dt. Pinnae 2-5 pairs; leaflets 3-20 mm long, 1-2
mm wide Du.
Du. Pinnae mostly 2-3 pairs; side-veins of
leaflets not evident; legume 4 mm wide,
with long beak; p. 54.

ee? wig) eee TS” a ae

shia fuele ah te Schrankia leptocarpa DC.
Du. Pinnaé mostly 4- 5 pairs; side-veins of leaf-

lets evidently reticulate beneath; legume
5-6 mm wide, with short beak; p. 54...
eee tes Schrankia hamata H. & B.
Dr. Petiole not spiny Dv.

Dv. Petiole without a gland; leaflets 3-5 mm long;
legume with or without stiff, straight, marginal
SPINES; Pew oe 2 <i. . Mimosa platycarpa Bth.

Dv. Petiole bearing 1 or more glands; legume with-
out marginal spines Dw.

Dw. Young leaflets gland-dotted; gland of petiole
oblong; leaflets many pairs, 5-10 mm long,
glabrous above and beneath except, when
young, sometimes hairy; axis of leaves with
or without spines; branches usually with
spines; p, 47. . Piptadenia flava (Sprengel) Bth.

Dw. Young leaflets and others not gland-dotted;
legume usually ona stipe Dx.

Dx. Midrib of leaflets off center Dy.
Dy. Axis of leaves spiny; gland of petiole
small; leaflets about 10 mm long, 2-3
mm wide; branches with or without

spines; p. 33 Acacia glomerosa Bth.

20 Ber Yer O Mm On Garlers: Vol. 48, No. 1

Dy. Axis of leaves not spiny, pubescemt, bearing many
glands; glands of petiole 1 or 2, cupulate; Leaflets
8-10 mm long; stipe short; p. 33 Acacia Hayesii Bth.-

Dx. Midrib of leaflets not much off center; leaflets 3-7 mm
long, 0.5-1 mm wide, glabrous above; legume 6-15 cm
long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, puberulent or tomentulose Dz.
Dz. Petiole bearing usually 2 glands, about 2 cm long

axis of leaves up to 15 cm long; pinnae 6-20 pairs; leaf-

lets 20-40 pairs; legume tomentulose; axis of leaves

beazingsclandis peso oy-0-l ts eee ee) ACACIA tipania Elbe.

Dz. Petiole bearing only 1 gland; pinnae 7-10 pairs; leaf-
lets15-30 pairs, puberulent or glabrous; legume pube-
RUlents ps 35794). -meAcaeia riparioides (B. & R. ) Stan.

Dq. Spines at nodes only Ea.

Ea. Legume ona short stipe, densely tomentulose at least
when young; pinnae 6-9 pairs; leaflets 3-10 mm long, 1-2
mm wide, glabrous above, puberulent beneath; legume
2-2.5 cm wide; spines sometimes at nodes; p. 47. ... .
SE eae . Pithecellobium albicans (Kunth) Bth.

Ea. Legume not on stipe, often glabrous, sometimes puberu-
lent at first, not tomentulose; spines on branches at nodes
Eb.

Eb. Gland on axis of leaves between at least the terminal
pair of pinnae Ec.

Ec. Pinnae 4-10 pairs; leaflets 8-30 pairs, 6 mm long,
little more than 1 mm wide; gland of petiole club-
shaped; petiole 1-2 cm ee aa compressed,
glabrous; p. 5 i. : ONG ONO O NO 0 so Oo

. Pithecellobium eee (nee ) Macbride

Ec. Pinnae 8-60 pairs; petiole and axis of leaves hairy;
legume almost terete, glabrous or nearly so or pu-
berulent; leaflets many, not quite 3 mm long, not
quite 1 mm wide; petiole about 1 cm long; p. 33

: >< . Acacia macracantha H. & B.

Eb. Gland none on axis of leaves between pairs of pinnae;
pinnae (1-)2-many pairs; legume 6-30 mm wide or
thick Ed.

Ed. Legume 6-8 mm thick, swollen densely hairy, 8-14
cm long, often slightly narrowed between seeds;
leaflets 4-7 mm long, about 1 mm wide, obtuse; p.

34 wlilwstr. v5) ele eae Acacla, tortuosa (1a. Wallde

Ed. Legume 7-30 mm wide or thick Ee.

Ee. Legume 15-30 mm wide; leaflets 2-3 mm long,
pubescent; pinnae many pairs; young twigs dense-
ly hairy; spines up to 15 mm long; p. 33.

Acacia pennatula (S20 & (Ce) Sth

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 21

Ee. Legume 7-15 mm wide or thick; pinnae 1-6 pairs; le-
gume glabrous Ef.

Ef. Leaflets 4 mm long, 1 mm wide, 10-25 pairs, glab-
rous or nearly so beneath; petiole up to 1 cm long;
petiole and axis of leaves hairy; legume glabrous,
swollen eee 1 cm thick; p. 32, illustr. 57 ...
AB al ite ieae . . . Acacia Farnesiana B. & R.

Ef. Leaflets 8- 15 mm Goce Eg.

Eg. Leaflets 5-10 pairs, 8-13 mm long; pinnae 2-4
pairs; gland of petiole club-shaped; legume 7-12
mm wide; branches with or without spines; p. 51,
53. . -Pithecellobium leucospermum Brandegee
Eg. Leaflets 10-20 pairs, mostly 15 mm long, 1-5
mm wide, glabrous or sparsely pubescent; pinnae
1-3 pairs; gland of petiole small or none; legume
7-20 cm long, 8-15 mm wide; spines 1-4 cm long;
p- 51, 53, illustr. 66 Prosopis juliflora (Sw. ) DC.
Dp. Branches without spines or prickles Eh. cp. p. 19
Eh. Legume very large, 40-60 cm long, 5-7 cm wide; pinnae
10-25 pairs; leaflets 4-10 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; legume
notzonsstipe; ps 39 <=> \c Delonix regia (Bojer) Raf.
Eh. Legume shorter, narrower; pinnae 3-8 pairs; not on stipe
Ei. Petiole and leaflets stellate-hairy, 7-12 pairs, 3-5
mm wide; pinnae 5-8 pairs; legume 2-2.5 cm wide; Pp.
35a. Be - + +. . Caesalpinia eriostachys Bth.
Fi. Petiole sid leaned not ne hairy §j.
Ej}. Legume not on stipe Ek.
Ek. Leaflets 2-6 mm wide El. cp. p.22
El. Legume 11-12 cm long, 16-18 mm wide; pin-
nae 4-6 pairs; leaflets obtuse Em.
Em. Leaflets about 25 pairs, 6-8 mm long;
ie about 6 paimny Blader o- eer ee
. Lysiloma Seemannii B. & R.
Em. icteeieats 9-12 pairs, 7-12 mm long, 3-4
mm wide, glabrous above, puberulent and
strongly nerved beneath; petiole with ob-
long gland near middle; p. 34.
: . . Albizzia Hummeliana B. & R.
El. Legume 2-3 cm wide; leaflets 10-35 pairs En.
En. Pinnae 2-5 pairs; leaflets 10-30 pairs,
8-15 mm long, , 2-4 mm wide, wedge-
shaped at base; legume 8-15 cm long, 2-2.5
cm wide valves separating at maturity from
persistent margins; gland of petiole large;
pened Seabee Go te SE ot ONE A TE cee
“2 2 e ee © ee « Lysiloma bahamense Bth.

22 P HW YsEtOus, O eink Vol. 48, No. 1

En. Pinnae 6-many pairs; leaflets 12-35 pairs, 10-12 mm
long, 2-3 mm wide, midrib much off center; legume up to
20 cm long, 3 cm wide, rounded to almost truncate at tip,
valves not separating from margins; gland of petiole small;
branches with or without spines; p. 22, 33 -

: - 4 Acacia glomerosa Bth.
Ek. Leaflets 0. 5 ae mm Sales glabrous except sometimes ciliate
or hairy onmidrib Eo.

Eo. Legume 3-5 mm wide; petiole usuallyno more than 5 mm
long; leaflets 10-20 pairs; pinnae 1-7 pairs; gland between
lowest pair of pinnae; small shrub or almost an herb; p.
39,illustr. 61 . .. . Desmanthus virgatus (L.) Willd.

Eo. Legume 8-30 mm wide Ep.

Ep. Pinnae 2-3(-4) pairs; leaflets 4-5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
wide; no gland on petiole; legume 5-10 cm long, 12 mm
wide; p. 22, 31... .. Acacia Baileyana F. Mueller

Ep. Pinnae 5-25 pairs Eq.

Eq. Pinnae 13-25 pairs; axis of leaves with a gland be-
tween each pair of pinnae; legume 3.5-6 cm long,
9-12 mm wide, glabrous; leaflets 4-8 mm long, 0.5
mm wide; spines none; p. 32 Acacia dealbata Link

Eq. Pinnae 5-13 pairs Er.

Er. Petiole with 1 or more glands Es.
Es. Leaflets acute; pinnae 8-13 pairs; petiole with
a gland, 1-4 cm long; branches with or without
thorns; margins of legume not elevated; p. 19,
47... . . .Piptadenia flava.(Sprengel) Bth.
Es. Leaflets obtuse, 30-50 pairs; petiole with 1
or more glands, 1-5 cm long; pinnae 5-10
pairs; margins of legume elevated; legume
I 5-2. 5 eEmiewide;pws4.5 cc. i. So as) oe ee
r Albizzia caribaea (Urban) B. & R.
Er. Petiole without a gland Et.
Et. Legume much coiled in age, up to 6 cm long,
2 cm wide; petiole usually 1-2 cm long; pinnae
usually about 15;:legume twisted; leaflets 12-28
pairs, usually black-dotted beneath, 4-8 mm
long; p. 35 Caesalpinia coriaria (Jacq. ) Willd.
Et. Legume straight or nearly so; pinnae 6-12
pairs or more; legume 4-8 cm long, 8-12 mm
wide; leaflets 4-7 mm long; p. 30

ee . Acacia angustissima (Miller) inantee
Ej. Legume ona stipe Eu. cp. p. 21

Eu. Leaflets hairy beneath more than sparsely Ev.
Ev. Pinnae 4-5 pairs; leaflets hairy above, 3-5 mm long;
legume 2-2.8 cm wide; petiole with large gland above
middle; p. 42 Lysiloma Kellermanii B. & R.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 23

Ev. Pinnae 5-20 pairs Ew.

Ew. Young branches tomentose, later glabrous; petiole
2-3 cm long, usually without a gland; leaflets 10-25
pairs, 4-6 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; midrib off center;
axis of leaves without a gland; pinnae 7-15 pairs; le-
gume 2 cm wide; p.25,48 .....% Pie ee.

. Pithecellobium carbonarium (Britton) Niez. & Nevl.

Ew. Young branches puberulent or glabrate or glabrous,
not tomentose; petiole with a gland below lowest pinnae;
pinnae 6-12 pairs at least Ex.

Ex. Legume 2-2.5 cm wide, 9-12 cm long; leaflets
18-32 pairs, glabrous above, 1-2 mm wide or nar-
rower; pinnae 6-10 pairs Ey.

Ey. Leaflets sparsely silky beneath, 4-6 mm long,
0.15-1.5 mm wide; legume glabrous, margins
not thickened; stipe 5-10 mm long; p. 32.

, ‘ . Acacia Deamii (B. & R.) Stan.

Ey. See ee P pemulent beneath, 3-10 mm long, 1-2
mm wide; legume densely ferruginous-tomentose,
margins thickened; stipe short; p. 20, 47 -

4 Pithecellobium albicans (Kunth) Bth.

Ex. ig eae 1.3-2 cm wide Ez.

Ez. Pinnae 5-11 pairs; leaflets when young appress-
ed-hairy beneath, in age glabrous; legume 1. 3-
1.3-1.6 cm wide; veins of leaflets elevated; stipe

Serpe. bas ei LONG. sPsl Bee se 6 meee ee ein ats
cutee via cae aka Acacia Speeusettehya Blake

Ez. inane 12-20 pairs; leaflets 25-35 pairs, 3-5
mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, pubescent beneath;
axis of leaves bearing at tip a gland; legume

1.5-2 cm wide; stipe 1 cm long; p. 40......
Sa supe! - - . . . Leucaena guatemalensis B. & R.

Eu. Leaflets glabrous heneath or nearly so, even when young, or
sparsely appressed-pilosulous or minutely puberulent, some-
tunesrvciliate. Ka, cps pe 22
Fa. Side-veins prominent; leaflets 3-5 mm long; petiole with-

out a gland Fb.

Fb. Leaflets revolute; pinnae 2-8 pairs; legume 3-5 cn
long, 8-10 mm wide, not on stipe, long acuminate, pu-
SEC Ue eee a . e Acacia polypodioides Stan.

Fb. Leaflets not revolute, 1-2 mm nm wide, obtuse, ciliate;
legume 2-3 cm long, at least 1 cm wide, ona stipe,
glabrous, rounded at tip; pinnae 2-4 pairs; petiole

without a gland; p. 46 ... . Neptunia pubescens Bth.

24 1 Tah Ye AY) Ib, KO) (Eb AN Vol. 48) Nowe

Fa. Side-veins not prominent Fc.

Fc.Axis of leaves glabrous or nearly so, or sparsely ap-
pressed-pilosulous ; legume 0. 3-1. 5(1.8) cm wide,
rounded at tip; leaflets obtuse; Pinhae 2-4 pairs Fd,

Fd. Plant floating; legume not at right angle to stipe,
2-2.5 cm long, 8-10 mm wide; leaflets 6-13 mm long;

petiole without a gland; p. 46, ,
Neptunia Pee aioe (een ) Baill.

Fa. Plant not floating; petiole with a gland near summit;
legume 2-5 cm long, 8 mm wide, at right angle to
stipe; leaflets 4-10 mm long; p. 46. i ay cin fines aS

ame ess Neptunia plena (L.) Bth.

Fc. Axis of leaves neta at least puberulent Fe.

Fe, Leaflets 2-7 mm long; petiole with 1 or more glands

/ IM, ©>o Jc :
Ff. Leaflets 2-3 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, 7-22 pairs,
acute, glabrous or nearly so; pinnae 12-22 pairs;
gland of petiole near middle; twigs puberulent or al-
most glabrous; flowers in spikes; legume unknown;
Dew sLiaeenes! oe Caclascentraliusn(Baméa Re) )eieundelll
Ff. Leaflets 3-5 mm long, glabrous or nearly so, usu-
ally ciliate; pinnae 7-25 pairs; twigs densely short-
pilose; axis of leaves densely pubescent Fg.
Fg. Legume 3-3.5 cm wide, glabrous, on stipe Fh.
Fh. Legume beaked; leaflets 4-5 mm long, ob-
tuse, 25-50 pairs; petiole with a gland; flo-
wers in racemes; pinnae 10-25 pairs; p. 41 .
5 . Lysiloma auritum (Schlecht. ) Bth.
Fh. epee ao beaked; leaflets 3-5 mm long,
40-60 pairs, obtuse or almost acute; pinnae
7-15 pairs; petiole with 1 or more ae
flowers in spikes; p. 41

pean wvsiloma desmostachys Bth.

Fg. lee erie) (l. 8-)2.5-3 cm wide, obtuse or acute;
leaflets 4-8(-11) mm long, acute to obtuse Fi.
Fi. Pinnae 10-25 pairs; legume on stipe; leaflets

2.5-7 mm long Fj.

Fj. Legume 1.5-1.8 cm wide; stipe 0.6-1 cm
long; leaflets 4-5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
acute; pinnae 10-25 pairs; axis of leaves pu-
berulent; p. 40 Leucaena brachycarpa Urban

Fj.Legume 2.2-2.5 cm wide, rust-colored,
glabrous; stipe 1.5-3 cm long; pinnae 15-25
pairs; leaflets 2.5-4 mm long; axis of
leaves short-pilose; flowers in heads; p.42

illustr. 65 Lysiloma multifoliolatum B. & R.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 25

Fi. Pinnae usually less than 10 pairs; leaflets 4-7 mm long,
0.5-2 mm wide; petiole with a gland Fk.
Fk. Legume 1-1.5 cm wide, puberulent; stipe 6-8 mm
long; pinnae 5-10(-15) pairs; axis of leaves puberulent;
p. 40 .... .Leucaena diversifolia (Urban) B. & R.
Fk. Legume 2.5-3 cm wide, on pedicel, not on stipe,
blackish, glabrous; pinnae 9 pairs; leaflets short-pi-
lose; axis of leaves velutinous-pilosulous; p. 41], _.
Lustre, "G5. 2 |, Lysiloma acapulcense (Kunth) Bth.
Fe. Leaflets (7-)8-20(-25) mm long, 1-3 mm wide; axis ofleaves
bearing glands at least at upper nodes; spines none Fl.
Fl. Pinnae 5-6 pairs; legume not on stipe; leaflets about 8

pairs, 10-25 mm long, acute, puberulent beneath; flowers
Ly UNL DeLS; Pse5 J) ©

. - Pithecellobium nicoyanum (B,. & R.) Niez. & Nevl.
Fl. Pinnae 7-15 pairs Fm.

Fm. Legume on stipe; leaflets pubescent above and be-
neath; legume 8-11 cm long, almost 2 cm wide, pu-
bescent; gland between terminal pair of pinnae only;
leaflets 10-25 pairs, 4-6 mm long, 1-2 mm wide;
petiole 2-3 cm long, usually without a gland; p. 48
Pithecellobium carbonarium (Britton) Niez. & Nevl.

Fm. Legume unknown; leaflets glabrous, acute, 20-30
pairs, S-12 mam Jong,. 1 mm wide; p.53..-..5. ««

. . Pithecellobium Tuerckheimii (B. & R.) St. & St.

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES OF
MIMOSA IN NICARAGUA
OTHER COUNTRIES OF CENTRAL AMERICA

A. Leaflets 4-40 mm wide, at least some leaflets 4 mm wide or
wider B.

B. Leaflets 1-4 pairs (2-8) or an odd number ona pinna; le-

gume jointed C,

C. Pinnae (1-)2-3 pairs, at least some leaves with more
than 1 pair; twigs with abundant recurved prickles; pe-
tiole and axis of leaves with 1 or more glands; leaflets
usually 3 pairs, upper ones 2-4 cm wide, obtuse or
rounded at tip; woody vine D.

D. Leaflets sparsely granular-resiniferous beneath; p.

SO. nae meky Se wh erpetune & Mimosa resinifera Britton
D. Leaflets not granular-resiniferous; p. 46

io A

iow Hee ek Greens texheer i Mimosa Watsonii Robinson

26 Pee Oi OmGals AL Vol. 48, No.
C. Pinnae 1 pair E.

E. Leaflets 6-8 (3-4 pairs) ona pinna, 1-3 cm long, 5-15
mm wide, palmately veined at base; legume 3-4 cm
tong; 12 em wide; *p. 43 5 2. .. .%: 9 Mimosa: Castayi,

E. Leaflets 3-4 ; lower leaflet(s) (1 or each pair) on same
pinna much reduced; legume 1-3 cm long, 3-10 mm
wide F.

F. Plant an erect shrub; leaflets very unsymmetrical,

Z pairs \G.

G. Leaflets 1.5-3.5 cm long; branches glabrous or
nearly so; legume unknown; p. 46

5 Mimosa sesquijugata D. s.

G. eaters 3- 8 cm long, ‘densely strigose; branches
pubescent, usually densely, with few spines; flo-
ral bractlets no longer than puberulent buds,
scarcely visible; p. 46 Mimosa albida H. & B.

F. Plant climbing or sprawling or prostrate H.

H. Valves of legume densely short-pilose, setose-
spinulose on margins; leaflets glabrous above, 2
pairs, upper pair 3-4 cm long; legume 2-2.5 cm
long, 6=8'arm wides p. 4400 7 2s |S Si ae

yO LO) DOs, OM OM OO Ode . - Mimosa Musou Stan.

late valve of legume not pills: margins and some-
times valves setose-spinulose; leaflets 2 pairs,

appressed-setose or almost glabrous beneath I.

I. Branches densely or sparsely hirsute as well
as with recurved spines; leaflets up to 2 cm
long, 4-7 mm wide, strigose above and be-
neath; legume 1-1.5 cm long, 3-5 mm wide;

1p Bibs 6 6 5 6 Mimosa panamensis (Bth. ) Stan.

I. Branchlets glabrous or nearly so, with dense
recurved prickles; leaflets 3-4 cm long, 10-15
mm wide, upper ones acute, glabrous above;
legume 1-3 cm long, 8-10 mm wide; floral
bractlets prominent, exceeding and obscuring
Suaconee Head's: partons se cee ot nteenes 5
QMO Cui scebosthy Oumcgec - Mimosa Velloziana Race
B. Leaflets 4 to many pairs ona pinna, (3-)18 mm wide J.

J. Pinnae clustered at or near tip of petiole, 1-2 pairs; leaf-
lets 4-9 pairs, glabrous above; stem or branches usually
prickly; plant an herb or woody vine K.

K. Leaflets palmately veined at base, 5-15 mm wide, 3-4
pairs, 1-3 cm long; legume 3-4 cm long, 12 mm wide;
Te! 5 6 Ooo Ga 8 oo aloo . - Mimosa Casta L.

K. Leaflets pinnately eleas pinnae 1-2 pairs; leaflets 4-8
pairs, 3-8 mm wide, ovate or oval or oblong; legume
1.5-2 cm long, 2-4-jointed L.

1

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes PAG

L. Leaflets 7-9 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous above,
setose-hispid beneath, rounded at tip; legume 1. 5-2
cm long, 4 mm wide; valves glabrous, pilose or setose;
EAR AG 5) iilre ws Oe ad Aedes ae Mimosa Skinneri Bth.

L. Leaflets 8-9 mm long, 4mm wide, much more dense-
ly hispid; valves of legume with stout stiff spines or
hispid; p. 44, 46 , . . Mimosa germana Stan. & Wms.

J. Pinnae remote, pairs 4-12 mm apart, 2-10 pairs; legume 2-8
cm long, 4-25 mm wide; leaflets 3-many pairs, 0.7-3 cm

long; twigs with dense recurved wide-based prickles M.

M. Legume not jointed, 2 cm long, 8-9 mm wide, densely
setose, margins thick; leaflets 7-11 pairs, i4-19mm long,
Besainin wade pen didas i. lie ls Mimosa canahuensis St. & St.

M. Legume jointed, 6-10 cm long, glabrous or nearly so N.
N.Glands of petiole and of axis of leaves large; leaflets

densely hairy, largest ones 1-1.5 cm wide; pinnae 4-6
pairs; legume 1.5 cm wide, glabrous or nearly so in
age, anotmedsip AG) :..60 2! ak Mimosa Recordii B. & R.
N. Glands of petiole and axis of leaves minute or none O,
O. Petiole and axis of leaves without prickles; leaflets
densely pilose above and beneath, 3-6 pairs, 1-2cm
long; pinnae 3-6 pairs; legume 3-5 cm long, veluti-
nous-pilose, margins prickly or not; tree;. p. 44, 45
- . . Mimosa guatemalensis (Hook. & Arn.) Bth.
O. Petiole and axis of leaves usually abundantly prickly;
leaflets hairy beneath; legume glabrous, shiny;
woody vine P,
P, Pinnae 2-4 pairs; leaflets 6-9 pairs, 1-3 cm long,
1-1.5 cm wide, puberulent or almost glabrous
above; legume up to 8 cm long, 1 cm wide, not
ona stipe; p. 44, 58 Mimosa hondurana Britton
P, Pinnae 3-10 pairs; leaflets about 15 pairs, 7-11
mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide, pilosulous above; le-
gume about 6 cin long, 1.5 cm wide, on short
siipe; p.30, 46: «> Mimosa scalpens Stan.
A. Leafiets 1-3(-3.5} mm wide, 4-many pairs ona pinna Q.
Q. Legume winged, 4-7.5 cm long, 12-15 mm wide, ona
stipe; wing serrate, often cleft; leaflets 6-7 mm long,
1-3.5 mm wide, widely rounded at tip, setulose or glab-

rate; pinnae 2-4 pairs; p. 44, illustr. 58: --+--+-++-+--s
Cr alice Liane May, Ment ata Mimosa hemiendyta Rose & Robinson

Q. Legume not winged or unknown R.
R. Pinnae clustered at or near tip of petiole, 1-5 pairs S.
S. Pinnae 3-5 pairs; leaflets 30-60 pairs, glabrous

above; pe 45) oe whe ss Mimosa polydactyla H. & B.
S. Pinnae 1-2 pairs T.

28 Dawber Ou EeeOsCreiaA Vol. 48, No. 1

T. Leaflets pilosulous or puberulent above, 8-12 mm long,
2.5-3.5 mm wide; pinnae |] pair; peduncles up to 2 cm
long, appressed-hairy; legume unknown; p. 44.

: ae . Mimosa guanacastensis Stans
Flee eatlees mia beouA or glabrate above; stem and branches

usually prickly U.

U. Plant a shrub or tree; peduncles 3-4.5 cm long; learlets
2.5-3.5 mm wide; legume 3 cm long, 7 mm wide,
hairy, narrowed between seeds; p. 46.

eet Wheto hie Rie Malle . . Mimosa zacapana St. & St.
Wis Diane, an ern: pinnae 1-2 pairs; rs; legume not narrowed
between seeds V.
V. Legume 3-4.5 cm long, 4-5 mm wide; valves glab-
rous, margins densely spiny; legume 7-11-jointed;

pinnae 1 pair; leaflets about 8 pairs, 10 mm long, 3

mm wide, glabrous; p. 45. . Mimosa pinetorum Stan.

V. Legume 1-2 cm long, 2-5-jointed; pinnae 1-2 pairs;
margins of valves densely spiny; spines stout, stiff,

or hispid W.

W. Leaflets 4-8 pairs, 8-9 mm long, 4mm wide,
hispid, ovate, oval or oblong; legume 1. 4-2 cm
long; p. 44, 46 .Mimosa germana Stan. & Wms.

W. Leaflets 15-25 pairs, 5-10 mm long, 3 mm wide,
oblong or linear-oblong; margins of valves with
dense long setae; legume 1-1.5 cm long, 3 mm
wide; p. 45, illustr.. 58. . . . Mimosa pudica L.

R. Pinnae remote, pairs 4-12 mm apart; legume 2-8 cm long,
4-15 mm wide; leaflets 5-many pairs; pinnae 2-15 pairs X.
X. Twigs densely scaly; pinnae 5-7 pairs; leaflets 25-35

patre, b=] .5 mm wide; p: 43)...

5 0 0 0 2 - . « « Mimosa ibeceeres Hoehne
xe Tage OE aaah leaflets 3-8 mm am long Xie
Y. Legume 0. 8-10 cm long, 2-8 mm wide; branches with
few or usually many prickles; leaflets 4-many pairs;
Tb C@8P)n 2c
Z. Stem sparingly if at all prickly; prickles, if any,
straight or recurved; legume 4 mm wide, setose;
leaflets 5-30 pairs, 1-2 mm wide, glabrous or cili-
ate; pinnae 1-6 pairs; the 2 next following species
are doubtfully distinct Aa.
Aa. Pinnae 1-3 pairs; leaflets 5-20 pairs, 1-1.5 mm
wide; petiole less than 1 cm long; legume less
thanwimcmalongG un S-—jOlmMcLedssp.i4o) iemelen ie ets lilne

at ek Bs rah ve ey SMS Lehre hoi AL . . Mimosa pusilla Bth.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 29

Aa. Pinnae 2-6 pairs; leaflets 15-30 pairs, 1-2 mm wide,
sparsely ciliate; legume 8-15 mm long, densely long-se-
ae Sada eestor a. wise to Mimosa flavescens Splitgerber

Z. Stem usually with many prickles; leaflets 6-many pairs, 1

mm wide or narrower; axis of leaves with or without prick.-

les; pinnae 2-8 pairs; leaflets glabrous or nearly so or pub-

escent, obtuse or rounded Ab.

Ab. Leaflets 3-nerved at base, 9-13 pairs; plant a shrub; pin-
nae 4-5 pairs; valves of legume hispid, densely spinose-
hispid on margins; p. 44 . . . Mimosa hadrocarpa Molina

Ab. Leaflets not 3-nerved at base; pinnae 2-8 pairs; plant
shrubby or herbaceous Ac.

Ac. Leaflets 8-10 pairs, 8-12 mm long; legume 0.8 cm
long, 3-4 mm wide, about 2-jointed; pinnae 2-3 pairs;

plant annual; p. 46 - . ss 27> Mimosa teledactyla D. S,

Ac. Leaflets6-many pairs, 2-8 mm long; pinnae 2-8 pairs;
plants shrubby or chiefly herbaceous; branches usually
with many prickles Ad.

Ad. Stems terete or nearly so; leaflets 6-many pairs;
petiole and axis of leaves with or without prickles Ae.
Ae. Legume about 12 mm long, 8 mm wide, joints

2 or 3; pinnae 3-6 pairs; twigs with many straight
prickles; plant a shrub; stem usually prostrate,
with appressed hairs; p. 43.

yithterts: <<: teuhte) te - . - . Mimosa dormiens H. & B.
Ae. Legume 4-7 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, joints many;
pinnae 2-8 pairs; stems erect, shrubby, with
long, spreading, gland-tipped hairs; p. 46...
A SR 6 ae, es erent Mimosa somnians H. & B.
Ad. Stems conspicuously angled; leaflets many pairs, ]
mm wide; legume 1-2.5 cm long, 5-6 mm wide, pi-
lose, prickly on valves and margins, 3-5-jointed;
petiole and axis of leaves densely prickly; twigs with
dense recurved prickles; p. 44 Mimosa invisa Mart.
Y. Legume 3-10 cm long, 8-25 mm wide, or unknown; branches
usually with many prickles; leaflets 4-many pairs Ae. cp. p.

Ae. Axis of leaves (rachis) with prickles or setiform appen-

dages; pinnae 3-15 pairs Af,
Af. Legume densely brownish-hispid, 3-8 cm long, 10-12
mm wide; leaflets about 1 mm wide; pinnae 7-15 pairs;

Pe Se nas. Mlaatr. £58: bs ankle ee eek Mimosa pigra L.
Af. Legume glabrous or nearly so or puberulent, 5-6 cm
long; leaflets 15-25 pairs; woody vine Ag.

30 Pelee O mL OnGeua Vol. 48, No. 1

Ag. Legume 1 cm wide, on long stipe, attemuate to tip,
not jointed, puberulent when young, margins and
stipe spiny; pinnae 5-8 pairs; leaflets 1 mm wide; p.
19, 43 . Mimosa Donnell-Smithii (B. & R.) St. & St.
Ag. Legume 1.5 cm wide, on short stipe, rounded at
tip, glabrous, margins sometimes spiny; pinnae
3-10 pairs; leaflets 7-11 mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide;
P- 27, 46. +--+ +++ : >, Mimosa scalpeneis a
Ae. Axis of leaves without prickles; legume 3-9 cm long or un-
known Ah.
Ah. Leaflets 6-8 mm long, hairy when young, usually above
and beneath, 10-15 pairs; legume unknown; p. 43 .

: . .. . Mimosa costaricensis Bth.
Ah. neater 3. 7a mm clase. glabrous or sparsely and minute-
ly pilose or sometimes ciliate, many on a pinna; pinnae

6-10 pairs Ai.
Ai. Legume 2-2.5 cm long, glandular-hairy, jointed; a
nae 6-9 pairs; leaflets 4-6 mm long; p. 43.

So 0 6 9 0 a Ofo 0 6 - - - Mimosa Calderon B. & R.
Ai. egunde 3- 6.5 cm long, glabrous, not jointed; branch-
es prickly but almost glabrous; leaflets 3-5 mm long;

pinnae 6-10 pairs; p. 19, 45 . Mimosa platycarpa Bth.

ANNOTATED LIST OF BIPINNATE LEGUMINOSAE IN
NICARAGUA AND OTHER COUNTRIES OF CENTRALAMERICA

Genera and species are arranged alphabetically,
Data supplied by Mr. Ray Angelo are followed by his name.

Acacia Allenii Janzen, Contr. Smithsonian Bot. 13: 53. 1974.
Costa Rica (FLAS). Similar to Acacia melanoceras Beurl. ac-
cording to Janzen, from which he separates it by A. Allenii hav-
ing only 0-6 glands on the petiole. Description excerpted from
Janzen, 1. c. Pinnules (leaflets) 8-11 mm long, 2-3.5 mmwide
up to 60 per pinna. Pinnae 7-10 cm long, up to 40 per leaf. Pe-
tiole with 2-10 widely spaced nectaries. Rachis with 1-2 necta-
ries at bases of pinnae. Swollen stipular thorns dark-brown, up
to 4 cm long, 1 cm wide at base, external thorn walls with low
and rounded longitudinal ridges, p. 53, 1. c. Pinnules (10-)20-
30-jugate, 5-10 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Translation from the
Latin mine.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 31

Acacia angustissima (Miller) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 3, pt. 2: 147,
1898. Synonyms: Acaciella Rensonii B. & R., N. Amer. Fil.
23: 101. 1928. Acacia Pittieriana Standley, Field Mus. Bot.
Ie: S07. TS.

Petiole of mature leaves 2-4 cm long. Leaflets 1 mm wide. An-
gelo.

Mexico to middle South America, Fl. Panama 5: 269. 1950.

Nicaragua, Dept. Matagalpa, Santa Maria de Ostuma. Harri-
man 14795 (OSH, SEYM).

Acacia Baileyana F. Mueller, Trans. & Proc. Ray Soc. Vict.
24: 168. 1888.

Pinnae 2-3 pairs. Leaflets 12-15 pairs, 4-5 mm long, 0.5-1

mm wide. Petiole without a gland, very short, about 1 cmlong

or less. Axis of leaves glabrous. Leaves not sensitive. Le-

gume 3.5-10 cm long, 12 mm wide, flat, glaucous, sometimes
narrowed between seeds. L. H. Bailey, Manual 431. Racemes
of heads 8-11 cm long, often drooping; racemes slender. Flo-
wers yellow.

Florida (FLAS), Costa Rica.

Acacia centralis (Britton & Rose) Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich.
Berbe: 4212 F940. One or two

glands very close to tip of rachis; glands on petiole also, near

middle. Leaflets 0.5 mm wide. Axis of leaves minutely but
clearly pubescent. Angelo.

Guatemala, Salvador. Type coll. near San Salvador.

Acacia Collinsii Safford, Science II. 31:677. 1910.

Synonym: Acacia costaricensis Schenck, Repert. Sp. Nov. 12:
361, 1913, according to Jensen. Type: Honduras, Dept.
Santa Barbara, San Pedro de Sula. Thieme 5216 (Herb.

Capt. John Donnell Smith).
Acacia panamensis Schenck, Fedde Rep. Sp. Nov. 12: 362.
$923;

Mexico, British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador.
Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama. Many localities in Nicara-

gua, according to Janzen.

Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Rio Tamarinda. Neill N181(MSC,
SEYM).

Dept. Rivas, La Virgen. Nichols 1214 (ENAG, SEYM).

Acacia Cookii Safford, Science Il. 31: 677. 1910.

Mexico, British Honduras, Guatemala. Leaflets less than 1
mm wide.

Acacia cornigera (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1080. 1806.

Synonyms: Acacia spadicigera Schlechtendal & Chamisso, Lin-

naea5: 594, 1830.
Acacia nicoyensis Schenck in Fedde Rep. Sp. Nov. 12: 360.
1913. See Janzen, Contr. Smithsonian Bot.13:53. 1974.

32 1 jel WAP @) IG © (& we A Vol. 48, No. 1

See also Memoirs N. Y. Botanical Garden 25: #1: 26.

Pinnae 2-8 pairs; leaflets 15-20 pairs ona pinna, 5-7 mm long,

1.5-2 mm wide. Petiole with a gland near summit; gland often

on axis of leaves. Or leaflets 7-10.5 mm long, 2 mm wide.

Spines 2-8 cm long, hollow. Fieldiana Bot. 24:10. 1946.

Legume 3-5 cm long, terete, with long spine-like beak.

Mexico, British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador,
Nicaragua, Costa Rica (FSU), Cuba.

Nicaragua, coll. Janzen: Depts. Esteli, Esteli; Matagalpa, Ma-
tagalpa; Dept. Leon, Leon; Rivas, Penas Blancas, l. c.
Dept. Masaya, Lake Masaya. Nichols 120 (ENAG, MO,

SEYM).

Dept. Rivas, La Virgen. Nichols 1407 (ENAG, MO, SEYM).
Acacia dealbata Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 445, 1821.
Leaflets about 0.5 mm wide. Flowers ina head.

Description in Bailey's Encyclopedia. Guatemala.

Acacia Deamii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field. Mus. Bot. 11:
158, 1936. Leaflets 0.15-1.5 mm, mostly 1 mm wide.

Axis of leaves slightly pubescent. Stipe of legume 5-10 mm

long. Angelo. Guatemala.

Acacia dolichostachya Blake, Biol. Sci. Wash. 34: 43, 1921.

Leaflets 0.75-1 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.
Acacia Donnelliana Safford,Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4:361. 1914.
Type from Honduras. Reported from Guatemala in N. Amer.

Fl. , but the locality is in Honduras, as reported in Fl. Gua-
temala, p. 28, under the name Myrmecodendron Donnellianus
(Safford) Britton & Rose.

This species said to be much like A. globulifera but "easily
distinguished by its dark-colored polished spines and much long-
er vegetative leaves''". Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 361. 1914.
Acacia Farnesiana (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 1083. 1806.

Leaflets 1 mm wide. Texas, La., Ga., Fla., Mexico, Pana-

ma (FLAS).

Nicaragua, Dept. Matagalpa, Calabazas. Seymour & Atwood
Gs (13, IMI, IDNONKID, IDINNG,, IP, JPILVAS), (Gilel:
HARTWICK, MICH, MO, NY, OSH, REED, SEYM,
SMUF UC. Wii):

Dept. Boaco, Potrerillos. Seymour 2355 (BM, ENAG,, F,

GH, MO, SEYM, SMU).
Dept. Granada, Granada. Dudey 1099 (BM, ENAG, F, GH,
SEYM, SMU).

Acacia Gentlei Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 22: 77, 1940.

Legumes flattened. Angelo.

British Honduras, Guatemala.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 33

Acacia globulifera Safford, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5:360. 1915,
Pinnae about 15 pairs. Leaflets 3-4 mm long. For description,
see N, Amer. Fl. 23, pt. 2, -p. 93.1928. Pinnae, 2-5 pairs.
Leaflets 6-12 pairson flowering branches. Spines ivory-white,,
4-5 cm long. Fruit unknown., l. c.

Acacia glomerosa Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 1: 521, 1842.

Leaflets 2-3 mm wide. Yucatan, British Honduras, Salvador
to Panama, Colombia to Brazil. Fl. Guatemala 5:10. 1946.

Acacia Hayesii Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 524. 1875.

Synonym: Acacia acanthophylla (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field
Mus. Bot. 18: 488, 1937. Panama (GH).

Leaflets 2 mm wide Legume 8-10 mm long. Angelo.

Acacia Hindsii Bentham in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1: 504.
1842. Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras (FSU), Salvador,
Nicaragua, according to Janzen 116-118, 1974.

Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Leon. Janzen.

Dept. Chinandega, Ameya. Mexon, Harvey & Va-
lentine7176 (US).

Acacia hirtipes Safford, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 367. 1914.
Guatemala.

Acacia macracantha Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4:
1080, 1806. Leaflets scarcely 1 mm wide.

Florida, Antigua, Tortola, Dominica, Jamaica (FLAS).

Acacia mayana Lundell, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 478: 210,
W937. Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica (FLAS).

Acacia melanoceras Beurl., Sv. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1854: 123,
1856. Synonym: Acacia multiglandulosa Schenck, Repert.

Nov. Sp. Fedde 12: 362, 1913.
Discussed in Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 357-358, 1915.

Glands on petiole .8-30. Cp. Acacia Allenii.

Panama. Safford 1915 ''described A. melanoceras under the
name of A. multiglandulosa'', according to Janzen p. 43.

Acacia pennatula Schlechtendal & Chamisso) Bentham, Lond.
Journ. Bot 131390, 1642: Guatemala.

Nicaragua, Dept. Esteli, Bosque. Neill 7346 (MO, SEYM,

SMU, UCA).
Esteli. Neill 7187 (MO, SEYM,
SMU, UCA).

Acacia polypodioides Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 184.
1919. Veins of leaflets similar to those in Acacia riparioi-
des which has prickles on the branches; spines none and

petiole without glands in A. polypodioides

Guatemala. Nicaragua, Dept. Granada, Granada. Baker
2325 (GH).

Acacia riparia HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6: 276, 1824.

Leaflets about 1 mm wide. Jamaica (FLAS).

34 DL TAO) 1, MONG Vol. 48, No. 1

Acacia riparioides (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus. Bot.
38 B05 Was

Yucatan, Salvador. As to veins of leaflets, cp. Acacia poly-
podioides.

Acacia Ruddiae Janzen, Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 13: 1-131.
1974.

Acacia tenuifolia (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1091, 1806.

Leaflets less than 1 mm wide. Costa Rica, Panama.

Acacia tortuosa (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1083, 1806.

Gland of petiole generally at summit, more or less circular,

raised and cup-like in Central America. In West Indies, gland

more commonly near middle and elliptical. In some Central

American specimens, Iam unable to discern a gland on petiole.

Leaflets 0. 78-1.5 mm wide, mostly 1mm. Angelo.

Spines at nodes.

Florida (FLAS), Mexico, Jamaica (FLAS).

Acacia villosa (Sw. ) Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1067, 1806.

Synonym: Acacia Oerstedii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field
Muse) Bots slocrtoon aL 93S.

Petiole and axis of leaves normally without glands. Leaflets
8-9 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Angelo.

Adenanthera pavonina L., Sp. Pl. 384, 1753.

For description, see Little, E. L.& F. H. Wadsworth. Com-
mon Trees of Puerto Rico & the Virgin Islands 144, 1964,
who report it as ''very rare in Central America. ''

Leaflets 19-44 mm long, 10-22 mm wide.

Albizzia adinocephala(Donnell Smith) Britton & Rose, N. Amer.
2334s NIZS: Leaflets 1-2 cm wide. Costa Rica, Panama.

Albizzia caribaea (Urban) Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 44,
NOZS)

Leaflets 1-2 mm wide, varying from acute to obtuse. Legume

narrowed gradually to base and stipe; stipe 4-8 mm long.

Angelo.

Nicaragua, Dept. Managua, Santa Clara. Neill 2882 (SEYM,
UCA).

Albizzia Hummeliana Britton & Rose, Tropical Woods 8: 7, 1926.

Leaflets 3-4 mm wide. ''Il would say that the rachis lacked

glands. However the places where leaflets have detached give

the appearance of cupular glands that I have seen in other
species of the family. '' Angelo.

British Honduras, Record (YU no. 8795); Winzerling; both 1926.
Type: 1,209,912 (US).

Albizzia idiopoda (Blake) Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23:44.
1928.

Leaflets 1.5-3 mm wide. Angelo. British Honduras, Guatemala.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 35

Albizzia Lebbeck (L.) Bentham, Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:87,
1844.

"Leaves mostly bipinnate'', Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 37:254, 1950.
Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Florida, Puerto Rico (FLAS),

Florida, Puerto Rico, British Honduras, Guatemala?

Albizzia longepedata (Pittier) Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23:
46, 1928.

Synonyms: Pithecellobium longepedatum Pittier, Contr. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 20: 464, 1922,
Pseudosamanea guachapele (HBK.) Harms, Notizbl. 11: 54.

1930.

For synonomy, see Phytologia 44: 378. 1979.

Guatemala, Salvador, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Venezu-
ela. Fl. Guatemala 5:18, 1946.

Albizzia Lundéllii Standley, Tropical Woods 52: 26, 1937.

Synonym: Ablizzia rubiginosa Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Publ. 461: 58, 1935, non Miquel 1855.

Leaflets about 1 mm wide. Angelo.

Albizzia tomentosa (Micheli) Standley, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci.
Por On 69537 Leaflets (1-)2-6(-10) mm wide. Angelo.

Guatemala.

Caesalpinia affinis Hemsley, Diag. Pl. Mex. 8, 1878.

Leaflets (7) 11-13 mm wide. Angelo.

Type: Guatemala. Skinner.

Caesalpinia Bonduc (L.) Roxb., Hort. Beng. 32, 1814.

Florida (FLAS), Grand Cayman Island (FLAS), Guatemala.

Caesalpinia Conzattii (Rose) Standley, Trop. Woods 37: 34, 1934.

Leaflets 9-10 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Caesalpinia coriaria (Jacq. ) Willd., Sp. Pl. 2: 532, 1799.

Synonym: Poinciana coriaria Jacq., Del. Stirp. Amer. 123, 1763.

Pinnae about 4-15. Leaflets up to 2 mm wide.

Caesalpinia Crista L., Sp. Pl. 380, 1753.

Leaflets 1-2.5 cm wide,

Florida (FLAS), Mexico (FLAS), Guatemala, Costa Rica, Pana-
ma. Nicaragua, Dept. Managua, Masachapa. Nichols

1370 (ENAG, GH, MO, SEYM, SMU).

Caesalpinia eriostachys Bentham, Bot. Voy. Sulphur 88, 1844.

Leaflets 3-5 mm wide.

Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama (FLAS).

Caesalpinia exostemma DC., Prodr. 2: 483, 1825.

Leaflets 5-15 mm wide. Angelo. Mexico, Guatemala (FLAS).

Caesalpinia Gaumeri Greenman, Field Mus. Bot. 2: 330, 1912.

Pinnae 4-9 per leaf. Leaflets 7-12, not paired, 7-15 mm wide.
Angelo. Guatemala.

36 1D Vel ve Ut OVALS (0) (at Vol. 48, No. 1

Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Swartz, Obs. Bot. 166, 1791.

Leaflets 5-10 mm wide.

Florida (FLAS), Mexico, British Honduras to Salvador and Pa-
nama (FLAS, FSU), Jamaica, Mariana Islands, Tinian
(FLAS).

Nicaragua, Dept. Matagalpa, Sebaco. Atwood 2472 (GH, MO,

SEYM); Mena 2510 (SEYM).

Dept. Managua, Managua. Zelaya 2250 (B, ENAG,

by PEAS, GHFeMO; Msu; Ni, (REED Shiv
SMUFS UGH U))F

Dept. Masaya, Lake Masaya. Dudey 57 (B, BM,
Be PEAS. (GH MICH, MO; NY, (SMU:
ILD WC. WE WDE)

Dept. Carazo, Santa Teresa. Atwood 1278 (ENAG,
GH, MO, SEYM, SMU).

Caesalpinia Recordii Britton & Rose in Standley Trop. Woods 7:
65) 1926 Leaflets 12-16 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Caesalpinia urophylla (Donnell Smith) Standley, Field Mus. Bot.
Gee SS OS iis Costa Rica.

Caesalpinia velutina (Britton & Rose) Standley, Tropical Woods
34405) 1938).

Leaflets 2-2.5 cm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Caesalpinia vesicaria L., Sp. Pl. 381 1753.

Leaflets 1-3 cm wide. Angelo. Petiolules about 2-3 mm long.

Guatemala, Cuba (FLAS).

Caesalpinia violacea (Miller) Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Publ. 461, 1935.

Pinnae 2-6 pairs. Leaflets 4-8 pairs, ovate-oblong, 2-5 cm

long, obtuse or acute, often puberulent. Legume 6-10 cm long,

2.5-3 cm wide, glabrous or nearly so, rounded at tip, on short

stipe. Me Gubarc aos LoOSieeiransilationmmaimnels Guatemala.

Caesalpinia yucatanensis Greenman, Field Mus. Bot. 2: 252.
LOOM. Leaflets 6-17 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Calliandra belizensis (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus. Bot.
Br o09, 1929.

Leaflets 8-12 mm long, linear-oblong. Guatemala.

Calliandra Brenezii Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18: 491, 1937.

Costa Rica.

Calliandra Caeciliae Harms, Repert Sp. Nov. 17: 89, 1921.

Leaflets about 1 mm wide. Guatemala.

Calliandra capillata Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3: 98, 1844.

Leaflets 1-2 cm long, 6-27 mm wide, widely oblong to widely
obovate. Mexico, British Honduras, Guatemala, Salvador.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes a7

Calliandra caracasana (Jacq. ) Bentham in Trans. Linn. Soc. 39:

643;,. 1875.

Leaflets about 1 mm wide.

Fl. Guatemala p. 26 states that this species is South American,

scarcely distinguishable from Calliandra portoricensis, but Fl.

Panama lists Calliandra porotricensis Bentham with a question

mark as a synonym of Calliandra caracasana.

Calliandra carcerea Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus. Bot.
23: 161, 1944.

Leaflets mostly 4-8 mm wide. Guatemala.

Calliandra confusa Sprague & Riley, Kew Bull. 371, 1923.

Synonym: Calliandra similis Sprague & Riley, Kew Bull. Misc.

Inés Tl, 1925:

Leaflets 3-10 mm long, 1 mm wide, almost always 0.5-1.5 mm

wide, a few specimens 2-3 mm wide. Angelo.

British Honduras, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama.

Calliandra costaricensis (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bote18:. 492, 1937.

For description, see N. Amer. Fl. 23: 67, 1928.

Petiole 5-6 cm long. Legume only 3 mmwide, glabrous, very

elastic, coiled in age, about 8 cm long. Costa Rica.

Calliandra Cumingii Bentham in Hook. Journ. Bot. 2: 140, 1840.

Leaflets 11-20 pairs ona pinna, 1-2 mm wide. Legume more

or less pilose (even wooly on occasion). Angelo.

Panama, Cuming 1248. Possibly Mexico and Venezuela and
Colombia.

Calliandra emarginata (Humboldt & Bonpland) Bentham, Lond.
Journ. Bot. 3: 95, 1844.

Leaflets 8-27(-40) mm wide. Angelo. Scarcely separable
from C. tergemina Bentham according to Fl. Guatemala, p.

Za. Florida (FLAS), Guatemala.
Calliandra glaberrima (Bentham) Britton & Killip, Ann. N. Y.
Acad, Sci. S520 134501936" Panama.

Calliandra grandiflora (L'Her.) Bentham, Hook. Journ. Bot. 2
139, 1840.

In habit similar to Mimosa pigra L. but without thorns. Leaf-

lets about 1 mm wide. Angelo.

Mexico (FLAS), Guatemala.

Nicaragua, Dept. Chontales, Santo Tomas. Atwood 2726
(SEYM).

Calliandra Houstoniana (Miller) Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 23: 386, 1922. Leaflets 0.75-2 mm wide. Angelo.

Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras.

Managua, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Dipilto. Budier 6351 (GH, MO,

SEYM, SMU).

38 1D yal SEAL (Oy) Jey (0) ME ay AN Vol. 48, No. 1

Nicaragua, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Jalapa. Atwood, Marshall &
Neill 6818 (SEYM).
Dept. Esteli, Cerro Santa Rosa. Seymour 7628b
(SEYM); Hall & Bockus 7610 (SEYM); Nelson
762la (SEYM, UCA).
Calliandra Magdalenae (Bert. ) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 5:
102, 1846.
Synonym: Acacia Magdalenae Bert., ex DC. Prodr. 2: 455.
VEZ.
Calliandra Tonduzii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bot. 4: 309, 1929.
Fl. Guatemala p. 27 treats Calliandra Tonduzii as a distinct
species, whereas Fl. Panama Part 5, fasc. 2 p. 259,
1950 treats them as synonyms.
Leaflets 3 mm wide.
Calliandra mexicana Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 10:
WIS, We
Leaflets 8-17 mm wide. Angelo.
Yucatan, Guatemala.
Nicaragua, Dept. Jinotega, San Rafael del Norte. Atwood A264
(MSC, SEYM).
Calliandra Molinae Standley, Ceiba 1: 39, 1950.
Pinnae 3 pairs, 3-6 cm long; leaflets commonly 9-14 pairs ona
pinna, sessile, oblong-oval, 5-9 mm long, tip rounded, base,
obliquely subtruncate, above minutely hirtellous or soon glab-
rous and whitish-papillose, ciliate, beneath
spreading-pilose. Flowers in dense heads. Legume not des-
eribedian Ceiba 3.9 an 95 0 Liondunas.
Calliandra mollis Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.17: 431,
1914.
No glands evident on petioles. Leaflets (largest) mostly 3 mm
wide or 1-2 mm wide. Angelo. Petiole not described, l. c.
Legume about 8 cm long, 6 or 7 mm wide, rounded-obtuse,
short-beaked, attenuate to base, densely pilose, about 8-seeded,
ee.
Costa Rica, Nicoya. Tonduz 13536 (US), type.
Calliandra pallida (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus. Bot.
SEAS 2r OSE
Synonym: Anneslia pallida Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 65,
MO Ze%.
"Pinnae 2-4 pairs; leaflets 14-16 pairs, narrowly oblong, 4-6
mm long, acute, glabrous, ciliate, pale and reticulate beneath"!
Legume not mentioned., l. c. Costa Rica.
Calliandra penduliflora Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 193,
1899.
Leaflets 3-5-nerved at base, 4-6 pairs, very unequal and very
oblique at base, 4-30 mm wide, typically 10-20 mm wide. An-

!

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 39

oblique at base, 4-30 mm wide, typically 10-20 mm wide. An-
gelo. Largest leaflets 4-5 cm long, rounded at tip, pubescent
both sides. 1. c.
Calliandra Pittieri Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 18: 104,
1916.
Leaflets less than 1 mm wide. Panama, Colombia.
Calliandra portoricensis (Jacq. ) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:
99, 1844. See note under Calliandra caracasana.
Leaflets 1-3 (4) mm wide. Angelo.
S. Mexico, British Honduras, Salvador to Costa Rica and Pana-
ma, Costa Rica (FSU), British Virgin Islands, Tortola
(FLAS), Jamaica.
Calliandra Quetzal Donnell Smith, Enum. Pl, Guat. 8: 36, 1907.
Largest leaflets 1.8-2.2 mm wide. Guatemala.
Calliandra rhodocephala Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 49: 454,1910.
Type: puerto Barrios, Izabal. C. C. Deam 6015.
Leaflets 1.5-4.5 cm wide, glabrous above and beneath. Angelo.
Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Madregara. Narvaez 3059 (ENAG,
GH, MO, SEYM, SMU).
Calliandra Seemannii Bentham, Seem. Voy. Herald 116, pl. 22,
1853. Leaflets 1-1.5 cm wide. Costa Rica, Panama.
Calliandra tapirorum Standley, Ceiba 1; 40, 1950.
Pinnae 3-5 pairs. Leaflets 8-16 pairs, oblong, about 6 mm
long, 2 mm wide, obtuse and apiculate. Legume 4-angled, 7-9
cm long, about 8 mm wide, moderately densely hispidulo_ -to-
mentose. 1. c;
Calliandra tetragona (Wild. ) Bentham, Hook. Journ. Bot. 2:
139, 1840. S. Mexico, British Honduras, Honduras,
Costa Rica, NW South America. Leaflets about 1mm wide.
Calliandra Wendlandii Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 556,
1875. Known from original collection only.
Perhaps a synonym of Calliandra emarginata (Humboldt & Bon-
pland) Bentham. See comment in Fl. Guatemala p. 259.
Delonix regia (Bojer) Raf., Fl. Tell. 2: 292, 1836. Poinciana.
Leaflets 3-4 mm wide.
Florida (FLAS), Mexico (FLAS), Jamaica (FLAS), Mariana Is-
lands, Tinian (FLAS).
Nicaragua, Dept. Managua, Managua. Zelaya 2258 (B, DUKE,
FLAS, SEYM, YU); Robbins 6090 (DUKE, FLAS,
REED, SEYM, US); Seymour 6283a (SEYM).
Desmanthus virgatus (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1047, 1806.
Leaflets 1-2 mm wide.
a. Erect shrub; gland of petiole large. .... . .Vvar. virgatus
2. Prostrate herb; gland of petiole small ............
Cece wtodee 2 co ie 1. te © Vet. Gepressus (Willd. ) Turner

40 eee Ol tg Ox Gaetan Vol. 48, No. 1

Var. depressus (Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd.) B. L. Turner
Field & Lab. 18: 61, 1950. Synonym: Desmanthus depres -
sus Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4: 1046, 1806.

Adams, C. D. Flowering Plants of Jamaica, 1972, treats Des-

manthus depressus as a distinct species. Florida, British vir-

gin Islands, Tortola, Jamaica, Panama (FLAS).

Var. virgatus. Similar in habit to Schrankia, but without prick-

les, whereas Schrankia bears abundant fine prickles. Florida,

Mexico, Jamaica, Dominica, E. Caicos (FLAS), Panama (FSU).

Entada gigas (L.) Fawcett & Rendle, Fl. Jamaica 4: 124, 1920.

See FI. (Panama, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 37/310, 1950.

Leaflets 3 cm wide. Central America, N. South America,
West Indies, West Africa, Philippine Islands (FLAS).

Entada patens (Hooker & Arnold) Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 23: 349, 1922.

Leaflets 4-40 mm wide, mostly 10-25 mm wide. Angelo.

Mexico, Salvador, Nicaragua.

Entada polystachia (L.) DC., Mem. Leg. 434, 1825.

Synonym: Mimosa polystachia L., Sp. Pl. 520, 1753.

Mexico, Guatemala (FLAS, FSU), Jamaica.

Nicaragua, Dept. Chinandega, Potosi. Marshall & Neill 66)]
(SEYM); Neill 6616 (ENAG, GH, MO, SEYM).

Leaflets 5-18 mm wide. Valves jointed, in age falling from
persistent margins. (FLAS).

Enterolobium cyclocarpum (Jacq. \iGrisebs al. Brite Weeds
226, 1860.

Leaflets 2-4 mm wide. Angelo. Fruit called ''Ears".

Florida, Mexico, Costa Rica.

Nicaragua, Dept. Chinandega, Potosi. Fruit floating ina brook,
near warm spring. Seymour 7113, 24 Apr. 1975. Speci-
mens lost.

Enterolobium Schomburgkii Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soca SOF
SS), INES 7B be

Leaflets 2-4 mm long, about 0.5 mm wide. Angelo.

Mexico, Guatemala, Panama, Guianas, Brazil.

Leucaena brachycarpa Urban, Symb. Antill. 22 2055 9 00R

Leaflets 0.5-1 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Leucaena diversifolia (Schlechtendal) Bentham, Hooker, Journ.
Bot. 4: 417, 1842.

Leaflets 0.5-2 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Leucaena guatemalensis Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl), 23-126;
1928.

Leaflets 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Angelo.

Florida (FLAS), Guatemala.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 4]

Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Gillis, Taxon 23: 190, 1974.

Mimosa glauca L., Sp. Pl. ed. 2: 1504, 1763; non Sp. Pl. 520,
D3.

Acacia glauca (L.) Moench, Meth. pj, 1794,

Leucaena glauca (L.) Bentham, Hooker, Journ. Bot. 4: 416,

Leucaena leucocephala (Lam. ) de Witt, Taxon 10: 64, 1961.
The distinctions by which deW itt diffrentiates Leucaena
glauca and Leucaena leucocephala are almost entirely diffe-
rences in size.

Leaflets 8-15 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, acute. Legume cross-
striate. Legume 5-9 cm long, 5-20 mm wide; seeds 1-8.

British Honduras (FSU), Guatemala, as Leucaena glauca.

Nicaragua, Dept. Boaco, Boaco. Atwood 5404 (BM, ENAG,

FLAS, GH, MO, NY; SE YM: SMU, UC);
Dept. Managua, Managua. Zelaya 2266 (SEYM):
Atwood 2550 (SEYM).

Leucaena multicapitula Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 37: 302,
1950. Leaflets 7-25 mm wide. Panama.

Leucaena Shannonii Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 57: 419, 1914.

Type from Salvador, Cojutepeque.

Leaflets 12-22 mm long; 4-9 mm wide. Angelo.

Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Bluefields, El Bluff. Hamblett 614

(MO, SEYM).
Dept. Matagalpa, Matagalpa. Zelaya 2313 (ENAG,
SEYM ).
Dept. Boaco, Camoapa. Seymour 3528 (GH, MO,
SEYM).

Dept. Chontales, Juigalpa. Neill 7284 (GH, MO,
SEYM, SMU, UCA).

Lysiloma acapulcense (Kunth) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:
83, 1844.

Stipe 5-7 mm long. Angelo. Guatemala.

Lysiloma auritum (Schlechtendal) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot.
3: 83, 1844.

Axis of leaves densely pubescent, 6-14 cm long, typically 10
cm long. Angelo. Guatemala.

Lysiloma bahamense Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3: 82, 1844.

Leaflets 8-12(-15) mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Cp. Leucaena Shan-
nonii.

Florida, Bahama Islands (FLAS), Photo of type in Taxon 23:189,
1974.

Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Volcan Momotombo. Neill 7814

(FLAS, GH, MO, SEYM, SMU, UCA).

Lysiloma desmostachys Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3: 84,
1844.

Stipe must be carefully distinguished from pedicel. A stipe is

above calyx; a pedicel is below calyx.

Mexico, British Honduras, Salvador, Nicaragua.

42 P Haas Or by ObCr an A Vol. 484) Nossal

Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Volcan Momotombo. Neill 7333 (BM,
GH, MO, NY, SEYM, SMU, UGA).
Dept. Managua, Apoyeque. Marshall & Neill 6698
(ENAG, MO, SEYM).
Esquipulas. Hall & Bockus 7981
(B, BM, FLAS, GH, MO, NY;
OSH, REED, SEYM, SMU,

AIT, WKLY),
Lysiloma Kellermanii Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. Prey Ney Ui
1928. Leaflets 3-5 mm long. Guatemala.

Lysiloma multifoliolatum Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 84,
nOZSe
Stipules large, 1-1.7 cm long, lanceolate, falling early, very
distinctive, often present on sterile specimens, conspicuous.
Flowers in heads. Similar to Lysiloma desmostachys, which
has flowers in spikes. For sterile specimens, the best distinc-
tion is pinnae 15-25 pairs in L. multifoliolatum; 7-15 pairs in
L. desmostachys. = a ee LehT
Honduras (FSU).
Nicaragua, Dept. Esteli, Cerro Quiabu. Neill 7757 (BM,
IP IbeNsy (Edel IO N/E, SDE ut
SMU, UCA).
El Bosque. Neill 7346 (MO, SEYM, SMU,
UCA): may belong here.
E. of Esteli. Neill 7187 (MO, SEYM, SMU,
UCA).
Mechapa. Dudey 1023 (B, BM, FLAS, MSC,
MO, NY, SEYM, SMU, UC, UCA),.
Lysiloma Seemannii Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 182.
1928. Known from type locality only.
Costa Rica, Bot. Voy. Sulphur, pl. 31, 1844.
Mimosa albida Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4:
1030, 1806.
Mimosa albida is easily mistaken for a Pithecellobium, but the
strigose lower surface of the leaflets in M. albida is very cha-
racteristic and so are the stout recurved prickles of the bran -
ches. The larger leaflets are 11-16 mm wide; those toward the
ends of the branches are smaller. Reduced lower inner leaf-
lets are 10-11 mm long. The distinctions between the follow-
ing varieties are not sharp; they intergrade. The Flora of Pa-
nama treats these varieties as synonyms of Momosa albida.
a. Leaflets densely setose-strigose above and beneath :
ste ee ew ee we ew VON. strigosa (Willd. ) Robinson
a. Leaflets almost glabrous above b.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 43

b. Leaflets covered beneath with setae; branches densely
hairy; corolla puberulent or tomentulose 7
: . var. floribunda (Willd. OpAtasion
b. Leafiets Pe raeiy, setose beneath; branches almost glab-
Tous; corolla glabrous . +... tis var. glabrior Robinson
Mimosa albida var. indet. British Honduras (FSU).
Mimosa albida var floribunda (Willd. ) Robinson, Proc. Amer,
Acad. 33: 311. 1898. Nicaragua, Dept. Jinotega, Mirarflores,
Neill 7201 (SEYM, UCA).
Dept. Nueva Segovia, Cerro Mogoton. Atwood &
Neill AN16 (MSC, SEYM).
Dept. Esteli, Cerro Sant@2 Rosa. Nelson 7619b
(OSH, REED, SEYM, TEX, UCA).
Mimosa albida var. glabrior Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 33:
311. 1898. Nicaragua, Dept. Boaco, Camoapa. Seymour
3482 (MO, SEYM), 3527 (SEYM).
Dept. Carazo, Casa Colorada. Seymour 555 (MO,
SEYM).
Mimosa albida var. strigosa. (Willd. ) Robinson, Proc. Amer.
Acad. 33:311. 1898. Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Telica. Dudey,

Hamblett & Nichols 200 (SEYM).
Mexico (FLAS); British Honduras (FSU); Honduras (FSU).

Mimosa Bracaatinga Hoehne, A Bracaatinga ou Abracaatinga
25. Mie! SbooO.

Leaflets 4-6 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Mimosa Calderonii Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 167.1928.

Type: El Salvador, El Angel, Calderon 1842.

Leaflets 4-6 mm long. Costa Rica.

Mimosa canahuensis Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus. Bot.
23: 163. 1944. Known from the type only, Guatemala, El

Progresso, Mountain Canahui, Steyermark 43758.

Leaflets 5-8 mm wide.

Mimosa Casta L., Sp. Pl. 518, 1753.

Leaflets 5-15 mm wide. Panama.

Mimosa costaricensis Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 423,
1875. Leaflets 6-8 mm long. Costa Rica.

Mimosa Donnell-Smithii (Britton & Rose) Standley & Steyermark,
Field Mus. Bot. 23: 163, 1944. Leaflets 1 mm wide.
Guatemala.

Mimosa dormiens Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4:
1035, 1806 Leaflets 1 mm wide. Costa Rica.

Mimosa flavescens Splitgerber in Hoev. & Vries Tijdsehr 9:
110, 1842.

Sparingly short-prickly or without prickles. Petiole and axis

of leaves bristly with occasional prickles, glabrous aside from

sparse marginal setae. Glands none. Leaflets 1-2 mm wide.

44 1D jh Ne ALO) ae to) EG ae AN Vol. 48, No. 1

Angelo. Mexico to the Guianas, Hie Gostawkwca OZ

1937, but not included in Fl. Panama.

Mimosa germana Standley & Williams, Ceiba 1: 240, 1951.

Similar to Mimosa Skinneri. Leaflets 8-9 mm long, 4 mmwide.

Costa Rica.

Mimosa guanacastensis Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:502, 1937.

Leaflets 4-9 pairs ona pinna, 8-12 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide.

Costa Rica.

Mimosa guatemalensis (Hooker & Arnold) Bentham, Bot. Voy.
Sulphur 89, 1814. Type from Nicaragua, Realejo, accord~-

ing to Fl. Guatemala, p. 57, 1946.

Leaflets 4-18 mm wide.

Mimosa hadrocarpa Molina, Ceiba 1: 256, 1951. We have seen
no specimens of this species. Costa Rica, l. c.

Mimosa hemiendyta Rose & Robinson ex Rose, Contr. U. S.
Nee, Iskeselo, eSB, WSOSe

Leaflets 1-3.5 mm wide. Legume 7-8-jointed. Angelo.

Guatemala, British Honduras (FSU).

Mimosa hondurana Britton, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 169, 1928.

Largest leaflets 1-1.5 cm wide. Angelo.

Guatemala; Honduras, Dept. Colon. Nelson & Martinez 1256.
(FSU).

Miniosavinvisa Marta MllonarZOBedble, ZeaiZle Ssi7.

Leaflets 1 mm wide. Petiole 3.5-7 cm long. Axis of leaves

2.5-5 cm long. Pairs of pinnae 4-12 mm apart. Angelo.

S. Mexico to Panama.

Mimosa Maxonii Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17: 432,
1914. Type: Guatemala, vicinity of Mazatenango. Coll.
Maxon & May 3497 (US).

Mimosa panamensis (Bentham) Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat.
lnkeselo, Nghe Woh wehlee

Terminal leaflets 4-7 mm wide. Costa Rica, Panama.

Mimosa pigra L., Cent. Pl. 1: 13, 1755.

Leaflets 0.7-1 mm wide. Florida, Mexico, Jamaica, Puerto

Rico, Paraguay (FLAS). British Honduras, Honduras. Costa
Rica (FSU).

Nicaragua, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Jalapa. Atwood, Marshall &

Neill 6818 (SEYM).
Dept. Boaco, Camoapa. Seymour 3526 (GH, MO,
(SEYM).
Dept. Rio San Juan, San Bartolo. Seymour 6150
(SEYM).
Dept. Granada, Tipitapa. Neill 2664 (SEYM, UCA).
Vera Cruz. Hall & Bockus 7831 (BM, FLAS,
GH, MO, NY, REED, SEYM, SMU, UC, UCA).

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 45

Mimosa pinetorum Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 11: 131, 1932.

Leaflets 3 mm wide. Guatemala,
Mimosa platycarpa Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 417, 1875.
Leaflets 0.5-1 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Nicaragua, Dept. Esteli, Esteli. Neill 7218 (SEYM, UCA).
Mimosa platycarpa and M, guatemalensis are the only species
in this genus in Fl. Guatemalensis which have flowers in spikes.
Mimosa polydactyla Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4:
1033, 1806.
Leaflets 4-9 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Thorns wide-based,
black-tipped. Legume 4 mm wide. Panama to Brazil.
Mimosa pudica L., Sp. Pl. 518, 1753.
Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Pubescence varies greatly.
Florida, Antiqua, Bahama Islands, Jamaica, Trinidad (FLAS).
Honduras (FSU, SEYM). Costa Rica (FSU).
Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Bluefields. Zelaya 431 ((ENAG, GH,
SMU); Marshall 6545 (FLAS, US): Seymour 704
(SEYM); El Bluff, Hamblett 617 (ENAG, GH,
MO, SEYM)
Comarca del Cabo, Waspan. Nelson 4860
(ENAG, MO, SEYM).
Puerto Cabezas. Marshall & Neill 6565 (B,
BM, DUKE, ENAG, F, FLAS, NY, REED,

SEYM, UGC, US.), 6557a (SEYM):
Dept. Nueva Segovia, Dipilto. Seymour 6373 (SEYM).

Dept. Boaco, Teustepe. Seymour 2425 (SEYM).
Dept. Chontales, Cuapa. Marshall & Neill 6666 (MO, SEYM).
Juigalpa. Nichols1636 (SEYM).
Dept. Rio San Juan, San Carlos. Nelson 5334 (SEYM).
Dept. Chinandega, El Viejo. Seymour 2665 (GH, MO,
SEYM).
Dept. Leon, Aranjuez. Hall & Bockus 7961 (SEYM, UCA).
Telica. Dudey, Hamblett & Nichols 212
(SEYM), 213 (SEYM).
Dept. Managua, Masachapa. Nichols 910 (MO, SEYM).
Dept. Masaya, La Concepcion. Nichols 916 (SEYM).
Dept. Carazo, Casa Colorada. Dudey 510 (BM, ENAG,
F, GH, MO, NY, SMU, UC); Seymour 556 (SEYM).
Santa Teresa. Nichols 1310 (SEYM).
Mimosa pusilla Bentham, Bot. Voy. Sulphur 90, 1844.
Leaflets 1-1.5 mm wide. Prickles not only at nodes; some spe-
cimens are relatively spineless or only bristly on parts of some
stems. Angelo.
Nicaragua, Dept. Masaya, Parque Nacional Volcan Masaya.
Neill 2805 (SEYM, UCA).

46 Paoey Lf OF ONGries Vols 48) None

Mimosa Recordii Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 170, 1928.

Type: British Honduras, Stann Creek District, Middlesex. S. J.
Record.

Leaflets little more than 1 cm wide; largest leaflets 1-1.5 cm
wide. Angelo.

Mimosa resinifera Britton, N. Amer. Fl. 23: 169, 1928.

Leaflets mostly 2-4 cm wide; largest leaflets 2.5-4 cm wide.
Angelo. Guatemala.

Mimosa scalpens Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 461:58.
IO}S35) 6

Branches terete to conspicuously 4-5-angulate.

Guatemala, Honduras, Telson & Clewell 0521 (FSU).

Mimosa sesquijugata Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 13: 74, 1888.

Type: Guatemala, Santa Rosa. Tuerckheim 1327.

Mimosa Skinneri Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 5: 85, 1846.

Leaflets 3-6 mm wide. Peduncles 8-45 mm long. Angelo.
Very similar to Mimosa germana.

Type: Guatemala, Costa de Leon, Baja Verapaz (?). Skinner.

Nicaragua, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Dipilto. Seymour 6376.
(SEYM).

Mimosa somnians Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd, Sp. Pl. 4:
NOSGe esr Leaflets less than 1 mm wide.

Mexico to Paraguay, Fl. Costa Rica 504, 1937.

Mimosa teledactyla Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 56: 57, 1913.

Leaflets 0.5-1 mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Mimosa Velloziana Mart., Herb. Fl. Bras. 185, 1837.

Leaflets 10-15 mm wide. Similar to Mimosa albida.

Costa Rica, Panama.

Mimosa Watsonii Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 473, 1901.

Type: probably Costa Rica, Izabal. Sereno Watson 185323.
Costa Rica.

Leaflets 1-4 cm wide. Angelo. Leaflets mostly 20-35 mm
wide.

Mimosa zacapana Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus. Bot. 23:
57, 1944. Type: Guatemala, near Santa Rosalia. Steyer -
mark 29018. Leaflets 2.5-3.5 mm wide.

Neptunia plena (L.) Bentham, in Hooker Journ. Bot. 4: 355,
1841. Leaflets 1-2 mm wide.

Mexico, Guatemala, Panama, W. I., Colombia to Brazil.

Neptunia prostrata (Lam. ) Baill., Bull, Soe. Linn.
Parisi) DOs eno Goe Leaflets 1-3 mm wide.

Mexico, Guatemala, Panama, W. 1., Colombia, Peru, Brazil;
tropics is eastern hemisphere.

Neptunia pubescens Bentham, Hooker Journ. Bot. 4: 356, 1842.

Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Louisiana, Mississippi, Mexico
(FLAS), Panama.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 47

Parkinsonia aculeata L., Sp. Pl. 375, 1753.

Leaflets up to 2 mm wide.

Texas, South Carolina, Florida, Tortola, Cuba, Jamaica (FLAS),
Panama, N. South America.

Peltophorum inerme (Roxb. ) Naves ex Villar in Blanco, Fl.
Filip. Nov. App. 69, t. 335, 1880.

Leaflets 6 mm wide.

Florida (FLAS), Costa Rica?, Panama.

Pentaclethra macroloba (Willd. ) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 201,
WS9or.

Pinnae 2 pairs, 20-40 cm long. Leaflets 10-75 pairs, 6 mm
wide. Mexico, Guatemala.

Piptadenia constricta (Micheli & Rose) Macbride, Contr. Gray
Herb. 59:18 V9OL9.

Terminal leaflets 11 mm wide (FLAS).

Mexico (FLAS), Guatemala, Salvador.

Piptadenia flava (Sprengel) Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. 30:371.
TS 755

Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Panama (FLAS).

Pithecellobium albicans (Kunth) Bentham, Trans. Linn. Society
BOP SIZ., LerT5.

Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Angelo. Similar to Albizzia caribaea.

Yucatan, British Honduras.

Pithecellobium arboreum (L. ) Urban, Symb. Antill. 2:259, 1900.

Glands on petiole and axis of leaves. Leaflets (0.5-)1-3 mm

wide. Angelo. Leaves much like those of Enterolobium cyclo-

carpum. Honduras, Jamaica, Puerto Rico (FLAS) |

Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Comarca del Cabo, Miguel Bikon.
Seymour 5915 (SEYM).

Pithecellobium austrinum Standley & Williams, Ceiba 3: 114.
1952; Costa Rica (FSU).

Leaflets 1-1.5 cm long, 3-4 mm wide. Similar to Pithecello-
bium arboreum. To distinguish them, characters follow:

A. Pinnae 8-16 pairs; leaflets 20-40 pairs, 8-12 mm long, 1-3
mm wide; legume in age coiled or twisted, up to 18 cm long,
LO ae eG CT ag Nee ohio a i, hr aa Pithecellobium arboreum

A. Pinnae 15-20 pairs; leaflets 15-20 pairs, 1-1.5 cm long, 3-4
mm wide, 3-nerved at base; legume narrowed between seeds,

i5=17 cm long, 1.5-Z2.cm~ thick; stipe 2 em long... 4... s+
sitet s ee ee Pithecellobium austrinum

piifleretiobiurn Evheiiis voce Standley, Contr. Arn. Arb. 5:74,
Dieses oso Known from type collection only: Panama,
Barro Colorado Island. Shattuck 237. Leaflets 3-6 mm
wide.

Pithecellobium belizense Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 4: 212,
1929. Type: British Honduras. M. E. Peck673. Guatemala.

48 Pay Pio. Ole atA Vol. 48, No. 1

Pithecellobium Bertolonii Bentham, Trans. Linn Soc. 30: 588,
1875. Known from type locality only, Guatemala, Escuintla,
Coll. Velasquez.
Pithecellobium Brenezii Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18: 506,
OB iir. Costa Rica.

Type: Costa Rica, Entire Rio Jesus y Alto de la Calera San Ra-
mon. Brenes 17135 (F). Similar to Pithecellobium Engle-
singii Standley but has larger flowers, according to Fl.
Costa Rica 18: 506, 1937.

Pithecellobium Brownii Standley, Trop. Woods 18: 30, 1929.

Type: British Honduras, Hillbank. C. S. Brown 28.

Pithecellobium carbonarium (Britton) Niezgoda & Nevling, Phy-
tologia 44: 310 & 380, 1979.

Synonym: Albizzia carbonaria Britton, Sci. Surv. Porto Rico

& Virgin Islands 6: 348, 1926. Type: €. i. Batestsauas
Pithecellobium catenatum Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 48: 294,
UQOS)- Terminal pair of leaflets 5-7.5 cm wide.

Costa Rica, Panama.

Pithecellobium costaricense (Britton & Rose) Standlev. Troni-
cal Woods 34: 40, 1933.

Leaflets 5-10 mm wide. Costa Rica, Panama.

Pithecellobium Donnell Smithii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field
Mus. Bot. 12: 168, 1936.

Synonymns: Pithecellobium Gentlei Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich.
Herb. 6: 28, 1941. Pithecellobium plumosum Lundell, l.c.
Pithecellobium Schippii Lundell, 1. c.

Leaflets 3-12 mm wide. No gland on petiole. Angelo. Larg-

est leaflets mostly 7-11 mm wide, at tip of pinna. Angelo.

Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb. ) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:
199, 1844. Spines straight, slender, not always present.

Spines on internodes scarce ifany. Gland at summit of petiole

often seeming absent. Petiole 1.5-4.5 cm long. Leaflets 1-3

cm wide. Legumes 4-10 cm long, much twisted and curled.

Angelo.

Florida (FLAS), Nexico (FSU).

Nicaragua, Dept. Chinandega, Volcan Cosiguina. Neill 7104

(ENAG, FLAS, GH, MO, SEYM).
Dept. Leon, Telica. Dudey, Hamblett & Nichols
213 (SEYM).
Dept. Managua, Apoyeque. Marshall & Neill
6697 (ENAG, F,.GH, NY, MO,
SEYM).
Esquipulas. Hall & Bockus 7982
(By BM. GH. MO: Nv; OSH,
REED, SEYM, SMU, UC, UCA).
Masachapa. Nichols 236 (SEYM).

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 49

Pithecellobium Englesingii (Standley) Standley, Tropical Woods
34:40, 1933. Synonym: Inga Englesingii Standley, Tropic-
al Woods 17: 27, 1929.

Nicaragua, northeastern. Coll. F. C. Englesing 205 (YU no.
13297).

Rachis and petiole are covered by numerous warts that I take to
be glands. Angelo.

Pithecellobium erythrocarpum Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 12:
168, 1936. Type coll. near Botanic Station, lower Belize

River, British Honduras. §S. J. Record.

Leaflets 8-30 mm wide, mostly 10-20 mm wide. Angelo.

Pithecellobium Gentlei Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich, Herb. 6: 28,
1941.

This species "has been confused with PB, Donnell-Smithii (B. &

R. ) Standl. '' which has floral bractlets linear-lanceolate, at

least twice as wide as the filiform-linear bractlets of P. Gentlei.

Infrt.,bractlets of P. Donnell-Smithii do not exceed 5 mm.

Those of B. Gentlei become as much as 1 cm long.'' Treated

as a synonym of P. Donnell-Smithii (B. & R.) Standley by Fl.

Guatemala, p. 72.

Pithecellobium graciliflorum Blake, Contr. Gray Herb. 52: 69,
CNET AS

Leaflets 4-10 mm wide. Type. Angelo.

Pithecellobium halogenes Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ.
aoe: OF; 935.

Guatemala.

Pithecellobium hondurense B. & R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:18, 1928.

Young twigs pubescent. Stipular spines very short or none. Pe-

tiole stout, glabrous, about 2 cm long or hsorter, the apical

gland oval, cupulate; pinnae 1 pair; leaflets 1 pair, oblong-lan-

ceolate, 8-11 cm long, 4-5 cm wide, acuminate, lustrous above,

reticulate-veined, glabrous, l. c.

Pithecellobium hymenaefolium (Humboldt & Bonpland) Bentham,
Hooker Lond. Journ. Bot. 3: 198, 1844.

Leaflets 2-5 cm wide. Panama.

Pithecellobium insigne Micheli in Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 20:
265. 1895.

S. Mexico, British Honduras, Honduras, Fl. Guatemala 5:75,
1946.

Pithecellobium jinotegense Standley & Williams, Ceiba 3: 115,
1952.

Type: Nicaragua, Dept. Jinotega, E. of Jinotega, Finca Aven-
tina. Standley 10015 (F); duplicate (EAP).

Nicaragua, Dept. Jinotega, Sierra Sialci, S. of Jinotega.
Standley 10441, 10466, 10504; all cited in Ceiba 3: 115, 1952.

50 Pe wie Onis, On Gatien Vol. 435, Nowe

Pithecellobium Johansenii Standley, Tropical Woods 16: 47, Dec.
il. 1928. Guatemala.
eee leer keyense Britton ex Coker in Shattuck, Bahama
Islands 255, 1905.
This species may be a synonym of Pithecellobium guadalupense
Chapman. If not, they are to be distinguished as follows:
A. Legumes not narrowed deeply between seeds; petioles 1-1.5
mm wide; leaflets leathery
gc phesellabiam queers Chapmnas
ING jaheeeee more deeply narrowed between seeds; petioles 0.5
mm thick; leaflets papery (chartaceous) -
iain tation fo Tel Ne heers < -Pithecellobium Levenees Britton
Nicaragua, Dept. Race ipas Calabasas. Atwood 2567 (ENAG,
SEYM).
Dept. Boaco, Teustepe. Atwood 2419 (MO, SEYM,
SMU).
Dept. Managua, Esquipulas. Hall & Bockus 7982
(3B; BM, HacAs, GH, MO; NY, OSE
REED SY SMU, TEX. UG, UGA):
Pithecellobium ltanceolatum (Humboldt & Bonpland) Bentham,
Iiond. Journ. Bot. 5: 105, 1846.
Synonyms: Mimosa ligustrina Jacq., Fragm. Bot. 29, pl. 32, f.
Syst S10
Inga lanceolata Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 1005.
1806.
According to Fl. Guatemala p. 79, this species ''can be separ-
ated with certainty from P. pachypus only when legumes are pre-
BEiMiey Leaflets 14-23 mm wide.
British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica, Panama.
Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Madregara. Atwood 3050 (SEYM).
Dept. Chontales, between Juigalpa and Santo Tomas.
Weill 7300 (BM, FLAS). GE, MO, Wx
SEYM, SMU, UCA).
Dept. Granada, Vera Cruz. Hall & Bockus 7828
(REED, SEYM).
Pithecellobium latifolium (L.) Bentham in Hooker Lond. Journ.
Bot. 3: 214, 1844.
Terminal leaflets 1.5-6 cm wide, lowest ones much smaller.
Honduras (FSU).
Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Limbaikan. Atwood 4879 (BM
ENAG, GH, MO, SEYM, SMU).
Pithecellobium leucocalyx (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bot. 4: 308, 1929.
Leaflets 1-3 cm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 51

Pithecellobium leucospermum Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 10: 182, 1922. See Prosopis juliflora for comparison.
Guatemala. We have seen no specimen of this species.

Pithecellobium longifolium (Humboldt & Bonpland) Standley,
Field Mus. Bot. 4: 212, 1929.

Terminal pair of leaflets 1.5-3.5 cm wide; lower ones smaller.

Costa Rica (FLAS, FSU).

According to Fl. Guatemala p. 81, this species is not clearly
distinguishable from Pithecellobium Recordii.

Nicaragua, Dept. Chontales, Santo Tomas. Neill 7397 (B, GH,
MO, SEYM, SMU, UCA).

Pithecellobium macradenium Pittier, in Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 465, 1922. Known from type only.

Leaflets 1-2.2 mm wide.

Pithecellobium macrandrium Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz, 40: 3,
1905.

Leaflets 2-4 (7) mm wide. Angelo. Guatemala.

Pithecellobium mangense (Jacq. )Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb.
Sores» 1919.

Spines may be absent on young branches. Leaflets about 1 mm
wide. Panama (FLAS).

Pithecellobium nicoyanum (Britton & Rose) Niezgoda & Nevling,
Phytologia 44: 379, 1979.

Synonym: Albizzia nicoyana Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23:
47, 1928. Costa Rica, Nicoya. Tonduz 13885.

Pinnae 5-6 pairs. Leaflets 1-2.5 cm long, acute.

Pithecellobium oblongum Bentham in hooker Lond. Journ. Bot.
3: 198, 1844.

Synonym: Pithecellobium microstachyum Standley, Journ. Wash.
Acad. Ser. 13: 439,. 1923.

Legumes about 7 cm long, much curled. Angelo. Leaflets 3.5
cm wide. Panama.

Pithecellobium pachypus Pittier, Gontrs Us4S: Nat. \Herb.205
457, 1922.

Mexico, Guatemala, Salvador.

Pithecellobium palmanum Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18: 508,
KOS Costa Rica.

Pithecellobium Peckii Blake, Contr. Gray Herb. 52: 71, 1917.

Known from the type only: British Honduras. Peck 738 (GH).

Type specimen examined. Petiole without a gland. Leaflets
1-6 cm wide, typically 3-4 cm wide. Angelo.

Pithecellobium pistaciifolium Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Publ. 461: 59, 1935. Known from type only: British Hondu-
ras, Rio Grande. W. A. Schipp 1260.

Leaflets 5-8 mm wide.

52 Vee Jp Ye =H, (0) Ey (0) (CA aE AN Vol. 4550 Nowe.

Pithecellobium platylobum (Sprengel) Urban, Sumb. Antill. 5:
360, 1908.

Leaflets 7-15 mm wide. Rachis glabrous or nearly so except at
base of pinnae. Legume straight. Angelo.

Pithecellobium plumosum Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich. Bot. 6:
a0, 294:

Sometimes treated as a synonymn of Pithecellobium Donnell-
Smithii (Britton & Rose) Standley, q. v. Similar to Pithecel-
lobium Gentlei Lundell. Pithecellobium sophorocarpum may
be closely allied.

The conspicuous reticulation of leaflets on lower surface. Only

2 pairs of pinnae. Leaflets larger. These characters distin-

guish it from P. Gentlei and P, Donnell-Smithii.

Guatemala.

Pithecellobium pseudo- Tamarindus (Britton) Standley, Field
Muise Bot.) 4: 9202) 929):

Leaflets almost 2 mm wide.

Pithecellobium racemiflorum Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. 56: 57.
TOMS

Known from type locality only. Costa Rica, Las Vueltas,
Tucurrique.

Pithecellobium Recordii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Boe, Zee Bil, S28).

type: Andes’ Region. ~S. J. Record 5:

According to Fl. Guatemala p. 81, Pithecellobium Recordii is
not certainly distinct from Pithecellobium longifolium.

British Honduras, Guatemala.

Pithecellobium Saman (Jacq. ) Bentham, Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:
216, 1844.

Leaflets 2 cm wide.

Guatemala, Panama, Jamaica, Tinian, Mariana Islands (F LAS),
Costa Rica (FSU).

Nicaragua, Dept. Matagalpa, Laguna Moyua. Neill 7217
(SE MME SUGAS):

Dept. Granada, Isletas de Granada. Seymour &
Neill 6603(ENAG, MO, SEYM).

Pithecellobium saxosum Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus.
Bot. 23: 163, 1944. Guatemala.

Nicaragua, Dept. Matagalpa, Sebaco. Seymour 2537 (B, BM,

Dy vuAS GE MiGEH) MO; sINie SH avi SiViuE
WiC, WDE),

Pithecellobium Schippii Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 6:
Syl ek

Allied to Pithecellobium Donnell-Smithii and P, tenellum ,

Differs from P, Donnell-Smithii in having leaflets puberulent

over both surfaces. Differs from P. tenellum in having small-

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 53

er leaflets and slender bractlets. British Honduras.

Pithecellobium sophorocarpum Bentham in Bentham & Hooker
Gen. 1: 598, 1865. For description, see N. Amer. Fl. 23:

S1,. 1928

Leaflets 5-10 mm wide. Midrib hairy beneath, less so above,
otherwise essentially glabrous. Angelo.

Pithecellobium Stevensonii (Standley) Standley & Steyermark
Field Mus. Bot. 23: 164, 1944.

Type from British Honduras, Freshwater Creek, Stevenson
65 Guatemala.

Pithecellobium tenellum (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bote M2: 216; 1931.

Leaflets 7-20 mm wide. Angelo. British Honduras.

Pithecellobium Tonduzii (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bot. 4: 308, 1929.

Leaflets 1.5-2 cm long, oblong or lance-oblong.

Guatemala, Volcan de Pacaya. Tonduz 450, Type.

Pithecellobium Tuerckheimii (Britton & Rose) Standley & Steyer-
mark, Field Mus. Bot. 23: 164, 1944.

Leaflets about 1 mm wide. Petiole and rachis with numerous
stipitate glands. Angelo.

Type: Guatemala, Coban. Tuerckheim II. 1769.

Pithecellobium Valerioi (Britton & Rose) Standley, Field Mus.
Bot. 18: 509, 1987,

Synonym: Pithecellobium Standleyi (Britton & Rose) Standley
Field Mus. Bot. 18: 509, 1937.

Terminal pair of leaflets sometimes 6 cm wide.

Costa Rica, Panama.

Pithecellobium vulcanorum Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus.
Bot. 23: 164, 1944.

Leaflets 3-5 mm wide. Angelo. Flowers unknown.

Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador.

Pithecellobium Zollerianum Standley & Steyermark, Field Mus.
Bot. 22: 343, 1940.

Type: Guatemala, Volcan de Tajumulco, above Finca Porwenir,
Steyermark 37440.

Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC., Prodr. 2: 447, 1825.

Synonym: Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stuntz, U. S. Bureau In-
dustry 31: 85, 1914.

Leaflets 1-5 mm wide. Legumes septate, not opening.

Flowers in spikes. Similar to Pithecellobium leucospermum

which has flowers in dense heads.

Mexico, Jamaica, Puerto Rico.

Nicaragua, Dept. Leon, Puerto Somoza. Neill 6636 (BM,

ENAG, GH, MO, NY, SEYM, SMU, UC).

54 Pye OMErORG mia A Vol. 48, No. 1

Nicaragua, Dept. Managua, Tipitapa. Seymour 3448 (BM,
ENAG, F, GH, MO, NY, SEYM, SMU, UC):
Schizolobium parahybum (Vell. ) Blake, Contr. Us 'S. WNateeilerb:
ZO ea0, 1919.
Leaflets 4-7 mm wide.
Costa Rica, Panama, Brazil (FLAS).
Nicaragua, Dept. Granada, Volcan Mombacho. Atwood & Neill
1562 (FSU).
Schrankia hamata Humboldt & Bonpland ex Willd., Sp. Pl. 4:
1042, 1806. Panama.
Schrankia leptocarpa DC., Prodr. 2: 443. 1825.
Leaflets 1-2 mm wide. Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama.
Nicaragua, Dept. Zelaya, Puerto Cabezas. Nelson 4470 (GH,
MO, SEYM, SMU).
Tamla. Robbins 5934 (SEYM).
Stryphnodendron excelsum Harms, Repert. Sp. Nov. 19: 64,
OZ Sr.
Leaflets 8-10 mm long. Angelo.
Costa Rica; not known in Panama but to be expected there.

Excluded species
Pithecellobium fragrans Bentham in Hooker Lond, Journ. Bot.
3: 220, 1844.
British West Indies, Fawcett & Rendle Fl. Jamaica.
Doubtfully in Central America. Fl. Panama, Ann. Mo, Bot.
Garde esi 2A ak 95 0:
Occurrence in Central America not confirmed.

ABBREVIATIONS in addition to those in common use.

IB GIR, Iherkditohacs IN|, Jig ie JS INI, IRR

Bth., Bentham

C. & S., Chamisso & Schlechtendal

ENAG, Herbarium of Escuela Nacional: de Agricultura y Gana-
deria, Managua, Nicaragua

H. & B., Humboldt & Bonpland

Illustr., Illustration or Illustrated

S. A., South America

SEYM, Herbarium of Frank C. Seymour

Stan., Paul C. Standley

St. & St., Standley, Paul C. & Julian A. Steyermark

UCA, Herbarium of Universidad Centro-Americana, Managua,
Nicaragua

WDP, Herbarium of St. Norbert College, West De Pere, Wis.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 55

BIBLIOG RAPHY

Bailey, L. H. Manual of Cultivated Plants, 1924.

Biake, S. F; Contr. Gray Herb. 52769, 71, 1917.

Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 240, 1919.

Britton, N. L. & E. P. Killip Mimosaceae and Caesalpinaceae

of Colombia, Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 35: 99196, 1936.

Britton, N. L. & J. N. Rose Tropical Woods 8: 7, 1926.

N. Amer. Fl. 23: 169, 1928.

Fawcett, Rendle Flora of Jamaica 4: 124, 1920.

Flora Salvadorena in 5 vols., illustrated, Publicaciondel Mini-
stero de Instrucion Publica de la Republica de El Salva-
dor, 1926.

Galiie, W. I., Taxon 23: 190. 1974.

Iseley, Duane, Leguminosae of the United States, Memoirs of
Mery. Bot. Gard. 25, #1: 26.

Janzen, Daniel H., Swollen Thorn Acacias of Central America,
Contr. Smithsonian Bot. 13, 1-131, 1974.

Little, Elbert L., Jr., & Frank H. Wadsworth, Common Trees
of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, U. S. Dept. Agri-
culture 142-187, 1964.

Little, Elbert L., Jr., Roy O. Woodbury & Frank H. Wads-
worth, Trees of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Vol.
2, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Handbook 449: 240-263, 1974.

Macbride, Francis, Contr. Gray Herb. 59: 3, 18, 1919.

Molina, Antonio R., Ceiba 1: 256, 1951.

Ceiba 3: 114, 1952.

Niezgoda, C. J. & Nevling, L.I., Jr. , Fhytologia 44: 310,
Soe seu. L979).

Pittier, Henry, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 457, 465, 1922.

Robinson, B. L. & J. N. Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 8: 32,
1903.

Rose, J. N., Notes on New or Rare Mimosae, Contr. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 5: 69, 71, 191, 195, 1899.

Safford, W. E., Science Il, 31: 677, 1910.

Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 355-360, 1915.

Salas, Juan B. E., Lista Especies de la Flora Nicaraguense
con Especimenes en la Herbario de la Enag, 1966.

Seymour, Frank C. Check List of the Vascular Plants of Nica-
ragua, Phytologia Memoirs I, 1980.

Standley, Paul C., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17:431, 432, 1914.

New and Notable Mimosaceae from Panama
18: 104, 1916.

New Mimoseae from Mexico, Contr. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 20: 184-191, 1917.

Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 240, 1919.

56 Paver NO ONG im VA Vol. 48, No. 1

Standley, Paul C.
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23° 286, .3492 so2e"
Bield@Mus. Bot. 4: 208,, 242, L9Z9%
Tropical Woods 18: 30, 1929.
Trees and Shrubs of Mexico, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 23: 348-400, 1926.
Field Mus. Bot. 12: 216, 1931.
ike Wei, WEB A6
(Comme, Naa, Ie, 52 744, NSS.
Tropical Woods 34: 40, 1933; 37: 34, 1934.
Bie Io, WS.
Flora of Costa Rica, Fieldiana 18: Parts 1 & 2, 1937.
Standley, Paul C. & Julian A. Steyermark, Field Mus. Bot. 22
343, 1940. 23:57, 163, 164, 1944.
Standley, Paul C. & Julian A. Steyermark, Flora of Guate-
mala, Fieldiana Bot. 24: Part 5, 1946.
Standley, Paul C. & Louis O. Williams, Plantae Centrali-Ame-
ricanae, Ceiba 1: 39, 40, 240, 1950.
Gellbas se ulS Lob a.
Woodson, Robert E., Jr., & R. E. Schery & Colaborators,
Flora of Panama, Mimosoideae, Part 5, Fasc. 2, Ann.
Mon boteGarda 574). LoOS0r
Caesalpinoideae, Part 5, Fasc. 3, 1957.

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

ACACIA Farne siana

ACACIA tortuosa

ACACIA cornigera

58 12 Jal Ne AE (OT, (0) Ga, Vol. 1485 Nowe!

MIMOSA pudica

MIMOSA hemiendyta

oe

MIMOSA pigra MIMOSA ponduran@ MIMOSA hondurana

3 cm

1981

CALLIANDRA
grandiflora

Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

CALLIANDRA
capillata

CALLIANDRA
portoricensis

59

60 we) iat NC Ge (0) 16, Mo) (Git VN

Vol.

PITHECELLOBIUM dulce

\

\

PITHECELLOBIUM

dulce

CALLIANDRA
rhodocephala

4G8e, Nowe

1981

Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

ENTEROLOBIUM cyclocarpum

DESMAN THUS

\ y

PITHEC ELLOBIUM
austrinum

3cm
[a |

virgatus

62 pee te GE Oy Ib, CO eee IN

Vol. 48,

No.

1

PITHECELLOBIUM
lanceolatum

ENTADA polystachya

1.981

Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

PITHECELLOBIUM latifolium

3cm

cite aac

PITHEC ELLOBIUM longi

3cm
(ee

63

folium

64 [VSL ve AL (0) Mr (O {G IE /\ Vol. 48, No. 1

LEUCAENA Shannonii LEUCAENA latisiliqua

3cm

PITHECELLOBIUM Saman

1981

ALBIZZIA

|.S5cm

Seymour, Bipinnate legumes 65

LYSILOMA acapulcense

Lebbeck

LYSILOMA
multifoliolatum /'

LYSILOMA

bahamense

3cm

66 Pee NenceO: La OnGudapn Vole 485) Nowe

Q

PA RKINSONIA aculeata

3cm

Pp
PROSOPIS julraees

PROSOPIS juliflora

PARKINSONIA aculeata

1981 Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

CAESALPINIA
vesicaria

3cm

CAESALPINIA
pulcherrima

67

68 P Heya O) Te sORG ei eA Voll. 48 Nowe
INDEX of species

Numbers refer to pages
Acacia acanthophylla 33 Albizzia adenocephala 13, 34
Acacia Allenii 8, 30 Albizzia carbonaria 48
Acacia angustissima 22, 30 Albizzia caribaea 22, 34
Acacia Baileyana 22, 31 Albizzia Hummeliana 21, 34
Acacia centralis 24, 31 Albizzia idiopoda 17, 34
Acacia Collinsii 9, 31 Albizzia Lebbeck 13, 35, 65
Acacia Cookii 9, 31 Albizzia longepedata 13, 35
Acacia cornigera 8, 3l Albizzia Lundellii 35
Acacia costaricensis 31 Albizzia rubiginosa 35
Acacia dealbata 22. 32 Albizzia tomentosa 1l, 35
Acacia Deamii 23, 32 Anneslia pallida 38
Acacia dolichostachya 23, 32 Caesalpinia affinis 15, 35
Acacia Donnelliana 8, 32 Caesalpinia Bonduc 12, 35
Acacia Farnesiana 21, 32, 57 Caesalpinia Conzattii 15, 35
Acacia Gentlei 8, 32 Caesalpinia coriaria 16, 22, 35
Acacia glauca 41 Caesalpinia Crista 12, 35
Acacia globulifera 9, 33 Caesalpinia eriostachys 21, 35
Acacia glomerosa 19, 22, 33 Caesalpinia exostemma 15, 35
Acacia Hayesii 20, 33 Caesalpinia Gaumeri 15, 35
Acacia Hindsir 85933, 57 Caesalpinia pulcherrima 15, 36,
Acacia hirtipes 8, 33 67
Acacia macracantha 20, 33 Caesalpinia Recordii 15, 36
Acacia Magdalenae 38 Caesalpinia urophylla 12, 36
Acacia mayana 8, 33 Caesalpinia velutina 15, 36
Acacia melanoceras 8, 33 Caesalpinia vesicaria 12, 36,
Acacia multiglandulosa 33 67
Acacia nicoyensis 31] Caesalpinia violacea 15, 36
Acacia Oerstedii 34 Caesalpinia yucatanensis 15, 35
Acacia panamensis 31 Calliandra belizensis 18, 36
Acacia pennatula 20, 33 Calliandra Brenezii 6, 36
Acacia Pittieriana 30 Calliandra Caeciliae 4, 36
Acacia polypodioides 23, 33 Calliandra capillata 14, 36, 59
Acacia riparia 20, 33 Calliandra caracasana 18, 37,
Acacia riparioides 20, 33, 34 39
Acacia Ruddiae 8, 34 Calliandra carcerea 7, 37
Acacia spadicigera 31 Calliandra confusa 17, 37
Acacia tenuifolia 19, 34 Calliandra costaricensis 14, 37
Acacia tortuosa 20, 34, 57 Calliandra Cumingii 18, 37
Acacia villosa 17, 34 Calliandra emarginata 7, 37, 39
Acaciella Rensonii 30 Calliandra glaberrima 5, 37
Adenanthera pavonina 11, 34, Calliandra grandiflora 18, 37,

59

hy)

1981 Seymour,

Bipinnate legumes

Calliandra Houstoniana 18, 37 Lysiloma bahamense 21, 41,

Calliandra Magdalenae 4, 38
Calliandra mexicana 7, 38
Calliandra Molinae 18, 38
Calliandra mollis 15, 17, 38
Calliandra pallida 18, 38

Calliandra penduliflora 14, 38

Calliandra Pittieri 18, 39

Calliandra portoricensis 39,
59

Calliandra Quetzal 14, 39

Calliandra rhodocephala 6, 39,

60
Calliandra Seemannii 5, 39
Calliandra similis 37
Calliandra tapirorum 18, 39
Calliandra tergemina 37
Calliandra tetragona 17, 39
Calliandra Tonduzii 33
Calliandra Wendlandii 4, 39
Delonix regia 21, 39
Desmanthus depressus 40
Desmanthus virgatus 22, 39,
61
Entada gigas 4, 40
Entada patens 4, 40
Entada polystachya 4, 40, 62
Enterolobium cyclocarpum
16, 40, 47, 61
Enterolobium Schomburgkii
16, 40
Inga lanceolata 50
Leucaena brachycarpa 24, 40
Leucaena diversifolia 25, 40
Leucaena glauca 41
Leucaena guatemalensis 23,

40
Leucaena latisiliqua 17, 26,
41, 64

Leucaena leucocephala 41

Lysiioma desmostachys 24, 41
Lysiloma Kellermanii 22, 42
Lysiloma multifoliolatum 24,
42," 65
Lysiloma Seemannii 21, 42
Mimosa albida 26, 42, 46, 58
Mimosa Bracaatinga ZSisc45
Mimosa Calderonii 30, 43
Mimosa canahuensis MA eats
43
Mimosa Casta 26, 43
Mimosa costaricensis 30,
43
Mimosa Donnell-Smithii 19,
30, 43
Mimosa dormiens 29, 43
Mimosa flavescens 29, 43
Mimosa germana 27, 28, 44,
46
Mimosa glauca 41
Mimosa guanacastensis 28, 44

Mimosa guatemalensis 27, 44,

45
Mimosa hadrocarpa 29, 44

Mimosa hemiendyta 27, 44,58

Mimosa hondurana 27, 44, 58
Mimosa invisa 29, 44
Mimosa ligustrina 50
Mimosa Maxonii 26, 44
Mimosa panamensis 26, 44
Mimosa pigra 29, 37, 44, 58
Mimosa pinetorum 28, 45
Mimosa platycarpa 19, 30, 45
Mimosa polydactyla 27, 45
Mimosa polystachia 40
Mimosa pudica 28, 45, 58
Mimosa pusilla 28, 45
Mimosa Recordii 27, 46
Mimosa resinifera 25, 46

69

Leucaena multicapitula 13, 41
Leucaena Shannonii 13, 41, 64
Lysiloma acapulcense 25, 41,

65

Lysiloma auritum 24, 41

Mimosa scalpens 27, 30, 46
Mimosa sesquijugata 26, 46
Mimosa Skinneri 27, 44, 46
Mimosa somnians 29, 46
Mimosa teledactyla 29, 46

70 Pa Ye nOMiEy OnGrer eA

Mimosa Velloziana 26, 46
Mimosa Watsonii 25, 46
Mimosa zacapana 28, 46
Neptunia plena 24, 46
Neptunia prostrata 24, 46
Neptunia pubescens 23, 46
Parkinsonia aculeata 9, 47,68
Peltophorum inerme 12, 47
Pentaclethra macroloba 17, 47
Piptadenia constricta 1l, 47
Piptadenia flava 19, 22, 47
Pithecellobium albicans 20, 23,
47
Pithecellobium arboreum 16,
47
Pithecellobium austrinum 10,
AT;..64
Pithecellobium
9, 47
Pithecellobium belizense 6, 47
Pithecellobium Bertolonii 10,
48

Barbourianum

Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium

Brenezii 6, 48
Brownii 7, 48
carbonarium

(an aie, Cte:
Pithecellobium catenatum 6, 48
Pithecellobium costaricense 9,

48
Pithecellobium Donnell-Smithii
10, 48, 52

Pithecellobium dulce 5, 48, 60
Pithecellobium Englesingii 11,

49
Pithecellobium erythrocarpum
10, 49

Pithecellobium fragrans 54
Pithecellobium Gentlei 49
Pithecellobium graciliflorum

14, 49
Pithecellobium halogenes 16,
49

Pithecellobium hondurense4, 49
Pithecellobium hymenaefolium
4, 49

Vol. 48, No. 1

Pithecellobium insigne 5, 49
Pithecellobium jinotegense 10,
49
Pithecellobium Johansenii 5,
50
Pithecellobium keyense 5, 50
Pithecellobium lanceolatum 5,
50, 62
Pithecellobium latifolium 7,
50, 63
Pithecellobium leucocalyx 13,
50
Pithecellobium leucospermum
(aM Sy Na 5)5)
Pithecellobium longepedatum
35
Pithecellobium longifolium 7,
55 S24063
Pithecellobium macradenium
Ua aot
Pithecellobium macrandrium
hoy Sil
Pithecellobium mangense 20,
Sil
Pithecellobium microstachy-
um 51
Pithecellobium nicoyanum 25,
51
Pithecellobium oblongum 5, 51
Pithecellobium pachypus 5,

50; 51
Pithecellobium palmanum 7,
Bil

Pithecellobium Peckii 11, 51

Pithecellobium pistaciifolium
Sie aya

Pithecellobium platylobum 13,
52

Pithecellobium plumosum 47

Pithecellobium pseudo- Tama-
rindus 16, 52

Pithecellobium racemiflorum
Bin 2

Pithecellobium Recordii 5,
Bl, 52

1981

Pithecellobium
64
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
UO 53
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
53
Pithecellobium
Sy Hep oys
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
25, 5S
Pithecellobium
Pithecellobium
53
Pithecellobium
LSS

Seymour, Bipinnate legumes

Saman 14, 52,
saxosum 4, 52
Schippii 52

sophorocarpum

Standleyi 53
Stevensonii 6,

tenellum 10,

Tonduzii 13,53
Tuerckheimii

Valerioi 6, 53
vulcanorum 16,

Zollerianum

71

Poinciana coriaria 35

Prosopis chilensis 35

Prosopis juliflora 21, 51, 53,
66

Pseudosamanea guachapele
35

Schizolobium parahybum 11,
14, 54

Schrankia hamata 19, 54

Schrankia leptocarpa 19, 54

Stryphnodendron excelsum 12,
17; 54

CONTRIBUTION TO THH LICHEN FLORA OF BRAZIL VIII.
Lichens from Morro do Coco, Viamao, Rio Grande do Sul.
Héctor S. Osorio.

Departamento de Botdnica, luseo Nacional de
Historia Natural, Montevideo URUGUAY.

In iovember 1980 the author was cordially invited by
Prof. Albano Bakes of the Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio
Grande do Sul to make a short field trip to a hill ca-
lled Morro do Coco in the Municipality of Viamao, 50
km S from Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul State.

Such a hill is located on th@ banks of Guaiba River and
is covered with a luxuriant tree vegetation with many
specimens of a palm—tree (Arecastrum romanzoffianum)
after which this elevation is named.

Recently a floristic research was carried on in this
locality (Knob 1978). The illustrations of the resul-
tant work give a clear account of its floristic rich-
ness.

The zone visitated by the author was the foot of the
hill just sloping down on the bank of the Guaiba River.
There, lichens were collected from several species of
trees and boulders situated on this slope. Although the
number of samples is rather small, mainly to the lack
of disponsable time, the author considered a matter of
interest to make known the results as a contribution
to the knowledge of the lichen flora of the Great Por-
to alegre.

The specimens here reported are preserved in the au—
thor's private herbarium and the numbers belong to the
author's numbering system.

Anthracothecium goniostomum Mitill.Arg.
On Sebastiania klotschiana, 7808.

Bulbothrix goebelii (%ienk,) Hale
On Inga uruguayensis, 7818. First report for Rio
Grande do Sul State. Previously it has been reported
from the States of Goias, Mato @rosso and Sao Pau-
lo (Hale 1976).

72

1981 Osorio, Lichen flora of Brazil 73

Candelaria concolor (Dicks.) Arn.
Cn trunk of shrubs, bank of Gugiba River, scarce,
7822

Cladonia minicata liey. var. sorediella Vain.
On rotten Eucalyptus trunk, 7794. In Brazil this
taxon is reported from Mina Geraes (Vainio 1887,
Zahlbruckner 1904), Bahia (Vainio 1887) and Sao Pau-
lo (Zahlbruckner 1909). The present record enlar-
ges southwards the known distribution in Brazil.
The southernmost known record of this species in
South America is in Uruguay: Hocha, Castillos (Oso-
rio 1975).

Caloplaca crocea (Iremp.) Haf. & Poelt.
On Ficus organensis, 7805; on Ficus organensis,
bank of Guaiba River, 7806 pro parte.

Caloplacea puiggarii (Mill. Arg.) Zahlbr.
On stones, inside the forest, 7827. In Rio Grande
do Sul State this species is only known through a
single collection from Porto Alegre (Malme 1926).

Caloplaca xanthobola (Kremp.) Zahlbr.
On stones inside the forest, 7829.

Dimerella zonata (Mill. Arg.) R. Sant.
On leaves of Rubiaceae, inside the forest, 7812. In
Brazil formerly known only from Sao Paulo State (San
tesson 1952). The collection here reported is the
southernmost record of this species for South Ameri-

ca.
Dirinaria applanata (Fée) Awast.
On Inga uru ensis, 7816; on Sebastiania klotschi-
ern.) oll.

Dirinaria confluens (Fr.) Awast.
On perpendicular stones, hank of Guaiba River, 7825.
Already reported from Porto Alegre, two cortico-—
lous collections (Lynge 1924, Awasthi 1975).
Dirinaria picta (Sw.) Clem. & Shear.
On Ficus organensis, 7804.
Glyphis cicatricosa (Ach.) Vain.
f. confluens (Zenk.) Zahlbr.
On Sebastiana klotschiana, 7810; on Inga uruguayensis
7817 pro parte.
Graphis lineola Ach.
On Chorisia speciosa (trunk's thorns), 7830 pro par-
te; on Inga uruguayensis, 7817 pro parte.
Graphis striatula (Ach.) Spreng.

74 Ie el NG AB AO)! ISO) (Co si Js\ Vol. 48, No. 1

On Sebastiania klotsciana, 7809; on Chorisia spe-
ciosa (trunk's thorns) 7830 pro parte. First report
for Rio Grande do Sul State.
Heterodermia albicans (Pers.) Swinse. & frog.
On Inga uruguayensis, 7815.
Heterodermia diademata (Tayl.) Awast.
On Inga uruguayensis, 7820
Heterodermia obscurata (Nyl.) Trevis.
Cn Inga uruguayensis, 7821; on trunk of shrubs, 7832
Lecidea russula Ach.
On trunk of Arecastrum romanzoffianum inside the
Forest, 7623%
Leptogium austroamericanum (Malme) Dodge.
On trunk of Ficus organensis, 7803. Although this
species is largely distributed in tropical and sub-—
tropical America (Sierk 1964) in lio Grande do Sul
State is only known from the type locality: Cache-
eira, in the central region of the States (lalme
1925).
Parmotrema reticulatum (Tayl.) Choisy.
On perpendicular stones, hank of Guaiba River, 7796.
Parmotrema tinctorum (Nyl.) Hale.
On Inga uruguayensis, 7797, 7819; on Tabebuia pul-
cherrima, 7801.
Physciopsis syncolla (Tuck.) Foelt.

On Ficus organensis, bank of Guaiba River, 7506 pro

parte.
rhyscia alba (fée) Mill. Arg. var. obsessa (Mont.) Lynge
On Inga ur ensis, 7814.

Physcia crispa Nyl.
On trunk of shrubs, 7831.

Ramalina complanata (Sw.) Ach.
On Inga uruguayensis, 7798.

Ramalina usnea (L.) R. Howe.
On Tabebuia pulcherrima, 7800 (Chemical race ITI);
on Ficus organensis, 7802 (Chemical race III). The
number of specimens of the three chemical races re-
ported for the South of South America (Rundel 1978)
is very reduced. This fact unable us, at present,
to recognize different distributional patterns in
this part of South America.

Strigula elegans (Fée) Mill. Arg.
On Allophylus edulis, 7813.

Teloschistes flavicans (Sw.) Norm.

1981 Osorio, Lichen flora of Brazil 75

On Tabebuia pulcherrima, 7799.

Trypethelium ochroleucum (Eschw.) Nyl.
On trunk of Arecastrum romanzoffianum, inside the
forest, 7824.

Usnea densirostra Tayl.
On boulders, bank of Guaiba River, locally common,
7795. This species is one of the few of this genus
that we found quoted for the lunicipality of Viamao
(Motyka 1936-38).

ACKNOWLEDGIENT.

The author wants to express his gratitude to rrof. Al-
bano Baker for his aid and many facilities given in
the perfomance of the field work as well as for the
identification of the phanerogams here reported.

SUMMARY.

Thirty-one lichen species collected in a hill named
Morro do Coco, Municipality of Viamao, Rio Grande do
Sul State are listed.

The following species are reported for the first time
for Rio Grande do Sul State: Bulbothrix goebelii, Cla-
donia miniata var. sorediella, Dimerella zonata and
Graphis striatula.

LITERATURE CITED.

AWASTHI,D. D. 1975. A monograph of the lichen genus
Dirinaria. Bibliot. Lichenol. 2: 1-108.

HALE, M. & Jr. 1976. A monograph of the lichen ge-
nus Bulbothrix Hale (Parmeliaceae). Smithson.
Contr. Bot. 32: 1-29%

KNOB, A. 1978. Levantamento fitosociologico da for-
macao-mata do liorro do Coco, Viamao, KS, Brasil.
Iheringia (Ser. Bot.) 23: 65-108.

LYNGE, B. 1924. On South American Anaptychiae and
Physciae. Vidensk. Skr. I. Mat. Naturv. Klasse
16: 1-47.

MALME, G. 1925. Die Collematazeen des Regnellschen
Herbars. Ark. f. Bot. 19 (8): 1-29.

MAINE, G. 1926. Lichenes blasteniospori Herbarii RKeg-

76 Pe yevle Olen OnGuelara Vol. 48, No. 1

neldaeni. Aric, §Pe Bot. ve0A, (9) 44 7—5ak,

MOTYKA, J. 1936-38. lLichenum generis Usnea studium
monographicum. Pars Systematica. Vol. I-III. Leo-
poli.

OSORIO, H. 1975. Contribution to the lichen flora of
Uruguay VIII. Additions and corrections. Comun.
Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo 4(59): 1-12.

RUNDEL, P. W. 1978. “volutionary relationships in the
Ramalina usnea complex. Lichenologist 10: 141-156.

SANTESSON, R. 1952. Foliicolous lichens I. Symb.
Bot. Upsal. 12: 1-590.

SIERK, H. 1964. The genus Leptogium in North america
north of Mexico. The Bryologist 67: 245-317.

VAINIO, =. 1887. Monographia Cladoniarum Universalis
Pars I. Act. Soc. Fauna flora Fennica 4: 1-509.

ZAHLBRUCKNER, A. 1904. Lichenes a Cl. Damazio in mon-
tibus Serra Ouro Preto Brasiliae lecti, in herb.
Barbey—Boissier asservati. Bull. Herb. Boissier
4 (2e.Ser.): 134-136.

ZAHIBRUCKNER, A. 1909. Lichenes (Flechten) in Ergeb-
nisse der botanisches Expedition der Kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften nach Stidbrasilien 1901.
II Band. Thallophyta und Bryophyta. Denkschrif-
ten der Mathem. Naturw. Kl. der Kaiserl. Akad.

d. ivissenschaften, Wien, 83: 87-211.

Taxonomia y distribucién
de las gramineas de México, I.
Hydrochloa caroliniensis var. oconneri: (Gramineae).
Una nueva variedad de importancia forrajera.

Rafael Guzman M.
COTECOCA - SARH.
Manzanillo No. 83-201
Colonia Roma,

México 7, Distrito Federal.

El género Hydrochloa es monotipico (Gould, 1968: 307)
y con una dispersién conocida para Hitchcok (1951: 566), de
North Carolina a Florida y Louisiana. Mas recientemente ha
sido reportada por Calderén de Rzedowski para el Valle de
México (1974: 25), y para el estado de Jalisco por
Carvajal (1980: 146), véase el mapa No. 1. Las plantas de
Jalisco, provenientes del oeste del estado, presentan un
notable incremento en las dimensiones de las partes
sexuales y vegetativas. Al comparar nuestros especimenes
con material auténtico, sospechamos que podria tratarse de
una nueva variedad. Por sugerencia del Dr. Thomas R.
Soderstrom, del Smithsonian Institute, enviamos un
ejemplar al Dr. Peter O'connor, especialista en Oryzoideae
del New York Botanical Garden, quien tuvo la amabilidad de
examinar el material y coincidié con nuestra opini6én. La
variedad se describe ahora por primera vez y se ha nombrado
en honor del Dr. O'connor, en atenci6én de sus contribucio-

m(sisy Gl (SSin= Tah ovele

Hydrochloa caroliniensis var. oconneri Guzman var. nov.

cd

Planta perenne de 1m 6 mas de largo, de tallos

glabros ramificados hacia los nudos, con varias raices

Teh

iL

Vol. 48, No.

Fe hy Owl GiecmA

78

TOUUOI0 “IDA SSUGKIOIDS Hy
Ho

S#SUBIUHOIDD

P**4 2220005
pS ARE Se
Ln

COMP US DOTFOOIPAH 010U96 ep sDAYDU seuoIoDIGod $0) ep Dplouss uponquisig “| DdDW

1981 Guzman M., Gramineas de Mexico 79

capilares en los nudos a lo largo del tallo; hojas
planas, glabras en la superficie inferior y escabrosas
en el primer tercio de la superficie inferior, de (5-)
6.2-8.3 cm de largo por (4-) 5-6 (-8) mm de ancho;
vainas ligeramente mas cortas que los entrenudos,
glabras, con excepcién de los margenes de la garganta
donde tiene numerosos pelos blancos y sedosos, las
vainas envuelven por completo el tallo finicamente en
el primer tercio inferior del entrenudo; ligula, una
membrana delgada de borde entero, de unos 3 mm de largo;
espiguillas unisexuales, uniflosculadas, subsésiles,
desprendiéndose en la base del pedicelo; espiguillas
estaminadas solitarias, en racimos terminales de pocas
flores, sin glumas, de 6-7.5 mm de largo, lema y palea
hialinas, la lema 7 - nervada, la palea 2 - nervada;
estambres 6, las anteras de (3.5-) 4.5-4.8 mm de largo
sobre largos filamentos de cerca del tamafio de la
antera; espiguillas pistiladas en las axilas de las
hojas, de 3.5-4 mm de largo, con 2, rara vez 4 6 5,
largos estilos, delgados y plumosos; cariopsis
desconocido.

Gramen perenne, 1m longum vel majus; culmi glabri,
ad nodos ramosi, radicibus adventitiis pluribus in
nodis secus culmum; laminae planae, supra glabrae, infra
tertio primo scabrae, (5-) 6.2-8.3 cm longae, (4-) 5-6
(-8) mm latae; vaginae internodiis aliquantum breviores,
glabrae, tantum tertio primo infero culmum amplectentes;
ligula sub formis membranae tenui margine integro, 3 mm
longae; espiculae unisexuales, uniflorae, subsessiles,
pedicelli basi deciduae; spiculae staminatae solitariae,
in racemis terminalibus paucifloris dispositae, sine
glumis, 6-7.5 mm longae, lemma paleaque hyalina, lemma
7-nervata, palea 2-nervata; stamina 6, antherae (3.5)
4.5-4.8 mm longae; spiculae pistilatae 3.5-4.3 mm
longae, stylibus longis, 2, raro 4-5, tenuibus,
plumosis; caryopside ignotum.

Tipo en el Herbario de la coTecocat, colectado en

1. Comisién Técnico Consultiva para la Determinacién
Regional de los Coeficientes de Agostadero, fundada
en 1966, y es dependencia de la Secretaria de
Agricultura y Recursos Hidraulicos. Las siglas ain

no se han registrado en la Asociacién Internacional
-
de Taxonomia.

80 12) Jel WETAR CO) IL (0) (CP 3b PA Vol. 48, No. 1

charcos permanentes poco profundos y en arroyos de
curso lento con Sacciolepis myuros, Leersia hexandra,
Jussiaea repens var. peploides, Lobelia fenestralis,
Aeschynomene sp. y Heterenthera sp., en el Valle del
Jaecal, al W de San Jose de los Eadie. sobre la
preena Ayutla - Mascota, JALISCO (R. Guzman & de la
Rosa 66). Hollotapo en NY... Isetipos ‘en US, I BUG iy Mi@ue
Paratipo de la misma localidad ( Guzman & Guzman 966 )
en ENCB.

El area en donde crece H. caroliniensis var.
oconneri, esta a 1500 m de altitud, es campo abierto
con pastizal mixto de Muhlenbergia sp., Bothriochloa
saccharoides, Digitaria leucites, NS ace seribneriana,
Sorghastrum sp. y Arundinella palmeri. Frecuentemente
aparecen especies asociadas de Tagetes lucida, Cleome
speciosa, Bessera elegans y Cuphea Sp.5 entre otras.
Los zacatonales de Muhlenbergia sae mourS Se) )presenisaim
en forma mas bien espaciada. Es probable que
originalmente todo el Valle haya estado cubierto con
vegetaci6én de pinar o pinar o encinar. Actualmente
existen especies esporadicas de Pinnus oocarpa y P.

michoacana. Entre los encinos observados se colectaron
Quercus re resinosa, Q. magnoliifolia, Om praineanalmor
Geceolobiiolwaly On anistata.) De acuerdo a la
clasificacioOn climatica de Koeppen (modificada por
Garcia, 1973), el clima es templado sub-himedo con
lluvias en verano. El periodo de lluvias es de junio

a octubre, con presencia de heladas.

La variedad oconneri se distingue facilmente de
la especie tipica en las dimensiones de sus hojas,
espiguilla, y otras. Los caracteres especificos
contrastantes se resumen en la tabla No. 1.

Las especies de Hydrochloa estan tal vez mas
ampliamente distribuidas que lo que actualmente se
conoce. El tamafio inconspicuo de las flores, aunado a
un periodo corto e irregular de floracién, son quiza
los factores por los cuales ha pasado largamente
desapercibida. J. Rzedowski (comunicaci6n personal),
sugiere que las plantas de H. caroliniensis permanecen
largos periodos con reproduccién vegetativa, y que la
época de floracién tal vez ocurra en el punto critico
cuando el nivel del agua no se incrementa, y, por el
contrario, tiende a descender. Esto seguramente es
valido para ciertas poblaciones, principalmente
aquellas expuestas a un pastoreo intensivo. En otras,
no se ha encontrado una correlacién entre la @poca de
floracién con el nivel del agua. Algunas poblaciones

81

de Mexico

ineas

M., Gram

uzman

G

1981

(8-»)

OQVIOJSONVI|E8-29 9-G "J4@UUOTO “UDA SISUB|UI|O4DD

8 b-S o(Se-)

YV3NI1 “SISUB!UIJOUDO “YH

O9Y¥V1] OHONV
3193dS3

(ww) WfOH

30 ONVWVL| 30 ONVWVL| 30 ONVWWL| 30 ONWWL | Y! 30 VANS

“SS1VWYON SSNOIDIGNOD

SV1 30 SSNOIOVINVA SV¥1 NVOIGNI SISSLNAYVd SO] 30 SOYSWNN SO1 ‘WOTHIOYGAH 30 SODISIDAdS3 S3Y3LOVYVO

} djQo,

82 Batiy Youle Oe LvOs Gailacd\ Vol. 48, No. 1

tienen una acusada tendencia a florecer bajo el
golpeteo continuo de la lluvia, mientras que otras
prefieren la desaparicién casi total del espejo
acuifero.

H. caroliniensis var. oconnera) ilega a; formar
carpetas de cobertura uniforme en donde se establece.
Segun informacién recabada y observaciones personales,
la especie es preferida por el ganado que tiene acceso

a los lugares donde crece. El analisis bromatolégico
(véase la tabla No. 2), arroja como resultado, un alto
valor alimenticio. Por todo lo anterior, creemos

conveniente hacer otros estudios tendentes a explorar la
posibilidad de introducirla en areas ganaderas con
ecologia similar.

1981

Guzman M., Gramineas de Mexico

Tabla 2

ANALISIS QUIMICO BROMATOLOGICO DE

Hydrochloa _Caroliniensis vor. oconneri.

Constituyente

Humedad (lOO - 110°C)

Proteina cruda (NX 6.25)

Grasa cruda

Fibra cruda

83

Materia mineral (550-600°C)

Fibra detergente dcido

Lignina

Celulosa

Calcio

PE Vib sO ORG wie A Vol. 48, No. 1

LITERATURA CITADA

Calder6én de Rzedowski, G.

ABSV7/UEL

Adiciones a la Flora Fanerogamica del Valle de
Mexico. Creneta, Mex. 27 (1% 19 = 26.

Carvajal Hernandez, C.

1980.

Garcia, E.

ISIS
Gould. Be
Asis}
Hitchcock,
AU SNS) al

Notas a la Flora Fanerogamica de Nueva Galicia,

i Phycolocia., “fe Cayo tus = 253..

Modificaciones al sistema de clasificacién
clim4atica de Koeppen. Instituto de Geografia.
Universidad Nacional Auténoma de México. 2a.
edie. | 246 ..pp.

W.
Grass systematics. McGraw - Hill, New York.
381 pp.

AoSs
Manual of the Grasses of the United States.
2nd. Ed. (Revised by Agnes Chase). U.S. Dept.
Norio ti ses pubis e200.

Ed De. J. Rzedowska, del Institute Politecnico

Nacional,

Ee Es tS: : rite
revisoO y corrigido la version latina. Asimismo,

me coment6 sus experiencias personales con Hydrochloa.
El Ing. Sergio H. Contreras, Jefe del Departamento
Técnico de COTECOCA, revis6é criticamente lo relativo al
aspecto forrajero y tramit6 los gastos de publicacién.
El autor sinceramente agradece esas valiosas
comunicaciones y ayuda.

BIOGEOGRAPHY AND ORIGIN OF SOLANUM ACAULE BITTER

Donald Ugent
Department of Botany, Southern Illinois University
Carbondale, IL 62901

The wild Andean potato species, S. acaule Bitter, has
long been of interest to both the systematist and the
horticulturalist because of its tetraploid chromosome num-
ber (2n=48; an amphidiploid fide Rybin 1929, 1933), and
the fact that it grows at high elevations under climatic
conditions which are unsuited for the cultivation of the
common potato, S. tuberosum L. As this species is remark-
ably resistant to frost, it has been utilized by plant
breeders in the development of several new varieties of
the cultivated potato which are adapted for growth in
northern regions.

However, the botanical origin of S. acaule, as well
as its reproductive behavior and biogeography, remain as
several aspects of its natural history which have not as yet
been sufficiently explored, and which are in need of
further study if the full potential of this species for
varietal improvement purposes is to be realized. It is
towards the partial fulfillment of these ends, therefore,
that the following remarks have been directed.

ECO-GEOGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS.--S. acaule is a low,
rosette-forming plant of the Peruvian-Bolivian altiplano
and high mountain regions of northern Argentina. It is
usually found between 3500 and 4500 meters, although
individuals growing just below snow line at elevations of
5000 meters have been reported (Bukasov 1939). It occurs
at elevations higher than that known for any other potato
species. Its north-south extension is about 2700 km.,
occurring from the Department of Cajamarca, Peru, to the
Andes of La Rioja, Argentina (Fig. 1).

As in the case of the many wild diploid species of
Solanum, Section Tuberarium (cf. Correll 1962), which grow
primarily in weedy or disturbed habitats throughout the
Andes, the tetraploid S. acaule also grows along open road-
sides, trails, and cultivated fields, as well as in and
along the rock rubble of ancient Inca ruins. The natural
habitats of this plant, however, are in the seasonally dry
and windswept grasslands (or punas) of southern Peru and
northern Bolivia. These high tableland communities are
essentially devoid of the thorny bushes, large cacti,
cliffs, rocks, and other natural features which, in other
places, often serve to shelter and protect the wild species
of this group from grazing animals. However, S. acaule not
only tolerates but seems to prosper under conditions of

85

86

Ish YC IU (0) iby) (Eb ae /\ Vol. 48, No. 1

*SOLANUM ACAULE
* VAR. ALBICANS ”
V VAR. AEMULANS

Fig., 1.) Distribution, of. Solanum-acawle.

1981 Ugent, Solanum acaule 87

heavy grazing. This behavior, an oddity in Section
Tuberarium, is also shared by S. pogistactotobum, a
rosette-forming diploid species with which it sometimes
grows.

Plants of S. acaule are frequently found growing
between clumps of Stipa ichu Kunth, one of the wire-
leaved species of bunch grasses which are so common in
the Andes. The spaces between these tussocks are
frequently heavily grazed by llamas and alpacas, or by
sheep, horses or cattle. And yet, little harm appears
to be done to these plants by animals. Since the leaves
of S. acaule are spread flat upon the ground, forming a
rosette, they are cropped only with difficulty by the
grazing animals (compare, in this case, the common dande-
loin, Taraxacum officinale Weber, a rosette-forming
species notorious for its resistance to mowing).
Similarly, the flowers, while occasionally grazed, are
largely protected by their proximity to ground level.

The stems and fruiting pedicels of this species, however,
commonly elongate greatly at maturity, thus elevating

the berries to a height where they can be more readily
cropped by grazing animals.

The ability of this species to grow and prosper
under conditions of heavy grazing would appear to be
related to both its growth form and to its manner of
seed dispersal. Abundant individuals of this species,
for example, are commonly to be found in the vicinity of
shephard's huts (chozas) in the high Andes, as well as
in the compacted, rocky soils of nearby fields and
yards where sheep, llamas, and alpacas are herded for
the night. The soil in these areas is covered with a
layer of animal droppings, these usually containing the
undigested and still viable seeds of a number of different
plant species, including S. acaule. Later, when the seeds
germinate, the rotting manure provides abundant fertilizer
for the developing plantlets.

It is apparently not unusual for the seeds of certain
plant species to be distributed in this manner. Rick
(1961), for example, reports that the seeds of certain
Galapagos varieties of the common tomato (Lycopersicon
esculentum var. minor) are regularly dispersed from
island to island as a result of the migratory wanderings
of the giant tortoise, Testudo elephantopus porteri. The
results of germination tests conducted on the seed
recovered from the feces of these animals suggest that the
mild digestive treatment they receive is an important
factor in the breakage of the seed dormancy of these
varieties. Without such treatment, less than 1% of the
seeds of the tomato will germinate naturally, as opposed
to 85% of seeds obtained from fecal matter.

Similar germination test-results have been reported
by Harman and Keim (1934) for the seed of six different

88 PHS YerieO sh ORC a ThA Vols 435 sNo sel

species of weeds recovered from the manure of calves, horses,
sheep, hogs and chickens; by Burton and Andrews (1948) for the
seed of Bermuda grass fed to cattle; by Roessler (1936) for

the seed of certain weed species digested by California linnets
or finches; by H.G. Baker (in Rick 1961) for the seed of the
African baobab and sausage trees collected from the dung of
baboons; and by Rick (1961) for the seed of edible species of
Carica and Passiflora eaten by human field workers in Ecuador!

Another line of evidence relating to the dispersal of the
seed of S. acaule by means of grazing animals concerns the
fruiting pedicels of this species. These, unlike those of any
other species of this section, are non-articulated. Thus, the
fruits normally remain firmly attached to the stem until they
are cropped by grazing animals, and are not easily dislodged by
birds, wind, or rain. This then, along with the factors
related above, would tend to explain the frequent occurrence of
this plant along roadsides, pathways, adobe walls, fields and
water courses, as well as in village courtyards, plazas, and
other places where grazing animals are occasionally herded.

The llama, which is the common beast of burden in the high-
lands of Peru and Bolivia, is mostly driven at a leisurely pace,
in a herd, grazing as he goes. The seed and fruits of the
plants that are eaten at the start of a journey, or along the
way, may thus be contained in droppings spread along a 15 to 25
kilometer path by nightfall. As pointed out previously, the
germinability of seed distributed in this manner is much
improved as the result of the scarification of the seed coat
through the action of intestinal enzymes and stomach acid.

Grazing animals, as seed dispersal agents, may occasion-
ally introduce two or more closely related species into an open
habitat where, if conditions are favorable, they hybridize. The
Argentine triploid, S. brucheri Correll (2n=36), appears to have
been formed in this manner. According to Brlicher (1959), it is
a naturally occurring hybrid between S. acaule (2n=48) and
S. megistacrolobum (2n=24). Correll (1962) remarks that this
plant frequently grows in dung deposited in the places where
grazing animals congregate for the night. He cites specimens
collected from sheep corrals, and from roadsides, rockwalls and
yards of livestock ranches. Solanum acaule and S. megistacrolobum
are also found in these same habitats and have been cited as
occurring in the same localities as S. brucheri by Correll and
Briicher (1959). These observations suggest that grazing animals
may play a much more important role in the evolution of diverse
new forms of Solanum than has been previously thought.

BREEDING BEHAVIOR.--In contrast to the wild diploid potato
species of Peru, Bolivia, and Argentina, all of which are self-
sterile and are thus obligate outcrossers, the tetraploid S.
acaule is self-fertile and in the greenhouse, at least, self-
pollinated. Self pollination in this species is facilitated by

1981 Ugent, Solanum acaule 89

the short non-exerted style and the spacial proximity of the
stigma to the anther pores, as well as by the occasional develop-
ment of cleistogamous flowers.

Although little is known with regard to the physiological
mechanisms which underlie cleistogamy, certain environmental con-
ditions would appear to favor this mode of reproduction. Thus,
according to Davis and Heywood (1963), cleistogamy is of more
frequent occurrence in plants which grow in high mountain regions
as well as in the far north or far southerly reaches of the
world, It is also common at low elevations in plants which have
been exposed to prolonged wet weather, drought, cold, heat or
deep shade, all conditions associated with a scarcity of insect
pollinators. Cleistogamy may function as an aid in the survival
of the species in such situations, and especially in cases where
normal means of cross-pollination would be prevented.

The ability of S. acaule to thrive on the cold, seasonally
dry high-altitude grasslands of Peru and Bolivia may be partly
due to its predominantly autogamous breeding system, a condition
which permits the development of many-seeded berries on plants
which would otherwise have few or no insect pollinators, and
hence few if any fertile, seed-containing fruits. In evolutionary
terms, autogamy may be seen as important in that it favors the
formation of genetically homozygous populations. A lack of
variability may be advantageous in a uniform environment, as it
permits a successful biotype to rapidly colonize its local area.
Once a particularly well-adapted biotype of this species has
become established, it is capable of maintaining its identity by
means of seed obtained through selfing, as well as through
vegetative means (i.e., propagation by stolon and tuber forma-
tion).

The breeding behavior of the diploid and obligate-outcrossing
species most closely related to S. acaule, namely S. canasense,
S. brevicaule, and S. megistacrolobum, contrasts markedly with
that of this species. Although outcrossings within diploid popu-
lations may often result in a swarm of genotypically heterozygous
seedlings, only few of these may be expected to be well-adapted
to any particular habitat, or environment. This type of breeding
system, of course, may be advantageous under certain ecological
conditions, for it allows the species to adapt itself to changing
environments or to colonize a diversity of habitats. Once
successful genotypes are established, they may persist for many
generations in a particular habitat through a combination of
seed and vegetative reproduction. Thus, the diploid species
exhibit much flexibility in breeding behavior. Significantly, it
is this adaptability which promotes the formation of hybrid
swarms between S. megistacrolobum and S. canasense in Peru and
the former species and S. brevicaule (a close relative of
S. canasense) in Bolivia. As pointed out elsewhere, these hybrid
swarms frequently contain diploid segregates that are markedly
similar in flower, leaf, and habit to S. acaule (cf. Ugent 1970-A).

90 1 Ash Ne She (O) TIE (0)s(@> Ib IN Vol. 48, No. 1

CROSSABILITY OF S. ACAULE.--Two frost resistant cultivars
grown in the Lake Titicaca region of Peru and Bolivia are known
to be naturally occurring hybrids of S. acaule and S. tuberosum.
According to Hawkes (1962), S. x juzepczukii ( (2n=36) is formed
in crosses between S. acaule and S- tuberosum Group Stenotomum
(2n=24), while S. x ~curtilobum (2n=60) arose from crosses between
S. x juzepczukii and S. tuberosum Group Andigena (2n=48).

Although the above hybrids are partially sterile, intro-
gression can often take place against strong reproductive
barriers, as, for example, in the case of S. x edinense and the
cultivated potatoes of Mexico (Ugent 1967), and various species
of Tradescantia (Anderson § Hubricht 1938), Helianthus (Heiser
1951), and Aegilops (Pazy § Zohary 1965). Natural gene exchange
between the hybrids of S. acaule and the cultivated potato popu-
lations of the Lake Titicaca basin may thus be responsible not
only for the great variability of the cultivars grown in this
region, but for their generally high frost tolerance as well.

As mentioned earlier, the Argentine triploid, S. brucheri,
is formed in natural crosses of S. acaule with S. megistacrolo-
bum (see Hawkes 1963, 1969). S. acaule has also been experi-
mentally crossed with S. megistacrolobum, and with the two other
species of concern to this study, S. canasense and S. brevi-
caule (Ross § Rowe 1972; Okada 1973; Hawkes 1969). Other species
within its natural area which it also has been experimentally
crossed with include S. sanctae-rosae, S. sparsipilum, S. kurtzi-
anum, S. tarijense, S. infundibuliforme, S. multidissectum and
Ss. sogarandinum. In addition, S. acaule e has also been artifi-
Cially crossed with the following species, none of which, however,
are found within its natural range: S. bulbocastanun, S. cardio-
phyllum, S. pinnatisectum, S. maglia, and S. chacoense.

- According to Hawkes (1969), some of the specimens cited by
Correll (1962) as collections of S. brucheri may be mis-identified.
These he has referred to as naturally occurring hybrids of
S. acaule and S. infundibuliforme. Also, Hawkes reports the
species S. acaule hybridizes naturally with S. megistacrolobum and
S. spegazzinii in Argentina. Thus, on the whole it would appear
that the plants of this section are all very closely related, and
that differences in chromosome number are only a minor obstacle
to further speciation.

As in the case of other polyploid pillar complexes (cf. Davis
§ Heywood 1963), crossing can take place here, at and between the
various levels of ploidy, and the spontaneous doubling of the
chromosome number of diploid hybrid forms is not totally unknown.
Since S. acaule lacks close relatives at the tetraploid level, we
must look toward the diploid species, notably S. canasense,

S. brevicaule, S. Megistacrolobum, and their hybrid segregates,
forsa possible origin.

VARIABILITY OF S. ACAULE.--The mature terminal leaflets of
S. acaule are amongst the smallest of any known potato species,
and are usually less than 5 cm long and 4 cm wide, and sometimes

1981 Ugent, Solanum acaule 91

as little as 0.5 cm long and 0.5 cm wide (Fig. 2). The size
relationships between the terminal leaflets of tetraploid popu-
lations of S. acaule and diploid populations of S. canasense,
S. brevicaule and S. megistacrolobum have been illustrated
elsewhere (Ugent 1966). While some differences are found in
the shape of the terminal leaflet of S. acaule, the general
tendency is toward a broadly ovate-elliptic or suborbical leaf-
let, much as occurs in hybrid diploid segregates of these taxa
(Ugent 1970-A). The extreme sub-orbicular terminal leaflet
condition of S. acaule may be employed as a useful character in
distinguishing this species from similar appearing rosettes of
S. megistacrolobun.

Populations of S, acaule vary considerably in pubescense,
length and width of terminal leaflets, number of interjected
leaflets and leaf length (Fig. 2). However, the low rosette
habit, greatly abbreviated stem and peduncle, and the peculiar
non-articulated pedicels (the place of articulation marked only
by a ring of purple pigment) are features of this amphidiploid
that are relatively constant. These features, plus the distinct
chromosome number of S. acaule, induced the Russian taxonomists,
Juzepczuk and Bukasov (1937), to segregate this single species
as the series Acaulia of Sect. Tuberarium, a classification
subsequently maintained by Hawkes (1944, 1956, 1963), Correll
(1962) and Ochoa (1962).

Various populations of S. acaule vary in leaflet number
from 5-13, with a mode of 9. The leaves of cultivated material
of this species are distinctly more dissected, varying from 9 to
15 leaflets, with a mode of 13. A study of the scatter-diagrams
in Fig. 2 also reveals that the leaves of cultivated material
tend to be longer than wild plants, with narrower terminal leaf-
lets and longer lateral leaflets. Noticeable variation is also
found between wild and cultivated material with respect to the
frequency of interjected leaflets. Although wild plants gen-
erally lack interjected leaflets, there may occasionally be 1 or
2, and rarely as many as 11. Cultivated material frequently has
4-10 interjected leaflets and occasionally as many as 17. It is
of interest to note that the leaves of the closely related
species, S. camasense and S. brevicaule, though generally more
dissected than S. acaule, show nevertheless the same tendency
for increased dissection under cultivation.

ORIGIN OF S. ACAULE.--The manner in which this species
arose has long been a matter of conjecture. Both Hawkes (1947,
1963, 1969) and Correll (1962) believe this species to be the
South American phytogeographic equivalent of S. demissum, a
rosette-forming hexaploid (2n=72) of central Mexico and Guate-
mala. However, it is highly doubtful whether these species have
had a true vicarious origin or whether they are even distantly
related. The two species differ in a number of important
morphological characters, have rather dissimilar patterns of

92

uv

*

TERMINAL LEAFLET CM
nw

LEAF LENGTH CM
ey

3

L/w LEAF

P. BY Te OulLmone Tea

frequency
n
i=}

°

Vol. 48, No. 1

° t 2 jes
LENGTH
let LATERAL LEAFLET CM.

* WILD
CULTIVATED

PERU
ILTIS AND UGENT 1435

ny e S

LENGTH TEAMINAL LEAFLET CM

LENGTH S :

lat LATERAL LEAFLET CM

* WILD
CULTIVATED

10 12 \4 16
L/W TERMINAL LEAFLET

Ss) 077-2 Wt Tis.

5S) Peony was

WILD CULTIVATED

2

NUMBER OF LEAFLETS

iy

UGENT si70

PERU
UGENT 4549

Ie

WIDTH TERMINAL LEAFLET CM.

ns
=
<
o
a
2
<
=
=
«
rm]
e
=
\
3

PERU
UGENT 4550

2 3 ‘
WIDTH TERMINAL LEAFLET CM

SOLANUM ACAULE

Morphological variation in Solanum acaule.

1981 Ugent, Solanum acaule 93

variability, and do not seem to be closely allied either geneti-
cally or ecologically. The reason that authors concluded a
relationship can be found in the rosette habit, small stature,
and rotate flowers. However, the first two of these characteris-
tics appear to be brought about by convergence. Love (1954)
advocates the use of the term "false vicariads,"' or ''substitu-
tion taxa,'' to describe fully allopatric taxa, such as these,
that are heteroploid, of independent origin, and only of super-
ficial morphological similarity.

Bukasov (1960) suggests that series Acaulia is of recent
polyploid origin and has evolved from South American diploid
species. His conception of the phylogenetic affinities of the
various potato series is given diagramatically in the form of a
"phylogenetic tree" based upon ploidy level, geography and
morphology. In his diagram we find series Acaulia and series
Megistacroloba diverging from a common point on or about the
center of an "Andean group" branchlet. This radiates in turn
from a forked stem bearing the label "South American branch."
The various branches and branchlets are ultimately joined to a
common base or stem, thus signifying the monphyletic origin for
Sect. Tuberarium.

Bukasov's basic premise, Sect. Tuberarium as a natural
group, can be here agreed to only with the revisions proposed by
the present author in another study, especially in regard to the
placement of the species in series Juglandifolia (see Ugent
1966). Nevertheless, one can not but agree that series Acaulia
is closely related to series Megistacroloba, and especially to
the type species S. megistacrolobum, the latter also a rosette-
forming species and one which has similar distribution and
habitat preferences as S. acaule. However, the maximum correla-
tion of acaule-like characters are to be found in plants
derived from natural crosses of S. Se with S. cana-

sense, or S. megistacrolobum with S. brevicaule.
Hybrid swarms between S. megistacrolobum and S. canasense or
the very closely related (if not conspecific) S. brevicaule
nearly always contain segregate forms that are remarkably similar
to S. acaule in their acaulescent rosette habit, leaf shape and
dissection, and broadly rotate flowers. These forms often differ
from S. acaule only by being diploid, self-sterile, and in

having articulated pedicels and slightly larger flowers.

From the study of such hybrid swarms it is suggested here
that S. acaule may have originated in a complex multi-step
process involving: a) hybridization between S. megistacrolobum
and one or the other (or both) of the two species mentioned
above; b) segregation of acaule-like forms; c) doubling of the
chromosome number; and, d) differentiation as the result of
genetic isolation, self-fertility, inbreeding and natural selec-
tion (cf. Ugent 1970-B).

Grazing animals probably facilitate the establishment of
hybrid swarms between S. megistacrolobum and S. canasense in Peru
or S. brevicaule in Bolivia by introducing their seed into dis-

94 DPPH GY SOP Ee On GarrnA Vol. 48, No. 1

turbed or artificial habitats. The variant forms which develop
in these open habitats may be subject not only to the selective
whims of their respective physical environments, but to the
selective pressure of the grazing animals which aided in their
original establishment as well.

Thus, in areas of intense grazing pressure, hybrid segre-
gates with low rosette forms may persist by clonal propagation
for an indefinite number of generations, and may accumulate in
yearly numbers through repeated hybridizations and selections.
In each successive generation there exists a possibility for the
chance formation and fusion of two unreduced gametes, or amphi-
diploidy.

Once acquired, amphidiploidy may bring about rapid stabili-
zation of acaule-like characteristics, especially as this condi-
tion often results in increased self-fertility, inbreeding and
genetic isolation from diploid populations.

LITERATURE CITED.--Anderson, E. §& E.L. Hubricht. 1938.
Hybridization in Tradescantia. III. Amer. Jour. Bot. 25:396-
402; Brucher, E.H. 1959. Kritische Betrachtungen zur Nomen-
klatur Argentinischer Wildkartoffeln. V. Die Serie Acaulia. Der
Zuchter 29:149-156; Bukasov, S.M. 1933. The potatoes of South
America and their breeding possibilities. Lenin Acad. Agr. Sci.,
U.Sso.R. Inst..Plant: Idus.; (Suppl. 58: to, Bull... Appl. Bot.., Geners
& Pl. Breed, Leningrad), 192 spp», -aAdilus., (in Russian, English
summary) ; . 1960. Methods of wide hybridization in potato
breeding. In Wide Hybridization in Plants. Collection of
Reports. Akademiya NAUK SSSR. Moscow; Burton, G.W. § J.S.
Andrews. 1948. Recovery and viability of seeds of certain south-
ern grasses and Lespedeza passed through the bovine digestive
enact...) Jour. Aon. Res, 76395-1035: 4 Correld,- DsSs 1962. dhe
Potato and its Wild Relatives. Tex. Research Found., Renner, TX;
Davis, P.H. §& Heywood, V.H. 1963. Principles of Angiosperm Taxo-
nomy. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., N.Y.; Harman, G.W. §& F.D. Keim.
1934. The percentage and viability of weed seed recovered in the
feces of farm animals and their longevity when buried in manure.
Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 26:762-767; Hawkes, J.G. 1944. Potato
collecting expeditions in Mexico and South America. II. Systematic
classification of the collections. Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. §

Genet., 142 pp., Cambridge; .1947. Some observations on
South American potatoes. Ann. Appl. Biol. 34:622-631; + LSS6.
A revision of the tuber-bearing Solanums. Ann. Rept., Scot. Pl.
Breeds ota... pps ¥57-109; . 1963. A revision of the tuber-
bearing Solanums (second edition). Ann Rept., Scot. Pl. Breed.
Sta., pp. 76-181; . 1969. The Potatoes of Argentina, Brazil,

Paraguay and Uruguay (with J.P. Hjerting). Clarendon Press.
Oxford. 525 pp., 150 plates; Heiser, C.B. 1951. Hybridization in
the annual sunflowers: Helianthus annuus x H. debilis var. cucum-
erifolius. Evolution 5:42-51; Juzepczuk, S.W. & S.M. Bukasov.

. A contribution to the question of the origin of the potato.
Proc. U.S.S.R. Congr. Genet. Pl. and Animal Breed. 3:593-611 (in

1981 Ugent, Solanum acaule 95

Russian, English summary); Love, A. 1954. Cytotaxonomical evalu-
ation of corresponding taxa. Vegetatio 8:212-220; Ochoa, C. 1962.
Los Solanum Tuberiferos Silvestres del Peru. Lima, Peru; Okada,
K.A. 1973. Coleccion de papas silvestres, variedades nativas
cultivadas e hibridos interespecificos artificiales. Lista de
Semillas No. 2. INTA, Balcarce, Argentina. 47 pp.; Pazy, B. & D.
Zohary. 1965. The process of introgression between Aegilops poly-
ploids: natural hybridization between A. variabilis, 3 ovata, and
A. biuncialis. Evolution 19:385-394; Rick, C.M. & R.I. Bowman.
T961. Galapagos tomatoes and tortoises. Evolution 15:407-417;
Roessler, E.S. 1936. Viability of weed seeds after ingestion by
California linnets. Condor 38:62-65; Ross, R.W. & P.R. Rowe.
1972. Inventory of interspecific and intervarietal hybrids of
tuber-bearing Solanum species. Publ. R1695, Research Division,
College of Agric., Univ. of Wisc., Madison. 40 pp.; Rybin, V.A.
1929. The karyological investigations on some wild as well as
native cultivated potatoes of America. Proc. U.S.S.R. Congr.,
Genetics. 3:467-478 (in Russian, English summary) ; = £955.
Cytological investigations of the South American cultivated and
wild potatoes, and its significance for plant breeding. Bull. Appl.
Bot., .Genet., § Pl. Breed., Leningrad, ser. 2(2):3-100; Ugent, D.
1966. Hybrid Weed Complexes in Solanum, Section Tuberarium. Ph.D.
Dissertation. Univ. of Wisc., 262 pp., available from Univ. Micro-
films, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich., Order No. 66-5952. Portions of the
above work were funded by NSF Grants G-23677 and GB-4233, under
the direction of Dr. Hugh H. I1tis; . 1967. Morphological
variation in Solanum x edinense, a hybrid of the common potato.
Evolution 21(4):696-717; . 1970-A. Solanum raphanifoliun,

a Peruvian wild potato species of hybrid origin. Bot. Gazette
L303) 2225-233; . 1970-B. The potato. Science 170:1161-
1166.

SPIRANTHES EMILIAE, NEW SPECIES FROM SIERRA DE LA
MADERA, COAHUILA

Marshall C. Johnston

Herbarium, Plant Resources Center
The University of Texas at Austin
Austin, Texas 78712

High in the Sierra de la Madera of central Coahuila, Mexico, I.
M. Johnston (1944:81) found sterile rosettes that L. 0. Williams
said "probably" represent orchids of the genus Govenia Lindley.
In 1972, Fernando Chiang, Tom Wendt and I saw similar rosettes
in the upper part of the Candn de la Hacienda of the same range.
It was not until 1976 that Tom Wendt, Emily Lott and Mike Mispa-
gel found associated with such a rosette one old tattered fruit-
ing stalk lacking flower-parts. Finally, in 1980, Emily Lott and
Tom Wendt managed to obtain one fairly intact fruiting stalk and
enough flower-parts still attached to enable the reconstruction
presented here, The new specimen shows that this plant pertains
not to Govenia but to the genus Spiranthes L. Richard not only
in the broad sense of Williams (1951) but, I believe, also in
the strict sense of those who again dismember this assemblage.
I have not been able to match the specimen in the herbarium or
in previously published descriptions, and therefore propose at
as a new species bearing the name of the enthusiastic and able
botanist Emily Lott (born 25 August 1947) to whom I am indebted
for making the material available.

SPIRANTHES EMILIAE M, C, Johnst., sp, nov. Vide Fig 1.
Herbae terrestres glabrae 5--8(--10) dm altae. Scapi graciles, 1
--3 mm crassi. Folia rosulata late lanceolata vel anguste elli-
ptica tenuissima integra viridia 4--6 cm lata 1--2 dm longa vel
longiora petiolis 3--4 cm longis inclusis. Inflorescentia 30--
35-flora conferta glabra. Flores adscendentes glabri; sepalum
dorsale lanceolatum naviculatum carinatum ca 7 mm longum demum
valde arcuatum; sepala lateralia lanceolata ca 5 mm longa demum
reflexa; petala lateralia ca 7 mm longa tenuia fragilia; label-
lum hemicylindricum fere integrum ca 4 mm longum; columna ca 2.5
mm longa; rostellum lamelliforme non emarginatum; anthera erecta
ca 2 mm longa.

96

1981 Johnston, Spiranthes emiliae 97

SPIRANTHES EMILIAE M. C, Johnst., new species. Slender, glab-
rous, terrestrial herbs 5--8(--10) dm tall. Scapes 1--3 mm
thick with several scarious semiamplexicaul lanceolate acuminate
bracts. Leaves in a basal rosette, broadly lanceolate to nar-
rowly elliptic, very thin, entire, green, 4--6 cm wide, 1--2 dm
long or longer of which the lower 3--4 cm represents a narrow
petiole-like base. Inflorescence glabrous, rather dense (spiral
disposition of flowers not evident), ca 30--35-flowered, ca 13
mm long and after anthesis becoming 2 cm thick; flowers ascend-
ing even in fruit, perhaps purplish green in part; dorsal sepal
lanceolate, boat-shaped, keeled, ca 7 mm long, after anthesis
becoming strongly arcuate-erect; lateral sepals lanceolate, ca 5
mm long, after anthesis usually reflexed over back of fruit; la-
teral petals ca 7 mm long, thin, fragile, each about half over-
lapping with and joined to dorsal sepal; lip ca 4 mm long, es-
sentially entire or very obscurely 3-lobed, forming a trough un-
der and around the column; column ca 2.5 mm long; rostellum la-
mellar, truncate or very subtly rounded, not emarginate; anther
erect, ca 2 mm long, after dehiscence ascending or erect and
connected to column by a thin membrane ca 0.5 mm long.

HOLOTYPUS: MEXICO, Coahuila, Municipio de Cuatro Ciénegas, Sier-
ra de la Madera, Can6n del Agua, 27°3' N. latitude, 102°24' W.
longitude, common in creek with little running water, 1750--2200
m (this one at 1865 m), associated with Quercus gravesii Sud-
worth, Acer grandidentatum Nuttall, Prunus, Cornus, etc.,14 Aug-

PARATYPE: same mountain-range, Candn Los Olmos at junction of
eastern and western forks and just below, mesic limestone canyon
oak-woodland with Quercus muehlenbergii Engelmann, (. gravesii
Sudworth, Pinus arizonica Engelmann, Cupressus arizonica Greene,
Ceanothus coeruleus Lagasca, Acer, Garrya, Rhamnus betulifolia
Greene, Quercus glaucoides Martens et Galeotti, Fraxinus cuspi-
data Torrey and Salvia regla Cavanilles, 1920 m, 27 September
1976, T. Wendt, E. Lott and M, Mispagel 1793 (TEX, unicate).

As stated above, I have been unable to match this species. Among
the specimens of Spiranthes that I have had available for study
the one that seems to come closest in form to S. emiliae is an
Ecuadorian specimen of S. reichenbachiana Garay et Dunsterville.
But that species differs from S. emiliae in so many particulars
of size, shape, positioning and pubescence of flowers and leaves
that a detailed comparison would serve no good purpose here. An
estimate of the true relationships of S. emiliae will have to a-
wait the efforts of some monographer brave enough to tackle this
congeries.

I am indebted to the enthusiastic and knowledgeable orchidist
Mr. Jim Folsom for help in interpreting the specimens and in lo-
cating literature. Work on this orchid represents some of the
final throes of the compilation of the Chihuahuan Desert Flora

98

Peay VO GOnGa ise Voli. 485 Nome

supported presently by the M. C. Johnston Research Fund and the
Henrickson Research Fund; some of the 1972 field work was sup-
ported in part by National Science Foundation, for which I am

grateful.

Literature Cited

Johnston, I. M. 1944. Plants of Coahuila, eastern Chihuahua and

adjoining Zacatecas and Durango, III. Journal of the Arnold
Arboretum 25: 43--83.

Williams, L. 0. 1951. The Orchidaceae of Mexico. Ceiba 2:1--344.

a
4

Fig. 1. Spiranthes emiliae M. C. Johnst. drawn from the ho-
lotype. A. Habit-sketch. B. Lateral view of almost mature fruit
with perianth and column still attached, right-hand sepal shown
reflexed, left-hand sepal spreading, anther elevated and empty.
C. Front view of B with lip slightly depressed to reveal column.

REALIGNMENTS IN THE DICHANTHELIUM
ACUMINATUM COMPLEX (POACEAE)

Robert W. Freckmann
Dept. of Biology and Museum of Natural History
U. of Wisconsin - Stevens Point, 54481

When Gould and Clark (1978) placed 46 names in synonomy
under Dichanthelium acuminatum (Sw.) Gould & Clark a cycle of
“lumping - splitting - lumping" spanning a century was nearly
completed. Their broad circumscription of this taxon approached
the view held as late as the sixth edition of Gray's Manual
(Watson and Coulter, 1889) which treated this complex and more
as a single species, Panicum dichotomum L. In the two decades
following this edition 36 new species were named in the complex,
most of them by Nash (1896, 1897, 1898, and 1903) and Ashe (1898
and 1900). Hitchcock and Chase (1910) recognized 24 species for
this group in their revision of North American Panicum. Although
six new species were named in the next four decades, the trend
toward reduction in the number of recognized species is evident
in the works of Deam (1929), Fernald (1921, 1934, and 1950),
Shinners (1944), Pohl (1947), Gleason (1952), Steyermark (1963),
Radford et al (1964), and Lelong (1965).

This exceptional range of taxonomic treatments can be attri-
buted to the problems created for the taxonomist by the repro-
ductive biology of these grasses. Reproduction is amphigamous
(sensu Hackel as reviewed by Uphoff, 1938) with autogamy predom-
inating (Lelong, 1965; Spellenberg, 1975a). The autogamous re-
production produces innumerable essentially homozygous local
populations or microspecies, some of which have incorporated
translocations or inversions relative to other populations. An
exceptional range of variation in such traits as habit, pubes-
cense, and spikelet length is maintained in the complex probably
through inbreeding. Sporadic outcrossing introduces new traits
into inbred populations leading to new homozygous lines. Spel-
lenberg (1968, 1970, 1975b) synthesized an array of hybrids be-
tween populations and between recognized species. He noted that
the fertility of the hybrids was generally low and that it
tended to be lowest in hybrids between plants widely separated
geographically or morphologically, but that successive genera-
tions of hybrid derivatives showed increasing fertility. These
observations reinforce the views of some workers in this group
that natural hybridization is sufficiently extensive to blur
distinctions between species or microspecies and to produce a
reticulum of intergrading forms between described taxa. Envi-
ronmentally induced alterations of many of the diagnostic traits
further obscur distinctions between taxa.

99

100 Poa OE OsGet eA Vol. 48, No. 1

A satisfactory taxonomic treatment, if such is possible in
a large amphigamous complex, will require extensive work with
synthetic hybridization, population studies, and transplant
garden or growth chamber observations. Lelong's study on vari-
ation and Spellenberg's work with artificial hybridization are
major contributions, but are limited to portions of the complex.
Thus the taxonomy of the D. acuminatum complex still rests toa
large extent on the study of herbarium specimens and on personal
judgment.

Until recently the D. acuminatum complex was called the
Panicum lanuginosum complex. A range of treatments and combina-
tions were available to the taxonomist based on the assumptions
that the group belonged in the genus Panicum and that P. lanu-
ginosum was the oldest valid binomial in the complex. In 1974
Gould raised the subgenus Dichanthelium of Panicum to a genus,
supported by the work of Hsu (1965), Clark and Gould (1975), and
Brown and Smith (1975). In 1978 Gould and Clark, noting that P.
acuminatum predated P. lanuginosum, published D. acuminatum as a
new combination and assigned most of the P. lanuginosum complex
to varieties of this species. Since I believe that their treat-
ment overlooks some of Spellenberg's and Lelong's work and fails
to recognize certain species and varieties which I and many pre-
vious workers consider to be worthy of recognition I am compelled
to make several modifications to their work.

Key to the species:

1, Peduncle, panicle axis, and sheaths of primary (vernal) culm
puberulent with hairs about 0.1 mm long, sometimes also
pubescent with longer hairs, but never grayish-villous.

2. Spikelets 0.8-1.1 mm long; blades usually less than 4 mm
wide and 4 cm long; sheaths sparsely puberulent, lacking
papillose-based longer hairsS........seeeeee54 D. Wrightianum

2. Spikelets 1.2-1.7 mm long; mid-culm blades more than 4 mm
wide and 4 cm long; sheaths with some papillose-based
hairs 2 mm long or more.

3. Mid-culm blades nearly erect, glabrous above, generally
4-7 mm wide and 4-7 cm long; sheaths sparsely pilose
with hairs 1-2 mm long; ligule of hairs 1-2.5 mm long
intermixed; spikelets 1.2-1.4 mm long...... D. leucothrix
3. Mid-culm blades ascending-spreading, pilose above,
generally 3-5 mm wide and 3-5 cm long; sheaths pilose
with hairs 2-4 mm long; ligule a ring of hairs approxi-
mately 0.7 mm long differentiated from the pseudoligule
of scattered hairs 3-4 mm long; spikelets 1.3-1.7 mm
NOME s) osielelle) el ele cfeleleretalele eve creleveverele) hele ehelere efatelevereD amie wal Cento rca

1. Peduncle, panicle axis, and sheaths of primary (vernal) culm
glabrous, or pilose, or grayish-villous with some shorter
hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long, but not puberulent.

4, Ligule of hairs 1-2.5 mm long; sheaths glabrous; blades
firm, the lower nearly erect.

1981 Freckmann, Realignments in Dichanthelium 101

5. Panicle dense and narrow, about one-fourth as wide as
long, bearing 250 or more spikelets, the majority of
these on pedicels less than 1.5 mm long; spikelets 1.4-
1.6 mm long; fertile floret pointed, sharply acute at
BOR spectre suesesn kos sakestcnvecnuneterrsiseap es, De SPrOtinn

5. Panicle more open, more than one-half as wide as long,
bearing about 100-150 spikelets, these mostly on pedi-
cels 2-5 mm long; spikelets 1.2-1.5 mm long; fertile
floret rounded to acute, not pointed at apexX.essereees
Sicbaih ae dG a’ w scaleals\be 0 Wall Waiath signi nlp admialsteniet det Ole tla pret ect bill

4, Ligule with some hairs 3-5 mm long; sheaths pilose, vil-
lous, or nearly glabrous; blades not especially firm, the
lower usually spreading-ascending.

6. Sheaths and culms with straight horizontal to retrorse
hairs, the longer ones exceeding 4 mm; hairs 0.2-

1 mm long absent; spikelets 1.8-2.5 mm long......seeee
Dictavarwte¥e aveiclatatsvels Wel clatelibivialalesteralolelcleleielcls sini ont) suas eL Onto sone

6. Sheaths and culms glabrous, or ascending pilose to
hispid, or grayish-villous with a dense tangled mixture
of slender hairs, a few approaching 4 mn, but usually
with short hairs 0.2-1 mm long; spikelets 1.2-2.0 mm
MON Pteraie a tals) alufel siinielelevelcts eXelefelnyelutets aia (s\el suerale(sjalejatele O wupclClIMl ticmutt0)

Dichanthelium wrightianum (Scribner) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum wrightianum Scribner, U. S. D. A. Div.
Agrost. Bull. 11: 44. 1898.

Synonyms include D. acuminatum (Sw.) Gould & Clark var.
wrightianum (Scribn.) Gould & Clark.

This species seems to be as closely related to some members
of the Hitchcock and Chase group "Ensifolia" as to D. acuminatum
from which it differs by its small, delicate culms, puberulence,
relatively short ligule, and tiny spikelets.

Sandy peat or muck. Coastal Plain, Cuba, and Belize.

Dichanthelium leucothrix (Nash) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum leucothrix Nash, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
24: 41. 1897.

Gould and Clark placed this name in synonomy under D. acumi-
natum var. implicatum (Scritm.) Gould & Clark. It can be dis-
tinguished from D. acuminatum by its puberulent sheaths and
shorter ligule hairs (longest hairs 2.5 mm vs. longest hairs
more than 3 mm long).

Wet sand, muck, or peat. Coastal Plain, Cuba, West Indies,
and northern South America.

102 RiP Yael 0) EON Gris Vol. 48, No. 1

Dichanthelium meridionale (Ashe) Freckm. Phytologia 39: 270.
1978.

Synonyms include P. albemarlense Ashe.

Gould and Clark placed this name in synonomy under D. acumi-
natum var. implicatum. This species differs from that taxon by
puberulent peduncles, panicle axes, and sheaths; by greatly re-
duced uppermost blades (less than 4 mm wide and 4 cm long); and
generally by its exceptionally slender culms. The ligule con-
Sists of a tight ring of hairs about 0.7 mm long with scattered
hairs 3-4 mm long slightly distal to it and forming an appar-
ent pseudoligule in contrast to the ligule or pseudoligule of
D. acuminatum which is composed of a dense mixture of hairs of
varying length, the longest more than 3 mm but not separated
from the shorter hairs. It should be noted that secondary (au-
tumnal) shoots of D. acuminatum generally produce short hairs
about 0.2 mm long among the longer hairs and are frequently mis-
taken for D. meridionale. These shorter hairs are slightly
longer than the puberulence of D. meridionale, but accurate
identification requires an examination of the remaining parts of
the primary shoots for the presence or absence of puberulence.

Sand and sandy shores. Eastern United States, most common
on the Atlantic coastal plain and inland through the Great Lakes.

Dichanthelium spretum (Schultes) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum spretum Schultes, Mant. 2: 248. 1824.

Synonyms include D. acuminatum var. densiflorum (Rand &
Redfield) Gould & Clark.

This species is readily distinguished from the others in
the complex by the combination of glabrous peduncles, panicle
axes, and sheaths together with the narrow panicles of numer-
ous spikelets on short pedicels, and the sharply-pointed fertile
florets. It has shorter ligules and firmer, more strongly as-
cending lower leaves than D. acuminatum var. lindheimeri (Nash)
Gould & Clark.

Peat and wet sand. Coastal Plain and at scattered locations
inland to Indiana.

Dichanthelium longiligulatum (Nash) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum longiligulatum Nash, Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 26: 574. 1899.

Synonym: D. acuminatum var. longiligulatum (Nash) Gould &
Clark.

1981 Freckmann, Realignments in Dichanthelium 103

This species can be confused with D. spretum, sparsely
hairy D. leucothrix, and D. acuminatum var. lindheimeri. It
differs from D. spretum by its wider, more open panicles with
fewer spikelets on longer pedicels, and by the less acute fertile
florets; from D. leucothrix by completely glabrous sheaths; and
from D. acuminatum var. lindheimeri by shorter spikelets (usually
less than 1.4 mm long vs. usually more than 1.4 mm), firmer,
more strongly ascending lower leaves, shorter ligules, and often
taller culms (usually more than 80 cm tall vs. usually less than
80 cm) with internodes more than twice as long as the sheaths.

Swamps and pine barrens. Coastal Plain and Central America.

Dichanthelium villosissimum (Nash) Freckm. Phytologia 39: 270.
1978.

Synonyms include D. acuminatum var. villosum (A. Gray)
Gould & Clark.

Gould and Clark placed P. pseudopubescens Nash in synonomy
under D. acuminatum var. villosum. Fernald (1950) and Gleason
treated it as a variety of P. villosissimum Nash. It differs by
its stiff, ascending hairs on culm and sheath instead of slender
speading hairs. The poorly known P. benneri Fern. may be an-
other form of P. pseudopubescens. I withhold judgment on both
pending further study. Fernald and Gleason treated P. scopari-
oides Ashe as a variety of P. villosissimum. I agree with
Lelong and others that it probably consists of a group of nearly
sterile hybrids between D. oligosanthes (Schult.) Gould and D.
acuminatum. Gould and Clark placed P. euchlamydeum Shinners in
synonomy under D. acuminatum var. villosum and also under D.
sabulorum (Lam.) Gould & Clark var. patulum (Scritn. & Merr.)
Gould & Clark. It does not seem to be closely related to the
former because its sheath and culm vestiture consists of stiff,
ascending hairs along with puberulence and its spikelets and
very stiff panicle branches are dark red.

Key to the varieties of D. villosissimunm:

1. Spikelets 2.1-2.5 mm long; panicle 5-10 cm long with fairly
stiff branches; largest blades generally more than 6 mm
AGS HR asc as Oe vie dln's AWE Gw kins leith) oe whey Welly oe LOB eS Se
1. Spikelets 1.8-2.1 long; panicle 4-6 cm long with flexuous
branches; blades generally less than 6 mm Wide..secceceseene
DFO Datiahe Hea aa elt dle se SeU RUS Niet eed wide a eave Agee GOD ia

Dichanthelium villosissimum (Nash) Freckm. var. villosissimum
This variety is similar to D. acuminatum var. acuminatum

with some intergradation occurring. The great majority of
specimens can be separated by the following key:

104 PMH Vit Onl; OueuEeA Vol. 48, No. 1

1. Spikelets 2.1-2.5 mm long; first glume 0.7-1.1 mm long,
about one-third as long as the spikelet; longest hairs on
sheaths and culms 4-5 mm long, relatively straight, hori-
zontally spreading to somewhat retrorse; sheaths lacking
hairs less than 1 mm long; panicles two to three times com-
pound, the major branches rebranching once or twice.......
sccoerrccscessecoscocess De VAllosissinum var. vilJosissimum

1. Spikelets 1.2-2.0 mm long; first glume 0.3-0.8 mm long,
about one-fourth as long as the spikelet; longest hairs on
sheaths and culms 3 or sometimes 4 mm long, curved or wavy,
variously ascending to reflexed, somewhat tangled to mat-
ted, very dense and giving grayish color to sheath; sheath
usually with shorter hairs, 0.2-1 mm longs also present;
panicle frequently four or more times compound, the longer
lbranches rebranchine three LUMESiles s\slols se + olcle slate oioreiateal aia
cece c ccc cer ccc seccccsceccvcese De acuminatum var. acuminatum

Sandy soil and open woodlands. Massachusetts to Florida
and Texas; Mexico; Central America.

Dichanthelium villosissimum var. praecocius (Hitchc. & Chase)
Freckm. Phytologia 39: 270. 1978.

This variety intergrades with var. villosissimum in eastern
Texas, Oklahoma, northern Arkansas, and southern Missouri. A few
specimens in the northern part of its range suggest limited
intergradation with D. acuminatum var. fasciculatum.

Tall-grass prairies and open woodlands. Michigan and Minne-
sota south to Nebraska, northeastern Texas and southern Illinois.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Sw.) Gould & Clark. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 65: 1121. 1978.

Gould and Clark recognized eight varieties in this species
encompassing all of the taxa treated in this paper. Four of the
eight varieties I have treated above as distinct species (D. vil-
losissimum for var. villosum, D. wrightianum for var. wrighti-
anum, D. spretum for var. densiflorum, and D. longiligulatum for
var. longiligulatum). I agree with their treatment of var.s
lindheimeri and thurowii. I do not agree with their handling of
the western U.S. hot-springs or geyser taxa which Spellenberg
studied or with their handling of the hairy, non-robust compo-
nent which comprises the most abundant and most variable part of
the complex. Gould and Clark divided this latter group into
var. implicatum (Scritn.) Gould & Clark and var. acuminatum, sep-
arating them entirely on the basis of spikelet length (1.2-1.5
mn vs. 1.6-2.5 mm), admitting that this separation was arbi-
trary. Shinners and Pohl have both shown that there is a con-
tinuity in spikelet lengths in this complex with the mode of the
curve for the distribution of specimens according to spikelet

1981 Freckmann, Realignments in Dichanthelium 105

length at about 1.6 mm. The two tables presented below show a
tally of MIL, USWP, and WIS specimens by spikelet length. Table
number one includes all specimens of varieties acuminatum and
implicatum according to Gould and Clark's key (including speci-
mens which I identify as D. commonsianum (Ashe) Freckm. var.
euchlamydeum (Shinners) Freckm., D. leucothrix, D. meridionale,
and D. acuminatum var.s sericeum and thermale). Table number two
tallies the specimens of the three most common varieties of D.
acuminatum as identified according to the keys presented in this

paper.

Table No. 1. Specimens of Table No. 2. Specimens
D. acuminatum var.s acum- of three D. acuminatum
inatum and implicatum sensu var.sS sensu Freckmann.
Gould and Clark.
Spikelet| Wis. Out- Total acum- fasci- lind-
length collec- of- inatum ulatum hein-
in mm tions state eri
Pee 2 2 1
5 9 19 28 1 15 6
1.4 72 YAS 145 113 33
a5 161 168 329 4 274 66
i 8 198 159 357 a1 276 43
LE 106 119 225 Ly 190 23
Lo 38 70 108 18 82 6
1.9 13 20 BD. 4 23
2.0 10 5 15 2 Y,
rel 5 6 At 5
202 17 it 28
2.3 18 9 27
2.4 23 12 35
2.5 5 2 7

It is evident from both tables that the separation of varie-
ties entirely on the distinction of spikelets 1.6 mm or more vs.
1.5 mm or less is completely unsatisfactory. The type and toa
lesser extent the distribution and density of hairs seem to pro-
vide a better set of characters. These traits are primarily
under genetic control, although transplant studies indicate that
stoutness is partially influenced by environmental factors and
that hairs tend to break off or become more matted during the
course of the growing season.

106 PeHaY vt OP LONG airs Vol. 48, No. 1
Key to the varieties of D. acuminatum:

1. Primary (vernal) culms usually less than 30 cm tall; mid-culm
sheaths nearly as long as the internodes, their blades at
least one-eigth as wide as long, generally more than 6 mm
wide and less than 6 cm Jong..s.c..ecsesesseceons Val. SORLCoUm

1. Primary (vernal) culms usually more than 30 cm tall; mid-culm
sheaths about one-half as long as the internodes, their
blades generally more than eight times as long as wide and
more than 6 cm long.

2. Sheaths and internodes of primary culms gray-villous with

a dense, tangled to matted mixture of slender hairs 2-4

mm long, variously ascending, spreading, and retrorse,

arising from small papillae or non-papillose, plus shorter

hairs 0.2-1 mm long; winter rosette blades large, some
exceeding 5 cm in length.

3. Primary culms robust, generally more than 60 cm tall and
2 mm thick; panicle contracted, usually more than 8 cm
long and less than one-half as wide........ var. thurowii

3. Primary culms not exceptionally robust, rarely more than
60 em tall or more than 1.3 mm thick; panicle broadly
ovoid, less than 8 cm long and more than one half as
wide.

4, Primary panicles at fruiting stage exserted on ped-
uncles less than 6 cm long; blades erect, those of late
season lacking cilia on upper half....... var. thermale

4, Primary panicles at fruiting stage generally exserted
on peduncles more than 10 cm long; blades ascending to
spreading, bearing cilia most of their length..........
alal slg; b\aye, 6) wlaltore w> sveneiin) 6)-eyaie!ain sie) slecnjele w eyeilelayeitene) | Vitti s eAccUieeaieann

2. Sheaths and internodes of primary culms glabrous or papil-

lose-pilose to hispid, with ascending straight hairs 1-3

mm long; winter rosette blades usually broadly ovate,

spreading, 2-5 cm long.

5. Peduncle and panicle axis pubescent to pilose; sheaths
papillose-pilose to hispid, the hairs tending to break
off, but leaving evident papillae...... var. fasciculatum

5. Peduncle and panicle axis glagrous; sheaths, or at least
middle portion of sheaths lacking hairs or papillae......
aieusiay’s a ae¥nis) Ale;:0 10 ails sani oss01 aoe ino leroiwtes.et ef mininia¥ eh waniVictls wee tena a coe soem

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Sw.) Gould & Clark var. acuminatum

Synonyms include P. lanuginosum Ell., P. auburne Ashe, and
P. olivaceum Hitchc. & Chase.

Several names which Gould and Clark placed in synonomy here
I assign to other taxa: P. thermale = var. thermale; P. tennes-
seense Ashe, P. huachucae Ashe, P. occidentale Scritm., P. sub-
villosum Ashe, P. pacificum Hitchc. & Chase, P. languidum Hitch.
& Chase, P. brodiei St. John, and P. lassenianum Schmoll = var.

1981 Freckmann, Realignments in Dichanthelium 107

fasciculatum; and P. ferventicola Schmoll = var. sericeum. P.
benneri Fern. is discussed under D. villosissimum. P. shastense
Scritm. & Merr. is a hybrid between D. acuminatum and D. oligo-
santhes (Spellenberg, 1970) and the same is probably true of P.
scoparioides Ashe. I am not able to render a decision on the
poorly known P, glutinoscabrum Fern., but I suggest that it isa
hybrid between a member of the D. acuminatum complex and D. sco-
parium (Llam.) Gould - the latter contributing the genes for
height and viscid sheaths.

This variety represents the densely hairy end of the spec-
trum which grades into var. fasciculatum and to var. lindheimeri
at the glabrous end. Nevertheless the majority of specimens of
this variety show a correlation among the traits given in the
key, making the distinction between these three varieties more
satisfactory than the acuminatum-implicatum distinction based on
spikelet length.

Disturbed areas and open woodland, on thin, often sandy or
clayey soils. Southeastern U. S., mostly on the Coastal Plain;
West Indies; Mexico, Central America, and northern South America.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. thermale
(Bolander) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum thermale Bolander, Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc.
2: 181. 1862; Dichanthelium lanuginosum (Ell.) Gould var.
thermale (Bolander) Spellenberg. Madrono 23: 151. 1975.

On mineralized crust of warm, moist soil at The Geysers,
Sonoma Co., California.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. sericeum
(Schmoll) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum ferventicola Schmoll var. sericeum Schmoll,
Madrono 5: 92. 1939.

Synonyms: P. ferventicola Schmoll, P. ferventicola var.

illosum Schmoll, and D. lanuginosum (Ell.) Gould var. sericeum
(Schmoll) Spellenberg.

Usually on warm or hot ground around geysers and hot springs.
Rocky Mountains from Banff to Yellowstone National Park to Bighorn
Co., Wyoming.

Spellenberg (1968 and 1975b) discussed both varieties in
detail, noting that each variety retained distinguishing traits
under greenhouse transplant conditions.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. thurowii
(Scritmer & Smith) Gould & Clark. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65:
1125. 1978.

108 PPL a Yiek ORL wOn Cael Vol. 48, No. 1
Dry, open woodlands. Georgia to east Texas.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. fasciculatum
Torrey) Freckmann, comb. nov.
Basionym: Panicum dichotomum L. var. fasciculatum Torrey,
Fl. North and Mid. U. S. 145. 1824.

Synonyms include P. implicatum Scritn., P. tennesseense
Ashe, P. huachucae Ashe, P. occidentale Scribn., P. subvillosum
Ashe, P. huachucae var. silvicola Hitchc. & Chase, P. pacificum
Hitche. & Chase, P. languidum Hitchc. & Chase, P. brodiei St.
John, P. lassenianum Schmoll, D. lanuginosum (E1l.) Gould var.
fasciculatum (Torr.) Spellenb., and D. acuminatum var. implica-
tum (Scritm.) Gould & Clark.

This variety constitutes the most variable component of the
complex. It intergrades with varieties acuminatum and lindheim-
eri and apparently hybridizes with D. oligosanthes, D. dichoto-
mum (L.) Gould, D. boreale (Nash) Freckm., D. meridionale, D.
columbianum (Scritn.) Freckm., D. sphaerocarpon (Ell.) Gould, and
probably with several other species. Certain combinations of
characters occur more frequently and have encouraged workers to
accept some of the species listed above, including P. implicatum

numerous small spikelets, large multicompound panicles, and
long erect hairs on upper blade surfaces); P. huachucae (larger
spikelets, less compound panicles, short appressed hairs on
blades); P. tennesseense (glabrous blades); and P. subvillosum
(larger spikelets with relatively long first glumes, leaves and
branches concetrated at base of plant). However, so many speci-
mens show other combinations of traits that maintaining these as
species or varieties requires annotating a high percentage of
specimens as "atypical" or "intermediate."

Disturbed areas, open or cut-over woods, thickets, grass-
lands, sedge meadows, shores, etc., frequently on soils with
upper horizon removed or scarred. Temperate North America, more
discontinuous in the West and tending to be replaced by var.
acuminatum in warm temperate and subtropical regions.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. lindheimeri
(Nash) Gould & Clark. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65: 1127. 1978.

Synonyms include P. lanuginosum var. septentrionale Fern.
and D. lanuginosum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Freckm.

This variety represents the glabrous extreme of var. fascic-
ulatum. Hybrids between D. acuminatum and either D. dichotomum
or D. boreale are frequently identified as this variety; these
hybrids usually have purplish spikelets nearly 2.0 mm long, wide,
spreading blades, and a clear distinction between the short ring
of ligule hairs and the scattered long hairs.

1981 Freckmann, Realignments in Dichanthelium 109

Same habitats as var. fasciculatum but with a greater pre-
ference for moist areas. Same range as var. fasciculatum.

Literature Cited

Ashe, W. W. 1898. The dichotomous species of Panicum in the
“ae a United States. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 15:
22-62.

. 1900. Some dichotomous species of Panicum. J. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 17: 84-91.

Brown, W. V. and B. N. Smith. 1975. The genus Dichanthelium
(Gramineae). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 102: 10-13.

Clark, C. A. and F. W. Gould. 1975. Some epidermal character-
istics of paleas of Dichanthelium, Panicum, and Echino-
chloa. Amer. J. Bot. 62: 743-748.

Fernald, M. L. 1921. The Gray Herbarium expedition to Nova
Scotia, 1920. Rhodora 23: 223-228.

. 1934. Realignments in the genus Panicum. Rhodora 36:
61-87.

- 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany. Ed. 8. American Book
Co. New York.

Gleason, H. A. 1952. The New Britton and Brown Illustrated
Flora of the Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada.
Vol. 1. New York Bot. Gard. New York.

Gould, F. W. 1974. Nomemclatural changes in the Poaceae.
Brittonia 26: 59-60.

and C. A. Clark. 1978. Dichanthelium (Poaceae) in the
United States and Canada. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65:
1088-1132.

Hitchcock, A. S. and A. Chase. 1910. The North American species
of Panicum. Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb. 15: 1-396.

Hsu, C. C. 1965. The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and
its allies with special reference to the characters of lodi-
cule, style-base, and lemma. J. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo. III.
9: 40-150.

Lelong, M. G. 1965. Studies of reproduction and variation in
some Panicum subgenus Dichanthelium. Ph. D. Dissertation.
Iowa State Univ. Ames, Iowa.

Nash, G. V. 1896. New or noteworthy American grasses. IV. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club. 23: 147-151.

. 1897. New or noteworthy American grasses. VI, VII.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24: 192-201, 344-350.

- 1898. The dichotomous panicums, some new species. I.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 26: 568-581.

. 1903. A preliminary enumeration of the grasses of
Porto Rico. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 30: 369-389.

Pohl, R. W. 1947. A taxonomic study on the grasses of Pennsyl-
vania. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 32: 513-604.

Radford, A. E., H. E. Ahles, and C. R. Bell. 1964. Manual of
the Vascular Flora of the Carolinas. Univ. North Carolina
Press. Chapel Hill, N.C.

110 Pree Le ONE AONGataA Vol. 48, No. 1

Shinners, L. H. 1944. Notes on Wisconsin grasses. IV. Lepto-
loma and Panicum. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 32: 164-180.

Spellenberg, R. W. 1968. Biosystematic studies in Panicum,
group Lanuginosa, from the Pacific Northwest. Ph. D. dis-
sertation. Univ. of Washington. Seattle, Wash.

. 1970. Panicum shastense (Gramineae), a sterile hybrid
between P. pacificum and P. scribnerianum. Brittonia 22:
154-162.

. 1975a. Autogamy and hybridization as evolutionary
mechanisms in Panicum subgenus Dicanthelium (Gramineae).
Brittonia 27: 87-95.

1975b. Synthetic hybridization and taxonomy of
western North American Dichanthelium, group Lanuginosa
(Poaceae). Madrono 23: 134-153.

Steyermark, J. A. 1963. Flora of Missouri. Iowa State Univ.
Press. Ames, Iowa.

Watson, S. and J. M. Coulter. 1889. Manual of the Botany of
the Northern United States including the District East of
the Mississippi and North of North Carolina and Tennessee,
by Asa Gray. Ed. 6. American Book Co. New York.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS GHINIA. II

Harold N. Moldenke

GHINIA Schreb.

Additional & emended synonymy: Kaempferia Houst ex Spach,
Hist. Nat. Veg. 9: 227, in syn. 1840 [not Kaempferia L., 1737].
Guinea Millsp. ex Mold., Phytologia 47: 449, in syn. 1981.

Additional & emended bibliography: Neck., Elem. Bot. 1: 355--
356. 1790; Sw., Fl. Ind. Occ. Prod. 2: 1087—-1090,. pl. 21 [sup.].
1800;Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2 [Comment.]: 200 & 206. 1840; J.C.
Waits. Diet. Flow. Pl. ed. 5, 638. (1925), ed. .6, dmp, 1,. 638
Ci932)'sed..1G50 imp. /2,, 638. (1948), ed. '6,. imp:'-35 635) (L951), Jed.
6, imp. 4, 638 (1955), ed. 6, imp. 5, 638 (1957), and ed. 6, imp.
Gew 058.4 2960:. Swe, Nove. Gen. Spe PL. imp. 25/94..1962: biopgier,
Rhodora 67: 349. 1965; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 73. 1966;
Mold., Phytologia 47: 447--461, 504, 507, 508, 511, & 512. 1981.

GHINIA CURASSAVICA (L.) Oken

Emended synonymy: Ischnia verbenacea P.DC. ex Meisn., Pl.
Vasc. Gen. 2 [Comment.]: 206. 1840.

Additional bibliography: Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2 [Comment.]:
206. 1840; Mold., Phytologia 47: 448--458. 1981.

Meisner (1840) follows DeCandolle in placing the genus Ischnia
P.DC. and I. verbenacea P.DC. in the Pedaliaceae. Taylor (1966)
continues this erroneous disposition of the genus and species.

GHINIA SPICATA (Aubl.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan-
zenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 148. 1895; Solered., Bull. Herb. Boiss.,
ser. 1, 6: 627. 1898; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. Ergdnz. 255.
1908; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 34. 1911; Knuth, Feddes
Repert. Spec. Nov. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 599. 1927; Stapf, Ind.
Lond. 33-279. 19303 Molld., Phytologia ls 69> 219355 A. W. Hill,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 123. 1938; Mold., Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ.
522: 150--151. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 26, 30,
& 43. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 25, 29, & 43. 1942;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 21, 36, & 93.
1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 21. 19473; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 36, 63, 68, 77, & 185.
1949; Mold., Résumé 41, 43, 71, 75, 78, 89, 251, 295, 309, 353,
A456. 19593) Sw.5 ‘Nov. Gen. Sp. Pll, imp. 2, 94. 29625, J..A-
Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 156. 1968; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot.
24 (9): 228--230, fig. 45. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 79, 81,
Hp 29 LS? 5 LIS eee Oe hs 425 (Coy DL) rand 227520. SASL L6L4
639, & 87% 1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 416 & 431. 19723; Tronco-
so, Darwiniana 18: 323 & 411. 1974; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 27, [fig. 6]. 19753; Mold., Phytologia 34:
252 (1976) and 36: 40. 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb.

LLL.

HE? IP Rl Ye Ae @ ib @ ( I A Vol. 48, No. 1

312--316, 649, 650, & 653. 1977; Loépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. é
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24. 1979; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo,
Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 189. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 71,
7h. FSc LCS, 1222) 124, 126399425 354593805 405, 6 S48. 1950"
Mold., Phytologia 47: 409 & 416. 1981.

Illustrations: Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. Franc. 2: pl. 268. 1775;
Sw., Fl. Ind. Occ. Prod. 2: pl. 21. 1800; Gaertn. f., Fruct.. Sem.
Pil, Sey ple 203 (inf.). 1805; Poir. in Lam., Encyel. Meth. Botwesc
pl. 542. 1819; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 229, fig. 45. 1970;
L6pez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 27, [fig. 6].
1975; Loépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [313] & [315]. 1977.

A slender, erect, branched, perennial herb, to about 1.5 m.
tall, usually lower; branches and branchlets spreading, strict or
subarcuate, more or less minutely pilose-hirtellous with short un-
cinate hairs, acutely tetragonal and more or less margined, the
leaf-bearing sides 2-costate, alternately 3-striate and 3-sulcate,
the costae and margins pale and thick; leaves decussate-opposite;
petioles very slender, 3--6 mm. long, rather densely hirsute;
leaf-blades green, small, thinly chartaceous, ovate or subovate
to subrotund-elliptic, 7--16 mm. long, 3--12 mm. wide, often pli-
cate or slightly so, apically obtuse (in outline), basally sub-
truncate or truncate to subcuneate, marginally rather coarsely
incised- or subincised-serrate with sharply acute teeth and cili-
ate, rather sparsely hirsute or pilose-hirsute with scattered
hairs above, more densely hirsute (especially along the venation)
beneath, penninerved, often plicate at the vein confluence; inflor-
escence racemiform, axillary, not truly opposite but regularly
unilateral on the branches, solitary, 2.5--8 cm. long, 2--8-flow-
ered, ascending; rachis tetragonal, filiform, finally strict;
puduncles equaling the subtending leaf; flowers distant, pedicel-
late; pedicels about 2 mm. long, uncinate-pilose; calyx green
with darker veins, tubular, membranous, 5-plicate, during anthesis
about 4 mm. long and 1--1.5 mm. wide, the herbaceous ribs excur-
rent into subulate teeth 1 mm. long; corolla small, blue or bluish
to lavender, violet, or occasionally purplish-white, about 7 mm.
long; fruiting-calyx spreading-campanulate, about 4 mm. long and
wide, conspicuously 5-costate, the ribs prominent and projecting
about 1 mm. at their apex, thin and translucent between the ribs,
sparsely uncinate-pilose (especially on the ribs); drupes small,
glossy black and juicy when mature and fresh, turbinate, muticous
(not spinose, the spines being represented by several small bumps
at the very obtuse or rounded to subtruncate and slightly depres-
sed apex, often with a rudimentary style-base), about 3 mm. long
and wide, glabrous.

The species ranges from Central America, through Venezuela and
the Guianas, to tropical Brazil; sometimes cultivated. It is based
on an unnumbered Aublet collection from "a 1'fle de Cayenne, sur
les bords des sentiers & des chemins" in French Guiana. This
rather widespread species occurs in open places and scrubland, as
well as on pine ridges. The name, Tamonea mutica Sw., is merely
an illegitimate substitute name for the T. spicata of Aublet.

Collectors, on the labels accompanying their specimens, describe

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Ghinia 113

this plant as a small, erect, branching, bushy herb, 0,.3--1.5 m.
tall, with a woody base, or a low shrub or subshrub, of weedy
habit, the stems to 1.2 cm. in diameter, the leaves very small,
plicate or slightly so, slightly rugose, varying from rich-,
deep-, or dark-green to mid- or dull-green above, and with "sul-
cate nerves" [=impressed veins], pale- or gray-green beneath, the
calyx green with darker veins, and the fruit green or greenish
and "turning black", glossy, and juicy when ripe. This "black"
and "juicy" character of the fruit, so often mentioned by col-
lectors and authors, is certainly not evident on herbarium speci-
mens!

The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Croat
24040, Eiten & Eiten 4178, Gentle 4134, Lanjouw & Lindeman 1764,
Liesner & Dwyer 1429, Schipp 612, Seymour & Robbins 5820, Split-
gerber 744, and Wullschlagel 784, '"dark-blue" on Steyermark & al.
105948, "bluish" on Broadway 126, "lavender" on Croat 23513,
"violet" on Contreras 547 and Tamayo 2683, “lilac" on Steyermark
45247, “amethyst" on Ruiz-Teran & LOpez-Palacios 11577, "mauve"
on Harley 17497, “mauve with darker lines on lower lip and yellow
throat" on Harley 15881, "blue or amethyst with a yellow throat"
on Ruiz-Teran & LOpez-Palacios 11496, “rather dark violet-blue
with a reddish-orange throat" on Harley 17560, "purple" on Gentle
8482 & 9473, “bright-purple" on Forest Dept. Br. Guian. B.404,
"violet with darker lines in the throat" on Harley 18491, "violet,
white at base" on Davidse & al. 4633, "pinkish" on Gentle 6687,
“"pinkish-white" on Gentle 6687, and "whitish" on Aristeguieta
5898.

Collectors have found this plant growing in sandy soil, parch-
ed ground, savannas and the margins of savanna clearings, rocky
areas and igneous outcrops along streams, the edges of hammocks,
open places and waste ground along streams, scrubland, pinal,
caatinga, and restinga, on low pine ridges, at the edge of hard-
bush, on large igneous rock outcrops, in shady places and woods,
in high evergreen rainforests, and in "evergreen rainforest with
disturbed margins at the seashore", at altitudes of sealevel to
950 meters, in flower in every month of the year and in fruit
from January to March and May to September.

The Eitens encountered it "in open stony ground on descent
from low plateau in disturbed chapada". Davidse and his associ-
ates found it "in Trachypogon savannas on low hills with very
widely spaced Curatella americana." Harley and his associates en-
countered it in "mixed restinga vegetation on sand with high for-
est, low trees, and shrubs, and sedge meadows with open wet areas
on white sand", "in coastal evergreen forest with disturbed mar-
gins, rocks by the sea, and semi-cultivated ground", in "high
coastal evergreen forest in heavy loam soil", and in "waste ground
by river with damp grassland and scattered woodland". Schipp, who
erroneously describes the fruits as "berries", reports it only oc-
casional in Belize. Gentle 8482 is accompanied by a label reading
"small tree" -- obviously an error. Tamayo describes the plant as
“planta fruticosa, rastrera-erecta"., Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Palacios

114 P Hot EnO) ly Olid Vol. 48, No. 1

refer to it as an "Hierba sufruticulosa, repente, ramificada, las
ramas dispuestas de modo mas o menos simétrico en varias direcci-
ones radiales, 30--50 cm. de diametro. fTallos 4-gonos. Hojas
opositidecusadas, pequenas."

Raeuschel (1797) erroneously records the species from Jamaica
["Iamaica"]. Steyermark cites his no. 89285 from Venezuela —-
the Steyermark (1968) reference in the bibliography (above) is
sometimes erroneously cited as "1969".

Loudon (1830) and Sweet (1830) tell us that this plant was in-
troduced into cultivation in England in 1824 from "Trinidad",
calling it the "spiked tamonea". Under the name Tamonia mutica
Pers. they record its introduction into England in 1820 and call
it the "awnless tamonia". Willdenow (1797) uses the German popu-
lar name, "wehrlose Traubennuss".

Kunth (1823) says of the species: "Crescit in Provincia Novae
Andalusiae, prope Quetepe et Cumana", describing it merely as
having "foliis hispido-pilosis; fructibus inermibus". Schauer
(1847, 1851) cites Blanchet 403, Lhotzky s.n., Salzmann 434, and
Sellow s.n. from Bahia, Brazil, "U. & B." s.n. [Humboldt & Bon-
pland?] and ‘Otto 983 & 1041 from Venezuela, and Aublet s.n. & Per-
rottet s.n. from French Guiana.

Lopez-Palacios (1977) cites Aristeguieta 5898, Cortés s.n.,
Grosourdy Cat. 13 s.n., Otto 984 & 1041, Ruiz-Teran & LOpez-
Palacios 11577, Steyermark 57672 & 89285, and Tamayo 2683 from
Bolivar, Venezuela. He comments (1975) that the species is
"registrada hasta la fecha solamente para Bolivar y Monagas [in
Venezuela], y que desde el punto de vista taxondmico no ofrece
dificultad ninguna; se diferencia de sus congéneres en que el
fruto no presente espinas. En esta especie ellas son reemplaza-—
das por la prolongacidn de los dientes del caliz." Knuth (1927)
cites Otto 983 & 1041 from Bolivar and Humboldt & Bonpland s.n.
from Bermudez, Venezuela.

Aublet (1775) calls it "la tamone de la Guiane" and says "Cette
plante vient dans 1'fle de Cafenne, sur le bord des sentiers & des
chemins. Elle croft plus abondamment sur le route de Loyola, al-
lant 4 l'habitation de Madame Dubilly. Je 1l'ai aussi observée
en différents endroits de la Guiane dans les liene découverts."

He notes that in this species the two lower (shorter) stamens are
sterile, having their anthers aborted.

Material of Ghinia spicata has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria, including material distributed by Mains, as
G. curassavica (L.) Oken and has even been so reported by Standley
(1924) from Belize. The latter species is easily distinguished by
its sharply spinose fruit-and is actually not known from Belize.
Reports of G. spicata occurring in the West Indies are also erron-
eus.

Blanchet 76, cited below, is a mixture with no. 3397 (Ghinia
juncea) on at least one sheet in the Brussels herbarium.

Citations: BELIZE: Croat 23513 (Au), 24040 (W--2800455);Gentle
1181 (F--733720, I, Ld, Mi, N), 4134 (Ld, Mi, N), 6687 (Au--224747,
Ld, Ld, Ld, Ld, Mi, Mi, N, S), 8482 (Au--224438, Ld, Mi, N, S),
9473 (Au--224368, Ld, S); Hunt 181 (W--2398662); Liesner & Dwyer

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Ghinia TS

1429 (W--2800217); Mains 4118 (Mi); Peck 168 (G); Schipp 612 (Ca--
426858, F--621916, G, Mi, N, S). GUATEMALA: Alta Verapaz: J. A.
Steyermark 45247 (N). El Petén: Contreras 547 (Ld). NICARAGUA:
Zelaya: Seymour & Robbins 5820 (N). VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Aristeg-
uieta 5898 (N, W--2777288); Davidse, Ramia, & Montes 4633 (W--
2788951); Ruiz-Teran & Lopez-Palacios 11496 (1d), 11577 (Mi); J.
A. Steyermark 57672 (F--1221910, N, Ve--26389), 89285 (N); Stey-
ermark, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 105448 (N); Tamayo 2683 (Ve,
W--1907902). GUYANA: Herb. Forest. Dept. Br. Guian. B.409 (N,
Wb). SURINAM: Focke 1029 (Ut); Leandré 70 (Le); Lanjouw & Lin-
deman 1764 (N); Splitgerber 744 (Le); Wullschldgel 784 (Br, Br,
Br, Gt). FRENCH GUIANA: Aublet s.n. (S--isotype); Black & Klein
54-17397 (Z)3; W. B. Broadway 126 (N); Collector undetermined 355
(Cp); Herb. Harvey s.n. (Du--166395). BRAZIL: Bahia: Belem 3529
(Ld, N); Bierens de Haan 117 (Ut); Blanchet 76 (Br, Br, Br, N);
Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18491 (Ld, N);
Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 15881
(Ld), 17497 (Ac), 17560 (1d); Martius 2183 (Mu--547), s.n. (Mu--
598, Mu--599). Ceara: LOfgren 719 (S). Maranhao: Eiten & Eiten
4178 (N, W--2445208). Paraiba: Co@lho de Moraes 2068 (Mm). Per-
nambuco: Pickel 3637 (F--849823, I, Mi, N, N, N). CULTIVATED:
Germany: Herb. Zuccarini s.n. [Hortus bot. Monac.] (Mu--600).

GHINIA SUBBIFLORA (Urb. & Ekm.) Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 4: 17.
1937.

Synonymy: Tamonea subbiflora Urb. & Ekm., Arkiv Bot. Stockh.22
A (10): 106. 1929.

Bibliography: Urb. & Ekm., Arkiv. Bot. Stockh. 22A (10): 106.
1929; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 233. 1933; Mold., Revist.
Sudam. Bot. 4: 17. 1937; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 (2): 401. 1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
25, 26, & 93. 1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 99. 1947;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 44, 48, & 186.
1949; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 283. 1957;
Mold., Résumé 52, 56, 57, & 456. 1959; Angely, Liv. Gen. Bot.
Bras. 35 & 45. 1960; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 230. 1970;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 96, 102, & 104 (1971) and 2: 879. 1971; A-
Jain in Le6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba, ed. 2, 2: 283. 1974; Mold.,. Phy—
tol. Mem. 2: 89, 95, 96, & 548. 1980: Mold., Phytologia 47: 416.
1981.

An annual or perennial plant, 20--60 cm. tall; main root to 10
cm long, slenderly branched; stems many, erect or ascending, the
lower ones thickened or even subligneous, to 4 mm. thick; upper
branches minutely pilosulous; petioles filiform, 2--9 mm. long,
minutely spreading-pilosulous; l-af-blades membranous, ovate to
oblong, 0.6--2.5 cm. long, 3--12 mm. wide, apically obtuse, basal-
ly subtruncate and slightly protracted into the petiole, margin-
ally completely dentate-serrate, minutely pilosulous above and
also beneath especially on the venation; secondary veins 5 or 6
per side, the lowest originating at the base of the blade, hardly
prominulous above, green above, paler beneath; inflorescence ax-
illary, 1- or 2-flowered; peduncles 3--10 mm. long, very shortly

116 Pa Yo EO VE ORG lhyA Vol. 48, No. 1

spreading-pilose; bracts filiform, 1--1.5 mm. long; lateral pedi-
cels scarcely 1 mm. long, pseudoterminal one above the bracteoles
only 0.5--1i mm. long; calyx 3 mm. long, its tube obconic, membran-
ous, rather thickly 5-veined, the veins minutely scabridous and
excurrent in linear teeth about 1 mm. long; corolla pale-lilac,
about 4.5 mm. long, its tube basally cylindric, apically to about
twice as wide, very shortly pilose within at the stamen insertion,
the lobes unequal, more or less semiorbicular, the anterior ones
subtruncate and longer, half the length of the tube; stamens di-
dynamous, included, the longer pair inserted at the middle of the
corolla-tube, the shorter ones at 1/3 its height; longer filaments
during anthesis apically dilated into an ovate densely glandulif-
erous appendage, the shorter one unappendaged; style about 8 mm.
long; stigma oblong, oblique; fruit turbinate, the body 3--4.5

mm. long, subapically 4-horned, the horns conspicuously unequal,
two 4--5 mm. long, the other two 2--3 mm. long.

The species is based on Ekman H.8844 from Quaternary calcale-
ous soil along roadsides near La Source on the island of Gonave,
Haiti, where it is described as rare, deposited in the Stockholm
herbarium. Urban & Ekman (1929) cite also Ekman H.4500 & H.8850
from Hairi. They comment that "omnes aliae hujus generis species
floribus in spicas pluri- vel multifloras dispositis gaudent;
T[amonea] scabra Cham. et Schlecht. foliis similis praeterea
calyce paullo majore et cornubus fructuum brevioribus recedit."

Collectors have found the species growing in wet places along
roadsides, at 400 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in July
and August. Material has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as Tamonea curassavica (L.) Pers.

Citations: CUBA: Oriente: Hioram 1777 (N). HISPANIOLA: Haiti:
Ekman H.4500 (Ca--608088, F--839465, Ld, Ld, Mi, S, W--1410030).
HISPANIOLAN OFFSHORE ISLANDS: Gonave: Ekman H.8844 (F--photo of
type, Ha--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, Pi--photo
of type, S--type, S--isotype, Si--photo of type, Z--photo of
type).

NOTES ON THE GENUS HOSEANTHUS (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of time this late in life prevents my preparation of the
complete and detailed monograph of this genus as originally plan-
ned and announced, but it has seemed advisable to place on record
the bibliographic and herbarium notes on the genus accumulated by
my wife and myself over the past 52 years. Explanation of the
herbarium acronyms employed are fully explained in Phytologia
Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980) and are the same as used throughout
this series of papers since 1933.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Hoseanthus 117

HOSEANTHUS Merr., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 76: 114.
1 hy AS

Synonymy: Hosea Ridl., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 50:
124--125. 1908 [not Hosea Dennst., 1818].

Bibliography: Dennst., Schltiss. Hort. Malab. 31. 1818; C. B.
Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 590. 1885; Jacks. in Hook.
Pew oaeks., Inds Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561’ & 1175. 18933 Gamble in
King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2) [extra no.]: 841.
1908; Ridl., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 50: 124--126.
WIUsse Henkel’, ‘Gard. Chron., ser. 35 4822141 & 212, fig. 83. L910;
Praunee tod.s Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 124. 19135 EL. D. Merr., Journ.
Stravtes: Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 76: 114. L9b/s) Ridl.. Bubl Jard.
BOE. Sbudtenz., ser. 3, 17: 459. 19185 Ridl., Journ. Straits Br.
Roy. Asiat. Soc. 79: [17]. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay.
Arch. 8, 236--238, 364, & 366. 1919; H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh.,
Baele wards Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 33 3, 72——-73, 95, L095 & 112.
1921; E. D. Merr., Enum. Born. Pl. 517--518. 1921; Fedde & Schust.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 245. 1927; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahres-
Desar 47 (2)ie, 300 & 334. 19295 ‘Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3/7442. 19380;
Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 237. 1930; Junell, Symb.
BopeeUpsalls, 1 (4)e 1105, LiL, &9208% fig. 174." 1934s) Mold, Suppl.
List Inv. Names 3. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 65 & 93. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18 & 58. 1942;
Mold, Phytologia 2: 104. 1944s Jaeks. in) Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind’
Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561 & 1175. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
Supplies 6 & Ll. 1947s Ho Ne. & Ae Le Moldcs PLS Lite 293455565,
1948; Van Steenis, Bull. Bot. Gard. Buitenz., ser. 3, 17: 459.
1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 145 & 186.
1949; Mold., Résumé 192, 266, 299, 411, 417, & 457. 19513; Angely,
Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 4. 1956; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bot. subj. Ind.) 15: 14357.) 19583, Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4,) imp.
Pelee Lobos) Jacks. in) Hook. £. &) Jacks, ind. Kew.,, imp.=S >) 12
561 & 1175. 1960; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 174.
Ios Arey shaw in J. CG. Wallis. Dict... Flows Pla .edsiv, O57 «
1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 94 & 352. 1970; Mold., Fifth Sum.
1: 325 & 449° (1971) and 2:528, 760, 770, & 881. 1971; Airy Shaw
ime Co Willis, Dict.' Flow. Pl., edis*@8s 5705 19733 Mold.; Phyto—
logia 26: 368 & 505. 1973; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1753 &
1754. 1974; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 41 &
Ai L978: Mold., Phytol.) Mem. 2: 315, 35457) &° 550.) 1980.

Climbing shrubs; leaves decussate-opposite, simple, petiolate,
exstipulate, the upper ones on each branchlet reddened; inflor-
escence cymose, axillary in the axils of the upper leaves, the
cymes long-pedunculate, spreading, dichotomously branched; calyx
gamosepalous, inferior, campanulate-spathaceous, zygomorphic., bi-
lobed, the lobes ovate; corolla gamopetalous, zygomorphic, hypo-
crateriform, bilabiate, the tube slender, elongate, the limb 4-
lobed, 3 lobes obovate, the other lobe linear-oblong; stamens 4,
inserted in the corolla-tube, long-exserted; filaments filiform;
anthers rounded; pistil single, compound, bicarpellary; style as
long as the stamens; stigma lanceolate; ovary superior, distinct-
ly 4-lobed, 4-celled, each cell l-ovulate; fruit drupaceous, fusi-

118 By Hy Ye Te OV OV GatA Vol. 48, No. 1

form, narrowed at both ends, apically acuminate; pericarp leathery,
deep-purple; seeds elongate, solitary.

Type species: Clerodendron lobbii C. B. Clarke [= Hoseanthus
lobbii (C. B. Clarke) Merr.]

This is a monotypic genus, as far as now known, probably re-
lated to Faradaya F. Muell., from which, according to Lam (1919)
its large fusiform fruits distinguish it. Junell (1934), on the
basis of a Ridley specimen at Kew from the Singapore Botanical
Garden, says: "Diese Gattung scheint hinsichtlich des Gynaceum-
baus eine Zwischenstellung zwischen Oxera und Clerodendron einzu-
nehmen. Der Fruchtknoten ist deutlich lobiert, und die Stellung
der Samenanlagen ist dieselbe wie bei Oxera. Die Fruchtblatt-
rander sind jedoch nicht so stark eingerollt, und die Plazenten
sind tief gespalten. Die Frucht zerfallt bei der Reife. Bei
Clerodendron und nahestehenden Gattungen zerfallt sie gewohnlich
in vier mehr oder weniger fleischige Steine. Bisweilen abortiert
eine oder mehrere Samenanlangen. Bei'Faradaya und Hosea ist die
grosse Frucht oft so tief geteilt, dass sie beinahe aus getrenn-
ten Teilfruchten besteht. In der Regel scheint ein Teil der Sa-
menanlagen zu abortieren, und bei Hosea scheint die Frucht immer
einsamig zu sein und besitzt lederartiges Perikarp. In diesem
Teil von Clerodendreae scheint die Entwicklung auf die Ausbildung
von Typen mit einsamigen, trockenen, grossen Fruchten abzuzielen."
He asserts, furthermore, that in Hoseanthus, as in Holmskioldia,
Oxera, and Faradaya "sind die Samenanlagen mit ihrem chalazen
Teil an der Plazenta befestigt".

Ridley was the first to recognize this genus and (1918) in
arguing for the retention of the name, Hosea, which he proposed
for it, says: "In Journal No. 76, p. 114, Mr. Merrill gives as a
New Genus Hoseanthus for my genus Hosea (Verbenaceae) on the
ground that Dennstedt had previously published a genus Hosea
This is quite unnecessary additional synonym. Dennstedt got hold
of a copy of Rheede's Hortus Malabaricus a work in several vol-
umes of rather poor drawings of South Indian plants, and published
a Schluessel zum Hortus Indicus Malabaricus in 1818. In cases
where the drawing was so poor as to be not identifiable he gave it
a new generic and specific name, but as no description whatever
was published by him or even any suggestion as to the order of the
plant these names rank as nomina nuda and are valueless. One of
these plants was apparently a shrub which was so ill done that it
is impossible to certainly identify it and to this sketch Denn-
stedt gave the name in his list of Hosea. Whatever the picture
was intended to represent, it has doubtless long ere this received
a properly accredited name and description, but I cannot find that
any one has ever identified it and I do not know what it is meant
for. Where the drawings in this work have been later identified
Dennstedt's name has sometimes been retained, though as he did not
ever describe one of them, the names were mere nomina nuda and
might have been dropped. This being the case it is quite unneces-
sary to add to the ever increasing synonyms by substituting
Hoseanthus for Hosea to retain the latter name for a plant which
no one has ever identified and probably never will identify, and

1918 Moldenke, Notes on Hoseanthus 119

which the author Dennstedt never saw in his life nor I expect,
would have recognized if he did see it. Dennstedt was evidently
not so much a botanist as a compiler of lists; after publishing a
Flora of Weimar in Germany he published about 4 compilations of
lists of cultivated plants and the above mentioned Schluessel,
and nothing else. One cannot protest too strongly against the
unnecessary increase of synonyms for plants. Scientifically it
has no value at all and only adds to confusion, and bulk of lit-
erature for no useful purpose."

Needless to say, Merrill rejects this argument and actually
identified Dennstedt's plant as probably a species of Symplocos
(Symplocaceae) . Hitherto I have accepted Ridley's argument and
have retained Hosea as the accepted name for the genus, but it
now appears that a strict interpretation of the present edition
of the Code holds that no matter if a description is inadequate
or an illustration poor, a later homonym must be rejected unless
it is formally conserved. Ridley's name has not up to now been
conserved. Airy Shaw (1973) definitely accepts Hoseanthus as the
valid name and in this I now follow him.

The genus is named in honor of George Frederick Hose (1838--
1922), and English missionary who collected extensively in Malaya
and the Straits Settlements.

Excluded species:

Hosea malabarica Dennst., Schliiss. Hort. Malab. 31. 1818 =
Symplocos sp., Symplocaceae,.

HOSEANTHUS LOBBII (C. B. Clarke) Merr., Journ. Straits Br. Roy.
Astate soc. ac LAs iol 7s

Synonymy: Clerodendron lobbii C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl.
Brit. India 4: 590. 1885. Hosea lobbiana (C. B. Clarke) Ridl.,
Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 50: 125. 1908. Clerodendron
lobbiana Clarke apud Ridl., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc.
50: 125, in syn. 1908. Hosea lobbiana Ridl. ex Prain, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 124. 1913. Clerodendron lobbianum [C. B.
Clarke] ex Prain; Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 125; in syn. 1913.
Hosea lobbii Ridl. ex E. D. Merr., Journ. Straits Jr. Roy. Asiat.
Soc. 76: 114, in syn. 1917; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch.
227. 1919. Hoseanthus lobbii Merr., Enum. Born. Pl. 517, in
syn. 1921. Clerodendron lobbianum Ridl. ex H. J. Lam in Lam &
Baki Bulle Jard. Bot. *Buditenz.,~serns 3,3 95), tin syneal'o2ts
Hosea lobiana Ridl. ex H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 95, in syn. 1921. Clerodendron lobbianum
C. B. Clarke ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18, in syn. 1942.
Hoseanthus lobbii (Ridl.) Merr. ex Mold., Résumé 299, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: See bibliography of the genus as a whole.

Illustrations: Henkel, Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 48: 211, fig.

83. 1910; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 110, fig. 174. 1934.

A tall, slender, woody climber; branchlets minutely pubescent;
petioles 0.6--2.5 cm. long; leaf-blades elliptic-ovate or ovate-
rotund, 5--7.5 cm. long, 4--6 cm. wide, apically obtuse or
broadly cuneate, marginally entire, basally rounded or subcordate,

120 Pg You ten Oley OMG elev Vol. 48, No. 1

shiny and glabrous above, minutely pubescent beneath, the upper
ones on the branchlets reddened; cymes axillary. numerous, long-
pedunculate, dichotomous, 12--20-flowered, minutely gray-pubes-—
cent; bracts linear, about 3 mm. long; peduncles 7.5--10 cm. long;
pedicels 2--12 mm. long; calyx yellow-green, campanulate, obovate,
about 1.2 cm. long, deeply bilobed, externally minutely gray-
pubescent and with scattered round glands, the lobes ovate-del-
toid, 5--6 mm. long, 2-toothed, valvate in bud, the teeth 2.5--3
mm. long; corolla-tube whitish, slender, narrowly infundibular,
0.5--2.5 cm. long, glabrate, the limb 4-lobed, salmon-red or
orange in color, deeply bilabiate, the upper lip entire and line-
ar-oblong, about 7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, the lower lip 3-lobed
and about 6 mm. long, the lobes rounded and 2 mm, wide, the whole
limb about 1.2 cm. long and 1 cm. wide; stamens 4, inserted near
the base of the corolla-tube, the filaments filiform, 2.6--5 cm.
long, crimson, exserted; pollen orange in color; style filiform,
about 2.8 cm. long, equaling the stamens; stigma very small,
green, lanceolate; ovary glabrous, 4-lobed, the lobes elevated
and rounded; fruits 1 or 2, deep-purple, fusiform or horn-shape,
elongate, to 7.5 cm. long and 1.2 cm. wide at the mid-point.

The species is based on an unnumbered Lobb collection supposed
by Clarke (1885) to have come from Penang, but Ridley (1908)
feels certain that Lobb"s collection was not made in Penang, but
at Kuching, Borneo, where the species is very common, In this
Merrill (1917) agrees. Gamble (1908) says that "It is a very
handsome, striking plant, and has been cultivated [in Singapore].
It has the upper leaves of the spray bright red, flowers of a
light salmon red, and a horn-shaped fruit about 2 in. long.

There is a good picture of it in Miss North's Gallery at Kew, to
which Mr. Ridley has drawn our attention."

Lam (1921) cites "Borneo: G. D. H.[Haviland - note of the
author] (Smiles) p. 359, Sarawak. Distribution: W.-Borneo (also
Penang?)." In his 1919 work he has a similar statement: "Distri-
bution: Borneo (Sarawak nr. Kuching) (also Penang?)".

The only vernacular name recorded for the plant is "d'dap
mira". Gibbs (1974) reports that syringin is absent from the
stems and the reaction to the HCl/methanol test was negative. A
pollen sample was taken from Sinclair & Tassin 10411 by M. Srick
in January 1972.

Merrill (1917) cites Foxworthy 88, Hose 135, and Native Col-
lector 280 & 739 from Sarawak. He comments that "The species
was originally described from Penang, localized from a specimen
collected by Lobb. There is not the slightest doubt but that
Lobb's specimen was from Sarawak, not from Penang. I have here
proposed the new generic name Hoseanthus for this endemic mono-
typic Bornean genus as the generic name proposed by Ridley is
manifestly invalidated by Hosea Dennst."

It is perhaps worth noting here that the index on p. 334 of
Just's Bot. Jahresber., vol. 47 (2), refers this species to Pp.
YAU" sirausiecyevel @he (eC) jag WAS.

Recent collectors describe the plant as a large tall shrub

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Hoseanthus 11724 L

or climber, the leaves dark-green and glossy above, paler and
slightly glossy beneath, the young ones orange in color, the
bracts bright-orange or orange-pink, the stamens light-red or
purple, the "flowers" [corollas?] bright-orange (Brooke 8331),
"beautiful bright-orange" (Brooke 8697), or "orange" (Kiah S.135)
to "salmon color" (Foxworthy 88) or “yellow and red inside" (Na-
tive Collector 5268), and the fruit as brownish-red, They have
found the plant "common all along the riverbanks", "growing over
bushes at the edge of tidal swamps", "in and beside water in
forests", and "beside wet ditches at edge of forests", flowering
in April, June, and August, and fruiting in August,

Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sarawak: Brooke 8331 (W--
2319627), 8697 (W--2319683); Foxworthy 881 (N--photo, Ph, Z--
photo); Haviland 359 (Bz--21387); Native Collector 280 (Bz--
21386, Ca--213896, Le--923213-139), 739 (Ph), 5268 (Ca--357426,
N); Sinclair & Tassim 10411 (N, N). CULTIVATED: Singapore :

Nur s.n, [Herb. Singapore 35479] (Ba); Sidek bin Kiah S.135
{[Herb. Sing. Bot. Gard. Introd. 65] (Ba).

NOTES ON THE GENUS GARRETTIA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of sufficient time at this late stage in life now prevents
the preparation of the thorough monographic treatment of this
genus originally planned and announced, yet it seems worthwhile
to place on record the bibliographic and other notes assembled on
the genus by my wife and myself in our work on the Verbenaceae
of the world over the past 52 years. This is the 62nd genus so
treated in the present series of papers. Full explanation of the
herbarium acronyms herein employed will, as usual, be found in
Phytol. Mem. 2: 463--469 (1980).

GARRETTIA Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937: 71. 1937 [not
Garretia Welw., 1858].

Bibliography: Welw., Apont. Phytogeog. Angola 587. 1858; Flet-—
chen, Kew Bulli, Mise. Inf. 937: 71,72; "&) 74, Eig. 2 (937) and
1938: 406, 409, & 437. 1938; Lam & Meeuse, Blumea 3: [248]--254,
fig. 1. 1939; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 66--68. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60 & 92. 1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 10: 96 & 251. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benac., ed. 2, 137, 244,147, & 185. 1949; Mold. Phytologia 4:
79 C952) and 4:°193——195~ 1953s Bs) Je Salisbss Ind'./Kew.e Suppl.
EESEIS. & 265.-19533. Angely, Cat... Estat. Gen.) Bot Fane 17: 4.
9565, Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj, Ind. 15: 14362. 19595
Mold., Résumé 178, 189, 190, 196, 276, 382, 419, & 455. 1959;
Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 595 & 612. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List
Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 167. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis,

122 PHY LENO, On G aly vA Vol, 48.5) Nowe

Dict. Elow. Pl, ed. 7, 467. 19665) Molds, FLGEhYSumm., 1s) 2906ns24—
& 7473) <@lo7 1) and 2: 7116, 7585 7785& 878. 2971s) Adsy (Shaweaotedle
C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 478. 1973; Mukherjee & Chanda,
Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40, 47, & 51. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
22286, S55, & 588. 1980s) Molds, Phytologia 47te3s5e 2981.

Small erect shrubs; leaves decussate-opposite, 1--3-foliolate,
herbaceous, entire or shallowly crenate-serrate; inflorescence
cymose, the cymes dichotomous or trichotomous, axillary and soli-
tary or rarely in pairs or else aggregate in a leafy terminal
panicle, pedunculate, rather densely short-hairy, the branches
slender, racemiform; bracts minute; pedicels short, persistent
after the fruiting-calyx has fallen; flowers complete, perfect,
hypogynous; calyx gamosepalous, campanulate, its rim very shortly
5-dentate (with very obtuse teeth) or entire, externally glandu-
liferous with sessile glands; corolla gamopetalous, zygomorphic,
hypocrateriform, externally glandulifeous like the calyx, its
short tube and limb subequal, the limb bilabiate, the superior
(posterior) lip bifid, the inferior (anterior) lip trifid, with
the median lobe largest; stamens 4, subequal or didynamous with
2 long and 2 short, all fertile, the longer ones exserted, the
shorter ones included; anthers dorsifixed; pistil one, compound,
bicarpellary; style single, filiform, terminal; stigma subbilobed
or shortly bifid; ovary superior, compound, at first 2-celled,
later 4-celled, the cells l-ovulate; fruiting-calyx persistent,
not much accrescent, cupular, ampliate; mature fruit a capsule-
like schizocarp, globose, immersed in the enlarged fruiting-
calyx, apically rather flat, glanduliferous, dehiscing by means
of 4 valves and thus scattering the 4 hard, ribbed pyrenes or
nutlets.

Type species: Garrettia siamensis Fletcher.

This, as far as is now known, is a monotypic genus endemic to
Thailand and Indochina. It is named in honor of H. B. G. Garrett
of the Thailand Forest Service, who collected the type material.

Fletcher (1937) says that the "Fruit characters clearly place
this genus in the tribe Caryopterideae, which includes the genera
Peronema, Hymenopyramis, Glossocarya, Caryopteris and a recently
described genus from Annam, Karomia, all of which are character-
ized by having a capsule which dehisces by 4 valves into four 1l-
seeded pyrenes. The imparipinnate leaves and two stamens of
Peronema, the greatly enlarged calyx surrounding the fruit of
Karomia, the greatly accrescent 4-winged utricular calyx of Hy-
menopyramis, and the oblong exserted capsule of Glossocarya
clearly forbid its inclusion in any of these genera. Undoubtedly
its nearest affinity is with Caryopteris which differs in having
a deeply 5-fid calyx, greatly exserted stamens, and the posterior
lip of the corolla usually fimbriate or toothed."

Welwitsch's genus Garretia is a member of the Meliaceae and
its scientific name is not strictly homonymous, differing by one
letter.

GARRETTIA SIAMENSIS Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937: 71, 72,
Se 7s utaifers 205 ALB Y7/ 5

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Garrettia 123

Synonymy: Cymaria triphylla Baker ex Lam & Meeuse, Blumea 3:
[248], in syn. 1939. Vitex cymarioides Lam & Meeuse, Blumea 3:
[248]--254, fig. 1. 1939. Garrettia cymarioides (Lam & Meeuse)
Meeuse, Blumea 5: 67--68. 1942.

Bibliography: See that of the genus as a whole.

Illustrations: Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937: 72, fig. l.
1937; Lam & Meeuse, Blumea 3: 250, fig. 1. 1939.

A small erect shrub or undershrub, 0.2--2 m. tall; branches
terete or somewhat tetragonal, the lower ascending, the upper e-
rect, basally 4--6 mm, thick, conspicuously and very shortly
brown-puberulent or pulverulent, the older parts corky, the young
parts always distinctly tetragonal; bark coarse, brown to yellow-
ish-brown or light-gray, with few lenticels; leaves decussate-
opposite, the lower ones always 3-foliolate, those toward the tip
of the branchlets 2-foliolate, bifid, or 1-foliolate; petioles
very slender, brown, 1.7--5 cm. long, terete or somewhat canalic-—
ulate above, pulverulent or puberulent; leaf-blades membranous or
herbaceous, ovate or ovate-oblong to lanceolate-ovate, brunnescent
(in drying) above, paler and often grayish-brown beneath when dry,
3--10 cm. long, 0.5--5 cm. wide, apically attenuate to the acute
or acuminate tip, rarely emarginate or bifid (the acumen itself
acute or blunt to obtuse), marginally entire or more or less ir-
regularly crenate-serrate and sparsely ciliolate, basally some-
times rounded or obtuse to broadly acute and abruptly decurrent,
sometimes subcordate, sometimes more or less asymmetric, subglab-
rous above except for the minutely pubescent and more or less
reddish venation or appressed-puberulent and glandular-punctate
on both surfaces especially beneath, the glands sessile, often
red or white, the venation pubescent; midrib subprominent on both
surfaces; secondaries 3--8 pairs, subprominent on both surfaces,
ascending at an angle of 30--40°, parallel, arcuately joined into
the leaf-margins; tertiaries reticulate, obscure; inflorescence
cymose, dichasial, bifurcate, the axes minutely and densely pubes-
cent, the 2 terminal ramifications monochasial, pseudoracemose,
usually curvate; cymes spreading, dichotomous or sometimes tri-
chotomous, more or less many- [10--25-] flowered, 1--6 cm. long,
gradually smaller and closer together upwards, pulverulent or
puberulent, lateral and solitary (rarely paired) or congested in
a large terminal leafy panicle; peduncles slender, 0.5--1.5 cm.
long; pedicels 0.5--1 mm. long, apically articulate, pulverulent,
glanduliferous; bractlets minute, subulate, persistent, suboppo-
siye to the pedicels, about 0.5 mm. long, pulverulent and glandu-
liferous; calyx campanulate, green, brunnescent in drying, 1.5--
1.7 mm. long, 1--1.3 mm. wide, 5-ribbed (the ribs terminating in
the teeth, if any), externally basally sparsely puberulent and
yellow-glanduliferous, internally glabrous, the rim very shortly
and bluntly 5-dentate or subentire, subglabrous and non-glandu-
liferous; corolla yellowish, hypocrateriform, zygomorphic, in-
distinctly bilabiate, externally glabrous or sparsely puberulent,
its tube 1.5--2 mm. long, usually slightly longer than the calyx,
eglandular, internally sparsely pubescent at the stamen inser-
tion, the limb bilabiate, yellow-glanduliferous, the posterior

124 1d Vel NE Bik {OY Jb, (0) TE aL Vol. 48, No. 1

(upper) lip 2-lobed, light-yellow, about 1 mm. long, consisting
of 2 oblong-ovate lobes, the anterior (inferior) lip 3-lobed, a-
bout 2 mm. long and 2--2.5 mm. wide, the lobes unequal, the mid-
dle one larger, orbicular, about 1.7 mm. wide, white with a yel-
low base, the lateral ones smaller (but larger than those of the
upper lip), ovate, about 1.2 mm. long, pale-yellow, the tube and
the lobes externally pubescent and glanduliferous, the glands
more crowded toward the tips of the lobes, internally glabrous ex-
cept for a narrow strip of long white hairs in the throat at the
base of the lower lip; stamens 4, inserted about 1.5 mm. above
the base of the corolla-tube, subequal with subequal filaments
and not at all or hardly exserted, or else plainly didynamous
with the longer pair exserted; filaments subequal or else two a-
bout 1.5 mm. long and the other two 2 mm. long, light-yellow,
densely pilose or villous and often covered with stalked glands
on the lower half and base, glabrous and often covered with ses-
sile glands on the upper half; anthers brown, ovoid, about 0.5
mm. long, smooth or minutely papillose, evenually basally divari-
cate, dehiscing by means of a large ovate slit; style filiform,
2--2.5 mm. long, somewhat gynobasic; stigmas 2, rounded; ovary
globose or subglobose, about 0.75 mm. long and wide, glabrous or
densely and completely covered with glands, 2-celled, each cell
with 2 ovules inserted at the angles of the carpel-margins,
which are curved inward and located in the upper part of the
cell, descendant, apotropous; fruiting-calyx persistent, accres-
cent, membranous, semi-campanulate or semi-globose, 1.5--2 mm,
long, 0.9--2.3 mm. wide, light-brown, subtruncate, closely en-
closing the fruit, externally lightly pubescent, covered with
numerous, small, sessile glands, the rim subtruncate, with 5
very minute teeth; fruit exserted from the fruiting-calyx, com-
posed of 4 pyrenes, brown and very hard when dry.

This species is based on Garrett 988 from Doi Chiengdao, north
of Ban Tam, at about 420 m. altitude, in northern Thailand. The
mountain on which the type was collected is the second highest
in Thailand (to 2185 m.) and, according to Fletcher (1937) has
over 30 endemic species on it.

Vitex cymarioides Lam & Meeuse is based on Backer 28867 from
Poeloe Sepandjang in the Kangean Archipelago, where it is said to
be "frequent, often consociately growing in a heterogeneous for-
est in heavy black soil behind the tidal forest", at about 1 m.
altitude, deposited in the Leiden herbarium. Lam & Meeuse also
cite Teijsmann 1750 from Madoera and Karta 28 and Teijsmann 1768
from Bawean. They comment that "Vitex cymarioides strikingly
resembles Cymaria acuminata Decne. (Labiatae - Ajgoideae) from
E. Java, Timor, Celebes, Mindanao and Luzon, particularly in its
general habit (small shrub) and in the shape of the leaves and
of the inflorescences, the extremely monochasial branches of
which are quite unusual for the Verbenaceae. It therefore seems
to be one of the most perfect links between the Labiatae and the
Verbenaceae (in the orthodox delimitation of these families),
thus far known. In his important study on these closely related
orders, Junell.......stated.....that there is hardly a single

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Garrettia 125

feature or a combination of features to be found, by which these
two families can be separated, except perhaps on the basis of the
placentation, with which differences in the morphology of the
inflorescences seem to be correlated.

Cymaria triphylla Backer is based on Teijsmann H.B.1750 from
Madura island.

Garrettia siamensis has been encountered in mixed forests and
evergreen forest jungles, at altitudes of 1--400 m., flowering
and fruiting in April, May, and December. Phloenchit reports it
as "a shrub not common in evergreen forests" in Thailand. Meeuse
(1942) records it from Thailand, Kangean, Bawean, and Madura. In
a letter to me, dated December 9, 1953, he comments that "The re-
markable disjunct distribution (Siam, Islands near Java) is in-
teresting, but has no counterpart as far as I know and cannot be
explained."

The only recorded vernacular name for the plant is "rokoh-
rokoh".

Citations: THAILAND: Larsen & Larsen 33968 (Ac, Ld); Phloen-
chit 434 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 9087] (Z). GREATER SUNDA IS-
LANDS: Bawean: Karta 28 (Bz--24034, Bz--24035, Le--938187-180,
N); Teijsmann 1768 (Bz--24036). Madura: Teijsmann H.B.1750 (Bz--
24037). Sepandjang: Backer 28867 (Bz--24038, Bz--24039, Bz--
24040, Le--923216-614, Le--938187-159, Le--938187-160, N, N--
photo, Z--photo). Island undetermined: Rappard 224 [Djervek-
bani] (Bz--72915). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Fletcher, Kew Bull.
Misc. Inf. 1937: 72, fig. 1 (Z); Lam & Meeuse, Blumea 3: 250,
Esper CZ).

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"THE FLORA OF ALDABRA and Neighbouring Islands" by F. R. Fosberg &
S. A. Renvoize, v & 358 pp., 55 b/w plates & 2 maps. Kew
Bulletin Additional Series VII. Her Majesty's Stationery Of-
fice, P. O. Box 569, London SEl 9NH. 1980. 15 net. soft
cover.

My review in Phytologia 46 (7): 500 of this well prepared work
mentioned that my review copy ended with p. 326. The publishers
immediately sent me a complete copy which includes the balance of
the treatment on grasses, C. C. Townsend's treatment of the mosses
and the index. This notation gives me the chance to spell cor-
rectly the name of the second author.

126 Pelee LeOe LON Gaal Vol. 48, No. 1

"PHYTOLOGIA MEMOIRS" published by Harold N. & Alma L. Moldenke,
303 Parkside Road, Plainfield, New Jersey 07060.

Since I am intricately involved with my husband in preparing
this new periodical I am not in a position to review it but rath-
er to point out that, as announced, it is planned to take longer
botanical and phytoecological papers than would fit conveniently
into single issues or volumes of '"'PHYTOLOGIA". Lite the latter,
it is photo-offset printed on short notice (to secure prompt pub-
lication) from c amera-ready typescript with or without illustra-
tions, but in the larger 8%1/2.x 11 dnch size.

In addition to our Standing Orders, authors (1) note how many
additional copies they would require for personal distribution/
sale, (2) pay the estimated printing bill as a deposit with their
typescript, (3) set the publication sale price, (4) receive their
own copies for sale to future subscribers to the series, and (5)
are refunded by us the payments received from the Standing Orders.

The first three PHYTOLOGIA MEMOIRS have already appeared: I
"A Check List of the Vascular Plants of Nicaragua" by Frank C.
Seymour, 314 pp. 1980. $15 plus postage and handling. -- II "A
Sixth Summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae,
Chloanthaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaulaceae
of the World as to Valid Taxa, Geographic Distribution and Syno-
nymy'' by Harold N. Moldenke, 629 pp. 1980. $25 plus postage
and handling. -- III "Flora of Hispaniola I. (Celastrales, Rham-
nales, Malvales, Thymeleales, Violales)" by Alain H. Liogier,
218 pp. 1981. $13 plus postage and handling.

"FLORA OF BAJA CALIFORNIA" by Ira L. Wiggins, x & 1025 pp., 969
b/w multiple line draw., 5 tab. & 4 maps. Stanford Universi-
ty Press, Stanford, California 94305. 1980. $65.00.

This excellently prepared flora of the vascular plants of Baja
California was started with the author's field collections of 1929
in this ecologically varied 1,300 km.-long narrow peninsula of
mostly Sonoran desert with its isolated (until the recent appear-
ance of the paved automobile road) different habitats on the moun-
tains, in their canyons, and on the islands off both coasts. This
synoptically treated flora includes 884 genera (each with at
least one clear-cut illustration), 2,705 species, and 253 subspec-
ies and/or varieties. From my desk the keys seem to work well,
the introduction is elucidating, and my long existing admiration
for Wiggins' life work is enhanced by perusal of this monumental
work. How nice it would be if our family could make a return trip
to Baja armed with this publication!

"HORTUS BENGALENSIS, or a Catalogue of the Plants Growing in the
Honourable East India Company's Botanic Garden at Calcutta",
by W. Roxburgh, v, xii & 105 pp. Reprint Edition by Boerhaave
Press, P. O. Box 1051, 2302 BB Leiden, Netherlands. 1980.
Dutch florins 75. Paperbound.

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 127

This recording of so many hundreds of generic and specific
names first came from the Mission Press, Serampore, in 1814. They
are listed in seven columns across the page under the following
topics: Scientific names, Synonyms & Remarks, Native place,
Donors & time, Duration & habit, Time of flowering, Time of seed.
The introduction emphasizes the values - botanical, horticultur-
al, medicinal, economic and cultural - of such native and plant
introduction gardens, Appended is "A Catalogue of Plants De-
scribed by Dr. Roxburgh in his MSS. FLORA INDICA but not yet
introduced into the Botanic Garden". Unfortunately, there are
four blank pages and four doubly, and thereby obliterated and
useless, printed pages in this section. It is certainly conveni-
ent to have the few remaining original copies of Roxburgh"'s work
augmented by this fine reprinting.

"BRITISH NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS 1495--1900 A Handlist" edited by
R. B. Freeman, 437 pp. Anchor Books, The Shoe String Press,
Inc., P. O. Box 4327, Hamden, Connecticut 06514. 1980.
539.50.

Contained are "firstly, all books about the fauna and flora of
the British Islands, including all Ireland, the Channel Islands,
and, oddly, but correctly, Heligoland. Secondly, all general
natural history books written by inhabitants of these islands,
and thirdly, translations into English of relevant books by foreign
authors and a few American books which have appeared in English
editions" to a total of 4,206. After the introduction there is an
8-page list of bibliographic references that are a treasure source
in themselves. The alphabetical author list (with details as a-
bove) follows and is numbered. Then comes the list of titles from
1495--1800 and the subject index. How helpful this bibliographic
source book will be to many students hunting older literature
without complete titles, correct date, etc.!

"CONCISE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE SCIENCES" edited by John-David Yule,
viii & 590 pp., 500 color photos & diagrams. Facts on File,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10019. 1980. $29.95.

For a middle school, junior high school, home, or technical of-
fice library this compact collection of direct and reasonable ex-
planations of the 6,000 plus scientific terms and 1,000 plus bio-
graphical entries important in all the modern sciences and tech-
nologies this book should be helpful. Considerable cross-referen-
cing - indicated by a different printing style of the words -
makes for additional efficient use. The 100 plus color illustra-
tions, 400 plus diagrams and 50 plus tables are eye-catching and
helpful. Folks who read this PHYTOLOGIA, however, will probably
choose more advanced studies for themselves.

128

mi ow tt © 1 © © HA Vol. 48, No. 1

"ORCHIDS OF PANAMA" A Facsimile Reprint of the Orchidaceae, ‘Flora
of Panama’ by Louis 0. Williams & Paul H. Allen with "A
Checklist of the Orchids of Panama as Known Today" by Robert
L. Dressler, viii, 483 & xxvi ppP., 231 b/w plates & fig.
Missouri Botanical Garden, P. 0. Box 299, St. Louis, Missou=
ri 63166. 1980. $28.95 paperbound.

W. G. D'Arcy's preface shows how these four fascicles (2--5)

of the Flora
of Volume 33
36 (1949) by
GARDEN. The
is no longer

of Panama, Part III, have been printed in two numbers
(1946) by L. O. Williams and in two numbers of Volume
P. A. Allen of the ANNALS OF THE MISSOURI BOTANICAL
Stechert-Hafner replication of this material in 1965
available. Therefore welcome to this well done

"Orchids of Panama" which has the added advantage of Dressler's
300 additions and updated nomenclature.

"CCTENTISTS & INVENTORS" by Anthony Feldman & Peter Ford, 336 pp.,
more than 400 color & 100 b/w photo & fig. Facts on File,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10019. IOV, Sil odWe

For young students or adults with scientific bent, for those
who enjoy biographical sketches and wonder about the people be-
hind the great discoveries and inventions this book is very in-

terestingly,

attractively and reliably presented. ite jell; jeloe

stories of over 150 inventors and scientists from Empedocles to
Christiaan Bernard, from Galileo to Einstein, from Gutenberg to
Pasteur, from the Wright brothers to the Curie family......Set

out in chronological order, the result is a fascinating account
of human progress......into the technological age of today."

“THE ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF ILLINOIS -- FLOWERING PLANTS —— Magno-

lias to

Pitcher Plants" by Robert H. Mohlenbrock, xii & 261

pp-, 114 b/w line drawing plates & fig, 110 dotted county
geographic distribution maps. Southern Illinois University
Press, P. 0. Box 3697, Carbondale, Illinois 62901.

This is the ninth volume in this continuing series very iqae(=r—
ly treating 15 families with their 52 genera, 110 species and 13

lesser taxa.

This study maintains the same format and high

quality featured in all previous volumes by this apparently
indefatigable botanist.

47
PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 48 May 1981 No. 2

CONTENTS
VAN FAASEN, P., Chromosomes of Sachsia (Compositae - Inuleae) .... 129
LUNDELL, C. L., Studies of American plants — XX .............. 131
mum, C. L., Neotropical Mysinaceae — IV ow ances hae oe 137
ST. JOHN, H., Additions to Cyanea (Lobeliaceae) of Oahu and Maui.
Pant Mae SIIICS LOG) S06 0's acdc kc ale nee ea Oe 143
RIEFNER, R. E., Jr., Studies on the Maryland flora VII; Addition of
Cyperus houghtonii Torr. and Juncus trifidus var. monanthos
(Jacq. ) Bluff & Fing. to the state flora ............... 146
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Lippia. XVI ...... 151
BURGER, W.C., A new Peperomia from Nicaragua ............044. 186
BEETLE, A. A., Noteworthy grasses from Mexico VIIT............. 189
HOCKING, Be BOOK FEVIEWS Ad wiistl isa dks dal et accu eh vlake ante folly 194

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
USA:

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00 after
close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic

_ dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost

_ in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following

_ humber for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received
rc after a volume is closed.

Ory Tw

, ,, eae
aha rarer
DE RY Pe

\

" :
WAT

ety F
enh AAD

CHROMOSOMES OF SACHSIA
(COMPOSITAE - INULEAE)

Paul Van Faasen
Hope College
Holland, MI 49423

The genus Sachsta has traditionally been placed in the tribe
Inuleae, subtribe Pluchetnae which is characterized as having two
marginal stigmatic rows and bacular thickenings in the bases of the
pollen grain spines. However, Sachsta and Rhodogeron which have
sexine bacules branching toward the base, and Stenachaeniwn which
has bacules anastomosing toward the base and submarginal stigmatic
rows, are considered to be "several deviating genera whose inclu-
sion in the group does not seem justified" by Merxmuller et. al.
(1977) who exclude them from the Plucheinae. They conclude that
when Pterocaulon and Sphaeranthus are also excluded from the
Plucheinae, the subtribe becomes so coherent that generic distinc-
tion becomes the major problem.

The disposition of the excluded genera is unclear, therefore,
the late William T. Gillis provided me with achenes of Sachsta
polycephala Griseb. hoping that the chromosome number would be use-
ful in clarifying the taxonomic position of the genus. It is hoped
that this information will be useful toward that end.

METHODS. Achenes of Sachsta polycephala Griseb. from Dade Co.
Florida, G. N. Avery 1672, 24 January, 1976 were germinated and the
plants were grown to maturity in a growth chamber. Heads were col-
lected in Carnoy's fixative (6 absolute ethanol : 3 glacial acetic
acid : 1 chloroform). PMC's were squashed in acetocarmine and ex-
amined using phase illumination.

OBSERVATIONS. In all countable cells m = 10 (Figure 1) and

meiosis appeared regular. This is the first chromosome report for
Sachsta.

of Sachsia polycephala Griseb.
x ca. 800

aes op Figure 1. Meiotic chromosomes

joa

This count is consistent with chromosome counts for other genera in
the Plucheinae sens. lat. except for Blwnea. In Bluwmea, five dif-
ferent meiotic counts are reported among 23 counts from twelve

129

130 RSTn Yeerien ORs On Gar hawA\ Vol. 48, No. 2
species; and twelve different mitotic counts are reported among 29
counts from 18 species. Apomixis apparently provides additional
confusion in that genus.

Six counts in Laggera are all nm = 10 and/or 2n = 20. The same
numbers are reported for one count in Tessaria, 18 of 19 counts re-
ported for Pluchea (Banerjee and Sharma, 1974 report 2n = 30 in P.
tnditea (L)Less.), one count in Pterigeron, three in Pterocaulon,
and four in Sphaeranthus.

Except for Blwnea, chromosomally this group is cohesive and
this count for Sachsta does not provide evidence for its exclusion
from the Plucheinae as traditionally described.

LITERATURE CITED

Banerjee, A. K. and A. Sharma. 1974. Chromosome studies on some
Indian members of Compositae. I. Tribe Inuloideae. Broteria
Serie Trimestral Ciencias Naturais 43: 15-32.

Merxmuller, H., et. al. 1977. Inulae - Systematic review, p. 577-
602 tn V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne, and B. L. Turner (eds.)
The biology and chemistry of the Compositae, Vol.1 Academic
Press, New York.

NOTE: A list of 97 chromosome counts from 41 species of six genera
of Plucheinae and a 44 item bibliography citing the sources
of those counts is available from this author.

STUDIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS -- XX
Cyrus Longworth Lundell

Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory
The University of Texas at Dallas
Box 688, Richardson, Texas 75080

HAMAMELIDACEAE

MATUDAEA TRINERVIA Lundell, Lloydia 3: 209--210. 1940;
Wrightia 6: 59. 1979.

El Salvador: Dept. Santa Ana, Montecristo, primary cloud
forest, elev. 2000 m., Feb. 2, 1978, R. Martinez (M. L. Reyna
1141, LL), tree with bright pink flowers, "ujushte";
Montecristo, primary cloud forest, elev. 1950 m., Oct. 24,
1979, Reyna 1217 (LL), tree with red flowers, "ujushte”.

These are the first records for the genus in El Salvador.
It ranges south from Mexico into Guatemala, Honduras and
Nicaragua.

The genus Matudaea Lundell, with two species M. trinervia
and M. hirsuta Lundell, described from Mexico, and a fossil
species, M. Menzelii Walther, found in the Middle Oligocene of
Central Europe, are treated in a recent publication by H.
Walther (Flora 170: 198--516. 1980).

CELASTRACEAE

EUONYMUS HABERI Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, omnino glabra;
folia parva, glabra, petiolata, petiolo ad 7 mm. longo, canali-
culato; lamina subchartacea, elliptica vel rotundata, 3--6 cm.
longa, 2--3 cm. lata, apice acuta, basi rotundata, integra,
subtus paullo pallidior, nervis inconspicuis; flores 4-meri,
cymosi, cymis axillaribus, ad 1.5 cm. longis, breviter vel
longiuscule pedunculatis, 4--7-floris, pedicellis gracilibus
usque ad 4 mm. longis; calyx ca. 2 mm. latus, lobis late ova-
tis, ad 1.2 mm. latis; petala rotundata, ad 4 mm. longa, 3 mm.
lata, basi coalita, apice cucullata; stamina ca. 4 mm. longa;
antherae ellipticae, apice emarginatae; ovarium glabrum.

Costa Rica: Prov. Puntarenas, Monteverde, lower communi-
ty, elev. 1300 m., April 16, 1979, W. Haber 313 (LL, holotype),
medium tree.

The small elliptic or rarely orbicular leaves rounded at
base and with margin entire set the species apart from E.
costaricensis Standl. The latter has much larger crenate-
serrulate leaves, as well as petals described as only 2 m.
long.

isi

132 ID 1 NS GUO) IE Oh MG AL IN Vol. 48, No.

E. Rothschuhii Loes., described from Nicaragua, is unknown
to me.

QUETZALIA OCCIDENTALIS (Loes.) Lundell, Wrightia 4: 138.
1970. Microtropis occidentalis Loes., Bot. Gaz. 24: 393. 1897.

Panama: Prov. Panama, Cerro Jefe, cloud forest, premon-
tane Rain Forest, elev. ca. 1000 m., June 11, 1975, S. Mori
6533 (LL), small tree, 4 m. tall, fruit brown, splits longi-
tudinally into two halves.

The collection is the first I have seen from Panama. The
species has been collected at various places in the mountains
of Costa Rica, and this extension of its range was to be
expected.

QUETZALIA REYNAE Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, ramulis gla-
bris, angulatis, crassiusculis; folia opposita, glabra, petio-
lata, petiolo 7--1l1 mm. longo, canaliculato; lamina chartacea
vel subcoriacea, glabra, elliptica vel anguste elliptica,
5.5--10 cm. longa, 2.8--5 cm. lata, apice obtusa vel obtusius-
cula, basi acuta; cymae 2--2.5 cm. longae, glabrae; pedunculi
ad 1 cm. longi, 1--3-dichotomi; capsula anguste ellipsoidea,
ad 2 cm. longa, acuta.

El Salvador: Dept. Santa Ana, Metapan, Montecristo
National Park, in primary cloud forest, elev. 2000 m., Nov. 1,
1977, S. Martinez (M. L. Reyna 1114, LL, holotype), tree,
"pata de palomo"; Montecristo, primary cloud forest, elev.
2200'm., Oct. 25, 1979, Reyna 1219 (LL), tree, “pata de
palomo".

Q. Reynae is related to A. occidentalis (Loes.) Lundell
and Q. ilicina (Standl. & Steyerm.) Lundell, differing from
both in having much larger acute capsules up to 2 cm. long
(immature). Its leaves, similar to those of Q. occidentalis,
are obtuse rather than acute or subacuminate. Only flower
buds are available and they are depressed-globose.

ZINOWIEWIA CUNEIFOLIA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, omnino
glabra; folia opposita, parva, petiolata, petiolo 3--7 mm.
longo, canaliculato; lamina subcoriacea vel chartacea, anguste
elliptica vel lanceolata, 3--7.5 cm. longa, 1--3 cm. lata,
revoluta, basi aequalia, anguste cuneata, apice obtusa, raro
acuminata; cymae multiflorae, 3--5-dichotomae, ad 4 cm. longae;
flores pedicellati, pedicelli 1--4 mm. longi; calyx quinque-
lobatus, lobis ovatis, obtusis, ca. 0.5 mm. longis, crassis;
petala ovato-elliptica, 1.5--2 mm. longa, apice rotundata;
stamina ca. 0.7 mm. longa; ovarium biloculare; fructus alatus.

El Salvador: Dept. Santa Ana, northern slopes of Santa
Ana Volcana, 6000--7000 ft., Sept. 25, 1958, Paul H. Allen
6944 (LL, holotype), tree to about 80 ft., but often flowering
when much smaller, flowers green, fruits with whitish wing,
common throughout area, "culebro" or "naranjillo". Dept.
Santa Ana, Parque del Hotel Co. Verde, elev. 1900 m., Sept. 1,

2

1981 Lundell, American plants 133

1976, E. A. Montalvo 4842 (MO, paratype; LL, fragment & xerox
copy), arbol de pequenas flores blancas perfumadar, frutas
aladas.

Two other collections from the Department of Santa Ana,
Reyna 1222 (LL), 1226 (LL), at Los Planes, near Montecristo in
primary evergreen forest, are referable to Z. cuneifolia. In
Reyna 1222, in flower, the pedicels are much shorter, the cymes
are not as large, and the leaves are mostly acuminate. Reyna
1226 has mature fruits up to 1.7 cm. long with obovate rounded
wing up to 6 mn. wide.

The revolute leaf margin of the small grayish subcoria-
ceous cuneate leaves, together with the obovate wing of the
mature fruits are features of Z. cuneifolia to be noted.

Z. inaequifolia L. Wms., from Nicaragua, has leaves bi-
laterally unequal, much smaller cymes, and petals only 1--1.2
mm. long, as described by Williams. More collections of the
Central American species are needed to work out relationships.

ZINOWIEWIA MICRANTHA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, ca. 5 m.
alta, omnino glabra; folia opposita, aequalia, petiolata,
petiolo 4--5 mm. longo, canaliculato; lamina subcoriacea,
oblongo-elliptica vel ovata, 4.5--8 cm. longa, 2--3.5 cm.
lata, apice acuta vel subacuminata, basi rotundata et acutius-—
cula, subtus pallida; cymae multiflorae, ad 3 cm. longae,
3--5-dichotomae, pedunculatae; pedicelli 1--2.5 mm. longi;
flores 5-meri; calyx quinquelobatus, ca. 1.4 mm. diam.; petala
oblongo-ovata, 1.2--1.4 mm. longa, apice rotundata; stamina
ca. 0.5 mm. longa, recurvata; fructus alatus.

Panama: Chiriqui, Boquete Region, Cerro Horqueta, in
cloud forest, 6500 ft., June 24, 1940, Christine and Wolfgang
von Hagen 2130 (LL, holotype), tree, 15 ft. high, 6 in. trunk.

The minute flowers with calyx less than 1.5 mm. in diam.
with the small lobes less than 0.5 mm. long, together with
oblong-ovate petals up to 1.4 mm. long, probably are the small-
est in the genus -- about the size of a pin head. The brownish
subcoriaceous leaves are much paler beneath and have venation
considerably coarser than that of Z. costaricensis Lundell and
Z. australis Lundell, taxa of Panama and Venezuela. Known only
from flowers and very immature samaras, the relationship of the
species is doubtful.

TILIACEAE

MORTONIODENDRON PALACIOSII Miranda, Anal. Inst. Biol.
Meme): so2a rte. le e195 7i

Guatemala: Dept. Peten, Lacandon, in bajo ca. 1.5 kn.
south, March 6, 1962, Elias Contreras 3474 (LL), tree, 6 in.
diam., 40 ft. high.

El Salvador: Dept. Santa Ana, Metapan, near Montecristo,
transitional vegetation between cloud forest and oak forest,
elev. 2200 m., May 10, 1979, M. L. Reyna & R. Martinez 1202

134 Dis VC AE (0) by (0) (Ge Ea Vol. “485. hor

(LL), tree about 15 m. tall with dark brown, rough bark,
flowers apetalous with yellow sepals; Metapan, La Montanita,
Parque Nac. Montecristo, dentro de Ecotono, cerca de bosque
nebuloso, elev. 2200 m., Mar. 12, 1980, Reyna 1268 (LL), arbol
de aprox. 15 m., con tronco levemente rugoso, semillas color
cafe cubiertas de arilo carnosa rojo o anaranjado, 'nispero",
"nispero de montana".

Described by Miranda from Chiapas, these collections from
Guatemala and El Salvador are the first records for Central
America.

The species is unique in the genus in being apetalous and
in having 1-seeded capsules.

MYRS INACEAE

ARDISIA ATROPURPUREA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Frutex; ramuli
graciles, lepidoto-furfuracei; folia parva, supra et subtus
lepidota, petiolata, petiolo 3--4 mm. longo; lamina membranacea,
anguste elliptica, 4--7 cm. longa, 1.5--2.3 cm. lata, apice
acuminata, acumine obtusiusculo, basi acuta; inflorescentia
terminalis, tenuis, paniculata, pauciflora, ad 7 cm. longa et
lata, lepidota; pedicelli graciles, 6--12 mm. longi; flores
hermaphroditi, corymbosi; sepala 5, lepidoto-furfuracea, nigro-
punctata, ovato-elliptica, 1.5--1.8 mm. longa, eroso-ciliata,
asymmetrica; petala 5, elliptica, ca. 3 mm. longa, basi coalita,
atropurpurea, patentissima, extus lepidota, intus glabra, punc-
tata, apice rotundata; stamina 5, ca 2 mm. longa; antherae
lanceolatae, ca. 1.5 mm. longae, basi subsagittatae; filamenta
ca. 0.5 mm. longa; ovula 6 vel 7.

Panama: Prov. Panama, from Torti to the Pilota del Toro,
the mountain overlooking Torti Arriba, alt. 400--700 m., Aug.
27, 1977, J. P. Folsom, Gregario Alonzo de Monte 4998 @ile
holotype; MO, isotype), shrub of 4 m., 5 pale to deeper purple
petal lobes with some darker streaking, stamens yellow.

A. atropurpurea is a taxon paired with A. pirreana Lundell,
both distinguished at once by the unique maroon or purple
recurved spreading petals which are lepidote on the dorsal sur-
face. In both species the anthers are dehiscent longitudinally.
A. atropurpurea is distinct from A. pirreana having larger
fewer flowers on longer pedicels and smaller leaves which are
lepidote at first on both surfaces.

ARDISIA PIRREANA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Frutex; ramuli
graciles, furfuracei; folia parva, petiolata, petiolo lepidoto,
3--5 mm. longo; lamina membranacea, supra glabra, subtus lepi-
dota, lanceolata, 5.5--10 cm. long, 2--3 cm. lata, apice acumi-
nata, basi acuta; inflorescentia terminalis, paniculata, basi
foliacea, tenuis, ad 7.5 cm. longa, lepidoto-furfuracea; pedi-
celli 3--5 mm. longi; flores parvi, corymbosi; sepala 5,
ovata, 1--1.5 mm. longa, acuta vel acuminata, asymmetrica,
punctata, dorso lepidoto-furfuracea; petala 5, ovato-elliptica,

1981 Lundell, American plants 135

ca. 1.6 mm. longa, basi coalita, apice apiculata, lepidota,
nigropunctata; stamina 5; antherae ovatae, basi cordatae, 1.2--
1.4 mm. longae, crassae, apice apiculatae; filamenta ca. 0.5
mm. longa; ovarium ovoideum, stylo 2 mm. longo; ovula 4--7.

Panama: Prov. Darien, Cerro Pirre, ridgetop near Rancho
Plastico, alt. 1200 m., July 10--20, 1977, J. P. Folsom, R.
Hartman and R. Dressler 4251 (LL, holotype), shrub of 3 m.,
petals 5, white, recurved, with maroon markings in midarea,
fruits red.

This taxon has very small flowers in slender terminal
panicles, with lepidote acute sepals 1--1.5 mm. long, recurved
thick dorsally lepidote petals about 1.6 mm. long with maroon
markings, and very small subsessile thick ovate anthers about
1.2 mm. long rigidly apiculate and dehiscent longitudinally.
The branchlets, undersurface of leaves, and the inflorescence
are all lepidote-furfuraceous with rather small scales. The
maroon markings and lepidote dorsal surface of the recurved
petals are unusual.

ARDISIA SAPOANA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Frutex glaber; ramuli
graciles; folia glabra, nigro-lineato-punctata, petiolata,
petiolo anguste marginato, 6--15 mm. longo; lamina glabra,
membranacea, integra vel subintegra, anguste elliptica vel
oblanceolata, 5.5--12 cm. longa, 2.5--4 cm. lata, apice acumi-
nata, basi attenuata, acuminata; inflorescentia glabra, termi-
nalis, sessilis, paniculata, ca. 2.5 cm. longa; flores corym-
bosi; pedicelli graciles, ad 1.2 cm. longi, punctati; sepala
5, dense punctata, lanceolata, ca. 3 mm. longa, apice obtusa;
corolla ca. 7.2 mm. longa, intus basi papillosa; petala 5, basi
connata ca. 2 mm., asymmetrica, punctata, apice acuta; stamina
5, ca. 4 mm. longa, filamentis ca. 0.6 mm. longis, antheris
lanceolatis, ca. 3.6 mm. longis apice biporatim dehiscentibus,
dorso concoloribus parce punctatis; ovarium glabrum, stylo ca.
4.5 mm. longo; ovula 15.

Panama: Prov. Darien, NE slope of summit, Cerro Sapo,
approach from Garachine, E slope, knife edge ridge before
ascent to top, elev. 2800 ft., May 9, 1979, B. Hammel 7297
(LL, holotype), shrub 4 m., flowers pink.

The petals are connate at base about 2 mm., but the
corolla tube is about 1 mm. long bearing the thick short
filaments around the top. At the apex of the tube the base of
the petals is glandular-papillose. This taxon is notable for
its small sessile inflorescence with bractlets, sepals and
petals drying conspicuously black-punctate.

ARDISIA SOLOMONII Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor parva;
ramuli crassi, apice peradpresse furfuracei; folia pseudo-
verticillata, petiolata, petiolo anguste marginato, 6--13 mn.
longo; lamina subcoriacea, supra glabra, subtus peradpresse
lepidoto-furfuracea, anguste oblanceolata, 6--9.5 cm. longa,
1.3--2.5 cm. lata, basi attenuata, apice subabrupte acuminata;

136 PSH Yee (OM OnGaia vA Vol. 48, No. 2

inflorescentia subsessilis, terminalis, ad 7 cm. longa, panicu-
lata, densiflora, furfuracea; flores capitellati, glabri vel
subglabri; pedicelli crassiusculi, 1--2.5 mm. longi; sepala 5,
late ovata, ca. 1.4 mm. longa, punctata, eroso-ciliolata,
symmetrica, apice obtusa; petala 5, convoluta, basi connata,
glabra, punctata; stamina subsessilis; antherae lanceolatae,
ca. 1.7 mm. longae; ovarium glabrum; ovula 17--20.

Costa Rica: Prov. Puntarenas, Monteverde, elev. ca.

1300 m., cloud forest at edge of continental divide and on
Pacific side of slope, Aug. 18, 1976, J. C. Solomon 5392 (LL,
holotype), small tree, about 5 m.

The thick branchlets with pseudoverticillate leaves
crowded at the apex and small dense terminal inflorescences
with numerous small pedicillate flowers in short-stalked heads
set A. Solomonii apart.

The pseudoverticillate leaves are suggestive of Conomorpha,
and specimens with flowers at anthesis are needed to resolve
the generic status of A. Solomonii.

NEOTROPICAL MYRSINACEAE -- IV
Cyrus Longworth Lundell

Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory
The University of Texas at Dallas
Box 688, Richardson, Texas 75080

From continuation of studies of the Myrsinaceae of Mexico and
Central America, two new genera are described from the Ardisia Sw.
complex, and the subgenus Graphardisia Mez is raised to generic
status. Nine species described in Rapanea Aubl., all except one
from Mexico and Central America, are transferred to Myrsine L. to
follow current practice, not out of any conviction as to the justi-
fication for this disposition of the taxa! In preparation for a
definitive treatment of the family for this region, a review of
generic relationships is being made.

Although exploration of the Neotropics has accelerated during
the past three decades, and remarkable additions to the flora have
been discovered, much remains to be done. Such families as the
Myrsinaceae merit special attention. So few collections of species
of this family have been made that a high percentage of the taxa
are known only from type material. Altogether too many collections
are in fruiting stages. For identification and for determination
of relationships flowering material is necessary, but such material
represents less than a third of specimens in herbaria.

IBARRAEA Lundell, gen. nov. -- Frutices vel arbusculae, foliis
alternis, petiolatis, integerrimis; inflorescentiae glabrae,
paniculatae rarius simplices racemosae, terminales vel raro
axillares; flores pedicellati, racemosi, 5-meri, hermaphroditi;
sepala libera, symmetrica, punctata; petala subcarnosa vel subcori-
acea, basi connata, lobis patentibus, punctatis, ad faucem zona
aurantiace vel flavo-papillosa praeditis; stamina petalis bene
breviora, antheris maximis, birimose dehiscentibus, dorso con-
coloribus epunctatis vel ad thecas parce punctatis, filamentis
brevibus latis; ovarium glabrum, ovoideum, stylo stamina superante;
placenta pluriseriatim pluri- vel multiovulata; fructus globosus
vel subglobosus, 1l-spermus.

TYPE SPECIES: Ibarraea mayana (Lundell) Lundell (= Ardisia
Mayana Lundell).

The genus stands out among all the genera of the family known
from the Neotropics in having a large star-shaped corolla eye
which is either bright orange or deep yellow. The colored
glandular-papillate eye consists of five broad triangular rays
which are one-fourth to one-half the length of the thick petals,
extending above the corolla throat and opposite the stamens.

The flowers are very colorful, and the natives of Guatemala,
who call the plant "chilil," use them during Easter week for
decorating the altars of their churches.

137

138 Bo oer O; Os Gaia Voll. 4S) Hom 2

The racemose flowers, either in long simple axillary racemes
or in terminal panicles of racemes, have mostly elongated rigid
pedicels which usually are accrescent post anthesis sometimes
giving the racemes a pseudo-corymbose form.

Other features contributing to the distinctness of the
genus Ibarraea are the large coriaceous long-petiolate leaves,
punctate when dry with conspicuous rounded glands, these distri-
buted over the entire surface, as in I. paschalis (Donn. Sm.)
Lundell or restricted to the apex and marginal area, as in I.
mMayana. The ovules, which are pluriseriate, mostly number in
the thirties but some collections from Peten have ovules number-
ing in the forties and fifties, with the greatest number (64--
66) in the generic holotype of I. mayana (Contreras 1162, LL).
The large ovate anthers are connivent into an ovoid column
supported by the short thick filaments. Except for the flowers,
all of the taxa in the genus Ibarraea are strictly glabrous.

The branchlets, as well as leaves, dry pallid.

The genus is named in honor of my distinguished colleague,
Sr. Jorge A. Ibarra E., noted conservationist, who founded the
Museo Nacional de Historia Natural of Guatemala, and has served
as its Director since the founding of the institution in 1948.

Ibarraea is known from the southern Mexican states of
Veracruz and Chiapas and Tabasco, south through Guatemala and
Belize, and into Honduras and Fl Salvador.

This is a small natural group related to Ardisia Sw.

IBARRAEA AVENDANOI (Lundell) Lundell, comb nov. Ardisia
Avendanoi Lundell, Wrightia 6: 61. 1979.

The elliptic leaves, punctate over entire surface, and
rounded at apex, the single axillary racemose inflorescences,
the broadly ovate sepals glandular-papillate within and densely
punctate with minute red-black glands characterize the taxon.
I. Avendanoi is known only from fruiting specimens, but it is
closely related to I. paschalis (Donn. Sm.) Lundell and I.
petenensis (Lundell) Lundell, species with similar leaf
punctation.

IBARRAEA DICHROPETALA (Standl.) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia dichropetala Standl., Tropical Woods 37: 29. 1934.

This rare species is restricted apparently to Honduras
where it has been collected only twice.

IBARRAEA KARWINSKYANA (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Karwinskyana Mez, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 236: 85. 1902.

The species is known only from the type at Leningrad,
which I have not seen. It has not been possible, from descrip-
tion, to associate I. Karwinskyana with any of the other
described taxa.

IBARRAEA LEUCOCARPA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
leucocarpa Lundell, Wrightia 6: 105. 1980.

1981 Lundell, Neotropical Myrsinaceae 139

It is a white-fruited species, a rarity in the Myrsinaceae.

IBARRAEA LINDENII (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Lindenii Mez, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 236: 86. 1902.

This species and I. mayana (Lundell) Lundell are very
closely related. It is common in the lowlands of northern Peten,
Guatemala and the adjacent state of Tabasco, Mexico.

IBARRAEA MATUDAE (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Matudai Lundell, Lloydia 4: 55. 1941.

Described from Tabasco, Mexico, I. Matudae is very closely
related to I. Lindenii.

IBARRAEA MAYANA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
mayana Lundell, Wrightia 6: 106. 1980.

The type of the genus Ibarraea, the species is illustrated
in the Flora of Guatemala under A. paschalis Donn. Sm.
(Fieldiana: 1] Botany, Vol. 24, part VIII, nos. 1 and 2, pp. 135--
200, fig. 38. 1966). Contreras 1162 (holotype, LL) was illus-
trated in fig. 38.

IBARRAEA PASCHALIS (Donn. Sm.) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
paschalis Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 18: 5, pl. 1. 1894.

The first species of Ibarraea described, it is beautifully
illustrated in the original publication (Bot. Gaz. 19: 5, pl. 1.
1894).

IBARRAEA PETENENSIS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
petenensis Lundell, Wrightia 6: 109. 1980.

This distinctive taxon is closely related to I. paschalis
(Donn. Sm.) Lundell.

IBARRAEA TONII (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia Tonii
Lundell, Wrightia 6: 111. 1980.

In the absence of flowers, its relationship is doubtful,
but the 4- or 5-parted sepals set it apart in the genus Ibarraea.
All the other species have 5 sepals.

GRAPHARDISIA (Mez) Lundell, gen. stat. nov. Ardisia subgen.
Graphardisia Mez, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 236: 59, 78. 1902.

TYPE SPECIES: Graphardisia opegrapha (Oerst.) Lundell
(= Ardisia opegrapha Oerst.).

The genus is related to Oerstedianthus Lundell. The two
may be separated as follows:

Filaments strictly glabrous; stems and inflorescence
glabrous; punctation of all parts dense and blackish; brac*s and
bractlets usually foliaceous and often persistent; sepals and
petals large, accrescent, usually blackened, usually ribbed or
with dense elevated black glands... . - « Graphardisia.

Filaments pubescent with gland- ueped naire: stems and
inflorescence rarely glabrous, usually puberulent, hirtellous

140 PAH eY er sORT FOS Caer Vol. 48, No. 2

or densely hirsute-tomentose; bractlets and sepals small, not
accrescent; sepals not ribbed with glands . . . Oerstedianthus.

GRAPHARDISIA BARTLETTII (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia Bartlettii Lundell, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 7: 37. 1942.

GRAPHARDISIA BRACTEOLATA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia bracteolata Lundell, Wrightia 6: 65. 1979.

GRAPHARDISIA LEWISII (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Lewisii Lundell, Wrightia 4: 146. 1970.

The peculiar inflorescence with incurved acute or acicular
bractlets subtending pedicels of the racemose flowers is atypi-
cal, and the species is doubtfully referable to this genus.

GRAPHARDISTA LILACINA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia lilacina Lundell, Wrightia 3: 198. 1966.

GRAPHARDISIA OPEGRAPHA (Oerst.) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia opegrapha Oerst., Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 126. 1861.

The type at Copenhagen, unfortunately in young bud, makes
difficult the interpretation of the species in the absence of
fully developed flowers.

J. D. Hooker f. (Bot. Mag. t. 6357) illustrates and
redescribes Ardisia Oliveri Mast. (Gard. Chron. II. 680. 1877),
from a cultivated plant in England. This appears to be a
synonym of G. opegrapha (Oerst.) Lundell, as I have treated it
in the past.

GRAPHARDISTIA PAQUITENSIS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia paquitensis Lundell, Phytologia 2: 4. 1941.

GRAPHARDISTA PICTURATA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia picturata Lundell, Wrightia 4: 164. 1971.

GRAPHARDISIA SEIBERTII (Standl.) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia Seibertii Standl., Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24: 198.
1937.

This is one of the most abundant representatives of the
genus judging by the number of collections available. G.
Seibertii is the species illustrated in the Flora of Panama
from Allen 2226 and 3561 (Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 58: 330,
fig. 17. 1971). It is not a synonym of Ardisia opegrapha
Oerst. to which I assigned it in the Flora.

GRAPHARDISIA SUBCORIACEA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia subcoriacea Lundell, Wrightia 3: 193. 1966.

GRAPHARDISIA VIGOI (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia Vigoi Lundell, Wrightia 6: 94. 1979.
G. Vigoi has denticulate leaves while those of G. Wagneri

1981 Lundell, Neotropical Myrsinaceae 141

are crenulate. All other taxa now recognized in Graphardisia
have entire leaves.

GRAPHARDISTA WAGNERI (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia
Wagneri Mez, Pflanzenreich IV. 236: 79. 1902.

GRAPHARDISIA ZELAYENSIS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia zelayensis Lundell, Wrightia 6: 95. 1979.

OERSTEDIANTHUS Lundell, gen. nov. -- Frutices foliis
alternis, petiolatis, integerrimis vel crenatis serratisve;
inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis; flores 5-meri, herma-
phroditi, umbellati vel subcorymbosi; pedicelli gracillimi;
sepala 5, libera vel basi coalita; petala 5; stamina petalis
haud multo breviora antheris nigricantibus angustis, rimis apice
triangulo-dilatatis dehiscentibus, dorso concoloribus nec punc-
tatis, basi filamentis brevibus affixis, filamentis glanduloso-
pubescentibus vel raro subglabris; ovarium glabrum, stylo
gracillimo antheras superante vel aequante; ovula pluriseriata;
bacca globosa vel subglobosa.

TYPE SPECIES: Oerstedianthus nigrescens (Oerst.) Lundell
(= Ardisia nigrescens Oerst.).

The shrubs have branchlets strictly glabrous, minutely
puberulent, hirtellous or hirsute-tomentose, the hairs of
flower parts sometimes gland-tipped. Pubescence of other parts
ranges from puberulent to short pilose with filaments usually
pubescent with short gland-tipped hairs. The distinctive
anthers are narrowly triangular-linear, usually blackish,
attached near base with basal lobes subsagittate or rarely
bulbous. They are dehiscent by apical pores which are triangu-
lar and usually spreading. The dorsal surface of anthers is
epunctate, and the apex is acute-apiculate to cuspidulate.

Oerstedianthus is related to Graphardisia (Mez) Lundell.
Both have similar linear-lanceolate anthers which dehisce by
apical pores.

The genus is dedicated to A. S. Oersted, pioneer student
of the neotropical flora, who described the type species.

OERSTEDIANTHUS BREVIPES (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia brevipes Lundell, Wrightia 3: 97. 1964.

OERSTEDIANTHUS DONNELL-SMITHII (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia Donnell-Smithii Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser II, 3:
255. 19037.

OERSTEDIANTHUS ERYTHROCARPUS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia erythrocarpa Lundell, Wrightia 2: 59. 1960.

OERSTEDIANTHUS HIRTELLUS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia hirtella Lundell, Wrightia 3: 98. 1964.

142 PET eee ©) i ON Gesier ss Vol. 48, No.

OERSTEDIANTHUS MITCHELLAE (I. M. Johnston) Lundell, comb.
nov. Ardisia Mitchellae I. M. Johnston, Contri. Gray Herb. 81:
96. 1928.

OERSTEDIANTHUS NIGRESCENS (Oerst.) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia nigrescens Oerst., Vid. Medd. Kjoebenhavn 130. 1861.

OERSTEDIANTHUS TRINITARIAE (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia trinitariae Lundell, Wrightia 5: 62. 1974.

OERSTEDIANTHUS TUERCKHEIMII (Donn. Sm.) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia Tuerckheimii Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 13: 74. 1888.

OERSTEDIANTHUS TUXTEPECANUS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Ardisia tuxtepecana Lundell, Wrightia 5: 63. 1974.

MYRSINE ALLENII (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
Allenii Lundell, Wrightia 4: 168. 1971.

MYRSINE CALCARATA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
calcarata Lundell, Wrightia 5: 295. 1976.

MYRSINE JURGENSENII (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
Jurgensenii Mez, Pflanzenreich IV, Fam. 236: 388. 1902.

MYRSINE MEXICANA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
mexicana Lundell, Wrightia 5: 296. 1976.

MYRSINE PANAMENSIS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
panamensis Lundell, Wrightia 4: 169. 1971.

MYRSINE PERUVIANA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
peruviana Lundell, Wrightia 6: 117. 1980.

MYRSINE PITTIERI (Mez) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea
Pittieri Mez, Pflanzenreich IV, Fam. 236: 378. 1902.

MYRSINE REFLEXIFLORA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov.
Rapanea reflexiflora Lundell, Wrightia 5: 297. 1976.

MYRSINE RUFA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Rapanea rufa
Lundell, Wrightia 5: 298. 1976.

ADDITIONS TO CYANEA(LOBELIACEAE) OF OAHU AND MAUI
HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 106
Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Box 19000A, Hawaii, 96819, USA.
Cyanea occultans sp. nov. (sect. Delissoideae). Fig. l.

Diagnosis Holotypi: Frutex 1m altus glaber caule sim-
plici est, petiolis 3-6 cm longis gracilibus, laminis
17-20 cm longis 4.5-5.3 cm latis chartaceis ellipticis
apice acuminato basi longe anguste cuneata marginibus
integris supra obscure viridibus subtus subalbe virid-
ibus nervis secundariis 17-20 in dimidio quoque arcuate
ascendentibus, racemis 3.5-5 cm longis 7-15-floriferis,
pedunculo 10-15 mm longo, bracteis caducis, rhachidibus
10-20 mm longis, pedicellis 8-10 mm longis, hypanthio
2-3 mm longo cupulato glabro, lobis calycis 0.7-1 mm
longis deltoideis, corollis albis glabris 25 mm longis
tubo 15-18 mm longo 1.8 mm diametro tubuloso paulum
decurvato, columna filamentarum 23 mm longa glabra alba,
antheris nigris eis superis 5.5 mm longis illis inferis
4 mm longis in apice cum setis albis 1 mm longis
penicillatis, (fructibus incognitis).

Diagnosis of Holotype: Shrub 1 m tall, glabrous,
single stemmed; petioles 3-6 cm long, slender; blades
17-20 cm long, 4.5-5.3 cm wide, chartaceous, elliptic,
the apex acuminate, the base long narrow cuneate, the
margins entire, above dark green, below whitish green,
secondary veins 17-20 in each half, arcuate ascending;
racemes 3.5-5 cm long, 7-15-flowered; peduncle 10-15
mm long; bracts caducous; rhachis 10-20 mm long; pedicels
8-10 mm long; hypanthium 2-3 mm long, cupulate, glabrous;
calyx lobes 0.7-1 mm long, deltoid; corolla white, glabrous,
25 mm long, the tube 15-18 mm long, 1.8 mm in diameter,
tubular, gently decurved; filament column 23 mm long,
glabrous, white; anthers black, the upper ones 5.5 mm long,
the lower ones 4 mm long, white penicillate at apex with
bristles 1 mm long; (fruit unknown).

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Kaaawa,
Hidden Valley, moist river bed, under canopy of
Aleurites and Pisonia, with Athyrium, 457 m (1,500 ft)
alt., Nov. 2, 1980, J. Obata & D. Palmer 433 (BISH).

Discussion: The collectors observed at the type local-
ity three adult plants and eight seedlings.

This new species is a member of the section Deliss-
Oideae, as is its closest relative, C. glabra (E. Wimn.)

145

144 PH Ne EO) TemOMG ran aA Vol. 48), Noe 2

St... John, of Maui, a species with the peduncle 15-25 .mm
long; anther tube 7 mm long; blades 28 8 cm, oblance-
Olate, the apex acute, the base shortly cuneate, in
the apical half of the blade the margins broadly low
dentate; calyx lobes 2-3 mm long, lanceolate; and the
corolla 40 mm long. C. occultans has the peduncle 10-
15 mm long; anther tube 5.5 mm long; blades 17-20 *
4.5-5.3 cm, elliptic, the apex acuminate, the base long
narrow cuneate, the margins entire; calyx lobes 0.7-1
mm long, deltoid; and the corolla 25 mm long.

The new epithet is the Latin participle, occultans,
being hidden, and it refers to the type locality, the
Hidden Valley.

Cyanea glabra (E. Wimm.) comb. nov.
¢C. Knudsenii Rock, var. glabra E. Wimm., in Englier‘s
Pf£lanzenreich IV, 276b: 75, 1956.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, east Maui Island,
Honomanu Gulch, west bank, June 24, 1920, C. N. Forbes
2,596. (BESH)'.

Discussion: C. Knudsenii Rock has the peduncle 2-5
cm long, puberulent; pedicels puberulent; hypanthium
appressed puberulous; calyx lobes 2-2.5 mm long, del-
toid, appressed puberulous; corolla 4.5-5 cm long,
densely ascending puberulous; blades coarsely
broadly dentate on the outer third. C. glabra differs
by having the peduncle 1.3 cm long, glabrous; pedicels
glabrous; hypanthium glabrous; calyx lobes 2.5-3 mm
long, lanceolate, glabrous; corolla 3.5 (?) cm long,
glabrous; and the blades merely minutely umbonate
at the veinlet tips.

Another, but less similar species, is C. profuga
of Molokai.

1981

St.

John, Additions to Cyanea

Feo

145

STUDIES ON THE MARYLAND FLORA VII:
ADDITION OF CYPERUS HOUGHTONII TORR. AND JUNCUS TRIFIDUS VAR.
MONANTHOS (JACQ.) BLUFF & FING. TO THE STATE FLORA

Richard E. Riefner, Jr.
1 Rambling Oaks Way
Baltimore, Maryland 21228

The diversity of the Maryland flora is largely attributed to
its geologic and physiographic complexity. In spite of a small land
area, five physiographic provinces (the Appalachian, Ridge and
Valley, Blue Ridge, Piedmont, and Costal Plain Provinces) traverse
the State and display a remarkable sequence of geologic formations,
each of which often supports a characteristic and local flora.
Although the Maryland flora in general has been extensively studied
and has attracted the interests of such noteworthy early botanists
as Kalm (1770) and Rafinesque (1832), systematic studies of local
geologic formations, edaphic districts, and unusual forest types in
Maryland continues to reward careful collectors with additions to
the known flora.

This note reports the recent discovery of Cyperus Houghtonii
Torr. and Juncus trifidus var. monanthos (Jacq.) Bluff & Fing. by
the author during a continuing study of the flora of local geologic
formations. These records are here presented as first reports for
the State. Neither species is included in the treatments of the
Maryland flora given by Fischler (1977), Fisher et al. (UNDATED),
Herman (1946), Hickey (1975), Higgins et al. (1971), Higman (1968),
Hotchkiss and Stewart (1947), Kologiski et al. (1974), Krauss et
al. (1971), Mercer (1968), Monteferrante (1973), Norton and Brown
(1946), Phillip and Brown (1965), Sipple (1978), Stieber (1974),
Tatnall (1946), Terrell (1970), Thompson (1974), Wass (1972) and
Witman (1954).

Cyperus Houghtonii Torr. occurs in dry, especially sandy soil
from Quebec to Manitoba, south to Virginia and North Carolina and
northwest to lJIowa (Gleason and Cronquist 1963, Radford et al.
1968). Although this umbrella-sedge has a rather extensive
distribution throughout the central and northeastern U.S., it is
not of frequent occurrence and is extremely local towards the
southern limit of its range. I have collected it in Maryland at the
following two localities - Ridge and Valley Province, Allegany Co.,
E. slope of the sandstone escarpments of the Cumberland Narrows,
grassy balds near Lovers Leap and sandy slope on the margins of a
powerline right-of-way in accumulated sandstone debris, 7-26-80,
Riefner 80293; Costal Plain Province, Worcester Co., sand barrens
on the barrier island of Ocean City, near 100 St. and Costal Hwy.
before pine barrens, 9-20-80, Riefner 80380. The Ocean City
locality represents the only known station on the entire Delmarva
Peninsula (pers. comm. Dr. Norman Dill, Delaware State College).

146

1981 Riefner, Studies on Maryland flora 147

This species has been nominated for rare status in North Carolina
by Hardin et al. (1977), in Virginia by Porter (1979), and in
Pennsylvania by Wiegman (1979). Although additional review may be
necessary to ascertain that these occurrences are natural and not
artificial introductions, the species should be considered for
inclusion in the list of rare Maryland plants.

Juncus trifidus var. monanthos (Jacq.) Bluff & Fing. occurs
locally in exposed rock crevices and cliff ledges at higher eleva-
tions in the mountains of Virginia, North Carolina and Tennessee
(Gleason and Cronquist 1963, Radford et al. 1968). I collected this
variety on the W. slope of the steep-sided, sandstone escarpments
of the Cumberland Narrows, in exposed crevices at middle and upper
cliff elevations, Ridge and Valley Province, Allegany Co., 7-26-80,
Riefner 80294. This single Maryland station represents a northern
extension of the known range by approximately 75 miles from the
nearest population growing on greenstone cliffs in Page Co.,
Virginia. This taxon has been nominated for rare and endangered
status in North Carolina by Hardin et al. (1977) and in Virginia by
Porter (1979), and is here proposed as a candidate for addition to
the rare and endangered list prepared for Maryland by Broome et al.
(1979). The Cumberland Narrows is the finest exposure of the
Juniata formation in Maryland. Intensive survey of other rugged
sites similar to the Cumberland Narrows in the Ridge and Valley
Province in West Virginia and Pennsylvania, may reveal additional
populations of the one-—flowered rush.

The discovery of Cyperus Houghtonii Torr. and Juncus trifidus
var. monanthos (Jacq.) Bluff and Fing. in Maryland, indicates that
present-day knowledge of the State's flora is still incomplete.
Relatively inconspicuous, these species apparently escaped
detection by earlier botanists. It is hoped that these records will
stimulate new interest in the floristic plant geography of
Maryland, and initiate more intensive and systematic collecting
programs within the State. Voucher specimens have been placed in
the Herbarium of the University of Maryland at College Park (MARY).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Steven R. Hill for
verifying species identification; Mr. A. W. Norden and Dr. Allen C.
Skorepa for their helpful critic of this manuscript, and Dr. Norman
H. Dill for sharing knowledge of the Delmarva flora.

LITERATURE CITED
Broome, C. Rose, James L. Reveal, Arthur O. Tucker and Norman H.
Dill. 1979. Rare and endangered vascular plant species in

Maryland. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Newton Corner, MA.

Fischler, A. R. 1977. The plants of Suitland Bog, Maryland, an
annotated checklist. Unpublished manuscript.

148 PH Yee (OM ONG ia zA: Voll. (4875) NoweeZ

Fisher, E., E. Francis, E. Kneebone, and M. Michel. Undated”
Untitled. [List of plants collected by Edouards Baltars in
Maryland, 1951-1971, not included in Norton & Brown's cataloug
of 1946.] Mimeographed manuscript, Cylburn Park Wildflower
Preserve and Garden Center, Baltimore, Maryland.

Gleason. Heo Aj. and A. VGronquistr. 19635 Manual of the™waseullan
plants of the northeastern United States and adjacent Canada.
Van Nostrand Peinhold Co., New York.

Hanidinwedin Wiig kien Kooodsicie es Vem ihe Masiseyam ic Uhr, Matthew Simm iemm lle
Pittillo, and, A. E. Radford. 1977. “North Carolina endangered
and threatened vascular pllants,' pp. 56-142. In: J. E.) Cooper,
SiS) Roba son ye andi ee See ecumGdersbiase: (eds). Endangered and
threatened plants and animals of North Carolina. North
Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC.

Herman, F. J. 1946. A checklist of plants in the Washington—
Baltimore area. Mimeograph. Washington, D.C.

Hitekeyan Gein) wb D7 5ie hesvascularn flora ok (Cakoct ine Mounteaam
Park, Frederick County, Maryland. Unpublished Master's thesis,
Towson State College Library, Towson, MD.

Hiccins), Ee A. le, Re Daw Rappleye, and Ro G. Brown, 1971) themtliora
and ecology of Assateague Island. Univ. Maryland Agric. Exp.
Sta) Bulls A172 Ol.

Higman, D. 1968. An ecologically annotated checklist of the
vascular flora of the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology,
with keys. 2nd. ed. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

Hotchkiss, N., and R. E. Steward. 1947. Vegetation of the Patuxent
Research Refuge, Maryland. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 38: 1-75.

KNallimeben lO, iraveliss intom North America. smransile, J.) Re Honsstsengemee
vols. W. Eyres, Warrington.

KoWogiislei shen lie he Rep Hinvaicl. (Go Re Reeds iand Di Woes Jeniamise
1974. "Appendix D. Rare, endangered, and endemic plants of the
Chesapeake Bay region," pp. D-1-0-48. In: D. W. Jenkins
(ed.), Natural areas of the Cheasapeake Pay region: Fcological
PLiomities. Center for Natural Areas; Ecollopical Prosrameot
the Smithsonian Institution, Washineton, D.C.

Kagaulsisl, Reece Ger Brown Re 8D) Rappilieyeln Aw | Bee wOwenlsrmmGr
Shearer. ho Hsiao ands Jel. ukRevieal. G97 1 Checkiast: tot plant
species of the Chesapeake Bay occurring within the hightide
limits of the Bay and its tributaries. Univ. Maryland Techn.
Bul 20.02): elisa

1981 Riefner, Studies on Maryland flora 149

Mercer, W. O. 1968. Taxonomic and ecological survey of the flora of
Calvert County, Maryland. Unpublished Master's’ thesis,
University of Maryland, College Park.

Monteferrante, F. J. 1973. A phytosociological study of Soldiers
Delight, Baltimore County, Maryland. Unpublished Master's
thesis, Towson State College Library, Towson, Maryland,

Norton, J. B. S., and R. G. Brown. 1946. A catalog of the vascular
plants of Maryland. Castanea 11: 1-51.

PpiinpeeG. C., and KR. G. Brown. 1965. Ecological studies of
transistion-zone vascular plants in South River, Maryland.
Chesapeake Sci. 6: 73-81.

Porter, D. M. 1979. Rare and endangered vascular plant species in
Virginia. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Newton Corner, MA.

Ragtord. As E., H. E. Ahles, and C. R. Bell. 1968. Manual of the
vascular flora of the Carolinas. The University of North
Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.

Rafinesque, C. W. 1832. New and rare plants of Maryland near
Baltimore. Atlantic Journal, Vols. I, pz, 119).

Sipple, W. S. 1978. An atlas of vascular plant species distribution
maps for tidewater Maryland. Wetland Publication no. 1.
Department of Natural Resources, Water Resources
Administration, Annapolis, MD.

Stieber, M. T. 1971. The vascular flora of Anne Arundel County,
MD.: An annotated checklist. Castanea 36: 263-312.

Tatnall, R. R. 1946. Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore: An
annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of the
peninsula of Delaware, Maryland and Virginia. The Society of
Natural History of Delaware, Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

Terrell, E. E. 1970. Spring flora of the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal
area, from Georgetown to Seneca, Maryland. Castanea 35: 1-25.

Thompson, O. H. 1974. An annotated checklist and ecological notes
on the plants of the marshes occurring in the Maryland portion
of the Chesapeake Estuary. Unpublished Master's thesis,
University of Maryland Library, College Park.

MaASSeouM.e Ge (Ced.)seel972. A checklist of the biota sof. Lower
Chesapeake Bay with inclusions from the upper bay and the
Virginia sea. Virginia Inst: Marine Sci. ~Spees Rept. 65:
1-290.

150 PyH Vat 60 :LOnG aw. Vol. 48, No. 2

Wiegman, P. G. 1979. Rare and endangered vascular plant species in
Pennsylvania. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services, Newton Corner,
MA.

Wittman, \“H. Wa 195450 fhe» flora of (Cecil County, Mary landemA
preliminary survey. Unpublished Master's thesis, Pennsylvania
State University Library, University Park.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS LIPPIA,. XVI
Harold N. Moldenke

For a detailed explanation of the herbarium acronyms employed
in this and all others in my series of papers in this journal since
1932 see Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980) with the following
additions: Gz = University of Graz, Graz, Austria (GZU) and Ne =
Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, Louisiana.

LIPPIA Houst.

Additional synonymy: Lippia (L.) Kunth ex Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen.
2: 199, 1840.

Additional & emended bibliography: L., Syst. Nate, ed. 1, 26.
ia0eected., Berl, 5: 130. 17493 le, Philos. Bote 327055, 17/576
Saye liols Be JUSS., Hort. Irian. 1759; Lo, "Syst. Nate, ed. L072:
enor bo L., Spe Pi., eds 2, imps LL; 25 883s 76d ‘Glede Syst.
ieee 7G4s le, Gen. Pls, eds-6, Ord. Nat. L7/64s>h., Syst. Nat., ed.
iene. ([ 13") ,.4235..' 17673 JAS Murr. in Le. Syst. Vegsj eda 12,
Bove 1774s. Reichenb., Gen.’ 324. 1778; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg.,
Poarela 74. L784; Medic. ,. Phil. Bot. 1: 180. L/89s9s. FF. iGneloin
Maseovece Nat, eds 13, imp. 2,° 12 °955. 17915) Poiry in. Lam., Tabi’.
Encycl., Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 1: 59. 1791; Gis., Carl. Linn.
peael. (Ord. Nat. 520. 1792; Pers. in'L., Syst. Vege, edy 15, 611.
Woy woeide an Lo, Spe PL., ed. 4, 3: 319 &°3565 18003 "Cram;
Disp. 143. 1803; St.—Hil., Expos. I: 250. 21805; Spreng., Anileit. 2
(426. 1817s Poir. in Lams, Tabl. Encyels Méth. Bots 3) pl. 539;
fig. 1 & 2. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 111, 485-—486,
Bowe odes Lo2Ls Link, Enum. 2)) 126. 18223) Poirs, Dicts 2727 9.
ieeg. POLE. “in Lan. Tabi. Encycl’. Méth. Bots 42 55 6 9s £8235
Baril... Ord. 180. 18303 Loud., ‘Hort. Brits, ed. i, 2464 52971830;
Schlecht. & Cham., Linnaea 6: 372. 1831; Spreng., Gen. Pl. 2: 417.
1831; Cham., Linnaea 7: 213--243, 253, & 375--379, pl. 7, fig. C &
DewLoo2s Loud.,, Hort. ‘Brit. , ‘ed. 2, 246,& 529. U632s "Ge Don an
Boud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 246 & 529. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort.
Beit., ed. 3, 553. 18395 Meisn., Pl. Vase. Gen. Zs 199. 1840;
Endl., Ench. 312. 1841; Reichenb., Nom. 108. 1841; Brongn., Enum.
Gen. 65. 1843; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 596--600, 609, & 610. 1843;
Hagsk.e, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Bogor. Cult) Alt. 134. 1844s AL Le
Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. 13: 185. 1849; Ledeb.,
Roasee 5: 350. 1849s Wight, Icon. ‘PL. Ind "Orients 4s) 2 115 pl.
1463. 1849; Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 905. 1857; Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat.
Suppl. 1: 244. 1860; Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6 (1): Bot.
256. 1861; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Mosc. 36 (2): 200--205. 1863;
Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A: 45. 1870; Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc.
ond. Bot. 27: 103. 1871; Ulrich, Internat. Worterb., ed. 1,128.
fo7.s Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2) (1): 13201874) and 2 (2)% 1569, 1570,
& 1647. 1874; Ulrich, Internat. Wo6rterb., ed. 2, 128. 1875; Gris-
eb., Abhandl. K. Gesel. Wiss. Gott. 24: [Symb. Fl. Argent.] 278.
1879; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 157.
1880; Caruel in Parlatore, Fl. Ital. 6: 331--332. 1884; Balf. f.,

a fab

152 Pah ets OPE sORGr iA Vol. 48, No. 2

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: [Bot. Socotra] 232 & 427. 1888; Stahl,
Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 1, 3: 286, 291--292, & 356. 1888; R.
Ae Phil. Ann. Mus. Nac. Chile Bots Ts) iiCato Praev. Pile teins
Tarap.] 59. 1891; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed.
4 (Ga): 149-1152), W604 Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks .j.— indimMewer
impiyesezs, Dome, UOO42. Bret.) an Engl oee Pcantidl Natoebilanzentanies
edi, dy, 4. Ga): 382. 18975, Engl. Syillab. Pfillanzentam., eden iG
& 206 (1898) and ed. 3, 187 & 224. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew ouppitsmtia, ampicreliy O5iue2 50) sda Oke, OOS S i a Wem iGien Weldlelicr mel icone
Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 445 & 604. 1903; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam.,
ed. 4, 189 & 229. 1904; Macloskie in W. B. Scott, Rep. Princeton
Univ. Exped. Patag. 8 (2): 681 & 691--692. 1905; F. N. Williams,
Bulk Herb. Borssicg S€let Zs) 450. 2905s, Pobecuin, Mat. Meds
Guin. 339 & 341. 1906; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 5, 192 &
236. 1907: L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, imp. )2 & 3,2: 633. 1907s Kine &
Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 797--798. 1908;

D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle &
Bettschil) 2s) 020-022) 908s We Ca Wallis, Dict. Elowe Pll. medme.
458 & 621. 1908; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 6, 198 & 242.
LIOR sReiiches& Bhaiy; in) Reiches Estud., Cette. Filly ichallie Ss a27e5
280592825, & 297-305; UO1Os Spes., Mycet.. Argent.) 531529.) «3 ame
378. 19103; Woodr., Gard. Trop., ed. 6, imp. 8, 442. 1910; Mo Kunz,
Syst. Anat. Untersuch. Verb. 1--78. 1911; Gilg in Engl., Syllab.
Pilanzentam.,, eds 7, 304 & 374. ol2s Ga Ky Schneidl. 5) millusitacs
Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 590, 591, & 593, fig. 385a. 1911; Greenm.,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 2: 339--341. 1912; Sydow, Justs Bot. Jah-
resxsloysie-, Si9) (hye SY/7/5 Siskoy AOO5 AOS WCE Wilds y Syauicig (Nolet!

Te SDS LO 2s Hbck Justis Bot. Jahnesber. 39) 5G) i O46. Lois
Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 493, 502, & 848. 1913;
Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 320 (1913) and 40
(2): 335. 1915; R. E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.—Kongo
Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 273. 1916; Nienburg, Justs bot. Jahresber. 39
@)) 3 105i, 1906s Keddes Justs Bot. Jahzesber. 39 (2): 1430.07
Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 41: 387. 1918; H. Hallier,
Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 17 & 19--20. 1918; E. D. Merr., Sp.
Blanc. 330. 1918; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 8, 318
& 381. 1919; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 96--105. 1919;
Eee Mecr.... bibl Enum Born. Pls Sil 1921s Haines, shot. sblets
Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 704--705. 1922; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzen-—
fama, ed ek LOn 359 & 405. 1924s J. Co Wwilsis. Dict. blowers
ed. 5, 388, 677, & 678. 19253; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 599--603. 1927; Chiov., Fl. Somala
[1]: 49 & 274. 1929; Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl. 2: 139--
WO. USOS Isbieicehigs Wile iether s YES UCEOR og Si5 los Galo i.
impiee 4562: 035%, LO34° Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Meds Bil ted 2 eaampe
1, 3: 92 & 191'5-—1917, pill. 731. 1935; Bedevian, [llust.. Poly—
glot. Dict. 40, 365--366, & 610. 1936; Record & Hess, Timb. New
World 544. 1943; Diels in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 11, 339
& 404. 19365, "Stahit, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico,. ed. 2,) 3286, 291——
292, & 356. 1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 406, 408, &
[410]. 1938; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 66--68 & 79. 1942; Gonzalez & Lom-
bardo, Anot. Fitoter. Vern. Urug. 9. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. &

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia w53

Jacks, Ind.) Kew., amp. :2,°2: 557.| 1946s He iN. & A. Le. Molds, Pl.
Life 2: 16, 18, 20--24, 30, 49--53, 55, 58--64, 66, 69, 71, 73--
79, 81, 82, & 86--90. 1948; Dithens, Afric. Handb. 8: [Drug Pl.
Afr.] 57 & 94. 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1031--1038,
1040, & 1041, fig. 347 I & 248 C. 1950; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl.,
imp. 1, 687 & 802. 1951; Fester & Martinuzzi, Anal. Asoc. Quim.~
Argent. 40: 38--42. 1952; Maheshwari, Phytomorph. 4: 217--230.
1954; Fester & Martinuzzi, Anal. Asoc. Quim. Argent. 42: 43--53.
1955; Alain in Le6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280 & 288--293,
fig. 124. 1957; Fester & al., Anal. Asoc. Quim. Argent. 45: 185--
eels silivig: (Sper Plies ede Ly imp. 5,022 16355. 195/ saNatarajan,
BhMEOMuGs 20——A2. LID Is Je Co Willis; Dict Flow.ebl 7,1eds) 6503588,
Dire aOy OL 957)5) els Spe Pla, Cd's. Wl, imp’. (6, 22) 1653/5. 19596) Tacks.
im Hook.f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 557. 1960; EF. H. Wang,
Pollen Gr. China. 1960; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 738

& 740--741. 1961; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 1, 696, 697, & 879.
1961; Santos, Anais Esc. Sup. Agr. Luiz Queiroz. Univ. S. Paulo
20: 176--228. 1963; Imbesi, Ind. Piante 155 & 450. 1964; Banerji,
Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19 (2): 74. 1965; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2,
RA eo (1245) Ele. 276b., 2965; Airy Shaw in 22 Co Williss Dict.
mlow.) 25, ed. 7, 65, 303, 366, 489, 659, '827),6868, 874, 76,
1207, & 1209. 1966; Jafri, Fl. Karachi 285, 286, & 359. 1966; An-
gely, Bot. Apl. Farm. 267, 297, & 307. 1968; Cathary, Caract. Pol-
lin. Esp. Mangr. [Rap. Stage D.E.A. Biol. Veg. Montpel.]. 1968;
Palacios, Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. Mex. 16: 41-169. 1968;
Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 111 & 352. 1970; Jan Tech, Frag. Gard.
Herb. Almanac 4. 1971; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 687 &
802. 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971;
Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglot. Pl. Hait. 471. 1971; Huang, Pollen Fl.
Taiwan. 1972; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 2, 2: 137 :& 926. 19723 D.
BGwelien Bull. Inst.Jam. Scie 15) (2)c 418, Alon & 420509755 .Ser—
banescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu. Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. 1972-73: 110
& 117--118. 1973; Shimakura, Spec. Publ. Osaka Mus. Nat. Hist. 5:
1--60. 1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Sect. Scient. Tech.
12 (2): 75. 1973; Duncan in Reimold & Queen, Ecol. Haloph. 42 &
43. 1974; Guinea Lopez & Ceballos Jimenez, Elenco Fl. Vasc. Espan.
202. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 235, 271, 352, 384, &
724. 1974; Brouk, Pl. Consum. Man 316 & 470. 1975; Garcia-Barriga,
Fl. Med. Colomb. 2: 508. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl.,
Paes inp. 2, 3: LOL20S: LOES-1L9OL7 > ple, 73s Ns De Riley,
Field Guide Butterfl. W. Ind. 75. 1975; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey.
Hortus Third 669. 1976; K. & G. Beckett, Illust. Encycl. Indoor
Pl. 119 & 185. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect.
Scient. Tech. 13: 136, 328, 383, & 384. 1976; Batson, Gen. East.
Pinole, LA], & 195. 1977s Ry Lancaster, Medits (Pl. Card. 95.
1977; Noamesi, West Afr. Journ. Pharmacol. Drug Res. 4: 33--36.
1977; Ozenda, Fl. Sahara, ed. 2, 407. 19773; Terrell, U. S. Dept.
Agr. Agric. Handb. 505: 71, 72, 166, & 182. 1977; Wickens, Kew
Bull. Addit. Ser. 5: 309, map 151. 1977; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard.
Kew Lib. Curr. Awaren. 9: 22 & 23. 1978; Bhandari, Fl. Indian Des.
310. 1978; Casadoro & Rascio in Sturgess, Electron Microscopy 2:
416--417. 1978; Daiya, Sen, & Chawan, Geobios. [Jodhpur] 5 (6):

154 EP Heya OPE OnG eieTA Vol. 48, No. 2

270--272. 1978; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1391 &
1397--1399. 1978; Heathcote in Haywood, Flow. Pl. World 237. 1978;
Lindquist, Hickenia 1: 152--155. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 131--
135 & 145--151. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst.
TES On 44S). AA ee Oro, eo) OS LO7SsNG. H.) ehasnGt sep Waslcialie
Del. East. Shore 203, pl. 37. 1978; Robin, Guillot, Ferry, & Col-
lombel, Pl. Med. Phytother. 12: 134. 1978; Rogerson, Becker, &
Prince, Build. Worney Bot.) Club wilOstess5iq Loss Re) Be sills.) AGEs

Bot. Venez. 13: 193) 206, & 263), (figs 152. L97S> Steyeum. cenuben.s
Fl. Avila 861, 862, & 868. 1978; Swanson & Sohmer, Proc. Iowa

Acadin Seats (85):) 54.) 978s iSykess INE Zeal Journ. Bot. sll6s3 9ermebomor
Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939 & 4594; Anon., Biores. Ind. 17 (5):
ref. 42621 & 46314. 1979; D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book,
ede 4, imp. 2, 3530& 406. 1979s; Hosberg, Sachet, & Olivers) Macno—
nesica 15: 236. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86——88 & 91.
1979; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World
Weeds 217, 218, & 276. 1979; Jones & Luchsinger, Pl. Systemat.

301 & 302. 1979; Lindquist, Biol. Abstr. 68: 4597. 1979; Lépez—
Palacios, Revast. Bac.) Barme Univ. Andes! 20) 6 7& 273) 97 9Ee isla
Rimpler, Zeitschr. Naturforsch. Wiesb. 34C: 324 & 325. 1979; Mold.,
Biol. Abstr. 67: 708. 11979; Molid., Phytologia 41: 508 (1979), 42:
199 & 508 (1979), 43: 294--295, 330, 506, & 512 (1979), and 44:
U2 25) 36 SS.) S28m S845 509, (& Sil2/ 3 97/9 Noames tb 1olesAD
str. 67:3, 6243\.).1979; Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., imp. 2 [ed Ewan];

403. 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 292, 293, 302, 3145 &
341. 1979; Rogerson, Becker, & Prince, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 106:
62 & 154. 1979; Scoggan, Fl. Canada 4: 1295. 1979; Tams & Iltis,
Trans), Wise. Acad.) Sei) 67/3192) L979) Troncoso) any bunkare, Hse
Must. EneERewRios 5: 266, 271-2810) 285,286, 1& 288, flee Zo ——is ae
19/0 Strausbaugh siCGone,) Bll. We Wale. ede 3) 2S) 788 0& 739r

1979; Woodward & Rickett, Comm. Wild Fls. 214. 1979; Avery &

Loope, S. Fla. Res. Cent. Rep. T-5/74: 33. 1980; Craig & Sm., Soil
Crop Sci. Soc. Fla. Proc. 39: 85. 1980; Fosberg, Otobed, Sachet,
Oliver, Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tolloesdtia v45i) 36——37),) 40) 3595) S528 a D077) G980)r 462) 73 ——1e/Seelaieie
179, & 508 (1980), and 47: 88. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 5, 20,
MOS Bh GAs 5, O85 Yes Ws Wo-—7ee thls lh V5 86 GAS Sips 17/5

Chi, WG oy alloy ValOe< alfoys)s als}. tl WARS a We) ISO), USS
147—-149, 174, 175, 177, 178, 180, 183, 188, 189, 198, 200-——208,;
ZNO pee Zia e213 —— 2 e220 222 —— Doe 2D 229) e23iley 239). a2 Gs
sii. A), Bil, QBS Wik. Who, Aes. S35 S75 S35 S725 S3/O5 B97;
405, 409, 414--417, 419--423, 449, 452, 462, 463, & 628. 1980;
Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190--
191. 1980; Polunin, Fls. Greece Balk. 387. 1980; Root, Herbs Spices
bee, MilenyG SYA5 Si, Si, ilo), Gy wikis west, SSG WCEKOR \Waleteatars. EE.
Baja Calif. 526 & 529--530. 1980; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga.
111. 1981; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 219. 1981; Mold., Phytologia
eT] SOs}, WSLS Vis WS NS WoReerin, IelorlG Bie, SSR WAS Weyl.

It is perhaps worth noting here that Caruel (1884) is among
those botanists who correctly accredit the name Lippia to Hous-—-
toun. The Zappania Scop., listed as a synonym of Lippia by Spach
(1840), actually is a synonym of Phyla Lour.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 155

Although the Baileys (1976) definitely state that the true
genus Lippia is not cultivated in the United States and Canada,
L. alba (Mill.) N. E. Br. actually does occur in cultivation at
least in Maryland and Pennsylvania.

Pobéguin (1906) describes an unidentified species of Lippia from
the Republic of Guinea, based on Bambaya 26, as a "Plante trés
commune, 1 m. 4 1m. 50 de haut; fleurs blanches en glomérules
par 4 4 l'aisselle des feuilles; feuilles verticillées vert clair,
odorantes; existe en plusieurs variétés 4 odeurs différentes. Les
indigenes se servent des feuilles en infusion." It is probable
that he is here referring to L. abyssinica (Otto & Dietr.) Cuf.,
L. chevalierii Mold., L. multiflora Mold., and/or L. rugosa A.
Chev., all known from that country and all quite similar in ap-
pearance,

Lindquist (1978) records the fungus, Prospodium tumefaciens
Lindq., as parasitizing the leaves of an unidentified species of
Lippia in C6rdoba, Argentina.

The Dressler 2304 and Eichenwald s.n. [May 2, 1954], distribu-
ted as Lippia, actually are Lantana achyranthifolia Desf., while
Shepherd, Semir, Andrade, & Salgado 7244 is L. aristata (Schau.)
Briq., Mori & Santos 11848 is Lantana canescens H.eB.K., Matuda &
al. 31225 is L. frutilla Mcid., W. Hoehne 5583 is Lantana fucata
Lindl., Enriquez 676 is L. involucrata L., Tharp & York 51-135 &
51-142 are L. macropoda Torr., Fournier 143 is L. peduncularis
Anderss., Dorantes & al. 1435 is L. velutina f. albifructa Mold.,
Barkley, Paxson, & Webster 2571 is L. velutina f. violacea Mold..
and Chavelas, Gonzalez, & Pérez 2236 and Héringer & al. 564 are
not verbenaceous.

LIPPIA ABYSSINICA (Otto & Dietr.) Cuf.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 609. 1843; R.
E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.—Kong. Exped. Bot. 2 (2):
Pisa, woos Good -& Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl: 22139. .0930seH-
N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 80 & 81. 1948; Dithens, Afric.
Handb. 8: [Drug Pl. Afr.] 94. 1949; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6768
(1978) and 66: 1277. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 39: 434. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86 & 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Men.
PeeZOW ee 202120351 205——20855 2105 e2LL, 213502 7220552235) 2245
Seg ods 02395 03D 7 5 49, -&4558 2980.

Dithens (1949) reports that this plant is used medicinally to
treat fevers, colds, and colic in Africa. Fries (1916) cites
his no, 1887 from Kasindi.

LIPPIA ABYSSINICA var. PUBESCENS (Mold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6768 (1978)
and 66: 1277. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 385. 1978; Hocking,
Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86 & 87. 19793; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 208,
224, & 558. 1980.

LIPPIA ACUMINATA C, Wright
Emended synonymy: Lippia acuminata "Wr. ex Griseb." apud A-

156 P Heyer 0 TONG mar rs Vol. 48, No. 2

laine in Leon * Alain, Fl. Cuba, amp. 1; 4: °289- 19572

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 288=—289. 19575 Moild., Biol. Abstr. 66: 12775
1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 385. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90
& 558. 1980.

LIPPIA ACUTIDENS Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytclogia 38: 385. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 558.
1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as erect and xylopodif-
erous, with rose-colored corollas, and have found it growing in
sandy soil on campo cerrado, at 800--950 m,. altitude, flowering
in July.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Hatschbach & Guimaraes
42274 (Ld), 42324 (ld).

LIPPIA ADPRESSA Hayek

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 385--386. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147
& 558. 1980.

LIPPIA AFFINIS Schau,
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 386 (1978) and
AOS (7/5 IWS MtonlslS 5 Iwosacolls Wein 2S IT SAR ts Bystsi5 ILS isi0)-

LIPPIA ALBA (Mill.) N. E. Br.

Additional & emended bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl.
NEES Hoes Ilultiste, €Snoi| ike S5 iygiles iW, wien, Shiag Wil, 33 S80.
597, 609, & 610. 1843; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 1, 3:
292. 1888; Reiche & Phil. in Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chile 5:
298 & 301--302. 1910; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 102,
1:03), 7&°233., 19195) Haines, Bot, Bihar Orissa, ved. ljv4s 7-Seeaw—oe
1922; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Ven-
ez.] 599--602. 1927; Hieron., Pl. Diafor. 225. 1930; Stahl, Estud.
Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 2, 3: 292. 1937; Gonzalez & Lombardo, Anot.
Fitoter. Vern. Urug. 9. 1946; Alain in Le6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba,
imp. 1, 4: 288--289, fig. 124. 1957; Fester & al., Anal. Asoc.
Quim. Argent. 45: 185--189. 1957; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed.
223° 73978 740. 1961's Fournet, Fl. Tlllust. Bhan. Cuad. Mant.
1397--1399. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 131--133. 1978; Mukherjee
& Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40 & 53. 1978; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.33: 87 & 91. 1979; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Pluck-
nett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 217. 1979; Lépez-Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 27. 1979; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Il-
UStH.) EnEne! RIOS"5:) 2/2——27 D5 taeeel 29). LOO) Moild.,, sehy.tolemuens
DS 9234 (9. Gh 75 Vhs Ws Wa Us ils ths G05 O75 SIA5 85 Sis
hyo aol, OS, aloOyA.. alos, alfols), alls. alae alas al, NS) IS YAS AWAT/
Wh, 7/5 IO, ilists) AOS, SIi7/5 S575 GHA, AilG)) AAO), VB. Bsisi5 &
628. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 529 & 530. 1980.

Additional illustrations: Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia LS 7

i, 4: 288, fig. 124. 1957; Troncoso in Burkart. Fl. Ilustr. Entre
Riose274,) figs 129.1979.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a low spreading shrub,
1--1.5 m. tall, with green bracts, and have encountered it in
forests and woody pastizal, at 200--800 m. altitude, in anthesis
in July and August. The corollas are said to have been "pink" on
Hart 1215, "reddish" on Austin & al. 7381, and “purple" on Ste-
vens 9440.

Knuth (1927) cites from Venezuela the following collections:
Bermudez: Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. Bolivar: Humboldt & Bonpland
s.n. Federal District: Pittier 6172 & 7029. Margarita Island:
Johnston 81, Miller & Johnston 125. He records the vernacular name,
"cariaquito blanco". Other authors have listed "herva cidreira",
"“romerillo", "salvia", "salvia de campo", "salvia de monte", "salvia
morada", “salvia trepadora", "sauge de la Barbade", "sauge du
Brésil", "thé de Chine", and "yerba buena".

Troncoso (1979) cites from Entre Rios, Argentina: Baez 147,
Boelcke 1248, Burkart 8792, 12899, 21363, 21364, 21365, 22291, &
23095, Correa & Bacigalupo s.n., Lorentz s.n., Meyer 10888, and
Nicora 3282, some of these collections actually being from Almirén,
Curuzi, Espinillo, and Lechiguana islands.. She comments that
"Existen ejemplares de esta especie mas graciles, de hojas mas
angostas y oblongas, de 2--3 (--5,5) cm long. x 1--2,3 cm lat.,
cabezuelas mAs pequenas y pubescencia en general mas breve y laxa.
[This is the true L. alba --H.N.M.]. Estas diferencias permitir-
fan considerarlos como una variedad de L. alba, pero la presencia
de algunos ejemplares intermedios impede, por el momento, estable-
cer una verdadera delimitacidn......Lippia alba es muy empleada en
la farmacopea popular. Diversos autores senalam su accién estimu-
lante y antiespasmidica......Especie, ademas, muy rica en aceites
esenciales. Fester....y colab.....senalan la presencia de lippi-
ona vy piperitona, prevaleciendo una u otra de estas esencias en
distintas muvestras procedentes en Entre Rios. Segiin estos autores,
podria tener valor industrial el cultivo de Lippia alba para la
producci6én de piperitona, materia prima para el mentol artificial."

The L. alba described by Wiggins (1980) from Baja California ac-
tually is var. carterae Mold.

Material of Lippia alba is often misidentified and distributed
as Lantana sp. On the other hand, the Cantu 83, distributed as
Lippia alba, actually is L. graveolens H.B.K., while Foshberg &
Nasir 56922 is Lantana indica var. albiflora Wight and Ortiz 1780
is Lantana microcephala A, Rich.

Additional citations: TEXAS: Hidalgo Co.: Lawson & al. 483 (Ne--
71512); Thomas, Marx, & Allen 39449 (Ne--92562). NICARAGUA: Mata-
galpa: W. D. Stevens 9440 (Ld). ECUADOR: Morona-Santiago: J. Hart
1215 (E--2600513). BRAZIL: Amapa: Austin, Nauman, Rabelo, Rosario,
& Santos 7381 (Ld). BOLIVIA: El Beni: Feljanty 13 (Z).

LIPPIA ALBA var. CARTERAE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 401. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 558.

158 PRY OF EV ONG Era: Vol. 48> Nowez

1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 530. 1980.
Wiggins (1980) erroneously lists this taxon as typical Lippia
alba, which is lavender-flowered,.

LIPPIA ALBA var. GLOBIFLORA (L'Hér.) Mold.

Emended synonymy: Lippia geminata Humb. & Bonpl. apud Steud.,
Nome BOE. Phan 1edie lls W446, S210

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 486
(leva) gil Gol, Ao Be SYS (7/50), IusyAlS ID Ibaiaieenn Shigta WIL, 3)9 SE) &
610. 1843; Griseb., Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. G6tting. 24: [Symb.
Fl. Argent.] 278. 1879; Herzog, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 29: 41.
1916; Mold., Phytologia 41: 132--133. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot.
A.33: 87. 1979; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. At-—
las World Weeds 217. 1979: Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Un-
iv, Andes 20: 282711979 Moild’, “Phytol. Mem. 25) 164, 116.) 1245 en268
WHE) ayAR SWAT) dyes Ala 7i Ae sion SiS 5. AAS CAML) AKO) falieye 1 3y7)
462, 463, & 558. 1980.

Kummrow reports that this plant is used medicinally in Brazil.
The corollas sare said to have been "lilac" in color on Kummrow
1259 when fresh,

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goias: Hatschbach 34570 (W--
2839472). CULTIVATED: Brazil: Kummrow 1259 (Ld).

LIPPIA ALNIFOLIA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 474. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 558.
1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Ba-
hia 190. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a bushy shrub, 1.5--
2.5 m. tall, the leaves coriaceous, aromatic, rugose, dark glossy-
green above, gray-green beneath, the bracts pale-green, the
corollas "pale-pink with yellow-orange throat". and have found it
growing among rocks in a region of sandstone, metamorphic, and
quartzite rock outcrops associated with marsh and damp flushes
and on campo rupestre, at 1000--1500 m. altitude, flowering in
March and July, and fruiting in July. On Mori & al. 12420 the
corollas are said to have been light-lilac "com uma mancha de
amarela no centro",

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19763 (N, Z)3; Mori, King, Santos, &

Hage 12420 (Ld, W--2854268) , 12613 (Ld, W--2854281).

LIPPIA AMERICANA L.

Additional bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth.
Boe BE joll, SSW, wate Al ty (alsulG)) eval “Ag Bis) Oko alisywSie” wigeslie—
fer, Noms Bot. 2 ()2 134. 1874s Molds, Phytollogia 40:0 133%) Bo7s
Rey Hen Sie seACt.) bots Venez. Lots 19S 206m 6 20S), atelier male 2 emelnOOr.
Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979;
Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Tlustr. Entre Rios 5: 271. 19793; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64, 84, 109, 129, 130, 134, 420, & 558. 1980.

Additional & emended illustrations: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. En- .
cycl. Méth. Bot. 3: pl. 539, fig. 1 & 2; R. F. Sm., Act. Bote Vel

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 159

ezencos, figs U52,' 1978.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant in forests and in
"very disturbed areas", at 50--150 m. altitudes, flowering in Oc-
tober and November, and describe it as a shrub, 2 m. tall. The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Kirkbride 2466 & 2634.
Smith (1978) describes the species as follows: "Hoia rugosa con
denticulos en su mitad distal. Pecfolo y tallas j6venes pubescen-
tes de olor fuerte. Casi siempre con cabezuelas de flores. Tallo
cuadrangular en corte transval. Arbusto secundario de zona cali-
da." It should be pointed out that on p. 193 of his work the
figure illustrating this species is incorrectly given as "151".

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Magdalena: Kirkbride 2466 (N,
W--2834901), 2634 (W--2835021).

LIPPIA AMERICANA f£. HYPTOIDES (Benth.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 475 & 476. 1978; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 129,
130, 134, & 558. 1980.

LIPPIA AMERICANA f£. PILOSA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Record & Hess, Timb. New World 544,
1943; Mold., Phytologia 41: 133. 1978; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 84, 109,
NEN Geen), GND Ow LGU.

Recent collectors describe this plant as shrubby, with elonga-
ted spreading stems, the leaves aromatic, dull-green above, paler
beneath, and the bracts pale-green, and have encountered it at 500
m. altitude, flowering in December. The corollas are said to have
been "white" on Stevermark & Espinoza 108760.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Lara: Steyermark & Fspinoza
108760 (N). Zulia: Aristeguieta 2058 (W--2882048).

LIPPIA ANGUSTIFOLT7A Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 477--478 (1978) and 39: 166. 1978; Mold.,
Buycole Mens 2 UAyio us 7, eSsv& 5505, ISOs

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in quebrachal,
flowering and fruiting in December. The corollas are said to
have been "bright-yellow" on Schinini 19612.

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Schinini 19612 (N).

LIPPIA ANTAICA Loes,. & Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 478. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 558.
1980.

LIPPIA ARBOREA Rojas

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 478. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 198 & 558.
1980.

160 Pheer O! LOR Geis Vol. 48, No. 2

LIPPIA ARECHAVALETAE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 435. 1978; Troncoso in Burkart, 11. Ilust.
Entre Rios 5: 272 & 278--280, fig. 132. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
De WAS A/T AsO Aleks, G7 SiS xs}, Ae tee

Illustrations: Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Tlust. Entre Rios 5:
TIS) seater WS. IBN /Se

Hatschbach describes this plant as xylopodiferous, with yellow
"flowers" [corollas], and encountered it on campo limpo, flowering
in September.

Troncoso (1979) cites the following collections from Entre Rios,
Argentina, noting that the flowers are definitely diclinous: Bur-
kart 21882, 21884, 22697, 22698, 23099, & 26356, Cabrera 10797,
Herb. Inst. Darwinicn 25669, Hunziker 4531, Lorentz 356 & s.n.,
and Ragonese & Guaglianone s.n.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 37924 (Eu--
S7Ks PML) c

LIPPIA ARECHAVALETAE var. MICROPHYLLA Mold.

Additional. bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 479. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559.
1980.

LIPPIA ASPERRIMA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 435 (1978) and 40: 78. 1978; Troncoso in
Burkart, Els lust. Entre Rios 5%) 272 & 275—-278)> fies 130) =x
1979; Mold., Phytologia 47: 88. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147,
Iy/Sy Ig, 1sKO, letsin Dao iS yeiOl,

Tllustrations: Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilust. Entre Rios 5:
PUG ree 30) Wao, W7/S)e :

Recent collectors have encountered this plant growing on high
campo, flowering in September. The corollas are described as
having been "intense yellow" on Schinini & Bordas 13335.

Troncoso (1979) asserts that this species is definitely diclinous
in regard to its flowers and that it "Habita en lugares humedos,
campos virgenes o bordes de selva en galeria". She cites the fol-
lowing collections from Entre Rios, Argentina: Burkart 1984, 22704,
24013, 24228, 26350, 28068, & 30281 and Hauman s.n.

The Morel 4353 and Pedersen 9650, previously cited by me as the
typical form of this species, are now regarded as representing f.
angustifolia Mold.

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Schinini & Bordas 13335 (N).

LIPPIA ASPERRIMA £. ANGUSTIFOLIA Mold., Phytologia 47: 88. 1980.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 88. 1980; Mold., Phytol.

Mem. 2: 188. 1980.

This narrow-leaved form has been found growing in dry sandy grass—-
lands, flowering in January and February, fruiting in February. The
material cited below was previously erroneously regarded by me and
cited as typical L. asperrima Cham.

Citations: ARGENTINA: Corriente: Pedersen 9650 (W--2883187). For-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 161
mosa: Morel 4353 (N--type).

LIPPIA ASPERRIMA var. LONGIPEDUNCULATA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 480. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 177, 180,
188, & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA ASPERRIMA var. ROTUNDATA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 479 & 480. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
147, 188, & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA BAHIENSIS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 435. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559.
1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Ba-
hia 190. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a slender subshrub or
shrublet, 20--45 cm. tall, the leaves aromatic or slightly so,
dark-green or grayish-green above, paler beneath, plicate, the
bracts green, and have found it growing in grassland in an area of
dry grassland on quartzite and white sand, apparently subject to
flooding, with red lateritic soils in the valleys with cerrado, as
well as in “caatinga on sand and with quartzitic rocks and meta-
morphosed sandstones forming rock areas with more open vegetation
including an extensive area of Vellozia", at 1000 m. altitude,
flowering in February and March. The corollas are said to have
been "Jilac, throat yellow with white surrounding" on Harley 18934
and "pink with darker pink tube, yellow in throat" on Harley 20053.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18934 (N, Z), 20053 (K).

LIPPIA BALANSAE Briq.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 480--481. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147,
Wise &) 559.) 1980.

Hatschbach describes this plant as a shrub, 1.3 m. tall, with
lilac flowers, and found it growing in cerrado, flowering and
fruiting in October.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hatschbach 38696
(W--2850788). Paranda: Hatschbach 12952 (Eu--662).

LIPPIA BAUMII GUrke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 481. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 227, 231,
O05 2435, & 599... 1980.

LIPPIA BELLATULA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 481. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559.
1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia
190. 1980.

162 PH E TON ONCHENA. Vol. 48, No. 2

Harley and his associates describe this plant as a subshrub, 1
m. tall, with many straight branches spreading from the base, the
leaves dull-green and aromatic, the corollas "pink with a yellow
throat", and have encountered it among sandstone rocks on dry
hillsides with scrubby vegetation, at 1200 m. altitude, flowering
in March.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19943 (Id, N).

LIPPIA BOCAINENSIS Glaz.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 39" (2)/9 320. 1913s Molde, eBiol. Abstr. (66201277 2197S aMomdir
Phytologia 38: 481--482. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559.
1980.

LIPPIA BOLIVIANA Rusby

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 482 (1978) and 42: 199. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Memne2z Saar LAye. Lif. Less, a S596 gL980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as 1--1.6 m. tall, and
have found it growing at 2480--2590 m. altitude, flowering in
March and October. The corollas are said to have been "white" on
Beck 882 and Jiménez 185.

Additional citations: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: S. G. Beck 882 (Ld);
A. M. Jiménez 185 (ld).

LIPPIA BOLIVIANA var. ANGUSTA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 482. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 175 & 559.
1980.

LIPPIA BOLIVIANA var. INTEGRIFOLIA Mold., Phytologia 42: 199.
WC)7/2)-
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 199. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mente 2ic) aki ds S59) LOS 0!s
Citations: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: A. M. Jimenez 188 (Z--type).

LIPPIA BOTHRIOURA Briq.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 482. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 177, 180,
& 559. 1980.

LIPPIA BRACTEATA Carr.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 38: 482. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 357 &
559. 1980.

LIPPIA BRACTEOSA (Mart. & Gal.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 435. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87.
1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 559. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 163

LIPPIA BRADEANA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 61: 4884. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 24, 39, & 40. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA BRADEANA var. VELUTINA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 61: 4884. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 24 & 40. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 &
559. 1980.

LIPPIA BRADET Mold,

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 24. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a subshrub, to 50 cm.
tall, "solo ramoso", with purple corollas. They have encountered
it at the base of a morro, at 1050 m. altitude, flowering in July.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Hatschbach & Guimaraes
42383 (Z).

LIPPIA BROMLEYANA Mold., Phytologia 43: 294--295. 1979.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 43: 294--295. 1979; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo,
Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.
Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pin-
heiro in Harley 19226 (Ld--isotype, N--type, Ub--holotype. Z--iso-
type).

LIPPIA BURTONII J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 25 & 395. 1978;
MoOtdwe. cnytolL. Mem, 2: 220, 227), 236, & 5595, L980.

LIPPIA CAFFRA Sond.
Additional bibliograohv: Mold., Phytologia 39: 25. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 246 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CALLENSI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 25. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 220 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CALLENSI var. VILLOSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 25. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 217, 220, & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CALLICARPAEFOLIA H.B.K.

Emended synonymy: Lippia callicarpaefolia Humb. & Bonpl. apud
sweeud... (Nome bot. Phan.,, ed. bt, 485. L821.

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 485
(1821) and ed. 2, 2: 54. 1841; Imbesi, Ind. Piante 450. 1964;
Mold., Phytologia 39: 435 & 442 (1978) and 40: 69 & 81. 1978;
Mold. , Phytol. Mem. 2: 64, 72, 357, 419,) 6 559.. 1980.

The vernacular name, "nacca", is reported for this plant.
Material of L. callicarpaefolia has been misidentified and distrib-

164 PH YeoL 0) ONG A Vol. 48, No. 2

uted in some herbaria as Lagascea sp.
Additional citations: GUATEMALA: Amatitlan: Kellerman 6372
(Me--117222).

LIPPIA CAMPESTRIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 28, 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CANDICANS Hayek
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 28. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 23 247 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CARDIOSTEGIA Benth.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 435 (1978) and
40: 69. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40.
U5 Molle leokvieeylo Wem AR GA, AS WO, 7/5 Sky teil wan fe 5!)
1980.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in cultivated
areas on hillsides, in low deciduous forests on broken lava, among
loose volcanic cinders of ridgetops, along roadsides, on steep
slopes partially covered by disturbed forest, and in areas domina-
ted by grasses and dense shrubs to 1 m. tall, describing it as a
common shrub, 1--2.5 m. tall. They have encountered it at 3/5-—
1330 m. altitude, flowering in November, and in fruit in July and
November. The corollas are said to have been "white with a yellow
center" on Stevens 3919 & 4507.

Additional citations: GUATEMALA: Santa Rosa: Dunn, Dziekanow-
ski, & Pennell 23016 (N). NICARAGUA: Granada: F. B. Nelson 7510
(Au). Managua: W. D. Stevens 3919 (Z), 4507 (Id), 5277 (Ld).

LIPPIA CARVIODORA Meikle

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 30--31. 1978;
Mowidy bin colle Mem. 2: 23 &e 559. e L980 We te. We Morgans) Econ.
Boe, S58 WHs5 Tee

Morgan (1981) cites Mathew 6510 and records the vernacular
name, "esrilipong", from Kenya for this species.

LIPPIA CARVIODORA var. MINOR Meikle
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 31. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 204, 231, & 559. 1980

LIPPIA CENTAUREA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 31. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 217 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CHEVALIERII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 31--32, 181, &
456. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 205--208, 213, & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CHIAPASENSIS Loes.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytoclogia 41: 133--134. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 64, 72, & 559. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 165

Recent collectors have found this plant in flower in December.
Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 5824 (Me--
7L052) 5

LIPPIA CHRYSANTHA Greenm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 33. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 559. 1980.

Recent collectors have found this plant in anthesis in January.

The Lundell & Lundell 12507, distributed as and previously
cited by me as LL. chrysantha, actually is L. caxacana Robinson &
Greenm.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 5982 (Me--71815),
5995 (Me--71811).

LIPPIA CIPOENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 33. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CONTERMINA Briq.

Additional bibliography: Griseb., Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss.
Gdtt. 24: [Symb. Fl. Argent.] 277. 1879; Mold., Phytologia 39:
33. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 178, 188, & 559. 1980.

Grisebach (1879) says for his L. turnerifolia var. camporum:
"Huc referenda videtur Lantana brasiliensis Lk. ex Ic. Schauer in
Fl. bras. IX. t. 43., Sarcolippia Cham., ab auctore ipso Lippiis
adnumerata, sed nostra suffrutescens, non fruticosa™.

LIPPIA CONTROVERSA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 436 (1978) and
HOseoeeLo7as Mold... Phytol. Mem. 2) 64,0729 ,76, 7951505) &i559-
1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an open-crowned aro-
matic shrub or shrub-like tree, 1.2--3 m. tall, the foliage with a
lemon scent, and have found it growing in drainage ditches in
pastures, along roadsides, in weedy fields and roadside ditches,
in tropical dry forests, in "areas of open lava flows and closed
forest", and in highly mixed tropical forests dominated by pine
and oak on mountain slopes with clay soils volcanically derived,
as well as scattered in short-tree forests with dense undergrowth,
at 40--3100 m. altitude, in flower from May to July and September,
in fruit in May and June. Neil refers to it as an "uncommon
shrub", while Stevens found it to be “common on floodplains".

The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Boutin & Brandt
2346 and Fryxell & Lott 3243, “at first white with a yellow cen-
ter, later entirely white" on Stevens 3533, and "white with a
yellow center" on Neill 4303 and Stevens 2885 & 3018.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Fryxell & Lott 3243
(Z). Jalisco: Boutin & Brandt 2346 (Me--214975). Nayarit: Gentry
& Gilly 10484 (Me--48955). Oaxaca: Miranda 4705 (Me--71051).
NICARAGUA: Managua: Neill 2296 (1d); W. D. Stevens 2885 (Ld), 3533
(Ld). Masaya: Neill 4303 (Ld). Nuevo Segovia: W. D. Stevens
3018 (Ld).

166 PUH YS TA ORL) ORGHIs A Vol. 48, No. 2

LIPPIA CONTROVERSA var. BREVIPEDUNCULATA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 34. 1978; Mold.,
Phy tole Mem. 2) 645 795 & 559. 980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an abundant aromatic
shrub, 2--3 m. tall, and have found it te be "common near crater
rim" and in gallery forests and dense secondary growth on level
plains, at 80--100 m. altitude. The corollas are said to have
been "white" on Stevens 3370.

Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Managua: W. D. Stevens 3370
(Ld), 3409 (1d).

LIPPIA CORIACEA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 34, 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA CORYMBOSA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 436. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147, 419, & 559. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a subshrub, growing
from woody underground parts, to 60 cm. tall, with purple bracts,
and have encountered it as "rare" in the drier places on flat
sandy ledges among boulders, on rocky hillsides and steep slopes,
at 1600 m. altitude, flowering in February, The flowers are de-
scribed as "corolla-tube purple with a white center" on Gates &
Estabrook 138.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Golas: Gates & Estabrook 138
(N). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fons@ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, &
Ramos 27508 (N).

LIPPIA COSTARICENSIS Mold.

Additional synonymy: Lippia costariensis Mukherjee & Chanda,
Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40, sphalm. 1978.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 134. 19783. Muk-
herjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40. 1978; Mold., Phy~
(eel Miering 2H stehih e¥A5 VAMC) “ty Sy), IECKSIOG

LIPPIA CULMENTCOLA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytolcegia 39: 36. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 559. 1980.
Miranda has found this plant in anthesis in December.
Additional citations: MEXICO: Puebla: Miranda 2527 (Me--69656).

LIPPIA CURTISIANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 134 & 147.
LO7SseMolida, Phytol, Mena 2645 9/2. & 5595 960)

LIPPIA DAUENSIS (Chiov.) Chiov.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 41: 387. 1918; Mold., Phytologia 39: 36--37. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Mem. 22) 203, 2045 2315 04205) 7) 559s) L980

Ash describes this plant as a bushy herb, to 3 feet tall, with
dark-green leaves, and found it to be colonizing areas of dried

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 167

red mud-flats around ponds, at 1480 m. altitude, along with Acacia
nilotica and Chrysanthellum americanum in the fringing layer. The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Ash 2813.

Additional citations: ETHIOPIA: Ash 2813 (W--2819810).

LIPPIA DIAMANTINENSIS Glaz.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
39 (2): 320. 1913; Mold., Phytologia 39: 37. 1978; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA DOMINGENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 37. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 95 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA DUARTETI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 37. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA DUMETORUM Herzog

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 37--38 & 264.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 175 & 559. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a very fragrant
shrub, 2 m. tall, and have encountered it at 170 m. altitude,
flowering in April. The corollas are said to have been "white" on
Krapovickas & Schinini 36286.

Additional citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: Krapovickas & Schin-
ini 36286 (Z).

LIPPIA DURANGENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 38. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA EKMANTI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 38--39. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147, 188, & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA ELEGANS Cham.

Synonymy: Lippia elegana Cham. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 420,
in syn. 1980.

Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.

Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 602. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 39: 436
(1978) and 40: 65. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147, 420, & 559.
1980.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a very common fragrant
shrub, 0.8--1.5 m. tall, found on campo and in caatinga, at 500 mn.
altitude, flowering and fruiting in March. The corollas are de-
scribed as having been "white, center of tube yellow" on Mori &
al. 9532, and "white" on Hatschbach 42096 & Krapovickas & Cris-
t6bal 35376.

Material of L. elegans has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Lantana sp.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Hatschbach 42096 (N); Mori,

168 Pye) OVE NO} Gee A Vol. 48, No. 2

Mattos Silva, Santos, Kallunki, & Pennington 9532 (Ld, N). Mato
Grosso: Hatschbach 34152 (W--2839445). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fon-
s@ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 27193 (N)3; Krapovickas &
Crist®bal 35376 (Z).

LIPPIA ELEGANS var. OBTUSIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 39. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980.

LIPPIA ELLIPTICA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 436. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.

LIPPIA ELLIPTICA var. SILVICOLA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 436. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall,
the corollas "yellow in the center", and found it growing in the
transition zone between mata de cipé and caatinga much disturbed
by domestic animals, flowering in April.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori, Mattos Silva, Kal-
lunki, & Santos 9994 (Ld, N).

LIPPIA EUPATORIUM Schau,

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phvtologia 39: 24, 37, & 39--
41. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 67: 708. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
AE We (% SS75 UO.

Hatschbach describes this plant as erect, with yellow flowers
[corollas], and encountered it on rocky campo, flowering in May.
Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Hatschbach

36696 (Eu--34807).

LIPPIA EUPATORIUM var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Mold.

Synonymy: Lippia eupatorium var. angustifolium Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 559, sphalm. 1980.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 40--41. 1978;
Moilid.; Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 559), 11980).

LIPPIA FELIPPET Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 41. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA FERRUGINEA H.B.K.

Emended synonymy: Lippia ferruginea Humb. & Bonpl. apud Ste2ud.,
Weis ioe, MWoeini5, Glo Ils ig IsyAl

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 485
(1821) and ed. 2; 2: 54. 1841; Molld., Phytologia 392 41 \& L167.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 560. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 169

LIPPIA FILIFOLIA Mart. & Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 41--42. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA FLAVIDA Urb.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
4082): 335. 19153; Mold., Phytologia 39: 42. 19785 Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 95 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA FLORIDA Cham.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 42 & 444, 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA FORMOSA T. S. Brandeg.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 42--43. 19783
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 560. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif.
33 & 530. 1980.

LIPPIA FRAGRANS Turcz.

Additional & emended bibliography: D. H. Scott in Solered.,
Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 2: 1020 & 1021. 1908;
Reiche & Phil. in Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chile 5: 298 & 299.
1910; Mold., Phytologia 39: 43. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 183 &
560. 1980.

Reiche & Philippi (1910) describe this species as "Planta per-
enne, algo Jefosa en la base, mui olorosa por las muchas gléndu-
las que la cubren. Tallces estriades, ramosos. Hojas opuvestas,
enteras, oblengas, atenuadas en la base, jeneralmente agudas; de
1--2,5 cm. de largo, sus bordes provistos de pelos blancos. In-
florescencia paniculada, compuesta de glom@rulos subglobosos.
Bracteas anchamente aovadas, en la cara esterior i en los bordes
largamente peludas; las inferiores de 3--4 mm. CASliz bipartido,
largamente peludo, de 3,5--4 mm.. Corola blanca; su tubo# del
largo de cdliz; el limbo marcadamente cigomorfo por la estension
mayor de uno de los 5 16bulos obtusos. Estambres 4, didinamos,
con las anteras casi s@ésiles; las de insercion superior cada una
con um ap€ndice largo del conectivo. Estigma oblicuo, dilatado.
El ovario facilmente se deshace en 2 porciones con un Gvulo en
cada una. Fruto desconocido. Tallos hasta 0,6 m. -- Planta mui
caracterfstica de la seccion Zapania. Provincia de Atacana
(Bandurrias)."

LIPPIA FRANCENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 43, 80, & 1709.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147, 420, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GARDNERIANA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phvtologia 39: 35, 43--44, 164,
& 440. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GEHRTIT Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 44. 1978; Mold.,

170 PY EESO LOR Gira Vol. 48, No. 2
Phytol. Mem. 2: 147, 420, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GENTRYI Standl.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 44--45 & 442.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GLANDULOSA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 134 & 151. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a shrub, 0.6--2 nm.
tall, and found it growing in caatinga and on granite cliffs, at
300--900 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting from February to Ap-
ril. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Mori 13431
and Mori & al. 9960. Rosa & Cordeiro comment: "Inflorescencia
seca, cheiro ativo agradavel".

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Hyptis goyazensis.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Débereiner-Tokarnia 1449
(Ld); Mori 13431 (N, Z)3; Mori, Mattos Silva, Kallunki, & Santos
9960 (N, Z). Roraima: Rosa & Cordeiro 1507 (N).

LIPPIA GLAZIOVIANA Loes.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
39 (2): 320. 1913; Mold., Phytologia 39: 45--46 & 445. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 560. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a woody shrub to 40 cm.
tall and report it to be "common" in sandy soil of rocky campo a-
mong boulders, at 1600 m. altitude, in flower in February. Gates
& Estabrook describe the corollas on their no. 102 as “corolla-
tube purple with white hairs outside and in throat, center of tube
yellow with white ring at color change from purple, becoming
darker purple with orange throat in age".

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Gates & Estabrook 102 (N).

LIPPIA GOSSWETLERI S. Moore

Additional & emended bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot.
68: Suppl. 2: 139. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 39: 46. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 233 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GRACILIS Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 576--577. 1847 [not
Ge gracilas™ Re. Ace Phil.,; 1896).

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 45, 46, 78, 179,
& 438. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 147, 357, & 560. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo,
Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a dense aromatic shrub,
1.5--1.8 m. tall, and have found it growing in caatinga, flowering
in January, April, and May, in fruit in January. The corollas are
said to have been "white" on Cavalcante & Silva 2629 and Matos
8474,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 171

The homonymous L. gracilis R. A. Phil. is a synonym of Acantho-
lippia trifida var. reichei Mold.

Material of L. gracilis Schau, has been misidentified and dis- |
tributed in some herbaria as Hyptis suaveolens Poir.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Ceara: Matos 8474 (N). Espirito
Santo: W. Hoehne 5549 (W--2860001). Par&: Cavalcante & Silva
2629 (N); Rosa & Santos 1885 (N).

LIPPIA GRANDIFLORA Mart. & Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 78--80, 165, &
440. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 405, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GRANDIFOLIA Hochst.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phvtologia 39: 80--81. 1978;
Molds, ehytol. Mem. 2: 201. 203, 220, 222, 224, 231, 4205 & 560.
1980.

LIPPIA GRANDIFOLIA var. ANGUSTISPICATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 81. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 220 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GRANDIFOLIA var. LONGIPEDUNCULATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 81. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 220, 224, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GRATA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 81--82 & 455.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Mori describes this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall, the corollas
“white, with a yellow spot in the center", He encuuntered it in
caatinga, at 350 m. altitude, flowering in March.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori 13447 (N, Z).

LIPPIA GRAVEOLENS H.B.K.

Additional & emended synonymy: Lippia graveolens Humb. & Bonpl.
apud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 486. 1821. Lippia berlandii
Brouk, Pl. Consum. Man, 316, sphalm. 1975. Lippia graviolens
H.B.K., in herb.

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 486
CES225) sand edy 2.82 545 US4lisieDe Dietrag Syme Bless 5992 84h:
Imbesi, Ind. Piante 450. 1964; Brouk, Pl. Consum. Man. 316 & 470.
1975; Terrell, U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handh. 505: 71 & 166. 1977;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 134. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 49, 54, 64,
Gosv2, 70, 79, 81, 357, 409; 4165419508 1560. 1980.

Recent collectors refer to this species as a shrub, 0.5--3 m.
tall, growing from a woody rootstock, the leaves aromatic, and
have found it to be "frequent in matorral of Prosopis glandulosa
and Acacia rigidula", among boulders on cliffs, in sandy-clay soil,
in matorral with woody shrubs and Hechtia qlomerata, in woods of
Acacia, Quercus, Garrya, Juniperus, etc., on limestone hills, on
steep slopes with Quercus, Juniperus, Bursera, Ipomoea and Helio-
carpus, and "scattered with Prosopis, Larrea, Viguiera stenoloba,

17/2 PH RYa 70) LeO RG ans Vol. 48, No. 2

and Fouguiera", at 52--2200 m. altitude, in anthesis in March,
August, September, and November. They report the vernacular name,
"or€gano cimarr6én".

Pennell and his associates encountered the plant "on steep
hillslopes with much caliche outcrop, very alkaline, with arid
scrub, giant barrel cacti and euphorbs of many genera". Cochrane
and his associates describe it as "frequent twiggy shrubs to 10.5
dm. tall, several-stemmed at base, soon branching, the whole plant
aromatic, flowers fragrant, corolla white with a small yellow eye;
cytological material collected" but apparently distributed as
Lantana velutina Mart. & Gal. by misidentification. They encoun-
tered the plant "on low gravelly hills and river valley, in grazed
desert to open crassicaulis matorral dominated by Cephalocereus
hoppenstedtii and spiny mimosoid legumes, with Yucca verniculosa,
Beaucarnea gracilis, Actinocheita filicina, Juliana adstringens,
Jatropha neopauciflora, Malpighia galeottiana, and Echinopteris
lappula", at 1600 m. altitude, flowering in July.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Breedlove 35907,
Crutchfield 1108 & 1143, and Webster, Miller, & Miller 12909,
"cream-white" on Correll 31565, and "very pale-yellow'' on Smith &
Corona Mex.36.

Terrell (1977) asserts that the "oregano" of commerce comes
only in part from Lippia graveolens and in part from Origanum vul-
gare L.

Material of Lippia graveolens has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as "Alloysia gratissima (Gill. & Hook.)
Troncoso", Lantana velutina Mart. & Gal., and even as Turnera dif—-
fusa Willd. On the other hand, the Medrano 10060, distributed as
Lippia graveclens, actually is Lantana microcephala A. Rich.

Additional citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: D. S. Correll 31565
(N). Cameron Co-: Cantu 83 (Ne--94040); Crutchfield 1108 (N).
Hidalgo Co.: Barrera s.n. [13 June 1979] (Ne--173704). Starr Co.:
Crutchfield 1143 (N). MEXICO: Chiapas: Webster, Miller, & Miller
12969 (Me--133595). Coahuila: Butterwick, Smith, & Whalen 582
(Au). Guerrero: Breedlove 35990 (N). Morelos: Miranda 1621 (Me--
73558); Vazquez 3949 (Me--168847). Nuevo LeSn: Socorro Gonzalez
sen. (Au). Oaxaca: Breedlove 35907 (N); Miranda 4739 (Me--71050).
Puebla: Cochrane, Cochrane, & al. 8506 (Ld); Pennell, Dunn, &
Dziekanowski 192 (N). San Iuis Potost: Marioquin s.n. [4-III-61]
(Me--73523). Veracruz: Smith & Corona Mex.36 (Me---99384).

LIPPTA GRISEA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 88--89. 197835
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA GRISEBACHTANA Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Ar-
memes 35 Cth, Wolo), IMO. aloes. (3 alsiy5 seske, So IGE itoiielo, lbyE@lle=
pila 39) 69) (1978) “and 40:76. 19782 Mold.5, Phytol. Mem. 23 ls83ne
560. 1980.

Fmended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 103,
alien Sl IGM.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia M73

LIPPTA HARLEYI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 436--437. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 190. 1980.

TPPIA HASSLERIANA Chod,.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytolegia 39: 89. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 178, & 560. 1980.

Pedersen found this plant growing in rough grassland, flower-
ing in December. The corollas are said to have been "white" on
his no. 9520.

Additional. citations: PARAGUAY: Pedersen 9520 (W--2883249).

LIPPIA HATSCHBACHII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 134. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 420, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA HEDERAFFOLIA Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytclogia 41: 134--135. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: HYatschbach 41418
(W---2840080); ZTrwin, Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos
27267 (WN), 28442 (N).

LIPPIA HERBACEA Mart.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 90. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, 1 m. tall,
viscous near the inflorescence, the phyllaries violet, and the
flower-heads pale-lavender, and have found it growing on rocky
campo and in low woods, at 1000 m. altitude.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Reis dos Santos,
Souza, & Fonséca 24455 (N). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach & Ramamoor-
thy 38008 (W--2839397).

LIPPIA HIERACIFOLIA Cham.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 90--91. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 180, 188, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA HIRSUTA lL. f.

Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih,.
43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 602. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 41: 135. 1978;
Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 862 & 868. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt.
Bot. A.33: 91. 1979; Loépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. An-
des 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 422, & 560. 1980.

Knuth (1927) cites Hartweg 1354 as from Venezuela even though
its accompanying label is inscribed "Columbia", Venezuela having
been a part of Colombia then. He lists the vernacular name,
“amogre",

LIPPIA HIRSUTA var. MORITZII (Turcz.) Lopez—Palacios
Additional & emended bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec.

174 POH aE Opr iO} Gots A Vol. 48, No. 2

Nov. Beih. 43:3) [init. Fl. Venez.) 602 & 603.1927. Hew Noonan.
Moil'd.,9 Pl bites 22) 55 73645081. 1948s" Molld. 5a Phy tologran/iicmLso.
1978; Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 862 & 868. 1978; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.33: 91. 1979; Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 116, 419-——
422, & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a treelet, 4--5 m.
tall, with a globose crown, the flowers attracting a large number
of insects. They have found it in flower in August. The corollas
are said to have been "cream" color on Aristeguieta 3350.

Knuth (1927) cites Wagener 426 from Federal District and Moritz
1640 from Miranda, Venezuela.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Merida: Bernardi s.n. [10 Mayo
1956] (N). Trujillo: Aristeguieta 3350 (W--2882578).

LIPPIA HIRTA (Cham.) Meisn.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 95--96. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Hatschbach notes that this plant grows from a xylopodium, is to
70 cm. tall, and encountered it on dry campo. flowering in Febru-
ary. The corollas on his no. 41449 are said to have been "lilac"
in color when fresh.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parana: Hatschbach 41449 (1d).

LIPPIA HISPIDA Good in Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl. 2:
139=-140. 1930.

Additional & emended bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot.
68: Suppl. 2: 139--140. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 39: 96. 1978;
Motida,sehyvtol.eMempe2:e2395 02465. 695005) L960.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant at 800---1000 mn.
altitude, in both anthesis and fruit in December. Material has
been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. javanica
(Burm. f.) Spreng.

Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Dahlstrand 181
(Go), 2299 (Go).

LIPPIA HOEHNEI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 145. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso:
(W--2839442).

LIPPIA HOEHNEI var. GOYAZENSIS Moid.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 97. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148. 1980.

LIPPIA INDICA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 200---201. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 263,
LORE 22 oe DOO mm LIS OS

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia dD fs

LIPPIA INOPINATA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 97. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant in pastizal
chaparral, flowering and fruiting in November, also in anthesis
in December.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Aguascalientes: Meza, Soto, &
Ledn 493 (Me--119426). Chiapas: Miranda 9123 (Me--71816).

LIPPIA INSIGNIS Mol.d.

Additional. bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 97. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo,
Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

Harley and his associates describe this species as a slender,
aromatic subshrub, 1 m. tall, the stems brittle, Jittle-branched,
the leaves rather rigid, scabrid, glossy, dark-green above, gray-
green beneath, the corolla "bright-pink, whitish in [the] throat,"
and have encountered it among sandstone rocks with open sand in
the flatter areas and with open scrub in exposed sites to scat-—
tered woodland, at 1000 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in
March.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19360

LIPPIA INTEGRIFOLIA (Griseb.) Hieron.

Additional bibliography: Griseb., Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss.
Gott. 24: [Symb. Fl. Argent.] 278. 1879; Mold., Phytologia 39:
98 (1987) and 40: 76. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 189 & 560.
1980.

LIPPIA INTERMEDIA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25; 379.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 39: 98--99. 1978; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl.
iustr. Entre Rios 5: 280. 1979: Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148,178,
189, & 560. 1980.

Hatschbach describes this plant as xylopodiferovs, with yellow
"flowers" [corollas], and found it growing in dry campo, flower-
ing in September.

Troncoso (1979) avers that the L., intermedia Cham. of Grise-
bach (1879) is actually ZL. arechavaletae Mold. and that the true
L. intermedia of Chamisso is limited to "Brasil meridional" and
Paraguay.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: ParanS: Hatschbach 1709] (Eu--
5476).

LIPPIA INTERMEDIA var. PARVIFOLIA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 379.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 39: 99, 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148
& 560. 1980.

LIPPIA IODOPHYLLA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 99. 1978; Mold.,

176 Pie Yee OENONC Hass Voll. 435 Nome

Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo,
Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

Harley and his associates describe this plant as a brittle-
stemmed shrublet, to 75 cm. tall, the leaves bright-green, glossy
above, pale beneath, slightly sromatic, the bracts pale-green,
and the corollas "deep-lilac with [an] orange-yellow throat sur-
rounded by white", and have found it growing by a small river in
a flooded restinga forest, at sealevel, flowering in January.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18239 (Ld, N).

LIPPIA JALISCANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 99. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA JANGADENSIS S. Moore
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 99. 1978; Mold.,
Rhy colle Mememe2 salS con DOO melo SOs

LIPPIA JANGADENSIS var. ETTENORUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 99. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA JAVANICA (Burm. f.) Spreng.

Additional & emended bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encvcl.
MaiG Woes |bkmstseg (engl) We Se) Os jolle is sists 2S il7/@ile
SEGUE 5 Mois Woes IoeiNg, Gel IS MANS ISVS oye iRieNees 5 Shi IIL, hs
596, 599) & 6095) IiS43) Dalchenss, Atric., Handb).) (6):) Drug) Pie Atren
94. 1949; Mold., Phytologia 39: 437, 439, & 447 (1978) and 40: 60
& 80. 1978; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas
World = Weeds) 217) 1979). Molds, Phytol, Mem. 2) 203). 2205224552275
WR) DS P5233 29, HAS hss Bin PINS 3157/5 (APO, AS2. & Sia0)5
1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an aromatic spreading
shrub, to 4 feet tall, and have found it growing in roadside scrub
and in deep rich soil along streams, at 600 m. altitude. The co-
rollas were "white" on Bayliss BS.8742.

Dithens (1949) reports this plant is used in Africa to treat
colds, dysentery, and malaria.

The Dahlstrand 181 & 1299, distributed as L. javanica, actually
are L. hispida Good, while Dahlstrand 442 & 1133 are L. scaberrima
Send. and Dahlstrand 58 is L. whytei Mold,

Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Province: Bauliss BS.
8742 (N); Collector undetermined s.n. [Mo. Bot. Gard. photos A.865]
(Go photo). Transvaal: Dahlstrand 182 (Go), 183 (Gc), 688 (Go).

LIPPIA JUNELLIANA (Mold.) Troncoso
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 106. 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 189 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA KITUIENSIS Vatke
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 106 (1978) and

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 177

40: 80. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 220, 231, & 560. 1980.

LIPPTA LACUNOSA Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 145. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 357,
& 560. 1980.

Hatschbach describes this plant as a few-branched shrub, 1 nm.
tall, the corollas "lilac" or "rose" in color, with the interior
of the tube yellow, and has found it growing along sandy road-
sides and "encosta rochosa de morro", at 1100 m. altitude, in
anthesis in in September, and in fruit in July.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27258
(Eu--18642), 41516 (Ld).

LIPPIA LACUNOSA var. ACUTIFOLIA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 378.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 39: 163. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148,
420, & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA LANATA Walp.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 163. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA LANTANIFOLIA F. Muell.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 163. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 337 & 560. 1980.

LIPPIA LASIOCALYCINA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 145. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 175, 178, 416, 420, & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 1 m. tall,
growing in cerrado, and have found it in flower in September. The
corolias are said to have been "purple" on Argent & al. 6486.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Argent, Ramos,
Richards, & Souza 6486(Go, N). Minas Gerais: Sellow s.n. [S. An-
tonio de Monte; Macbride photos 17522] (Z--photo of type).

LIPPIA LASIOCALYCINA var. SAINTHILAIREI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mcld., Phytologia 39: 164 & 394. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 560. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall,
and have encountered it in caatinga, at 600 m. altitude, flowering
in July. The corollas are said to have been "red" on Mori & al.
12264.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori, King, Santos, & Hage
12264 (W--2854260, Z).

LIPPIA LASIOCALYX Herzog
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 164. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 175 & 561. 1980.

178 PS Hyaee Ow hg Om Greer A Vol. “48)5) Nowe

LIPPIA LAXIBRACTEATA Herzog

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 165. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Meme 2s 148 75), 89 & Sol ISO

Recent collectors have found this plant in anthesis in April.
The corollas are said to have been "white™ on the collection cited
below.

Additional citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: Krapovickas &
Schinini 31316 (Z).

LIPPIA LEPIDA Mold.
Additional bibliography: IMold., Phytologia 39: 165. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA LIBERIENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 165--166 & 266.
LO7Ses Mold, Phytol Mem": 2 sGle e5Glkn elo SO}

LIPPIA LINDMANII Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 437. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Meme Zee las i755 240 6 Dol LOGO

LIPPIA LINDMANII f£. OPPOSITIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 437. 19783; Mold.,
Phy toils Mem. 22) W485) 2405 1& Sole, 980)

LIPPIA LINEARIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 166. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980

LIPPIA LONGEPEDUNCULATA Kuntze
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 166. 1978; Mold.,
Donvieoul , Weng AG WA. Iz, ti Sioile iIlkeKe)s

LIPPIA LOPEZII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 167. 1978; Mold.,
Phy toll Meme e221 LS 4 e421 &eD oles, 980).

LIPPIA LORENTZII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 167--168. 1978;
Moiid-)seBiol Absitzs. 467):) 708)4 2197.9!) Molds, Phytol. Mem s2cpaomerlevere
IGOR SOR eLone 420s toe Ol OS Os

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall,
and have found it in anthesis in October. The corollas are said
to have been "violet" in color on the collection cited below.

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Schinini & Bordas 17892 (Z).

LIPPIA LUCENS Standl.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 168 & 266. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 72, 76, & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA LUPULIFORMIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 168. 1978; Mold.,
Phy tolls Meme e222 7c 25 leer 255 el Onn a Olle SOs

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 179

LIPPIA LUPULINA Cham.

Additional synonymy: Lippia lupilina Cham. ex Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 421, in syn. 1980.

Additional & emended bibliography: Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat.
Mosens 50-2): 2040k 205. 1863; Ha No & AL Le Molds, Pl. Lite 2:
53. 1948; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 352 & 724. 1974; Mold.,
Phytologia 41: 145. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 175, 178,
189, 420, 421, & 561. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as an herb, growing
from a xylopodium, the bracts "white,.tinted purple", and have
found it growing in clay or sandy soil of cerrado, campo cerrado,
and campo queimado, flowering in June. The corollas are said to
have been "purple" on Prance & al. 26275, "lilac" on Oliveira 66,
"rose" on Oliveira 6 & 40, "yellow" on Vieira & al. 948, and
"white, interior of corolla yellow" on Vieira & al. 951,

Material of L. lupulina has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Malvaceae sp.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Oliveira 6 (ld), 40
(Ld), 66 (Ld); Prance & Schiller 26275 (N). Minas Gerais: Irwin,
Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 27228 (N). Para: Kirk-
bride & Lleras 2889 (N). Rond6dnia: Vieira, Petersen, Nelson, Ra-
mos, & Mota 948 (Ld), 951 (Id).

LIPPIA LUPULINA var. ALBIFLORA Troncoso

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 171. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 561. 1980.

Pedersen describes this plant as a subshrub, 0.3--0.7 m. tall,
and found it growing in loose sandy soil of rough grassland.

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Pedersen 9428 (W--2883280).

LIPPIA LUPULINA var. PARAGUARIENSIS Chod.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 171--172. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 178, & 561. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as erect and have encoun-
tered it on campo, at 750 m. altitude, flowering in February. The
corollas are said to have been "rose"-colored on Hatschbachn & al.
35925. Heringer and his associates note that the "inflorescencias
nas extremidades dos ramos flores agrupadas protegidas por bracteas
rosea com falce amarela".

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goias: Heringer, Paula, Mendonca,
& Salles 2311 (N). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach, Anderson, Barneby, &
Gates 35925 (Eu--33223).

LIPPIA MACEDOI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 172. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA MARRUBIIFOLIA Reichert
Additional bibliographv: Mold., Phytologia 39: 172. 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

180 PHP Yer. O ALONG Ta Vol. 48, No. 2

LIPPIA MARTIANA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 172 & 263. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA MARTIANA £. CAMPESTRIS lfold., Phytologia 41: 346. 1979.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 346. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.
Citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Tax. Class Univ. Bras.
518 (N--isotype, W--type).

LIPPIA MATTOGROSSENSIS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 172--173 & 261
(1978) and 40: 65. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 2 m. tall,
with fragrant leaves, and have encountered it in typical cerrado
vegetation among sandstone rocks, flowering in May. The corollas
are said to have been cream-color on the collection cited below.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Rosa & Santos 1956
(N, N).

LIPPIA MCVAUGHT Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 173. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64, 421, & 561.
Itié found this plant in full anthesis and fruit in December.
Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Itié 3884 (lfe--59311).

LIPPIA MELASTOMIFOLIA Gandoger
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 173. 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 72 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA MICHOACANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 174. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 64 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA MICROCEPHALA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 145. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 421, & 561. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonseca,
Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 28309 (N).

LIPPIA MICROMERA Schau.

Additional & emended bibliography: Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico,
ed. 1, 3: 292. 1888; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43:
[indit.s EIS Venez.) 602. 1927; Stahl, Estud. Hil, PuertowRiconmeanm2.
Bi292ee LOS 7 Hee Ne SPA. fle Molds. Pik, Likes 23 63e0 LO43e8 Neale
Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 637 & 638, fig. 244b (1948) and ed. 1,
imp. 2, 637 & 688, fie. 244b. 1949> Allain im Leon & Allain.) bulls
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 288--289. 1957; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 723 & 724,
fic. 276b. 1965s Fournet, Fils Tllwste Phan. GCuade Mart. d397ee
1399. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 146. 1979; Steyerm. & Huber, Fl.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 181

Avila 861 & 868. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 104, 105, 109, 116,
22 Siig &! SOL: 1980).

Additional & emended illustrations: Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed.
tein. 1: 637, figs 244b. (1948), ed. 25: imp. 2,. 637, fig. 244b
(1949). @and ed?..25° 723, fig. 276b. 1965),

Recent collectors have found this ornamental plant in coastal
thickets and on forested slopes, as well as among scrubby xero-
phytic vegetation, from sealevel to 220 m. altitude, describing
it as a shrub, 3 m. tall,, in full anthesis in February, Septen-
ber, and November. Others have referred to it as a shrub only
to 40 cm. tall, the foliage fragrant when crushed. The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Steyermark & al. 108065 &

120201 and "'cream''-color on Aristeguieta 2117.

Knuth (1927) cites Moritz 402 from Bolivar, Venezuela, and
Ernst s.n. from Margarita Island. He reduces L. helleri Britton
to synonymy here, as well as L. cuneifolia Sessé & Moc., and this
may, indeed, ultimately prove to be correct. Neal (1965) reports
the common name, "false thyme", as applied to this plant in
Hawaii.

Addional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Moritz 492 [Macbride
photos 17526] (Z--photo of logotype). Sucre: Steyermark, Espinosa,
& Manara 108065 (N), 108190 (N). Tachira: Aristeguieta 2117 (W--
2882584); Steyermark, Liesner, & Gonzalez 120201 (E--2774722).

LIPPIA MICROMERA var. HELLERI (Britton) Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto
Recom ved. W503: 292. U888s° Urb...) Symb.! Anti). 45532) VOU. Stahi.,
Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 2, 3: 292. 1937; Alain in Leon & Alain,
Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 288--289. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 39: 17/--
178. 1978; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas
World Weeds 217. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 79. 90, 95, 98, 357,
416, 417, & 561. 1980.

Jiménez describes this plant as a very common shrub, 1.5 m.
tall, erect, and very aromatic, much eaten by wild goats, and found
it growing at 200 m. altitude, flowering in May. He describes the
corollas as "white".

Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: J. J.
Jiménez 8834 (Ld, Me).

LIPPIA MICROPHYLLA Cham.

Additional synonymy: Lippia michophylla Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog.
Bras. 2: 302, sphalm. 1979.

Additional bibliography: Reiche & Phil. in Reiche, Estud. Crit.
BES Chile.5:. 301. 1910; Speg.., Mycet.. Argent. 5: 375. 1910; Sydow,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 377. 1912; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 39 (2): 1430. 1917; Lewis & Elvin-Lewis, Med. Bot. 376. 1977;
Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 50. 1978; Mold.,
Phytologia 41: 146. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 122, 148, 421, &
561. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl.
Bahia 191. 1980.

Lewis & Elvin-Lewis (1977), referring to this plant as Lantana
microphylla, state that its fruit serves medicinally as a stimulant

182 Tal NG AL CO Es 0) (ei AN Vol. 48, No. 2

and tonic in tropical America. Recent collectors describe it as
a subshrub or undershrub, 1.5--2 m. tall, with a thick woody cau-
dex, and leaves with a Basilicum-like fragrance, the bracts light
green. They have found the plant growing on campo and in cerrado,
at 1100 m. altitude, in anthesis in March and October. The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Mori & al. 9696, "cream
with [a] yellow stripe in the center" on Mori & Funch 13367,and
with the "tube light-yellow, limb white" on Maas & Westra 2634.

Spegazzini (1910) records the fungus, Camarosporulum andicola
Speg., as parasitic on Lippia microphylla in Argentina, but since
Lippia microphylla Cham. does not occur in Argentina, it seems ob-
vious that the plant to which he is referring is Acantholippia
deserticola (R. A. Phil.) Mold., formerly known as Lippia micro-
Phylla F. Phil.

Material of Lippia microphylla has been distributed in some her-
baria, apparently due to a typographic or stenographic error, as
L. "macrophylla" Cham. On the other hand, the Harley 18603,
18929, & 19011, distributed as L. microphylla, actually are L.
schomburgkiana Schau.

Additional citations: GUYANA: Maas & Westra 3634 (Ld). BRAZIL:
Bahia: Mori & Funch 13367 (N, Z)3; Mori, Mattos Silva, Kallunki,
Santos, & Santos 9696 (1d, N). Goias: Hatschbach 40090 (W--

ZS OM rs

LIPPIA MODESTA Briq.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 179--180. 1978;
Troncoso. in, Burkart,. Hil lhust. Entre: Riost Ss) 272.) 277.5) amciion
Paton SMO 7 Oe Mold: a ehnytole. Mem eu2:0 97/8) USO. SOs ca Olson

Additional illustrations: Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilust. Entre
Rates 9 27, weal Bly Wes).

Troncoso (1979) cites only Burkart 24013 and Pedersen 6306
from Entre Rios, Argentina, giving the overall distribution of the
species as Paraguay and northern Argentina, but "poco comin en la
provincia" [Entre Rios].

LIPPIA MORIT Mold., Phytologia 45: 36--37. 1980.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 36--37. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2m. tall,
and have encountered it on campo rupestre, at 1000--1200 m. alti-
tude, flowering in March. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on Mori & Benton 13500.

Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori & Benton 13500 (N, Z)3 Mori,
King, Santos, & Hage 12387 (W--2854264--isotype, Z--isotype).

LIPPIA MORONGII Kuntze

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 180 (1978) and
40: 78 & 79. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148, 178, 180, 189, &
561. 1980.

LIPPIA MULTIFLORA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Noamesi, West Afr. Journ. Pharmacol.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 183

Drug Res. 4: 33--36. 1977; Wickens, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 5: 309,
map 151. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 41: 146. 1979; Noamesi, Biol.
Abecreeo), 0243. 1979s Moldy; Phytol. Mems 25° 200; 201, °205, +207;
POBse2LO, 221, 213=—217, 220, 357; & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA MYRIOCEPHALA Schlecht. & Cham.

Additional bibliography: Schlecht. & Cham., Linnaea 6: 372.
1831; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot.
A.33: 87 & 88. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 146--147. 1979; Mold.,
Bovcol Mem. 2: 64, 72, 76,-78 79; 81, 4195 421, & 5615 1980;

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 3 m. tall,
report the vernacular name, "htzinte'"', and have found it in wet
soil, and full anthesis in January, February, September, October,
and December, and in fruit in February and October, growing at
410--2600 m. altitude. Schlechtendal & Chamisso (1831) describe
the plant as a tree with white "flowers" [corollas]. They note
that "Speciminibus Jalapensibus paulo magis pubescens, foliis
caputilis paulo minoribus, caeterum haud diversa". I regard
these more pubescent plants as var. hypoleia (Briq.) Mold.

The Acosta & Dorantes 533, Dorantes & Acosta 1804, and Lent
1783, distibuted as typical L. myriocephala, actually represent
var. hypoleia (Briq.) Mold.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 7062 (Me--
73569. Veracruz: Miranda 750 [DC.43024] (NMe--73564); Sharp 44812
(Me--168751); Sousa 2559 [DC.43020] (Me--112552), 2849 [DC.43019]
(Me--112587). Yucatan: Enriquez 259 (Me--128201).

LIPPIA MYRIOCEPHALA var. HYPOLEIA (Briq.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Schlecht. & Cham., Linnmaea 6: 372.

1831; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 147.
1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 65, 72, 74, 76, 78, 79, 81, 376, 420,
Hels ee Dol. 1980).

Recent collectors describe this plant as a common shrub or tree,
6--15 m. tall, and have encountered it in pastures, along roadsides,
in evergreen forests on steep slopes, in open meadows, at the
edges of disturbed evergreen forests on hillsides, along small
streams, in deciduous forests, and "in acahual of 2 years of Helic-
teres guazumaefolia, Terminalia amazonia, and Waltheria brevipes",
at 400--1500 m. altitudes, flowering in January and from September
to November, and fruiting in October and Novenber. The corollas
are said to have been "greenish" on Acosta & Dorantes 533 and Doran-
tes & Acosta 1804, "white" on Stevens 5819 & 6089 "very pale-yel-
low" on Vincelli 46, and "light-cream to yellow" on Lent 1783.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Acosta & Dorantes 533
(Ld); Dorantes & Acosta 1804 (Id); Gonzalez Leija & Garza 8087 (Me--
139741); Miranda 4872 [DO.43023] (Me--85319, Me--85320); Vazquez
T.32 (N), 65 (N). GUATEMALA: Baja Veracruz: Williams, Molina R.,
Williams, & Molina 40683 (W--2862462). NICARAGUA: Chontales: W. D.
Stevens 6089 (Ld); Vincelli 46 (Ld). Managua: W. D. Stevens 5819
(Ld). COSTA RICA: Cartago: Lent 1783 (Go).

184 RoHS YEO) EGORG ines Vol. 48, No. 2

LIPPIA MYRIOCEPHALA var. INTEGRIFOLIA Loes.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 252, 253, & 258.
1978; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
T2005) 1, Oy) DOM ISO).

LIPPIA MYRIOCEPHALA var. OVATIFOLIA (lfold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 258. 19783; A-
NOM=)5) BLO VASE. 66193999). O79 Molld j Phytol). Meme 2smOo sme
420, & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA NANA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 258--259 & 444.
1078; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 148 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA NEPETACEA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 259 & 438. 1978;
Noyes Ilolls Moyers oxss8 SOS AV /OS Molla a WwWoraeolls Wism., Be IAS).
EDN ee oiley OS OR

LIPPIA NIGERIENSIS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 259. 1978; Anon.,
BLO Abst. 168) 3939), 19792 Molde. Phyitolle Mem. 2) (2 1ne iis oe
& Soi, dlosior

LIPPIA OATESITI Rolfe

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 259--260 & 394.
97S) Anon, ebLol Abstr. 638) 3939.0 L979) Moldy, Phy toils. Memem2:s
PS M9, Qo & ROL, Iss).

LIPPIA OAXACANA Robinson & Greenm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 260. 1978; Anon.,
Biol Abstr. 68): 39390) 119/79 Molid., Phytol. Mem. 2: 65k ile
1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 165. 1981.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, about 1 m.
tall, and have found it growing along ravines and on "ladera
caliza" in "selva baja caducifolia", flowering in August and Octo-
ber, fruiting in August. The corollas are described as "lobes
white, tube dark-yellow" on Lundell & Lundell 12507. This collec-
tion was distributed as and previously incorrectly cited by me as
L. chrysantha Greenm.

Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Guerrero: Blanco, Tole-
do, & Cabrera 583 (Me--276273), Morelos: Lundell & Lundell 12507
(Ld, Id, Mi,.N).

LIPPIA OBOVATA Sessé & Moc.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 260. 19783; Anon.,
Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 65 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA OBSCURA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 260--261 (1978)
and A0ke2%) L978 Anon. Brolls Abstr. 6S: S939). LO7 9k Molidiem enw

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 185

Lobe Mem.ecs L485 L785 & 561. 1980:
Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Kirkbride & Lleras
3044 (N).

LIPPIA ORIGANOIDES H.B.K.

Emended synonymy: Lippia origanoides Humb. & Bonpl. apud Steud.,
Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 486. 1821.

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 486
Clpelyeand weds 25) Lb: 664 (1840) > ‘and ed... 2552 54. Us4i's knuth,
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 602. 1927;
Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 147--148 &
eye eLo Ver Mold... Phytol. Mem) 122 05.) O96. aS 3 57. ee,
421, & 561. 1980.

Knuth (1927) reduces L. elegans Cham. to synonymy here and
cites from Venezuela the following collections: Bermudez: Humboldt
& Bonpland s.n. Distrito Federal: Otto, 456, Pittier 8096 & 9671.
Miranda: Pittier 8251. Zulia: Pittier s.n. He reports the ver-
nacular name, "orégano".

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a shrub, about 2 m.
tall, the leaves aromatic, used for flavoring meat and fish
dishes, and have found it cultivated in cleared areas near dwel-
lings in Vaupés, Colombia, and on steep rocky slopes with a great
variety of trees, at sealevel to 50 m. altitude, flowering and
fruiting in June, also in anthesis in September. The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Steyermark & al. 108064.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Sucre: Steyermark, Espinosa,

& Manara 108064 (N), 108193 (N). Los Venados Island: Steyermark,
Esponosa, & Manara 108078 (L). CULTIVATED: Colombia: Zarucchi
1315 (Id). Venezuela: Tamayo 4147 (N).

LIPPIA OXYCNEMIS Schau.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 148. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 &
561. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a coarse herb, about
1.8 m. tall, the involucral bracts red-purple, and have found it
growing in meadows, at 1000 m. altitude, flowering in April. The
corollas are said to have been "pale-lavender with [a] red-violet
nectar-guide in the throat" on the collection cited below.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Plowman 10002

(N).

LIPPIA OXYPHYLLARIA (Donn. Sm.) Standl.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 148. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 76, 81,
84, 421, & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA PALMERI S. Wats.
Additional synonymy: Lippia palmeri var. palmeria Spellenb.,
exe Molds, Phytol. Mem. 2: 4215 im syn. 1980.
[to be continued]

A NEW PEPEROMIA FROM NICARAGUA
William C. Burger

Field Museum of Natural History
Chicago, Illinois, 60605

It was in 1961 that Dr. Louis 0. Williams began a program
of active field work in Central America, complementing his work
on the Flora of Guatemala project. Together with Antonio Molina
of the Escuela Agricola Panamericana, Honduras, and their
associates, a number of collecting trips were made into the
Cordillera Central of Nicaragua, an area little collected
before. Among the many interesting plants that were collected
in these moist evergreen forests was a delicate little peperomia
(Piperaceae) quite unlike other small-leaved species known from
southern Central America. It is described here and named after
the province in which most of its collections have originated.

PEPEROMIA MATAGALPENSIS W. Burger, sp. nov.

Herbae procumbentes vel erectae, usque ad 20 cm altae,
caules plerumque cum radicibus adventis. Foliae verticillatae
(4, 5, 6, 7), petiolis 1-2 mm longis, laminis 4-8 mm longis et
1.5-3 mm latis, anguste obovatis, glabris. Inflorescentiae
terminales solitariae, spicae 4-7 mm longae super pedunculis
4-8 mm longis, bractae 0.3-0.4 mm latae. Fructus circa 0.6 mm
longi, anguste ovoidei sessilibus, stigmate terminali.
HOLOTYPUS: L. 0. Williams, A. Molina, & T. P. Williams 24762,
Field Museum 1729289; ISOTYPI: EAP, BM, MO. In mossy forest
at 1800 meters, above Jinotega, 20 February 1963.

Herbaceous epiphytes, thin stemmed and glabrous, much
branched and rooting from many nodes, leaf-bearing internodes
3-20 mm long, about 0.5 mm thick when dry. Leaves whorled at
the node, 4 to 7 per node (rarely 2), rather uniform in size
and shape both within and between plants, petioles 1-2 mm
long; laminae 4-6 (8) mm long, 1.5-2.5 (3) mm broad, narrowly
obovate to oblanceolate, rounded at the apex, gradually
narrowed at the petiole, essentially glabrous, drying thin.
Inflorescences terminal and solitary on short (5 cm) stems,
peduncle 5-8 mm long, flowering rachis 4-7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm
thick, glabrous, bracts 0.3-0.4 mm broad, ovary partly
immersed in the axis of the spike. Fruit about 0.6 mm long,
ovoid, often borne at a 45 degree angle to the apex and
with only the base imbedded in a shallow depression in the
rachis, stigma apparently terminal.

186

1981 Burger, A new Peperomia 187

Peperomia matagalpensits is a plant of cloud forests and
mossy forests in Nicaragua's central highlands. It has been
collected in the departments of Madriz, Matagalpa, and Jinotega
at elevations from 1300 to 1800 meters. Collections seen in
addition to the type are: A. Molina 20262, 20353 and 20381;
Williams, Molina and Williams 23376 and 23628; Williams et al.
27599, 29163, 29210. All of these collections were made in the
early part of the dry season, January, February and March but
I am sure that this is a reflection of collecting schedules
and the species probably flowers at other times of the year
as well.

This species is easily distinguished from others of the
genus, both in Nicaragua and nearby Costa Rica. Its small thin
and narrow whorled leaves are reminiscent of Costa Rica's P.
pitttert but that species has lamina that are abruptly
narrowed at the base and the fruit are pedicellate. Our new
species resembles small individuals of P. galiotdes but those
Plants are usually puberulent on the petioles, have thick
erect main stems, and larger emarginate leaves, while the
fruit has a subapical stigma. This leaves us with P.
quadrtfolta as the most likely relative in Central America.
Peperomia quadrtfolia, however, has much thicker and round
leaves, though it does have the terminal stigma. Some of the
collections had been identified as P. galiotdes and P.
deppeana. The latter species has a puberulent rachis and
rounded leaves. These comparisons make clear that we have a
very distinctive species here, apparently confined to the
central highlands of Nicaragua.

All the collections cited were made on expeditions
supported in part by the National Science Foundation (USA)
under grants GB 698, GB 3106, Field Museum of Natural
History and the Escuela Agricola Panamericana. The unusual
nature of these plants came to light while working with the
Piperaceae of Costa Rica, supported in part by NSF grant
GB 7300. In the decade since their unusual nature was detected
I have been unable to find a name for these plants or to
locate conspecific material outside of Nicaragua

i si Ne SE ©) I, (OG Ie AA

SK
‘s
ry

Vol. 48), NoweZ

PEPEROMIA
matagalpensis

NOTEWORTHY GRASSES FROM MPXICO VIII.

Alan A. Beetle, Comision Tecnico Consultiva para
la Determinacion Regional de los
Coeficientes de Agostadero
A.P.D.-O~. Postal 284, Hermosillo,
Sonora, Mexico

For previous papers see Phytologia 27:1974; 28:
1974; 30:1975; 35:1977; 38:1978; and 47:1981.

A recent survey (Beetle, A.A. 1980. Vivipary,
proliferation, and phyllody in grasses. Journal
of Range Management 33:256 - 261.) has shown that
vivipary is primarily a cool season, festucoid
phenomenon. Only examples in Eragrosteae (Eragros-
tis), Paniceae (Panicum and Paspalum), and Androp-
oneae (Sorghum and Zea) have involved warm season
grasses. However, during recent field work in
Mexico four examples of warm-season grasses exhib-
iting vivipary caused by too much water about the
roots have been discovered. Perhaps vivipary is
not as rare in the tropics as has been thought.

(1) Echinochloa colonum (L.)Link f. yviviparum f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei spiculae vivi-
parae.

Type: Mexico, Sonora, Valle del Yaqui, "terreno
con bastante humedad constante", April 20, 1979,
Coll. Miguel R. Lopez Lopez.

‘I have not seen the type or the original descr-
iption of Echinochloa colonum (L.)Link var. glom-
erulosum Lojec. Fl. Sicul. 3:268. 1909. "Sicilia
in Herb. Pan:" from Italy, but the name "glomer-
ulosum" strongly depicts the form of the
Shortened racemes of f. vivipara as found in
Sonora, Mexico.

(2) Gynodon dactylon (L.)Pers. f. vivipara f. nov.
Haec forma a forma typica specici spiculae viviparae.

189

190 PAY Os ROvG srs Vol. 48, No. 2

Type :Mexico, Tamaulipas, between Ciudad Victoria and
Soto La Marina, associated with Typha latifolia, Dec.
9, 1979, Coll.:A.A.Beetle M - 4442,

(3) Bouteloua curtinvendula (Michx.)Torr. var. tenuis
Gould and Kapadia f. vivipara f. nov.

Bouteloua curtipvendula similis sed spiculae vivi-
parae.

Type: Mexico, Jalisco, between Sayule and Ciudad
Guzman, Sept. 18, 1980, coll: A.A.Beetle M - 6079%

(4) Dactyloctenium aegyotiacum (L.)Willd.
if ou Wav pelea if. OV «
actyloctenium a:gyntiecum similis sed spiculae
viviparae.

Type: Mexico, Sonora, Herrosillo, edge of irrigation
diteh, Octs 29, 1980, “Collts:B. Bracamont= ©. moweeuee

Digitaria ciliaris Retz. war. chrysoblepharis
(Fig. & NeNot.) comb. nov.

Digitaria chrvsoblephara Fig. & DeNot. Mem. Acad. Sci.
Torino II. 14:364. 1854, African.

Digitaria adscendens (HBK)Henr. ssp. chrysoblepharis
(Fig. & NeNot.)Henrard, Monogr. Digitaria 160,
998. 1950.

cf. Bor, Grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan
200). OGG.

Apparently described from Africa, then reported for
India, and now revorted from Mexico, Morelos, near
Cuautia, Sept 4, 2971, Coll.2 AJA.Beetle NM = 26856

1981 Beetle, Noteworthy grasses 191

Glyceria mexicana (Kelso) comb nov.

Glyceria striata (Lam.)Hitchc. var. mexicana
Kelso, Rhodora 37:263. 1935.

The spikelets of G. mexicana are signific-
antly larger than those of q. striata. pe
glumes are 1.5 to 2 mm. long, the lemmas 2.5
to 3 mm. long. The type in the U. S-. National
Herbarium is P. Lyonnet 267 from the State of
Mexico, at fl Chico. Glyceria mexicana has been
reported from Nuevo Leon, Hidalgo, Mexico,
Morelos, Oaxaca and Chiapas.

Collections from Sonora and Chihuahua are

Glyceria striata in which the glumes are 0.5

to 1 mm. long; the lemmas are only 2 mm. long.

Gouid.Cef... Gould, F.Ws, £980. Brittonia. 32) (3)s
453 -364) offers a conservative and satisfactory
overview of some Mexican species of Panicum
which have been treated recently under Dichanthelium.
The treatment does not seem to be complete as no
mention is made of PB. cordovense, P. ciliatum, P
pseudopubescens, P.-hinton., ©. elivun, or 2.

ensifolium, nor does the treatment offer convin-
cing proof that a different genus is necessary.
In accepting the species limitations but not the
generic limitations for a forthcoming srasses of
Mexico it is found necessary to make the following
new combinations.

(1) Panicum laxiflorum Lam. var. strictirameum

(Hitchcock and Chase) comb. nov.

Panicum xalapense subsv. strictirameum Hitchc.

and Shase, Contrib, U.S.Nat'l.Herb. 15:161. 1910.
Panicum ruprechti Fourn. Mex.Pl.Gram. 22. 1886.
Panicum xalapense HBK. Nov. Gen.&Sp. 1:103. 1815.

9/2

(2)

(3)

(4)

(SD

(6)

(7)

PHH eye CaO Sh ORG a en Vol. 48, No. 2

Panicum leucoblepharis Trin. var. pubescens (Vasey)
comb. nov.

Panicum laxiflorum Lam. var. pubescens Vasey,
Contre U. Si Nat a.JHerb. -3'<30 2 s92.
j leucoblepharis (Trins) Gould and

Clark, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65 (4):1101.1978.

Panicum aciculare Desv. var. arenicoloides (Ashe)
comb. nov.
Panicum arenicoloides Ashe, Jour. Flisha Mitchell
Soc. 16:89. 1900.

Panicum aciculare Desv. var. ovinum (Scribn. and
Smith) comb. nov.

Panicum ovinum Scribn. and Smith, U.S.Dept. Agric.
Dive Acrost. Cire. 1623. 1899.

Panicum oligosanthes Schultes var. scribnerianum
(Nash) comb nov.

j scribnerianum Nash, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
22:421. 1895.

Panicum acuminatum Sw. var. villosum (A.Gray)
comb. nov.

Panicum nitidum Lam. var. villosum Gray, N. Amer.
Gram. & Cyper. 2:111. 1835.

Dichanthelium acuminatum (Sw. )Gould and Clark, var.
villosum (A.Gray)Gould and Clark, Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 65:1124. 1978.

Panicum acuminatum Sw. ver. implicatum (Scribn.)
comb. nov.

Panicum) implicatum Scribn. U.S.D.A. Div. Agrosa.
Bul sel ea hee eee OOS.

Di chanthelium acuminatum var. implicatum (Scribn.)
Gould and Clark, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65:
IIL Zoya ley ts)

1981 Beetle, Noteworthy grasses 193

(8) Panicum acuminatum Sw. var. lindheimeri (Nash)

comb. nov.

Panicum lindheimeri Nash, Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 24:196. 1897.
lanuginosum Flliott var. lindheime
(Nash) Fernald, Rhodora 36:77. 1934.

Dichanthelium Lindheimer (Nash) Gould,
Brittonia 26: 60. 1974

BOOK REVIEWS
XI
George M. Hocking
School of Pharmacy, Auburn University
Auburn, Alabama

"COMMON WEEDS OF THE UNITED STATES," by the Agricultural Research Ser-
vice, U.S. Department of Agriculture. v + 1-463, 222 figs., 219 maps.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York. 1971 (1970). $6.50.

The format used in the present volume, one commonly seen, consists of a
page of text opposite to a page of illustrations (also a map). In this
way, a detailed study is presented of 224 species of weeds selected from
a listing of 1775 species published by the Weed Science Society of
America. The order of plants is described as an evolutionary one, from
the simplest to the more complicated, thus following the general order
of Engler. Although nothing is said of control; the book is a very
useful one, both to botanists and non-botanists interested in plants.

In reprinting, the title has been changed from the original "Selected
Weeds of the United States."

GMH

"NURSES' DRUG REFERENCE," by Joseph A. Albanese (R.Ph., Ph.D.) x + 1-
694. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York (etc.) 1979. $14.95.

This attractive volume is principally made up of monographs on various
important medical products, generally covering about two pages, however
varying from one to four pages in length. These are arranged in a
strict alphabetic sequence of generic names, running from Acenocoumarol
to Warfarin Sodium, both anticoagulants, coincidentally. The information
is recorded in a strict format as follows: Category, brand name,
preparations, legal status, description, pharmacologic mechanism,
therapeutic uses, dose ranges, dispensing information, patient instruc-—
tions, storage requirements, and contraindications. The various indexes
precede this section: generic name, brand name, and pharmacologic use
(the latter under generic and brand name also). The third part (follow-
ing the monographs) bears such useful information as tables of weights
and measures, equivalents, adverse drug reactions, medical abbreviations,
various biologicals in use, immunization schedules, management of
overdoses, laboratory reference values (blood, urine, etc.) Part Four
is the Appendix, bearing lists of controlled substances, nursing direc—
tory, nursing publications, manufacturers’ index, bibliography, etc.
While the drug coverage is quite large, there are as might be expected
some omissions of quite important drug items, such as Lomotil,

Robaxin, etc. This volume will be of value for several years to come
not only to the nurse but also to the physician, pharmacist, dentist,
and others who use or dispense drugs of the modern armamentarium.

GMH

194

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 195

"FRONTIERS OF PINEAL PHYSIOLOGY,"’ edited by Mark D. Altschule. xii +
269 pp., 69 figs., 25 tabls. The MIT Press, 28 Carleton St.,
Cambridge, Mass. 02142. 1975. $17.50.

The pineal gland or epiphysis has some time been called "the sleeping
giant of endocrinology," with reference to its potentialities in therapy
which are not even yet fully comprehended. In the past, even the recent
past, the functions of this organ have been unknown, but now there is
beginning to emerge a pattern of properties which might even yet
position this "glandule" as one of the most important therapeutic
agents. The volume is made up of papers presented at a conference held
at Boston in 1970. There are 20 authors listed; this includes the
editor. Except one author from the Argentine (Cardinale), all are from
the USA. There are nine chapters: the first deals with the history

of man's knowledge of the pineal. (Descartes thought it was the "seat
of the soul"). There are successive chapters on relation of light,
melatonin synthesis, melanotropic-lipolytic peptides, gland as organ

of internal secretion (this Ch. 5 is the longest in the book), effect
on NADP/NADPH ratio in liver, carbohydrate metabolism, behavior, and
effect on schizophrenia symptoms. Experimental studies indicate that
the pineal gland plays an important and sensitive role in neuro-
endocrinal mechanisms and responding to light stimuli and biosyn-
thesizing serotonin. It appears to affect the pituitary-gonadal axes
and to modify sexual behavior. The pineal also seems to possess
sedative effects which might be useful in some types of schizophrenia.
Thus, it appears that the pineal has great potential value in the
control of human health and behavior.

GMH

"CLINICAL ONCOLOGY: AN MANUAL FOR STUDENTS AND DOCTORS. EDITED UNDER
THE AUSPICES OF THE INTERNATIONAL UNION AGAINST GANCER," Ed. 2,
fully revised and enlarged. Anonymous. XV + 304 pp., 31 figs.
Springer-Verlag - Berlin, Heidelberg, New York. 1978. DM 29,--;

US $ 14.50.

This manual has the ring of authenticity since it was published under the
aegis of a most prestigious organization, the IUAC, with headquarters
at Geneva. The volume reviewed was published in English but it was
expected to have versions in about ten additional languages. The
revision was carried out by seven outstanding authorities in the field
of oncology. The text is made up of four parts: General; Cancer of
specific sites (ex. lung, palate); basic science research having
potential or actual impact on study of tumors; and five appendices.

One of the points emphasized in the text is the chronic course of most
cancers, with a career lasting from 22 to 50 years (or more). Four
phases in the history or evolution of the disease are recognized:
induction; "in situ"; invasion; and dissemination. The latter normally
of course eventuates in the death of the patient. All phases of the
disease are considered: epidemiology, etiology, pathology, natural
history, diagnosis, therapy, psychological treatment, and prognosis.

GMH

196 Palio Om Om Calan Vol. 48, No. 2

"INFLAMMATION AND ANTIINFLAMMATORIES," by Edoardo Arrigoni-Martelli

XIII + 343 pp., 48 figs., 48 tabs. Spectrum Publications, Inc., New York
(Distributor Halted Press, div. of John Wiley & Sons, New York). 1977.
$30.00.

In 22 chapters, the author explores theories of causation of inflammation,
with detailed study of the mediators, which are more or less directly
responsible for the phenomenon. Among the mediators, separate chapters
are devoted to histamine, serotonin, bradykinin, and the prostaglandins.
The meanings of some technical terms in serology have changed. Thus,
today complement is applied to designate a group of serum proteins which
"interact sequentially to effect a variety of inflammatory events."

Also, properdin now refers to a single protein which interacts with
complement, reducing the inflammatory process. While prostaglandins
mediate inflammation, they also act to moderate inflammation. Slow-
reacting substances (SRS) are produced in anaphylaxis and other reactions
and also serve to mediate inflammation. Lysosomes (cell organelles
containing hydrolases) also act as mediators of inflammation and also
promote cell injury. The process of release of mediators from their
storage places is also a complex one, which is discussed in the first
chapter and elsewhere throughout the volume. The first ten chapters

deal with presumed causes of inflammation. Midway in the book the
therapy of inflammation comes forward; there are chapters on evaluating
the efficacy of these and theories of their action. Non-ster°idal
antiinflammatory agents are discussed in three chapters. There are also
chapters on immunosuppressive agents, immunoregulant agents, d-penicillamine,
gold compounds, antiinflammatory proteins (enzymes, chalones), and
antigout agents (such as colchicine and probenecid). Not much attention
is given to the steroidal antiinflammatories (as cortisone) except for
mention in the chapter on: "Evaluation of antiinflammatory agents." To
sum up, this text is chiefly concerned with the physiopathological etiology
of inflammation (particularly as seen in arthritis) and the modes of
determining the efficacy of antiinflammatory agents, particularly the
models used in this procedure. This very useful text is provided with

a great many references at the ends of each chapter, and will be of
service to the medico, pharmacologist, physiologist, and biochemist.

The author from Milan is now the director of the pharmacology department
of Leo Pharmaceutical Products, of Ballerup, Denmark. (The index is not
always adequate).

GMH

"DALEAE IMAGINES (concepts of Dalea), An illustrated revision of Errazurizia
Philippi, Psorothamnus Rydberg, Marina Liebmann, and Dalea Lucanus emend.
Barneby, including all species of Leguminosae tribe Amorpheae Borissova

ever referred to Dalea} Memoirs N.Y. Bot. Garden, by R.C. Barneby,

Zisvaddert I-89) epic c. laSepissy Loz.

In this monograph are presented the taxa of four genera (see title) of
tribus Amorpheae Borissova emend. Barneby. There are many new taxa,
including the following: subgen. nov. 4, sect. nov. 2, ser. nov. 23,

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 197

spp. nov. 36, var. nov. 26, nom. et stat. nov. 4, stat. nov. 46, nom. nov.
3, comb. nov. 66. (total of 210 novelties). The numbers of spp. recognized
in the 4 genera are: Errazurizia: 4; Psorothamnus 9; Marina: 38; Dalea:

161 described ("certainly somewhat more"). Also discussed are spp.
incertae sedis ignotaeque; nomina nuda; and spp. exclusae. Many new counts
for chromosome numbers are given contributed by T. Mosquin (54 taxa in
Dalea, 7 Marina, 1 Psorothamis) and R. Spellenberg (3 Dalea, 1 Marina,

1 Psorothamis). Following the plates is an index of plant names. (A
listing of the new taxa is available).

GMH

"A GUIDE TO THE GENERA OF NATIVE AND COMMONLY INTRODUCED FERNS AND SEED
PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA FROM THE ATLANTIC TO THE GREAT PLAINS
FROM KEY WEST-SOUTHERN TEXAS INTO THE ARCTIC." Short title: "Genera

of the Eastern Plants." W.T. Batson, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Somerset
N.J. - IV + 1-203, many figs., 1972. Paper bound. Price $5.50. (Ed. 3).

This small volume bears a wealth of information on the plants of eastern
North America. 1679 genera are covered and are supposed to be identifiable
through the use of this guide. The merits of the coverage are obvious

when one considers how often plants migrate from region to region. It

was estimated that if the same number of taxa were covered as conventionally
theyare in a flora, it would require a book with 2500 to 4000 pages, a
volume both cuflersome and expensive. Identification as far as genusjis
often the most practicable; for one thing, many genera have only a single
sp. or the genus in a particular area will often have only a single sp.
Another reason is that to identify as far as genus is often sufficient

for the purposes at hand. To identify the particular sp. within the genus
often requires the usage of a special detailed treatment and considerable
difficulty. This book contains a series of keys, provided with interlinear
sketches of plants or plant parts. Glossary, index. A very useful little
book.

GMH

"ADJUVANT THERAPIES AND MARKERS OF POST-SURGICAL MINIMAL RESIDUAL DISEASE.
I. MARKERS AND GENERAL PROBLEMS OF CANCER ADJUVANT THERAPIES," II. ADJUVANT
THERAPIES OF THE VARIOUS PRIMARY TUMORS," edited by G. Benadonna, G. Mathé,
andiss&. Salmon. L: XVII + 150 pp., 64 ‘figs. , 40 tabs. / ls 30 + 465pp..,,
181 figs., 218 tabs. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York.

1979. I: DM 48.-- (US $26.40); II: DM 98,-- (US $53.90). (Recent Results
in Cancer Research Vols. 67,68).

Under the direction of an Italian, Swiss, and US editor, the many papers
presented at the 1978 Annual Plenary Meeting of the European Organization

for Research on Treatment of Cancer (EORTC) (held in Paris) are presented

in these two volumes. A list of all of the 326 participants is-given

in the first volume. The text is totally in English. Volume 67 is

chiefly concerned with markers but with about one-third the volume treating
of therapies in a general way (radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy).
The second volume gives detailed information on specific kinds and locations
of cancers (for instance, gliomas (brain parenchyma tissue cancers)).

Tumor markers include such substances as ACTH, lipotropin, and casein,

198 Rel Verio Fi sOnGees A: Vol. 485 Nowez

which are produced by tumors and are amenable to assay by varieties of
chromatography and other means. Other markers include prostatic acid
phosphatase, sialyl transferase, catecholamines, dopamine, B-endorphin,
fetoprotein, and carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA). Markers are chiefly
used to determine if there is any cancer tissue left in the body (post-
surgical minimal residual disease") (PSMRD), Adjuvant therapy is therapy
used to aid or synergize other types of treatment and here to aid in
eradicating the last v stiges of PSMRD. Both synthetic and natural origin
drugs are used in this type of therapy, among the latter being adriamycin,
interferon, BCG (used in immunotherapy), vincristine and vindesine, hormones,
bleomycin, and others. In vol. 68, many types of malignant disease are
spoken of: wilms' tumor, sarcomata including osteosarcoma, carcinomata of
Ovary, uterus, and testis, digestive tract, bronchus, urinary tract,
nervous system, etc. The indications for which the markers and types of
therapy are discussed are applicable to that 70% of cancer patients who
relapse before the fifth year following surgery. A great many abbreviations
are used in the text, many not found in comprehensive large size medical
dictionaries. There is no index.

GMH

"TASCHENWOERTERBUCH DER BOTANISCHEN PFLANZENNAMEN, FUER GAERTNER,
BAUMSCHULER, GARTEN-UND PFLANZENFREUNDE, LAND-UND FORSTWIRTE," by
Franz Boerner. 3.A. (ed. 3). 435 pp. Verlag Paul Parey, Berlin u.
Hamburg. 1978.

This most excellent little dictionary of plant names has been coming out
since 1951. The small size permits it to be readily placed in the pocket
for ready reference in field, laboratory, herbarium, or library. The
following are its chief features: a good solid clear exposé of the
meaning and use of plant names (45pp.); index of generic names and their
derivation (139 pp.); index of specific names and their meanings (160 pp);
index of Germ plant names, with genus or genera to which applied (48 pp.)-
index of important author names and their abbreviations, also brief notes,
mostly vital data (42 pp.); and literature citations (lp.). The book is
neatly printed and compact and should well serve its purpose as a "book
of all seasons."

GMH

"INTRODUCTION TO THE ALGAE: STRUCTURE AND REPRODUCTION," by Harold C.
Bold and Michael J. Wynne. xiv + 1-706, 516 figs., Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 07632. 1978. $24.95.

In this impressive work, nine divisions are recognized, including the
Cyanochloronta (so namedrather than by the more usual Cyanophycoph yta
because of some doubt as to their full recognition as true algae);
Chlorophycophyta; Charophyta; Euglenophycophyta; Phaeophycophyta;
Chrysophycophyta; Rhodophycophyta; and Cryptophycophyta. This systematic
portion of the text is preceded by a 30-page introductory first chapter
which explains all of the usual general facts about the Algae including
the chorology, form, modes of reproduction, cultivation, classification,
paleobotany, and economic importan ce. The remainder of the volume
explores each

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 199

of the divisions in turn, with an appendix on algal cultivation, a glossary,
a very large bibliography (concentrated here from all the volume) and two
indexes. A single comprehensive literature section is advantageous.

The glossary defines all (or aearly all) of the words which appear in
bold face type in the text (another innovation). Keys appear frequently
in the text and are most welcome. The glossary would have been more
accessible if placed after the bibliography and before the indexes.

Some of the organisms included are often claimed by the zoologists, for
instance, the Volvocales, which is treated among.the animals as belonging
to family Volvocidae in Order Phytomonadina and Class Mastigophora.

No mention could be found in the text of this confusing possibility,
about which it would seem students should be forewarned. Pleurococcus
does not appear in the taxonomic index, which is surprising since
Strasburger (for instance) refers to it under Chaetophorales as perhaps
the commonest terrestrial alga in the world. No mention appears of
placement of some of Cyanochloronta with the Schizomycetes into the
Schizophyta. The diatom Isthimia is not mentioned.

GMH

"HEALTH SCIENCES INFORMATION SOURCES," by Ching-Chih Chen. xxxix + 1-767.
The MIT Press, 28 Carelton St., Cambridge, Mass. 02142. 1981. $50.00.

This reference volume is said to be the first modern guide to information
sources in this area, which has grown so tremendously in recent years.

In her classification of information sources, the author uses 24 divisions
in a vertical arrangement (listed below) and then arranges under each
horizontally some 23 or so distinctive fields of medical areas, such as
Dermatology, Nutrition, and Pharmacy and Pharmacology. The 24 classes

of data sources are: selection tools, literature guides, bibliographies,
encyclopedias, dictionaries, handbooks, tables, (almanacs, etc.), manuals
(lab books, etc.), guides, atlases, directories (yearbooks, etc.), history,
series (and other reviews), treatises, monographs, abstracts (indexes, etc.),
periodicals, technical reports (incl. government documents), conference
proceedings (dissertations, etc.), classifications (standards, patents),
trade literature, nonprint materials (such as microforms), professional
societies (publications), and data bases. In excess of 4000 sources have
been indicated. Entries are by title rather than by author, but an

author index renders this access available. In an effort to make the work
current, no publications appearing before1970 are generally used and in
fact most references date between 1975 and 1980. The coverage seems
limited to works in the English language, thus including items published

in Britain, the USA, Canada, etc., for the most part. Most of the
references given are annotated, although not always based on the author's
own inspection of the item. Also, in many instances, one or more references
are given to literature which reviews or discusses the particular
references (mostly as book reviews). A better idea of the value of some
references would have been furnished if the number of pages in. the book

had been given. Thus, the "Pharmaceutical Directory" (APhA) (p. 301)
consists of a small pamphlet of only some 30-40 pages and is of less value
than might be conveyed by the title. Prices would also have been helpful.

200 PAE SCPE ONE ORGS 7A Vol. 48, no. 2

There could have been more cross-referencing; thus, for instance, reference
to the valuable Merck Index could have been included under the category
"Classifications, standards and patents." Under professional societies,
only the APhA and A S Hospital Pharm. are indicated; why not the AACP,
Amer. Soc. Pharmacognosy, and others? There should have been more
entries under Pharmacognosy (the author comes closest to this by
mentioning herbal medicine); thus with abstracts under Pharmacognosia

in Excerpta Botanica Sectio A (Stuttgart). On the whole, it can be

said that the book is excellent as far as it goes but in some areas it
does not go far enough. The book will prove of inestimable value

to many different professional groups-to librarians, physicans, research
people, and professionals in all of the health sciences. There can be
no question of its very real value!

GMH

"SCIENTIFIC*AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION SOURCES," by Ching-Chih Chen.
xxxi + 1-519, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass, and London, England.
ICTs “SPs SOr

An excellent coverage of the fields of puréand applied science is provided
in this volume. Most of the references cover the period 1970-76 so that

it is timely, even five years after publication. There are ca 3700
reference sources, hence it is obviously comprehensive. Subject areas
considered include general science, astronomy, mathematics, physics,
chemistry (both general and specific fields), biology (botany, zoology),

the earth sciences (including oceanography), various fields of engineering,
material science, metallurgy, nuclear engineering, energy and the
environmental sciences. There are 23 categories of reference materials,
vix., "selection tools (such as book lists and library catalogs), guides

to the literature, bibliographies, encyclopedi as, dictionaries,

handbooks, tables (almanac 3, data books, statistic sources), manuals

(lab books, source books, work books, "how-to-do-it" manuals), guides

and field guides, at lases and maps (also gazeteers), directo ries
(yearbooks, biographical sources), histories, important series (and other
reviews of progress), treatises and monographs, abstracting organs (indexes,
current-awareness services), serials (periodicals), technical reports
(including government documents), conference proceedings (plus translations,
dissertations, preprints, reprints), patents and standards, trade literature,
non-print materials, publications and services of professional societies,

and data bases. The main section of references is followed by a reference
source list and the indexes.

GMH

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 201

"THE CORTICIACEAE OF NORTH EUROPE," by John Eriksson and Leif Ryvarden.
Vol. 2, Aleurodiscus - Confertobasidium. pp. 59-261, 24 pls., 90 text
figs. Fungiflora, Blindernveien 46c, Oslo, Norway. 1973. NNKr. 54.

This was the first volume of the work to be published and was followed

by volumes 3 (1975), 4 (1976), and 5 (1978). Since the last genus

covered in Vol. 5 was Phaerochaete, it appears that more volumes are on
the way. Volume 1 will be published last of all. The text is in good
proper English, the printing and paper superb; this work should be of
service to mycologists everywhere, since for one thing fungi are so

often found worldwide. Volume 2 includes one new genus (Ceraceomerulius,
with three new combinations, plus new species of Athelia (1), Byssorcorticium
(1), and Ceratobasidium (2). There are also three more new combinations.
Keys to species, synonymy, descriptions, data on habitat and distribution,
and remarks (miscellaneous information) are given.

GMH

"LAS YERBAS DE LA GENTg: A study of Hispano-American medicinal plants,
by Karen Cowan Ford, Anthropological Papers, Museum of Anthropology,
University of Michigan No. 60: vii + 438 pp., 1 map; 1975. Price $5.00

This text consists of seven voluminous appendices preceded by a dozen

pages of introductory information and followed by 5 pages of bibliography.
The appendices consist of tables showing the vernacular Spanish and
equivalent botanical names and many other data of many herbs used in the
folk-medical practicesof Spanish-American natives of the south-western

USA and Mexico. These lists vary greatly in volume and complexity.

Two of the appendices concern drugs obtained from the public market

at Ciudad Juarez, Mexico, another appendix lists plants discovered in the
form of drugs at various local markets of Mexico, while two other appendices
represent listings of crude drugs at two drug stores in New Mexico,

with an analysis of the various agents. App. F is a glossary of Spanish
language names of medicinal plants of drugs compled from the author's

own studies, unpublished manuscripts, etc., and would seem to be one of

the most comprehensive such listings available. App.G lists the scientific
plant names represented in the various parts of this volume.

GMH

"Shakespeare and medicine," by Karl Stephan. Mediz. Monatsspiegel 1964:
130-4.

From a study of his plays and poems, it can be discovered that the
great dramatist knew considerable not only about Elizabethan medicine
but also about that of the ancient Greeks and Romans. Several quota-
tions are given from his various plays in illustration of his medical
knowledge.

GMH

202 JA Bee MESO) IO) Ibe Vol. 48, No. 2

"THE ISLAND AND COASTAL VEGETATION AND FLORA OF THE NORTHERN PART OF
THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA,"' by R. S. Felger and C. H. Lowe. Nat. Hist.
Museum, Los Angeles County, Contr. in Sci.#285: 1-59; 1976.

The plants of eight major islands on the Sonoran side of the Gulf

of California are discussed in some detail. The major plant com-
munities are classified and characterized. Checklists given for
the vascular plants of the islands are substantially complete ex-

cept for Isla Tiburon.

GMH

"BOTANISTS OF THE EUCALYPTS," by Norman Hall. Commonwealth Sci-
entific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO), Melbourne,
Australia. v + 1-160, figs. 1978. S765)

Sub-titled "Short biographies of people who have named eucalypts,
whose names have been given to species or who have collected type
material," this brochure is an excellent reference source not only
for the biographical materials it contains but also for its list-
ing of Eucalyptus taxa showing authorities and dates. This list
is not definitive in indicating the validity of the names, since
many of these are synonymous at this time. There are two series
of alphabetically arranged biographies: (1) people associated
with taxa which have been validly published or who are credited
with collecting type material; and (2) people associated with
species not validly published or where doubt exists as to the
material which was collected.

GMH

"FLAVONOLS IN AMMI VISNAGA (L.) Lam.: PRELIMINARY NOTIFICATION,"
by Branka Akacié and Danica KuStrak (Fac. Pharm., Zagreb, Yugo-
slavia). - Planta Medica 12 (2): 232-6; 1964.

The following glycosides were identified in leaves and flowers of
title plant cultivated in Zagreb: myricetin (1)-3-glycoside
(probably I-3-xyloglycoglucuronide); I-3-glycoside (I-3-xylo-
glucoside or I-3-xylogalactoside); I-3-rhamnoglycoside; quercetin
(I1)-3-rutinoside (rutin); kaempferol (III)-3-rutinoside; II-3-
glycoside (isoquercitrin); III-3-glucoside (astragalin). The
following aglycones were identified: I, II, and III. The follow-
ing sugars were identified: glucose, xylose, rhamnose, glucuronic
acid, and rutinose. Rg values are reported for all with 3 diff-
erent solvent systems. 14 references. (English text).

GMH

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 203

"ADVENTURES WITH A MICROSCOPE," by Richard Headstrom. xxiv + 232
pp-, 142 figs. Dover Publications, Inc., 180 Varick St., New
York 10014. 1977 (1941) $2.95.

This little book will prove of unending interest to the person,
young or old, who is interested in knowing more about his
environment. With a microscope and the commonest objects
around him, he will discover a multitude of wonderful facts.
Although there are only 59 experiments outlined here, this can
well be only the beginning of many more similar studies by the
interested individual. The late Dr. David G. Fatrchild once
wrote that the most useful and practical gift for young people
was*simple dollar hand lens, a tool which unlocked many unusual
pictures of the common things about them. How much more wonderful
would be the gift of a compound microscope! This book would itself
be a great present for a young person.

GMH

"A BRIEF GUIDE TO SOURCES OF SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION,"
by Saul Herner. Second Edition. xi + 160 pp., 12 figs. Information
Resources Press, 1700 N. Moore St. Arlington, VA. 22209. 1980.
517-00.

The Preface tells in what ways the technics and tools for obtaining
information have changed in ten years since edition one was
published. Active in Washington, D.C., the author has unparalleled
opportunities to find out there what the best information sources
are. The text has a high degree of authenticity and is of geniune
value to one who wishes to learn all that may be learned on a
certain subject. Each chapter is loaded with the names of books,
serials, or services which can supply important data on almost
every conceivable subject. The fifth chapter ("Major American
libraries and resource collections") is particularly valuable
occupying as it does about one-third of the volume. This guide
covers the nation from sea to sea: thus it includes the Air
University Library at Montgomery, Ala., with 260,000 books; but

it does not list Auburn University with over a million volumes.
Among abstract journals, Chemical Abstracts, Excerpta Medica,

and Biological Abstracts are included, but not Excerpta Botanica

(2 sections), which covers the field of botany. This is a most
valuable orientation tool for providing all kinds of information.
(First edition review: Phytologia 29:419; 1975.)

GMH

204 Pet YeuEOmiy ORCarrE A Vol. 48, No. 2

"DICTIONARY OF ABBREVIATIONS IN MEDICINE AND THE HEALTH SCIENCES."
Harold K. Hughes. Lexington Books: D.C. Heath & Company, Lexington,
Masse) O217S sccie-- eS 4a pps a-aetab se sto 7s mo 2 onO0s

Truly as the compiler says in the preface: "Abbreviations are a
way of life for most of us today."" It is all very well as long as
one knows the meaning but all too often one encounters an abbreviation
or acronym which is incomprehensible. It could possibly be a matter
of life or death in the case of medication or medical treatment.
Hence the particular importance of a volume explaining medical
abbreviations for the use of physician, pharmacist, nurse, dentist,
veterinarian, et al. The present dictionary gives all indications
of being successful in this area-at least for English speaking
countries. Over 12,000 entries with some 20,000 meanings are
presented. An appendix shows metric prefixes, equivalents of
metric and traditional systems of measurement (apothecary and Troy
are however not the same), and°@Mversion tables for centigrade

and fahrenheit temperatures. The introduction is informative and
worth the trouble of reading. (The compiler is a specialist in
medical physics). An unusual feature in an abbreviation listing
are the entries of words which are neither abbreviations nor
acronyms-for instance, kif, kief, yerba, grass, etc., all slang
terms for marijuana (Cannabis); King-Kong (barbiturate, etc.);

Him (heroin); etc. Although these words are not conventional
abbreviations, it may be that such entries could be useful to the
user, and could be allowed as coming under the heading of short
terms used by addicts in a way similar to that used for regular
abbreviations. Single word titles for some journals are also
shown: Lancet; Gut; Kidney; etc. Some items not included are:
DPS (drug product selection); RT (retention time); CH49 (carbo-
hydrates); VIS (visual instrumentation sub=system); CC (control
center); NYSTATIN (acronyms for "New york™fnstitte"); CMT (cancer
multistage therapy); DAOM; ACM (adrenocortical mitochondria); BPL
(bone phosphate of lime); RRL (regional record librarian); PAMA
(phenobarbital /atropine. Mg trisilicate/aluminum hydroxide);

PDA (Parenteral Drug Assn.); EOA (Essential Oil Assn.) TGA

(Toilet Goods Assn.); sphalm (L.) (error); s = sym (symmetrical,
for organic compounds); u = unsym. (unsymmetrical); cs, (chief

of staff; cases); OC (overcounter); v (volume), vv (volumes); CS
(Cascara Sagrada); HN, (nitrogen mustard); dm3 G@iiten) ac
(intracisternal) etc. It might have been well to have included
abbreviations for important drug houses (e.g., PD (Parke Davis

& Co.); SKF (Smith Kline & French); etc. Another important kind
of short-hand writing is attained through symbols and at least the
important ones might have been included. However, it must be said
that this is really an oufs tanding collection. The reviewer had
difficulty in finding abbreviations which were not included.
Congratulations to Doctor Hughes!

GMH

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 205

"DIE KONTROLLIERTE HYPOTENSION MIT NITROPRUSSIDNATRIUM IN DER
NEUROANAESTHESIE. ANAESTHESIOLOGY AND RESUSCITATION." K. Huse,

Vole 10/7:° IX + 98 pp., 9 figs., 38 tabs., 1977. Flexible cover,
stitched; Springer-Verlag Berlin-Heidelberg-New York. US $16.80 (+);
DM 38,--.

In surgical operations on the brain, reduced blood pressure is
considered to give the best results. Various procedures for
anesthesia and controlled hypotension as applied to neurosurgery
are reviewed. ''Neuro leptic" anesthesia (i.e., where there is
induced hypnosis and a blockage of auto nomic reflexes) is
considered the best method, with Fentanyl Janssen and Droperidol
Janssen used in combination (in Europe). As hypotensive, sodium
nitroprusside (or sodium nitroferricyanide) has been used for

this purpose since 1929 (C.C. Johnson). This combination offers
the best management in neurosurgery (brain surgery). The procedure
was applied by the author to 25 patients under strict controls of
blood pressure, respiration, etc., using as controls 20 patients
with neuroleptic anesthesia but not controlled low blood pressure.
This clinical trial proved the advantages of sodium nitroprusside
for controlled hypotension; but emphasis is placed on the need

of adequate controls of the vital functions at the operation site.
Adequate background information on all aspects of the subject
matter is given. The experimental methods of study are given in
full detail. The text is in German with the usual English summary
(pp. 74-5) frequently if not always seen in the numbers of this
series. The printed pages have been reproduced from typescript
and the text is clearly legible. There is an annex with

many references (ca 240) and a subject index. The author is
associated with the Neurosurgical Clinic of the University of
Dusseldorf.

"PROPAGATE YOUR OWN PLANTS", by Wilma Roberts James and Arla
Lippsmeyer. 149 pp., 85 figs., 128 figs., 1 portr. Naturegraph
Publishers, Inc., Happy Camp, Calif. 1978. $4.95 (paper back).

The first 46 pages of this brochure are devoted to general information
on propagation and care of plants, while the balance is given over

to a consideration of 89 individual plants or plant groups; these

are arranged alphabetically in the order of their common names.
Besides the information on cultivation and propagation there is

a considerable amount of information on the uses and other lore of

the plant. This is a useful book for the do-it-yourself gardener.

GMH

206 St NE UIE (OP My 10) (Eo Ie YN Vol. 485). Nome2

"ARCHIVES OF TOXICOLOGY, SUPPLEMENT 1. TOXICOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF FOOD
SAFETY) with B, J, Leonard (Editor). Proceedings of the European
Society of Toxicology Meeting held in Copenhagen, June 19-22, 1977.
c 400 pp., 76 figs. Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, New York.
1978. DM 78,--; c $ US 39.00 (soft cover),

Toxicological aspects of food safety are receiving much attention today
by the food industry, various regulatory agencies, and consumers. The
meeting covered by these proceedings included many aspects of the eval-
uation of food, drug, and chemical safety. Topics such as the human
clinical experience, pharmacokinetics, metabolism, pathology, reproduc-
tive physiology and pathology, carcinogenicity, and mutagenicity were
included. Approximately 90 papers were contributed by leading experts
from regulatory bodies, universities, contract testing laboratories, and
pharmaceutical and chemical laboratories. The proceedings include full
length research papers as well as one page abstracts. Two excellent sym-
posia are incl ded dealing with the liver and food safety. Indexes list
according to authors and subjects. These proceedings include much up-
to-date research information on various aspects of food safety, as well
as information on useful and time-saving laboratory procedures. Some
helpful information is also presented on comparative pathology and toxi-
cology. In the reviewer's opinion, this volume would be a valuable
addition to the personal libraries of toxicologists, pharmacologists,
pathologists, environmentalis ts, food technologists, chemists. and all
regulatory personnel responsible for evaluating drugs and chemicals ass-
ociated with the food industry.

Prof. Samuel T. Coker, Ph. D,

School of Pharmacy, Auburn University

Auburn, AL 36830

"MODERN DRUG ENCYCLOPEDIA AND THERAPEUTIC GUIDE: A COMPENDIUM," Ed. 15.
with Arthur J. Lewis (Editor). xxi O56" ppre York Medical Books,
666 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 1979. $38.95 (incl. supplements).

In its several editions, this valuable reference book has been on the
market for a long time: in fact, during the reviewer's collegiate life,
he used it frequently on many occasions (from the first edition). (For
review of ed. 11, see idem. 29: 439-40; 1975). As in previous editions,
the drugs are arranged by generic name (or else by the proprietary name
in the case of multiple combination products) in alphabetic order. These
run from Accerelease-PB to Zinc Insulin(s), the latter cross-referenced
to Insulins. There is an Addendum with three additional monographs -
Cephoxitin Sodium, Cisplatin, and Seractide Acetate. These three are

not cross-referenced in the main body of the text but of course would be
picked up through the index which is the usual and best way for finding
an item. Actually, there are three indexes - the general index (used
to locate a particular medicinal); the therapeutic index (furnishing the
names of agents designed for the treatment of the various indications) ;
and the manufacturers' index (names and addresses, followed by a list of
the company products covered in this book, Marginal markings help to
locate these indexes. The early part of the book before the systematic

1981 Hocking, Book reviews 207

listing of "pharmaceuticals and biologicals" has useful information on
technical proprietary terms (such as"Disket (Lilly); inscribed tablet");
drug and chemical blood level data; and a brief review of the activities
of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), now so directly involved
with the availability and control of many medicinal agents. All control-
led items in the listing are marked C-II to C-V, Previous editions of
this reference book lumped closely related medicinals together into dis-
tinctive groups. There are now ten of these: Adrenal corticosteroids;
cephalosporins; erythromycins; estrogens; fluoride-vitamins; insulins;
penicillins; phenothiazines; sulfonamides (antibacterial); and thiazide
diuretics. Repeated editions of this work have achieved a totality ap-
proaching perfection; however, changes in composition, indications, dis-
pensing forms, etc., regularly occur as a rule and these are noted in
the serial publication, Modern Drugs. received regularly by the purchaser.
A very useful supplement to the main work might be a listing of products
deleted from the previous edition, with the reason(s) for discontinuance.
A case in point is Meratran (Merrell), generically Propradrol, which
would appear to be a useful psychic stimulant, especially for the aged
and for chronic invalids. Why was it discontinued ? Many a pharmacist
and physician have often wondered no doubt. With this reference work,
sufficient information is given on each product that it is ordinarily
not necessary to search elsewhere for more information. Physicians,
pharmacists, and other health professionals will find it a most valuable
tool.

GMH

"PRACTICAL FOLK MEDICINE OF HAWAII." by L. R. McBride. 104 pp., 84 figs.
Petroglyph Press, Hilo, Hawaii. (Paper back). 1975. $4.50.

This semi-popular book deals with the plant (chiefly), animal, and min-
eral remedies of popular Hawaiian medicine. The first section tells
something about the collection and preparation of plant materials, the
second is a systematic consideration of various plants, etc., arranged by
their Hawaiian common names,and the last section reviews various miscell~
aneous technics for the relief of many common complaints and diseases,

as practiced in Hawaii.

GMH

"MICROBIOLOGY OF COOLING WATER," by James W. McCoy. xi + 1-249, 18
figs., 39 tabs. Chemical Publishing Co., New York, N. Y. 1980.
$30.00.

The chief objective of this title is to provide basic and specific modes
of establishing and maintaining microbiological control in recirculating
cooling systems, such as are found in nuclear plants, chemical factories,
etc. The action mechanism of various biocides used to destroy algae,
bacteria, fungi, and possibly higher plants and some of the lower animals
(Protozoa chiefly) are detailed and suggestions given for applying such
toxicants in the most efficient and economic way. Emphasis is placed on
preserving the environmental status as far as possible. While the price
for this small book may appear to be high, it actually will represent a
genuine economy if put into practice at the cooling system, since practi-

208 Po Yee Oita Om Cast A Vol. 48, No. 2

cal and detailed procedures are given for determining microbiological
debris, for estimating derree of infestation of a cooling system, and
for finding the effectiveness of the microbiocide in use. Such specific
information is not readily available in books on the market, it is
said, and this book will thus provide a direct means of cutting costs
to provide water which can be re-utilized or recycled. An introductory
section lists the plant genera which are found in contaminated cooling
waters and classifies them into various of the larger groups. The ele-
ments of classification and structure and the metabolism and growth are
presented to give a better idea of form and function. This text supple-
ments an earlier one of the authors: "The chemical treatment of cooling
water," 1974. (See review in Quarterly Journal of Crude Drug Research,
WAR YASS MUST).

GMH

"HORTUS BOTANICUS: THE BOTANICAL GARDEN AND THE BOOK," with I. MacPhail
(compiler). "50 books from the Sterling Morton Lib rary exhibited at

the Newberry Library for the 50th Annivesary of The Morton Arboretum.

Morton Arboretum, Lisle, Illinois. 120-pp., 39 filgs., 4) pil’sts (epiepr
VO72. $4.50.

This represents a catalog covering books mostly in the chronological order
of publication date (from No. 1 Porro's Horto deisemplici di Padova (1591)
to No. 50, Sargent's Silva (1891 to 1902). Bibliographic data are given
with brief pithy biographic descriptive texts. There is an introductory
chapter by J. Ewan ("The botanic garden and the book") written in his
customary interesting style, and a terminal list of notable botanic gard-
ens with date of establishment. The price of this attractive card-bound
volume is modest indeed.

GMH

THE RARE VASCULAR PLANTS OF NOVA SCOTIA," by R. V. Maher, D.J. White,
G. W. Argus, and P. A. Keddy. Syllogeus No. 18: 1-38, 1 fig.; 1977.
(With French version bound in on opposite side: 1-39; 1977,

Listing in alphabetic order of generic names of ca. 200 taxa with annota-
tions (references; range; habitat; map; status; protection; etc.). At
the back Bibliography and a listing of the same plants in taxonomic
(Englerian) order.

THE PRESENT IS THE ELEVENTH COLLECTION OF BOOK REVIEWS BY G. M. HOCKING
TO BE PUBLISHED IN PHYTOLOGIA. SOME OF THE EARLIER CONTRIBUTIONS WERE

SUPPORTED BY FACULTY GRANTS-IN-AID OF AUBURN UNIVERSITY (AUBURN, ALABAMA),
FOR WHICH THE REVIEWER IS GRATEFUL.

v7
’ PHYTOLOGIA

' A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

4
Ty
its,

Vol. 48 May 1981 No. 3
y CONTENTS
' ROBINSON, H., £piscothamnus and Bishopalea, two new genera of
u Vernonieae (Asteraceae) from Brasil, and the resurrection
bi PME RO PEST ga 5.22 y)67 ask ihc lp at sass eee a ae SR PRD ace We see 209
“KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae

(Asteraceae ). CeHr A new genus Bishopiella............ 218

WKING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae

8 (Asteraceae } CCIV. New combinations in Brasilian

Ne ME TENICOI SHOCICS. 4): 6) Ly 3: bu, y'.0 ook haa Paes MOA DE ae ee
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae

it (Asteraceae IF oi 4 Two new species of Mikania from Brasil... 223

OCHOA, C. M., Two new tuber-bearing Solanum from South America .. 229
GENTRY, A. H., New species of Myristicaceae, Combretaceae, and

é Urticaceae from coastal Colombia and Ecuador .......... 233
-WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis. XXXII ............4.. 238
“MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXLV ..... 253
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Lippia. XVII ..... . 255

OLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Citharexylum. XVIII... 270

“CARROLL, N., & THOMAS, R. D., /soetes melanpoda in Sabine
a Parish, PPT AATAVIE one BA SOS cae eK aa) Sak STATS Oe a eae 274

“THOMAS, R. D., BRILEY, T., & CARROLL, N., Additional collec-
. tions ‘of Botrychium lunarioides from Texas and
Oklahoma and comments on its GOVINO R i, Sete gh ed eos 276

ee LL BOOK FEVIEWS si. a te Bh alae ee ol A xtededd ce aedtas 279

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $12.00 in advance or $13.00 after
close of the volume; $4.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost

in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
q number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received
4 after a volume is closed.
:

EPISCOTHAMNUS AND BISHOPALEA, TWO NEW GENERA OF VERNONIEAE
(ASTERACEAE) FROM BRASIL, AND THE RESURRECTION OF

SIPOLISIA .

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Recent material from Brasil collected by R. M. King and
L. E. Bishop includes specimens of two additional undescribed
genera of the Vernonieae. The new genera, Eptscothamus and
Bishopalea, are both named in honor of the second collector,
Luther Earl Bishop. The study also has resulted in the redelimi-
tation of Proteopsts, the resurrection of Stpolisia, and new
synonymy in Alcantara and Heterocoma. The genera are considered
in the above order.

EPISCOTHAMNUS H. Robinson, genus nov. Asteracearum (Vernonieae,
Lychnophorinae).

Plantae fruticosae candelabriformes 1's m altae. Caules et
rami 5-10 mm lati dense albo-tomentosi. Folia dense spiraliter
inserta sessilia anguste oblonga vel linearia plerumque 25-160
mm longa et 4-10 mm lata distaliter minores base non vel leniter
constricta margine anguste valde revoluta apice anguste acuta
saepe pungentiter breviter acuminata supra leniter vel non
rugulosa glabra subtus appresse albo-lanata, nervis secundariis
pinnatis brevibus ca. 45° ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae spici-
formes dense breviter foliosae in diametro ca. 4 cm. Capitula in
axillis foliorum campanulata 20-25 mm alta et 12-15 m lata;
bracteae involucri exteriores ca. 30 subimbricatae ca. 4-seriatae
anguste lanceolatae 6-14 mm longae et ad 1.5-2.0 mm latae dense
lanatae erecto-subappressae apice breviter aristatae glabrae;
bracteae interiores ca. 30 ca. 2-seriatae vix deciduae lineares
15-16 mm longae et ca. 2 mm latae inferne glabrae apice anguste
acutae leniter vel valde reflexae dense lanatae; receptacula
glabra epaleacea concava. Flores ca. 23 in capitulo uniformes;
corollae lavandulae 13-14 mm longae infundibulares, tubis angust-
is ca. 4 mm longis glabris, faucibus 1.5-2.0 mm longis glabris,
lobis linearibus anguste acutis 7-8 mm longis et ad 0.7-0.8 mm
latis superne sensim minute glandulo-puberulis et sparse seti-
feris, setis biformibus elongatis incrassatis et aliquantum con-
tortis appressis et setis brevioribus in apices obtusis in
parietibus tenuibus; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 mm
longa, cellulis plerumque breviter oblongis in parietibus leniter
incrassatis; thecae ca. 4.5 mm longae base non appendiculatae,

209

210 PHY SOM in Os Grin Vol. 48, No. 3

cellulis endothecialibus mediis laxioribus irregulariter ornatis
ad 30 pm longis; appendices antherarum ca.2 mm longae lanceolatae
anguste acutae induratae; basi stylorum non noduliferi; scapi
stylorum in parte superiore setuliferi ca. 5 mm longi, rami styl-
orum ca. 2.5 mm longi attenuati. Achaenia ca. 5 mm longa et 1.5
mm lata prismatica ca. 10-costata glabra basi truncata; carpopod-
ia late obturaculiformia ca. 0.4 mm longa et 1 mm lata, cellulis
breviter oblongis ca. 8-10-seriatis ca. 12-15 um longis in
parietibus regulariter mediocriter incrassatis; pappus biseriat-
us; seriebus exterioribus squamiformibus ca. 12 variis, squamis
interdum 1 mm longis ovatis et multo denticulatis aliquantum
deciduis interdum 2-4 mm longis lanceolatis in apicem pauce
denticulatis base in parte breviter connatis persistentibus,
seriebus interiores perfacile deciduis, setis anguste taeniatis
plerumque 10-11 mm longis leniter spiraliter contortis margine
minute scabridulis. Grana pollinis sphaerica vel leniter oblonga
ca. 60 um alta et in diametro ca. 50 pm.

Type species: Lychnophora candelabrum Sch.Bip.

The genus contains only one species.

EPISCOTHAMNUS CANDELABRUM (Sch.Bip.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Lychnophora candelabrum Sch.Bip., Pollichia 20-21: 345.
1863. The species name is treated as a noun in apposition and is

not declined. The name was redundant in Lychnophora. The new
collection is here designated as neotype. BRASIL: MINAS GERAIS:
62 km along road SW of Diamantina toward Curvelo. Elev. 3600 ft.
occasional. 1 meter tall, flowers lavender. Jan. 20, 1981.

R.M. King & L.E.Btshop 8573 (Neoholotype, UB; isotype, US).

The neotype is a perfect match with the type photograph of
the destroyed Sello type which was deposited in the Berlin
Herbarium. The original specimen was a sterile unicate (Schultz,
1863), and was placed in the genus Lychnophora on the basis of
the large branching habit and the densely spirally inserted
leaves. The species is distinctive in the narrowly elliptical,
finely pointed, abaxially white leaves, those of other Lychno-
phora species being blunt to short-acute. The new specimen
shows fertile features which are sufficient to exclude the
species from Lychnophora.

The new genus is evidently related to Lychnophora where the
species was placed by Schultz (1863). The most distinctive
feature is the form of the inflorescence with an elongate axis
and large heads containing 20-25 flowers. The heads of the short
spiciform inflorescence, because of the elongate axis, are
scarcely contiguous, and the appearance is completely different
from the short, condensed, compound head seen in Lychnophora.

The pollen of the new genus is also somewhat distinctive in its
larger size and slight tendency toward an oblong shape. The
pollen in Lychnophora is about 40 pm in diameter and spherical
to slightly oblate. Episcothamnus candelabrum can also be dist-
inguished from any known species of Lychnophora by the narrowly

1981 Robinson, Two new genera 211

pointed tips of the leaves. Eptscothamus has unusually large
and indurate anther appendages for a member of the Vernonieae.
In this respect the genus approaches the Mutisieae. Appendages
of the genus Lychnophora are not as large or as indurate, but
they are nearly as large in relation to the size of the anther
thecae.

The new genus also might be closely related to Lychnophor-
opsts as the latter is described, but the latter has only about
10-15 flowers with a central supposedly sterile villous achene in
each head.

A further feature of interest is evident in the cylindrical
inflorescence of Eptscothamus. In most Asteraceae, the inflor-
escence is notably cymose, a fact emphasized in such genera as
Iiatris of the Eupatorieae with a spiciform inflorescence first
maturing at the apex. The cymose nature of the Vernonieae is
particularly marked, and has been noted even in V. ettenii with
a rather simple inflorescence (Robinson, 1980). In Episcothamus,
the lower heads of the spiciform inflorescence mature first, in
complete violation of the normal cymose condition in the family.
The exception seems to be common in the subtribe Lychnophorinae
where the peripheral heads in the inflorescences of Lychnophora
and Chresta often mature first. This order of maturation is best
developed in Pithecoserts with its simple Dipsacus-like inflor-
escence which continues to grow above as it fruits below. Fre-
manthus is notable for the simultaneous maturation of all the
heads in each clustered inflorescence. Even the latter condition
is a departure from the normal order of maturation in the family,
and the character tends to reenforce the already recognized
distinction of the subtribe Lychnophorinae.

BISHOPALEA ERECTA H. Robinson, genus et sp. nov. Asteracearum
(Vernonieae, Vernoniinae).

Plantae erectae 1.5-5.0 m altae in parte vegetativo non
ramosae. Caules in diametro 3-5 cm dense albo-lanati. Folia
laxe vel interdum dense spiraliter inserta sessilia oblongo-
elliptica plerumque 6-24 cm longa et 2.5-9.0 cm lata base
auriculata et amplexicaulia margine minute crenulata vel subint-
egra apice breviter acuta supra flavo-viridia dense velutina,
pilis in areolis minutis polygonalibus orietatis, subtus dense
albo-lanato-tomentosa, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque 10-
17 patentibus et leniter arcuate ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae
in ramis brevibus deciduis late subdense corymboso-cymosae
pauci-capitatae, ramis ultimis 5-10 mm longis dense lanatis,
bracteis subinvolucralibus paucis foliosis 0.7-2.5 cm longis.
Capitula late campanulata 13-15 mm alta et ca. 15 mm lata;
bracteae involucri 30-35 ca. 4-seriatae ovato-lanceolatae vel
lineares 4-10 mm longae et 1-2 mm latae apice acutae vel pungent-
es extus et margine dense tomentosae; receptacula paleacea,
paleis linearibus 10-11 mm longis persistentibus inferne anguste

Ze, Pipe LeOn ONG A: Vol. 48, No. 3

subulatis superne subtiliter anguste fusiformibus in parte sub-
apice tomentosis. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo uniformes; corollae
lavandulae 9-10 mm longae cylindricae extus praeter apicem glab-
rae, tubis ca. 0.7 mm longis, faucibus ca. 1 mm longis, lobis
linearibus 7-8 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis distaliter tomentoso-
pilosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.45 mm longa, cellulis
oblongis in parietibus leniter incrassatis; thecae antherarum

3.5 mm longae base breviter appendiculatae, cellulis endothecial-
ibus uniformibus irregulariter polygonalibus in diametro 12-20 pm
in parietibus paulum incrassatis; appendices antherarum ca. 0.8
mm longae ovato-lanceolatae apice anguste acutae vel vix acumin-
atae vix induratae; basi stylorum non noduliferi; scapi stylorum
in parte superiore setuliferi ca. 1.5 mm longi; rami stylorum ca.
3.5 mm longi attenuati. Achaenia ca. 5 mm longa et 1.0-1.5 mm
lata prismatica ca. 10-costata glabra base truncata; carpopodia
indistincta 1 mm lata margine incurvata, cellulis marginalibus et
supra-marginalibus subquadratis in diametro ca. 12 pm superne
sensim majoribus; pappus uniformis setiformis, setis perfacile
deciduis numerosis ca. 8 mm longis scabridulis. Grana pollinis
sphaerica in diametro ca. 40 pm (Lychnophora-type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Main valley north of Mucugé from 3-8
km north of town. Elev. 2600-3000 ft. In bare rocky areas.
Locally common plants with single erect woody stem 3-5 cm in
diameter 1.5-5 meters tall, the short fertile branches deciduous
soon after fruiting, flowers lavender. January 31, 1981. R. M.
King & L. E. Btshop 8729 (Holotype, UB: isotype US).

Btshopalea is distinguished within the tribe by the combin-
ation of the paleaceous receptacles and the cymose branching
inflorescences. The cylindrical corolla with its short basal
tube and throat seems unique in the tribe. The pubescence on the
upper surface of the leaves is also unique in its details, having
the velvet oriented so that the hairs diverge along the veins.
The resulting appearance shows the polygonal areoles as though
they were bullate, in spite of the fact that the upper leaf
surface is actually flat. The form of the pubescnce, inflores-
cence and corollas all contrast strongly with those of Hetero-
coma, the other Brasilian genus of the Vernonieae having fully
developed paleae on the receptacle.

The search for relatives of Bishopalea has ultimately led
to examination of the genus Proteopsits for which five species
have been described in Brasil. The type species, P. argentea
Mart. & Zucc. ex Sch.Bip., has appressed argenteous pubescence,
clustered heads at the top of a stalk with decrescent leaves,
involucral bracts with long stiff acuminate awn-tips, and an
epaleaceous receptacle. The species is not considered a close
relative of Bishopalea, but other species that have been placed
in the genus are very different.

Of the five species in Proteopsts, three were added by
Philipson (1938), two described as new and one transferred. The
transferred species was originally described as Stpoltsta

1981 Robinson, Two new genera 213

lanuginosa Glaziou ex Oliv., is a species with heads clustered as
in typical Proteopsis, but with stem leaves and pubescence most
like Bishopalea. Philipson stated that Stpolista differed in no
essential characters from Proteopsis, but he overlooked the
presence of long palea-like projections from the receptacle of
the former. On the basis of the receptacle, the lanate pubes-
cence of the stem, the lanceolate rather than acuminate involuc-
ral bracts, and the densely hairy tips of the corolla lobes,
Sipolisia Glaziou ex Oliv. is here restored to the status of a
monotypic genus. Relationship of Sipolisia is closer to Bisho-
palea than Proteopsis, but the former remains distinct by the
fully formed paleae, the cylindrical corollas with short basal
tubes, the branching lateral inflorescences, and the lanate short-
aristate involucral bracts.

Philipson (1938) described a new species, Proteopsis ekmani-
ana, which he stated Ekman had determined as a new species of
Sipolisia. Certainly, the Philipson species is close to Stpolis-
ta with lanate pubescence, hairy tips on the corolla lobes, and
almost identical long palea-like projections from the receptacle.
The species differs, however, in the leaves with broadened imbri-
cated sheathing bases and long narrow petioles, by the long-
pedunculate axillary inflorescences, and by the extremely large
paired foliose bracts subtending the heads. The Philipson
species was based on Glaziou 21668 (Kew) while the same species
has been described more recently as Alcantara petroana Glaz. ex
Barroso based on Glaztou 21667 (Barroso, 1969). The separate
generic status given by Barroso is here regarded as appropiate,
but the Philipson species name has priority, necessitating the
following new combination.

ALCANTARA EKMANIANA (Philipson) H.Robinson, comb. nov.

Proteopsis ekmantana Philipson, Kew, Bull. Misc. Inform.
1938 (7): 300. 1938.

One other species, Proteopsis sellowit Sch.Bip., proves not
to belong to Proteopsts. Two specimens, Ule 2607 and Irwin,
Harley & Ontsht 28979, both from Minas Gerais, Brasil, have been
seen and compare perfectly with a type photograph of P. sellowit.
However, the two specimens prove to have true paleae in the
heads, and they match the characters (Baker, 1873) and illustra-
tion (Toledo, 1941) of Heterocoma albida DC. The Schultz-Bipont-
inus species is here regarded as a synonym of the earlier de
Candolle species.

There remains only one other species that has been placed
in Proteopsis, P. insculpta Philipson, based on Glaztou 14974
(Kew) cited from the environs of Rio de Janeiro and D'Ouro Preto.
The species is said to closely resemble P. argentea in its
leaves and tomentum, but to differ in its more woody and branch-
ed stems, and its involucral bracts which lack spreading spines.
The type should be re-examined in view of present concepts.

214 1D JSG NC At (0) Ub, (0) (EAL YN Vol. 48, No. 3

Literature Cited

Baker, J. G. 1873. Compositae I. Vernoniaceae. Jn Martius,
Ce Ee) Pe von, Flora Brasildiensiis., 16) (2))-) 1—1/79R" pile 50r

Barroso, G. M. 1969. Novitates compositarum, II. Loefgrenia
3195 MISsy foils alee

Philipson, W. R. 1938. L. - Four new species of Vernonieae
collected by Glaziou in Brasil. Kew, Bull. Misc. Inform.
1938 (7): 298-300.

Robinson, H. 1980. New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). VII.
Five new species of Vernonta from Brasil. Phytologia 46
(2): 107-119.

Schultz-Bipontinus, C. H. 1863. lLychnophora Martius! und einige
benachbarte Gattungen. Pollichia 20-21: 321-439.

Toledo, J. F. 1941. Notas sébre o género monot{pico Heterocoma
DC. Compositae - Vernonieae. Arquivos Bot. Estado de Sao
enw) 108 Wil7si5 wil, 76

ho
~
Ww

1981 Robinson, Two new genera

PLANTAE BRASILIANAE

a REGALES ET EPISCOPALES

Episcothamus eandelabrum (Sch.Bip.) H.Robinson, Neotype,
Herbd4rio Universidade de Brasilia. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

216 12 fel NC RO) I, (0) (Ge AN Vol. 48, No. 3

PLANTAE BRASILIANAE
REGALES ET EPISCOPALES

Bishopalea erecta H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbdrio Universi-
dade de Brasilia.

1981 Robinson, Two new genera VLAN)

Enlargements of heads. Top: Eptscothamus candelabrum.
Bottom: Bishopalea erecta.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CCIII.

A NEW GENUS BISHOPIELLA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

A generic survey of the tribe Eupatorieae continues to be
complicated by the discovery of previously unknown genera from
the American Tropics. Within the period since our attempt to
complete the descriptions of all new genera, another distinctive
novelty has been collected in Bahia, Brasil, by the senior
author and L. E. Bishop. The genus is named here for the latter
collector.

The new genus is a member of the subtribe Gyptidinae of the
Eupatorieae that is represented by approximately 20 genera in
Brasil. The eximbricate involucre, the conical receptacle, the
densely papillose surface of the stylar appendage, and the strong-
ly annulate ornamentation of the anther collar are all common
features in the subtribe. Bishopiella is utterly distinct in the
subtribe by the rosulate habit with an erect scapose inflores-
cence. Such a habit is more common in the Eupatorieae in the
subtribe Liatrinae of the Southeastern United States, but is
almost unknown in other subtribes. The scars on the conical
receptacle of Bishoptella are large with narrow recessed inter-
stices, similar to those of the generic group including Barrosoa,
Dasycondylus and Conocltntopsts. The new genus differs from the
first and second of these by the small carpopodium and densely
setose achene, and from the second by the glabrous unenlarged
base of the style. It is possible that the closest relationship
of Bishopitella is to the widespread, shrubby, monotypic Conoclin-
LOpsts.

BISHOPIELLA ELEGANS R. M. King & H. Robinson, gen. et sp. nov.
Asteracearum (Eupatorieae).

Plantae rosulatae acaulescentes. Folia carnosa oblanceolata
2-4 cm longa et 0.3-0.9 cm lata base cuneata margine intergra
apice anguste obtusa utrinque glabra trinervata, nervis secund-
ariis valde ascendentibus obscuris. Inflorescentiae longe scap-
osae apice dense cymosae pauce ramosae, scapis 40-50 cm altis
pallide brunnescentes leniter striatis inferne glabris superne
sensim dense puberulis, bracteis scaporum remotis minutis 4-8 mm
longis et 0.5-1.5 mm latis, ramis ultimis brevibus 2-7 mm longis
dense puberulis. Capitula late campanulata 7-8 mm alta et 7-10
mn lata; squamae involucri fusco-virides subcarnosae eximbricatae
ca. 2-seriatae lineari-lanceolatae ca. 4 mm longae et ad 1 mm

218

1981 King & Robinson, A new genus 219

latae apice acutae extus inferne leniter bicostatae superne sparse
puberulae; receptacula alte conica glabra distincte maculata in
intersticibus insculpta. Flores ca. 40-50; corollae albae late
infundibulares, tubis ca. 1 mm longis e basis sensim latioribus,
faucibus ca. 2 mm longis extus sparse minute breviter glandulifer-
is, lobis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.8-1.0 mm latis ovato-triangulari-
bus intus valde mamillosis extus superne et margine dense leniter
papillosis extus aliter multo breviter glanduliferis; filamenta
in parte superiore 0.15-0.20 mm longa, cellulis plerumque sub-
quadratis vel breviter oblongis in parietibus valde transverse
annulate ornatis; thecae ca. 1.3 mm longae; appendices antherarum
ca. 0.15 mm longae et 0.30-0.35 mm latae apice truncatae; basi
stylorum glabri non noduliferi; rami stylorum late lineares vel
breviter taeniformes mamillosi apice sensim laeves. Achaenia
breviter prismatica ca. 2 mm longa 5-costata inferne sensim
paulum angustiora dense setifera inferne et in costis densiores
inter costas persparse minute glandulifera; carpopodia anguste
annuliformia leniter prominula, cellulis 2-3-seriatis plerumque
subquadratis ca. 20 pm latis in parietibus aliquantum tenuibus;
setae pappi ca. 35 plerumque 1.5-3.0 mm longae inferne margine
subplumosae apice angustiores sensim sublaeves, cellulis apical-
ibus argute acutis. Grana pollinis in diametro 25-28 pm.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Vicinity of Pico das Almas, ca. 20 km
NW of the town of Rio das Contas. Elev. 3500-4600 ft. Herb in
boggy marsh, flowers white. Jan. 25, 1981. R.M.King & L.E.
Bishop 8645 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US).

220 PALO Yel sORL sO) Grae Vol. 485) Nowe

ee a

PLANTAE BRASILIANAE
REGALES ET EPISCOPALES

Bishoptella elegans R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herbdrio Universidade de Brasflia. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,

Staff Photographer, Staff Photographer, National Museum of
Natural History.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CCIV.
NEW COMBINATIONS IN BRASTILIAN AND MEXICAN SPECIES

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Numerous undescribed species of Eupatorieae have been en-
countered by the authors, and efforts have been made to describe
some of these for inclusion in a nomenclator of the tribe when
they involve important elements of the genera to which they
belong. Description of many isolated species, however, have been
deferred until later. Still, there remains the need to reassign
a few species that have been described by other authors (Soares
Nunes, 1981; Turner, 1977, 1978).

ACRITOPAPPUS CONNATIFOLIUS (Soares Nunes) R.M.King & H.Robinson,
comb. nov. Ageratum connatifoltum Soares Nunes, Bradea
SGLS) ee 30). 19812

The species was described on the basis of Mort & Benton
13221 from Municipio de Palmeiras, Bahia, Brasil. A second
specimen from the same locality has been seen, Mort 13311 (US).
The species is distinguished from other members of the genus by
the connate paired leaf-bases after which the species is named.

AGERATINA FLOURENSIFOLIA (Turner) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb.
nov. Eupatorium flourenstfoltwn B.L.Turner, Wrightia 5
COR MS5S i U977..

The species seems to be related to the widespread Ageratina
ligustrina (DC.) K.& R., but differs by the shorter internodes,
the generally narrower leaf blades, the more sharply serrate
leaf margins, the more viscid leaf surfaces, and the lack of a
sharp delimitation at the base of the leaf blades.

PHANEROSTYLIS NESOMII (Turner) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Brickellta nesomit B.L.Turner, Brittonia 30 (3): 342. 1978.

The relatiosnhip of the species was recognized by Turner
(1978), but the natural concept of Phanerostylis was dissected
by that author between two separate genera, Brickellia and
Barroetea, and the genus Brickellia was broadened in a way that
left only the chromosome number as a distinction from Eupatorium
and no essential distinction from Barroetea. We here restore a
sane concept to Phanerostylis, and recognize four species in the
genus.

The Phanerostylis is one of two described recently by
Turner from the area of Cerro Pene Nevada in Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

221

Zep. 1 Ist Ne GE CO) Je (0) (EAE \ Vol. 48, No. 3

Another specimen seen in this study is from farther west in the
Sierra Catorce in San Luis Potosf (Pennell 17529, US). The other
species from Pena Nevada, Ageratina miquthuana (Turner) K.& R.,
proves to include Fupatoriun asttllerum described by Turner
(1977) in the same paper from the Sierra de Astillero in Zacatec-
as, Mexico (King & Robinson, 1977).

Literature
King, R. M. & H. Robinson 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae

(Asteraceae) LXXXI. The genus, Phanerostylits. Phytologia
Die (QD) 8 TOT

& . 1977. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXIV. Various notes and additions. Phytologia 37 (5):
455-460.

Soares Nunes, J. M. 1981. Contribui¢&%o ao conhecimento das
Compostas Brasileiras. Bradea 3 (18): 129-138.

Turner, B. L. 1977. New species of Eupatortumn (Asteraceae)
from northcentral Mexico. Wrightia 5 (9): 352-354.

. 1978. A new species of Brickellta, subgenus Phanero-
stylis (Asteraceae). Brittonia 30 (3): 342-344.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CCV.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF MIKANIA FROM BRASIL.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560

In a recent study (King & Robinson, 1980) eight new species
of Mikania were described from Brasil. Two additional new
species have been encountered since, and they are described below.

MIKANIA BISHOPII R. M. King .& H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles subglabrae. Caules fistulosi anguste 6-
alati interdum spiraliter contorti minute sparse puberuli. Folia
opposita, petiolis 1-2 cm longis anguste alatis; laminae ovatae
vel oblongo-ovatae plerumque 6-10 cm longae et ca. 1.5-4.0 cm
latae base rotundatae trinervatae vel tenuiter quinquenervatae
margine integrae apice breviter anguste acuminatae supra et sub-
tus glabrae non glanduliferae in nervis majoribus subtus per-
minute sparse puberulae, nervis tertialibus aliquantum regular-
iter transversalibus. Inflorescentiae thyrsoideo-paniculatae in
ramis terminales vel axillares, ramis ultimis brevibus sparse
puberulis vel subpilosis. Capitula in glomerulis paucicapitatis
dense aggregata sessilia cylindrica ca. 7 mm alta et ca. 2 mm
lata; bracteae subinvolucrales breviter lineares vel anguste
oblongae ca. 2 mm longae et 0.4-0.7 mm latae glabrae vel sub-
glabrae; bracteae involucri lineares vel anguste oblongae 5.5-
6.0 mm longae ca. 1 mm latae base leniter gibbosae extus plerum-
que glabrae apice sensim minute puberulae obtusae. Corollae
albae ca. 5 mm longae, tubis angustis ca. 2 mm longis glabris;
faucibus anguste infundibularibus ca. 2.3 mm longis glabris,
lobis breviter triangularibus ca. 0.9 mm longis et 0.7 m latis
margine dense puberulo-fimbriatis extus superne sparse puberulis
intus superne sparse vel dense puberulis, pilis 1-3-septatis;
filamenta in parte superiore anguste ca. 0.4 mm longa; thecae
antherarum ca. 1 mm longae leniter fulvescentes; appendices
antherarum ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.18 mm latae; basi stylorum
leniter incrassati glabri; rami stylorum lineares obtusi dense
breviter papillosi. Achaenia prismatica ca. 2.8 mm longa 5-
costata inferne glabra superne sparse puberula apice dense puber-
ula; setae pappi ca. 40 uniseriatae plerumque 3.5-4.5 mm longae
superne non latiores, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Grana pollin-
is in diametro 20-22 pm.

TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: 5 km NE to 5 km NW of Crystallina.
elev. 2800-3200 ft. Vine in trees along creek, flowers white.
Feb. 14, 1981. R.M.King & L.E.Bishop 8967 (Holotype, UB;
isotype, US).

223

224 Pe Hye OME ONG es Vol. 48, No. 3

The most distinctive features of Mikanta bishoptt are the
wings on the stem and petioles and the hairs of the corolla lobes.
The wings are narrow, but are particularly noticeable on twisted
stems, The hairs on the corolla lobes are more prominent than
any seen in other members of the genus, and they extend extensive-
ly onto the inner surface of the lobe. Mikanta smilacina DC. has
a similar habit, but wings are absent, the leaves are firmer with
distinctly prominulous veins, the clusters of the inflorescence
are denser, the corolla lobes have very few short hairs, and the
tips of the pappus setae are broadened. The winged petioles of
the new species recall M, pteropoda, but the latter has unwinged
stems, non-acuminate more strongly trinervate leaves with serru-
late margins, uncondensed racemose segments in the inflorescence,
smaller heads with shorter corollas, hairless corolla lobes, and
slightly broadened blunt tips on the pappus setae. Actual re-
lationship of the new species may be closer to M. glomerata
Spreng. and the questionably distinct M. hookertana DC. which
have no wings and only short marginal hairs on the corolla lobes.

MIKANIA KUBITZKII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules fistulosi teretes striati glabri.
Folia opposita, petiolis angustis 1.0-3.5 cm longis; laminae
ovatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae 4-14 cm longae at 1.5-5.5 cm latae
base obtusae vel breviter acutae margine integrae apice argute
breviter acuminatae utrinque glabrae fere ad basem valde tri-
nervatae. Inflorescentiae generaliter laxe thyrsoideo-panicula-
tae in ramis pyramidaliter paniculatae sensim racemosae in nodis
primariis vix alatae et plexi-ramosae, ramis minute sparse con-
torte puberulis, pedicellis 1-3 mm longis, bracteis subinvolucral-
ibus basaliter insertis ca. 2 mm longis linearibus. Capitula
cylindrica 6-8 mm alta et 1.5-2.0 mm lata; bracteae involucri
oblongo-ellipticae ca. 6 mm longae et 1.5 mm latae apice rotund-
atae extus sparse perminute puberulae. Corollae albae? ca. 5 mm
longae, tubis angustis 2.5 mm longis extus variabiliter glandulo-
punctatis; faucibus anguste infundibularibus ca. 1.5 mm longis
glabris, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.4 mm
latis extus superne glandulo-punctatis margine irregulariter
breviter papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore angusta ca.
0.35 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 0.8 mm longae virides in
parietibus transversalibus et verticalibus cellularum late
incrassatae; appendices antherarum subquadratae ca. 0.2 mm
longae et latae apice rotundatae; scapi stylorum angusti glabri;
rami stylorum in partibus stigmataceis et appendicibus inferior-
ibus abaxialiter glandulo-punctati, appendicibus sensim angust-
ioribus dense breviter papillosis. Achaenia prismatica ca. 3 mm
longa 5-costata sparse minute puberula; setae pappi ca. 40 pler-
umque ca. 4.5 mm longae apice distincte leniter latiores,
cellulis apicalibus obtusis. Grana pollinis in diametro 20-22

pt

1981 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 225

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Una. Estrada que liga BR
101 (SHo José) com BA 265, a 17 km da primeira. Cerca de 35 km
ao S de Itabuna. Regiado de Mata Higréfila Sul Baiana. Cipé.
Sept. 27, 1979. S.A.Mort, T.S.dos Santos, K.Kubitzkt & H.Poppen-
dieck 12825 (Holotype, CEPEC; isotype, US).

Mikania kubitzkit seems most closely related to M. thyrsoidea
Baker which occurs farther south in southern Minas Gerais to
Parand, but the latter has smaller sessile heads and less well-
developed nodal complexes in the inflorescence. Both M, ftrmula
Baker and M. ducket Barroso from Bahia and Pernambuco are similar
to the new species, but both also have sessile heads and the
inflorescences have extensive spicate-racemose segments. All the
above species, as well as the recently described M. haget K.& R.,
have glands on the outer surface of the style branches, but only
the new species has the appendages so reduced and tapering in
comparison to the broad stigmatic region. The new species seems
unique in the slightly winged nodal complexes formed at the
primary nodes of the inflorescence where the first catadromus
tertiary branch arises at the base of the secondary branch in an
apparent 5-way branching. The branching pattern is weakly devel-
oped without any trace of a wing in M. thyrsoidea.

Literature Cited
King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1980. Studies in the Eupatorieae

(Asteraceae). CLXXXVIII. New species of Mikanta from
Brasil. Phytologia 45 (2): 124-141.

226 PAH ey OP LONG eek Voll. (485 jNoews

PLANTAE BRASILIANAE
REGALES ET EPISCOPALES

Mikania bishopit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herb4rio Universidade de Brasflia. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

New species of |1i ke

King & Robinson,

1981

Mikania kubitzkii R. M. King & H. Robinson, Isotype, United
States National Herbarium.

228 Pe Nee OMT ORG aia Vol. 48, No.

= Sr a

Top: Mtkanta bishopit enlargement of heads. Middle and
Bottom: M, kubttzktt node of inflorescence and enlargements of
heads.

TWO NEW TUBER-BEARING SOLANUM FROM SOUTH AMERICA
by C.M. Ochoa*

SOLANUM INCASICUM Ochoa sp.nov.

Herbaceum, tuberiferum. Plantae validae 50-60 cm altae, caules
simplici vel valde ramificati, 8 mm crassi, pilis albis 4 mm vel plus
longis dense obsiti, caules alati, alae rectae, angustae, laete
virides, caules profunde pigmentati, praecipue 1/3 supra basim, inter
nodia 1.5-3.0-4 cm longa, Stolones albi, carnosi, 2 mm crassi, 70-80 cm
longi; tubera alba, rotundata usque ad ovalia, 1-3 cm longa. Folia
imparipinnata, valde dissecta, 6.5-12.0 x 4.5-9.7 cm, dense pilosa,
plerumque 4-juga; foliola interjecta valde inaequalia, numerosa. Pe-
tioli 5-10 mm longi, eodem modo quo rhachis et petioluli pilis den-
sissime praediti. Foliola anguste elliptico-lanceolata vel ellipti-
co-lanceolata, pilis albis argenteis obsita et in marginibus sinuosi
atque crenati. Foliolum terminale lateralibus paulo majus, 3.3-5.5

x 2.0-3.0 cm, apex acutus vel subacuminatus basi rotundatum. Foliola
lateralia apice acuta vel subobtusa, basi oblique rotundata, subse-
ssilia vel petiolulis brevioribus praedita. Foliola primi jugis
2.2-5.0 x 1.0-2.0 cm, alia foliola ad basim gradatim minora. Foliola
interjecta orbicularia et late elliptico-lanceolata, membranacea,
sessilia, 1.0-0.6 mm longa. Foliola pseudostipulacea 5-7 mm longa,
3-4 mm lata, anguste elliptico-lanceolata, vel fere falcata. Inflo-
rescentia cymosa vel cymoso-paniculata, 10-12-flora, pedunculi 5-8 cm
longi, basi usque ad 2.5 crassi, dense pilosi tamquam pedicelli et
calyx, pedicelli 1/3 supra articulati, pedicellus superior 7-8 mm
longus, inferior 25-30 mm longus. Calyx 10-11 mm longus, subpigmen-
tatus vel pigmentatus, lobi anguste lanceolati, late membranacei,
acumina acuta, 3-4 mm longa. Corolla magna rotata, usque ad 4.5 cm
diam., lilacina, acumina anguste acuta, stella alba vel griseo-alba.
Columna antherarum subcylindrico-conica, asymmetra, antherae anguste
lanceolatae 6.0-6.5 mm longae, basi cordatae; filamenta 1.5-2.5 mm
longa, alba, glabra. Stylus 11 mm longus, 2.5 exsertus, basi ad 1/3
dense papillis praeditus, stigma capitatum, magnum, fissum; ovarium
pyriforme; fructus rotundati. Ad seriem Tuberosa pertinet. Numerus
cromasomatum 2n = 2x = 24.

HABITAT: Adverso flumine Pacaymayo, 3900 m supra mare in regio
maxime nubicola et frigida circa formosus reliquum architectonica
inca inter virgultum et relictus nemus, Provinci Urubamba, Departa-
menti Cusco, PERU. C. Ochoa N°4001, Martius 1973. Holotypus: Her-
barium Ochoanum.

SOLANUM LITUSINUM Ochoa sp. nov.
Herbaceum, tuberiferum. Plantae 60-70 cm altae, caules simplici vel

ramificati, in parte basilari 8-10 mm crassi, duabus tertiis partibus
229

230 PAHO LE OF LOG A Vol. 48, No. 3

4 mm crassi, dilute virides, pilis brevibus sparsis obtecti, anguste
alati alae rectae. Stolones usque ad 100 cm longi; tubera alba, ro-
tunda usque ad ovalia, 2-3 cm longa. Folia imparipinnata, 7.8-14.5

x 5.2-8.7 cm, in utraque pagina pilis teneris induti, etiam rhachis

et petioli, pilis simplices, 2-3 cellularibus et pilis brevibus glan-
duligeris intermixtae, glandulae tetralobulatae, ad axillas et basim
petiolorum plus abundantes. Folia 3-juga et 0-2 interfoliola minus-
cula ornati, petioli 2.5-3.0 cm longi; foliola elliptico-lanceolata
vel anguste elliptico-lanceolata, marginibus pilosis, irregulariter
subdenticulatis. Foliolum terminale lateralibus solum paulo majus,
4.6-5.5 x 2.1-2.7 cm, apice acutum vel subacuminatum, basi rotundatum.
Foliola lateralia 2-7 mm, petiolulata; foliola primi et secundi jugis
3.9-4.5 x 1.6-2.0 cm; foliola primi jugis apice acuta et basi oblique
rotundata, secundi jugis etiam acuta et basi rotundata. Foliola
interjecta, num quando adsunt, parva 1.5-2.0 x 1.0-1.5 mm, elliptica
et sessilia. Folia pseudostipulacea minuta, 2.5-3.0 x 1.5-1.8 mm,
subfalcata. Inflorescentia cymosa 15-18-flora, pedunculi 5-7 cm
longi, basim 2 mm crassi tamquam pedicelli pilosi et cum pilis glan-
dulosis tetralobulatis intermixti. Calyx 9-8 mm longus, laete viridus,
pilosus, lobi anguste elliptico lanceolati, in acumina acuta 1.5-2.0mm
longa producti. Corolla stellata, 3.0-3.5 cm. diam., violacea, stella
interna flavo viride; columna antherarum cylindrico-conica, laeviter
asymmetrica. Antherae lanceolatae, 7 mm longae, basi 1.6 mm latae,
visibiliter cordatae; filamenta 0.5-1.0 mm longa, albo-hialina, gla-
bra. Stylus 12 mm longus, 3.5-4.0 mm exsertus; basi 1/3 longitudinis
papillis dense instructus; stigma parvum, ovale. Ovarium oval-pyri-
formis. Fructus rotundati vel ovales. Ad seriem Commersoniana per-
tinet; cromasomatum numerus 2n = 2x = 24.

HABITAT: La Playa ca 2600 m supra mare in itinere Quebrada Seca-Ari-
ruma interprovinces Valle Grande et Florida, prope Province Valle
Grande circa finitimus Provinci Florida, Departamenti Santa Cruz,
BOLIVIA. Col. C. Ochoa N°12027 Martius-1978. Holotypus: Herbarium
Ochoanum, CIP.

* C.M. Ochoa, Head Taxonomy Department, International Potato Center,
P.O). Box 5969, Lima,Peru.

1981

SN:

Ochoa,

New tuber-bearing Solanum

»
J

¥,
7
rhe

ry

~~ 4
of

oy

x =>
s s ™
aR ce
S
Solanum incasicum Ochoa. Holotypus

OCH=4001)). ‘Caw x 1/3:

9°

232

Dib YEW Oty OG ak Ar

OCH=LDOZ7 » Geo Se Iss

Vol. 46) Mor

Solanum litusinum Ochoa. Holotypus

3

NEW SPECIES OF MYRISTICACEAE,
COMBRETACEAE, AND URTICACEAE FROM
COASTAL COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR

Alwyn H. Gentry?
Missouri Botanical Garden

This paper describes three additional new species in-
cluded in our recent collections from the coastal lowland
forests of Colombia and Ecuador. Two of these species are
canopy trees, one of them locally valued for timber. The
new species are Iryanthera porcata A. Gentry, Terminalia
valverdeae A. Gentry, and Pilea foreroi A. Gentry.

IRYANTHERA PORCATA A. Gentry, sp. nov.

Arbor ramulis glabratis. Folia subcoriacea, oblonga,
ad basim cuneata, venatione brochidodroma. Inflorescentia
racemiformis. Fructus depresso-globosus, 6 cm diametro,
longitudinaliter porcatus.

Tree 20 m tall; branchlets inconspicuously sericeous
With Malpighiaceous trichomes, soon glabrate. Leaves sub-
coriaceous, oblong, apices not seen, the base broadly cune-
ate to rounded, ca. 20-25 cm long, 4.5-6 em wide, below
flecked with scattered minute whitish 2-armed trichomes, ca.
20-23 (or more?) secondary veins on a side, the venation
(except midvein) plane above, 3° venation plane below, 2°
nerves below prominent and distinctly brochidodromous; peti-
ole canaliculate, 1-1.5 cm long. Female inflorescence a
cluster of several racemiform branches ca. 8 em long, ap-
pressed reddish puberulous, conspicuously flattened and
twisted between the alternate fascicles of flowers, the ped-
icels to 4 mm long. Female flowers minute, the triangular
tepals ca. 1.5 mm long, rufous-puberulous. Fruit strongly
depressed globose, ca. 6 cm in diameter, ca. 4.5 cm long,
strongly longitudinally ridged and furrowed, also minutely
corrugated, glabrous except inconspicuous scattered minute
whitish T-shaped trichomes.

Type: COLOMBIA: Chocé: Road from Yuto to Lloréd, alt.
50 m, pluvial forest along creek, ca. 2 km E of Yuto, 18
Jan 1979, Gentry and Renteria 24365 (holotype, COL; isotypes,
INPA, MO, HUA, to be distributed)
1. Supported by NSF Grant INT-7920783.
2353

234 1 ahh Ye ME (©) 1 6) Aer Ay IN Vol. 48, No.

In the absence of male flowers, sectional placement is
problematic. Vegetatively this species seems close to Ama-
zonian I. lancifolia Ducke, but that species has smooth
rather than conspicuously ridged fruits. Iryanthera grandis
Ducke, also Amazonian, has somewhat similar fruits which,
despite being noted by A. C. Smith (1937) as the largest in
the genus, differ in being smaller (4.5-5 cm diameter) and
with a fenestrated rather than ridged surface. The only
sympatric species similar to I. porcata is I. megistophylla
A. C. Smith which has mostly much larger leaves and a
smaller more transversely oblong fruit with a smooth to
fenestrated-rugose surface.

TERMINALIA VALVERDEAE A. Gentry, sp. nov. -- Figure l.

Arbor grandis. Folia obovata, petiolis 1-2 cm longis.
Fructus transversim oblongi, bialati, 7-8 cm lati, corpor-
ibus carinatis, puberulis.

Large tree 30 m tall, bark longitudinally narrowly
ridged; branchlets sparsely subappressed-pilose when young,
glabrescent, irregularly longitudinally striate. Leaves
obovate, acutish to obtuse at apex, cuneate to obtuse at
base, chartaceous, 8-15 cm long, 3-7 cm wide, the 3° vena-
tion plane above, prominulous below, glabrous above, below
usually very sparsely scattered-puberulous near base of
midvein and secondary veins; petiole slender, 1-2 cm long,
glabrous or with a few scattered trichomes. Inflorescence
(in fruit) puberulous. Flowers not seen. Fruits very
large, transversely oblong, bialate, 2.2-3 cm long at cen-
ter, 3.5-4.3 cm long across wings, 7-8 cm wide, the wings
brown, subwoody, broader toward apices, the margins scalloped,
the body flattened dorsally and sharply keeled ventrally, dis-
tinetly triangular in section, puberulous.

Type: ECUADOR: Guayas: Cerro Azul, entrado por Casas
Viejas, Cordillera de Chongon, 200 m alt., Aug 1978, F. M.
Valverde 301 (holotype, MO; isotypes, ECU, SEL).

Endemic to the wetter parts of the Cordillera de Chongon,
north of Guayaquil in coastal Ecuador.

This species has one of the largest fruits of any New
World Terminalia and is unique among neotropical species of
the genus in having the wings broadest near their apices
rather than gradually contracted apically and in having dis-

1981 Gentry, New species

<

ms

Figure 1. Terminalia valverdeae A. Gentry. From Valverde
301 (ECU). Lines represent 1 cm.

236 PETS Ye TOR ONGe Tea Vol. 48, No. 3

tinctly differentiated dorsal and ventral sides on account
of the strongly keeled seed body. Its closest neotropical
relative is probably T. januariensis DC. which approaches it
in fruit size but has narrower wings and a less keeled body.
Several Old World species of Terminalia such as African T.
superba Engl. & Diels and T. orbicularis Engl. & Diels and
southeast Asian T. subspathulata King have large fruits
which may be distinctly keeled. Since some Old World spe-
cies of Terminalia are sporadically cultivated in the neo-
tropics, I at first suspected that the very distinctive
Ecuadorian plant might represent an escape from cultivation.
However, no Old World species represented at MO combines the
sharp ventral keel and very large wings broader near the
apex which characterize T. valverdeae. Moreover, I have
observed T. valverdeae in the field and it is a mature forest
canopy tree (though its habitat is rapidly disappearing)
known to the campesinos as "castajia" and valued as a timber
wood.

PILEA FOREROI A. Gentry, sp. nov.

Herba glabra, stipulis foliaceis. Folia late ovata,
20-25 em longa, basibus subtruncatis atque minute vade
cordulatis. Inflorescentia laxe paniculata, floribus min-
utis. Fructus ovatus, 1 mm longus.

Terrestrial herb, glabrous throughout; stipules foli-
aceous, oblong-elliptic, 3-3.5 cm long, 1.5-1.7 cm wide,
rounded at apex. Leaves broadly ovate, acute to subacum-
inate at apex, 20-25 cm long, ca. 16 cm wide, broadly
symmatrically subtruncate basally, extreme base shallowly
subcordate with two short (ca. 2 mm long) broad basal lobes,
3-veined from ca. 1 cm above base, the margin serrulate to
shallowly crenate-serrate, drying greenish gray, the main
veins contrastingly paler below, the upper surface with lin-
ear cystoliths, the lower surface minutely punctate; petiole
15-16 cm long. Inflorescence axillary, openly paniculate,
to 14 cm long, pink when fresh. Flowers whitish, minute,
ca. 1 mm long, the 4 perianth segments apiculate. Fruits
ovate, ca. 1 mm long.

Type: COLOMBIA: Chocd: Carretera Panamericana (en
construcci6n). Rfo Pato, 5° 55' N, 76° 56' W, 21 Apr 1979,

E. Forero, R. Jaramillo, H. Bernal, H. Leédn, and M. Pulido

5477 (holotype, COL; isotype, MO).

1981 Gentry, New species 237

In Killip's key (Contributions from the U. S. National
Herbarium 26: 367-394. 1936) P. foreroi keys out with P.
rusbyi (Britton) Killip, a completely different Bolivian
species, on account of its large almost subentire leaves,
long petioles, and open inflorescence. The new species has
Much larger leaves than any Pilea in the collections at MO,
F, or US. The leaves are also distinctive in their long
petioles and peculiar subcordulate bases. The only species
which appears even remotely similar is P. selbyanorum
Dodson and A. Gentry which has smaller but somewhat similar
long-petioled leaves which, though usually peltate, occa-
sionally have a cordate base. Pilea selbyanorum has a sim-
ilar open inflorescence but much smaller stipules, a rounded
leaf apex, and its leaf, when not peltate, is much more
deeply cordate.

PASSIFLORA CAUDATA A. Gentry

In my description of Passiflora caudata (Phytologia 7:
97. 1980) the lines listing the type specimen were inadver-
tently omitted: ECUADOR. Pichincha: Cooperativa Santa
Marta No. 2 along Rio Verde 2 km SE of Santo Domingo de los
Colorados, 530 m alt., 5 Feb 1979, Dodson, Gentry, and Duke
a more MO; isotypes, ECU, SEL, Rio Palenque Science
enter).

I thank C. Stace for commenting on Terminalia valverdeae
and E. Forero, E. Renteria, C. Dodson, and F. M. Valverde
for their collaboration in the field work which led to the
discovery of these species.

CERTAMEN MELASTOMATACEIS XXXII.

John J. Wurdack
U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution

PACHYLOMA NANUM Wurdack, sp. nov.

P. pusillo Wurdack affinis, foliorum laminis anguste ovatis
3(-5)-nervatis differt.

Suffrutex 10-18 cm altus; caulium nodi inconspicue decidue-
que setulosi (0.3-0.5 mm) et internodi glabri. Petioli 0.1-0.2
em longi; lamina 1.5-2(-2.5) X 0.7-0.9 cm anguste ovata apice
acuta basi rotundato-obtusa, coriacea et integra vel apicem ver-
sus sparse subtiliterque serrulata marginibus incrassatis, glabra,
3(-5)-nervata. Flores terminales solitarii vel terni; pedicelli
3-4 mm longi ad medium bibracteolati, bracteolis ca 1.8 X 0.4-0.5
mm lanceatis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 6 mm longum glabrum; calycis
tubus ca O.1 mm longus, lobis interioribus 0.2-0.4 mm longis
obscuris sparse glanduloso-ciliolatis (0.1 mm) dentibus exteri-
oribus inconspicuis non eminentibus. Petala 8.5-10 X 7.5-8 mm
elliptica apice late acuta et setula unica 0.2-0.25 mm longa ter-
minata alioqui glabra. Stamina vix dimorphica; filamenta 6.5-7
mm longa glabra; antherarum thecae 5.8-6 X 0.5 mm subulatae, poro
0.2 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum 1-1.7 mm pro-
longatum ad basim dorsaliter cauda 2 mm longa armatum, appendice
ventrali acute 1.2 mm bilobulata et ad basim O.2 mm callosa.
Stigma punctiforme; stylus 12 X 0.25 mm glaber; ovarii apex
glaber.

Type Collection: G. Davidse, QO. Huber, & S. S. Tillett

17422 (holotype MO 2769063; isotypes US, VEN), collected in white
sand savanna at Cucurital de Yagua, Caflo Yagua, 66° 34' W, 3° 36!
N, Depto. Atabapo, Terr. Amazonas, Venezuela, elev. ca 120 m,

8 May 1979. "Corolla reddish purple; filaments white below,
reddish purple above; anthers reddish brown."

Paratype: 0. Huber 2565 (US, VEN), topotypical, fruiting.

Pachyloma pusillum has oblong l-nerved leaf blades mostly
(at least on mature shoots) 0.7 cm or less wide and proportion -
ately much narrower; three recent collections from Canaripo
(lower Rio Ventuari east of the eee os with Rio Orinoco) are
Steyermark & Redmond 112841 and Huber 1071 and 1899. Pachyloma
nanum also resembles a miniature version of P. huberioides (Naud.)
Triana (which lacks incrassate leaf margins) | or “P. coriace coriaceum IC.
(with thicker oval leaf blades). Several other undescribed
(fruiting only) taxa of Pachyloma have been collected in northern
Brazil and southern Venezuela.

MERIANIA AMISCHOPHYLLA Wurdack, sp. nov.
M. weberbaueri Macbride affinis, foliis essentialiter
sessilibus subtus sparse stellulato-puberulis differt.

Ramuli obtuse sulcato-tetragoni sicut foliorum venae
238

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 239

primariae subtus inflorescentiae axes principalesque modice vel
sparse setosi pilorum apice laevi 0.7-1.5(-2) mm longo basi
expansa aspera et modice pilis stellulato-pinoideis 0.1-0.3 mm
longis induti. Folia essentialiter sessilia (petiolo crasso 0.1l-
0.3 cm longo); lamina (9-)12-26 X (3-)5-9 cm elliptica apice gra-
datim acuminato basi rotundata, subrigida et obscure distanterque
calloso-serrulata, supra glabra, subtus in superficie sparse
pilis stellulato-pinoideis ca O.1 mm longis et 0.2 mm latis
puberula, breviter (0.5-2 cm) 5-plinervata nervis secundariis ca
3-4 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis obscuris are-
olis ca 0.4 mm latis. Inflorescentia 8-15 cm longa submulti-
flora; flores 5-meri ad ramorum apices subumbellate dispositi;
pedicelli 0O.7-l1 cm longi sicut hypanthia dense incurvo-setosi
pilorum apicibus protractis laevibus tenuibus ca 1-2 mm longis
basibus expansis 0.2-0.3 mm diam. dense asperis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 6 mm longum obscure costulatum; calycis tubus 3.5-4 mm
longus, lobis interioribus 6.5 mm longis ovato-oblongis rotunda-
tis ciliolatis demum deciduis, dentibus exterioribus crassis ca
1-1.5 mm eminentibus; torus intus sparsiuscule setulosus. Petala
19-24(-32) X (15-)17-21(-23) mm asymmetrice obovata apice rotun-
dato et paulo emarginato apicem versus obscure caduceque glandu-
loso-ciliolata (0.1 mm) alioqui glabra. Stamina dimorphica
glabra; filamenta 12.5 mm vel 12 mm longa; antherarum thecae
subulatae 9.5 X 1.3 mm vel 10 X 2 m, poro 0.3-0.4 mm diam.
dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolongatum dorsaliter ad
filamenti insertionem paullulo (0.4 mm vel 0.2 mm) elevatun,
appendice dorsali 2.8-3 X 3 mm rotundata 0.2 mm apiculata vel

4 X 1 mm obtusa. Stigma 0.7 m diam.; stylus 14 X 1-0.5 m
glaber in ovarii cono ca 0.4 mm immersus; ovarium 5-loculare
glabrum apice obtuse 5-lobulato.

Type Collection: José Schunke 9842 (holotype US 2902542;
isotype MO), collected in high forest in the cumbre of Divisora,
Dto. Padre Abad, Prov. Coronel Portillo, Depto. Loreto, Peru,
elev. 1500-1600 m, 6 Feb. 1978. "Arbusto de 3-4 m. Flores
strong reddish purple; anteras amarillas; sepalos rugosos, de
color pardo amarillente. Hojas rugosas."

Paratype: J. Schunke 11374 (MISSA, US), topotypical.

Meriania weberbaueri has leaves with petioles 3-7 cm long
and blades beneath more densely pubescent, the surface hairs
mostly with protracted smooth tips (and stellulate bases); in
stamen morphology, the two species are alike. No other species
in Sect. Umbellatae has sessile leaves and most of them have
anther connectives prolonged below the thecae to the filament
insertion.

MICONIA LIESNERI Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. metallicae (Naud.) Triana affinis, foliis subsessilibus
ad basim cordatis floribus 4-meris differt.

Ramuli teretes sicut folia glabri. Folia in quoque pari
paullulo inaequalia; petioli 0.3-0.5 cm longi crassi; lamina 17-
28 X 9-15 cm elliptica apice subabrupte 1-1.5.cm hebeti-acuminato
basi 0.7-1 cm cordata, tenuiter coriacea et integra, 5-nervata

240 PH BY ges O re wOUG aie x Voll. 4855 Noes

vel breviter pseudo-plinervata nervis secundariis 5-8 mm inter se
distantibus nervulis subtus creberrime elevato-reticulatis areo-
lis ca 0.2 mm latis. Panicula 4-11 cm longa submultiflora, ramis
primariis in quoque nodo 2 vel 4, glandulis minutis (0.05 mm)
sparsis exceptis glabra; flores semper 4-meri sessiles, bracteo-
lis ca 1 X 0.3-0.4 mm oblongis subpersistentibus. Hypanthium (ad
torum) ca 2.7 mm longum glabrum; calyx 0.8 mm altus truncatus,
dentibus exterioribus 0.2-0.3 mm longis apiculatis patentibus;
torus intus densiuscule glandulis 0.1 mm longis obsitus. Petala
glabra 6.2-6.3 X 1.9-2 mm oblonga apice rotundato vel paulo
emarginato. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 3-3.1 mm
longa; thecae 2.6-2.7 X 0.45 XK 0.45 mm oblongo-subulatae poro
O.1-0.15 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolonga-
tum ad basim dorsaliter dente hebeti 0.4 mm longo armatum ventra-
liter exappendiculatum. Stigma ca 0.3 mm diam.; stylus 6 X 0.3-
0.2 mm glaber; ovarium }-loculare et ca 3/4 inferum, cono 0.3 m
alto modice glanduloso.

wType Collection: J. A. Steyermark, R. Liesner, & A.

Gonzalez 119642 (holotype US 2910804; isotypes MO, VEN), collect-
ed on sandstone slopes of Cerro de Cuite, along Quebrada La Colo-
rada 4 km south of Campamento La Colorada south of Santo Domingo,
7° 30' N, 72° 5' W, Estado Tachira, Venezuela, elev. 450 m,

8 Novenber 1979. honrub 1 m tall; leaves subchartaceous, deep
green and transversely veined above, silvery green below; apex

of petiole dull lavender. Inflorescence pendent; petals pale
buff-white; calyx pale green; rachis and pedicels coral red."

Paratype: J. Cuatrecasas 13092 (US), from "hoya del rio
Cubugon, El Indio, region del Sarare, Cordillera Oriental,

Depto. Norte de Santander, Colombia, elev. 420-480 mn, 13 Nov.
1941. "Frutex. Hojas coriaceas. Pétalos blancos."

The suggested relative has leaf blades narrowed (sometimes
obscurely auriculate) to the base and with laxer (0.5-1 mm)
venule areoles, 5-merous flowers, anther connectives dorsally not
appendaged, and 3-celled ovaries, but similar calyx, petals, and
toral glands. Miconia liesneri does not seem to be closely
related to M. asclepiadea Triana nor M. cruenta Triana; M.
anisophylla Triana (of which I have seen “only ti the type collec-
tion) has similar leaf venulation, but smaller 5-merous flowers
with exappendiculate stamens and leaves quite unequal in each
pair. The inflorescences in M. liesneri are terminal but soon
overtopped by lateral branchlet growth.

MICONIA HEXAPETALA Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. roseae Gleason affinis, floribus 6-meris stigmate expanso
ovario omnino infero differt.

Ramuli teretes sicut petioli laminarum venae primariae sub-
tus inflorescentiae axis ramique modice vel sparse pilis crassis
asperis 0.4-0.7(-1) mm longis et dense pilis stellulato-pinoideis
O.1-0.2 mm longis setulosi. Petioli (1-)2-3(-3.5) cm longi;
lamina (10-)14-22 x (4-)6-12 em elliptica apice paullo subabrup-
teque per 1-1.5 cm hebeti-acuminato basi obtusa, subrigida et
obscure undulato-serrulata, supra glabra, subtus in venis

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 241

secundariis sparse stellulato-pinoideo-puberula in venulis super-
ficieque glabra, 5-nervata (pari debili inframarginali incluso)
nervis secundariis 3-4 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus
planis areolis ca 0.5-0.8 mm latis. Panicula 8-10 cm longa
pauciflora; flores plerumque 6-meri, pedicellis 6-13 mm longis et
ca 0.5-1 mm infra hypanthium articulatis, bracteolis (delapsis 7?)
non visis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3-4 mm longum extus dense pilis
crassis 0.2-0.3 X 0.2 mm asperis indutum intus supra ovarium
sparse glandulosum; calyx 6-7 mm altus intus dense sericeo-
strigulosus in alabastro clausus demum in lobos 4-5 usque ad 2 mm
supra torum irregulariter dehiscens; torus intus sparse vel
modice glanduloso-puberulus. Petala 13-15 X 5-7 mm obovato-
oblonga pruinosa. Stamina in dimensionibus paulo dimorphica;
filamenta 9-9.5 mm vel 7.5-8.5 mm longa modice glanduloso-puber -
ula (0.1 mm); antherarum thecae 6-6.4 vel 5-5.6 X 0.9 X O.7 mm
oblongo-subulatae, poro 0.1-0.15 mm diam.; connectivum non pro-
longatum exappendiculatum dorsaliter ad basim sparse glandulis
minutis ornatum. Stigma expansum 2.3-2.6 mm diam.; stylus 11-
12.5 X 1-1.7 mm modice glanduloso-puberulus in ovarii apicem
paulo immersus; ovarium 6-loculare et omnino inferum (cono non
evoluto) apice glabro.

Type Collection: José Schunke 11432 (holotype US 2894038;
isotype MISSA; isotypes to be distributed, AMAZ, DUKE, F, FSU,
IBE, K, MO, NY, RB, RSA, TEX, VDB, USM), collected in high forest
on trail to caserfo San Agustin, La Divisoria, Dto. Hermilio
Valdizan, Leoncio Prado, Depto. Huanuco, Peru, elev. 1600-1500 m,
28 April 1980. "Shrub 2-3 m; flowers purplish white; anthers
deep purplish pink; sepals greenish yellow. Fruit 13 m long,

14 mm diam."

Paratype: E. E. Smith & Jorge Vera 375 (US), from "between
Divisoria and Carmen Alto, Tingo Maria," (Huanuco ?) Peru, elev.
ca 1450 m, 18 March 1954. "White recurved petals and pink
stamens."

The suggested Bolivian relative (isotype US) has 5-merous
flowers, barely expanded stigma ca 1 m diam., and a developed
ovary cone. Another possible relative is M. muricata (Don)
Triana (isotype US), which is similar in vegetative pubescence
and foliar venulation, but with 5-merous fruit and a developed
ovary cone. Miconia rosea may well be synonymous with M.
muricata, but all Peruvian collections (the most recent being
Schunke 9131, Rio Chino, Padre Abad, Coronel Portillo, Loreto,
1000-1100 m) are fruiting only. My earlier (Phytologia 23: 474.
1972) acceptance of Macbride's tentative synonymization of M.
glandulifera Cogn. under M. muricata seems wrong; the latter
species has laxer foliar venulation and flowers which seem too
small (and without long hypanthial hairs) to develop into the
large fruit found in M. muricata. Of the 15 examinable flowers
and buds in M. hexapetala, 3 showed 5 petals and the remainder
6 petals.

MICONIA GENTRYI Wurdack, sp. nov.
M. ingenti Wurdack affinis, foliorum laminis subtus

242 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 48. Nowe

petiolis hypanthiisque setosis ovarii apice setuloso et dense
resinoso-granuloso differt.

Ramuli primum obscure quadrangulati mox teretes sicut
petioli inflorescentia hypanthiaque dense setosi pilis ca 1.5-
2.5 mm longis basim versus paulo asperis et modice pilis amorpho-
pinoideis ca 0.1-0.3 mm longis puberuli. Petioli 2-4 cm longi;
lamina (12-)15-20 X (7-)9-15 em late elliptica apice abrupte vel
subabrupte per O.5-1 cm acuminato basi obtusa vel rotundato-
truncata, chartacea et obscure distanterque undulato-serrulata,
supra sparsiuscule setosa pilis 2-3 mm longis gracilibus laevi-
bus, subtus in venis primariis secundariisque modice pilis sub-
amorpho-pinoideis O.1-0.2 mm longis puberula et sicut venis
tertiariis sparse resinoso-granulosa et modice setosa pilis ca
1-1.5 mm longis gracilibus laevibus, 5(-7)-nervata nervis secun-
dariis ca 5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis modice
reticulatis (areolis ca 0.5 mm latis). Panicula 4-5 cm longa
multiflora; flores 5-meri congesti, pedicellis crassis ca 1-2 mm
longis, bracteolis 3-4 X 1.5-2 mm oblongis deciduis plerumque ad
hypanthii basim insertis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 4 mm longum
intus dense resinoso-granulosum; calyx 2.5-3 mm longus truncatus
intus glaber. Petala 13-13.5 X 15-16 mm late obovata paulo
cucullata intus glabra extus dense indumento appresso subamorpho-
pinoideo induta. Stamina essentialiter isomorphica; filamenta
10 mm longa modice glanduloso-puberula (0.1-0.15 mm); thecae
6.5-7 X 1X 1.5 mm subulatae poro 0.2-0.3 mm diam. ventraliter
inclinato, connectivo non prolongato dorsaliter ad basim ca 0.2-
O.3 mm eminenti juxta thecas basaliter glandulis sessilibus
dense obsito. Stigma capitellatum 1.6-1.7 mm diam.; stylus
paulo immaturus ca 6.5 X 1-0.8 mm basim versus strigulosus;
ovarium 3-loculare et ca 3/4 inferum, cono ca 0.7 mm alto paulo
setuloso (0.1-0.2 mm) et dense resinoso-granuloso.

Type Collection: A. Gentry, E. Forero, M. Dillon, E.
Renteria, L. Skog, M. Sousa, & D. Lellinger 28624 (holotype
US 2863846; isotypes COL, MO), collected in cloud forest on Alto
de Nique (southernmost peak of Cerro Pirre massif) exactly on
Panama/Colombia border, elev. 1300-1500 m, 19 April 1980. "Tree
15 m; Flowers pink."

The suggested relative has similar upper leaf surface hairs,
stamens and stigma, but only an amorpho-granulose indument on the
branchlets, petioles, veins and venules on the leaf blades
beneath, and hypanthia, as well as glabrous ovary apices.

MICONIA MOOREI Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. anisotrichae (Schlecht.) Triana affinis, foliis minoribus
5-plinervatis inflorescentiis divaricatis floribus minoribus
Gait exribie

Ramuli primum obscure tetragoni mox teretes sicut petioli
laminarum subtus venae primariae inflorescentia hypanthiaque
primum modice pinoideo-puberuli pilis 0.1-0.2(-0.3) mm longis et
sparse vel sparsiuscule setulosi pilis laevibus 0.3-0.5(-1) mm
longis. Petioli 0.5-1(-2) em longi; lamina (3-)4-7 X 1.5-2.3 cm
lanceata vel oblongo-lanceata apice anguste acuto basi obtusa vel

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 243

rotundato-truncata, chartacea et minute ciliolato-serrulata,
supra subaspera et sparse strigulosa pilis laevibus ca 0.3(-0.5)
mm longis, subtus in venis secundariis tertiariisque sparse vel
sparsissime setulosa in superficie glabra, breviter (0.3-0.5 ecm)
5-plinervata nervis secundariis 2-3 mm inter se distantibus.
Inflorescentia submultiflora primum terminalis mox pseudo-latera-
lis 2-3 cm longa diffusa e basi ramosa; flores 5-meri, pedicellis
1(-2) mm longis, bracteolis ca 0.5-1 mm longis linearibus.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 1.7 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.3 mm longus,
lobis interioribus 0.5 mm longis ovato-rotundatis in sinubus
extus setulis glanduliferis 1-2 armatis, dentibus exterioribus
lobos interiores aequantibus setula terminatis. Petala ut vide-
tur rubro-tincta glabra 2.6-2.8 X 1.4-1.8 mm oblongo-elliptica
apice rotundato-acuto. Stamina glabra in dimensionibus paullulo
dimorphica; filamenta 1.7-2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 0.9-1.2 X
0.45 X 0.45 mm oblongae poro terminali 0.1 mm diam.; connectivum
ad basim 0.2-0.25 mm prolongatum non expansum. Stigma non expan-
sum; stylus 5.8 X 0.25-0.15 mm basim versus sparse glanduloso-
puberulus (0.1 mm); ovarium 3-loculare 1/2 inferum apice sparse
glanduloso-setuloso (0.15 mm).

Type Collection: H. E. Moore Jr. 2003 (holotype BH; isotype
US), collected near Molango on road to Lolotla, Hidalgo, Mexico,
elev. ca 1100 m, 9 Nov. 1946. "Flowers pinkish."

Paratype: C. A. Purpus 6105 (US), from Sierra Madre between
Misantla and Naolinco, Vera Cruz, Mexico, August 1912.

Miconia anisotricha has ovate (length/width ratio 1.5=2,
rather than 2.5-3.3) 5-7-nerved leaf blades, erect inflorescences
very tardily overtopped by vegetative growth, hypanthia 3-4 mm
long, broader petals and longer anthers; the same differences
apply to M. erythrantha Naud. All three taxa are qualitatively
alike in trichome forms, subacute petals, oblong anthers with
slight basal connective prolongation, sparsely glandular -puberu-
lous style and ovary apex, unexpanded stigma, and 3-celled 1/2
inferior ovaries. As previously discussed (Phytologia 14: 270.
1967), the correct generic disposition for this species-group is
undetermined. The paratype of M. moorei was distributed as
Clidemia aff. petiolaris (S. & C.) Schlecht. ex Triana, as well
as an unpublished Standley name. Hal Moore, a good friend in
the past, should have long since been commemorated in the
melastomes.

MICONIA AMNICOLA Wurdack, sp. nov.

Sect. Miconia. M. elaeagnoidi Cogn. affinis, foliis
basaliter nervatis bracteolis floribusque maioribus differt.

Ramuli primum quadrangulati mox teretes sicut petioli folio-
rum laminae subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque pilis appressis
stellulato-lepidotis omnino obtecti. Petioli (0.5-)1-1.5(-2.5)
em longi; lamina 7-14(-20) X 2.5-4(-6) cm anguste oblongo-
elliptica apice gradatim acuminato basi acuta, firme chartacea
et integra, supra glabra, 3-nervata (pari debili ca 0.5-1 m
inframarginali neglecto) nervis secundariis ca 4 mm inter se
distantibus nervulis subtus planis laxe (ca 1-2 mm) reticulatis.

244 Pe HRY ORL OnGat vA Vol. 48, No. 3

Panicula /-1ll cm longa oblonga multiflora, ramis primariis 1-2 cm
longis, ramulis ultimis ad anthesim ca 1 cm longis secundifloris;
flores 5-meri sessiles, bracteolis 3-4 X 0.5-0.7 mm demum
deciduis. Hypanthium (ad torum) ca 2.8 mm longum; calycis tubus
O.5 mm longus, lobis 0.3-0.5 mm altis deltoideis in fructu per-
sistentibus, dentibus exterioribus obscuris. Petala glabra 3 X
1.5-1.6 mm oblongo-obovata paullulo emarginata. Stamina dimorph-
ica glabra; filamenta 4.7-4.8 mm vel 4 mm longa; thecae oblongae,
poro ca 0.25 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato. Stamina maiora:
thecae 2.5-2.6 X 0.4 X 0.45 mm; connectivum 0.5-0.6 mm prolonga-
tum, appendice basali 0.6-0.7 X 0.8 mm cordiformi. Stamina
minora: thecae 2-2.3 X 0.4 X O.4 mm; connectivum 0.3-0.4 mm pro-
longatum ad basim 0.15-0.2 mm trilobulatum. Stigma expansum 0.6-
O.7 mm diam.; stylus 7.5 X 0.2-0.4 mm glaber; ovarium 3-loculare
et 2/3 inferum, cono 0.4 mm alto glabro.

Type Collection: José M. Schunke 158 (holotype US 1459065),
collected at Gamitanacocha, Rio Mazan, Depto. Loreto, Peru, elev.
100-125 m, February 1, 1935. "Bush 3 m. Flowers white."

Paratypes (all Tepto. Loreto, Peru; US): Rio Marafion near
mouth of Rio Tipre,, elev. 115 m, Killip & Smith 27530 ("Tree 15-
20 feet"); Iquitos, elev. 100 m, Killip & Smith 27032 ("Tree 10-
15 feet"), Llewelyn Williams 3660; mouth of Rio Momon at Rio
Nanay, Sidney McDaniel 13631 cane mature fruit purplish");

Rio Momon Revilla 2501 ("Arbol ribereno 8 m; frutos rojos
marrones ny, Rio Tac sha Curaray, Croat 20418 ("Tree 5 m; fruits
green to orange eas Rio Nanay above Be. Bellavista, Rimachi 3461

("3 m; fruit blue"); Pampa Chica to Mapa Cocha, Rio Nanay,
McDaniel & Rimachi 22262 ("6 m; corolla and Pilements white;
immature fruits orange").

The suggested relative has distinctly (albeit shortly) pli-
nerved leaves, bracteoles ca 1 mm long, hypanthium plus calyx ca
1.7-1.9 mm long, distant minute (0.1 mm) calyx lobes, petals 2.3-
2.5 X 1.2-1.3 mm, and anther thecae 1.4-1.5 mm or 1.2-1.3 mm
long. Miconia punctata (Desr.) Don ex DC. has more sharply Ti
angled branchlets, (usually) relatively broader leaves, bracte-
oles only O0.5-1 mm long, shorter hypanthia and anthers, and
stellulate-puberulous ovary apices. Schunke 158 was diseripeee
as (and cited in the Flora of Peru) M. serialis DC. (with form-
less pubescence on the lower leaf surfaces) and the Killip &
Smith and Williams material had been identified as M. chryso-
phylla (Rich.) Urban (with 3-4-whorled leaves, smaller flowers,
and rimose anthers).

MICONIA ZARUCCHII Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. wittii Ule affinis, bracteolis maioribus persistentibus
antherarum connectivis non prolongatis differt.

Ramuli primum sulcato-tetragoni mox teretes sicut folia sub-
tus inflorescentia hypanthiaque pilis stellulato-lepidotis O.1-
0.15 mm latis omnino obtecti. Petioli 0.8-1.5 cm longi; lamina
(7-)10-15(-19) X (1-)2-3(-3.5) cm anguste oblongo-elliptica apice
gradatim acuminato basi late acuta, tenuiter coriacea et integra,
supra glabra, trinervata nervis secundariis 3-5 mm inter se

a

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 245

distantibus nervulis subtus obscuris ob indumentum occultis.
Panicula 6-9 cm longa submultiflora; flores 5-meri sessiles ad
ramorum apices congesti; bracteolae ca 3 X 2 mm persistentes.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.5 mm longum paulo costulatum; calycis
tubus 0.8 mm longus, lobis interioribus 0.1-0.2 mm longis remotis,
dentibus exterioribus obscuris. Petala 2.8 X 1.5-1.7 mm obovata
paulo emarginata glabra. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; fila-
menta 4 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.7-3 X 0.2-0.25 mm anguste
oblongae, poro O.1 m diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum
non prolongatum ad basim appendice cordiformi 0.4 X 0.45 m vel
dentibus ventralibus 0.2 mm longis armatum. Stigma 0.4-0.45 mm
diam. clavate expansum; stylus 6 X 0.2 mm glaber in ovarii apicem
0.2 mm immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et 1/2 inferum, cono ca 0.7
mm alto apice sparse lepidoto-puberulo.

Type Collection: J. L. Zarucchi 1632 (holotype US 2816631),
collected along stream across from Mitu, Vaupes, Colombia, 22 May
1976. "Treelet 4 m tall; flowers white; fruit grey.’

Paratypes (both Colombia): Schultes & Cabrera 12 (US),
from Soratama , Rio Apaporis between Rio Pes and Rio Kananari,
Amazonas -Vaupes, elev. ca 250 m; ents s = 439 (US), topotypical
("Shrub 2 m tall; fruit pale red-orange’

Miconia wittii has caducous linear overeat bracteoles only
0.2-0.4 mm wide, somewhat longer calyx lobes (0.4-0.6 mm), anther
connectives prolonged 0.6-0.9 mm, and ovary moderately lepidote-
puberulent at the apex. Vegetatively, M. zarucchii resembles the
narrow-leaved element of M. wittii (Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10, 5:
172. 1964) and Schultes & Cabrera 12555 (fruiting) was cited as
that species. A vegetative semblance also exists with M.
amnicola (vide supra).

MICONIA SUBULIPETALA Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. acutipetalae Sprague affinis, foliorum laminis 3-nervatis
eciliatis esetulosis venularum areolis amplioribus differt.

.Ramuli teretes primum sicut petioli sparse vel modice setu-
losi pilis laevibus 0.5-1(-2) mm longis et modice stellulato-
pinoideo-furfuracei demum glabrati. Petioli (0.3-)0.5(-0.8) cm
longi; lamina (3-)4-9 X (2-)2.5-3.5 em elliptica vel oblongo-
elliptica apice per 1-1.5(-2) cm subgradatim hebeti-acuminato
basi rotundato-obtusa, chartacea et integra eciliata, supra
glabra, subtus secus venas primarias sparse decidueque pilis
stellulato-pinoideis 0.1-0.2 mm longis armata alioqui glabra,
3-nervata nervis secundariis ca 3 mm inter se distantibus nervu-
lis subtus planis laxe reticulatis (areolis 1.5-2 mm latis).
Inflorescentia 2-5 cm longa pauciflora ramis 2-4 in quoque nodo
sparsiuscule stellulato-pinoideo-puberulis et sparse vel sparsis-
sime setulosis; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 1-1.5(-4) mm longis,
bracteolis 0.2-0.3 mm longis linearibus caducis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 1.2-1.4 m longum basaliter sparse decidueque stellulato-
furfuraceum apicem versus glabrum; calyx 0.4 mm altus truncatus,
dentibus exterioribus setuliformibus ca 0.25 mm eminentibus.
Petala vix granulosa 3.8-3.9 X 0.8 mm oblonga apice acuto et 0,l-
0.15 mm apiculato. Stamina dimorphica glabra; filamenta 2.5 mm

246 As Se Ue (0) 1b, (oer ae YN Vol. 485 Nokes

vel 2 mm longa. Stamina maiora: thecae 1.2 X 0.15 X 0.15 mm
oblongae poro 0.1 m diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum

1 mm prolongatum dorsaliter ad basim dente triangulari O. 6-0.7 X
0.4 mm armatum ventraliter exappendiculatum. Stamina minora:
thecae 1 X 0.2 mm oblongae poro O.1 mm diam. dorsaliter inclina-
to; connectivum 0.8 mm prolongatum ad basim 3-lobulatum lobulis
ventralibus duobus 0.15 mm longis lobulo dorsali 0.15-0.2 mm
longo. Stigma non vel vix expansum 0.2 mm diam.; stylus 4.8 X
0.15 mm glaber; ovarium 2-loculare et 2/3 inferum, cono 0.4 mm
alto glabro.

Type Collection: Manuel Rimachi 3421 (holotype US 2910986;
isotype MISSA), collected in ed in upland forest on trail from caserio
de Grau 2nd zone, Rio Momon, Dto. Iquitos, Prov. Maynas, Depto.
Loreto, Peru, 7 March 1978. "8m. Corolla white.”

Miconia acutipetala, still known to me only from the
original collection, has 5-nerved or 5-pseudoplinerved ciliolate
leaf blades sparsely setulose on both surfaces and with venule
areoles beneath only O.7-l mm wide. No qualitative floral
differences between the two species are evident. Both taxa are
related to M. tetrasperma Gleason. Of the four ovaries dissect-
ed in M. subulipetala, two had only one ovule in each locule and
two had one ovule and two ovules in the two locules.

ALLONEURON ECUADORENSE Wurdack, sp. nov.

A. hexameri Wurdack et A. sneidernii Wurdack affinis, foliis
subtus dense setulosis differt.

Ramuli sulecato-tetragoni sicut petioli inflorescentiaque
dense setulosi pilis O.7-1.5 mm longis ad basim expansis et
obscure papillatis. Petioli 5-5.5 cm longi; lamina 18-20 X 12-
13.5 em ovato-elliptica apice per 1.5-2 cm late acuminato basi
obtusa, subrigida et obscure serrulata, supra paulo rugulosa et
sparsiuscule setulosa pilis usque ad 1 mm longis ad basim robus-
tis, subtus dense setulosa pilis gracilibus ca 1 mm longis, [-
nervata vel obscure (0.5 cm) plinervata nervis secundariis 3-5 mm
inter se distantibus. Panicula ca 18 cm longa multiflora; flores
haplostemones 7-9-meri, pedicellis 3-5 mm longis sicut hypanthiis
pilis usque ad 1.5 mm longis incurvis modice setosis. Hypanthium
(ad torum) 5 mm longum; calyx in alabastris ca 8 mm altus clausus
demum irregulariter in lobis plus minusve deciduis fissus post
anthesim ca 1.5 mm supra torum dehiscens. Petala glabra 8.5-10 X
45 mm obovato-rhomboidea acuta unguiculata. Stamina isomorphica
glabra; filamenta 3.8 mm longa; antherarum thecae 1.6 X 0.5 X 0.3
mm poro singulo 0.2 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato, appendice
dorsali 0.3 mm longa hebeti-acuta. Stigma non expansum; stylus
9 X 0O.4-0.2 mm glaber; ovarium (3-)4-loculare omnino inferum
apice glabro alis 7-9 cum hypanthio pata ee

Type Collection: A. Gentry & G. Shupp 26552 (holotype US
2856667; isotype MO), collected in Rio eames drainage above
Chical ca 12 km west of Maldonado, Prov. Carchi, Ecuador, elev.
1300-1500 m, 25 Sept. 1979. "Tree 15 m. Flowers lavender."

Both Colombian relatives have pubescence on the leaves
beneath sparse and confined to the principal veins. In flowers,

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 247

A. sneidernii has closer affinities, but with the dorsal stamen
spur much longer (1-1.7 mm). Alloneuron was previously known
only from Colombia and Peru; it is distinguishable from other
Ecuadorian genera by the haplostemony and capsular fruit develop-

ing from a completely inferior ovary.

TOCOCA RACEMIFERA Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. caquetanae Sprague affinis, inflorescentia racemiformi
differt.

Ramuli sicut laminarum venae primariae subtus petioli formi-
cariaque densiuscule setosi pilis 2-4 mm longis eglandulosis
pilis glanduliferis ca 1-1.5 mm longis sparse intermixtis et
modice vel sparse stellato-puberuli (pilis 0.2-0.25 mm latis
sessilibus). Folia tenuia ciliata ubique sparse setosa (pilis
1-2.5 mm longis) venularum areolis subtus laxis in quoque pari
plerumque disparilia (uno sine formicario), rare aequalia et
ambo cum formicariis. Folia maiora: petioli liberi ca 1 ecm longi;
formicaria ca 1.5 cm longa ad petiolorum apices evoluta et in
laminarum bases paullulo immersa; lamina 17-28(-40) xX 7.5-14(-16)
em elliptica apice subabrupte per 1.5-2 cm acuminato basi late
acuta vel obtusa, distanter crenulato-serrulata, breviter 5-
pseudoplinervata nervis secundariis ca 5-7 mm inter se distanti-
bus. Folia minora: petioli 0.3-0.5 cm longi; lamina 4-7 X 2-5
em late ovato-elliptica apice breviter (0.3-0.5 cm) acuminato
basi cordulata obscure undulato-serrulata 3(-5)-nervata nervis
secundariis ca 2-3 mm inter se distantibus. Inflorescentia
primum terminalis demum lateralis racemiformis 9-24 cm longa
densiuscule setosa pilis ca 2 mm longis plerumque eglanduliferis
et sicut hypanthia dense stellato-puberula. Flores 5-meri,
pedicellis ad anthesim ca 0.5 mm longis, bracteolis ca 1 m
longis lanceatis setuliferis persistentibus. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 2.6-2.7 mm longum densiuscule glanduloso-setulosum (pilis
0.8-1 mm longis) in fructu sicco obtuse 10-costatum; calycis
tubus 0.1 mm longus, lobis interioribus ca 0.3-0.5 mm longis
ciliolatis, dentibus exterioribus setulosis ca 0.7-l mm eminen-
tibus. Petala glabra 3-3.1 X 0.8-0.9 mm obovato-oblonga apice
rotundato vel paulo retuso. Filamenta 3-3.1 mm longa glabra;
antherarum thecae 2.8-3 X 0.3-0.35 mm oblongo-subulatae, poro
O.1 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolongatum
dorsaliter supra basin vix elevatum. Stigma paulo expansum 0.5
mm diam.; stylus 8 X 0.2-0.3 mm glaber in ovarii apicem paullulo
(0.1-0.2 mm) immersus; ovarium 4-loculare et 2/3 inferum, apice
0.5 mm alto glabro.

Type Collection: W. S. Alverson, Starker White, & John D.
Shepherd 66 (holotype US 2850614; isotype WIS), collected in wet
forest 3 km from Planta Providencia 28 km southwest of Zaragoza,
Rio Anorf{ valley, Depto. Antioquia, Colombia, elev. 400-700 m,
2l Feb. 1977. "Shrub 3m. Inflorescence hairs red.”

Paratypes (all Colombia): Alverson, White, & Shepherd 282A
(US, WIS), topotypical ("Shrub 2 m. Inflorescence hairs pink.
Ants are Pheidole sp."); J. Denslow 2145 (WIS) and 2314 (US,
WIS), both topotypical; Linda Albert de Escobar & Gloria Carmona

248 PH Yo 10) iO Gar A: Vol. 48, No. 3

s. n. (US), from Puerto Valdivia, Antioquia, elev. 500 m
("Arbusto de 2.5-3 m estatura. Formicaria habitada de hormigas
amarillas, Pheidole"); N. C. Fassett 25410 (US), from Cerro la
Isla, Landazuri region 70 km north of Velez, Depto. Santander,
elev. ca 900 m, 29 June 1944 ("Young fruit orange").

Tococa caquetana has non-emergent external calyx teeth,
broader petals, a more pronounced dorsal hump on the stamen
connectives, and (along with its relatives T. parviflora Triana
and T. tetramera Wurdack) branched inflorescences. No mature
buds of T. racemifera were available so the calyx dehiscence is
unknown; however there is no close affinity with the other race-
miflorous species. For several years, I had filed the collec-
tions of T. racemifera under Clidemia; the floral features indi-
cate that the present generic disposition is better.

CLIDEMIA CUATRECASASII Wurdack, sp. nov.

C. densiflorae (Standl.) Gleason affinis, ramis dense seto-
sis foliis distincte crenulato-serrulatis longe 5-pseudo-pliner -
vatis bracteolis calycis dentibus exterioribus petalisque longi-
oribus differt.

Ramuli primum obscure quadrangulati mox teretes sicut
petioli primum dense deflexo-setosi (pilis 2-3 mm longis obscure
sparseque asperis) et dense pilis clavulatis 0.1-0.3 mm longis
asperis induti. Folia in quoque pari in dimensionibus plerumque
disparilia (1.5-4: 1); petioli ca 0.5 cm longi; lamina 18-27 X
7-14 cm vel 7-14 X 2.5-6 em elliptica vel obovato-elliptica apice
subgradatim per 1-3 cm hebeti-acuminato basi rotundato-obtusa,
chartacea et crenulato-serrulata, supra primum aspero-setulosa
mox glabrata, subtus secus venas primarias praecipue basim versus
sparse vel modice setosa pilis 1-2(-3) mm longis et sicut venis
secundariis modice vel dense pilis subpinoideis 0.1-0.3(-0.5) mm
longis setulosa in superficie glabra, breviter (0.5-2 em) 5-pli-
nervata pari interiore ca 1-2 cm ad costam paralleli nervis
secundariis ca 5-9 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis
areolis ca 0.5-0.8 mm latis. Flores 4-meri in foliorum superio-
rum axillis glomerati, pedicellis supra bracteolas 0.5-1 mm
longis, bracteolis 6-7 X 0.4-0.6 mm subulatis setulosis persis-
tentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.5 mm longum extus pilis
stellulato-pinoideis 0.1-0.2 mm longis dense indutum et circum
torum modice setulosum pilis ca 1 mm longis; calycis tubus 0O.1-
0.3 mm longus, lobis interioribus 1-1.2 mm longis ovato-oblongis
obtusis intus resinoso-granulosis, dentibus exterioribus setulo-
sis ca 1 mm eminentibus; torus intus dense glanduloso-setulosus
(0.1-0.15 mm). Petala glabra 3-3.5 X 0.6-0.8 mm oblonga apice
rotundato. Stamina isomorphica; filamenta ca 1.6 mm longa
glabra; antherarum thecae 1.3 X 0.4 X O.4 mm oblongae poro 0.2-
0.25 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum paulo (0.1-0.15
mm ) prolongatum, dorsaliter ad basim dente acuto descendenti
glanduloso-ciliolato 0.4-0.6 mm longo armatum. Stigma vix
expansum 0.2-0.25 mm diam.; stylus 6-6.5 X 0.15-0.2 mm glaber;
ovarium 4-loculare et 3/4 inferum, cono 0.3-0.5 mm alto

glandulis 0.1 mm longis modice coronato.

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 249

Type Collection: J. Cuatrecasas 13957 (holotype US
2815108; isotype NY), collected at Puerto Merizalde, Rio Naya,
Depto. del Valle, Colombia, elev. 5-20 m, 20 Feb. 1943. "Pratex
alto; caliz verde interiormente, ext. pardusco; petalos agudos
blancos; baya anaranjada.'

Paratypes (all Valle, Colombia): Killip 5119 (NY, US), from
Cordoba, Dagua Valley, elev. 80-100 m; Killip & Garcia 33283 (NY,
US), from 18 km east of Buenaventura, elev. 50 m; 3 Cuatrecasas

16623 (NY, US), from La Trojita, Bion Calima, elev. 5-50 m;
Cuatrecasas 21023 (NY), from El Tambo, Quebrada de Santa Ana,
Buenaventura, elev. 20-30 m (3 Frutex ramoso scandens. Hoja
rigida, membranosa verde oscura, brillante haz, grisaceo clara
envés. Caliz verde claro. Pétalos blancos").

The suggested relative has branchlets with only subclavate
hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long, essentially entire 3-nerved leaves,
bracteoles only 2.5-3 mm long, external calyx teeth projecting
0.1-0.2 mm, and petals 2.5-2.6 mm long, but similar interior
calyx lobes, stamens, and pistil. The aspect of C. cuatrecasasii
suggests that of C. chocoensis Wurdack, which has finer and
shorter cauline hairs, smaller bracteoles, and 5-merous flowers
with smaller petals. Most of the collections of C. cuatrecasasii
had been originally distributed as Conostegia dentata Triana.

CLIDEMIA CURSORIS Wurdack subsp. ANGUSTIFOLIA Wurdack, subsp.
nov.

A subspecie typica foliis angustioribus trinervatis differt.

Type Collection: R. Liesner, A. Gonzalez, & R. F. Smith
9529 (holotype US 2910803; isotypes MO, VEN) , gollected in forest
on Rio San Buena 10 km west of La Fundacion, 7° k7'-48"

71° 46'-47' W, Edo. Tachira, Venezuela, elev. 700-1000 m, 13-15
March 1980. Shrub 0.4 m. Sepals green or red inside; petals
white."

The typical subspecies has 5-nerved leaf blades mostly 2-3
em wide and with length/width ratio 2.4-4, while the new sub-
species has leaf blades about 1 cm wide and with length/width
ratio 8-13. Despite the striking foliar difference, the two
taxa are alike qualitatively in vegetative features and there
are no inflorescence or floral differences. The typical sub-
Species has recently been collected in Tachira at Cerro Las
Minas 18-20 km southeast of Santa Ana, elev. 1150-1380 m

(Steyermark et al 119829 and 120036).

HENRIETTELLA PRANCEI Wurdack, Phytologia 24: 206. 1972.
A recent collection (Madison , Kennedy, Monteiro, & Braga

667, Rio Curicuriari, Amazonas, Brazil) with abundant flowers
ae a dominance of 5-mery (11 flowers 5-merous; 3 flowers
4-merous). Reexamination of the holotype (US) showed two visible
5-merous flowers; the original dissections were of three 4-merous
flowers. The undescribed Venezuelan melastome mentioned under
Loreya (Flora de Venezuela 8: 653. 1973) is H. prancei, now known
in Territorio Amazonas from Cano Pimichin (Bunting, Akkermans, &
Van Rooden 4072; Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36315) and Cano Temi

250 12) Wel Ne 1k) (0), by (0) (E IE o/s\ Voll 43) Noms

near Yavita (LL. Williams 14073; Wurdack & Adderley 42882;
Steyermark & Bunting 102948); all the Venezuelan collections
are in fruit.

BLAKEA POLYANTHA Wurdack, sp. nov.

B. allotrichae Uribe affinis, foliorum petiolis sparsius-
cule setis robustis indutis laminis subtus secus venas primarias
esetosis bracteis latioribus floribus paulo maioribus differt.

Ramuli robusti teretes sicut petioli pilis compressis robus-
tis usque ad 10 X 1 mm sparse induti; nodi processibus stipuli-
formibus hyalinis demum laceratis deciduis usque ad 4 X 2 em
armati. Petioli 16-18 cm longi sicut laminarum venae primariae
subtus pedicelli hypanthiaque subtiliter pube subamorpho-
arachnoidea arcte appressa induti; lamina 33-40 X 25-29 cm late
elliptico-ovata apice per ca 2 cm abrupte caudato-acuminato basi
rotundato-truncata vel paulo (usque ad 1 cm) cordata, chartacea
et crenulate-serrulata, supra glabra, subtus in superficie
(glandulis minutis sparsis exceptis) glabra, 9-pseudoplinervata
(nervis ad basim usque ad 2 cm coalitis) nervis secundariis 3-4
mm inter se distantibus nervis tertiariis paulo evolutis. Flores
ea 30 in quoque node; pedicelli 15-20 mm longi esetosi vel apicem
versus setis paucis adscendentibus armati; bracteae liberae
exteriores 20-23 X 7 mm interiores 17-19 X 7 mm lanceatae acumi-
natae extus dense incurvo-setosae (pilis 2-3 mm longis ad apicem
fimbriatis) intus sparse (basim versus) vel dense (apicem versus)
strigosae (pilis 1-2 mm longis). Hypanthium (ad torum) 4 m
longum extus sparsiuscule strigulosum ad basim processibus
hyalinis usque ad 3-3.5 X 2-3 mm fimbriatis subtentum; calycis
tubus ca 1 mm longus, lobis ca 1-1.2 mm longis remotis setulosis.
Petala 15-16 X 9.5-10 mm obovato-oblonga apice late obtuso et
mucronulato glanduloso-ciliolata alioqui glabra. Filamenta 5 mm
longa; thecae 3.7 X 1.8 X 1.2 mm lateraliter cohaerentes minute
biporosae; connectivum ad basim dorsaliter dente oblongo rotun-
dato 0.3-0.4 mm longo descendenti armatum. Stigma elongato-
capitatum ca 2 X 1.4 mm; stylus 14 X 0.9 mm modice glandulosus
(0.1 mm) in ovarii collo ca 1.5-2 mm immersus; ovarium 6-locu-
lare, collo setis paucis robustis glanduliferis 4-6 mm longis
coronato.

Type Collection: M. T. Madison & L. Besse [269 (holotype
US 2862587, 2862588; isotype SEL), collected in wet montane
forest near El Pailon, ca 4S km below Maldonaldo on a path to
Tobar Donose, Prov. Carchi, Ecuador, elev. 800 m, 2 Dec. 1979.
"Shrub to 4 m tall, sparingly branched. Leaves dull dark green
above, paler below. Calyx brown; corolla white."

The suggested Colombian relative has petioles adaxially
densely setose with robust hairs and abaxially (as the primary
leaf veins beneath) densely setose with fine apically fimbriate
hairs, bracts 2-3 mm wide, petals 12-13 mm long, and bluntly
acute connective calcar 0.5-0.8 mm long; in other qualitative
floral details, the two taxa are alike. In the treatment of
Blakea for Ecuador, B. polyantha would be placed near B. jativae
Wurdack or perhaps B. eriocalyx Wurdack, both of which are not

1981 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 251.
as closely related as B. allotricha.

TOPOBEA CAUDATA Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. alternifoliae Gleason, T. reductae Gleason, et T.
dodsonorum Wurdack in floribus affinis, foliis in quoque pari
essentialiter isomorphicis differt.

Ramuli primum paulo compressi demum teretes sicut folia
bracteae hypanthia calyxque primum modice subpinoideo-pulveru-
lenti (indumento arcte appresso pilis ca 0.05-0.1 um diam.)
glabrata. Petioli 1-1.5 cm longi; lamina (5-)7-11 X (4-)5-6.5
em elliptica apice abrupte 1-2 cm caudato-acuminato basi late
acuta vel anguste obtusa, firme chartacea et integra, 5-nervata
(pari inframarginali tenui excluso) pari interiore et costa
subtus per 0.5-1 cm poculato-coalito nervis secundariis O.7-l mm
inter se distantibus. Flores in quoque nodo superiore duo;
pedicelli 8-12 mm longi; bracteae liberae subrigidae; bracteae
exteriores 6-7 X 2.5-3 mm oblongo-lanceatae acutae hypanthium
aequantes vel paulo breviores; bracteae interiores 4-5.5 X 3-3.6
mm oblongo-ellipticae apice obtuso vel late acuto. Hypanthium
(ad torum) 5 mm longum paullulo costulatum; calycis tubus 1 mm
longus, lobis 3-3.2 X 2 mm ad basim remotis oblongis hebeti-
acutis. Petala glabra 8-8.5 X 4.5 mm oblongo-obovata apice late
obtuso vel subtruncato. Filamenta 3.7 mm longa; antherae 2.5-
2.6 X 1 m lateraliter non cohaerentes, poro dorsaliter inclinato;
connectivi appendice dorso-basali apiculato ca 0.3 mm eminente.
Stigma vix expansum 0.4 mm diam.; stylus glaber 0.6-0.3 m;
ovarium 4.5 mm inferum; conus cylindricus 1.5 m altus glaber,
collo non vel vix (0.2 mm) evoluto.

Type Collection: M. T. Madison & L. Besse 6991 (holotype
US 2862583; isotype SEL), collected in wet montane forest near
El Pailon ca 45 km below Maldonado along path to Tobar Donoso,
Prov. Carchi, Ecuador, elev. 800 m, 26 Nov. 1979. "Shrub 3 m
tall; leaves shiny above and dull below. Flower waxy dark
yellow-green."

All three suggested relatives have very anisomorphic leaf
pairs, as well as shorter floral bracts (to 3 mm long). The
vegetative aspect of T. caudata is like that of T. pittieri
Cogn.; however, that wide-ranging species has smaller floral
bracts, truncate calyx limb, and larger petals and anthers. In
the Flora of Ecuador, T. caudata would key to near T. dodsonorum.

TOPOBEA MODICA Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. inflatae Triana affinis, ramulorum nodis non inflatis
calycis dentibus exterioribus brevioribus ovarii collo non
evoluto differt.

Ramuli primum obscure obtuseque tetragoni mox teretes,
internodis glabris, nodis primum appresso-setulosis (0.7 mm) mox
glabratis; linea interpetiolaris evoluta ca 0.2 m alta. Petioli
1.5-2 cm longi glabri; lamina (6-)7-10(-12) X 4-6.5 cm obovato-
elliptica vel elliptica apice breviter (0.3-0.6 cm) abrupteque
hebeti-acuminato basi acuta et adaxialiter paulo bitumida, supra
primum ad basim ipsam obscure barbellata mox glabrata alioqui

252 Whole 6 Tt (0) 1, ). (EAGAN Vol. 485 Nowe

glabra, subtus in venarum primariarum axillis dense setulosa
(0.5-1 mm) alioqui glabra, 5-nervata pari exteriore ca 1.5-2 mm
inframarginali nervis secundariis 0O.7-1 mm inter se distantibus.
Flores in quoque nodo superiore 6(-8), pedicellis ad anthesim
1.5-2 em longis sicut bracteis hypanthiis calycibusque glabris;
bracteae exteriores 5 X 4.8 mm suborbiculari-oblongae obtusae
apiculatae ad basim ca 2 mm coalitae quam hypanthio dimidio
breviores; bracteae interiores usque ad basim liberae 4.5 X 5 mm
oblongo-suborbiculares apice paulo emarginato et apiculato.
Hypanthium 6 mm longum teres; calyx 3 mm longus essentialiter
truncatus, dentibus exterioribus ca 0.5 mm longis et 0.2 mm
eminentibus. Petala glabra 21-23 X 10-11 mm obovato-rhomboidea
apice late hebeti-acuto vel anguste hebeti-obtuso. Filamenta
8.5 mm longa; thecae 8 X 1.4 X 1.1 mm anguste oblongae poro 0.6
mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivi dens dorsalis 3 mm
longus acutus descendens. Stigma non expansum 0.6 mm diam.;
stylus 18 X 0.8-0.55 mm glaber; ovarium 6-loculare et 2.2 mm
adhaerens, cono 3 mm alto glabro truncato (collo non evoluto).

Type Collection: M. T. Madison & L. Besse 7095 (holotype
SEL; isotype US), collected at wet montane forest and stream
margins near El Pailon, ca 45 km below Maldonado along path to
Tobar Donoso, Prov. Carchi, Ecuador, elev. 800 m, 28 Nov. 1979.
"Tree 6m tall. Leaves shiny on both sides. Calyx green;
petals pink, white at base; filaments white, anthers yellow.”

Topobea inflata (cf. Caldasia 11: 86. 1971) has many
inflated branchlet internodes, exterior calyx teeth 1.2-1.5 mm
long and projecting ca 1 mm, and a developed lobulate ovary
collar ca 1 mm long; in other vegetative and floral details the
two species are alike. Other relatives include T. calycularis
Naud. (bracts and the relatively wider petals densely fringed,
anther connective tooth ca 0.1 mm long) and T. calcarata Uribe
(leaf blades lacking dense setula tufts in the primary vein
axils beneath, bracts and hypanthia larger, petals relatively
wider, anther connective appendage 4.5-4.8 mm long and rather
thick). In the Flora of Ecuador, T. modica would key to near
T. subscaberula Triana (with broader spacing of leaf secondary
veins, deciduous pinoid hairs, shorter petals and anthers, and
blunt connective tooth 0.25 mm long).

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXLV

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON AQUATILE var. LATIFOLIUM Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis perspicue lati-
oribus plerumque 3 mm. latis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaves apparently all much broader, rather unifornly 3
mm. wide except for the elongate narrowly attenuated apical por-
tions.

The type of the variety was collected by B. Rabledo (no. 6)
at "margem alagada de igarapé, Acampamento Henrique - BR 156",
somewhere in Brazil, and is also no. 6 in the Catalogo Geral of
the Museu M. Costa Lima, deposited in the Britton Herbarium at
the New York Botanical Garden. The collector notes "Erva acaule.
Capitulos esbranquigados. Planta submersa".

ERIOCAULON SINGULARE Mold., sp. nov.

Herba perennis foliis radicalibus erecto-adscendentibus herba-
ceis ca. 40 cm. longis basaliter 4 cm. latis glaberrimis, inflor-
escentiis globosis albis multicapitatis, capitulis sessilibus.

A large perennial herb; leaves basal, large, herbaceous, not
very rigid, erecto-ascending, about 40 cm. long and basally 4 cn.
wide when mature, glabrous on both surfaces, basally fenestrate,
apically rather obtuse, more or less equitant toward the base and
often conduplicate upwards; peduncles about 5 per plant, erect,
surpassing the leaves, often to almost 1 m. long, stramineous,
very shiny, glabrous or only microscopically appressed-puberulous,
many-striate; sheath elongate, rather lax, about 36 cm. long,
glabrous or practically so, apically obliquely split, the limb
very short and rounded or subtruncate; heads numerous, sessile at
the apex of the peduncle and crowded together so tightly as to
form what appears at first glance to be a single large globose
white head; for bract and floret dimensions and other characters
see accompanying Fig. 1. Explanation of the figure: A -- Habit,

B - Flower-head showing compound nature, C - Involucral bracts,
D - Receptacular bracts, E - Staminate floret, F -— Staminate
floret, sepals removed, corolla-tube laid open, G - Pistillate
floret. Drawing by A. H. HM. Jayasuriya.

This amazing species -- the only one known to me in this genus
with a compound flowering-head -- is based on A. Maced 2589
from campestre do brejo, La Serra do Conego, Minas Gerais, Brazil,
collected on September 16, 1950, deposited in the Britton Herbar-
ium at the New York Botanical Garden. It has hitherto been con-
fused with and reported by me as E. macrobolax Mart., which it
closely resembles in habit, but which neither Martius nor Ruhland
describes as having compound heads, a character which they surely
would not have overlooked.

253

254 PHY TO Lo GLA Vol. 48, No. 3

Figure 1. Eriocaulon singulare Mold.

1981 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 725 Ne

STACHYTARPHETA BICOLOR £. PILOSULA Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei caulibus foliisque inflores-
centiisque parce pilosulis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its stems, branches, leaves, and inflorescences sparsely
pilosulous throughout.

The form is based on André M. de Carvalho & Pessoal do Projec-
to Flora "Pedra do Cavalo" 539 from a gallery forest on the mar-
gin of the Rio Paraguagu, 12°32'35" S. and 39° 3'6" W., in the
Municipio de Conceigdo de Feira, Bahia, Brazil, collected on Feb-
ruary 17, 1981, and deposited in my personal herbarium. The col-
lectors describe the plant as a subshrub, about 1 m. tall, the
leaves bicolored, the flowers handsome, the corollas cobalt-blue,
whitish on the interior of the tube.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS LIPPIA. XVII

Harold N. Moldenke

LIPPIA PALMERI S. Wats.

Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 3939. 1979;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 148
(1979) and 44: 328. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 65, 70, 421, &
561. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 530 & [531], fig. 499. 1980;
Mold., Phytologia 48: 185. 1981.

Additional illustrations: Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. [531], fig.
499. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1--1.5 m.
tall, the leaves sweet (minty)-scented, and have found it growing
in rocky arroyos and on rocky mountains along with Cereus, Bursera,
Larrea, and Fouquieria, at 50 m. altitude, flowering in February.
The corollas are said to have been "cream, orange in tube" on
Spellenberg & Spellenberg 4959 and "white" on Moran & Reveal
20085. Moran & Reveal refer to it as "occasional".

The Carter & Ferris 4044 previously cited by me as the typical
form of the species, seems better (at least insofar as the Britton
Herbarium specimen) regarded as f. spicata.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Baja California: Moran & Reveal
20085 (1d). Sonora: Spellenberg & Spellenberg 4959 (N).

LIPPIA PALMERI f£. SPICATA (Rose) Mold., Phytologia 44: 328. 1979.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 391--392 (1978)
and 4429328. 1979s Mold, PhytoliceMems»25, 655.70, 421, &.561.
1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 530. 1980.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant growing on slopes
with Lysiloma candida, Mimosa purpurascens, Jatropha cinerea, Sa-
pium biloculare, Jacquemontia, and Ruellia, at 600 m. altitude,
describing it as a slender, erect shrub, to 1.5 m. tall, and re-
porting the vernacular name, "orégano"., They have found it in
anthesis in March. The corollas are said to have been "white to

256 PRHSY SEA O MEM OT Gar 2A Vol. 48, No. 3

pale-lavender" on Carter & Ferris 4044, a collection distributed
as and previously cited by me as typical L. palmeri S. Wats., but
at least the Britton Herbarium specimen of it is better regarded
as the present not-too-well marked forn.

Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Baja California: Carter
& Ferris 4044 (Au--271014, Ca--199584, Gg, N).

LIPPIA PEARSONI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 392--393 (1978)
and 40: 203. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 234, 246, & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA PEARSONI var. SESSILIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 393. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 234 & 561. 1980

LIPPIA PEDUNCULATA H. H. W. Pearson
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 393. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 246 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA PEDUNCULOSA Hayek
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 393. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA PENDULA Rusby

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
Deg (0) (DS BIH4 ASS Nityilels, wWoniieoyiloyente Ciba WAS}. W/O)e Miolels .,
Phytol Mem 2:49). enl7/5 Ge Dols LOS GO).

Additional citations: BOLIVIA: La Paz: Boeke 1452 (N).

LIPPIA PETIOLATA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 379.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 39: 393. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
149 &-561. 1980.

LIPPIA PHAEOCEPHALA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 393--394.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 178, 180, & 561. 1980.

LIPPIA PHRYXOCALYX Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 394. 1978;
MolGl6. Woyncoil, Nrems AAG IVA). ALi, (% B45 IUSEOc

LIPPIA PLICATA J. G. Baker

Additional & emended bibliography: R. E. Fries, Wiss. Er-
gebn. Schwed. Rhodes.-Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 273. 1916; Good & Ex-
ell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl. 2: 139--140. 1930; Mold., Phyto-
logia 39: 394--395. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 220, 222, 227,
PH P05, PI5 BELG & Bo USEO.

Fries (1916) comments that "Die Art ist bisher nur von
Fwanbo (in Urungu etwas stidlich vom Tanganyika) angegeben, wo
sie von Carson gesammelt wurde (n. 81). Dieses Exemplar habe
ich in Kew Herbarium gesehen und mit dem meinigen aus der
Bangweolo-Gegend identisch gefunden. Lippia plicata scheint

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 257

jedoch in Afrika eine weite Verbreitung tiber die siidlichen Teile
der Tropen zu haben. Im Herbarium des Bot. Museums zu Berlin
habe ich namlich zwei aus Angola stammende Exemplare gefunden und
zwar in Benguella auf Mount Elende von Wellman (n. 1292) und bei
Malange von Gossweiler (n. 1049) gesammelt."

LIPPIA PLICATA var. ACUMINATA (Mold.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 395. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 220, 234, 241, & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PLICATA var. PARVIFOLIA (Mold.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 395. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 220 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA POHLIANA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 438--439. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149
& 562. 1980.

LIPPIA POHLIANA var. LONGIBRACTEOLATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 438--439. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA POLYTRICHA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 439. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA POSSENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 439. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PRAECOX Mildbr.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 439. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 239 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PRETORIENSIS H. H. W. Pearson

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 439--440 & 447
(1978) and 40: 203 & 204. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 246 & 562.
1980.

LIPPIA PRIMULINA S. Moore
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 440. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PRIMULINA var. GOYAZENSIS S. Moore
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 440. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PRINGLEI Briq.

Additional & emended bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Namcesber.. 59° (2)is; 3520., LOSS Ho N. & Ae Le Mold., iPl. Lite 2: 51,
66, & 77. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 41: 149 & 151. 1979; Mold., Phy-
Fol. Meme’ 2: 65, 357, & 562. 1980.

258 P Hey le Ol On Gat 2k Vol. 48, No. 3

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or tree, 3.5-
7 m. tall, with a single trunk, the fruit "café", and have found
it at 400--1350 m. altitude, in flower in March and November and
both in flower and fruit in December and February. The corollas
are said to have been "yellowish" on Kimnach & Sanchez-Mejorada
2037 & 2244 and "rose" on Delgadillo M. 209.

The Calzada 2170, distributed as L. umbellata Cav. and previous-—
ly cited by me as L. pringlei, actually seems to represent Lippia
torresii Standl.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Morelos: Miranda 1193 (Me--73562),
9322 (Me--74569). Oaxaca: Delgadillo M. 209 (Me--229112) , 220
(Me--229650); Miranda 1063 (Me--73563). Sinaloa: Kimnach & San-
chez-Mejorada 2037 (W--2904483), 2244 (W--2904475).

LIPPIA PRINGLEI var. INTECTA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 443. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 65 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA PSEUDO-THEA (A. St.-Hil.) Schau.

Additional bibliography: Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 39. 1930; Angely,
Bot. Aplic. Farm. 267, 297, & 307. 1958; Imbesi, Ind. Piante 450.
1964; Mold., Phytologia 41: 149 (1979) and 43: 295. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 49, 4175 & 562. 1980.

Angely (1958) reports the local vernacular names, "cha de frade",
"cha de pedestre", and "capitao do mato" and states that in Brazil
the leaves and tops of the shoots of this plant are employed medic-—
inally.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 30140
(Ld).

LIPPIA PUMILA Chan.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 444--445. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 421, & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RADULA J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 445. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 231 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RAMBOTI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 445. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RAMBOI var. PILOSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 445. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RECOLLETAE Morong

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 445--446 (1978)
and 402 70. 1978s" Mold... Phytol. Mem. 22-149, 1175, 178, U8osm42in
562). L980

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Arbo, Tressens, Schinini, &
Ferrucci 1939 (N); Sparre & Vervoorst 943 (N).

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 259

LIPPIA RECOLLETAE var. PICKELII (Mold.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 446. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA REHMANNI H. H. W. Pearson

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 439 & 446--447
(1978) and 40: 59, 203, & 204. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 220,
DAS, 244,246, & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RETICULATA Hayek
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 448. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RHODOCNEMIS Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 448 (1978) and
AS29346 97 9.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonséca,
Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 28507 (N).

LIPPIA RIEDELIANA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 448. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 421, & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RIGIDA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 448--449. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

LIPPIA RIVALIS Mold., Phytologia 45: 37--38. 1980.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 37--38. 1980; Mold., Phy-
tol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Hatschbach 42128 (Z--type).

LIPPIA RODRIGUEZII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 449. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 189 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RONDONENSIS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 449. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 134, 149, 175, & 562. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, 1 m. tall,
or as a shrub, 2 m. tall, fragrant, used medicinally against
colic in Peru, where it is called "quiche oregano", and found it
growing in fields and cultivated areas, flowering in January. The
corollas are said to have been "pale-purple with a yellow center"
on Prance & Ramos 23627 and these collectors note that it is used
as an admixture with Justicia pectoralis in Virola snuff, used in
this way by all the Tototobi Amerinds, who call it “"cedrera" or
"nakiupa-hanak".

The species is obviously very closely related to or a derivative
of the very variable L. alba (Mill.) N. E. Br.

Material of L. rondonensis has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as "Labiatae".

260 Panay VISOR ORGat VA Vol. 48, No. 3

Additional citations: PERU: Huadnuco: Schunke Vigo 1522 (W--
2865161). BRAZIL: Acre: Santos, Mota, & Ramos 90 (Z). Amaz6nas:
Prance & Ramos 23627 (Z).

LIPPIA ROSELLA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 437 & 449--450.
1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA ROSMARINIFOLIA Anderss.
Additional synonymy: Lippia rosmarinofolia Anders. ex Lopez-—
Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28, sphalm. 1979.
Additional bibliography: LoOpez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979;Mold., Phytologia 41: 149 (1979) and 44:
384. 19795 Mold, Phytol. Mem. 2: 1305 422, & 562. 1980:

LIPPIA ROSMARINIFOLIA f£. LATIFOLIA (Mold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 451 (1978) and
44: 384. 1979; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
ANS Aj UVR Wioilcls,, Wowie, Mem, WR IW), wb ts Blows ILeysi0)-

Werff found this plant growing on the vertical walls of a
volcano crater, at 2400 feet altitude, flowering in September,
and describes it as a shrub, the leaves entire or incised, and
the "flowers" [corollas] yellow and fragrant.

Additional citations: GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: Santiago: Werff 2345
(N).

LIPPIA ROSMARINIFOLIA £. STEWARTII (Mold.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 149. 1979; Mold.,
Bhytolvcs Mem 2/5 lS Oma 422) Ke DO2 te L980).

LIPPIA ROTUNDIFOLIA Cham.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 452--453. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA RUBIGINOSA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 453. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 562.

LIPPIA RUGOSA A. Chev.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
39 (2): 320. 19135 Molld., Phytologia 39: 453--454. 1978; Molld.;
Phytol.Mem. 2: 207, 213, 214, & 562. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48:
155 ILeIehL-

LIPPIA RZEDOWSKII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 454. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 65 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SALAMENSIS Loes.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 442 & 454. 1978;
Molds Phivitolynmilemisn: 2s 2 Om O2 Loo Ole

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 261

LIPPIA SALICIFOLIA Anderss,.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 454. 1978; Lé-
pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 130 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SALSA Griseb.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 150. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 189 & 562. 1980.

Burkart refers to this plant as an abundant shrub, to 1.2 m.
tall, in saline areas of Santiago del Estero, Argentina. The
corollas are said to have been "light-blue" on Botta & Guoglio-
none 828 and "blanca, lilacina antes de abrir" on Burkart 30600.

Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Catamarca: Botta & Guoglio-
none 828 (Go). Santiago del Estero: Burkart 30600 (Au); Cabrera,
Botta, Ezcurra, Mulgura, & Ragonese 29678 (W--2893722).

LIPPIA SALVIAEFOLIA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 150. 1979; Mold.,
Puyeou atiem.) 23) 149,175, 78, 189, & 562. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall,,
and have found it growing in cerrado, at 900 m. altitude, in an-
thesis in February and April. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on Macedo 5281, Schaller 103, and Shepherd & al. 7308.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Schaller 103 (N).
Minas Gerais: Armando & Rizzini 5 (N)3; Irwin, Fonséca, Souza,
Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 28042 (N); Macedo 5281 (Eu--53633). Sdo
Paulo: Shepherd, Semir, Andrade, & Salgado 7308 (W--2883666).

LIPPIA SANDWITHIANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 456. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SATUREIAEFOLIA Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 39: 456. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 422, & 562. 1980.

Recent collectors refer to this species as a scandent shrub and
have encountered it on campo rupestre, at 1000 m. altitude, flow-
ering in July. The corollas are said to have been "reddish" on
the collection cited below.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori, King, Santos, & Hage
12318 (W--2854247, Z).

LIPPIA SAVORYI Meikle

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 58. 1978; Hock-
ang, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 211, 213,
220, 234, & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SCABERRIMA Sond.
Additional bibliography: Dithens, Afric. Handb. 8: [Drug Pl.
Afr.] 94. 1949; Mold., Phytologia 41: 150. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 243, 246, 422, & 562. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 176. 1981.
Dahlstrand has encountered this plant growing in roadcuts, at
1200--1600 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in January.

262 BP Hey O) ONG sie: Vol. 48, No. 3

Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Dahlstrand 442
(Go), 1233 (Go).

LIPPIA SCAPOSA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 59. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SCAPOSA var. MELANOCAULOS Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 59. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SCHAUERIANA Mart.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 59. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 422, & 562. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

Harley and his associates describe this species as a spindly
shrub, to 2.5 m. tall, the leaves aromatic, rugose, pale-green a-
bove, grayish-green beneath, the bracts pale-green, and the corol-
la "pink", and have found it growing among rocks in cerrado in an
area of rocky riversides with rapids, riverine vegetation, cerrado
with limestone outcrops, and some grassland subject to flooding,
at 980 m. altitude, flowering in March.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 20147 (N, Z).

LIPPIA SCHLIEBENI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 60 & 80. 1978;
Moildey,, Phytol Meme 22205227). 2355 4225 k DOD. 98 Ole

LIPPIA S€HLIMITI Turcz.

Additional bibliography: Loépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. U-
niv. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 150--151. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 116, 422, & 562. 1980.

Lépez—-Palacios (1979) records the variant vernacular name,
"sacacandela", for this species.

LIPPIA SCHLIMII var. GLABRESCENS (Mold.) Mold.

Emended synonymy: Lippia floribunda Humb. & Bonpl. apud Steud.,
Nom. Bot. Phan.) Cd. 4550) ozs.

Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 485
@821)) and edi 25) 2 545 184i) De Dietr., Syme) Pll) 3) DOS eelaee.
Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.]

603. 1927; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 28.
1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 150--151. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
KOM) NIG, Sey/5 “ADS O26 & S65 AUS \O)c

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall,
or a tree, 4--10 m. tall, the leaves aromatic, shiny, rugose,
gray-green or sometimes dark- or brilliant-green above and dull-
green beneath, rather rigid but fragile, the floral bracts pale-
green, and have encountered it on wet forested slopes and steep
slopes along streams, at 1650--3530 m. altitude, flowering in
June, July, September, and October. Luteyn and his associates re-
port it "common on forested slopes in montane cloud forests".

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 263

The corollas are said to have been "white"' on Cuatrecasas 20753,
Cuatrecasas & Rodriguez 27934 & 27972, Steyermark & Liesner
118550, and Trujillo 8170 and "greenish-white" on Steyermark &
Liesner 118230. Cuatrecasas refers to the leaves on his no. 20753
being "amarillento-oscura". He and Rodriguez refer to the inflor-
escences as "pale-grayish" or "greenish-white and the corollas
themselves as "white". The flowering heads are unusually large on
Cuatrecasas & Rodriguez 27838. A vernacular name recorded for

the plant is "salvia".

Knuth (1927) cites Linden 341 from Mérida and Trujillo, Venez-
uela.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Boyac4: Cuatrecasas & Rodri-
guez 27838 (W--2616135). Norte de Santander: Cuatrecasas & Rod-
riguez 27934 (W--2616159). Norte de Santander/Cesar: Cuatrecasas
& Rodriguez 27972 (W--2616190). Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas
20753 (W--2817820). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Trujillo 8170 (Eu--47847).
Tachira: Luteyn, Luteyn, & Ruiz-Teran 5994 (N)3; Steyermark &
Liesner 118230 (Ld), 118550 (1d).

LIPPIA SCHOMBURGKIANA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Oliv., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot.,
BEE ee eeoo. Loos SNe EB. Bro, “lrans Lint. .Soce Londen DOtn,
ser. 2, 6: 57. 1901; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43:
[Init. Fl. Venez.] 603. 1927; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 28. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 147 & 151. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem.'2: 116, 122, 149, 422, & 562. 1980; Mold. &
Bromley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980;
Mold., Phytologia 48: 182. 1981.

Harley and his associates, distributing it as L. microphylla
Cham., describe this plant as a spindly-stemmed shrub, 1.5--4 nm.
tall, with a sage-like scent, the stems slender, brittle, the
leaves aromatic, rugose, rather dark-green or rich-green above,
paler or gray-green beneath, the bracts pale-green, the sepals
pale-green, and have found it growing "on hillside and associated
rocky riverbed with sandstone rocks and some sparse forest and
scrub" and in "caatinga on sand and with quartzitic rocks and
metamorphosed sandstone forming rock areas with more open vegeta-
tion including extensive areas of Vellozia", at 400--1000 nm.
altitude, flowering and fruiting in February. The corollas are
said to have been "white with yellowish tube and yellow in the
throat" on their no. 18603, "white with orange-yellow throat" on
19011, and "cream with orange-yellow throat" on 18929,

Knuth (1927) cites Connell & Quelch 2, 235, & 720 and ImThurn
52 from the Roraima region of Venezuela.

The Davidse, Ramia, & Montes 4747, distributed as L. schom-
burgkiana, actually is L. origanoides H.B.K.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr,
Santos, & Pinheiro in Harle§ 18603 (ld, N), 18929 (Ld, N), 19011
(ld, N); Pinheiro 2140 (1d); T. S. Santos 2529 (Id).

LIPPIA SCLEROPHYLLA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 63--64. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 178, 189, & 562. 1980.

264 PH, HaeEROh LON Gaal Vol. 48, No. 3

LIPPIA SCLEROPHYLLA var. LORETENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 64. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 189 & 562. 1980.

LIPPIA SERICEA Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 64--65. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 422, & 562. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonséca,
Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 26917 (N).

LIPPIA SESSILIFLORA J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 65. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA SIDOIDES Chan.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 65--66. 197835
Moilid’. 5) Phytol. Mem. 2 149) & 563), L980.

The Héringer & al. collection, cited below, was collected as
voucher for phytochemical studies.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héringer, Elias
de Paula, Cunha de Mendonga, & Héringer Salles 1242 (N). Rond6én-
ia: Vieira, Petersen, Nelson, Ramos, & Mota 1008 (N, Z).

LIPPIA SIDOIDES £. FLACCIDA Hayek

Additional bibliography:Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
39) (2): 3205) 19135) Moilld. . Phytollogia 40s) 66. 19783 Molds), sehytole
Mem. 2: 149 & 563.) 1980.

LIPPIA SOMALENSIS Vatke

Additional bibliography: Chiov., Fl. Somala [1]: 49. 1929;
Mold., Phytologia 40: 66. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 204, 231,
& 563. 1980.

LIPPIA STACHYOIDES Cham.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 66--67. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & Koc-
zicki 33231 (W--2839444).

LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA Mansf.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 67. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Ma-
yo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA var. HARLEYI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 67. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley & Ma-
yo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

LIPPIA SUBSTRIGOSA Turcz.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
4ON(2) i) S35 el OlS ss Molidiy. sPhytologitas4 O)67—— 7/0 so Gils uncG 2 pesos
Moldy, Phytol Mem 265)5) 7/25 4, 071m) ists e225 ee DOS LOGO

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 265

Recent collectors describe this plant as a weak shrub, 2--3 nm.
tall, or a small tree to 5 m. tall, and have encountered it in
secondary woods of Trema micrantha, “common" in mixed forests, or
"dominant as secondary growth following milpas", at 1300--2180 m.
altitude, flowering in January and March, fruiting in January.

The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Ton 3661, "pale-
yellow" on Molina R. 20433, and "yellowish" on Molina R. & Mont-
alvo 21806.

Hernandez Xolocotzi asserts that the wood of this species is
used for roofing material. Vernacular names reported are
"orégano de Arbol", "palo gusano", and "salvia". Material has
been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Lantana
sp.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Hernandez Xolocotzi
X.1444 (Me, Me); Miranda 6110 (Me--71817), 6188 (Me--71812).

9164 (Me--68426); “on 3661 (Ws). GUATEMALA: Guatemala: Molina R.,
Burger, & Wallenta 15987 (W--2840312). EL SALVADOR: San Salvaaor:
Molina R. & Montalvo 21806 (Ws). NICARAGUA: Matagalpa: Molina R.

20433 (W--2866762.

LIPPIA SUFFRUTICOSA (Griseb.) Kuntze
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 70. 1978; Mold.,
EhycOleseMen. 2¢ 1755 1895 0&6 563. LI8O.

LIPPIA TAYACAJANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 70. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TAYACAJANA var. SESSILIFLORA liold.

Additional bibliograpliy: Mold., Phytologia 40: 70. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 563. 1980.

Ellenberg encountered what appears to be this plant on semi-
deserts, at 3395 m. altitude.

Additional citations: PERU: Ica: Ellenberg 4912a (W--2852647).

LIPPIA TEGULIFERA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 70--71. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 178, 189, 422, & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. GRISEA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 71. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. OVATA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 71. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 178, 189, & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. PEDUNCULATA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 71. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TEPICANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 71. 1978; Mold.,

266 PeHeYeelOh La OmGalasA Vol. 48, 0Nowms
Phytol. Mem. 2: 65 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA THYMOIDES Mart. & Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 71--72. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 421, 422, & 563. 1980; Mold. & Brom-
ley in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a very common spindly
shrub, 1.5--2 m. tall, the branches straight, divaricate, brittle,
growing on granite cliffs and in open secondary vegetation with
small trees and shrubs, at 700--900 m. altitude, flowering in
March, The corollas are described as "white with a yellow eye"
on Mori & al. 11075 and "white with a yellow throat" on Harley
20194.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harlry, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 20194 (Ld, N); Mori, Mattos Silva, Kal-
lunki, & Santos 9956 (Ld, N); Mori, Santos, & Thompson 11075 (Ld,
N)is Pinheiro, 1412 (id) GE. Se Santos 2508 (ud).

LIPPIA THYMOIDES var. MUCRONULATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 72. 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA THYMOIDES var. TONSILIS (Mold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mcld., Phytologia 40: 72. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 421, & 563. 1980; Mold. & Bromley in Harley
& Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 191. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall,
with spreading stems and aromatic leaves, pale-green above, paler
beneath, and have encountered it on floodplains with riverine and
chiefly herbaceous weedy vegetation, at 980 m. altitude, flowering
in March. The corollas are said to have been "lilac with yellow
throat" on Harley 19838.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San-
tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19838 (Id, N).

LIPPIA TORRESII Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 72--73 & 82.
1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40. 1978;
Moilcls5 ebtcOllG Wieing BA O55 cily bYA, SE7/5 f& Sasi, Wee IO.

The Calzada 2170, cited below, has previously been regarded as
representing L. umbellata Cav. or L. pringlei Briq., but seems
better placed here.

Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Calzada 2170
(N). COSTA RICA: Heredia: Hartshorn 1074 (N), 1085 (Id).

LIPPIA TRACHYPHYLLA Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 74. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Mem 2s moi 25 el Ss) OO DOS LO gO

LIPPIA TRISTIS Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 74 & 78. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 563. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 267

LIPPIA TRISTIS var. ABERRANS Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 74. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TROLLII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 74. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 175, 189, & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TROLLI var. INERMIS Hold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 74. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 175 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TURBINATA Griseb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Griseb., Pl. Lorentz. 195.
1874; Reiche & Phil. in Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chile 5: 298 &
301--302. 1910; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 97, 98, 100,
102, & 134, fig. 4. 1919; Fester & al., Anal. Asoc. Quim. Argent.
40: 38--42 (1952) and 42: 43--53. 1955; Mold., Phytologia 41: 151.
1979; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilustr. Entre Rios 5: 230 & 272--
Ziel sMolds, “Phytol. Mem. 2: 134, 183) 1893 S575" 563... L980.

Emended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88:
OAs errs. 4. 1919.

Sanzin (1919) affirms that this species is characteristic of
the subandean zone, 900--1500 m. altitude, in Argentina. Reiche
& Philippi (1910) comment that "En los cordilleras de las provin-
cias de Atacama; en territorii chileno?" Troncoso (1979) says
"Muy difundida en la regién fitogeografica del Monte. De dudoso
indigenato en Entre Rios", Argentina. She lists the vernacular
names, "poleo" and "té del pafs", and cites only Serié & Migata
s.n. She notes that the species is "Medicinal; a la infusién de
las hojas se le atribuyen propiedades diuréticas; estomacales,
etc., muy difundida en la medicina popular. Rica en esencias
colatiles".

The Krapovickas & Cristédbal 14659, distributed as the typical
form of this species, actually represents f. angustifolia Osten.

LIPPIA TURBINATA f£. ANGUSTIFOLIA Osten

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 76--77. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 183, 189, & 563. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1.5 m. tall,
and have found it in flower and fruit in January. The corollas
are said to have been white on the collection cited below.

Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Cordoba: Krapovickas &
Crist6bal 14659 (Ws).

LIPPIA TURBINATA f£. MAGNIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 76 & 77. 1989;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 189, 357, & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA Chan.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 78--79. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 175, 178, 180, 189, & 563. 1980;
Mold., Phytologia 48: 165. 1981.

268 PO HSY 280) LOG sma Vol. 48, No. 3

Recent collectors have found this plant on campo and rocky cam-
po, describing it as xylopodiferous, flowering in September and
October. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on the two
collections cited below.

The Krapovickas, CristObal, & Schinini 26496, distributed as
L. turnerifolia, actually is the very similar L. asperrima Cham.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parana: Dziewa 47 (Eu--37817);
Hatschbach 15042 (Eu--1891).

LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. ANGUSTA Kuntze
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 79. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 178 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. SESSILIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 79. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA UKAMBENSTS Vatke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 79--80. 1978;
Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds
2S aL O Moldy pubiunitoley Meme 2c e227i5) 025 DOS LOS ls

LIPPIA UMBELLATA Cav.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 151. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 65 & 563. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or tree, 3--4
m. tall, with "latex en la flor", scarce or very scarce in oak
woods on hillsides, at 2500--2600 m. altitude, in flower in Novem-
ber. Others refer to it as "quite woody and aromatic", the in-
florescences clustered at the ends of the branches, the calyxes in
the axils of large bracts, and have found it growing in weathered
limestone soil on the shaded east-facing sides of steep roadcuts
adjacent to rocky streambeds, at only 1080 m. altitude, in fruit
in November. The "flowers" are said to have been "green" on Ventu-
ra A. 2501 and the corollas "yellow" on Ventura A. 2370.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Distrito Federal: Ventura A. 2370
(N), 2501 (Me--275783). Durango: Peterson & Broome 454 (K). Méx-
ico: J. Rzedowski 28722 (Ws).

LIPPIA VELUTINA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 82. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980.

Strang has found this plant in anthesis in July, but erroneous-
ly distributed as "Labiatae".

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Strang 1108 [Cas-
tellanos 26691; Herb. Brad. 50068] (Eu--3;228).

LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES Cham.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 378.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 40: 83--85 & 201 (1978) and 47: 88. 1980;
Momidhy;) Phy todkeMems) 2) 49) 75), 4208 & DO). 9S 0.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 269

LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES var. ATTENUATA (Mart.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 600. 1843;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 378. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 40: 201.
1978s Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 175, 357, 372; 419, 420, & 563.
1980.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a very fragrant, medi-
cinal subshrub, 1 m. tall, and have encountered it in cerrado, at
550 m. altitude, flowering in April, May, and July, fruiting in
July. They record the vernacular name, "toronjil'". The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Krapovickas & Schinini 31967.

The Jensen specimen, cited below, is placed here tentatively
as it consists mostly of almost pulverized leaves, with only one
reasonably good intact leaf; it comprises a crude drug sample from
the collections of S. B. Penick & Company, Jersey City, New Jer-
sey, given to me by Dr. George M. Hocking for identification, who
states that it was listed formally as "LIPPIA LEAVES, L. hastata
(Salvia Sija)" and obtained originally from Jensen in Seattle,
Washington, in or about 1945.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goiads: C. Pereira 492 (Ld). BO-
LIVIA: Santa Cruz: Krapovickas & Schinini 31967 (Ld), 32146 (Ld).
CULTIVATED: Washington: Jensen s.n. [Seattle, ca. 1945] (Z).

LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES £. SUBTRUNCATA Mold., Phytologia 47: 88. 1980.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 88. 1980; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 157 & 563. 1980.
Citations: BRAZIL: Sao Paulo: Leit@&o Filho & al. 7372 (W--
2883728--type, Z--photo of type).

LIPPIA VILLAFLORIDANA Kuntze

Additional bibliography: Nold., Phytologia 40: 201--202. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl.
Ilustr. Entre Rios 5: 272, 275, & 276, fig. 130 a--l. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149, 178, 180, 189, & 563. 1980.

Illustrations: Troncoso. in Burkart, Fl. Ilustr. Entre Rios 5:
276, fig. 130 a--1l. 1979.

Troncoso (1979) regards L. asperrima var. longepedunculata
Mold. as a synonym of Z. villafloridana. She says that the spe-
cies "Habita en campos secos y lugares abiertos", citing Burkart
26034 & 26355, Galli 251, Guaglianone & Ragonese s.n., Hauman s.n.,
Job 43, Meyer 11086, Nicora 5941, and Pedersen 6256. She asserts
that the species has definitely diclinous flowers

LIPPIA VINOSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 202. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA VOLKII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 202. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 243 & 563. 1980.

LIPPIA WHYTEI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 202. 1978; Mold.,
epytol. Mem< 2: 220, 224, 227, 231, 236, 238,..239,.241,. & 563.

270 Bi Yer ON LO) (Gabe A Vol. 48, No. 3

1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 176. 1981.

Dahlstrand encountered this plant along roadsides, at 1800 m.
altitude, in flower and fruit in March.

Additional citations: ZIMBABWE: Dahlstrand 58 (Go).

LIPPIA WILMSII H. H. W. Pearson

Additional bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl.
2: 140. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 40: 202--204. 1978; Mold., Phytol.
Mem 22235227 4230s 2505) 2595) 2a 24S eZ O. ce DOa ee eLOGOr

LIPPIA WILMSII var. SCABERRIMA (lMold.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 204. 1978; Mold.,
Rhy tolls sMems 2238) 0259) 24O pa O5 9S 0)

LIPPIA WILMSII var. VILLOSA (Mold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 204. 19783; Mold.,
Phy tolleteme a2: 220225 5224 e227 2S 2S 4 2 On oO Ge Oo
1980.

LIPPIA WOODIT Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 40: 204. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Memee2 <i 2955 2395) 240 ce DOS) LOS Oe

LIPPIA YUCATANA Loes.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 39 (2): 320. 1913; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40
(2): 335. 1915; Mold., Phytologia 40: 204--205. 1978; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. Al33:" 88. 19793 Molld=, Phytol! Mem. 23) (G56) 563)ehOSOr

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS CITHAREXYLUM. XVIII

Harold N. Moldenke

CITHAREXYLUM B. Juss.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sandmark in L., Amoen. Acad.
De ooOe Li S9FeLoud.,) Hort. Brite, ede i, 243) &) 529) i830) mandeedm
2 245 1s 529. 1832s (GC. Don in oud.,, Hort. Brit. (eds. 5..2 om ame om
L339 Ce Don in Sweet. Hort. bitte. sed.) 3, DSi Less s Vite eheme ines
termnat., Worterb., ed. J, 56 (1871) and ied: 2, 56. 18755) Stanieis—
tud; His Puerto Rico, ed 1, 3: 293. I888s Do. Hoy Scott) inesollereder
Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 2: 1021 & 1022. 1908;
Urb., Symb. Antil. 4: 535. 1911; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed.
655°:23) 396. LOLSse Stahl Estud, Bil. Puerto Rico, edi. 265 7eeoor
1937; Klein, Sellowia 31: 163. 1979; Olmsted, Loope, & Hilsenbeck,
So. Fla. Res. Cent. Rep. T.604: 34 & 48. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja
Calttt (335, 52555205 .& 229, fie. 496. LOSOs se Molid is Phy tolop amine
359--360 & 504. 1981.

It is of passing interest to note that Reichenbach (1828) clas-
sified this genus (as also all the rest of the Verbenaceae) in
the Labiatae [=Lamiaceae].

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 27

The Garcia-Barriga & Jaramillo M. 19906, distributed as Cith-
arexylum sp. in some herbaria, actually is Aegiphila bogotensis
(Spreng.) Mold.

CITHAREXYLUM BERLANDIERI B. L. Robinson

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 224. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 48, 60, 347, 381, & 530. 1980.

Flores regards this as an "endangered species", but probably
only as regarding its occurrence in the United States.

Additional citations: TEXAS: Cameron Co.: Flores 70 (Ne--
93465). MEXICO: Nuevo Ledn: Hinton 17934 (Au).

CITHAREXYLUM BRACHYANTHUM (A. Gray) A. Gray

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 224. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 48, 60, 375, 381, & 530. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this as a "regular" shrub, 1--1.5 m.
tall, and have found it growing in sandy soil in matorral of
Larrea and Yucca and in matorral mediano subinerme parvifolio, at
1000 m. altitude.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Zacatecas: Gonzalez Gutierrez 73
(Me--276673); Medrano & al. 7986 (Me--275990); Medrano, Zavaleta,
Ortiz, & Castellanos 7966 (Me--275460).

CITHAREXYLUM CAUDATUM L.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sandmark in L., Amoen. Acad.
seesoOs 759s Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 2487 (1830)"and edv 2,°°248-.
ieee sce Dom in Loud., Hort. Brilt., ed. 3, 248. W3395 G.. Dom an
BUCS HORE. DrLt., Ede 3, DDL. 1639s Urb., Synb. AnbLL. 4255535.
1911; Mold., Phytologia 47: 359. 1981.

The corollas are said to have been "white" and the fruit orange
on Duke & Idrobo 11562.

The Liogier, Liogier, & Martoreli 29890, distributed as C.
caudatum, seems better placed as C. Xperkinsi Mold., while Hartley
13322 tends toward C. caudatum f. parvifolium Mold.

Additional citations: PUERTO RICO: Hartley 13322 (W--2892409).
COLOMBIA: Choc6: Duke & Idrobo 11562 (N). CULTIVATED: Hawaiian
Islands: Herbst 619 (Ne--149144).

CITHAREXYLUM COOPERI Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 359. 1981.
Breedlove encountered this plant in montane rainforests with
scattered Pinus and Liquidambar, at 1250 m. altitude, in fruit in
October. His collection has been misidentified and distributed

in some herbaria as C. crassifolium Greenm.
Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 38060 (Me--
269888).

CITHAREXYLUM COSTARICENSE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 359. 1981.
Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 20 feet tall,
the flowers sweetly fragrant, and have found it growing at 4450--
5800 feet altitude, in anthesis in February. The corollas are
said to have been "white" on the collection cited below.

272 Pea eT Ounso 1G ipA Vol. 48, Noa

Additional citations: COsTA RICA: San Jose: Almeda & Nakai
3739 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM CRASSIFOLIUM Greennm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 359--360. 1981.
The Breedlove 38060, distributed as C. crassifolium, actually
seems to represent C. cooperi Standl. instead.

CITHAREXYLUM DENTATUM D. Don
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 360. 1981.
Ellenberg refers to this plant as an “evergreen mountainbush"
and encountered it at 3810 m. altitude.
Additional citations: PERU: Ayacucho: Ellenberg 4958a (Ld).

CITHAREXYLUM DONNELL-SMITHII Greenm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 360. 1981.

Sauer describes this plant as a tree, to 6 m. tall, and found
it growing in a living Erythrina fence around cafetal, at 1200 m.
altitude, in fruit in April.

The Dwyer & Coomes 12928, distributed as C. donnell-smithii,
actually is C. hexangulare Greenn.

Additional citations: COSTA RICA: San José: Sauer 5798 (Ws)

CITHAREXYLUM EKMANI Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl.
Guba) amp sn 4299 &) SO 1957\s) Molde, Phytollopiay sities >o suelo ie
Mioil@l 4 Wiikae@ils Wein, AS teks} e Sslo ISO.

CITHAREXYLUM ELLIPTICUM Sessé & Moc.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. i, 4: 298 & 299. 11957; Mold., Phytollogila 415: 64566,
(IVA WG /IS Wioikel ay Wokyeouka Wiens ZO oi) a7AOS tkiy sig f Sil. US's),

Recent collectors describe this species as a scarce shrub or
tree, 2--3 m. tall, the corollas white, with an agreeable odor,
and have encountered it in matorral and with Coccoloba uvifera
on 10-meters-high sand dunes, at sealevel to 50 m. altitude, in
anthesis in June, July, and October. The Breckons found it "a-
long weedy roadsides on consolidated coastal dunes with dominant
scattered shrubs varying in form and height with exposure but up
to 3m. tall, the flowers creamy-white, the majority of the
plants sterile". The corollas are said to have been "white" al-
so on Magana & Cowan 2113.

Material of C. ellipticum has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. hexangulare Greenm. On the other hand,
the Boege 2991, distributed as C. ellipticum, actually is C.
hexangulare Greenm.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Tabasco: Magafia & Cowan 2113
(N). Veracruz: Breckon & Breckon 2017 (Ld); Fay, Byrne, & Her-
nandez 810 (N, W--2878391); Ventura A. 9119 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM ENDLICHIT Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 353. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 60 & 531. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 273

CITHAREXYLUM EOLIGNITICUM Berry
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 353. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FLABELLIFOLIUM S. Wats.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 64. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 60, 70, & 531. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif.
P5270 529, fig. 496. 1980.

Illustrations: Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. [527], fig. 496. 1980.

Webster & Lynch describe this plant as a fairly common shrub,
1--2 m. tall, with gray, smooth bark, and "violet flowers". They
have encountered it on silty flats at the base of lava boulders,
at 100 m. altitude.

The Kishler 674, distributed as C. flabellifolium, actually is
C. racemosum Sessé & Moc.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Sonora: Webster & Lynch 17012
(Me--268060). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS:. Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif.
Tipe 4960(Z,° 2).

CITHAREXYLUM FLEXUOSUM (Ruiz & Pav.) D. Don

Additional synonymy: Citharexylon spinosum Bonpl. ex Spreng. in
Tayo Vers, EderlLo, 22 764. 1825

Additional & emended bibliography: Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg.,
Cos lone wO04, Jo2o> De. Dietr.; Sym. Pl. 3: (6L5e Kass Fedders
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 334. 1915; Mold., Phytolo-
Pia not 65. 19785) Molid:,) Phytol. Mem. 2: 1325 347, 3815) 382,
& 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FLEXUOSUM var. GLABERRIMUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 355. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 132 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FORSITHIAEFOLIUM Massalongo
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 355--356. 1975;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM L.

Additional & emended synonymy: Citharexylum fruticosum var.
fruticosum [L.] apud Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4:
299. 1957. Citharexylum fruticosum var. fruticosum [Alain] apud
Mold., Phytologia 6: 355, in syn. 1958. Cytharexylum fruticosum
L. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 396, in syn. 1980.

Additional bibliography: Sandmark in L., Amoen. Acad. 5: 380.
W7SosD. DLetE., Syn. PL. 3:65.) 18435" Ueb.,) Symb. AnELIWs 54s
535. 1911; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 386. 19183;H. N.
© A. L. Molds; Pl. Life 2: 51, 52, & 84.)19485 Alain: in Leon 7&
Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 299--300, fig. 129. 1957; Boquiren,
Mycologia 63: 954. 1971; Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglot. Pl. Hait.
AZO. L97L: D. Powell, Bull. Inst. Jam. Sci. 15 (2): 419 & 422.
Laos Napp—Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A @))2 383% 19745 Lb. He & BZ
Bailey, Hortus Third 275. 1976; Little, U. S. Dept. Agr. For.
Serv. Conserv. Res. Rep. 20: 19. 1976; Woodbury & Little, U. S.
Dept. Agr. For. Serv. Res. Paper ITF-19: 9 & 23. 1976.

[to be continued]

ISOETES MELANOPODA IN SABINE PARISH, LOUISIANA
BY

Neil Carroll and R. Dale Thomas, Department of
Biology, Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, 71209.

On May 2, 1980 a collection of Isoetes melanopoda
Gay and Dur. was made from Sabine Parish, Louisiana.
This is the first collection from the state since
those reported by Brooks and Maples from Calcasieu
Parish in 1971. It also represents the northernmost
collection from Louisiana. Although Thieret (1980)
indicated that Isoetes melanopoda is known from four
parishes---Calcasieu, Rapides, Avoyelles, and East
Baton Rouge---the last three represent old collections
and several attempts over the past ten years by the
junior author and others have failed to locate any
living populations of the plants in these parishes.

The Sabine Parish collection was made by the
senior author while collecting for a survey of the
vasculiag plantszof the iparish. forvhis MES! thesis
project at Northeast Louisiana University. One plant,
Carroll 1344, was collected mixed with other plants
from a low area near Bayou San Patricio north of Noble.
A visit to the site by the authors on June 7, 1980
established the presence of a large population of
Isoetes melanopoda (Thomas 71436 and Carroll 1443).

The site is flat and flooded during the spring
but is dry during the summer and fall. The Isoetes
grows in a low area with clay soil but only 30-40
feet away on sandy soil no plants occur although the
elevation is only six inches higher. Pinus taeda,
Vaccinium arboreum, and Quercus stellata var. stellata
occur on the sandy elevated areas but are absent from
the low areas where Ulmus crassifolia, Crataegus
viridis, and Quercus stellata var. mississippiensis
occur.

Brown and Correll (1942) described the soils
on which Isoetes melanopoda grows as moist prairie
soils. They said that: “The Species is especially
abundant around the marais ponds in these soils. Most
of these...soils consist of a top layer 6-9 inches,
occasionally as much as 18 inches thick, over an
impervious layer 4-8 inches thick, which uid eVie WS

274

1981 Carroll & Thomas, Isoetes melanopoda ZT

usually underlain by a less compact soil containing
calcareous concretions." A soil sample taken by the
senior author from the Sabine Parish site and
analyzed by the Northeast Louisiana University Soil
Analysis Lab shows that the soil at this site is
high in percentage of calcium as noted in the
following table.

TABLE I
CALCIUM CONTENT OF ISOETES SOIL SAMPLE
Depth Ph Parts Ca Percentage
per million saturation
of [Ga
0-6" 6.7 820 43 92
18-24" 9.0 1527 3729
30-36" 8.8 thia2 ahe4

This location was inundated with about 5-7
inches of water when the first collection was made
in May, 1980. By June of 1980 no standing water was
peresent but the soil was still moist. In August,
1980 the senior author visited the area and the soil
was very dry and no evidence of Isoetes could be found.
When the senior author visited the site in March,
1981 to take a soil sample, it was again inundated
and the Isoetes was again abundant (Carroll 2499).

Literature Cited

BroogSs;e0. H. and R. S: Maples.s, 1971.2! A recent
find of Isoetes in Louisiana. American Fern
Journal 61: 186.

prewe, Cy 0A..ahd Di 1S. Correll... 9425 “Ferns-sand
Fern Allies of Louisiana. Louisiana State
University Press, Baton Rouge. 186 pp.

Thieret, J. W. 1980. Louisiana Ferns and Fern
Allies. Lafayette Natural History Museum,
Lafayette, La. 124 pp.

ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS OF BOTRYCHIUM LUNARIOIDES FROM
TEXAS AND OKLAHOMA AND COMMENTS ON ITS DORMANCY

Dy

R. Dale Thomas, lim Briley, and Neil Carroll,
Department of Biology, Northeast Louisiana University,
Monroe, 71209.

Only one plant of Botrychium lunarioides (Michx.)
Sw. has been reported from Texas (Thomas 1979). This
plant was collected by Thomas from San Augustine
County in 1972. On a recent collecting trip to
southeast Oklahoma, April 10, 1981, the authors
collected several plants of Botrychium lunarioides
from Douglassville Cemetery in Cass County in
northeast Texas. The cemetery had already been mown
so the fertile parts of the fronds of the plants
are missing (Thomas #75189, Briley #2325, and Carroll).

Botrychium lunarioides has been reported from
One site in Choctaw County, Oklahoma and one in
McCurtain County (Thomas 1978b). On April 6, 1980
Briley found a large population of several hundred
plants in a grazed pasture west of Idabel in
McCurtain County (Briley #1252). Until this population
was discovered only a total of five plants had been
seen in Oklahoma. A trip was made to the site by
the authors on April 11, 1981 to study the population.
Although the area was searched extensively, only
about fifteen plants were seen (Thomas #75341, Briley
#2477, and Carroll). One other collection was made
from McCurtain County by the authors on April 10,

1981 (Thomas #75224, Briley #2360, and Carroll).

The senior author has collected Botrychium
lunarioides from Georgia, Alabama, Florida, Louisiana,
Texas, Oklahoma, and Arkansas. Although this species
is one of the hardest of plants to see in the field
because of the way its prostrate frond blends in
with Trifolium, Oxalis, and other plants, this fern
appears to remain dormant during dry springs. The
summer, fall, and winter of 1980 was very dry and
this was followed by an unusually dry spring in 1981.

276

1981 Thomas, Briley, & Carroll, Botrychium lunarioides 277

Thomas has visited many sites where he has previously

observed large populations of Ophioglossum crotalophor-
oides, 0. petiolatum, and O. nudicaule var. tenerum

in Louisina during the spring of 1981 and has noted a
drastic reduction of the number of plants with leaves
above ground during this dry spring.

Two patterns of dormancy seem to be illustrated by

Ophioglossum petiolatum, 0. nudicaule var. tenerum,

0. crotalophoroides, and Botrychium lunarioides.
0. petiolatum and 0. nudicaule var. tenerum will break

dormancy during any season of the year after at least
a lengthy wet period. Although these two species are
more common in the spring than in other seasons, both
can be collected in Louisiana during any month. One
large population of 0. nudicaule var. tenerum in
Ouachita Parish has been observed as dormant during
each of the twelve months as well as having fertile
fronds each month depending on moisture. O. petiolatum
seems to follow the same pattern. O. crotalophoroides
and Botrychium lunarioides break dormancy only during
the spring. Population density differences observed
in the field by Thomas would indicate that during

dry springs many plants of these two perennial

species remain dominant. Although 0. nudicaule var.
tenerum and 0. petiolatum were both recollected in
Oklahoma by the authors on April 10, 1981 (Thomas
#75222, Briley #2358, and Carroll and Thomas #75227,
Briley #2363, and Carroll, respectively), reduced
numbers of Ophioglossum was observed there also.

The paucity of Botrychium lunarioides plants
observed at the large McCurtain County location
mentioned above would support the conclusion about
this species remaining dormant in dry springs. This
grape fern is also rare in Arkansas (Thomas 1978a).
The authors visited the site of the Sevier County,
Arkansas collection on April 12, 1981. Although the
largest population known from the state occurs here,
no plants were found and Ophioglossum crotalophoroides
was also not seen. Thomas and John McCoy, another of
his graduate students, visited the Union County
location for B. lunarioides and 0. petiolatum on
April 24, 1981. Only one plant was seen (Thomas
#75641 and McCoy #852) and 0. petiolatum and
Q. crotalophoroides showed greatly reduced populations
there also.

278 Daly Youle Omisw Ou G ot CA Vol. 48, No. 3

Based on twelve years of field experience through-
out the range of these four species, but especially
on experience in Louisiana, Arkansas, and Texas, by
Thomas, it is concluded that Botrychium lunarioides
and Ophioglossum crotalophoroides will remain dormant
during unusually dry springs. QO. petiolatum and
QO. nudicaule var. tenerum will remain dormant during
the same conditions but will break dormancy later in
the year if sufficient moisture occurs. Since all
three of these species of Ophioglossum are southern
in distribution, at the northern limits of their range
the last two species probably function in a similiar
manner of 0. crotalophoroides and Botrychium lunariodes
and break dormancy only during springs with sufficient
moisture. The habitats of 0. crotalophoroides and
B. lunarioides are usually sandier and drier than
those of the other two species and therefore their
habitat dries out faster than that of 0. petiolatum
and 0. nudicaule var. tenerum. All four species are
perennial and the above ground portion (fertile and
sterile segments of fronds) is short lived. 0.
nudicaule var. tenerum and 0. petiolatum forms
extensive populations by vegetative propagation
(this can especially be observed in sand near Battle-
ship Alabama in Mobile Bay, Mobile County, Alabama).
No vegetative propagation has been observed in either

O. crotalophoroides or B. lunarioides.

Literature cited

Thomas, R. D. 1978a. Three additions to the
Ophioglossaceae of Arkansas. Bull. Torr.

Bot. Clubrdas: -234-23'5.

Thomas, R. D. 1978b. Three species of Ophiogloss-
aceae new to Oklahoma, p. 7 in New, rare, and
infrequently collected plants in Oklahoma.
Publication No. 2 of Herbarium of Southeastern
Oklahoma State University, Durant.

Thomas, Rw. 1979. sFansti record: of) Botrychiwin
lunarioides and Ophioglossum nudicaule var.
tenerum (Ophioglossaceae) from Texas.

The Southwestern Naturalist 24: 395-396.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"DALEAE IMAGINES - An Illustrated Revision of ERRAZURIZIA
Philippi, PSOROTHAMNUS Rydberg, MARINA Liebmann, and DALEA
Lucanus emend. Barneby, including all species of LEGUMINOSAE
tribe AMORPHEAE Borissova ever referred to DALEA" by Rupert
C. Barneby, viii & 891 pp., 142 b/w multifig. plates & 1 di-
ag. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 27,

Bronx Park, New York 10458. 1977. $50.00 paper—-bound.

What a superby and exquisitely prepared study this is! The ad-
verbs in the preceding sentence are not usually appropriate for
most of the world's well prepared monographs, but they are very
truly germane here. There is such careful word choice and neat
use of language (natural, not forced) throughout the discussions,
descriptions, keys, etc. There is accuracy and artistic skill
shown in the many plates that the author drew for each species
and variety. There are helpful diagrams showing logical relation-
ships and suggested evolutionary sequences. Barneby expresses
his concept of the genus Dalea in the equation: "Dalea = (Paro-
sela sensu Rydb. — Marina sensu Barneby) + Thornbera Rydb. +
(Petalostemon Michx. Kuhnistera Lamk."'). It embraces "all Amor-
pheae furnished with epistemonous petals combined with two col-
lateral ovules and a basic chromosome complement of seven or
(rarely) eight" tor its 161 species and pertinent additional sub-
specific units that fit well into five subgeneric groups. Be-
sides bibliography and index there is an appendix for each of the
following with their sources: I. Species Incertae Sedis Ignotae-
que, II. Nomina luda, III. Species Exclusae and IV. Vouchers for
Chromosome Counts.

"YELLOW-POPLAR (Liriodendron tulipifera L.) An Annotated Biblio-
graphy to and Including 1974" compiled by Roland E. Schoenike,
ca. 500 unnumbered pp. & 1 b/w U.S.A. distribution map.
Department of Forestry, Clemson University, Clemson, South
Carolina 29631. 1980. Paper-bound.

"This volume's combined knowledge should prove indispensable
to foresters, scientists, students, and future writers who need
references to literature already available". Following the Oxford
Classification System as used in Forestry Abstracts it cites, ar-
ranges alphabetically, and annotates 5,891 " items of literature
on all aspects of American and Chinese species of yellow-poplar,
their description, botany, ecology of the forests in which they
appear, wood technology, silviculture, protection, and utili-
zation......in foreign countries where they are exotics, their
planting for amenity purposes, and their use in recreation."

279

280 JEM aL NC IE O) dy) (edt AN Vol. 48, No. 3

"AN ENUMERATION OF CHINESE MATERIA MEDICA" by Shiu-ying Hu, xxiv
& 287 pp., distributed for the Chinese University Press,
Hong Kong, by the University of Washington, Seattle, Wash-
ington 98105. 1981. $21.50.

In his FOREWORD to this valuable study Richard Evans Schultes
states that the author “is not only a taxonomic botanist who has
given years to the study of the Chinese flora but an economic bot-
anist who has to her credit many publications on food and medi-
cinal plants of China. For the growing interest in ethnopharma-—
cological circles in Chinese medicine, it is fortunate that a
scientist of her capacities has undertaken the task."

Part I lists across the pages for 2270 entries (often with
subdivisions) transliterated Chinese name, name in character,
scientific name, English name(s), pharmaceutical name with plant
or animal part used. Part II lists in systematic arrangement a-
bout 1,700 species of plants, 135 species of animals and 110
kinds of minerals and other chemicals used in Chinese medicine
along with their corresponding numbers from Part I. Appendices
list syllabification of Wade romanization system, a conversion
table of Pinyin to Wade, lists of families and genera, conversion
of simplified modern Chinese characters into classical form, and
an index of Chinese names in character with their text numbers.
Through Chinese and/or English a tremendous amount of scientific
information is here made easily available.

"A, ENGLER & K. PRANTL'S DIE NATURLICHEN PFLANZENFAMILIEN," Sec-
ond Edition, Volume 28b 1 Angiospermae: Gentiales: LOGANIA-
CEAE, edited by A. J. M. Leeuwenberg, viii & 255 pp., 132
b/w photo, 78 fig. & 14 tab. Duncker & Humblot Verlags-
buchhandlung, Postfach 41 03 29, 1000 Berlin 41, West Ger-
many. 1980. Lw. DM.188.

The format, concepts and arrangements differ considerably from
the original edition because they are founded upon different
fields of research as reported by the authors, including the ed-
itor. Herein "the family comprises 29 genera, arranged in 10
tribes, and approximately 470 species". There is first an ori-
enting discussion of relationships between taxa inside and taxa
outside the family. This is followed by chapters written by
various specialists in taxonomy, vegetative architecture, wood
anatomy, pollen morphology, embryology, cytology, phytochemistry,
and uses. The line drawn and photographic illustrations document
effectively many of the taxonomic conclusions presented. This
study may well be the beginning of the classic of today, as the
original edition was for yesterday.

47
PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

: LIppApy
Vol. 48 June, 1981 *N6. 4

JUL 20 198]

4 NEW YORK

i BOTANICAL GARDEN

A CONTENTS ae

_ PRINGLE, J. S., Nomenclatural transfers and taxonomic notes on some

Pei erarertCan ‘GERTATIACEME 60). Jed wie Jace as, We Ea 281

_ STEYERMARK, J. A., & LASSER, T., A yellow-flowered form of

}.: OTT OU I ET 3) 417 a A RO OR SD CMB CS Rae a 286
# LEWIS, M., Prodromus Bryologiae Andinae I. The Polytrichum juniperinum

group in Bolivia—revival of Polytrichum aristiflorum Mitt. . . . 287

~MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXLVI..... 290
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Citharexylum. XIX. . 292

] Q OLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Holmskioldia ............. 313

\ I OPEZ-FIGUEIRAS, M., Contribution to the lichen flora of Venezuela, II. 357

MMESIENKE A. L., Book reviews 20... one ee evn os 362

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $12.00 in advance or $13.00 after
close of the volume; $4.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost

in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following

7 number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received
after a volume is closed. A

NOMENCLATURAL TRANSFERS AND
TAXONOMIC NOTES ON SOME SOUTH AMERICAN GENTIANACEAE!

James S. Pringle
Royal Botanical Gardens, Box 399, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada L8N 3H8

A number of new combinations are needed in order that
several South American specimens of Gentianella, and one of
Gentiana, sent to me for identification can be labeled with
validly published names. Generic status for Gentianella is
widely accepted by contemporary students of the Gentianaceae.
Combinations for many of the South American species have been
published, e.g., by Fabris (1960), who discussed the generic
placement of the South American gentians in his monograph on
Gentianella in Ecuador. However, he did not live to complete
the work on the Peruvian species in which some of the combinations
made here would have appeared.

During the course of these studies, some problems of
typification and identification, discussed here, were disclosed,
and in other cases new collections have helped to resolve long-
standing taxonomic problems. Also, four chromosome counts, each
the first for the respective species, are reported in this paper.

Gentiana casapaltensis (J. Ball) Pringle, status nov. Basionym:
Gentiana sedifolia var. casapaltensis J. Ball, J. Linn.
SOG bot.) 22 349e— A865.

Gentianella carneorubra (Gilg) Fabris ex Pringle, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gentiana carneorubra Gilg, Bot. Jahrb. Syst.
54(Beibl. 118):55. 1916, '"carneo-rubra."

Gentianella cerastioides (H.B.K.) Fabris. n=18. ECUADOR: Cotopaxi:
al lado de la Carretera Pan Americana entre Quito y Latacunga,
frente a la NASA, Escobar & Amundsen 612, 17 Sept 1978 (HAM).

Gentianella cosmantha (Griseb.) Pringle, comb. nov. Basionym:
Gentiana cosmantha Griseb., Abh. KUnigl. Ges. Wiss.

GBttingen 19:209. 1874.

Gentianella ernestii (Briq.) Fabris ex Pringle, comb. nov. Basionym:
Gentiana ernestii Briq., Candollea 4:326. 1931.

Gentianella formosissima (D. Don ex G. Don) Fabris ex Pringle, comb.
nov. Basionym: Eudoxia formosissima D. Don ex G. Don, Gen.
Hist. 4:202. 1837 ("1838"). Gentiana formosissima (D. Don exG.
Don) Gilg, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 54(Beibl. 118):54. 1916.

281

282 POE Ee ORE ONG iagA Vol. 48, No. 4

Although Eudoxia formosissima was described as having
"scarlet" corollas, its identity as the distinctive and
spectacular species represented, e.g., by Macbride 4348 (F)
and Duncan et al. 2635 (HAM, MO, UC) has been recognized by
Gilg (1916), Macbride (1959), and Fabris (in adnot., Macbride
4348). On specimens seen by Macbride (1959), the fresh corollas
had been described as "dark rose, purple, red, and ... dull
magenta'""' (Gentiana formosissima) or "lilac (blue-lilac-reddish)"
(G. regina). Those of Duncan et al. 2635 (HAM, MO) were described
as "lavender.'' These descriptions indicate that corolla color in
this species varies in depth and in position along a blue-violet
to red-violet continuum. A similar range of corolla colors
prevails in Gentianella cerastioides (H.B.K.) Fabris, but a few
specimens have been collected with orange-red corollas, e.g.,
Holm-Nielsen et al. 6582 (AAU, S). Similar variation may exist in
G. formosissima. Alternatively, Don's description of the corollas
as scarlet may represent an assumption based on the color of the
dried corollas, or an interpretation of an ambiguous term in the
collection data.

I have followed Gilg (1916) and Macbride (1959) in including
Gentiana herrediana Raimondi ex Wedd. within this species. I have
also accepted Macbride's informal suggestion that Gentiana regina
Gilg, by which name this species has perhaps been better known,
should also be included in G. formossissima. Gilg (1916) differentiate
these "species" according to the presence of trichomes at the base
of the stamens in G. regina, and their absence in G. formosissima.
According to Macbride (1959), however, the corolla of G. formosissima
is "sparsely barbate" within, and that of G. regina has "many"
trichomes. The presence or number of such trichomes is easily obscured
in Gentianella unless the corolla is thoroughly spread out so as to
disclose the interior, and variability in the number of trichomes
has been noted in other species (see Macbride, 1959, on G. liniflora).
The types of both G. herrediana and G. regina were collected in the
Department de Ancash (the type locality of G. formosissima is
recorded only as ''Peru"').

Gentianella incurva (Hook.) Fabris.

Plants of this species have sometimes been identified as
Gentiana primulifolia Griseb. or Gentianella primulifolia (Griseb.)
Holub. In Gilg's (1916) key, G. primulifolia is distinguished from
G. incurva by its being "low," with the flowering stems '"1-flowered,
rarely 2-3 flowered,'' whereas G. incurva is reached via "Plants
mostly tall, stems many flowered ..."" In another couplet, however,
G. incurva is said to have "short few-flowered cymes," and elsewhere

plants of the species are described as "low'' (from material called
"largely a translation" by Macbride, 1959). Gilg (1916) considered

to the calyx, 11-12 mm long, to be distinctive. Macbride (1959)
however, noted that in the type specimen of G. primulifolia (Mathews |
853, G, photo F!), "The flowers are obviously not fully grown."

1981 Pringle, South American Gentianaceae 283

Plants closely corresponding to the type of G. incurva
occur in abundance at and near the height-of-land between 2
Huancayo and Pariahuanca in the Departamento de Junin, Peru
(Pringle 2503, HAM, MO). There is some variation in plant size
and in corolla color, but plants there with red, red-and-yellow,
orange-and-yellow, and occasionally all-yellow corollas are
obviously conspecific. The same species is common in much of
Junin; I have seen it in the vicinity of Tarma and La Oroya,
not far from Cerro de Pasco, the type locality of G. incurva.
The type locality of G. primulifolia is the same area between
Huancayo and Pariahuanca where G. incurva grows so abundantly,
and I found no other species with corollas in the red to yellow
color range there. The type of G. primulifolia, although a poor
specimen, is compatible with G. incurva. The name G. primulifolia,
therefore, seems best regarded as a synonym of G. incurva.

Gentianella pavonii (Griseb.) Fabris. n = 18. PERU: Junin: just

above the higher of 2 ponds S of highway between Tarma and
La Oroya at Abras Cochas, Pringle 2521, 10 Jan 1979 (HAM).

There have been problems in applying the name Gentianella
pavonii, with epithet priority from 1845, to recent collections.
The basionym, Gentiana pavonii Griseb., was published in direct
substitution for Selatium multicaule D. Don ex G. Don, the
epithet multicaulis having been applied to another species in
Gentiana (and subsequently in Gentianella). Selatium multicaule
is typified by a Ruiz & Pavon collection from Tarma, Peru. The
Ruiz & Pavon collections seen by the Don brothers were those
then in the herbarium of A.B. Lambert, the source (via several
intermediaries) of the Ruiz & Pavon collections now in G (Miller,
1970). Therefore, the replicate of the type collection in G
(photo in F!), identified as such by Ernst Gilg, can be accepted
as the holotype. Isotypes, probably not seen by the Dons, are in
F and MA. This collection and my no. 2521 are clearly conspecific,
although the Ruiz & Pavon collection comprises smaller, more
slender plants with longer peduncles. Grant 7536 (F, 2 sheets)
and Macbride 3027 (F) are highly similar to my no. 2521 in floral
morphology and corolla color, and include some small, slender-
stemmed plants closely resembling those in the type collection,
thus bridging any discontinuity between my collection and the type.
One of the most distinctive features uniting these specimens is
the squarrose calyx lobes. Also, in the original description of
Selatium multicaule (Don, 1837), the corolla lobes were described
as being "connivent.' This feature, in which the corollas remain
loosely closed at anthesis, further supports the identity of the
plants I observed at Abras Cochas with the type of G. pavonii. The
corollas of the type were described as being pale lilac, the ground
color of the corollas in all of the recent collections cited here.

Grant 7536 and Macbride 3027 were, however, identified as
"Gentianella aff. paludicola" by Fabris. A photograph (F) of the
type specimen of Gentiana paludicola Gilg, Weberbauer 2694
(formerly in B, not extant), shows a much more erect, less leafy
plant apparently of a different species. This specimen, moreover,
was collected in the Departamento de Ancash, whereas Grant 7536,
Macbride 3027, Pringle 2521, and the type of G. pavonii were all

collected in mountaine between Tima and Tarma._mvyv collection

284 Pao ORL On Garter Vol. 48, No. 4

being from the same pass where Ruiz and Pavon had collected en
route to Tarma. If G. pavonii and G. paludicola were considered
conspecific, the epithet pavonii would have priority.

Weberbauer 6599 was identified as Gentianella pavonii by
Fabris and earlier as Gentiana multicaulis (G. Don) Gilg
(illegitimate name; not G. multicauls Gillies ex Griseb.) by
Gilg. This specimen, however, exhibits neither decumbent stem
bases nor squarrose calyx lobes, and its corolla lobes appear
to have been spreading, probably white or yellow without
purple suffusion. Thus this specimen seems less similar to Ruiz
& Pavon's type collection than those cited above.

Supplementing the very brief descriptions of the corollas of
G. pavonii published to date, it is noted here that they are 13-15
mm long, with the lobes about twice as long as the tube, and that
they are pale violet with dark violet veins. Although this species
has been said to have the "corolla tube glabrous" (Macbride,
1959), there is some minute pubescence within the corolla tube,
immediately below and in line with the sinuses between the lobes.
There are, however, no conspicuous longer trichomes.

Although Gentianella is a large and diverse genus, counts to
date indicate little variation in basic chromosome numbers, with
x = 9 (n = 9, 18, 27) in all species counted except G. auriculata
(alt, ieee Gillett (n = 24) (Comastoma Toyokuni and Gentianopsis
Ma excluded). Although counts have been published for only a few
of the many South American species, thus far all have been found
to have n = 18.

Gentianella rapunculoides (Willd. ex Schultes) Pringle, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gentiana rapunculoides Willd. ex Schultes in Roemer
& Schultes, Syst. Veg. 6:185. 1820. Gentiana diffusa H.B.K.,
Nove, Gena Sp.) Ll S345 (quartontext) o) 1eilo (Css) enon
Vahil, Symb. Bot. S247. 1794. (Gentdanella diffusa (Ha Beke)
Fabris, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 8:179. 1960 n = 18. ECUADOR:
Azuay: 17 km oeste Cuenca en carretera que conduce a Sayause,
Escobar 660, 30 Oct 1978 (HAM).

A new nomenclatural combination is required for this species
because of the illegitimacy of the name Gentiana diffusa H.B.K.

Gentianella sanctorum (Gilg) Pringle, comb. nov. Basionym:
Gentiana sanctorum Gilg, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
ABIL AS TOXS

Within G. sanctorum I include those plants treated by Macbride
(1959) as Gentiana verticillata Wedd. 1861, non L. 1758. These
"species" were distinguished by size difference, especially in the
corollas. Macbride's doubts that they were in fact distinct have
been supported by the present study; Mostacero L. et al. 555

(HAM, HUT, MO) is intermediate in most measurements.

1981 Pringle, South American Gentianaceae 285

Halenia weddelliana Gilg. n = 11. ECUADOR: Cotopaxi: Pan
American Highway south of Quito, across the highway from
the NASA station, Escobar & Amundsen 613, 17 Sept 1978 &

19 Jan 1979 (HAM).

LITERATURE CITED

Don, G. 1831-1838. A General History of the Dichlamydeous Plants
London: J. & G. Rivington et al. 4 vols. (Gentianaceae in
oles 4G). 837).

Fabris, H.A. 1960. El género Gentianella en Ecuador. Bol. Soc.
Argent. Bot. 8:160-192.

Gilg, E. 1916. Gentianaceae andinae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst.
54(Beibl. 118): 4-122.

Holmgren, P.K., & W. Keuken. 1974. Index Herbariorum. Part I:
the herbaria of the world, ed. 6. Regnum Veg. vol. 92.
Wale 63.9! pp's

Macbride, J.F. 1959. Gentianaceae. Gentian Family. In: Flora of
Peru. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 13(5):270-263.

Miller, H.S. 1970. The herbarium of Aylmer Bourke Lambert: notes
on its acquisition, dispersal, and present whereabouts.
Taxon 19:489-553.

i p : :
Contribution No. 45 from the Royal Botanical Gardens, Hamilton,
Ontario, Canada.

Oeiereviations for herbaria follow Holmgren & Keuken (1974).

A YELLOW-FLOWERED FORM OF ERYTHRINA POEPPIGIANA

Julian A. Steyermark and Tobias Lasser
Herbario Nacional
Caracas, Venezuela

ERYTHRINA POEPPIGIANA (Walp.)0.F.Cook,
forma REDMONDII Steyermark & Lasser, forma nova

A forma poeppigiana floribus luteis recedit.

VENEZUELA: Estado Miranda: Los Chorros, Avenida
principal, Caracas, en frente de la Escuela Hebraica,
alt. 900 m., 9 March 1981, Parker Redmond s.n.
(holotype, VEN).

Paratype: VENEZUELA: Estado Merida: Mérida, flores
amarillas, individuo escaso entre los comunes de

Gone rojas, Marzo, 1964, L. Aristeguieta 5270
VEN).

Erythrina poeppigiana flowers during the months of
the dry season, producing showy masses of bright red
or orange-red blossoms which precede the appearance
of the foliage. Occasional trees occur as a color
form with the flowers completely yellow, here recorded
from two widely separated stations in Venezuela.

The authors take pleasure in naming this variation
for Mr. Parker Redmond of Caracas, who collected the
type material.

PRODROMUS BRYOLOGIAE ANDINAE I,
THE POLYTRICHUM JUNIPERINUM GROUP IN BOLIVIA--REVIVAL OF
POLYTRICHUM ARISTIFLORUM MITT. *

Marko Lewis

Department of Botany, Field Museum of Natural History, Roose-
velt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60605.

Abstract. Polytrichum aristiflorum Mitt., usually con-
sidered a synonym of Polytrichum juniperinum Hedw., is regarded
as an accepted species. Differences between the two taxa are
discussed.

This is the first in an ongoing series of short papers
which will discuss studies of "problem" groups occurring in the
Central Andean region of South America, as well as other facets
of Andean bryology. These preliminary contributions will be in
anticipation of a Handbook of Bolivian Mosses.

Polytrichum juniperinum Hedw: and related species of Poly-
trichum may be easily recognized in the field by the widely in-
volute margins of the leaf blade; the strongly involute portion
of the leaf is made up of transversely elongate cells. Messmer
and Frye (1947) reduced all known names of this group in North
and South America to synonyms of P. juniperinum except for P.
trachynotum C. Muell., a species found in Tierra del Fuego and

exico. In 1979, I collected 31 specimens of this group from
altitudes ranging from 1400 m. to 5000 m. in Bolivia. Based
upon studies of these collections I believe the name Polytrichum
aristiflorum Mitt. refers to a recognizable species and should
be revived.

Mitten (1869) separated P. aristiflorum from other members
of the group by referring all plants with elongate-oblong leaf
bases to this species. While there is a strong tendency for P.
aristiflorum to produce this sort of leaf blade, as opposed to
the wider obovate or oblong leaf blade in P. juniperinum, there

are other clearer ways to separate the species.

P. aristiflorum is confined to lower and middle altitudes,
growing from 1400 m. to 3250 m. at the upper limit of Bolivian
forests. It produces stems of 10 to over 20 cm. in length.

When dry, the leaves are yellowish-green, laxly arranged, some-
what crisped and spreading when dry. When moistened they are

*I wish to thank the Thomas J. Dee Research Fund and the Donald
Richards Fund, both of Field Museum, for their support. I also
wish to thank Dr. John J. Engel for valuable assistance through-

out my research.
287

288 1 WRUNG IE 1) Tb) CO) (Ee LAN Vol. 48) Nose

squarrose from an erect, tightly appressed base, and the bright
yellow leaf bases are clearly visible. The leaf blades are
narrowly subulate with a conspicuous yellow costal region and
produce long, thin aristae which are very pronounced in the upper
leaves. The plants are usually fertile with the fruit ripening
towards the end of the rainy season, i.e., in February and March.

P. juniperinum, on the other hand, is confined to high
altitude areas. Collections were made at altitudes ranging
from 4100 m. to 5000 m. These plants show the same habit as I
am accustomed to see in Alaska. The stems are at most 3-5 cm.
in height. When dry, leaves are brown to brown-orange, tight-
ly appressed to the stem and not at all crisped. When moistened
they are ca. 30°-60° spreading from a less appressed base. The
leaf bases are orange and not visible. The leaf blades are
shorter and wider, the yellow costal region is rarely conspi-
cuous and aristae, when present, are short and thick. Though
rarely in fruit, two collections were made at 4400 m. with fruit
not yet ripe on 5 June. Projecting ahead, we may assume that
these would be ripe towards the end of the dry season.

In both species, tomentum is produced from the shoulders
of the leaf base. In P. aristiflorum the upper leaves appear
to have cilia arising from this area. Further down the stem
the leaf blades are worn away, but the leaf bases remain and are
covered with white tomentum. P. juniperinum seldom reaches the
length necessary to produce this phenomenon or at least to any
marked extent.

At middle altitudes 4 intermediates were collected. These
plants tended to be closer to P. aristiflorum, but when dry the
leaves were appressed to the stem. A specimen from this group
was collected at 3920 m. with fruit ripe on 27 February. An-
other, from 4140 m., had fruit ripe on 4 April. It is possible,
perhaps probable, that the two species are capable of inter-
breeding in the center of their altitudinal zonation.

No collections of the P. juniperinum group other than
these two species were found.

Polytrichum antillarum Rich., nom. illeg., seems to be
identical to P. aristiflorum.
Literature Cited

Messmer, L.W. & T.C. Frye. 1947. The Polytrichum juniperinum

group between South America and the United States.
Bryologist 50: 259-268.

Mitten, W. 1869. Musci austro-americani. Journ. Linn. Soc.
London, Bot. 12: 619-622.

1981 Lewis. Prodromus Bryologiae Andinae 289

FIGURES 1-6 (left) Polytrichum aristiflorum Mitt.-- 1. Habit
of wet plant.-- 2. Habit of dry plant.-- 3. Cells of leaf
shoulder which produce tomentum (from point a in fig. 4).--
4. Leaf.-- 5. Arista.-- 6. Lamella.

FIGURES 7-13 (right) Polytrichum juniperinum Hedw.-- 7. Habit
of dry plant.-- 8&9. Habit of wet plants.-- 10. Lamella.--
11. Leaf.-- 12. Arista.-- 13. Cells of leaf shoulder (from
point b in fig. 11).----- Figures of Polytrichum aristiflorum
from Lewis 79-1751, Depto. La Paz, Bolivia, ca. 1400 M.
Figures of Polytrichum juniperinum Hedw. from Lewis 79-1905,
Depto. La Paz, Bolivia , ca. 4800 M. Note: In this il]lustra-
tion P. juniperinum shows decolorate cells along margin of
leaf shoulder (f. 13) and lamella 7-8 cells high (f. 10).
These characters are at present not known to be constant and
need further study.

NOTES ON WEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXLVI

Harold N. Moldenke

AMASONIA HIRTA var. PARAENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei pilis ubique brevioribus
recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the pubescence on stems, inflorescences, and foliage much
shorter and not at all hirsute.

The type of the variety was collected by T. Plowman, G. David-
se, Ns. A. Rosa, G. S. Rosario, and Me) Rs dos’ Santos, Giose9525)
along roadsides near kilometer marker 1532 six km. north of Li-
gacado do Para, on the Belém to Brasilia highway Br.010, in Muni-
Cipio Paragominas, at approximately 4°5" S.. 47°32") We. Panay
Brazil, on March 3, 1980, deposited in my personal herbarium.
The collectors describe the plant as 75 cm. tall, the leaves
purple beneath, the bracts red, and the corolla yellow.

LANTANA CUJABENSIS var. PARAENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit capitulis parvi-
oribus rotundato-capitatis et pedunculis gracillimis, plerumque
per nodos 4 plerumque 1.5--3 cm. longis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having smaller more rounded-capitate heads, the peduncles very
slender, often 4 per node, only 1.5--3 cm. long.

The type of the variety was collected by T. Plowman, N. A.
Rosa, and C. S. Rosario (no. 9686) in dense roadside thickets 3
km. north of Breu Branco, 40 km. south of Représa Ticuruf, in
Munictpio Tucurui, along highway BR.422, at approximately 3°55'
Soe 4944 Wee cee QO! mee att tudes Panda Brazil. on Marchesleyes
1980, and is deposited in my personal herbarium. The collectors
describe the plant as a prickly subshrub, 2.5 m. tall, the corol-
las white with a yellow spot in the throat, turning rose-pink
with age.

LIPPIA ROTUNDIFOLIA var. BAHIENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica recedit laminis foliorum major-
ibus ca. 6 cm. longis 5 cm. latis bracteis brevioribus 5 mm.
longis apicaliter acutis non attenuatis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its generally plainly petiolate and larger leaves, the blades
to about 6 cm. long and 5 cm. wide, rounded in outline, the
petioles stout, to 7 mm. long, and the involucral bracts shorter,
about 5 mm. long, basally 4 mm. wide, apically merely acute and
not at all attenuate.

The type of this variety was collected by Scott Mori (no.
12919) in campo rupestre at Pai Inacio, at km. 232 on highway
BR.242, about 15 km, northeast of Palmeiras, in Municipio de
Palmeiras, at 1000--1200 m. altitude, Bahia, Brazil, on October

290

1981 Moldenke, New and noteworthy plants 291

31, 1979, and is deposited in my personal herbarium. The col-
lector notes that the plant is a shrub, 1 m. tall.

SYNGONANTHUS DENSIFLORUS var. LONGIFOLIUS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis caulinis ca. 3
valde elongatis usque ad 33 cm. longis basaliter equitantibus
recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
being more slender, with about 3 greatly elongated stem-leaves
which are basally equitant and to 33 cm. in length, for overtop-
ping the apical whorl of 4 cm. long involucral leaves.

This variety is based on Plowman, Davidse, Rosa, Rosario, &
Reis dos Santos 9090 from 2 km. west of Conceicao do Araguaia,
along highway PA.287, at about 8°15" S., 49°18" W., at 300 m.
altitude, in Municfpio Conceigao do Araguaia, Parad, Brazil, col-
lected on February 24, 1980, and deposited in my personal her-
barium. The collectors describe the plant as a rosulate herb,
with light-brown inflorescences, some of which were proliferous,
growing in a marsh with shrubs.

SYNGONANTHUS DENSIFOLIUS var. VENEZUELENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis basalibus glabris
foliis involucrantibus vaginisque pedunculatisque parce tenui-
terque villosulis, pedunculis numerosis, recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its basal leaves glabrous, while its involucral leaves,
sheaths, and peduncles are sparsely villosulous with rather long,
very weak, whitish hairs, with about ten peduncles per plant.

The variety is based on Huber & Tillett 2918 from "pequena
sabanita distante unos 15 min al SE del sitio "Chipital’ ubica-
do en la ribera izquierda (Sur) del Cano Yagua, a unos 15 kn.

(en linea recta) rio arriba desde la boca", approximately at 3°
29" N., 66°41" W., at about 120 m. altitude, in the department

of Atabapo, Amazonas, Venezuela, collected on December 6, 1978,
and deposited in my personal herbarium. The collectors describe
the obviously immature plants as herbs, to 30 cm. tall, and rath-
er frequent in occurrence.

VITEX RUFESCENS var. PARAENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum asymmet-
ricis majoribus utrinque densissime villosis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its 3 leaflets being much larger, to 18 cm. long and 11 cm. wide,
completely sessile, more or less asymmetric, irregularly obovate
or broadly elliptic, both surfaces very densely hirsute, the peti-
oles very stout, about 9 cm. long, very densely hirsute.

This variety is based on N. T. Silva & C. Ros&rio 4983 from
sandy soil in dry campo at Joanes, Maraj6 island, Para, Brazil,
collected on January 28, 1979, and deposited in the Britton Her-
barium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors describe
the plant as a tree, 7 m. tall, the trunk 10 cm. in diameter, the
calyx ferruginous, and the corollas rose-color; wood samples were
collected.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS CITHAREXYLUM. XIX

Harold N. Moldenke

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM L.

Additional bibliography: Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 147. 1977;
Fournet, Fl. Ilust. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1404 & 1405, fig. 668. 1978;
bitele\ Atlaseirees: Us iS. tom lUReSasDepe. Agr Lorn. .SeEve Lusce
Publ; 1360) 25) map 7182.) 19783 Mold.) Phytollogia 41 965—-—68e 725
& 118. 19783tfukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 52.
1978; Lewalle & Lakhmiri, Arb. Ornament. Maroc. 1: [13]. 1979;
LOpez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979;
Avery & Loope, S. Fla. Res. Cent. Rep. T-574: 33. 1980; Byrne, A-
toll Res. Bull. 240: 199. 19803; Mold., Phytologia 46: 27.5 19803
Olmsted, Loope, & Hilsenbeck, So. Fla. Res. Cent. Rep. T-604: 34
& 48. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 21, 85--88, 92--94, 96--101,
HOS aia 2) E24 25) S47 38 0-—365,,, 396, 96 595 OS OsmMolidier.
Phytologia 48: 273. 1981.

Additional & emended illustrations: Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl.
(Gujers abs 1b, 48 SOS sts, NE). IG)S 7/2 keen, (Cem, wees IIL, M47)
LOT 7 eHournet, shi dust. phan Cuad | Mart. 405). erdcc mOOonm Loot

Recent collectors describe this plant as a dense shrub or
small bushy-crowned slender tree, 2.5--8 m. tall, the trunk 15
em. in diameter, the outer bark light gray—-brown with shallow
longitudinal fissures, rather stringy, the inner bark straw-
color, the branches and twigs grayish, the leaves "thickish", the
flowers very fragrant, the calyx green, and the fruit "large",
hard, turning red. They have encountered the species along open
roadsides, especially brushy ones, and on dry scrubby coastal
hills, at 50 m. altitude, in fruit in November and in both flower
and fruit in September. Hartley reports that the flowers are
much visited by bees.

Little (1978), calling this species the "Florida fiddlewood",
gives its distribution in Florida and beyond as follows: "Local
in s. Fla. incl. Fla. keys, n. on e. coast to Cape Canaveral.
From Bahamas through West Indies incl. P. R. and V. I. Also
Venezuela to Surinam."’ Woodbury & Little (1976) record it from
Buck Island in the Virgin Islands.

The corollas on Correll 49939 and Hartley 13364 are said to
have been "white". Morton emphasizes, as many other collectors
have done, that the petioles when fresh are orange in color. The
Baileys (1976) assert that the species blooms "throughout the
year" and produces a useful timber. Haines (1922) reports it
cultivated in Bihar & Orissa, India. Proctor records the local
name, "bastard mahogany", in Anguilla island. The plant de-
scribed and jllustrated by Lewalle & Lakhmiri (1979) as C. fruti-
cosum from Morocco seems definitely to be the usually cultiva-
ted C. spinosum L. instead.

Fournet (1978) regards C. cinereum L., C. villosum Jacq., C.
292

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 293

subserratum Sw., C. pentandrum Vent., C. bahamense Millsp., and C.
fruticosum villosum 0. E. Schulz as straight synonyms of typical
Cc. fruticosum L., but in my opinion the subspecific taxa in this
very variable species are worth maintaining.

Additional recently reported vernacular names for the species
include "bdlsamo", "bois carré", "bois de fer blanc", "café
cimarron", "canilla de venado", "fiddlewood", "long-tom", "palo
de guitarra", "penda", "pendola", "pendula", "spicate fiddlewood",
and ''susanaleche". Boquiren (1971) records this species as host
to the fungus, Epithele vermifera (Bourd.) Boquiren.

The Roberts LBB.16315, distributed as C. fruticosum, actually
is C. macrophyllum Poir., while Proctor 1851 is C. spinosum L.

Additional citations: FLORIDA: Big Pine Key: Brumbach 9477 (N).
BAHAMA ISLANDS: Great Inagua: D. S. Correll 49939 (N). CAYMAN
ISLANDS: Grand Cayman: Correll & Correll 51000 (N). PUERTO RICO:
Hartley 13364 (W--2892408), 13369 (W--2892415). PUERTO RICAN IS-
LANDS: Vieques: Griffis & Brokx N-29-15 (N). LEEWARD ISLANDS:
Anguilla: Proctor 18624 (W--2833481). WINDWARD ISLANDS: St. Vin-
cent: C. V. Morton 4726 (W--1883890).

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM £. BAHAMENSE (Millsp.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 66--67. 1978;
Molid., Phytol. Mem. 2: 86; 99, 347, & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM var. BRITTONII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 40 (2): 334. 1915; Mold., Phytologia 41: 67 & 68. 19785 Lo—
pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
BayiEoweMemss2<) 102, L114, 347, 0381, 4.55... L980.

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM var. SMALLII Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 300. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 41: 67. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 86--88, 97--99, & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM £. SUBSERRATUM (Sw.) Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. l,
Das cleso) and’ ‘edi '2, 248. 1832: G.) Dom invboud., Hort., Beit...
edeao. 248. 1899; CG. Don in, Sweet; Hort. Brit. ed. 3,55. 1839;
DeebLetr.. ‘Syn. PL. 3: 614. 1843: Woodr., Gard: Trop.,.ed. 6, imp.
8, 436. 1910; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 386. 1918;
Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 708. 1922; Alain in Leon &
Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 300. 1957; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa,
ed. 2, 2: 743. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 41: 67--68. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 94, 347, 380--383, & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM £. SUBVILLOSUM (Mold.) Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 300. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 41: 66--68. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 21, 86--88, 93, 94, 97--100, 103, 125, 347,
350, 3625 & 531. 1980.

294 Pa We tOR EL AO GOLrA Vol. 48, No. 4

CITHAREXYLUM FRUTICOSUM var. VILLOSUM (Jaeq.) OF 9B. Schwlz
Additional & emended bibliography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. l,
2481830) sand “edjn°2, 8248. 18322 "G2" Doni Loud, «hort. bisteer
ed. 35, 248. 18392 .G. DonwsinSweet,. Hort. Brit., eds 5.) Soleeloso.
De Ditetre. Syme Le SeOlra MGS Ube. SVD se Ane Telia Ace oeie
POTS He oN. & As Le Molds, PLiv tite 25 52. 1948+ sAllatinein. beam
& Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 300. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 41: 66
& 68. 19785 Mold: Phytol: Mem. 2: 215 186, 88, 93, 94, 97——fOIs
BYiT/( Biolky Sieis\-y fe: Shih ALB).

CITHAREXYLUM FULGIDUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 453. 1975;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 60 & 531. 1980.

Recent collectors have encountered this species as secondary
in mangrove forests of Avicennia and some Pachira and Enallagma,
flowering in June, fruiting in February.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 6376 (Me--
72291), 9162 (Me--68183). Veracruz: G6mez-Pompa & Riba 57 (Me--
118580).

CITHAREXYLUM GENTRYI Mold.

Synonymy: Citharexylum gentry Mold. ex L6pez—Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18, sphalm. 1979.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 69 & 112. 1978;
Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Fatm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979;
Molldee ehyitol Neneue2 E27 OL. cols. LOS Os

Dodson describes this species as a tall slender tree, to 20 mn.
high, and found it growing in mature forests, at 150--220 m. al-
titude, fruiting in May. Material has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as C. poeppigii Walp. and as Rubiaceae.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: Los Rios: Dodson 6002 (W--
2843899).

CITHAREXYLUM GLABRUM (S. Wats.) Greenn.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 69. 19783; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 60 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM GLAZIOVII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 69. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 140, 347, & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM GLEASONIANUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 69 & 105. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 60, 347, & 531. 1980.

Recent collectors have found this species growing at 1500 m.,
altitude, flowering in May and June.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Puebla: Gold 166 (Me--156517);
Miranda 8858 (Me--73929).

CITHAREXYLUM HERRERAE Mansf.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 69. 1978; Mold.,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 295
Phytol. Mem. 2: 132 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE Greenmn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. 2:
1033. 1950; Mold., Phytologia 41: 62, 63, 69--70, 114, & 122.
1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
ZemO eis (45 (D5 Jo, C0, 3475, & D3ke LISOs Mold,, Phytolosia
48: 272. 1981.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a scarce shrub or
tree, 2--8 m. tall, the trunk 10 inches in diameter, and have
found it growing on riverbanks and in association with Solanum
and Leonurus, at sealevel, in fruit in November and December.

Material of C. hexangulare has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. ellipticum Sessé & Moc. On the other
hand, the Magana & Cowan 2113, distributed as C. hexangulare,
actually is C. ellipticum Sessé & Moc.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: C. L. Lundell 17845
(Me--137842). Tabasco: C. Cowan 1612 (N). Veracruz: Boege 2991
(N, N)3; Dorantes 3611 (N). BELIZE: Dwyer & Coomes 12928 (Ws).

CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE var. BREVIFOLIUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 70. 1978; Hock-
ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 60 &
531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE var. LATIFOLIUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 70 & 122. 1978;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 88. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 60,
SOUS ke ISL. 1980.

Recent collectors have found this plant in fruit (in addition
to the months previously recorded) in November.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 20250 (Ld);
Breedlove & Smith 21661 (N); Breedlove & Thorne 30775 (Au).

CITHAREXYLUM HIDALGENSE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 70--71. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 60, 347, 382, & 531. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a rare shrub, 3--5
m. tall, with very fragrant flowers and shiny red or "green and
red" fruit, and have found it growing in deep sandy soil in mator-
ral on hillsides, in woods and secondary woods of Pinus and
Quercus, and in pinewoods in canada, at 1800--2170 m. altitude,
flowering in March and April, fruiting in July and September. It
is said to be scarce in Puebla and Veracruz, but abundant in Hi-
dalgo. The corollas are described as having been "white" on Mo-
reno G. 79, “whitish" on Ventura A. 817, and "“rosy-white" on Her-
nandez & Cedillo Trigos 115l.

The Ventura A. 1015 and 12752, distributed as C. hidalgense,
actually are C. affine D. Don (or possibly C. mexicanum Mold.).

Additional citations: MEXICO: Hidalgo: Gimate L. 1060 (N).
Nuevo Le6n: Hernandez & Cedillo Trigos 1151 (Me--219598, Me). Pu-

296 Rey EO LOMG, aes Vol. 48, No. 4

ebla: Miranda 3654 (Me--93087, Me--93088); Moreno G. 79 (N).
Veracruz: Fay & Calzada 892 (Au, N, W--2879279); Ventura A. 817
(N).

CITHAREXYLUM HINTONI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 71. 1978; Mold.,
Pongo Meme Ze OO, 325 Ce S3ibo I),

CITHAREXYLUM HIRTELLUM Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 62, 70, & 71.
W738 Mitoillels ive, Wieme AE 0), ibs 5 gig Ge SShle AKO).

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 15 nm. tall,
and have encountered it in evergreen forests, fruiting in Febru-
ary.
Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Sousa 3409 (Me--113088).

CITHAREXYLUM HIRTELLUI! var. GUATEMALENSE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 456. 1975;
Motels, Hoaipie@ils Mens ZR 7k S35 Ssibo iISeOs

CITHAREXYLUM XHYBRIDUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 66, 76, & 107.
UVR Mioikdls 5 WohAc@lla Mem, 28 Gs), iol; AL@s}4 SieyA5 siMeisis SSiil5 Ibis).

CITHAREXYLUM ILICIFOLIUM H.B.K.

Additional synonymy: Citharexylon ilicifolium Bonpl. ex Spreng.
in) ies p Oy Sits) VMeC edn lo. 25) 764. 1825.) 9 Cithanexyllont iiniciEolen—
un Humbe. & Kunth apud De Diletiss, Syme Pil 365). 1843) Gren
exylum ilicifolium Mold. ex Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 18, sphalm. 1979.

Nekelatiestoynvail opllylatoyeiseyolmys Wy Wiles Synlg Wks SiS) (ilS)4 IeVasis the
Hee GHZ. baLleys Hortus Third 275). U97os) Molds.) Phy tollociam-ue
71 (1978) and 43: 316. 1979; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
UnivieAndess Z0c ei L979) Moilide 5) Phytol, Mem, 22 12750132. isiel
S75 sheik, Shi25 ts SSl 5 USheKOle

Recent collectors have described this species as a shrub, 2 m.
tall, and have encountered it growing "on a stone wall", at 2830--
3800 m. altitude, flowering in April and July. The corollas are
said to have been "white" on Boeke & Loyola 2144, Cerrate & al.
4634, and Norman s.n.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: Azuay: Boeke & Loyola 2144 (N).
Pichincha: Norman s.n. (W--2848685). PERU: Lima: Cerrate, GOmez,
& Ojeda 4635 (W--2702888).

CITHAREXYLUM ILTISII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 71. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem.) 2:2) 132) (& 538i. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM INTEGERRIMUM (Kuntze) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 72 & 115. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 80 & 531. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 47: 360.
MO Sues

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 297

Recent collectors describe this plant as a small to mediun-
sized dioecious tree and have found it growing at 1400 m. altitude,
in anthesis in December. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on Haber 260.

Material of C. integerrimum has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as C. donnell-smithii Greenm.

Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Haber 260 (Z).

CITHAREXYLUM xJAMAICENSE liold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 72. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 93, 382, & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM JORGENSENII (Lillo) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 72. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 185 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM JURGENSENI Briq.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 72. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM KARSTENI Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl.
Life 2: 55 & 66. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 41: 62 & 72--73. 19783
L6pez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979;
Molde. ehytol . Mem. 2: 107, 114, 382547 531. 2980.

Recent collectors speak of the corollas of this plant as being
"amarillo-verdosas con el dpice rojizo'"' and have encountered it at
1600 m. altitude, flowering in June.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Garcia-Barriga &
Jaramillo Mejia 20533 (W--2844259).

CITHAREXYLUM KARSTENI var. LANCEOLATUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 73. 1978; Lépez-
Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold., Phy-
Eom aeMemo 2's F075 Wl4., 3825 ee5all 1980.

Recent collectors have described this plant as a shrub or small
tree, to 4 m. tall, the calyx green, and the fruits orange, and
have encountered it in fields near road margins, at 1600 m. alti-
tude, in flower and fruit in March. The corollas are said to have
been "pale-yellow" on Barclay & al. 3750.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Barclay, Juajib-
ioy, & Gama 3750 (W--2831831).

CITHAREXYLUM KERBERI Greennm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 461. 1975; Mold.,
Baycol. Mem. 2: 61, 347, & 531. 1980:

CITHAREXYLUM KOBUSKIANUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 73. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 132 & 531. 1980.

298 PH gy ADO) hs 1G) 4 9A Vol. 48, No. 4

CITHAREXYLUM KRUKOVITI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 31: 461. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 531. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM KUNTHIANUM Mold.

Additional synonymy: Citharexylon kunthianum Humb. & Kunth apud
Da Whieieics 5 Syme IAS Sig Gils, aleyAs}.

Additional bibliography: Di. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 615.5 US43seKnuehe
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 605. 1927;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 74, 108, & 120. 1978; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 107,
SYAT/n Silla i Ssh, ALOE

Knuth (1927) cites Pittier 10769 from Zulia, Venezuela, and re-
cords the vernacular name, "totumilla'". Recent collectors describe
this species as a tree, 5 m. tall, with orange-red drupaceous fruit,
and have found it growing at 1000--2000 m. altitude, fruiting in
January and February, and list the additional vernacular name,
"Dendo".

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Narino: Fernandez & More 1195
(W--2844814). Valle: Cuatrecasas, Patino, & Ramos 27510 (W--
2606067).

CITHAREXYLUM LAETUM Hiern

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 74. 1978; Mold.,
eey7eells lieing 2S ss(0) te Sshila alhsiaye

Araujo refers to this plant as a solitary tree, 10 m. tall, and
found it bearing vermillion fruit in February.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Araujo 2259 |[Herb.
FEEMA 14733] (Z).

CITHAREXYLUM LANKESTERI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 74. 1978; Hock-
inp, wExXcerRpic. ebote AS33512) 90s a/9/7/9)s Mollidiss) Phytol) Meme2):iGlksmeye
THe Mls Baia G Eilo IWC O.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant on a volcano
slope and "local" in pasture areas with scattered trees and rem-
nant forest, at 2500 m. altitude, fruiting in March and December.
They describe it as a tree, 35 feet tall, 30 inches in diameter at
breast height, the immature drupes at first orange in color,
purple-black when mature, 2-seeded.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 5057 (Me--71575).
COSTA RICA: Heredia: Almeda, Nakai, & Verity 4316 (N); Hartshorn
HANS, (Cel) 6

CITHAREXYLUM LAURIFOLIUM Hayek

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 105. 1978; Hock-
Ings) UXCerpte.) bots) ASSo Gin 9/9> Mold. Phytol. Memo )2):sel 32am
& 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM LEMSIT Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 51. 1975; Mold.,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 299
Phytol. Mem. 2: 80 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM xLEONIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 105. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 382, 383, & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM LIGUSTRIIJUM Van Houtte

Additional synonymy: Citharexylon ligustrinum Dipp. ex C. K.
Schneid., Illust. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 590. 1911. Citharexylum
liqustrinum Van Houtte ex Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res.
Inst. 41: 51, sphalm. 1978.

Additional bibliography: C. K. Schneid., Illust. Handb. Laub-
holzk. 2: 590. 1911; Mold., Phytologia 41: 105. 1978; Mukherjee &
Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 51. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 47:
224. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61, 347, 375, 381--383, & 532.
1980.

Recent collectors describe the fruit (probably immatur@ of this
species as greenish-red, and have found the plant growing in
"black rocky argillaceous soil of primary pine-oak"' forests, at
1500--2000 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in August. The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Conrad & Conrad 3257.

Material of C. ligustrinum has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as C. caudatum L.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Puebla: Conrad & Conrad 3257
(W--2846396). Veracruz: Ortega 460 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM LOJENSE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 105. 1978; Lo-
pez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 127 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM LUCIDUI1 Schlecht. & Cham.

Emended synonymy: Citharexylon lucidum Cham. apud D. Dietr.,
Sythe. Ses6l4s 1845.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 614. 1843;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 106. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532.
1980.

Ventura refers to this species as a shrub, 3 m. tall, with yel-
low fruit, and found it to be "rare" in matorral in canada", at
1300 m. altitude, in fruit in January.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Ventura A. 9493 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM LYCIOIDES D. Don

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 106. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol: Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as Rhamnus capraefolia Schlecht.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Hidalgo: Herb. Inst. Biol. 4875
(Me).

CITHAREXYLUM MACRADENIUM Greenm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 106. 1978; Mold.,

300 lel NEAR OE, OV (EP ak 7A Vol: 48; Noee4

Phytol. Mem. 2: 80, 83, & 532. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 47: 360.
1981.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a medium to large
tree, 7 m. tall, with bright-orange pendulous fruits. They have
found it growing in pastures, at 1550 m. altitude, in flower in
September and in fruit in March. The corollas are said to have
been "white" on Haber 195.

The Lent 2236, distributed as C. macradenium, actually is C.
donnell-smithii Greenm.

Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Burger & Gentry
8800 (Go); Haber 195 (Ld).

CITHAREXYLUM MACROCHLAMYS Pittier

Emended synonymy: Citharexylum macroclamys Pittier ex Mold.,
Phytologia 41: 106, in syn. 1978; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 106. 1978;
Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40. 1978; Lépez-—
Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
oAcollo Mike, BR Cs. NO, S325 t Bsyo ies Oe

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 5--15 m.
tall, with pendent infructescences and green immature fruit, and
have encountered it in wet and disturbed riverside pluvial for-
ests, at 100 m. altitude, in flower in June and in fruit in Au-
gust. The corollas are described as having been "white" on
Scolnik 1641. The vernacular name, 'nacero'", is reported.

Additional citations: PANAMA: Darién: Duke 13550 (N). COLOM-
BIA: Choc6: Gentry & Fallen 17764 (W--2846394); Scolnik 1641 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM MACROPHYLLUIM Poir.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 106--107, 111,
& 112. 1978; Loépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20:
Sia E97 Oe Mold eembinyicoles Memees2is) UOT e) 1iid.s SieDieS a2 ale ieee
AOS SSils te DS 2) hOSOs Molds.) Phytollogia47 S59). 9oKks

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 10--22 nm.
tall, with a curved bole, slightly fluted at the base, the bark
rather smooth, grayish-brown, very slightly fissured, the leaves
thin-coriaceous, very slightly scabrid, shiny medium-green above,
dull pale-green beneath, the calyx pale-green, and the stamens
white. They have encountered it in secondary vegetation with
remnants of primary forest and in secondary forests, at 320--900
m. altitude, in flower in March and June. Breteler 5039 is ac-—
companied by a wood sample and the corolla is said to have been
"Dale-yellow". Steyermark and his associates report "some trees
sprouting shoots from fallen logs", describing the leaves as
coriaceous and dark-green. They found it in rocky quebradas.

Other collectors describe the tree as 6--24 m. tall, the
trunk to 40 cm. in diameter at breast height, the stems and
branches hollow. with conspicuous ant-holes in the internodes,
the flowers fragrant, the calyx green, the filaments white, the
anthers "cream-maroon", the style green, the stigma yellow, and

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 301

the fruit red, and have found it growing in capoeira and in
"nature selectively logged forests", in flower in February, March,
and May, in fruit in February and July, known locally as
"totumillo blanco". They describe the fruit as orange, borne in
pendent infructescences. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on Berti 166, Liesner & al. 7908, Prance & al. 11160,
Roberts LBB.16315.

Material of C. macrophyllum has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as C. fruticosum L. and C. poeppigii Walp.
On the other hand, the Haber 247, distributed as C. macrophyllum,
actually is C. costaricense Mold.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Aragua: Steyermark, Huber, &
Braun 114209 (N). Bolivar: Breteler 5039 (N). Delta Amacuro:
Berti 166 (N, N, N, N). Falc6n: Liesner, Gonzalez, & Wingfield
7908 (Ld). SURINAM: Roberts LBB.16415 (N). ECUADOR: Napo: A.
Gentry 9810 (Go). BRAZIL: Maranhado: Rosa 2503 (N). Roraima:
Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Monteiro 11160 (N, N).

CITHAREXYLUM MATUDAE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 55. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM MEXICANUM Vold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 55 (1975) and
47: 143. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as 2 m. tall and have
encountered it in secondary riparian pine-oak forests on rocky
soil, flowering in July. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on the collection cited below.

It is possible that the Ventura A. 1015 & 12752, cited under
C. affine, may, instead, represent C. mexicanum, a very closely
related taxon.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Fay, Byrne, & Hernan-
dez 759 (Au, N, W--2879288).

CITHAREXYLUM MICROPHYLLUM (P. DC.) O. E. Schulz
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 107. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 94 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM MIRIFOLIUIM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 107. 1978; Ldé-
pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
Puytol. Mem. 2: 107; 114, & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM MOCINNI D. Don

Emended synonymy: Citharexylon rugesdasii Cham. apud D. Dietr.,
meee os 6L4. 1843);

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 614. 1843;
Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58, Mem. 3: 545. 1911; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 319. 1913; Mold., Phyto-
logia 41: 107--108. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61. 71, 75, 78,
80, 382, & 532. 1980.

302 lp lol VG IEE CO) I, (0) (ee an IN Vol. 48, No. 4

Recent collectors refer to this species as a tree, 10 m. tall,
with pendent infructescences and orange colored fruit, and have
found it growing in cloudforests and at the edges of lower mon-
tane wet forests, in pastures, and in high or middle subevergreen
primary forests with yellowish-red rocky soil and associated with
Talauma mexicana, at 1400--2400 m. altitude, flowering in Novem-—
ber, and fruiting in December and March. The corollas are said
to have been "white" on Neill 3018.

The Williams, Molina R., & Williams 24810, distributed as
typical C. mocinni, actually represents f. williamsii Mold.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Lathrop 6783 (Me--
155646). Veracruz: Hernandez M. 1363 (N)3; Vazquez T. 357 (N).
NICARAGUA: Jinotega: W. D. Stevens 5569 (Ld). Matagalpa: Neill
3018 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM MOCINNI var. LONGIBRACTEOLATUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 58. 1975; Mold.,
any, Mem, Ze Oil; ls (5, S65 & S82q UO.

CITHAREXYLUM MOCINNI f£. WILLIAMSII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 108. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Memce2 Once 552 ce boO0)s

Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Matagalpa: Williams, Molina
R., & Williams 25810 (Ws)).

CITHAREXYLUM MONTANUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 108--109. 19783
L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; g11-
gaard & Balslev, Rep. Bot. Inst. Univ. Aarhus 4: 130. 1980; Mold.,
eos Kiem, 2S Woy. abe7y. s¥a7/5 Stile ce Ssw>5 MLCIO) 5

The Balslev & Madsen 10433, distributed as typical C. montanum,
seems better regarded as representing var. chimborazense Mold.

CITHAREXYLUM MONTANUM var. CHIMBORAZENSE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 109. 1978; L6o-
pez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
RhiyitolSeMems e2iue 27, Go Si2en OBO).

Balslev & Madsen have found this plant in partially cleared mon-
tane forests, at 1800--1900 m. altitude, flowering in October,
and describe it as a tree, 6--8 m. tall, with "white" corollas.
Their material was originally distributed as typical C. montanum
Mold.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: Napo: Balslev & Madsen 10433
(Ac, N).

CITHAREXYLUM MONTEVIDENSE (Spreng. ) Mold.

Additionals bibildioeraphiy.s Diep Dive Eig. . Syilen Elen s5ii Ol aslo noice
H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 275. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 41:
109. 1978; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilustr. Entre Rios 5: 290--
PON wales MSS Wee Wreilele 5 1bwierylS itenng 29 GUAGE AU7/7/ 5 IUGKO)5 ALies5).
BAS i, BOG te So eee

Additional illustrations: Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilustr.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 303

Pacre Rios} 5; 291, figs137. 1979%

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 6--7 m. tall,
with orange-colored fruit, and have found it growing at the edge
of monte, fruiting in April. The Baileys (1976) describe the
corollas as "yellow", as they are also said to have been on
Schinini & al. 11628.

Troncoso (1979) gives the overall distribution of this spe-
cies as "Sur de Brasil, Paraguay, Uruguay e NE argentino hasta la
selva en galeria del Delta y ribera platense e isla Martin Gar-
cfa", listing the following vernacular names: "aguay-guazu",
"blanco grande", "coronillo colorado", “espina de banado", and
"tarumaé espinudo". She notes that it is '"Cultivado en calles,
parques y plazas como ornamental. Su madera blanca y algo blanda
se utiliza en carpinteria."" She cites Burkart 8315 & 31058 and
Troncoso & al. 1269 from Entre Rios, Argentina, in the San Isidro
herbarium.

The Schinini & Carnevali 10590, distributed as C. montevidense,
actually is C. myrianthum Chan.

Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Krapovickas, Cris-
tobal, Tressens, Schinini, & Quarin 25291 (Ld); Schinini & al.
11628 (Ws).

CITHAREXYLUM MUCRONATUM Fourn. & Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 60--61 (1975)
ende47yi; 224.) 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 78 & 532. L980.

Recent collectors describe what appears to be this species as
a low shrub, 4--5 m. tall, or a small to moderately large tree,
5--7 m. tall, the calyx green, the inflorescence arching, pendent
in fruit, and the fruit itself fleshy, orange-colored. They have
encountered it in disturbed roadside thickets, in islands of
broadleaf forest on savannas, in pastures and scattered coffee
plantations, along rivers,, at forest edges in wet forest second-
growth, on open pine savannas, in broadleaf forests along small
watercourses, and in coastal scrub behind the beach, at sealevel
to 900 m. altitude, in anthesis in April, May, June, and Septem-
ber, and in fruit in June and October. The corollas are described
as having been "white" on Neill 4541 and Stevens 4001, 8173,

8580, & 8599 and "cream-white" on Weill 2573.

Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Boaco: Stevens & Grijalva
14743 (ld). Chontales: W. D. Stevens 4001 (Ld). Zelaya: Neill
2573 (Z), 4069 (Ld), 4541 (Ld); W. D. Stevens 8173 (Ld), 8580 (Z),
8599 (Ld).

CITHAREXYLUM MYRIANTHUM Cham.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 614. 1843;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 109--110 & 114. 1978; Kummrow, Bol. Mus.
Bot. Munic. 38: 14. 1979; Klein, Sellowia 31: 163. 1979; Mold.,
Ehytol. Mem. 2:° 140, 1775-185, 347; 396, & 532. 11980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 8--10 m.
tall, the trunk 10 cm. in diameter, or as a shrub, 1.5 m. tall,
the fruiting-calyx olive-color, the fruit green and white spotted
when young, scarlet when mature. They have encountered it in

304 12 ol VE aey Oy (0) (Er ae 7 Vol. 48, No. 4

rainforests and in sand in low woodlands, at 50--1100 m. altitude,
in anthesis in November, in fruit in February. The corollas are
said to have been "white" on Hatschbach 41728 & 42605. Kummrow
(1979) cites Hatschbach 13623 from Parand, Brazil. The Irwin &
al. 32458, cited below, exhibits remarkably small-sized (although
apparently mature) leaves.

Material of C. myrianthum has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. montevidense (Spreng.) Mold.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Almeide & Santos 258 (Ld)3
Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32458 (N, Z)3; fT. S. Santos 565 (ld).| Es=
pirito Santo: Pinheiro & Santos 2284 (Ld). Parana: Hatschbach
41728 (N), 42605 (ld). Rio de Janeiro: Carauta & Arruda 2313
[Herb. FEEMA 12746] (N). Sao Paulo: Prance, Shepherd, & Benson
6929 (W--2883631). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Krapovickas, Crist6bal,
Arbo, Marunhak, Marunak, & Irigoyen 16894 (Ws); Schinini & Carne-
vali 10590 (Ws).

CITHAREXYLUM OBTUSIFOLIUM Kuhlmann

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110. 19783 Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 532. 1980.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Pinheiro 1085 (1d).

CITHAREXYLUM OLEINUM (Benth.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110. 19783; Mold.,
Perycouls Wea, Le ll, S¥7/, i Ss. iweysKo),

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in dark-brown,
shallow, rocky soil in disturbed oak-pine forests, at 2100 m. alti-
tude, describing it as a scarce shrub, 1--3 m. tall. The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Hernandez M. & Vazquez 3472.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Hidalgo: Hernandez M. & Vazquez
3472 (Me--276509). Querétaro: J. Rzedowski 31610 (Ld)

CITHAREXYLUM OVATIFOLIUM Greenm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110. 1978; Mold.,
Phytols Mem. 2: (ols 53822) 1980;

CITHAREXYLUM PACHYPHYLLUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 132 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM PACHYPHYLLUM var. CANESCENS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110. 1978; Mold.,
Phytollvs Meme) 2). S25& 53/2.) 1980).

CITHAREXYLUM PENTANDRUM Vent.

Additional & emended bibliography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. l,
248 (1830) and ‘ed 25 248. 1832: G. Don in’ Sweet, Hort. Bratiomed.
a Dk. L839e) DA Diets. Syne Lass 614——6i'5. 18435. Urbe) oylbie
Antill. 4: 535. 1911; Liogder, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Iiold., Phy-
tolllog ta 74d! 2) al Sek 9i7.8's" Moilld .) Phytol Meme. 2/9 9i5 95097 5 elas
S53 2eL O80

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 305

CITHAREXYLUM xPERKINSI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 64. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 93, 97, 382, 383, & 532. 19805 Mold., Phytologia
A6ma/ ls L981.

The Liogier & al. 29890, cited below, is described as having
been taken from a small tree, 4--5 m. tall, the corollas white,
the fruit green to yellowish, found in a wet forest, at 800 m.
altitude, flowering and fruiting in October, distributed as C.
caudatum L.

Additional citations: PUERTO RICO: Liogier, Liogier, & Mar-
torell 29890 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM PERNAMBUCENSE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 111. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM POEPPIGII Walp.

Additional synonymy: Citharexylum porppiguii Walp. ex Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 383, in syn. 1980.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 107, 111--113,

& 122. 1978; Loépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18
eo eeLo7vGe Mold, Phytol. Mem: 22 O07, 4. 12755132, Ose S47,
381—=—383, & 532. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or small tree,
3.5--4 m. tall, the leaves firmly membranous, dull-green above,
gray-green beneath, the "fruiting-spikes" [=racemes] spreading to
ascending, the flower-buds green, and the fruit red. They have
encountered it.on sandstone slopes and in capoeira fina on terra
firme, in fruit in November. The corollas are said to have been
"white" on Silva 809.

The Dodson 6002, distributed as C. poeppigii, actually is C.
gentryi Mold., while Berti 166 is C. macrophyllum Poir. and Gentry
9810 is C. poeppigii var. margaritaceum Poepp. & Mold.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Meta: Plowman, Davis, & Jacobs
4278 (W--2838897). VENEZUELA: Tachira: Steyermark, Liesner, &
Gonzalez 119459 (Ld). BRAZIL: Amazénas: M. Silva 809 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM POEPPIGII var. CALVESCENS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 112. 1978; Lo-
pex-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 18. 1979; Mold.,
EbycOmesMem. 289075 245 22751532, <Gsb2/ee L980

CITHAREXYLUM POEPPIGII var. MARGARITACEUM Poepp. & Mold.

Additional synonymy: Citharexylum poeppigii var. margaritaceum
Mold. ex LOpez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19.
1979. Citharexylum poeppigii var. margaritense Poepp. & Mold.,
in herb.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 112--113. 1978;
L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979; Mold.,
bumtol, Mem. 2: 107, 127, 132, 140, 173, & 532. 1980.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in secondary
forest scrub, at 150--220 m. altitude, and describe it as a shrub

306 EPH YS LO) Ores tA Vol. 48, No. 4

or tree, 4--20 m. tall, flowering in December and January. The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Dodson & Gentry 6348
and Biten 399.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: Los Rios: Dodson & Gentry 6348
(Go). BRAZIL: Parad: EFiten 399 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM PTEROCLADUM Donn. Sm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 113. 1978;
Nioylals WeyAdcul, Wenig 2e mil, ils 7s te See IWEKOE

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a tree, 15 m. tall,
and have found it growing in "selva alta subperennifolia primaria,
suelo cafe claro con roca aflorante", at 110 m. altitude, in an-
thesis in March and April. The corollas are said to have been
"purple" on the Dorantes collection.

Additionl citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 7734 bis (Me--
67751, Me--68752). Veracruz: Dorantes 2548 (N, N).

CITHAREXYLUM PUNCTATUM Greenm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 113. 1978;
WiollGlo 6. Wosyicell, Iuiems Ye Is IVS. cy S825 sein

Recent collectors have encountered this plant growing at 4050
m. altitude, in fruit in August.

Additional citations: PERU: Ancash: Mostacero L., Alvitez I.,
Boeke, Jaramillo, & Nervaez 572 (Z).

CITHAREXYLUM QUERCIFOLIUM Hayek
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 113. 1978;
Moi 5 Wiokicoil, Wig, 25 Is i Bsy5 IersOe

ITHAREXYLUM QUITENSE Spreng.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sweet. Hort. Brit., ed. 2,
MNT Ins TEs Wey shen Shaeeien Iskopeien Mbeshiess erly Sly Soka INsjsi9)S° 1).
DLCERs 5) Oyen Lie es Ole L843 e Molde, Phy tollogaa ese ee lomers
Lo6pez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979;
Moldy binzole., Mems 2227 66 552)55 L980)

CITHAREXYLUM RACEMOSUM Sessé & Moc.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 113. 1978;
Mod); Phytol. Mem. 2 161 & 532. 1980; Mold. Phy tollogiar4s-m27or
LOSE:

Recent collectors have found this plant in fruit in March,
in flower in July, growing in semi-arid habitats, at 1900 m. al-
titude, describing it as a scarce shrub. The corollas are said
to have been "white" on the Kishler collection cited below.

Material of C. racemosum has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as C. flabellifolium S. Wats. or C. brachy-
anthum (A. Gray) A. Gray.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Guanajuato: Kishler 674 (Me--
274959). Oaxaca: Miranda 8841 (Me--73258).

CITHAREXYLUM RECURVATUM Greenm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytelogia 41: 113--114. 1978;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 307

Mold., Phytol. Mem; 2: 80, 83, 347, & 532. 1980; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 47: 360. 1981.

Mori & Kallunki describe this plant as a tree, 10--12 m. tall,
the trunk to 25 cm. in diameter at breast height, with orange-
colored fruit, and refer to it as "very common" in patches of
disturbed forest on otherwise cutover land. They have found it
in flower in April and in fruit in May.

Additional citations: PANAMA: Chiriquf: Mori & Kallunki 5615
(W--2846411), 5618 (W--2846412), 6013 (W--2846391).

CITHAREXYLUM RETICULATUM H.B.K.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 614. 1843;
Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 299 (1957) and imp. 2,
2: 299. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 41: 114 & 121. 1978; L6pez—Palac-
ios, Revist.-Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Menges LO), 127, 132, 347, & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM RETIFORME Engelhardt
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 71. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM RIGIDUM (Briq.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 110 & 114.
Hg7Ss Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 140, 177; & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM RIMBACHII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 71. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 127 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM ROSEI Greenn.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM ROSEI var. DURANGENSE Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 71. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 61, 347, & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM ROSEI var. PILOSUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM ROXANAE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif.
33 & 529. 1980.

Moran describes this plant as a dense shrub, 2--3 m. tall, with
a 3m. wide spread, fastigiate branches, and red fruit, and found
it "occasional" on volcanic slopes, at 1325--1340 m. altitude,
flowering and fruiting in November. He records the local vernacu-
lar name, "palo de escoba".

Additional citations: MEXICO: Baja California: R. Moran 23816
(Ld), 23834 (ld, N, W--2886995).

308 PSH Yarl 10 OnG tel Vol. 48, No. 4

CITHAREXYLUM SCABRUM Sesse & Moc.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SCHOTTII Greenm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114--115. 19783
folds, Bbytol Meme 2: 615980, S485 "6 532. T9803

CITHAREXYLUM SCHOTTIT var. PUBESCENS Wold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 74. 19753; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 71 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SCHULZII Urb. & Ekn.

Additional & emended bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl.
Tee r2 VAS Non OZ O45eu Moldy ehytollopaa 323074. Oy >i feMolidin.
Rhytcoleoeiiems 25095) 5352) LIS Or

CITHAREXYLUM SERICEUM Lodd. ex Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 248.
1830.

Additional & emended bibiiography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. l,
248 1Gi330) wand ed=a2— 24875 18325) G. Don an Loud... Hort. Betis.
eds 35) 248. S395) Molde. Phy tollogia 41k. 5. 976s Molde ehy—
je@pko, Ile, ZS syasy5 Sysilo e Ssiw5 AKO)

CITHAREXYLUM SESSAEI G. Don

Additional & emended bibliography: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat.
DiCoee 2s LOs2Z LIS Ose Molideweiytolorda: kes Moles Ol Sit Moilicdeers
Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

Miranda has found this plant in anthesis in April.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Puebla: Miranda 3103 (Me--
97287).

CITHAREXYLUM SHREVETI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 115. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 532. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SOLANACEUM Cham.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 614. 1843;
Mold., Phytologia 41: 115--116. 1978; Dombrowski & Neto, In-
forme Pesq. 3 (21): 80 & 81. 1979; Milz & Rimpler, Zeitschr.
Naturforsch. Wiesb. 34C: 323, 325, & 328. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Memo )-e405 S905 SS. 960).

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 5 m. tall,
with "white" flowers [corollas], and have found it growing in
capao and in secondary mata, flowering in December. The leaf-
blades are sharply serrate above the middle on the Oliveira
collection cited below.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 37348 (W--
2839412); Oliveira 156 (1d).

CITHAREXYLUM SOLANACEUM var. INSOLITUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 116. 1978;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum 309
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 348 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SOLANACEUM var. MACROCALYX Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 116. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SPATHULATUM Mold. & Lundell
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 116. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 48, 61, & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SPINOSUM L.

Additional & emended bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. En-
Svele Met. bOt. 35 pls. 545. 1819; Loud., Bork. Brit... jede es
Zao mclssO)..and .ed.. 2. 248. 18323. CG... Don. in Loud.; Hort. Britta,
Edens, 240. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 35 551.1839;
DeebLctr«a, oyn. Pls 3: 614. 1843; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico,
Pies. 295 L&88s D. He, Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot.
[transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 630, 633, & 634 (1908) and 2: 1021
& 1022. 1908; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init.
Bue venez. | 605.,1927; Stahl, Estuds FL. ‘Puerto Rico,eda02. 3:
293. 1937; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1033. 1950; Alain
in Le6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 299--301. 1957; Neal, Gard.
Hawaii, ed. 2, 725--726. 1965; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus
Third 275. 1976; Dumont, Mycologia 68: 250. 1976; Fournet, Fl.
Tllust. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1404--1406, fig. 669. 1978; Mold.,
Phytologia 41: 116--118. 1978; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Pluck-
nett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 89. 1979; Lewalle & Lakhmiri, Arb.
Ornament. Maroc 1: [13]. 1979; L6pez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilust. Entre
Rios 5: 290. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem..2: 85,88, 92, 93,95;
7——=hOte ehOss O04, 14; 121, 124, 225, 198s 2045 218) 2565 259;
267, 291, 341, 348, 380--383, 396, & 533. 1980; Mold., Phytologia
aoe e2( 56. LOSL.

Additional & emended illustrations: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. En-
ovek. Meech. Bot. 3: pli 545. 1819s. Yournet, Eo tilust. Cuad.
Mart. 1406,fig. 669. 1978; Lewalle & Lakhmiri, Arb. Ornament. Ma-
moe 1: [13] (as C. fruticosum). 1979.

According to Biegel and Scott in Rhodesia this is a "non-sucker-
ing tree to 8 m. [tall], branching from [the] base, deciduous when
not watered in the very dry season, the foliage more or less shiny
dull green, leaves very rarely serrate [1 serrate leaf seen in 100
young plants], with many petioles dull red, flowers white, sweet-
scented", growing (in cultivation) at altitudes of 950--1480 feet,
flowering in January and March. Lewalle & Lakhmiri (1979) de-
scribe and illustrate a "C. fruticosum" as cultivated in Morocco,
but the plant to which they refer is obviously C. spinosum.

Fournet (1978) regards as synonyms of C. spinosum the following:
C. caudatum "Sw. non L.", C. coriaceum Desf., C. lucidum "Griseb.
non Ch. & Schl.", and C. quadrangulare Jacq. He lists as a ver-
Macular name, “bois de fer blanc".

Dumont (1976) lists leaves of this species as one of the many

310 Bo YeTsdeLuove ies Vol. 48, No. 4

hosts to the parasitic fungus, Moellerodiscus lentus Thwaites,
based on Thwaites 104 from Peradeniya, Sri Lanka, in the Kew her-
barium.

Proctor reports the flowers of Citharexylum spinosum "intensely
fragrant", an observation which my wife, son, and myself con-
firmed in Hawaii, where the tree is used as a street tree in Hono-
lulu. The corollas were white, as Proctor also reported them on
his no. 16886. Knuth (1927) cites Ernst s.n. from Margarita
Island, Venezuela.

The C. V. Morton 4726, distributed as C. spinosum, seems bet-
ter regarded as representing a form of C. fruticosum L.

Additional citations: LEEWARD ISLANDS: St. Kitts: Proctor 18510
(W--2833471). WINDWARD ISLANDS: Grenada: Proctor 16886 (W--
2833510). CULTIVATED: Hawaiian Islands: Herbst 617 (Ne--149145).
Zimbabwe: Biegel 5667 (N); J. Scott in South. Rhodes. Govt. Herb.
263466 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM STANDLEYI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 119. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 80 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM STANDLEYI var. MEXICANUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 119. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM STENOPHYLLUM Urb. & Eknm.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 218. 1975; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 95 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM STEYERMARKITI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 119. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol Mem. 2s) 7 te 5393) 9807

CITHAREXYLUM SUBEROSUM Loes.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 119. 1978; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 132 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SUBFLAVESCENS Blake

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 108 & 119--120.
1978; Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 864. 1978; Lopez—-Palacios, Re-
vist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979); Mold., Phytoll. Mem. 2%
HO AWE NSA SYAsh BiSHER Sisisins iy Silo ALS fei 0)-

CITHAREXYLUM SUBTHYRSOIDEUM Pittier

Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih.
43:3) [inate PIES Venez.) 005)-0 1.927 3 Mold ss Phytologaal 4ills) 2 Oem onere
Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 864, [865], & 868, fig. 301C. 1978;
Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 19. 1979; Mold.,
Bhytolvee Meme, 2.807, eA eS lees ooentanoso 2980).

Additional illustrations: Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila [865],
malic, SHOU INH its)

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Citharexylum Splat

Recent collectors describe this species as a small shrub, 40
cm. to 3m. tall, with square stems, glabrous aromatic leaves,
and green to red fruit, and have found it growing in low forests,
at 700 m. altitude, flowering in February, and fruiting in August
and October. Others have found it as 950 m. altitude. The corol-
las are said to have been "white: on Ferrari 333. Berry refers
to the fruits as "berries", but actually they are drupes.

Knuth (1927) cites Pittier 7234 & 9648 from Distrito Federal,
Venezuela.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Lara: Ferrari 333 (Eu--
43393). Miranda: P. Berry 1087 (N), 1640 (N).

CITHAREXYLUM SUBTRUNCATUM Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 221. 1975;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SULCATUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 120. 1978; Lé6-
pez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 107 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SULCATUM var. HIRTELLUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 221--222. 1975;
Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 107 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM SVENSONIT Nold.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 85.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 32: 222. 1975: Lépez—Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 127 &
533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM TECLENSE Standl.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 222. 19753
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 77, 348, & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM TERNATUM Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Le6n & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 298 & 299. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 32: 222.
1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM TETRAMERUM T. S. Brandeg.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 222. 1975;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM TRISTACHYUM Turcz.
Additional synonymy: Citharexylum trastachyum Turcz. ex Mold.,

Phytol. Mem. 2: 533, sphalm. 1980.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alain in Le6n & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 299 & 301. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 41: 121. 1978;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 93, 99, 348, 382, & 533. 1980.

312 BAH; VAT AO) 5 ORC AiNwA Vol. 48, No. 4

CITHAREXYLUM TRISTACHYUM £. URBANII (0. E. Schulz) Mold.

Additional bibliography: C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaica 633.
LO 2: olds Eby tologaiay 4k: ee2dh) 97S; Moilldiy,) iny toll. sMemesea2i
We Ls, S35 Co Hsiao ike,

CITHAREXYLUM ULEI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114 & 121. 1978;
LOpez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979;
Moles Wenveoll, Micme 28 Sy. WAM, by Ssishq ILKEyo)e

CITHAREXYLUM ULEI var. CALVESCENS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114 & 121. 1978;
MoMGlo 5 Wianvicoyl, Mem, 28 IVA0) @ Sysey5 ie,

CITHAREXYLUM ULEI var. OBOVATUM Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 114 & 121. 1978;
Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 107 & 533. 1980.

CITHAREXYLUM VALLENSE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 32: 224. 19753; Lo-
pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979; Mold.,
Rhy tole Mem LO cS Selo SO).

CITHAREXYLUM VENEZUELEWSE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 121--122. 1978;
Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20. 1979;
Mole os. Wimnyioil, Wim, We Ils. sysO5 Skis\q. i S335 IG iO.

Recent collectors have described the fruit of this plant as
green in color when immature and orange when ripe. They have en-
countered the species in tropophilous woods and areas of high sa-
vannas of Trachypogon, at 250--400 m. altitude, in fruit in July
and August. They record the vernacular name, "totumillo".

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Delascio Ch. & Lies-
ner 7015 (E--2774720). Falcén: Gonzalez 1016 (E--2746567).

CITHAREXYLUM VIRIDE Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 122. 1978; Mold.,
awvitols Wiens 2g il, BOs B35 & SI6 WOOL

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 50 feet tall,
the fruit orange in color, and have found it growing along road-
sides, in cutover forests, coffee plantations, and cloudforests,
at 900--1000 m. altitude, in fruit in October. The Raven collec-—
tion cited below bears a notation "not matched at Field Museum".

Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Boaco: Stevens, Grijalva, &
Araquistain 14575 (Ld). COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Raven 21536 (Go).

CITHAREXYLUM WEBERBAUERI Hayek

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 122. 1978;
Hockney Excerpts bot. A. Soe) Olle 97/9) Molds, why tolls Memmi see)
S739 e950

NOTES ON THE GENUS HOLMSKIOLDIA (VERBEIIACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of time this late in life prevents the preparation of the
detailed monograph of this genus as was originally planned and an-
nounced, but it has been thought worthwhile to place on record
here the bibliographic and herbarium notes on the genus assembled
by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the past fifty-two
years. Full explanation of the herbarium acronyms employed have
been published in previous papers and are repeated in PHYTOLOGIA
MEMOIRS 2: 463--469 (1980) and are the same as used by me in my
series of papers on 62 other genera in this and some other jour-
nals.

HOLMSKIOLDIA Retz., Obs. Bot. 6: 31. 1791.

Synonymy: Hastingia Kénig ex J. E. Sm., Exot. Bot. 2: 41, pl.80.
1806 [not Hastingia Kinig ex Endl., 1966]. Platunium A. L. Juss.,
Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 7: 76. 1806. Hastingia J. E. Sm. apud
Reichenb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828. Holmskidia Dumort.,
Anal. Fam. Pl. 22. 1829. Holsmkioldia Bocq., Adansonia, ser..1,

3: 184, sphalm. 1862. Holmskj6ldia Retz. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.
2: 588. 1891. Holmskidldia Retz. apud Gamble, Man. Indian Timb.,
ed. 2, imp. 1, 544. 1902. Platinium Juss. apud DeWild., Icon.
Select. Hort. Then. 4: pl. 159, in syn. 1903. Platunum A. Juss.
apud Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog. 433. 1904. Florissantia
Knowlton, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 51: 270. 1916. Hastingsia Kinig
apud H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 84, in syn. 1918
[mot Hastingsia S. Wats., 1879]. Holmskjoeldia Retz. ex H. J.
Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 321. 1919. Holmskjoldia Retz ex
Porsch., Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 63: 565, 577, 584, & 656--659, fig. 1-—
4. 1923. Homskioldia Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto Rico [15].
1936. Hastingsia J. E. Sm. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv.
Names 26, in syn. 1940. Platumium Juss. ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv.
Names 6, in syn. 1941. Holmshioldia Helfer ex Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10, in syn. 1947. Homschioldia Thorel ex
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 32, in syn. 1962. Hastingsia P. & K. a-
pod Airy Shaw in J.-C, Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl.) eds Je 52250in syn.
1966. Homdkioldia Fourn., Imp. Tree Fam. Costa Rica 13. 1966.
Hastingia "Kénig ex Sm." apud Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 22, in syn.
1968. Homoskioldia Retz. apud Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12:
136, sphalm. 1970. Holmskédldia Retz. ex Mold., Phytologia 23: 432.
1972. Holmskiodia Retz. ex Anon., Commonw. Myc. Inst. Ind. Fung.
3N 823, sphalm. 1972. Holmshjéldia Pleyte ex Mold., Phytologia 26:
373, in syn. 1973. Holmskoldia Woodrow ex Mold., Phytologia 31:
400, in syn. 1975. Holmschioldia Thorel ex Lépez-Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 323, in syn. 1977. Hanstingsia Lépez-Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 649, in syn. 1977. Holmskioldea Retz. ex Kannan,
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75 (suppl.): 1050, sphalm. 1980.
Bibliography: Retz., Obs. mt en 31--32. 1791; Raeusch., Nom.

314 2 Jel YE ME (0) 1, O Caw AN Vol. 48, No. 4

BOE ns Cdn eon SoG L797 awa deyein! Whew Spl. sell veda 4 eos SOUR
USOOsNGS Heihotim..) Phytogr. blatieSso5.pls 3.) W803 sAS ie dusser
[None MiGs aise 5 Weles Renesusy 7/8 7g Ilse IAaesa 5 Sy, Bale PR ae
IOS dig Dio Siig, TOE, Biieg BS “ala goals Gl, asOGe WA, GoM, Blois
Kewen (edi a2s0 40D). LGl2ke Roxb.) Honte) Beng.) ampen len fom ceaoone
IMA Sesion /Mnlleaie= 2 (Gb)jo “ve oun mera, So, wil, Se Siev—=
363%) USl9s Lindi in Hdwands,. Bot... Ree. 9s pil) 6925) 1823s babaellleers
Sere. Ausitro—Caled) 2 24. leé24s Sprene. ani i., Syst. Vecesmede
1G, 2s oD SZ 5s mSweets, LOBES Bree wed. dali 323-0 lS 26s Reel
enb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828; Dumont., Anal. Fam. Pl.
Pde S292 eWalikas wNUne. SEM ovis no. 2087.) 18292) Bartlines Orde
Naty Plant.) W/s——ls 0. els30s Goud., Hort.) Brit. edoil,) 247 3 &e529r
I8SO37 Sweets, Homes Beit. wied.ie2. 46 jae) O09 183055 Spreng.

in iis sGents, Pil touredicn Ooerzita 47iGre CSIs Geely Sete abot SiO lemme
pl lS OlslSs 2s Loudte Hort. Bicdtse,) sed .912), 247.) &) 520 Res Zee Romper.
Pind, ede 2.0amp. 35: 6>——66). 18325 Jacques, Journ sais
[Ann. Fl. Pom.] 1832-1833: 221--222, pl. 28. 1833; Benth., Labiat.
Gen. 642. 1834; Reichenb., FL. Exot. 3: pl. 149. 1835; Piddington,
Tab. View Gen. Char. Roxb. 104--105. 1836; G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4:
856. 1837; Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 257. 1837; Reichenb., Handb. 190.
HS7is Endler, Gen. Lie wosOn 833s) G2 Donan Toud 5) Hort ister
ed) 3) 247) 1% 529% 839s 1G. Don an Sweet, Hort. Brat, eds Seo 465
Jol xO UOSOe Metsne ie leeVasceGen. 1 iiComment. lie 289 UsAoe
Spach, Veo. Phan. 9) 2ul6. 1sé40s) Endl), Enehirid®) Bot.) S08.) Sais:
Reichenb., Nom. 108. 1841; Brongn., En. Gen. 66. 1843; D. Dietr.,
Syma Si Sb ome 4os leas wHassk.. Cat. peli) Hort. Botembogars.
Cult. Alt. 133. 1844; Decne. in Jacquemont, Voy Inde Bot. pl. 140.
1844; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 3: 894 & 990. 18453; Lindl., Veg.
Kingd. 662. 1847; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 628 & 696--697.
Wyi7/s ING Wis dit 2h Orelaleyanyy Whee, Wins Ulises Meltes Is) Is 5.
1849; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb. 420. 1852; Schnitzl.,
Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen.
Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 218. 1858; Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss.
Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot.]: 260--262. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. l,
Zee Reve Vecbenacl 68s) 98——99). AMS 28 SSS lise at eeelicioe
UNS 5 ISIS IH, AUSOS te AKsye eS) pol AA0)5 sealer, Ih oetsy (use) ela! Sig, ZS\0—=
231. 1863; Ulrich, Internat. Worterb. Pfl.-namen, imp. 1, 109.
1871; Brandis, Forest Fl. N-W. Cent. India 354 & 370--371. 18743
Kigminger, Man. Gard. Imdia, ed. 3, 96; 525, & 613. 8743) PE&ert—
Eien, Worms Ate 24 (ABS YS) (ley) Teoh 2 (a USO, WS, is ANAS).
IAS Iobidoss IMLS Iherlo4 eels 2 |Gilleraay| 5 ain, YA, EOS Alei7eS Wiles a.
Internat. Worterb. Pfl.-namen, imp. 2, 109. 1875; Benth. in Benth.
&Woolgyte. Gen. Pil 2 7 @)e) 115 6——157 <9 S763) Olbityy 7, 20o unseen
SOGG iWon, oie, MSR So, IMsi/Oe lke. leon, Wil, We}s ql IewI

SV Kuz, Honest Hil. Brite sBurmay2s5 2o2) 2560 ——2 51) wlSiiiemse
Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 14: 217 & 242. 1879; Gamble, Man. Indian
Timb).5 ‘ed. U5" 2815 2825 «& sil0. 88s Vatke, Linnaea 43) 536.) 6825
UGECIBS Wa Sq Ceoils Stnave Gierocs ING tse /AR joie Ase sales, Sy, ier) °
Clb. Clarke AnvHook. pues pili batt. ainda s Ollie 9596 -seloos
Ward, Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 5: 446. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Des-
erip. Gat. Econ. Prod.) Chutia Nagpun 26. 1886s) Lesqs,, Proce Unwore
Naien Musil aliGeepill. Cems GOSS aWalttye) sDs-cit- <p ah Comes ETOGre

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 3r5

Tata 4sco0., 1889, “CG. Journ. Hort., (sere 3549s -217'., 18895

J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 25: 341. 1890;Forbes &
Hendin Journ. Linn: Soc. LondssBot. 20 (finds Musisin.: 2726263)
1890; Watt., Dict. Econ. Prod. India 3: 429 (1890) and 4: 260--
POs UnoOs Baill., Hist. Pl. dl: 66——87 «& Liste. 97. LSOls
Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 508. 1891; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 490.
1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 679,
1096, 1167, & 1169 (1893) and imp. 1, 2: 557. 1894; GUrke in
Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 342. 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl,
Nat. P£lianzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 133, 136, 138, 139, 173, & 176—
177, fig. 66A (1895) and ed. 1, 4 (3a): 383. 1897; Knowlton, Cat.
Cret. Tert. Pl. [Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 152:] 182. 1898; Wood-
row, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 360. 21899; J. G. Baker in
Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 273 & 314--315. 1900; Collett,
Fl. Simla, imp. 1, 378, 380--381, & 644. 1902; Gamble, Man. In-
dian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 524 & 544. 1902; Knowlton, Bulls U.S.
Geol. Surv. 204: 60, pl. 9, fig. 6 & 7. 1902; DeWild., Icon.
Select. Hort. Then. 4: pl. 159. 1903; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. l,
1: 66, 823, & 836. 1903; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog.,
imp. 1, 433. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 156, 267, 284, & 688.
1904; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 502 & 506. 1906;.Cooke, Fl.
Presid. Bombay, ed. 1, 3: 437. 1906; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Sapp. ei. simp. L457). 19063. Lang, Bibl. Bot. 164: 29 T9065
Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra):
795. 1908; Velenovsky, Vergl. Morphol. Pfl. 3: 923. 1910; Wood-
row, Trop. Gard., ed. 6, imp. 8, 442. 1910; Duthie, Fl. Upper
Gang. Plain 2: 215, 227--228, & 264. 1911; Gerth van Wijk, Dict.
Plantnames 646. 1911; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 470. 1915; Ulrich,
Internat. Worterb. Pfl.-namen, imp. 3, 109. 1917; Firminger,

Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 623--624. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded.
Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 84. 1918; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 1,
399. 1918; Knowlton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 696: 294, 323, &
499. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 321 & 366. 1919;
Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 253. 1920; Collett, Fl. Simla, imp. 2,
378, 380--381, & 644. 1920; Hutchins. & Corbish., Kew Bull. Misc.
ais. wLOZ0s6232——233,. Lig. 1. 1920s Hh. dS. Lamidin iam & Bakhe,
BiltbeJards Bot. BuLtenz., ser. 35.55 JE], 85) 965 (axis > LOZ:
Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 524. 1922; Haines, Bot.
Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 704, 707, & 722--723. 1922; Hutchins.

in Over, Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 2: pl. 49. 9225) Porsch,, Jahrb.

Wiss. Bot. 63: 565, 577, 584, & 656--659, fig. 4--13. 1923;
Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 553. 1923; L. H. Bailey,
Mane (GUlt. Plc, ed. Ll, imps 1,°631L .&9820. 19245) Gamblie,, FL.
Presid. Madras 2 (6): 1106. 1924; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed.
6s) 723. 1924s) Parker, Forest Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 395 & 403.
MmO24 ys He. Baihkey; Mam. Cult. PL, ed. 1, amp. 2, 7631.6 820.
1925s Britton, & P. Wilis., Scient.. Survc) Porto Rico 6:2) 1522) 1925;
"Hk.". Naturforsch. 2: 149--151, fig. 1--4. 1925; Wangerin,

sucsts Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): G45 5 1925; J.C. Willis, Dict;
Blow. Pl., ed. 5, 329. 1925; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6:

103. 1926; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (1): 717. 1926;

316 Pie Veh On 10) Chika A Vol. 48, No. 4

Chaney, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 346: 66, 70, 71, 76, 80, 94,
134, & [140]. 1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1):
498. 1927; Osmaston, Forest Fl. Kumaon 405, 409, & 429. 1927;
Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 103. 1927; R. O. Williams,
Guide Roy. Bot. Gard. Trinidad 17. 1927; Freeman & Williams, Use-
ful Pil. sisi) iOCcmeLOZS smNedean Homose. uGarcdlayar edie) ls) 293)9079 Gamma
Bil9. hile. MOOG. LO28. Pieper aun lls Bot. Jahicb).) (OZ) beable emelAsleomo Ole
1928; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 521. 1928; Fedde,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (2): 615. 1929; Neal, Honol. Gard., ed.
2D 298}, POO, & S275 ee, OG IOs Siezyoe, Molo Wome, 338 4335).
LOBs0s) Wangerdan., Justs Bot. wJahresber. 50) G)s 237-2 1930s eG
eelilsies ieies Ilex Wiles Gala OA sung Ils BwAVQe USMS MEnelejei, IL. S-
Afr. 3/3 46. 19325) Bhedde, Justs Bot. Jahnesber. 49) (2): 436
i932) and) SONGDEN690R 1932-NCe He GC. Escher... Kew Bullless Mace
Ibe, WOBws (YAS WSS ieee, huss Woieg Welonc cise, S2 (GL)9 Sy47/.
LOB ZA Wee Hae eindkew. Supple orm le). OSS heddess Jusiss
Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 310 (1933) and 52 (1): 793. 1934; Jex—
Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 1, 105. 1934; Junell, Symb. Bot. Up-=
ceuls il (4) 8 I0l0)5 sik, & POA Ss), states IS qolla 5 iesleg Yo iGsiAe
Le He Bailey, Ellomists Handi Verbenaec. |mssi.\) 1935) RS We Biss
VOCS weileoime, §) (7))s S885 wile Gl, wales iso WSS jew, willl.
GHmsinase Uoen Sows I ())s S55 WSs Is Weeks Meals | CGehecl. isloxelk
Barbados 60 & v. 19353; Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto Rico [12].
WOBOS Ih, ly Welatilesy., Meigs Gollie, wikhsy eolg Ws ating si, sil © 20)
LOS Ssee Ce Standies ssRtelid: MussePubil. Bot. Lois O06, Losses
Indiant For. 65: 358--359. 1939: Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed.
2, 121. 19393 Mold., Alph. List Common Vern. Names 8 & 15. 1939);
Kanjilal, Das, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 458, 493--494, & 550. 1939;
Pittier, Supl. Pl. Usual. Venez. 100 & 119. 1939; Sayeeduddin &
Moinuddin, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 8: 31l--33>5 fie. L-—lie gs ol
Ro We Bese Meise. Resi, Ness Greats SiO) (Sys Ssi4 IEGYAO)S Wirotlela.
Suppl. List Common Vern. Names 6 & 12. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph.
Est pinwe) Namese2o ns. 2794 Osh. He eBaddlieye s Mama Cu ltr ieleeemmedes
i mpl Ah OS1e 1 o20, LOE Calderon & Standii,) Hl sSalivadiyagedn
De Ps\J 5) NSLS iiebeehorel Gea S 5 Ibid, Kaa Rwyypils Il, sin, Bo A57/.
1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 3, 6, & 7. 1941; Questel,

IMG Wels Stes oBeneeln, walo USVealS VifopecralSiil, iiovel, ienerels (Swyeypulo ils

AOA) LOAMES Molidiy, Aliph List inv. sNames 22 25).2 650 6) SO) Oenze
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 26, 27, 29, 51,
Ma Ho, Ole O55 755 G CBG WCePS Iie lao Weelintilil, , Wee, wilenne.
CGerelo5 Gel, Hp alOy/o WESS th, Ile Beatiley7, Wem, (allie, Pil,, Galo Ib,
IMPs OSM ek O20, el94 4s Mold), Phy tologia2):) N04) (944 Jacksr
inwHooOkK ae. eaacks. nde Kew. ckmpie Zign eles 167/ De elO96n cellos
@946) vand) Gimp 25) 2) 5579463 Molds. vAlph. last inves Names
srojoyouh IES WO. alls Ie Wea Ss waleieicre, Cane, Mil, Wemeno Ze sisi.
UYAT/O Tete ING Se No) ihe Mioil@la, Rilo Wabies Ae Wil, Pes WAS s¥en & Ofc
19433 Neal’, Gard.) Hawaia, ed. i; amp. 1, 635, 638), 644——645, &
Usia\, eaten D7/Ainig AUCH O i (Go Walililsiey, ikleie, Iultoy75 Wilo, Glo ].) alnip).
2), 329. 1948; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 2, 635, 638, 644——
(YWibA Wish see Z7Aing MGYAQR iG lls Webley, Mein, (ULE, Ilo, él.

2, 842 & 1070. 1949; O. Degener, New Illust. Fl. Hawaii. Isls.
315: Holmsk.: Sang., ed. 1, 121. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-—

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 317

Erip. verpenac., ed. 25 44, 46, 49; 54=--56,°119, 120, 122; 11123,
Peale, US0, 139, 144, 245, 160, & 186. Lo4os We L, Phillips,
Cat. Pl. Fairchild Trop. Gard. 46. 1949; R. O. Williams, Useful
Orn. Pl. Zanzib. 63, 95, 300, & 400. 1949; O. Degener, New I11-
ustr. Fl. Hawaii. Isls. 315: Holmsk.: Sang.:, ed. 2, 8/15. 1950;
M. R. Henderson, Malay. Nat. Journ. 6: 380. 1950; Jex-Blake,
Gard. East Afr., ed. 3, 111. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot.
1031, 1035, & 1040. 1950; Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 397-—=
402. 1950; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 11 (1): 8. 1950; Chittenden,
Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard. 2: 1006. 1951; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc.
Mieneimpee ty O68 «1797. LOSLeI. Co Willits. spice. "Elow. mbes secs
Ceinpers. 329. 195s Vo Si Rao, Journ. <odian Bot. Soe. 52.
[297], 304, 306, 312, & 313, fig. 39--42. 1952; Goossens, Suid-
Afrik. Blompl. 188. 1953; MacGinitie, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ.
D991 56—-—15/, pl. 74, fig. L & 2. 19535 Menninger, 1953 Cat;
Flow. Trop. Trees 41. 1953; Roig, Dic. Bot. 2: 810 &1042. 1953;
E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 119--120. 1953; Anon., Biol.
Abstr. 25: 4060 (1954) and 28: 3260 & 3533. 1954; Bor & Raizada,
Some Beaut. Indian Climb. [136], 137, 142--143, & 283. 1954;
Menninger, 1954 Price List [10] (1954) and 1955 Price List [10].
HO545 Molds, Journ. Calif. Hort. Soc. 15287. 1954; Menninger,
1956 Price List [6]. 1955; Kitamura in Kihaea, Scient. Res. Jap.
Exped. Nepal 1: 209. 1955; Kuck & Tongg, Mod. Trop. Gard. 109,
BUG e ke 20 1955: J. Ce Willis’ Dict. Flows PL.5 ed. 6, amp.) 4,
329% 89553; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fans 17: 4. 1956s

Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 4, 252--264, & 269, fig. 41 &
42. 1956; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 3, 581. 1956; Menninger,
U956"erice. List [9]. 1957; Natarajan, Phyton 8° 24,525,735, °& 41,
pl. 4. 1957; Perez-Arbelaez, Pl. Util. Colomb., ed. 2, 740. 1956;
WmaGs WrLits, Dict. Hlow. Pl., ed. 6, imp. 5, 329. 957% Anon...
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14357. 1958; Cavaco, Mem.
Soc. Broter. 13: 74. 1958; Cooke, Fil. Presid. Bomb., imp. 2, 2%
518. 1958; Mattoon, Pl. Buyers Guide, ed. 6, 151. 1958; Mennin-
ger, 1958 Price List [7] (1958) and 1959 Price List [3] & [6].
1959; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Durand
& Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 457. 1959; Kitamura, Fauna
Fl. Nepal 209. 1959; Mold., Résumé 52, 55, 56, 58, 61, 149, 150,
egos tt5O, Loz, 159; L60, L635 "L677." L80ys less 11902" 1925-199,
Elo weet 226, 276, 294, 298, 2997°30LI8S35, 396.7 579. 500,413.
& 456--457. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 12. 1959; Sastri, Wealth
India 5: 108--109, fig. 67. 1959; Encke, Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed.
2, 2: 448. 1960; Grindal, Everyday Gard. India, ed. 16, 32, 37, &
i355 L960; Jacks. in’ Hook. £. & Jackss; Ind. Kew., amp. 3, 1:°679),
1096, & 1169 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 557. 1960; Potztal in Encke,
Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed. 2, 2: 439. 1960; Smiley, Trop. Plant.
Gard.eso> 19603 3. C.8Willis, Dict. .Blows Pile. ed.) 6, ampesb,) S20.
1960; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 82: 87 & 119, pl. 30. 1961; Bre-
Nan in Jaeger, Wonderf. Life Fls. 143. 1961; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv.
india 3's 305. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, imp. 2, 4: 738 &
758. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 8: 58. 1961; H. S. Rao, Indian For-
est. 87: 34--36. 1961; Runner, Rep. Groff. Coll. 362. 19613; San-
tapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 553. 1961; Gledhill, Check List Flow.

318 PoHae Onis KOMG sali vA Vol. 48, No. 4

Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Harler, Card. Pillains}-ed. 4, 85%
1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 45. 1962; Dyer, Verdoorn, &
Codd in Letty. Wild Bist transy. 2807s. [282], ple a0 Gb o625
Lind & Tallantire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 1, 145 & 241.
LIGZs eH. Fe Machailies rope Plant. Gard, ed. 55 10/7 7&5 G2.
Molld.; Biol. Abstr. 372 1062. 19625 Mollid., Résumé Suppl. 352806
32 (962) and’ 5295. 19623 “Nairn (& Rehman; Bull. Wat. Bot. Garde
ihweknow, 7/63 USner23 Eext meio. e25NG) ploe2 ito. lO 62 aBecmanms
Meet Fl. Mex. 225, 266, & 273. 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen.

Sa phonoe.\, sp ee 4ooe LIOSS (Gratk, Exoticas a l47/,9) e605 0eueno ose
Harborne in Swain, Chem. Pl. Tax. 376. 1963; Huber, Hepper, &
Metkle sin) Hwtchinse 6. Dalze Ei nWeeclkrope Aficss ed. 2s 52s sore
UIGSs errs navies SecCts SCLents inst. Hiranc. Ondo. soisoma
569. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 276 & 285. 1963; Prain, Bengal
Pil amp 2 es OomChiOGs) andaimpa 2, 22 624. 963s) He se mines
Fam. Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 128 & 129. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay,
doen. (Camas HS GY, BO5 SOs SViSi5 SWS SS, C Skis jullo JUL,
‘fig 41 & 42. 1963; W. Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. Forests 91.
1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964; R. Good, Geogr.
Flow. Pl. 441. 1964; E. E. Lord, Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard.,

ed. 2, 283. 1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed.
22s 430 L964 eR. Peacson, An. 2. (Cenozorle Eira 55). sL9Oa
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 1964; A. Webster, Carib. Gard.
NBs 79e SOs 95, LOS, & E345 1964s Backer & Bakhi, Boy Javan oll
62. P9653. As Barkley. List Ord) Fam. Anthophis) 76) &) 7 3ieeloGpe
Becker, Nat. Hist. 74 (2): 41. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh,
Polson bi indtay 2) O94. L9GSs Datta, Handbe sysit. bites Loz
339, 379, & 421. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barba-
dos 364 & 474. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India
83. 1965; Mold., Resume Suppl. 12: 3 & 10. 1965; Mukerjee, Bull.
BOG oliavreeminc tails SO Oa Neale Card) Hawarden edi 2 sum oles
723, 731--732, & 896, fig. 276h. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow.

PIG Wie Mikian IGN, WOOSSs Sen GC meienes Gils ayoyes Sbrayo Ibeyeliel 7c
47. 19653 Fo White, Webbia 19: 677. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. CG. will—
iiss DE Elow. Pls, ede 77, Soil, 5525 & 889. L966: Anon, Gent.
Costa Ric. Phan. 10. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Pe=
bums IR ILO) 5 ALOR IS Velg Cloioicomn. Jowwang Soy Mees Holey Swyyol. (o>
66 & 156.) 19668) Fourn.,, Imp. Tree) Pam. Costa Rick 12. W966:
Griffith & Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 166: 99 & 384.
IGG Halse Coodine., Piss) lsilsy Sune Oy 15) Ai 435 Scam leledie
pile, 7. V966s) Hara. LS whast. amaloelG. 966s sMatthew, sBullle Bore
Surv, India 62) Llo4e 1966s Molds Bol. Soc. Broke, Ser 25m 40s
122--123. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 4 & 6. 1966; Panigrahi,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 4 & 11. 1966; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot.
SUEV. India 8: 301. 19663) Yamazaki in Hara, EL. Bast. Himal 269°
9663) (Cooke, Ele wereside Womb .edMpley Sin 2s Ore 149 Oise nome
Milne, Living Pl. World 212. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 15 &
20. 1967;-Pal & Krishnamurthi, Flow. Shrubs 59--60, 138, 139, &
148. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong. Pl. 38. 1967; Anon., As-
SOCR LEU arable vA) EOD 19 6/ OZ IOS seAnone. pb LO lvmAD—
Ste 49s) 390) 2968s) Banerjee, Buldley Bote, SUV lindsay Ojai
LIGS3) Deb, Sengupta’, (S Malick ys Buldls Bote soc. Bene a2 2720.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 319

1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 269--270. 1968; Tiwari, Indian Forest.
94: 584. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 9 & 25 (1968) and 17: [1],
nae fe) 2908s Anon. Assoc.) Etud.. Tax. Afry Trop.) Ind. 1967) 62:
1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49: 390. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18:
4, 8, & 12. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb.
Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Caaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng.

23: 124. 1969; Corner & Watabane, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 762.
1969; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 199.
1969; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 280. 1969; Plowden, Man. Pl.
Names 247. 1969; Preston in Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard. 1006. 1969;
MA. Rav, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 92: 62. 19695 Suwal,
Fl. Phulch. Godw. 90. 1969; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl.
Kruger Nat. Park 81--82. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 303
& 364. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 469, 471--473, 483,
& 485. 1970; Elliovson, Compl. Gard. Book South. Hemisph., ed. 6,
12, 16, & 160. 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines 43 & 406. 1970; Misra,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 136. 1970; Mold. in Menninger, Flow.
Vines 334 & 336, ph. 280. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 87, 93,
149, 293, 347, & 352. 1970; Smiley, Fla. Gard. 173. 1970; Wheaton
& Stewart, Lloydia 33: 253. 1970; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong
Shrubs 49. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 502 & 506. 1971;
Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5: Cum. Gen. Ind. 1971; Gantz, Nat-
Wraldstoouth. Flas 132.°197ls° Lawrence; Taxon. Vase. Pls, imp. 2,
688 & 797. 1971; Lind & Tallantire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda,
Cds 2, 145 & 241. L971; Malhotra, Bull. Bot. Surv: India 13: 261.
1971; Mathewes & Brooke, Syesis 4: [209], 214, & 215, fig. 15--18.
MOP Mold.j.HLEth Summ. 170; 87), 96, L005 L025 VO5;e110s) 1235
Pasweeols 204, 256, 261; 2625-264, 268, 2705 27152276, 2814839055
AA5geso2, 503, & 473 °(197L) and 2:2) 518, 526-—528,, 2531, 6035) 604,
WOOS 2 722, 752, 763, 775; 880, 88L, &°970.. 1971s Mukhopadhyay,
Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp.
Beeeo0. LO7LsC. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaicar627 s&282i. 9725 A—
non., Biol. Abstr. B.A.S.I.C. S$.120. 1972; Anon., Commonw. Myc.
Inst. Index Fungi 3: 823. 1972; R. Bailey, Good Housekeep. I1l.
Encycl. Gard. 8: 1221. 1972; Cronq., Holmg., Holmg., & Reveal, In-
termont. Fl. 1: 30 & 31. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Hand-
worterb. Pflanzennamen, ed. 10, 74 & 288. 1972; Gamble, Man. In-
dian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 524 & 544. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot.
Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 361. 1972; Mathewes & Brooke, Biol. Ab-
Bebe so4e5 37505 1972; Molds, Phytolopia’ 2346594175 «4235 84255
M24, ae¢a2. (19723 Palmer’ & Pitman;)(\Tnees S. Afr., (eds 25.3: 1947;
1949, & 1968--1971. 1972; Stainton, Forests Nepal 67. 1972; R. R.
Stewart, Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 606. 1972;
Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Sciet. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. 12

Oe) BL? (1972) and'12 (2): 648 19755 Airy Shaw in J. Cs Willis,
net EH LOW. Pl. eds 85 5353564, °& 9195, 19733 Ri Es narrison,
Climb. Trail. 49 & 114, pl. 102. 1973; J. Hutchins., Fam. Flow.
Pl., ed. 3, 487 & 936. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 234, 235, &

507" (1973) and 26: 368, 373, & 505. 19735 R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow.
Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 751 [thesis]. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 1,
4. 1973; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow.

Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78.

320 Pie D\ One Ow Gu LS Vol. 48, No. 4

1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1752--1754 (1974) and 4: 2149.
1974; M. R. Henderson, Malay. Wild Fls. Dicot., imp. 2, 1: 380.
LOA) Howes, Diet... USCEUI Plo su en Gree 2A tin OM Oy Ayala eras
Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; Heslop-Harrison,
Inds Kew-s supplies a5 3 695 LO Ase ab.) Mortons) 5007 Pie Se blac ome
opp. 96.) 19745, ie Vic. Watkins!) Bla.) Landscape Pill, ede lj. ampemor
303 & 364. 1974: Wedge, Pil. Names, ed: 2,6 6125. 19745) Moildes
Phytologia 28: 444, 449, 450, & 509 (1974) and 31: 389, 391, & 400.
1975; Das, Indian Forest. 101: 559. 1975; O. & I. Degener & Pekelo,
Hawaii. Pl. Names x.13. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
UniviegAndesie oi 2O——S 0. ele Vil Lov >s— Molina sks. CerbalOrmgor
O75), Sharma, Bulle Bot. Soc. Bengals 29) 142) 975i) lie Het
Bailey, Hortus Third 567 & 1149. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorek. 252
& 255--256. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Inst. Franc. Pond. Sect. Sei—
ent. Leche See bk e323)) 1976s) BabusaHerb. bi Dehra Dunbar
1977; Clay & Hubbard, Hawaii. Gard. Trop. Shrubs 196--198 & 290.
1977; L6pez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 6, 11, 22, 322--326, 649, &
6525) fips /8e9i7 s Holds. Phytollocial 36: 36, 37 3955 SeOne ova
Fournet, Fl. Guad. Mart. 1391 & 1412. 1978; Heathcote in Heywood,
Flow. Pl. World 237. 1978; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World 123,
305, & 310. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41:
41 & 47. 1978; Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 49, 863, [865], & 868,
fig. l7a & 301A. 1978; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ.
Andes 20: 24. 1979; Patterson, Delfeld, & Sents, Am. Top. Assoc.
Handb. 94: [Plants Stamps] 127 & 158. 1979; Kannan, Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 75 (suppl.): 1050. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 46:
191 & 507 (1980) and 48: 118. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 62, 81,
S05 V3, Vas G75 io), Wor. Ins. A305 2375 Hal, BES, PES. P3505 253.
LM = P85. AOS, 203, ZA, 235 25 SOs Silay S25 Beil, SyFile 354.
368, 4115 412, & 550... 1980; Roxb., Hort. Bene., imp. 25 46.enL95ile
1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 118. 1981; Carnes & Titman, Sombrero
Flower, Barton-Cotton, Baltimore, Maryland. n.d.

Straggling or climbing glabrous or incanous-pubescent shrubs
or trees, unarmed or armed with small axillary spines aiding in
climbing; branches often elongate and more or less clambering, ob-
tusely and often obscurely tetragonal; leaves simple, decussate-
Opposite, petiolate, deciduous, entire or dentate, exstipulate,
often glandular-dotted beneath; inflorescence cymose or racemi-
form, spuriously axillary and short-pedunculate in the axils of
the upper cauline leaves or foliaceous bracts, or crowded at the
apex of the branchlets in terminal fashion, leafy, short, few-
flowered, the higher ones often 1-flowered and the apex of the
panicle then racemiform; bracts often small, deciduous; bracteoles
absent; calyx gamosepalous, large, rotate or broadly obconic to
patelliformly patent above the short basal urceolate tube, mem-
branous, often highly colored, very much accrescent in age, entire
and subtruncate to very broad and more or less obscurely 5-lobed,
often very venose, inferior; corolla gamopetalous, tubular or hy-
pocrateriform, zygomorphic, the tube cylindric, incurved, slightly
antrorsely ampliate, the limb oblique, spreading, shortly 5-
lobed or -parted, the lobes usually short, unequal, the 2 poster-
ior ones exterior in bud, the 2 lateral ones smaller, the anterior

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 394.

one largest; stamens 4 or 5, didynamous, inserted in the corolla-
tube at or below the middle, shortly exserted; anthers ovate or
ovoid, the 2 thecae parallel; pistil single, composed of 2 biloc-
ular carpels; style single, terminal, filiform, slightly exserted;
stigma shortly bifid or bilobed, the posterior lobe short and ob-
tuse, the anterior one long and thin; ovary superior, bicarpel-
lary. rotund, very obtuse and entire or apically obscurely de-
pressed or 4-lobed, 4-locular, the cells l-ovulate; ovules later-
al, solitary, subpendulous, affixed in the upper anterior angle

of the locule; fruiting-calyx much enlarged, wide-spreading, patel-
liform or rotate, often brightly colored, often 2 cm. or more in
width, almost enclosing the fruit at its contracted base; fruit
drupaceous or capsular, obovoid, apically truncate and shortly to
divaricately and deeply 2--4-lobed or even almost 4-horned, usual-
ly more or less enclosed in the urceolate base of the persistent
calyx-tube, the exocarp often somewhat juicy, the mesocarp thin,
the endocarp hard, splitting into 1--4 nutlets or bony pyrenes;
seeds oblong, exalbuminous, the testa membranous.

Type species: Holmskioldia sanguinea Retz.

This is a small genus of about 19 or 20 specific and subspecific
taxa native to southern Asia, southeastern Africa, and Madagascar;
one species widely cultivated and often escaped and more or less
naturalized in both the East and West Indies and elsewhere; 2 fos-
sil species are known from the Eocene, Miocene, and Oligocene of
North America. There is said to be a form of the genus with
"greenish-yellow calyx and corolla" which may or may not prove to
be H. sanguinea f. citrina Mold.

The genus is named in+honor of Theodor Holmskjold [né Holm]
(1732--1794), a Danish nobleman who wrote on the flora of Denmark.
Bentham (1876), Giirke (1895), Chittenden (1951), Preston (1969),
and Palmer & Pitman (1972) regarded the genus as comprising only 3
species; Briquet (1895) and Dalla Torre & Harms (1904) gave the
number as 3 or 4; Jafri & Ghafoor (Flora of West Pakistan, mss.)
as 6; the Baileys (1976) and Encke (1960) as 10; Loépez-Palacios
(1977) as 11; and Angely (1956) as 14. The natural distribution
is usually given as paleotropic from the Himalaya region of India,
east-central Africa, and Madagascar.

Vernacular and common names for the members of the genus in-
clude "Chinese-hat", "holmskioldia", “holmskioldie", '"Japanese-
hat", and "parasol-flower", but these apply mostly to the type
species, H. sanguinea Retz.

The genus belongs in the Didynamia Angiospermia of Linnaeus;
Tribe Viteae Schau., Subtribe Viticeae (Bartl.) Schau. of Schauer
(1847); Tribe Viticeae (Bartl.) Benth. of Bentham (1876); and Sub-
family Viticoideae Briq., Tribe Clerodendreae Briq. of Briquet
(1895). Reichenbach (1828) and Firminger (1874) placed it in the
Labiatae [Lamiaceae].

An interesting comment is made by Lindley (1823) in speaking
of the scientific generic name, Holmskioldia: "The appellation
has been criticized as uncouth to our utterance, but still we
suspect it will be more easily pronounced by an Englishman, than
the generic one so justly derived from our monosyllable Smith can

322 1 Jal VOB (OL Tiys(O) (Chaat Vol. 48, No. 4

be by a Dane or indeed any foreigner."

The fossil genus, Florissantia, is based on F. physalis
Knowlton from the Miocene at Florissant, Colorado, now known as
Holmskioldia speirii (Lesq.) MacGinitie.

The Hastingsia S. Wats. (1879), referred to in the generic syno-
nymy above is a synomym of Schoenolirion Durand in the Liliaceae,
while Hastingia "K6nig ex Endl." [apud Willis] is a synonym of
Abroma Jacq. in the Sterculiaceae. In regard to Hastingsia "P. &
K.", Airy Shaw (1966) credits this name to Post & Kuntze, but
these authors in their Lexicon, p. 267 (1904) definitely and very
plainly credit the name to J. E. Smith, but Smith, in turn (1806),
plainly credits it to K6nig! The Smith reference, incidentally,
is erroneously cited as published in "1805" by Dalla Torre &
Harms (1904).

It is worth noting here, once again, that, according to Benth-
am's own account ["On the joint and separate work of the authors
of Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum" in Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. 20: 304--308. 1883], the entire treatment of the Ver-
benaceae in that work was by Bentham alone. Most writers on this
group erroneously credit the verbenaceous discussions to both
Bentham & Hooker.

Compton (1966) lists an unidentified species of Holmskioldia
from the poorts of Swaziland -- this probably will prove to be
H. tettensis (Klotzsch) Vatke. Mukherjee's (1965) listing of an
unidentified species from the "creeper jungles" of West Bengal
probably applies to H. sanguinea Retz.

Dr. Gillett has written to me several times concerning an as
yet undescribed and unnamed species in Kenya, represented by Fa-
den, Faden, Gillett, & Gachathi 77/439 in my personal herbarium.
He states that it is a narrow-crowned tree, about 12 m. tall,
with tan-colored bark peeling off with the permanent lenticels,
the leaves opposite, their blades oblong, about 30 cm. long and
15 cm. wide, with dense reticulate venation, and the mature
fruiting-calyx 6 cm. wide. It was collected only in the fruit-
ing stage in February on limestone rodes with Commiphora zimmer-
mannii, Erythrina sacleuxii, Ficus sp., Gyrocarpus americana,
Sterculia appendiculata, Ricinodendron sp., etc., just north of
Nwara Kenya on the Chonyi to Ribe road 4.8 km. north of the
turn-off on the Kaaafa ito) Kaliollena road,at 30°47" S.5 39°42 a ae
at about 140 m. altitude. He reports only a single tree and a
single sapling were observed. This plant certainly cannot rep-
resent any presently known species in the genus and I hope that
flowering material may eventually be collected, something which
Dr. Gillett writes me that he is continuing to try to do.

Sweet (1839) asserts that "Holmskioldia occurs in p. 546 [of
his work], under Labiatae, and in p. 551, in Verbenaceae; it
is doubtful which of the two genera will ultimately stand; the
latter, however, may be altered to Hastingia for the present."
Actually, there is no homonymous genus in the ZLamiaceae.

Junell (1934), basing his work on an Herb. Forest Fl. Siwal-
is & Jaunsur Div. s.n. collection of H. sanguinea Retz., says
for the genus Holmskioldia:

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 323

"Der Fruchtknoten ist schwach lobiert.....Die Plazenten verwachsen
verhdltnismassig hoch oben im Fruchtknoten. (Bei den vorhergehen-
den Arten sind die Plazenten bis nahe an den Grund der Fruchtkno-
tenhéhle getrennt.) Die Fruchtblattraénder bleinen jedoch auch
bei dieser Gattung von einander frei. Die mittleren Partien der
Fruchtblatter sind schwach verdickt. Sowohl aussen am Fruchtkno-
ten als auf den Plazenten und besonders auf den Samenanlagen kom-
men reichlich grosse Driisen vor.......Wie bei Oxera, Faradaya und
Hosea sind die Samenanlagen mit ihrem chalazen Teil an der Plazenta
befestigt. Der Embryosack ist oben etwas erweitert. Dieser Sub-
tribus kann mé6glicherweise in zwei Gruppen getrennt werden. Bei
den Gattungen Faradaya, Oxera, Hosea und Holmskioldia sind namlich
die Samenanlagen ungew6hnlich hoch inseriert und mit ihrem chalazen
Teil an der Plazenta befestigt; bei den tibrigen Gattungen hingegen
sind sie unmittelbar oberhalb der Mitte der Samenanlage inseriert."
Gibbs (1974) reports saponins "absent or probably absent" and
tannins definitely absent in the genus. An unidentified member of
the genus is said to be host to the parasitic fungus, Cercospora
holmskioldiae.
The C. Smith 297, identified and distributed in some herbaria
as Holmskioldia sp., actually is Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L.,
Pleyte 722 is Petraeovitex multiflora (J. E. Sm.) Merr., and Jen-
kins s.n. [Assam] is Premna esculenta Roxb.
Excluded species:
Hastingsia alba S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 14: 242. 1879 =
Schoenolirion album (S. Wats.) Durand, Liliaceae
Hastingsia bracteosa S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 20: 377. 1885 =
Schoenolirion bracteosum (S. Wats.) Durand, Liliaceae
Holmskioldia angustifolia Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 397.
1950 = Capitanopsis angustifolia (Mold.) Capuron, Lamiaceae

An artificial key to the accepted taxa of Holmskioldia:

1. Fossil species.
2. Calyx unlobed, about 3.2 cm. wide; Eocene of British Colum-
RYT cite avetotaavellels 6/aye taleiw bisicle' eecmtomicle’s aialeials ci siete OIL CHETETIC? S._
2a. Calyx distinctly angulate-lobed, about 5 cm. wide; Miocene
of Colorado and Oligocene of Montana...........H. speirii.
la. Modern species.
Se hruLting—calyx. about 6 en. wWides ec cscccucceeHa Spe MOV. ined.
3a. Fruiting-calyx only 1.2--3.5 cm. wide.
4. Branches spiny.
5. Leaf-blades narrowed to the base...........H. spinescens.
5a. Leaf-blades basally rounded...............-H. mucronata.
4a. Branches unarmed.
6. Native to continental Africa.
7. Leaf-blades distinctly toothed.
8. \Conrolias white. wcceseweis «cle cxetanceebenst sb. iadba..
8a. Corollas lilac or violet to purple.
Oe Calyx pA nice omission cues slema e sicisisiast= ediella CCLECISAS.
Gane Caliv= yellows uscsus caw aaiee ete Leccensis: La, Llava..
7a. Leaf-blades entire or subentire.........H. subintegra.

324 PiHeVoTROnnyO GoTed Vol. 48, No. 4

6a. Native to tropical Asia or Madagascar, not Africa.
10. Native only to Madagascar.
11. Leaf-blades glabrous or very obscurely pilosulous beneath.
12. Mature fruiting-calyx about 1.5 cm. in diameter; mature
leaves 1.5--3 cm. long.H. microphylla var. glabrescens.
12a. Mature fruiting-calyx to 3.3 cm. in diameter; mature
leaves 3.5--9 cm. long.

13. Lobes of fruiting-calyx separate almost to the base;
fruit about 7 mm. long and wide..H. mira var. fissa.

13a. Lobes of fruiting-calyx separate only to the middle
or slightly beyond; fruit about 4 mm. long and
WAGleooudnsgnocsduo boos eooDCdONDODUCOKOeoH ODM. MEE.

lla. Leaf-blades densely pubescent, puberulent, or tomentose
beneath.
14. Leaf-blades densely tomentose beneath....H. microcalyx.
14a. Leaf-blades merely pubescent or puberulent beneath.

15. Leaf-blades densely appressed white-canescent beneath,
small, 5--27 mm. long, 5--12 mm. wide, basally cune-
ate; mature fruiting-calyx about 1 cm. in diameter...
aiaiotaialeleletelchatets el = falicliolle) si'ejioliei/a)s/\s\'eie/sl'e)el's lale\erelel aid op LC ROD dt palatie

15a. Leaf-blades not appressed white-canescent beneath,
larger, 4--8 cm. long and 2--4 cm. wide.

16. Leaf-blades apically attenuate-acute; petioles 15--
AQ) mii. ALOE S55 50qG0cboD00DS -..-H. madagascariensis.
loa. Leaf-blades apically obtuse, rounded, or emarginate;
petioles only 5--10 mm. long.
U7. Matune frwttane—calliysa 2 5——35 cil.) in) daameteriererrs

AGOdDODOOD eseeee..H. mMicrocalyx var. glabrescens.
l7a. Mature fruiting-calyx about 2 cm. in diameter....
sooodéoadodbdde sooaaoC slelelelelelelsiole (el) elelsielel ome U nT cvaiarae

10a. Native only to tropical Asia, widely cultivated elsewhere.
Sic, Conol asl rede Or OrANG ele «is\s\elsle cieis\eicie > wiv ele elelcle oie) SALIGUMMIedE
USare (Coneselias| yielblowierc slsisieieiecleleieleisie sein) SAMNGUINea temic arinacie

HOLMSKIOLDIA HUMBERTI Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 398. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 398. 1950; E. J.
Salesbe ind.) Kew. Suppl. Lies aOk 953s. Molde imh Humberta.e uae
Madag. 174: 254, 261, & 263--264, fig. 42 (5 & 6). 1956; Mold., Rée-
sumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 261 (1971) and 2: 880.
tO Aes Mold) Phycol Meme 2s) 250) 5 0en O80

Iilustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 261, fig. 427
(Gy Mo IUGsys

Shrub or small tree, about 2 m. tall; branchlets very slender,
rather irregular, corky-lenticellate, not plainly tetragonal,
minutely puberulent or glabrescent; twigs abbreviated, rather
densely puberulent; nodes not annulate; principal internodes much
abbreviated, 0.2--2 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; leaf-scars
rather large and prominent, corky; buds densely tomentellous; peti-
oles slender, 7--10 mm. long, densely puberulent with subappressed
antrorse hairs; leaf-blades subcoriaceous, grayish-green on both
surfaces, broadly elliptic or short-ovate, 3--4.3 cm. long, 2.2--
3.7 cm. wide, apically obtuse or rounded, marginally entire, basal-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 325

ly rounded, finely puberulent above (more densely so along the
midrib), very densely puberulent or cano-tomentose and resinous-—
punctate beneath; midrib slender, mostly subimpressed above,
prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 4--6 per side, arcuate-
ascending, subimpressed above, prominent beneath, joined in many
loops some distance from the margins; vein and veinlet reticula-
tion very abundant, rather conspicuously subimpressed above, pro-
minulous to the ultimate divisions beneath; inflorescence axil-
lary, 1-flowered, subequaling or shorter than the subtending leaf;
peduncles filiform, 1.5--2 cm. long, rather densely spreading-
puberulent; pedicels filiform, 7--10 mm. long, densely spreading-
puberulent; bractlets caducous; corolla yellow-green; fruiting-
calyx patelliform, star-shaped, thin-textured, about 2 cm. wide,
venose, puberulent on both surfaces, more densely so on the outer
surface, its tube c ampanulate, about 6 mm. long, the 5 lobes
somewhat unequal, broadly elliptic, 7--8 mm. long, apically ob-
tuse; fruit oblate-spheroid, about 5 mm. wide, thin-textured,
densely puberulent and more or less resinous-punctate.

This endemic species of northwestern Madagascar is base on a
collection made by Dr. Henri Humbert (no. 19032) in the tropoph-
ilous forest near Ambodimagodro, in the limestone hills and
plateaus of Ankarana, Diego-Suarez, Madagascar, at an altitude of
150--200 m., collected between December, 1937, and January, 1938,
and deposited in the Paris herbarium. Bernardi reports it as
“apparently rare" and encountered it in flower and fruit in No-
vember.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Bernardi 11258 (Ac, N); Humbert 19032
(N--isotype, P--type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MADAGASCARTi?NSIS Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77:
398——399. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 398--399.

BODU Saat). Salisb., 2nd. Kew. Supple Lis 1951953’) Mold, ein
Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 259 & 261--263, fig. 42 (4). 1956; Mold.,
Resumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 261 (1971) and 2:
S60. L971; Mold.,, Phytol. Mem. 2: 250) & 5502 2980:

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 261, fig. 42
(4). 1956.

Shrub or tree; branchlets irregular, dark, rather slender, not
plainly tetragonal, appressed-puberulent, glabrescent in age;
twigs very slender, very densely short-pubescent with sordid-
grayish hairs; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.3--2 cm.
long, mostly greatly abbreviated; leaf-scars very large and prom-
inent, corky-margined; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles very
slender, 1.3--2 cm. long, densely short-pubescent with appressed
whitish antrorse hairs; leaf-blades firmly chartaceous or sub-
coriaceous, light-green above (brunnescent in drying when imma-
ture), whitish beneath, lanceolate-ovate, 4--8 cm. long, 1.8--4
cm. wide, apically acute, basally mostly acute and occasionally
asymmetric, marginally entire, rather densely short-pubescent with
subappressed whitish hairs above, very densely short-pubescent
(especially on the venation to its ultimate divisions) beneath,

326 P FL Oe OisliOp Gil Vol. 48, No. 4

the hairs whitish and subappressed; midrib slender, subimpressed
above, prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 4--6 per side, ar-
cuate-ascending, subimpressed above, prominent beneath; vein and
veinlet reticulation very abundant, rather conspicuous and subim-
pressed above, very prominent beneath; inflorescence axillary on
the young twigs, shorter than the subtending leaf; peduncles
solitary in each axil, very slender, 1.3--2.1 cm. long, very
densely short-pubescent like the twigs, usually 1-flowered and
with a single pair of bractlets; pedicels very slender, 5--9 mn.
long, very densely short-pubescent like the twigs; bractlets lin-
ear, 3--4 mm. long, densely short-pubescent; calyx campanulate,
very densely white-tomentellous, its tube about 4 mm. long and
wide, its 5 lobes 3--4 mm. long, broadly ovate, apically acute;
corolla densely white-tomentellous on the outer surface; fruiting-
calyx patelliform, star-shaped, herbaceous, about 2 cm. wide,
very densely short-pubescent or tomentellous on both surfaces,
the lobes broadly ovate, about 6 mm. long and wide, apically a-
cute,

The species is based on Service Forestier 50 from Ankara-
fantsika, in the Seventh Reserve, Madagascar, collected sometime
before April 4, 1933, and deposited in the Paris herbarium. The
species is probably endemic to low altitude woods on limestone
plateaus in western Madagascar. The type collection is errone-
ously given as "30" in Humbert's Flora (1956).

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Service Forestier 50 (F--photo of type,

N--photo of type, P--type, Z--photo of type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MICROCALYX (J. G. Baker) Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
OS Wiesel IAL EKO, Meee.

Synonymy: Vitex microcalyx J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. 25: 341. 1890. Vitex macrocalyx J. G. Baker ex Mold.
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 260, in syn. 1956. Holmskioldia
macrocalyx (J. G. Baker) Pieper ex Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
IAs 2605 in sym. 1956.

Bibliography: J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 25:
S41 toIOs Durand & Jacksty.. Inde Kewer supplies i samplen lies 4576
L906; Pieper, Engl. Bots Jahrb. 622 Beibl. WAls 80. O28 ACs We
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 119. 1933; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
SuUppIiy i imple 25. 45. LOCI: Molde ain Humbert. . BLen Madaguslndte
Zoos) 260--2625 hae. 42 Cle) 2) 2 1956s Durand Ss. Jacks.,. Indeaikewre
supple.) Ly imp 35 457 1959's) Moilldic, Resumé) 156,) 298, 386, 40 Gn
EBiG AUGER Wlolidlg oe austell Sohne Ibe Aoik (Uleyzal)) eiacl Be S7/5 7, 7/22-
TID eno O Ole LO) ess Molde Phytol. Mena: 250ncn> 50 emeLOSOl

Tilustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 261, fie. 42
(Gh Po UIE Ge

Shrub or tree, 2--2.5 m. tall; branchlets medium to slender,
rather irregular, dark, obtusely tetragonal, densely puberulent
when young, soon glabrescent, sometimes corky-lenticellate; twigs
slender, very densely short-pubescent with sordid-cinereous
hairs; nodes not annulate; principal internodes usually 2--7 mm.
long on the twigs, sometimes elongate to 3 cm. on the branchlets;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 527

leaf-scars very large and divergent-prominent, very corky; buds
densely villosulous; leaves decussate-opposite, short-petiolate;
petioles slender, 0.8--2 cm. long, very densely short-pubescent
or villosulous with sordid-cinereous or flavidous hairs; leaf-
blades subcoriaceous or coriaceous, elliptic or ovate-elliptic to
broadly ovate, 2--10 cm. long, 2--9.5 cm. wide, apically obtuse
or rounded (sometimes even subemarginate), marginally entire,
basally varying from subacute or obtuse to truncate or even deep-
ly cordate, densely velutinous on both surfaces or obscurely al-
bidous-pubescent above and densely so beneath; midrib rather
stout, mostly subprominulous above, very prominent beneath; sec-
ondaries slender, 4--6 per side, arcuate-ascending, often somewhat
subimpressed above, prominent beneath; vein and veinlet reticula-
tion abundant, obscure or subimpressed above, prominent beneath;
inflorescence axillary or terminal, 1--3-flowered; peduncles very
slender, 1--3 cm. long, very densely villosulous; pedicels fili-
form, 4--19 mm. long, very densely villosulous; bractlets linear,
to 5 mm. long, densely short-pubescent; calyx very densely vil-
losulous throughout, the tube campanulate, about 3 mm. long and
wide, its 5 lobes broadly ovate, about 3 mm. long and wide, api-
cally acute; corolla almost 1.5 cm. long, externally densely pu-
bescent; stamens and pistil long-exserted, 2.5--3 cm. long;
fruiting-calyx patelliform, star-shaped, firmly chartaceous or
coriaceous, 2.5--3.5 cm. wide, its tube densely villosulous on
both surfaces, the 5 somewhat unequal lobes rather densely short-—
pubescent on both surfaces, venose, broadly elliptic or semi-
orbicular, apically rounded or short-cuspidate; fruit oblate-
spheroid or depressed-globose, about 5 mm. wide, thin-textured,
densely villosulous.

This endemic species of eastern, western, and central Madagas-
car is based on Baron 5369 ["next 5390"] from Madagascar, deposi-
ted in the Kew herbarium. The plant has been collected in "bois
sablonneux secs", "pentes rocailleuses (rochers siliceux)", and
"exceptionellement forét oriental", at 800--1000 m. altitude,
flowering and fruiting in October. Dandouau comments "un seul
arbre que les indigenes ne reconnaissent plus, relicte de 1l'an-
cienne forét orientale”.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 5369 (K--type, N--photo of type,
P--isotype, Z--photo of type); Dandouau s.n. [Herb. Perrier
18587] (P); Decary 8183 (N, P); Humbert 3009 (P); Perrier 1123
(2) pe 0272 ((N; “P) p Pervill 6 1123 ((2) ss Seurig 237 C,. P)’-

HOLMSKIOLDIA MICROCALYX var. GLABRESCENS Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 772 399. 1950)

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 399. 1950;
Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 254 & 261--262, fig. 42 (3).
1956; Mold., Résumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 261
CUI7 DL) and 42388). L971: Mold.) Phytol. Mem. 2/4250 &9550. 1.980%

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 261, fig. 42
(3))ie) 2956

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaves merely chartaceous, lightly puberulent, and

328 PLB n TOMO Guta A Vol. 48, No. 4

with elevated venation above, lightly puberulent and resinous-—
punctate beneath, and the fruiting-calyx merely lightly and very
obscurely puberulent on both surfaces.

The plant is said to be a tree, 12 m. tall, with a trunk dian-
eter to 40 cm. It is endemic to Madagascar, based on Service
Forestier 17 from sandy slopes, at an altitude of 100 m., in the
Seventh Reserve of western Madagascar, collected sometime before
April 4, 1933, and deposited in the Paris herbarium. It has been
found in anthesis in November, its wood is used locally in con-
struction, and a recorded vernacular name is "mafangalaty". Thus
far it is known only from the original collection.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Service Forestier 17 (F--photo of type,
N--isotype, N--photo of type, P--type, Z--photo of type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MICROPHYLLA Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 399--
400. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 399--400. 1950;
Bie ies OALeUSbA 4) indi Kew.) Suppii.) dale: mal19)5 9539's) Mold.) im) Humbert
PIS Madagp. 274: 25451255, 1& 256--258,, fie. 41 ©=—8) . 2956s eholde
Résumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:262 (1971) and 2:
Soils EO alts mold se bined. Mem. 2a 250) &eop0n elOSOe

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 255, fig. 41
(5—-8). 11956.

Shrub or small tree, to 2 m. tall; branches and branchlets very
slender, brunnescent in drying, densely appressed-puberulent when
young, glabrescent in age, very obscurely tetragonal or subterete,
sometimes conspicuously lenticellate with round, corky lenticels;
nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.5--2 cm. long or less;
leaf-scars comparatively large, prominent, corky; buds densely
tomentose; leaves decussate-opposite, abundant, small; petioles
very slender, 2--1l1 mm. long, densely white-tomentellous; leaf-
blades thin-chartaceous, gray-green above, whitish beneath, vary-
ing from ovate or orbicular to elliptic, 0.6--2.7 cm. long, 0.5--2
em. wide, apically rounded or emarginate, marginally entire,
basally subacute or rounded, densely short-pubescent or puberu-
lent above, very densely matted-tomentellous with white hairs be-
neath; midrib slender, flat or obscure above, prominulous beneath3
secondaries very slender, 3 or 4 per side, arcuate-ascending, ob-
scure or indiscernible above, prominulous beneath, they and the
midrib sometimes very prominent beneath, arcuately joined some
distance from the margins beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation
usually indiscernible above, sometimes prominulous beneath; in-
florescence axillary, usually branched and several-flowered, some-
times merely 1-flowered; peduncles filiform, 7--15 mm. long,
densely white-pubescent with very short subappressed antrorse
hairs; pedicels filiform, 4--5 mm. long, densely white-pubescent
like the peduncles and inflorescence-branches; bractlets linear,
1--2 mm. long, densely white-pubescent with appressed antrorse
hairs; calyx patelliform, its tube about 4 mm. long, densely white-
pubescent with appressed antrorse hairs, its limb 5-lobed, the
lobes about 3 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide, apically subacute, densely

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 329

puberulent on both surfaces; corolla white or greenish, with one
violet or pale-violet lobe or suffused with violet throughout,
its tube about 6 mm. long, externally densely white-pubescent,
the lobes 5, unequal, 5--10 mm. long, the inner one cucullate in
bud, enlarged, irregularly dentate, clawed, membranous-margined;
stamens and pistil long-exserted, the stamens 4, inserted near
the summit of the corolla-tube, the filaments basally pilose; o-
vary tomentulose; fruiting-calyx much enlarged, 1.2--1.9 cm. wide,
very densely white-pubescent on both surfaces, the 5 lobes lingu-
late, 3.5--4 mm. long, usually shorter than or equaling the tube;
fruit oblate-spheroid, about 4 mm. wide, densely white-pubescent.

This endemic species of southwestern Madagascar is based on
Decary 9402 from the upper valley of the Mananbolo river, col-
lected on November 24, 1931, and deposited in the Paris herbari-
um. Vernacular names recorded for the plant are "forimbitiky",
"hasota", and "hazombaza''. Collectors have encountered it on
gneiss, in xerophilous bush among limestone rocks, and on lime-
stone hillslopes and rocky plateaus, at 2--600 mn. altitude, in
flower from November to January, and in fruit from November to
February as well as in June and August. The species is said to
inhabit "Bush xérophile, forét séche; forét basse sclérophyle,
basse ou moyenne alt. (jusqu'a 900 m.) Sur coteaux calcaires,
rocailles, gneiss, dunes.....Le bois sert a faire des pirogues,
des charpentes.....les feuilles son utilisées comme médicament
dans les maladies des yeux."

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Humbert 12908
and "greenish with one pale-violet petal" on Decary 9507.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Afzelius s.n. [Behera, 28.12.1912] (S),
s.n. [20.10.1912] (S)3; Collector undetermined 281 (P); Decary
9320 (P), 9402 (F--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type, Z--
photo of type), 9507 (P); Geay 3338 (P); Humbert 5196 (P), 6895
WEED ne te7ol CP), 12830 (P), 22908 (P), 1983t (2), 202420 (PKs
Perrier 10235 (P).

pty]

HOLMSKIOLDIA MICROPHYLLA var. GLABRESCENS Mold., Bull. Torrey
DO pm Gutbeayy7 5. 400. O50).

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 400. 1950;
Mold .eim Humbert, Fl. Madag. 1745253), 255, & 295, £10.40 (9).-
1956; Mold., Résumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 262
(1971) and 2: 881. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 550. 1980.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 255, fig.

41 (9). 1956.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaves and calyxes only very finely appressed-
puberulent or even subglabrescent and resinous-punctate.

The variety is based on Humbert 20048 from a tropophilous
forest and xerophytic bush on reddish-brown sand, at 80--150 m.
altitude, in the neighborhood of Manombo in the forest region
of Isonto west of Ankililoaka, in southwestern Madagascar, col-
lected on January 28, 1947, and deposited in the Paris herbarium.
So far it is known only from the original collection.

330 12 ele AY Oj tty (0) (rie fs Vol. 48, No. 4

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Humbert 20048 (F--photo of type, It--
photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MIRA Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 400--401.
1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 400--401.
ILQSOR, Wig ig Sauls aA ahrelo arin Steyoynlke alls aI). AUC) sig. ibrehilel. aun
Humbert. Fl. Madag. 174: 243, 255, & 258--259, fig. 41 (10 & 11).
1956; Mold., Résumé 156 & 456. 1959; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem.
SyARvish7/ Se ILLS As pil, BOs iesWeys Ho By 7/5, UOOIS Mole, 4 Maueicly Sui, le 262
(CLG) tarde 2 8 Sis OLS Molde, seby toll. Mem. 2: 250a 550 9o0e

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 255, fig. 41
(10 & 11). 1956; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 82: pl. 30, fig. 4
& 7. 1961.

A shrub or small tree, to 5 m. tall or more; branches and
branchlets slender, gray, lenticellate, very obscurely tetragonal
or subterete, glabrous; leaf-scars large and prominent, corky;
lenticels often prominent and corky; buds densely tomentose-
villous; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.2--3.5 cn.
long, those on the twigs usually much abbreviated; leaves decus-
sate-opposite, aromatic; petioles slender, 3--12 mm. long, canal-
iculate above and there rather densely pilosulous—puberulent,
otherwise subglabrate; leaf-blades very thinly membranous and
nigrescent or brunnescent in drying during anthesis, firmly char-
taceous at maturity and then usually not nigrescent, varing from
elliptic or broadly elliptic to ovoid, 3--8 cm. long, 2——5 cm:
wide, apically acute or obtuse to rounded or emarginate, margin-
ally entire, basally acute or more usually obtuse or rounded,
usually lightly pilosulous along the midrib above, otherwise glab-
rous on both surfaces, very shiny when mature; midrib slender,
flat above, prominulous beneath; secondaries slender, 5--7 per
side, arcuate-divergent, mostly obscure or indiscernible at an-
thesis, prominulent on both surfaces on mature leaves, joining in
many loops some distance within the margins beneath; vein and
veinlet reticulation very abundant, mostly indiscernible at time
of anthesis, conspicuously prominulent on both surfaces on mature
leaves; inflorescence axillary; flowers solitary or paired in
each axil; peduncles filiform, 1--3 cm. long, issuing from a vil-
lous cushion-like base, otherwise glabrous, bearing an opposite
or subopposite pair of filiform bractlets 1.5--2 mm. long at the
apex; pedicels filiform, 5--8 mm. tong, glabrous; calyx patelli-
form, its tube 3--4 mm. long, the limb somewhat irregularly 5-
lobed, membranous, 1.1--1.4 mm. wide, the lobes about 4 mm. long
and 3.5--5 mm. wide, apically rounded and apiculate, glabrous on
both surfaces, venose; corolla greenish- or pale grayish-blue to
greenish-white or white; stamens 4, long-exserted; filaments
glabrous, about 2 cm. long; pistil equaling or surpassing the
stamens; fruiting-calyx much enlarged, star-shaped, firmly char-
taceous, very venose and shiny, 2--3.5 cm. wide, the apically a-
cute or rounded lobes separated only 1/2 to 2/3 to the base, gla-
brous on both surfaces; fruit oblate, 3--4 mm. long, about 4 mm.
wide, thin-shelled, glabrous, shiny, not plainly sulcate nor ve-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on 40lmskioldia 331

nose.

This species, endemic to northwestern and perhaps central
Madagascar, is based on Service Forestier 22 from Ankarafantsika
in the Seventh Reserve, Madagascar, collected sometime before Ap-
ril 4, 1933, and deposited in the herbarium of the Museum Natio-
nal d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris.

Collectors refer to the plant as a shrub or tree, to 15 feet
tall, and have encountered it on sand dunes, as well as in woods
on plateaus. According to Humbert it is a "Bois sub sables, ou
moins souvent rocailles calcaires, parfois aux lisiéres; a basse
alt." It has been collected in anthesis from September to Decem-
ber and in fruit in August and from October to April. The corol-
las are said to have been "white" on Decary 8196, “greenish-
white" on Decary 8171, and "pale grayish-blue" on Boivin 2316.
The label accompanying the last-mentioned collection is inscribed
"genus novum'’ by someone in the Paris herbarium. Material has
also been misidentified and distributed as Clerodendrum emirnense
Bojer.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: D'Alleizette s.n. [Mandraka, Dec. 1905]
(P); Boivin 2316 (P), s.n. [Madagascar, 1847-1852] (P); Decary
8171 (P), 8196 (P), 19027 (N, P); Perrier 332: (P), 1331 (N; P),
HO2O2N(2) 5 10213 (2) 5 LO292 (Nj) P) 3021782) (CP) 3 PerviLles6724 (2):
Service Forestier 22 (F--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type,
Z--photo of type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MIRA var. FISSA Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77:
401=——-402. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 401--402.
LOSO05) Mold.-in Humbert, Fl. Madag. (1742025325550 612595 -Eige: 41
(12). 1950; Mold., Résumé 156 & 456. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
262°(1971) and 2: 881. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 23.250» & 550).
1980.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 255, fig. 41
Cle L9506

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaf-blades to 8.5 cm. long and 7.5 cm. wide, the
fruiting-calyx 3.5--4.3 cm. wide, its lobes separate almost to the
base (to within 5 mm. of the base), and the mature fruit about 7
mm. long and wide, very hard and woody, very shiny, brown, sul-
cate, and venose, splitting at maturity into 4 parts.

This endemic variety is based on Bernier 360 from Linguatou
in northwestern Madagascar, collected in about 1834 and deposit-
ed in the Paris herbarium. Bernier describes the plant as 10--12
feet tall.

Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Turnera hildebrandtii Boivin.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Bernier 360 (F--photo of type, N--photo
of type, P--type, Z--photo of type); Boivin 2485 (N, P); Hilde-
brandt 3376a (P).

HOLMSKIOLDIA MUCRONATA (Klotzsch) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882.
Synonymy: Cyclonema mucronatum Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss.

332 PHYS Obi OG ail Vol. 48, No. 4

Reise Mossamb. 6 (1) [Bot.]: 260. 1861. Holmskioldia mucronata
Vatke apud Hutchins. & Corbish., Kew. Bull. Misc. Inf. 1920: 332.
1920. Holmskioldia mucronatum (Klotzsch) Vatke ex Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names 22, sphalm. 1942.

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6
@) [Bot] 260-261. Si6ilis Vaitke, Lannaea 43) 536. 1882s Sacks.
in) Hook. £..1& Jacks. 5 indi) Kew, nimpe 1, ole 679.9 1893s sClinkesin
Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 342. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Daye, INES Micoyo5, Meier sg SHU SNES). ILGXOOR Jattherclatiatsys 1% (Copelstela. .
Kew Bulli Misejmink. 9208332). LO20e iwtchins. any Dyers tlion.
mil. Sa Mikes Qe poll, AGo NOwAS iiolkelo., ANEDnG Weise Iho Nemec 22.
O42) Modkdiys) Known Geoexr.) Dilsitrsiib.) Verbenael), 1ed.) Lo 51) Seosr
NOL 2 Jacks! Hook. ts comacksemilimds New. apie. 2.) desmouiOle
1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 119, 120, &
WG}q UGVACS Wie wo Seulalsjjy.5 Ibs Key, Suypyils tals WAOK wWSyse Witedlel. .
Resume 4Oee 50s 2762985 4565) 1959s stacks any Hookers
Jacks lind ce Neweyseetnlpies SypeelaciO/9)s 96 OspaMomlidiy a hacks ouimnyemmees
2B) Dols (47S) (GL) ands 23:75 217. 1&) SSlls. 9/1 es Mold), Phy:tolemiem.
P3O PSS PEL SENOS “IUSKSi0)

An erect, branched, spiny, pubescent shrub, to 4 m. tall; stems
grayish-white; branches short, spiny, about 5 cm. long, horizon-
tally divaricate; branchlets opposite or alternate, short, erect,
white-pubescent, spinescent; leaves opposite, short-petiolate3
leaf-blades membranous, oval or ovate, 2.5--7.5 cm. long, 1.6--3
cm. wide, apically rounded-apiculate or short-cuspidate (the cusp
itself apically rounded), marginally entire or very rarely sinu-
ate-dentate (the teeth variable even on the same plant), basally
rounded or those at the apex of the branchlets broader and sub-
cordate, deep-green and sparsely pubescent above, gray-green and
densely incanous—pubescent beneath; cymes corymbiform, axillary,
pedunculate, finely pubescent, about 5 cm. long, solitary, few-
flowered, bracteolate; peduncles 2.5--3.5 cm. long; bracts small,
membranous, broadly ovate, about 3 mm. long and wide, apically
short-acute, very sparsely pilose above, villous beneath, decidu-
ous; pedicels densely villous; calyx purplish-white, membranous,
patelliform, 6--8 mm. long and wide, finely pilose on both sur-
faces, persistent, 5-angled and 5-dentate, basally urceolately
contracted; corolla zygomorphic, bright-blue, slightly shorter
to longer than the calyx, glandular-pubescent on both surfaces,
"somewhat like that of an Aristolochia in appearance", its tube
very short, hardly exserted from the calyx, reclinate, the limb
sub-bilabiate, unequally 5-parted, spreading; stamens 4, subdi-
dynamous, exserted; filaments densely glandular-puberulent below,
sparsely so above; pistil somewhat surpassing the anthers, fili-
form, glabrous; ovary top-shaped, apically matted-villous or to-
mentose, basally glabrous, 4-celled, 4-ovulate; fruiting-calyx
about 1.8 cm. wide.

This species is based on a Peters collection from Rios de Sena,
Mozambique. It has been collected in anthesis in December and
is said to be "very common" in Zimbabwe.

Citations: ZIMBABWE: Whellan 328 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 18463]
(N), 493 [Govt. Herb. Salisb. 31176] (Bm, N).

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 333

HOLMSKIOLDIA QUILCHENENSIS Mathewes & Brooke, Syesis 4: 214 &
Bae tie, 5s HOG OLS 197i.

Synonymy: Holmskioldia quilchensis Mathewes & Brooke ex Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 550, sphalm. 1980.

Bibliography: Becker, Nat. Hist. 74 (2): 41. 1965; Mathewes &
Brooke, Syesis 4: 214 & 215, fig. 15, 16, & 18. 19713; Anon., Bi-
ol. Abstr. B.A.S.1I.C. S.120. 1972; Mathewes & Brooke, Biol. Abstr.
HAemovoOe L972s Mold... Phytologia 25: 235.1978: Molidj. Phytol.
Mem. 2: 368 & 550. 1980.

Illustrations: Mathewes & Brook, Syesis 4: 215, fig. 15, 16, &
iTS RI Abe

This is a fossil species known thus far only from the [fruit-
ing] calyx, which is "wholly connate, orbicular with no visible
lobation, diameter 3.2 cm; hydathodes visible and so disposed in
the calyx circumference as to seemingly divide it into five ap-
proximately equal segments; primary veins either extending to mar-
gin of calyx or less commonly forking inside the margin; primary
veins joined by lateral nervilles in a polygonal or rectangular
reticulate pattern."

The species is known thus far only from Middle Eocene rocks in
the Coldwater beds approximately 2 miles south of Quilchena, on
the west side of Quilchena Creek, British Columbia, Canada, col-
lected there in 1968 and 1969.

Mathewes & Brooke (1971) comment that "Although MacGinitie
(1953) noted a similarity between the fossil Holmskioldia
speirii and the extant H. sanguinea Retz., the comparability of
calyx shape and venation is even stronger between H. quilchenensis
and H. sanguinea due to the absence of calyx lobation.....This
characteristic is the primary one used to separate H. quilchen-
ensis from previously described forms. The Mid-Eocene occurrence
of Holmskioldia at Quilchena ranks among the oldest known. The
genus is cited as an especially good indicator for the Oligocene
by Becker (1961). Holotype: 997 (counterparts) ."

HOLMSKIOLDIA SANGUINEA Retz., Obs. 6: 31--32. 1791.

Synonymy: Hastingia coccinea J. E. Sm., Exot. Bot. 2: 41--42,
pl. 80. 1806. Platunium rubrum A, L. Juss., Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat.
Paris 7: 76. 1806. Holmskioldia rubra Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 144.
1807. Hastingia scandens Roxb., Hort. beng., imp. 1, [95]. 1814;
Fl. Ind., ed. 2, 3: 66. 1832. Hastingia augusta Kénig ex Lindl.
in Edwards, Bot. Reg. 9: pl. 692. 1823. Holmskioldia scandens
Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 323. 1826. Hastingia coccinea Konig
ex Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, 3: 65--66. 1832. Holmskidéldia sangui-
nea Retz. apud Gamble, Nan. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 544.
1902. Platinium rubrum Juss. apud DeWild., Icon, Select. Hort.
Then. 4: pl. 159, in syn. 1903. Hastingia angusta Ktnig apud
DeWild., Icon. Select. Hort. Then. 4: pl. 159, in syn. 1903.
Holmskioldia sancuinea Retz. apud DeWild., Icon. Select. Hort.
Then. 4: pl. 159, in syn. 1903. Hastingsia coccinea Kénig apud H.
Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 84, in syn. 1918.
Holmskoldia sanguinea Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 6, 442. 1918.
Holmskjoeldia sanguinea Retz. apud H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Ar-

334 Jee Tsk NC oh (0) 16,10) (1b YN Vol. 48, No. 4

ch. 321. 1919. Holmskjoldia sanguinea Retz. apud Porsch, Jahrb.
Wiss. Bot. 63: 656--669, fig. 4--13. 1923. Hastingsia coccinea
Sm. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 26, in syn. 1940.
Hastingsia coriacea Wall. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names
26, in syn. 1940. Holmskioldia coccinea Retz. ex Mold., Prelim.
Alph. List Inv. Names 27, in syn. 1940. Platumium rubrum Juss.
ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 7, in syn. 1941. Holmskioldia
sangunea Retz. ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 3, in syn. 1941.
Holmshioldia sanguinea Retz. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
Suppl. 1: 10, in syn. 1947. Holmskioldia sanguinea L. ex Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 11, in syn. 1947. Holmskioldia
sanguinea Wall. ex Mold., Résumé 299, in syn. 1959. Homoskioldia
sanguinea Retz. apud Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 135. 1970.
Hastingia coriacea Wall. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 526, in syn.
1971. Holmsk6éldia sanguinea Retz. ex Mold., Phytologia 23: 432,
in syn. 1972. Holmskioldia sangiunea Retz. ex Mold., Phytologia
23: 432, in syn. 1972. Holmskj6ldia sanguinea Retz. ex Mold.,
Phytologia 31: 400, in syn. 1975. Holmskoldia sanguinea Retz.

ex Mold., Phytologia 31: 400, in syn. 1975. Holmskoldea sanguinea
Retz. ex Kannan, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75 [Suppl.]: 1050.
1980. Hastingia scandens Roxb. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 411,

in syn. 1980. Hastingia coccinea Wall., in herb.

Bibliography: Retz., Obs. 6: 31--32. 1791; Raeusch., Nom. Bot.,
Salo Shy Skee M/s Watililels Gin Won So Balas eulo in SB SCO, ies Go
1G Wopeens., Wohyicersc, wiley, Sis), jouls Sho Isso wero. Syjo4 Wl 25
HAG VS OGs ed.) Hs Silene EXOt. BOte 2: 415) pills 80) L80Gs) Atte. Homi
Keweneden 2 4s ODe ols Ape Juss. Amm. Mus.) Hasta. Nal acieries
Ts Noe Us0G3 ROxben Hore. Beng.) impel, 46) & [95 Ueileseerser.
Spe List oZ2On er SOSewelol Oem kindle cin) Edwards. Bote. Recs sOnenplas
6925) 1823 Sweets, Hone. Brat., ed. 1. 323). 18265 RelchenbeasGon—
spect. Rep. Veo Use S28ee Dumont., Annales Ham. Ble 22ers eoe
Walle Numere List 57, no. 12087. 1829s Loud), Hort. Breathe. edness
247. 8303 Sweet, Hoste Brit... ed. 2. 416 & 417.) es0s) Ceckew seria.
GOES 8) (Ciba A, jello MIBO5 IUISS Iowa, Blopeey Werte. Gile Zs BA &
Do 18522 Roxb.) Ll inde.) edi 2) [Carey]. smpenel. 5): (O5—-—O br
1832; Jacques, Journ. Jard. [Ann. Fl. Pom.] 1832-1833: 221--222,
ple 28. 16335 Benth), Labiate Gen. 642. 634s" Revehenbi),) elena noses
Obs Si ple 149. e355) Bower, Hort. Maurit. 257. 28373. Gey Donan
Loud, Hort. Brite.) ed. 35) 24/..Lo59e—G. Donvane sweet. Hom.
Breuteedsn 349460, DD as& 770k) 1689s) Dee Dieta. Syn be oreeose
Usyisis lassyieon Chies iil Vicneieg iWereg lyoyyore, (uilies VNibjeg ilsts}5 ily) 2
Decne. in Jacquemont, Voy Inde pl. 140. 1844; Schau. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 11: 696--697. 1847; A. L. Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ.
Hist. Nat. W3:9185. 1849s Schniltzlein, Iconogr., Bam. Nat. 2otom
Verbenac. [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 218. 1858;
Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: [Rev. Verbenac.] 98--99. 113, & 135,
pl. 20, fig. 1--8 (1862) and 3: 231. 1863; Brandis, Forest Fl. NW.
Cent. India 370--371. 1874; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3,
525 & 613) 874s) Roxb., Billy Ind... ed. 2 [Claxrkel),>) imp) 25, 460r
18743 Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2°(2): 156. 1876s" Kunzs
Forest Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 252 & 256--257. 1877; Gamble, Man. In-
diany Limb. , ed. 1s") 282"& Sll0. 9188s) Ga Be Clarke int Hook. fai, niee

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 335

Brit. India 4: 561 & 596. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Descrip. Cat.
Ecom. Prob. Chutia Nagpur 26. 1886; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India
AemczOO Res BOs G's Journ.) Horntin,, 6er.)'S,, LOS 217); fig. 300) L889
Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26 [Ind. Fl. Sin.
2): 263. 1890; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 3: 429 (1890) and 4:
260--261. 1890; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 86--87 & 113, fig. 97.
1891; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 508. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacke) Lod. Kew, imp. 1, Ll: 1096 & LL67 6898) and imps 15) 2:
557. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4
(3a): 176, fig. 66A. 1895; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
12: 360. 1899; Collett, Fl. Simla, imp. 1, 380--381 & 644. 1902;
Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 524 & 544. 1902; De
Wiltdwetcon., Select. Hort. Then. 4: pl. 159. 1905; Prain, Benecal
Pl., ed. 1, 836. 1903; Brandis. Indian Trees, imp. 1, 502 & 506.
1906; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 1, 3: 437. 1906; Lang, Bibl.
Bot. 64: 29. 1906; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Beng. 74 (2 extra): 795. 1908; Velenovsky, Vergl. Morphol. Pfl.
Seo Zoe LoLOs Woodrow, Trop., Gard., ed. 6, dmp.98,74425) L9l0;
Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 228. 1911; Firminger, Man. Gard.
India, ed. 6, 2: 623--624. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded Rijks Herb.
Leid. 37: 84. 1918; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 1, 399. 1918;
Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 253. 1920; Collett, Fl. Simla, imp. 2,
380--381 & 644. 1920; Hutchins. & Corbish., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf.
1920: 332. 1920; H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui-
Benz., ser. 3, 3: 96 & xii. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar (Ordssa,) edi.
Peaeen071& J22-—/23. 1922: Hutchins. in Dyer, Blow. Pls. AGE.
2: pl. 49. 1922; Porsch, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 63: 656--669, fig. 4-
USO 2 5s. thi Batley, Man. Culit. "Pls, ed. Ljiimp. et63ieis

820. 1924; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 6: 723. 1924; Gamb-
le, Fl. Presid. Madras 2 (6): 1106. 1924; Parker, Forest Fl.
Buriiesneds 2, 403... 1924s: L. Ho: Baihey,) Man. Gules) Pilz, ed.1,
imp. 2, 631 & 820. 1925; Britton & P. Wils., Scient. Surv. Por-
COmRtCoN6s. 152..0/9253 “Hk... Naturforsch. 2:949-—1515) f2es 1=—A45
1925; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 645. 1925; Osmas-
ton, Forest Fl. Kumaon 405 & 429. 1927; Freeman & Williams, Use-
ful Pl. Trin. 88. 1928; Neal, Honol. Gard., ed. 1, 293, 296, &
usr. Oe. (1928) iand! eds! 2,/ 293.296, 16 3UOlP fio.) 66c. 1929.5
Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 433. 1930; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inia o2) 64.19392's Krdusell,, Justs; Bots Jahresber. 52.0): 347.
1932; Marloth, Fl. S. Afr. 3: 146. 1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jah-
resber. 52 (1): 793. 1934; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. l,
OSs 934s Junelil, «Symb. Bot. Upsal.' 1 (A) 250 ehh, fies i175

& pl. 6, fig. 2. 19343; L. H.) Bailey, Florists Handil!. Verbenac.
{[mss.]. 1935; R. W. R. Mill., Gard. Book Barbados 60 & v. 1935;
Navarro Haydon, Flor. Comun. Puerto Rico [12]. 1936; L. H. Bai-
Heveman. Cult. PL, eds) i, imp. 35,631 & 820. 1938. PB. Cy Standi!.,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1006. 1938; De, Indian For. 65: 358--
359. 1939; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 2, 121. 1939; Kanji-
lal, Das, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 493--494 & 550. 1939; Mold., Alph.
List Comm. Vern. Names 8. 1939; Pittier, Supl. Pl. Usual. Venez.
100 & 119. 1939; Sayeeduddin & Moinuddin, Journ. Indian Bot.

soe. 18%) 31--33, fig. 1--11., 1939; Mold:; Prelim. Alph. List Inv.

336 12) Jat DEAE 1) GO) (GIN Vol. 48, No. 4

Names 26 & 27. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List comm. Vern. Names 6 & 12.
UOAO bee BaclkeviiniMan. (Cult. Bill.) ede l. eimpeai. OS wamoZOr
LOA Calderon s Stand, FloSalvade. ede 2.) 237.) LOA es iMoilidiers
Suppl vilist inves Namesi3! & 7 7 l94ik-s Questell, Ri. sil Site —Banethre
Wake HUSAOlS Iiloilele 5 (Mba Walsic Thong Weines POS Yost SYo5 weve Mioilisl. -
Known (Geogr, Distrib. Verbenae,, ede il, 26,0 27) 29) 545.5 Onpnolles
G5 W335 & VWsiq MEADS Ts lo WeCiblils5| dtaeo, Iwilenmes (Cenacla = cls 5)-
NOW 5 WYASS Is Isl, Wisalileyy5 Meni, Geille, Wiles Gola Iks ahwjy5 55 Osi &.

820%, LOA Taeksryan) Hooks femcewacks. .. ind. Kew... imps 2eeleelOI6
SoG O LOGOS) Mold Aliph aust: alnv. Names) (Suppilesy le Osean
1947; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 638 & 644--645, fig. 274h
(1948) and ed. 1, imp. 2, 638, 644--645, & 783, fig. 274h. 1949;
L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 2, 842 & 1070. 1949; 0. Degener,
Nyy bitwise, ILS Wkeigeltal, iUeilej}5 Bul5j9 ike 8 Senso 5 ule ily 1/1 -
1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 44, 46, 49,
SYA Sa, S55 7 SHO), USS We AAS MO), ILS S IU YAe)S Wye

Ig Wists, Caries Pils iWrabee|natiel Weojog (Cevacls “Aq IAG) ING Og Wyallli=
liams, Useful Ornam. Pl. Zanzib. 300 & 400. 1949; O. Degener, New
lsc, Ils Geyyetal, Wells, Sl5) 9 lioilbn, 5 Semrecg Galo 25 S/S. WSO
Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 3, lll. 1950; Razi, Journ. Mysore
lima 4 SIL (GD) es 5 WOSHOS CGhaticiecivclon, iWon Wloree, Soe, Wale, Gard. Be
WOW > IOSHILE We Ss RO, d@wiems IbNebizin Woes Sxeg SLE [POVI\5 SOs.
306, Se Gr) S13 ries 89-4277 952s Menninger, 953) Gat. Hlovw.
rope, lgees) 410953) sRome ee Dace.) Bot. 2 SON c& lO42 es HOS See baraaas:
Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 142--143. 1954; Menninger, 1954
Price shasta lO Gho>A) iandelO>> ePrice! Last lO 2) LoS Moulder
JOUGH es Gala Hort. | Soc. Lo iSi7eelOS4s Kectamuisay in) Kaharane semen
Res. Jap. Exped. Nepal 1: 209. 1955; Menninger, 1956 Price List
[6]. 1955; Parker, For. Fl. Punj., ed. 3, 581. 1956; Perez—Arbel-—
aez,, Pil Utils. Collomb., eds) )2), 740). 19565 Menninger; 957) Picace
Walsyie PSI) 5 WOS/S Weleereeaeil, IWonyieom we Wa, WS, S55 & Bil, wil, a 1OG7/s
MMos Wo Be Wees Nae Woe, Swill iar Wye iWas}s7/ 5 AL|sy333 Corole,
Bi seresiide Bomby,.4ed.) 2.) impee2.n 2) Dol 95> 8s) Mattoon. Bleesunyierss
Guide, ed. 6, 151. 1958; Menninger, 1958 Price List [7] (1958) and
1959 Price List [3]. 1959; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol.
2: 218. 1959; Kitamura, Faun Fl. Nepal 209. 1959; Mold., Résumé 52,
355 B95) Oils MS 7/5 ISS ANSOS, Gs}; AMsy/5 Os aleXojs aliey5 alee), Wile}, 29s}
29970 33D)8 e450) 1959s Mold. .Resume) iSuppli 1:2 2 95 9)sSasiteraies
Wealth India 5: 108--109, fig. 67. 1959; Encke, Pareys Blumeng.,
ed. 2, 448. 1960; Grindal, Everyday Gard. India, ed. 16, 32, 37, &
SS) L960%) Jacks. Gn Hooks. Jacks), Inde) Kew.) imp. Si,9 eel
& 1169. 1960; Smiley, Trop. Plant. Gard. 75. 1960; Becker, Geol.
soe. Am. Mem. 82: 87 & 119, pl. 30, fig. 6. 1961; Brenan in Jaeger;
Wonder. Litte Bills. 143. 1963) Deb, Bull. Bot.) Surv.) India’ 3):) Sisk
1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, imp. 2, 4: 738. 1961; Mold., Phy-
tologia 8: 58. 1961; H. S. Rao, Indian Forest. 87: 34--36. 19613
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 553. 1961; Gledhill, Check List Flow.
Pil. Sierra! Weone 30). 1962; Hariler,) Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 185.) 1962
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 45. 1962; Lind & Tallantire, Some
Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 1, 145 & 241. 1962; H. F. MachMill.,
inop.) Pilant.) Cards, eds'5,) HOJN& S417 1962) Molds.) Baloll\. Absitremsme
1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 28 (1962) and 5: 5. 1962; Nair

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 337

& Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 18 & 23, text fig. 23, &
pl. 2, fig. 11. 1962; Pesman, Meet Fls. Mex. 225, 266, & 273.
1962; Graf, Exotica 3: 1479 & 1630. 1963; Huber, Hepper, & Meikle
iienwechins. & Dalz., Fl. We. Tnop.. Afr., ed. 2,2: 4392. 19633
Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Frang¢. Pond. 6: 516 & 569. 1963;
Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 285. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 2:
624. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhhay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 369--370,
S7oee 70), O79, & 385, pl. Ll, fie. 4 & 42.1963; W. Banerjee! an
Lahiri, West Beng. Forests 91. 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb.
2:73530% 1964; R. Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 441. 1964; E. E.« Lord,
Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard., ed. 2, 283. 1964; Melchior in Engl.,
Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 436. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl.
Java 2: 612. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2:
694. 1965; Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 182. 1965; Gooding, Loveless,
& Proctor, Fl. Barbados 364 & 474. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict.
Econ. Pl. India 83. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 3 & 10. 1965;
Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 721, 723, 731--732, & 896, fig. 276h.
1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 161. 1965; Sen & Naskar,
Bue. weOt.. Surv. India 747. 19655) Burkill, Dict.) Heon. Prod.
Malay Penins. 1: 1200. 1966; Griffith & Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr.
Pl. Invent. 166: 99 & 384. 1966; Hall & Gooding. Fls. Isls. Sun
Sein —— tS |e Se oe, ple 7 3.1 966s)Hara,) PL. Basteedamc le
16. 1966; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 164. 1966; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 13: 6. 1966; Panigrahi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8:
4°& 11. 1966; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 301. 1966;
Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 269. 1966; Cooke, Fl. Presid.
BOM sMedee25: LIND. S52: OG. 6.9675. be &iMo Mime, Livanp, Els
World 212. 1967; Pal & Krishnamurthi, Flow. Shrubs 59--60, 138,
139, & 148. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 15 & 20 (1967), 16: 9 & 25 (1968), and
ieee x 7.4 L966; VS.) Pw SR. NoeBanerjees, Bulls) Bot. sures
India 10: 187. 1968; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc.
Beng. 22: 210. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 269--270. 1968; Tiwari,
Indian Forest. 94: 584. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar.,
Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. L, 715. 19695) Caadhuri, Bull. Bot.
Soc. Bengal 23: 124. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide. Trop.
Pl. 762. 1969; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Surv. India

11: 199. 1969; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 280. 1969; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 18: 4, 8, & 12. 1969; Preston in Synge, Suppl.

Diet. Gard. 1006. 19695 Ms A. Rau, Bulls Bot. Surv. india 10,
Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Suwal, Fl. Phulch. Godw. 90. 1969; J. V.
Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 303 & 364. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New
Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines 43 & 406.
1970; Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 136. 1970; Mold. in Men-
ninger, Flow. Vines 334 & 336, ph. 280. 1970; Smiley, Fla. Gard.
173. 1970; Wheaton & Stewart, Lloydia 33: 253. 1970; D. R. W. Al-
exander, Hong Kong. Shrubs 49. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp.
2, 502 & 506. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5: Cum. Gen.
Ind. 1971; Gantz, Naturalist South. Fla. 132. 1971; Lind & Tal-
lantire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 2, 145 & 241. 1971;
Malhotra, Bull. Bo-. Surv. India 13: 261. 1971; Mathewes & Brooks,
Svestsncm2la bie. ie Loss Molde, she th ioummt., le 70s i>) 90's

338 Bae Omi wOMGel 7A Vol. 48, No. 4

NOOR OZ WO555 dsOs, di235 2645268 .02705 27175) 27165) 26S OaemSeoe
332, & S6SN C971) and 2ewi526—-—5285 (603, 16045) & 661.) 1971s Roxben
BU dindicr, (edward) Imp, S5, 450.97 Ge De. Adams, )hlow.) Pitemoamared
627 & 821. 1972; R. Bailey, Good Housekeep. Ill. Encycl. Gard. 8:
1221. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handworterb. Pfl.-—nam.,
ede 05 28cm L97 26" Gamble Mankwiindtant! Tamb). 51d.) ) 2). mpm erm eet
& 544. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 361.
WS/AR Nitoilcls 5 isi WMoyester sys ily Wily 5 VARS Pda) A Xe lo HSV, ILS I7/2 5
Palmer & Pitinan.? irees South. AGr., ed. 2), 3i:) LO7ie 1972s) Stain
ton, Forests Nepal 67. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot. Cat. in Nasir
& Ali, FL. W. Pakist. 606. 1972; R. E.’ Harrison, Climb. Trail. 49
SAE ple alO2e hose Molden Phy itollocgdial 255234 5C973) = ander
3682 1978s Re ReeRao. Studh, Plow. iP) Mysore Dilst.92: 75 iiehe=
sisi, 1973); Wedges) Pls Namessed. 15. 4. 19733 Bolkh. >) (Gratee Mat
ViEWi) oa Zakhare ee Ghtom-sNuMbea blow.) Pll. 5) cimpiea2is y/ 15m Ose ee
Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax.
Pillow ie ois) Hap) ron 7 SACO) and. 455 24 9 SOs Howe spas Daneier
Uschi Bi 7Ae Use L244 ec. LOI oa Lasser, «Braun, oteyeciier
Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 444, 449, &
AN MAS IG IG Mioreicorl, S00) Wwils 5 Teles Gly te Oyo oq WOES Jo W-
Watkins). Pla. dlandse.) Piss) iede, dss amp. 5), 303) S364.) 1977/4 aeWedeer
Pit Names. eda) Zen Oman 25)\) LO 40) Das indian) Horest. LOIS oe
1975; O. & I. Degener & Pekelo, Hawaii. Pl. Names x.13. 1975; Lo-
pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 29--30, fig. [7].
1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 391 & 400. 1975; Molina R., Ceiba 19:
CY IS Sorkansi, Byulils wloes Gres WyeroveeME CR AW UO) IGS Tilo
E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 567. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Corak. 255-—
256. 1976; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 15. 1977; Clay & Hubbard,
Haw. Gard. Trop. Shrubs 196, [197], & 290. 1977; Lopez—Palacios,
Fl. Venez. Verb. 324--326, fig. 78. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36:
39 & 40. 1977; Fournet, Fl. Guad. Mart. 1391 & 1412. 1978; Heath-
cote in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237. 1978; Mound & Halsey, White-
fly World 123, 305, & 310. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose
Res. Inst. 41: 41 & 47. 1978; Steyerm. & Iluber, Fl. Avila 49, 863,
[865], & 868, fig. 17a & 301A. 1978; Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24. 1979; Patterson, Delfeld, & Sents, Am.
Top. Assoc. Handb. 94: [Plants Stamps] 127. 1979; Kannan. Journ.
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 76 (Suppl.): 1050. 1980; Mold., Phytol.
Wems Ae O25 Gul, BOS Ssi5 Ss O75 Moos Ales Wiley. Ass ei 5 2535
ZO LOSk Liles Zen LOO.) SOB moa eS 22a y SMC Sale cele lee mea Cs
1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46 & [95]. 1980; Mold., Phyto—
iret) 4fs}3° IAMs}G aleystil

Riiiwstrationsis:: Ge Bo Hoffman, Phytogr.. Blatt. piles sOStaei.
Ee SMe 9 EXOte Bot. 2 41 pil SOs de06s5 Mindi in) KdwaxdssmBoi.
Regen9) ple 092) (Ginecoillor))-alS235iGecles Seriten Bots.mGleel 4a Gin
color). 1832; Jacques, Journ. Jard. [Ann. Fl. Pom.] 1832-1833:
27 epi. 28) (Gn collor)).) 1833s" Rerchenb. 4) Elan Exot. 05cm piles) Ome @laa
color). 1835; Decne. in Jacquemont, Voy. Inde pl. 140. 1844;
Bocg.. Adansonia, sen. 2c Rev.) Verbenacs (pli. .20s0bte eee —ore
IYO EME SUA Gifojthe ny slope Geieq shy ILGIRE AIN7/S Teatesqe SiO), Ieeksie)Q iskelstili! 5
GUSH MeL S MER Ysioyn) aealess N2)7/ MeN Ashestapy fatal IDjafed ls (3, lerethayelko WEE.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 339

Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 176, fig. 66A. 1895; DeWild., Icon.
Select. Hort. Then. 4: pl. 159. 1903; Velenovsky, Vergl. Morphol.
Pf1l. 3: 923. 1910; Porsch, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 63: 657, 661, 664--
6609, béetle.4—-=-13. 1923; “Hk.",. Naturforsch. 2: 150 & 151,,.fig.
1--4. 1925; Neal, Honolulu Gard., ed. 1, 293, fig. 66c (1928) and
Bde, 12937, tig. 66c. 1929: Junell, iSymb. Bot. Upsal..1..104):3), 110,
fig. 175. 1934; Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto Rico [10]. 1936;
Sayeeduddin & Moinuddin, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 18: 32, fig. 1--
11. 1939; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 638, fig. 274h (1948)
and ed. 1, imp. 2, 638, fig. 274h. 1949; O. Degener, New Illust.
Fl. Haw. Isls. 315: Holm: Sang. 12/1 (1949) and ed. 2, 8/15.
1950; V. S. Rao, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 31: 304, fig. 39--42.
1952; Menninger, 1953 Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 41. 1953; Bor & Rai-
zada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 144--145 (in color). 1954; Natara-
jan, Phyton 8: 41, pl. 4. 1957; Sastri, Wealth India 5: 109, fig.
67. 1959; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 82: 87, pl. 30, fig. 6.
TOG. Bo MacMill., Trop. Plants Card., ed i5.) 107261962) Nadas
& Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 18 & 23, pl. 2, fig. 11 &
text-fig. 23. 1962; Pesman, Meet Fl. Mex. 225. 1962; Graf, Exot-
ica 3: 1479. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 383,
Peele werie. 4) & 42. 19633 Neal, Card. Hawai, ed o-2, sf235. bee
276h. 1965; Hall & Gooding, Fls. Islands Sun pl. 7 (in color).
1966; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 762. 1969; J. V.
Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl. 303. 1969; Mold. in Menninger, Flow.
Vines ph. 280. 1970; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 49 (in
color). 1971; Mathewes & Brooke, Syesis 4: 214, fig. 17. 1971;
Keeesaorison, «Climb. Trail. 49. ipl. 03, Gin collor).sk97Sis Janie
Morton, 500 Pl. S. Fla. 96 (in»color),. 1974; J..V. Watkins; Ela.
Landsc. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 5, 303. 1974; Lépez-Palacios, Revist Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 15: fig. [7]. 1975; Clay & Hubbard, Haw. Gard.
Trop. Shrubs [197] (in color). 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez.
Verb. [325], fig. 78. 1977; Carnes & Titman, Sombrero Flower,
Barton-Cotton, Baltimore (in color). n.d.

A large, straggling or clambering, loose or densely bushy
shrub or small slender tree, to 10 m. tall and 4 m. in overall
circumference, usually only a low bush, sometimes a creeper or
woody vine, pubescent or glabrate, freely flowering; stems soli-
tary or several, tetragonal, to 7 cm. in diameter; branches usual-
ly arching and swaying, sometimes long and pendent, usually erect
when young, later scandent and vine-like, often starting at the
base of the plant, the lowest often procumbent; branchlets and
twigs very slender, rather acutely tetragonal, more or less dense-
ly and softly short-pubescent on the younger parts, becoming
glabrescent in age, with a large pith; wood light-red, moderately
hard, 43 pounds in weight per cubic foot, the pores large and
numerous in spring wood, small and more scanty in the rest, often
much subdivided, enclosed in a paler-colored tissue of loose tex-
ture, the larger pores prominent in a vertical section; medullary
rays fine, numerous, producing a silver, grain of narrow reddish
plates; bark pale-brown to reddish-brown or grayish, smooth or
rough, with short horizontal fissures and a few vertical bands,
the papery exterior followed by a green layer of cambium; blaze

340 Pe Haye On LAO) (Gp ig 7A: Vol. 48, No. 4

yellow, "cheesy"; nodes more or less obscurely annulate; princi-
pal internodes 2.5--9.3 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, ever-
green; petioles very slender, 0.8--3 cm. long, usually not 1/4

the length of the leaf-blade, canaliculate above, lightly and
softly short-pubescent; leaf-blades membranous or thin-chartace-
ous, bright-green, ovate, 3--12 cm. long, 1.5--8.5 cm. wide, api-
cally rather long-acuminate or caudate (the acumination itself
1--1.5 cm. long), marginally entire or subentire to (usually)
lightly crenate-serrate with appressed often very shortly apicula-
te teeth, basally truncate or subtruncate to rounded or even sub-
cordate, slightly prolonged centrally into the petiole, glabrate
above, lightly short-pubescent on the venation beneath and there
conspicuously glant-dotted or squamellate, often also more or less
impressed-punctate above; midrib very slender, flat above, promin-
ulous beneath; secondaries filiform, 4 or 5 per side, ascending
and rather straight, not much arcuate except near the margins
where they are actually joined in many loops, flat above, very
slightly prominulous toward the midrib beneath; veinlet reticula-
tion fine, mostly indiscernible above, flat beneath; inflorescence
much abbreviated, to 5 cm. long, paniculate, axillary and sub-
equaling or somewhat surpassing the subtending petiole, lax, or
terminal and then more dense and subracemiform, composed of 2--6
opposite cymules, the cymules 3-flowered or reduced to a single
long-pedicellate central flower and 2 sterile lateral bractlets;
peduncles very short and slender, mostly less than 5 mm. long,
scattered—-pilosulous or glabrous; pedicels slender, 2--10 mm.
long, scattered-pilosulous or glabrous; foliaceous bracts often
present in the terminal inflorescence, ovate or elliptic, 5--20
mm. long, 4--9 mm. wide, red or dark-red to deep pink-red,
orange-red, or orange, yellow-green when young, persistent, gla-
brescent; bractlets very minute; flowers very showy and attrac-—
tive, profuse; calyx large, shallowly cupuliform or flattened and
subrotate-campanulate to saucer-shaped or rotate, persistent, red
or brick-red to bright-red, pale russet-red, orange-red, orange,
burnt-orange, or bronze, occasionally reddish-yellow, 1/4 to 1/3
as long as the corolla, 2--2.5 cm. wide, thin-textured, marginal-
ly entire, shaped like a miniature Japanese umbrella or Chinaman's
hat, radially reticulate-venose, the primary veins ending in very
minute apiculations, externally glabrous, internally lightly
scattered-pilosulous or puberulous; corolla tubular or infundibu-
lar, curvate, varying from red, russet, crimson, or scarlet to
red-orange or orange, rarely red-brown, the tube 1.5--2.5 cm.
long, curved, externally minutely pilosulous, the limb short, ob-
lique, 5-lobed, 2-lipped, the lobes apically subacute or rounded,
the 4 upper ones very short, the lower one declined, more than
twice as long as the upper; stamens attached in the throat or at
the middle of the corolla-tube, slightly exserted, declined; an-
thers oval, white, the 2 thecae parallel; style slender, about 2
cm. long, about equaling the stamens and parallel to them; stigma
narrow, subbifid; ovary glabrous, 4-celled, 1 ovule per cell;
fruiting-calyx accrescent, greatly expanded, rotate and circular
or flattened, 1.5--2.5 cm. wide, papery, bronze-color or red to

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 341

orange-red or scarlet, darker than durirg anthesis, basally
minutely pulverulent-puberulent or glabrous throughout, conspicu-
ously reticulate-venose; fruit drupaceous or seemingly capsular,
brown, globose or obovoid, to 10 mm. long and 8 mm. wide, almost
dry, included in the accrescent calyx-tube, 1--4-seeded, often
verruculose or rugose, apically deeply and divaricately 4-lobed
to about half way down, splitting into 4 pyrenes or nutlets which
are covered with white waxy droplets and 4--8 mm. long, each lobe
obliquely turbinate, clavate, rugose, of the size of a small len-
til. l-celled, 1l-valved, with a thick, soft, spongy texture,

dark brownish-black; seeds conforming to the capsule-lobe in size
and shape, the integument single, rather thick, white, soft,
tough; perisperm absent; embryo erect, amygdalous, the 2 cotyle-
dons oval, thick; plumule small, semilunar; radicle inferior, o-
val; chromosome number: 2n = 32 or n = 18.

This is the type species of the genus and is apparently native
to streambanks and ravines in the dry hills of the subtropical
sub-Himalayan region of Nepal, Bhutan, Sikkim, and Bangladesh,
but has been widely introduced in Sri Lanka, India, Malaysia, In-
donesia, Mauritius, the West Indies, and elsewhere, and tends to
escape and become naturalized in suitable climates. It is widely
cultivated outdoors for ornament in subtropical and tropical
lands and indoors in Europe, the United States, South Africa, and
elsewhere.

No actual holotype was designated by Retzius, his original de-
scription merely stating: "Habitat in vallibus Bengaliae", but
the specimen preserved in the Kénig herbarium at Lund is probably
the type and should be so considered (Fischer, 1932).

Past authors give the original native habitat of the species
as "Silhet" (Don, 1839), "subtropical Himalaya" (Freeman & Willi-
ams, 1928; Nielsen, 1965), "North India" (MacMillan, 1943), "East
India" (Bojer, 1837), "Burma" (Woodrow, 1910), "South Asia"
(Standley, 1938), and "Southern slopes of the Himalayas" (Backer
& Bakhuizen, 1965). Collett (1902) reports it from "Valleys below
Simla, Subathoo" where he claims that it flowers from October to
December. He gives its natural range as "Outer Himalaya, from the
Sutlej to Assam and Burmah, ascending to 3000 feet."" Watt (1889)
reports it ascending to 4000 feet in the subtropical Himalaya from
Kumaon to Bhutan and the Prome hills.
Kingdon-Wards reports the species "not rare" in Burma, while Pan-
cho refers to it as "rare" in the Philippines. Parker (1924)
says that it is found in the “Sub-Himalayan tract and Outer Himal-
aya from Chamba eastwards" in the Pinjab, but is "not common",
flowering there from October to December. Kanjilal (1939) asserts
that it is "common" throughout Assam, and Rao & Rabha (1966) also
found it there, while Banerjee (1968) and Misra (1970) list it
from Bihar, Prain (1963) from Chota Nagpur, Mukherjee (1965) and
Matthew (1966) from West Bengal, Kitamura (1959) from Nepal, Razi
(1950) from Mysore, and Yamazaki (1966) from "Kumaon to Bhutan".
The Baileys (1976) assert that it is "Now a characteristic plant
[in cultivation] throughout the tropics".

The corollas of Holmskioldia sanguinea are described as "red"

342 BRE) aYo Al OAL RONG sil Vol. 48, No. 4

by Neal (1965), Deb & al. (1969), and the Baileys (1976) and on
Abbott s.n., Allard 14358, Bailey & Bailey 643, Chand 4217, Dani-
el 5594, Dress 1260, Duss 4701, Fryxell 1720, Hu 9084, Khan 79,
LOpez-Palacios & Idrobo 3690, Moore 6771, Nafday 163, Pancho 2908,
Rosas R.71, and Standley 23666, “red or orange" (Deb, 1961), "red
to orange" (Britton & Wilson, 1925), "dark-red" on Nicolson 2879,
"deep-red" (Briquet, 1895), "bright-red" (Osmaston, 1927) and on
Bullock 863, “light-red" on Bailey 396, "brick-red" (Sayeeduddin

& Moinuddin, 1939) and on Koeltz 25771, “russet-red" on Morley
152, "brick-red or orange" (Brandis, 1906; Standley, 1938),
"brick-red or somewhat orange" (Clarke, 1885), "pale-russet" on
Gillis 7050, "deep orange-red" (Suwal, 1969), "red-orange or dark
vermillion" (Maheshwari, 1963), “orange-red" (MacMillan, 1943) and
on Moldenke & al. 28134, "'red-orange" on Molina R. 14679 and
Wagner 402, "red-brown" on Wood 1152, “reddish-brown" (Pal &
Krishnamurthi, 1967), "brownish-red" (Smiley, 1970), '"scarlet-red"
on White 71, "scarlet" (Bose, 1920; Freeman & Williams, 1928;
Haines, 1922; Chittenden, 1951; Graf, 1963; Preston, 1969) and on
Fosberg 27077 and Stern 2110, "orange" (Degener, 1950) and on
Chevalier 173, DeWolf 1914, and Read 1205, “orange-red to crimson"
on Wagner 402, "'R.H.S. Blood Red 820" on Peale 404, "crimson"
(Kurtz, 1877) and on Koeltz 25938, "burnt-orange" (Menninger,
1953), "bright tawny-red" (Firminger, 1874), and "dark burnt-
orange, the base yellowish" on Huhn 16. Stewart (1972) refers to
the "large, scarlet calyxes, tinged with orange”.

A yellow-flowered form of the species is f. citrina Mold.
(which see, below). Menninger (1970) informs us that in the bo-
tanical garden at Bangalore, India, this yellow-flowered form is
being cultivated as well as "a deep red-flowered" one. Other
authors speak of a distinct orange-flowered form. Alexander
(1971) avers that in Hong Kong "When the flowers are developing
they are yellowish-pink but as they enlarge they become brick-
red" -- presumably this is the typical form of the species and
the orange-flowered form may deserve a form name.

The species is widely cultivated. Cheesman reports it common
in Trinidad gardens, Lind & Tallantire (1962) report is cultivated
in Uganda, Gledhill (1962) in Sierra Leone, Williams (1949) in
Zanzibar, Bojer (1837) in Mauritius, Tingle (1967) in Hong Kong,
Jafri & Ghafoor (pers. comm.) in Pakistan, Nicolson (herb.) in
Nepal, Sen & Naskar (1965) in India, Bose (1920) in Calcutta,
Sharma (1975) in the Punjab, Burkill (1966) in Malaysia (commen-
ting that it "grows freely in Penang, but with difficulty in Sin-
gapore"), Lord (1964) on the east coast of Australia, Lasser
(1974) in Venezuela, Pesman (1962) in Mexico, Molina (1975) in
Honduras, Gooding (1965) in the Barbados, Questel (1941) on St.
Bartholomew, Britton & Wilson (1925) in Puerto Rico and the Virgin
Islands, Standley (1938) in Costa Rica, Calderén & Standley
(1941) in El Salvador, and Freeman & Williams (1928) in Trinidad.
Eggers reports it "naturalized near dwellings" on Dominica. Lopez-—
Palacios reports it "perfectly acclimated" in Venezuela. My wife
and I saw it cultivated in Sri Lanka and in Dr. Halbinger's garden
in Mexico, and, in 1961, grown as a hedge plant in Hawaii. The

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 343

Buswell s.n. [Nov. 29, 1938], cited below, is accompanied by a
label which bears no indication that the specimen was collected
from a cultivated plant, but I am assuming that it was; similarly,
the unnumbered Cook and Forbes collections from the University of
Hawaii campus have labels that give no direct evidence to this
effect, but, again, I assume that they represented cultivated
(rather than naturalized) plants. On the other hand, the Bailey
428, Barrow 485, and Orcutt 2657, cited below as from naturalized
plants. may actually be from cultivated material. The Herb. Hort.
Monac. s.n. [1932] collection, cited below, was taken from plants
cultivated in Munich from seed collected in Costa Rica.

Collectors have found H. sanguinea growing along cemetery walls,
in dry places, roadside thickets, woodlands, and creeper jungles,
in weedy overgrown gardens, in oak woods on steep sunny slopes,
in full sunlight on white sandy soil, and even among mangrove vege-
tation. Taylor reports it from "old field edges in moist, gray-
black volcanic soil" in Costa Rica. They have found it at alti-
tudes from sealevel to 2700 m., in anthesis in every month of the
year, and in fruit in September and December. Duss tells us that
in the French West Indies it flowers all through the year. In As-
sam it is said to bloom from October to December "in the hot sea-
son and at the end of the cold season". Broadway says that it "is
always in bloom" in Trinidad & Tobago. Smiley (1960) says that it
"flowers much of the year, even in winter, in the tropics".

Santapau (1961) and Rao (1961) report the chromosome complement
as n = 18, but Sharma & Mukhopadhyay (1963), Cave (1964), and
Bolkhovskikh (1969) report it as 2n = 32.

Woodrow (1910) speaks of a "red circular involucre" -- obvious-
ly referring to the rotate calyx -- and refers to the species as
"a useful hardy plant in tropical gardens." Preston (1951) refers
to it as a "Stove evergreen" in England, thriving best in a light,
rich soil. He avers that cuttings root readily in sandy soil "un-
der glass in heat", and that the species was introduced into Eng-
land from India in 1792, but Burkill (1966) gives the date of in-
troduction as 1796. Loudon (1830) says the "H. scandens" form was
introduced in 1824. Sweet (1826) gives the same dates, but says
that the introduction was from the "E. Indies" [probably a careless
error for Eastern India]. The Kew herbarium, when I worked there
in 1934, contained 8 cultivated collections from Jamaica and one
from Brazil. Menninger (1955) offered 1--4-foot tall seedlings at
$1 a foot to the horticultural trade. Bailey (1935) lists the
Royal Palm and Hugh Evans Nurseries as offering the species at that
time. The species is depicted in full color on a 6 d. postage
stamp issued by Jamaica in 1966 (no. 166 in Scott's postage stamp
catalogue).

Melchior (1964) and Kannan (1980) point out that H. sanguinea
is a "bird-flower", habitually visited by birds for nectar [hum-
mingbirds in the New World, sunbirds in the Old]. Questel (1941)
observed hummingbirds in the French West Indies hovering in front
of the flowers, wings rustling, boring deep into the corolla-tube
with their long beaks. Porsch (1923) asserts that the species is
regularly pollinated by these birds.

344 st VERO) 1, OG AL A Vol. 48, No. 4

Brenan (1961) reports that the epidermis of the corollary aise de
inforced by a layer of collemchyma cells. Gibbs (1974) reports
cyanogenesis absent from the leaves, syringin doubtfully absent
from the stems, and the HCl/methanol test negative. The gynoeci-
um morphology is discussed by Junell (1934). Anatomical studies
were conducted in detail by Sayeeduddin & Moinuddin (1939).

Mound & Halsey (1978) report that H. sanguinea is one of the
hosts for the whitefly, Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius) Takahashi.

Common and vernacular names reported for the species are:
“arnamamir", "bloody holmskioldia! ,"bonite chino", "bougambilia"
[probably erroneously applied here], "chapeau chinois", “Chinese
hat", "Chinese hat plant", "Chinese hat-plant", "Chinese-hat-plant}
"Chinese-hatplant", "Chinese-hats", "Chinese-umbrella", "Chinese-
umbrellas", "Chinaman's hat", "Chinaman's-hat", "climbing
holmskioldia", "Common Chinese hatplant", "crimson holmskioldia",
"cup and saucer", "cup-and-saucer", "cup and saucer pyllenoie
"cup-and-saucer plant", “daudmaree", "dieng-skor-khnai", Wellton
TOR aes "holmskioldia", “holmskioldie", “hurmili", "Japanese-
umbrellas", 'japanische kamperfoetie", "4 ermei-snam-khnut",
"jhimbiriya", "jhule phul", “kapni", "khem-juta-phang", "kul foleiany.
"kultolia", "kumaon" [this is erroneously listed as a vernacular
name for this plant; it is merely the name of the region where it
was found!], "lau-papale-pake", "long-i-arong", "mandarin hate.
“mandarin-hat", “manukataphut", “manu-kata-phul", “mei-da-kyma",
"aisinahchil", "misi-nasil", "nisiwahchil", "moonwort", "palito
chino", “paraguas chino", “yaragiiita chino", "paraguita de chino",
“"paraguitas japonés", "paraguito chino", “paragiiito chino",
"parasol flower", "pyarasol-flower", "pia e jarro", '"relampasos
japonés", “"yithoul", "sanguine", “sarpattia", "scarlet
holmskioldia", "siveltechin", “civettachin", 'sombrerito chino",
"sombrero chino", "sombrero flower", “sombrero-flower", '"syntew-
nong-snud", "trinitaria extranjera", and "wo-so".

Firminger (1918) says that in India this plant flowers in Octo-
ber and November, bearing "very curious flowers, in form like di-
minutive chamber-candlesticks, of a bright tawny red, in boundless
profusion, and is then a most beautiful object; [it] requires to
be cut closely in after flowering to keep it compact and within
bounds. In a recently introduced variety the flowers are of a
beautiful orange tint." It is propagated either by cuttings or
from seed. Bor & Raizada (1954) add that "The plant will grow
even in poor soil and does best in full sunshine....«.-[lt] temweny
popular for cut flowers for even when the corolla has fallen the
calyx is pretty and very effective. Usually propagated by layers,
as cuttings are sometimes hard to start." They also speak of EN
variety with orange flowers has recently been introduced from As-
sam where it is wild. It is prettier than the type."" Menninger
(1953) notes that the species "has a tendency to climb, but if
pruned back severely be kept as a rounded 6-foot shrub".

Encke (1963) says of it: “"prachtiger tropischer Zierstrauch,
unter Glas jedoch meist nur unbefriedigend bliihend und deshalb nur
wenig gezogen [in Germany]. Kultur im hellen und luftigen Warm-
haus in lehmig-humoser Erde. Vermehrung durch Aussaat und durch

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 345

Stecklinge im geschlossenen Warmbeet bei 25-30° [C.]."

Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) assert that in Java it is “often
cultivated as an ornamental in gardens and parks", at 1--1300 m.
altitude. Pal & Krishnamurthi (1967) aver that "The plant is
fastidious with regard to its exposure to sunshine for normal
growth. It has to be pruned carefully on completion of the
flowering period or else it develops into a scrambler."" They add
that "A variety with deeper-coloured flowers is now available and
is a distinct improvement on the type."

Lindley (1823) comments that "This very elegant plant was
brought originally from China into the Botanic Garden at Calcutta
[actually it was introduced into China from India first!],
though native to the interior parts of Bengal. In the garden it
grows to be a small tree if trained up with a single stem, but
if left alone the branches spread far around from the base of the
stem close to the ground and strike root. The bark is ash-
coloured and tolerably smooth. The flowering [in England] is in
the cold season, when nothing can exceed it in beauty."

Nair & Rehman (1962), on the basis of Herb. Nat. Bot. Gard.
Luck. 28920, describe the pollen as follows: "3-zonicolpate,
prolate (39 x 29 mu, range 35--42 x 28--32 mu). Colpi ends a-
cute, tenuimarginate (in some grains [the] margin is interrupted-
ly incrassate). Apocolpium diameter 8.4 mu. Exine 2.1 mu thick.
Ectine almost as thick as endine, faintly granulate. The palyvno-
gram shown is typical for Premna, Tectona, Sphenodesma and Sym-
Phorema also, except for the ornamentation of [the] ectine sur-
faces!

Degener (1950) tells us that the species was introduced into
Hawaii from Puerto Rico in 1914 by J. Edgar Higgins of the Ha-
waii Agricultural Experiment Station. "Since that time it has be-
come a fairly common ornamental for border backgrounds, hedges and
rock gardens.....In the wild state the plant is much more robust
than when cultivated. In its native habitat sheep and goats eat
the leaves for fodder."

Tiwari (1968) cites BIXL.3 & BXXXVIII.7 from Madhya Pradesh; Deb
& al. (1969) cite Sengupta 892 & Deb 296 from Bhutan; Panigrahi
(1966) cites his no. 11677 from Bihar; Deb (1961) cites his no.
359 from Manipur where the plant grows "at edges of forest all
over Manipur"; Maheshwari (1963) cites his no. 587 from Delhi;
Haines (1922) cites unnumbered collections by Camp, Campbell, and
Wood from Bihar & Orissa; Wallich (1829) cites his no. 2087/1 from
Nepal, 2087/2 from Silhet (Assam), and 2087/3 from the Botanical
Garden at Calcutta. Griffith & Hyland (1966) cite U. S. D. A. Pl.
Inventory 247168 as cultivated in Maryland, originally cultivated
as their no, 18649 in Sao Paulo, Brazil. Srivastava (1976) cites
his no. 1232 and notes: "Commonly planted in gardens for its peta-
loid, ornamental bracts; also seen near gardens probably as an es-
cape." Gamble (1908) cites Curtis 2879 from Penang, while Lam
(1919) cites Curtis 2872 from the same state, asserting that the
species is naturally distributed in the subtropical Himalayas, from
sealevel to 1330 m. altitude, "Often cultivated and sometimes es-
caped" in the Malayan Archipelago.

346 1D 13) 92 GUO) ih 0) aE AN Vol. 48, No. 4

Hallier (1918) cites Hallier C.130, deposited in the Boissier
and Delessert Herbaria, cultivated in Java - "Strauch mit uber-
hdngenden Zweigen; Bliithen roth", flowering in July. He gives
the natural distribution as Sikkim, Assam, Khasia, and Prome.

Lo6pez—Palacios (1977) cites the following collections from
Venezuela: Aragua: Badillo 4619, Trujillo 5631. Distrito Federal:
Aristeguieta 6647, Labbiente 20. Mérida: Bernardi 3115; L6pez-
Palacios 1702 & 2168; Ruiz-Teran 1201; Ruiz—-Teran & LO6pez—Palaci-
os 6217; Trujillo 3200; Velasco 363. Miranda: Trujillo 5301.

Material of H. sanguinea has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Clerodendrum sPp.-, Gomphrena globosa, Rubiace-
ae, and Scrophulariaceae. On the other hand, the R. WV. Read 1369,
distributed as typical H. sanguinea, actually represents f.
citrina Mold.

The collections cited below before the "CULTIVATED" section do
not bear any indication on their accompanying labels that they
came from cultivated plants, so I am assuming that they represent
persistents after cultivation, escaped from cultivation, waifs,
or actual naturalizations.

Citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Rosas R. 71 (W--2534605). COSTA
RICA: Cartago: R. J. Taylor 4250 (N). CUBA: Havana: Roig 11612
(Es). Province undetermined: Sagra 758 (P). JAMAICA: Orcutt 2188
(W--1414782), 2657 (Ca--430617, W--1478356), 3674 (W--1478357).
HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Allard 14382 (N, W--1958855).
PUERTO RICO: Barker s.n. [Hato Bay, Aprile Ji, eeo2i (Ba); DelW/ol£f
OWA (RYE Wis Wo Wwalsieere Ie) (W--848252); Otero 2 (N), 231 (fi),

M.71 (Mi). LEEWARD ISLANDS: Dominica: Eggers 1451 (W--1323372).
WINDWARD ISLANDS: Barbados: Barrow 485 (N). Grenada: L. H. Bailey
428 (Ba). St. Lucia: Hummel s.n. [4/2/1958] (S). VENEZUELA: Mé-
rida: LOpez-Palacios 2168 (Ft). Miranda: Hermanos Christianos 192
(W--1802992). MASCARENE ISLANDS: Mauritius: Bouton s.n. [Herb.
Hance 1925] (S). NEPAL: Nicolson 2879 (W--2571594); Ram 189 (Ca=—=
396093); Upafhyay 1350 (W--2581496). INDIA: Assam: Chand 2463
(Mi), 4217 (Mi); W. R. Fisher s.n. [1880] (Bz--21374); Herb. Hort.
Bot. Calcutt. s.n. [Khasia Hills, Oct. 1878] (Bz--21375)3; Hooker &
Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia] (M, Mu--4918, S); Jenkins s.n. [Assam]
(Mu--4921); Khan 79 in part (W--262744); Koelz 25771 (Mi), 25938
(Mi); Miller s.n. (Pd); Native Collector s.n. [Khasia Hills] (z2=—
21383, Mu--4920); Schlagintweit 4315 (W--804637), 13483 (Qs Si=
mons s.n. [Assam & Khasia Hills] (Bz--21377, Bz--21378, Bz--21380,
Bz--21381, Bz--21382, Mu--4922). Maharashtra: Nafday 163 (Ba).
Manipur: Bullock 863 (N)3; Grant s.n. [Munnipore] (Le--908265-750).
Rajasthan: Kingdon-Ward 18208 (N). Sikkim: Craib 402 (Bz--21373) $
J. D. Hooker s.n. [Sikkim, 3--5000 ped.] (Mu--4917, Pd, S)3; Kurz
s.n. [Sikkim Terai] (Bz--21376); Lepcha 2667 (Ca--348577)3 T. Thom-
son s.n. [Sikkim] (Pd); Treutler 1028 (Pd). Siwalik & Jaunsar:
Bakhsh 92 (N)3; Choudhury 91 (W--1170163, W--2638175) 3; Dusfriptu 81
(Ca--228135); Khan 79 in part (Mu--9641) ; Punj 97 (N); K. N. Singh
117 (N); Sware 105 (Pd). Tamil Nadu: Kuriakose s.n. [11-2-33]
(N); Moll s.n. [Missiones Tranguibaricae] (Br). Uttar Pradesh:
Duthie 10781 (Ca--269789, Gg--127014); Gairola 882 (W--1347718) ;
Hamid 1482 (W--1372661); Kalaky s.n. (N); Mohite R.45 [96] (S);

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 347

Murdia 103 (Pd); Raizada s.n. [Dehra Dun, 2lst Nov. 1929] (N); G.
Singh s.n. [Dehra Dun] (N)3R. R. Stewart 17167 (Ca--972849, N, W--
1942112); Strachey & Winterbottom 942 (Br); Umashankar 4956 (Bl--
182263, Mu). West Bengal: C. B. Clarke 9950b (Bz--21379), 13214
[610] (W--802410); W. Griffith 6068/1 (S); Helfer 18 (Cm), 508
(Mu), s.n. [1836--38] (Gg--222537, 1); Mukerjee 1277 (S). State
undetermined: Bentham s.n. (T)3; Biswas 37 [Munsong] (We), s.n.
[Singla, 23/XII/1937] (Bz--21384); Blackburn s.n. (T); Bojer s.n.
[India orient.] (Mu--4916); Chandron s.n. [Ihano, 23rd Nov. 1927]
(W--1719591)3; Collector undetermined 886/1 [Charswar] (Le--908265-
730); Falconer 738 (T); W. Griffith s.n. [West Himalaya] (Mu--
4919, T); Herb. Bentham s.n. [Ind. or.] (Mu--4927); Herb. Hort.
BOEMCaLCuEr., S.-i. | Singiias (23/ XI1/1936)) W)iass.e [23/20 L/ 937)
(W--175905); Hort. Roxburgh s.n. (Br); Hligel s.n. [mont. Himal.
Belaspara] (Mu--4925, Mu--4926); Kinig s.n. [Bantantensum] (Mu--
4913, Mu--7360), s.n. [Ind. orient.] (Br); Kuntze 6443 (N, N); 4.
B. Lambert 51 (Q); R. WN. Parker 21691 (S); Prain s.n. [Mungpoo]
(Pd); Roxburgh s.n. [12 Nov. 1796] (Br); Voigt s.n. (Cp, Cp, Cp);
SRI LANKA: D. Fairchild 1040 (Ca--301229). BANGLADESH: East Ben-
gal: Ww. Griffith 6068/1 (Mu--4924, Pd). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Lu-
zon: R. Mendoza s.n. [Philip. Nat. Herb. 33336] (W--2212408).
GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Bakhuizen 3902 (Le--923138-928); Bij-
houwer 160 (Bz--21370)3; Brinkman 355 (Bz--21363); Dorgelo 3178
(Le--144160-496); Herb. Lugd.-Bat. 202530 (Le--908232-456); Zol-
linger 683 (Le--908265-709, S). Sabah: Melegrito s.n. [D. D.

Wood 1152] (Ca--232391). Sumatra: Jacobson 32 (Bz--21372); Koch-
Reichenhall s.n. [1927] (tfu). MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Island undetermin-—
ed: DeVriese 13 (Le--908233-1243). NEW CALEDONIA: Ball s.n. (W--
369413). HAWAIIAN ISLANDS: Hawaii: Meebold s.n. (Mu). CULTIVATED:
Belgium: M. Martens s.n. (Br, Br). Brazil: Butler 2086 (N, Sf);
Pickel 1354 (Sf). Burma: O. E. White 71 (W--2073126). California:
Eastwood s.n. [Santa Barbara, Aug. 1916] (Gg--31099), s.n. [Santa
Monica, June 28, 1928] (Gg--157412); Greer 1 (Sd--34578)3; Herb.
Univ. Calif. L. A. s.n. [Hugh Evans garden, Santa Monica] (La, La);
McClintock 149 in part (La), s.n. [Lower Hillside Park, Nov. 27,
1957] (Ba, Gg--411788); R. V. Moran 1494 (Sd--51491); Paddock s.n.
[Dec. 1, 1947] (Ba); Poindexter s.n. [W. Los Angeles, June 28,
1936] (Ba); Walther s.n. [Santa Barbara, Jan.--Feb. 1931] (Gg--
185159), s.n. [Santa Monica, Oct. 20, 1931] (Gg--189159). Cayman
Islands: N. Chevalier 173 (N). China: Ping s.n, [Herb. Lingn. Univ.
10912] (W--1249662). Colombia: Daniel 5594 (W--2457916); L6épez-
Palacios 4022 (Ld); Lépez-Palacios & Idrobo 3682 (N), 3690 (Ld, N);
Lopez-Palacios & Jaramillo M.3682 (Ac). Cuba: Roig 7231 (Es),
11612 (Es). Dominican Republic: Allard 14358 (S, W--1958838). El
Salvador: P. C. Standley 23666 (W--1139351). England: Collector
undetermined s.n. [H. Kew 1855] (S). Florida: Buswell s.n. [Nov.
29, 1938] (Ba); DeWolf 649 (Ms--34245); Dress 1260 (Ba); Gillis
7050 (Ft--2561); McFarlin 6465 (Mi); H. N. Moldenke 21454 (Z); R. W.
Read 1205 (Ba, Ft--2199); P. O. Schallert 20862 (B1--124800), 22907
(S), 22997 (B, S, Ws); Tisdale s.n. [Gainesville, 19 Nov. 1937]
(Fl1--28047); Vaskar s.n. [Wildermere, 9-10-29] (Fl1--21001). Germa-
ny: Herb. Hort. Monac. s.n. [1932] (Mu); Herb. Kummer s.n. [Hort.

348 PAH YOST OrnTOMG. TEA Vol. 48, No. 4

bot. Monac., 2 Novemb. 1855] (Mu--6620); Herb. Hort. Lips. s.n.
(Mi). Guadeloupe: Duss 2391 (N). Haiti: Ekman H.5166 (W--1412595).
Hawaiian Islands: J. Abbott s.n. [4 March 1945] (Bz); A. R. Cooke
s.n. [Univ. Hawaii campus, 3/ 10/54] (St); Degener, Degener, &
Munro 28539 (N, W--2562087); Forbes s.n. [October 13, 1953] (St);
F. R. Fosberg 9370 (Bi), 27077 (N, W); J. A. Harris C.242.275 (Bi,
N); Nitta 47 (N); P. Rankin 13 [Wood 3628] (Bi); Rock s.n. [Sept.
18), "k7] -@BL)s *Storey\ sons [Jani 18; 1930]; (Bi) : “Y. ‘Tanaka acoue
[Dec. 4, 1929] (Bi); Yoshinaga s.n. [11/20/29] (Bi); Yuncker 3594
(Dp). Honduras: Molina R. 14679 (N, W--2566541); H. E. Moore

6771 (Ba). Hong Kong: S. Y. Hu 9084 (W--2711886), 9644 (W--
2730999). Indias Herb. Hone. Bot. Calcutt. son. (Mu——49235) 2deee
Shantha 60 [Herb. Hyderab. 163] (Hi--309618); Wallich 2087c (Mu--
HOA Mul) ase. [ij bot. "Callicuttcall ¢S)s) seme (Cp). Jamar camior—
ley 152 (Mu). Java: Bakhuizen van den Brink 2749 (Ut--24903a),
3902 (Bz--21364); Bakker 7 (Bz--21371); Eyken s.n. [Sept. 1912]
(Bz--21369); Haagen 318 (Bz--21368); Hemken 11 (Bz--21358); Herb.
Hort. Bot. Bogor. 413 H.B. (Bz--21385, Le--92266-561), X.F.1 (Bz--
21359), X.F.29 (Bz--21362), XI.G.66 (Bz--21360), XI.G.66 en a (Bz--
21356, Bz--21357, Bz--21361), XI.G.68 (Bz--21354), XI.G.68a (Bz--
21354, Bz—-=21355), XV.F.27a (Bz-—26341, Bz, Bz), XV.2.1V.13 (Bz==
26423), XV.J.A.XII.3 (Bz--26338, Bz--26339, Bz); Herb. Mus. Bot.
Bogor. X.F.1 (Bz--25587), X.F.29 (Bz--25588), XI.G.66 en a (Bz--
25589), XV.F.27 (Bz--26340, Bz--26555, Bz, N), XV.J.A.XII.3 (Bz--
26337, N); Leeuwen-Reijnvaan s.n. [7 April 1911] (Bz--21367)3; Van
Oosten 29 (Bz--21366), 45 (Bz--21365). Martinique: Duss 4701 (N).
Mexico: Dryxell 1720 (Ba). Missouri: Huhn 16 (W--274554). Mozam-
bique: Gomes e Sousa 3 (U1). Pakistan: Qureshi s.n. [4.12.1965]
(Kh); R. R. Stewart 29099 (Kh). Pennsylvania: Peele 404 (Ba).
Philippine Islands: J. V. Pancho 2908 (Ba); Stern 2110 (Mi). Ré-
union: Hombron 2 (P); Richard s.n. [hort. bot. Bourbon] (P, P).
Singapore: Wur s.n. [2 Oct. 1924] (Ba). Puerto Rico: Cowles s.n.
[April 3, 1922] (N); Moldenke & Moldenke 19534 (N); R. J. Wagner
402 ((Bal, sS)ie) Sites KEES? Ge His Batlliey, 396 (Ba), Sri LankaiGor—
lector undetermined s.n. [Roy. Bot. Gard. May 1887] (Pd); Molden-
ke, Moldenke, & Jayasuriya 28134 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd, W--2764403);
Sumithraarachchi 1] (Pd). Sudan: Kassas 106 (Gz), 665 [105] (Gz).
Switzerland: Herb. Hort. Basil. s.n. (T). Tobago: W. E. Broadway
4798 (N). Trinidad: Bailey & Bailey s.n. [Port-of-Spain, Feb.
1921 | CGa)s we B Broadway sem. Widins) Bot. Gardy Herb. el 37 7imnGses
W--938229), s.n. [30 Oct. 1926] (B, B), s.n. [November 7, 1932]
(1). Venezuela: Bailey & Bailey 643 (Ba), 1472 (Ba); Bernardi
3115 (N); Ruiz-Teran & Loépez-Palacios 6217 (N)3; Vogl 1305 (Mu).
Zaire: RR.PP. Salesiens 293 (Br). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDE-
TERMINED: Collector undetermined s.n. (Pd); Haller s.n. [Haram
Petty] (Pd); Herb. Alstroemer s.n. (S)3; Herb. Burman s.n. (Le--
908265-710); Jacquemont 2505 [Indes orient.] (W--2497116). MOUN-
TED ILLUSTRATIONS: Géel, Sert. Bot. Cl. 14. 1823 (N); H. N. Mol-
denke color slide 202 (Z); DeWild., Icon. Select. Hort. Then. 159.
1903 (Br)

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 349

HOLMSKIOLDIA SANGUINEA f£. CITRINA Mold., Phytologia 8: 58. 1961.

Bibliography: De in Kanjilal, Das, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 494.
1939; De, Indian Forest. 65: 358--359. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 8:
58. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 45. 1962; Mold., Biol. Ab—
str. 37: 1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 28. 1962; Neal, Gard.
Hawaii, ed. 2, 732 & 896. 1965; Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines
334 & 336. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 363. (1971) and 2: 881.
1971; Mold., Phytologia 28: 444 & 450. 1974; Clay & Hubbard,

Haw. Gard. Trop. Shrubs 196 & 290. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
263950504, & DOO. 1980.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its fresh corollas and calyxes both the same lemon-yellow col-
or, the older calyxes becoming greenish-yellow and drying light-
brown.

The form is based on Colin Potter FL.1264 from a cultivated
plant in the Foster Botanical Garden, Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaiian
Islands, collected on September 20, 1961, and deposited in my
personal herbarium. Miss Neal, in a letter to me dated September
21, 1961, says "about the Holmskioldia with greenish-yellow
flowers: when I asked our Foster Botanical Gardens for a speci-
men for you (we have none in the herbarium [of Bishop Museum])
they immediately looked it up and found that their single plant
was bearing a few flowers, though only recently planted out in
the ground. A specimen from this they have just given us, and
it is now in the press and will be sent to you soon. As their
specimen was obtained locally, they do not know the source. I
saw the same color form in Oct. 1955, when it was introduced by
Mrs. A. Lester Marks of Honolulu, probably from some nursery on
the mainland [of the U.S.A.]." All evidence points to the taxon
being native to Assam.

While this is described as a "greenish-yellow" form, R. W. Read
(below) refers to his plant as a "brilliant yellow flowered form";
Mrs. Parry describes her Assam plant as having the "bracts and
flowers yellow". De (1939) says that "Recently I discovered a
yellow-flowering variety of this species [H. sanguinea]."' Whether
all these plants represent the same form citrina is not certain --
possibly a greenish-yellow and a pure yellow form are here invol-
ved. Menninger (1970) says: "In the botanical garden at Bangalore,
India, is a deep red-flowered form and also a bright yellow-
flowered form of this plant [H. sanguinea]". It is not at all
certain to me if the red—flowered and orange-flowered specimens ci-
ted under typical H. sanguinea really represent the same taxon or
if two (or three) color forms are here included. Only careful
field work can settle this problem.

Citations: INDIA: Assam: Parry 1193 (N). CULTIVATED: Florida:
R. W. Read 1369 (Ft--2200). Hawaiian Islands: C. Potter FL.1264
(Z--type) .

HOLMSKIOLDIA SPEIRII (Lesq.) MacGinitie, Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Babi 5993 S6=—L 575, pl.) 74, flo. .& 2. aL 9538
Synonymy: Porana speirii Lesq., U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. Rep. 8:
172, pl. 28, fig. 15. 1883. "Convolvulaceous (?) flower" Kirchner,

350 PREY Om COL Gian wal Vol. 48, No. 4

ieee oy Seo Wows Wels Siers Cs Ike. jls Glbji5, westes Po Asters).

Porana ‘samulis Knowlton, Proc. Us S. Nata Musi 5i' 28 Sie pilee2i.
fig. 1 & 2. 1916. Florissantia physalis Knowlton, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 51: 270. 1916. Hydrangea bendirei Berry, U. S. Geol.
Suny. Prot. Paper L544 251) pill) 52.0 hie. 7) L929" (not we pends
(Ward) Knowlton, 1901]. Viburnum palmatum Chaney & Sdnborn, Car-
ineeaes IMe5 WES Avil, “39S Cy), jlo AO, staan Hy, Igsis\.

Bibldographys, Lesq., Rep. Uz Ss) Geol. Surv. Terr. 6s) L/2= pie.
28) hip lo ehoosis Ward. Rep. sUi Sr Geolk Suny.) Dis 144Oe sooo
Eesq.,, proce. Us oS. Nat. Mus) i 6s pil Gs fica Score keinach
mies IhseieG Seo Ikowiis Meals Seats Se Is7/ 5 joile dsyy ats Ao laisse
Mnomdliaom, Caisse Geese Were, Wile jill, We So (sell, Snags Ibs 22 |
eZ VS98is Knowlton, Bui. Ue) Se Geol. Survie, ZOOcGOs (pile Ommmtitce
Os 7) 19025) Knowlton, Proc. Ur Ss Nate Mus. Sis) 270) & 26 8empiee
27a Hee le 2 LOGS) Knowlton, Bulle US), Geol, Surv. soO9oeeoae
3235, 6) 499) LOMO Chaney, (Carnegrte Inst. Wash. Pubes 346s 6osm7O-
7, (65 80, 94, Usa & (40. L927 Berry, Ue Si. Geol Survembrome
Paper W547 25, pills 52, fig: 7. 1929: Chaney & Sanborn, Carnegue
Insti. Wash. Publ 459) 97) pli 40), fig. 4. shO35s) Brown. JoOuIen.
Paleont. 9: 583, pl. 69), fig. I--3. 19353 Brown, Journ. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 30: 353. 1940; MacGinitie, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ.
DOO ES O=—= oii Dita. sete. lac 2 ODS) Moilldn Resume 26 6sme2o4e
301, 336, 379, & 456. 1959; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 82: 87 &
19 ple S20. LOG RS Pearson, Anima le Cenozole Hea s5ielgoee
Becker, Nat. Hist. 74 (2): 41. 1965; Becker, Palaeontogr. B.127:
123, pl. 39, £ig. 6. 1969; Mathewes & Brooke, Syesis 4: 215.
HCVALS WitollGlon. Wabeeley sytney IbR S\7/( (GMS7/Ib) euoel Ae Sills}, Sshls (0, 7/08),
881, & 970. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 368 & 550. 1980.

MPlLustrattonss) esq, Rep. Ua S. Geolls Surve Lerr.) Cie plleZorn
fle oe ooo s Kirchner. Mucansi. Site houds Acadin (GC isentotsesp!lasmmiare
Pi 2e USI knoOwlEon,. Proce (Ui Sie Nat. Mush, Siles) pilla Qiu seer
G2 UVOMGS Berry Ul oc. Geolly Surv. Prot. Paper i! 54)) pill aemislete
7. 1929; Chaney & Sanborn, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 439: pl.
405 tise 4.) L933. Brown, Journ. Paleont., Qi) pil 69) Evowl——or
1935; MacGinitie, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 599: pl. 74, fig. 1
& 2. 1953; Becker, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 82: pl. 30. 19615 Becker,
Nate Hist. 74 (2) 41. 1965; Becker, Palacontogr.) Bal27s plaemoos
1 (5) ILEKAS)-

This fossil species is known only from the fruiting-calyces
which are solitary, scarious in texture, borne on slender pedi-
cels about 3 cm. long, 5-lobed, 2--5 cm. wide, the lobes connate,
rather angular, deltoid, about 1/4 the radius of the calyx,
basally 1.3--1.5 cm. wide, apically rounded or rather obtusely
subacute, each with 5 veins diverging from the base and extending
in a straight line to the margins where they unite by means of
anastomosing loops, one prominent vein leading to the points of
the sinuses and giving off a few lateral branches toward the ex-
tremities, the veins joined by lateral nervilles or crossties to
form a conspicuous reticulum of irregularly polygonal or rectan-
gular meshes; the pedicels slender, about 3 cm. long, apically
bearing a small club-shaped expansion surmounted by a terminal
ridge or ring supporting the calyx.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 351

This fossil species, apparently known from numerous individual
specimens, was supposed by some paleobotanists to represent a
convolvulaceous corolla (Lesquereux, Imowlton) and by others a
sterile flower of Hydrangea (Berry) or Viburnum (Chaney & San-
born), but seems clearly to be the mature fruiting-calyx of a
Holmskioldia, not very unlike the modern H. sanguinea Retz.
Another supposed fossil Porana (P. tenuis Lesq., P. cockerelli
Knowlton), similar to some species of Heisteria (Olacaceae), has
been shown actually to represent a species of Astronium (Anacardi-
aceae).

MacGinitie (1953) has summed up the situation as follows: "The
fossils leave no doubt that they are true calyces and not corol-
las. The length of the pedicel shows that they cannot have grown
in close umbels as in Hydrangea or Viburnum. The specimen show-
ing the calyx in side view was a valuable help in final identifi-
cation. The fossil calyces correspond very closely to those of
Holmskioldia, a large vine from subtropical and tropical south-
eastern Asia. Holmskioldia sanguinea Retzius from the southeast-
ern Himalaya region furnishes the closest match. This positive
identification as Holmskioldia leaves a question concerning the
contrast between the habitat of the living plant and th indicated
habitat of the fossil flora. It is probable that the fossil spe-
cies was entirely distinct from any now living and was adapted to
more temperate habitats. However, the climate of the northwestern
range for the living genus, in the eastern Himalayas, is not
greatly different from that of the southern Appalachians, where
several species related to those of the fossil flora are now grow-
ing. Holmskioldia calyces have been found in fossil deposits at
Fossil, Wyoming; Goshen, Cove Creek, and Bridge Creek, Oregon;
and at Republic, Washington, ranging in age from Middle (or pos-
sibly Upper) Eocene to late Cligocene."

Holmskioldia speirii is based on Princeton Univ. Paleobot. Coll.
650, with hypotypes U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. 33686, 34736, & 34737,
Denver Mus. Nat. Hist. 658, and Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleobot. Ser.
3619 & 3620.

Becker (1961) comments that "Several well-defined calyces with
counterparts exhibit considerable detail in outline and venation.
The five connate, rourded calyx lobes are 2.3 cm in diameter, and
the fossils conform to Chaney's (1927) description for Porana
of the Crooked River specimens, as well as to those by Brow (1935,
p. 483) from the Green River material. The Ruby specinens with a
calyx diameter of 4.5 cm. as against 3.5 cm. for those of the
Green River are some of the largest reported. MacGinitie (1953,
p. 156) assigned material from Florissant to this species, but
transferred it along with five other forms.....to the genus Holm-
skioldia of the Verbenaceae. Calyx venation of the Florissant
specimens is of the Holmskioldia type. These Florissant caiyx
lobes are obtuseiy pointed and therefore markedly different from
the Ruby specimens, the one figured by Lesquereux, and others
identified by Brown (1935, Pl. 69, figs. 1, 3) from the Green
River flora. Lobes of an intermediate shape have not been re-
ported in the fossil state. Possibly the material consists of two

352 PAB Ye Te OSE ONG desk Vol. 48, No. 4

species. The remains of Holmskioldia furnish an excellent
stratigraphic index for the eariy Cenozoic, especiaily the Oligo-
cene...... Caiyces of the living Holmskioldia sanguinea Retzius
(P1. 30, fig. 6) from subtropical areas of southeastern Asia
correspond in venation most nearly with the fossil. Obtuse as
well as rounded lobes occur in the living H. mira Moldenke (Pl.
30, figs. 4, 7) and in the smaller H. angustifolia Moldenke (P1.
30, fig. 5), both from Madagascar." TWowever, the last-named of
these species has since been proved actually to be a species of
the genus Capitanopsis S. Moore in the Lamiaceae.

Becker (1969) found "several 5-lobed calyces of Holmskioldia
speirii" in the Tertiary of Beaverhead Basin in southwestern

Montanae, i 5

hey are 5 cm. in diameter, connate, prominently 5-
veined, obtuse but with somewhat more pointed lobes, and general-
ly larger than the Florissant specimens. The characters preclude
confusion of the fossil with Astronium, Hydrangea or Viburnum,
None of the living species is exactly lil:e the fossil, but the
generic characters are diagnostic. Holmskioldia is described from
North America only from the upper Eocene to the late Oligocene,
but may have extended into the Lower Miocene."

In a letter to me, dated April 16, 1951, Dr. MacGinitie says:
"The Verbenaceae in the Florissant are Petraea perplexans (Cock-
erell) MacGinitie and Holmskioldia speirii (Lesquereux) MacGini-
tie. They were formerly called Buettneria perplexans and Porana
speirii. These names are both founded on calyces and appear to
be as certain as any paleobotanical identifications can be."

The Hydrangea bendirei (Ward) Knowlton, referred to in the
synonymy (above), is a presently accepted fossil species based on
Marsilea bendirei Viard [Porana bendirei (Ward) Lesq., 1888] from
the Mascall formation in Grant County, Oregon.

HOLMSKIOLDIA SPINESCENS (Klotzsch) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882.

Synonymy: Cyclonema spinescens Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss.
Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot.] (1): 262. 1861 [not C. spinescens Oliv.,
1876]. Holmskioldia spinescens Vatke apud Hutchins. & Corbish.,
Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1920: 332. 1920.

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6

[Bota] GDE 2620) 186s Olav. S Journ. Linn.) Soc, LondiemBotemdeas
965, US/.Gisi Hoole. syicon'. bls, (Si ipl, 220. S77) Vatkes) lannatea!
43) 5360 1882s Jacks, in Hooley f., & Jacks’.).) ind. Kew.) elm pease ss
679) 1893) Gurke in Engl., Pfilanzenw. Ost—Afr. C: 342. 189535 di
G. Baker in Thiselit.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 314. 19003) Hutchagse
& Gorbish., Kew Bull. Mise. Inf. 1920: 332. 19203 Hutchins,
Filowe ele Sin Ate oe Zee pil, 49) 922-8 Stapi, dndi.s Lond .yecmetOOls
19303 Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 51 & 93.
19422) Jacks. danetool=. £2 & Jacks.) ind. Kew.. imp... 12.) sou
1946; Mold., Knowm Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 120 & 136.
1949; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 119. 1953; Mold., Résu-
mé 150, 276, & 457. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 3, 1: 679. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 251 & 473 (1971) and
2: 881. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 241 & 550. 1980.

LilustrationsssHook., Leon.) Pl e13: plsel221 ea sii7e

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 353

A many-stemmed much-branched erect shrub, to about 2.5 m. tall;
stems whitish, rather flattened; branches whitish, rather flat-
tened, armed with short, white, erect, wide-spreading, 6--8 mm.
long, subulate, glabrous, and woody spines; young branchlets e-
rect, terete, densely pubescent; leaves small, decussate-opposite,
deciduous; petioles very short, terete, about 2 mm. long; leaf-
blades light-green, oblong, 1.2--4 cm. long, 6--8 mm. wide, api-
cally very shortly acute, marginally entire, basally narrowed-
cuneate, slightly pubescent above, densely whitish-pubescent be-
neath; cymes axillary, borne at the apex of the branchlets, pe-
dunculate, lax, few-flowered, pubescent, bracteate; bracts minute,
villous, caducous; calyx in anthesis cyathiform-campanulate, 0.8--
1.2 cm. wide, obtusely 5-lobed, pubescent on both surfaces, ac-
crescent; corolla irregular, slightly longer than the calyx, 1.2
cm. long, externally densely pubescent, the tube short, reclinate,
densely glandular, the limb unequally 5-parted, subbilabiate,
patent; stamens 4, subdidynamous, long-exserted, equaling the
tips of the corolla-lobes; filaments filiform, glandular-puberu-
lent below, glabrous above; style glabrous, exserted; ovary vil-
lous or white-pubescent; fruiting-calyx rigidly coriaceous, to
2.5 cm. wide; fruit densely villous, apically deeply 4-lobed.

This species appears to be endemic to the lower part of the
Zambezi valley in Tete, Mozambique, where the type was collected
by Peters and the species again by Kirk. The Cyclonema spines-
cens of Oliver (1876), referred to in the synonymy (above), is
a synonym of Kalaharia uncinata (Schinz) Mold.

The Faden, Gillett, & Gachathi 77/439, distributed as H.
spinescens actually represents a new, as yet undescribed, spe-
cies awaiting the collection of more complete material.

Chase refers to H. spinescens as a shrub, 7--8 feet tall, with
simple, opposite leaves, and fruits attached to the mature calyx,
and with '"4-pointed seeds'"'". He encountered the plant on hill-
tops and riverbanks, at 900 feet altitude, fruiting in July.

Citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Tete: N. C. Chase 2217 [Govt. Herb.
Salisb. 29056] (N), 2218 L[Govt. Herb. Salisb. 29055] (N).

HOLMSKIOLDIA SUBINTEGRA Mold., Bol. Soc. Brot., ser. 2, 40: 122.
1966.

Bibijography.:: Mold... Bol. Soc. Brot;, ‘ser. 2, 40% 1222 1966;
Mold., Resumé Suppl. 13: 4. 1966; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl.
Afr. Trop. 1967: 62. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49: 390. 1968;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 251 (1971) and 2: 881. 1971; Heslop-—Har-
rison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 69. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 241
& 550. 1980.

A tree, 5--7 m. tall, apparently much-branched; branchlets
twiggy, conspicuously lenticellate with elevated lenticels, the
youngest parts densely short-pubescent with gray hairs; princi-
pal internodes much abbreviated, 1--4 cm. long; leaves decussate-
opposite or approximate, sessile or subsessile; leaf-blades
firmly chartaceous or parchment-like, brunnescent in drying,
lighter beneath, obovate or obovate-elliptic, usually widest a-
bove the middle, apically acute to short-cuspidate, marginally

354 Peis Yate Outa OG sileA Vol. 48. No. 4

entire or subentire-repand, basally acute, rather densely short-
pilose or -pubescent above, more densely so beneath especially
along the venation; secondaries about 6 per side, practically in-
discernible above, prominulous beneath; inflorescence axillary,
usually shorter than or equaling the subtending leaves; peduncles
very slender, 2--3 cm. long, densely short-pubescent; cyme-
branches 2 or 3, shorter than the peduncle, short-pubescent, di-
vergent in fruit; fruiting-calyx firmly chartaceous, rotate, dis-
tinctly 5-lobed, conspicuously venose, pinkish, 2.5--3 cm. wide,
puberulent.

The type of this apparently endemic species was collected by
Eduardo Campos de Andrada (no. 1755) near Furancungo, Macanga,
Tete, Mozambique, on July 14, 1949, and is deposited in the Ul-
tramar herbarium at Lisbon. Thus far it is a species known only
from this type collection.

Citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Tete: Andrade 1755 (Ul--type, Z--iso-
type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA TETTENSIS (Klotzsch) Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882.

Synonymy: Cyclonema tettensis Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss.
Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot.] (1): 261--262. 1861. Holmskioldia
speciosa Hutchins. & Corbish., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1920: 332,
fig. 1. 1920. Holmskioldia tettensis Vatke apud Hutchins. &
Corbishes Kew, bales Mise. Ini O20 5352520)

Bibliography: Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb.
6 [Bot.] (1): 261--262. 1861; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 536. 1882;
Jacks. anehHook. &eeJackse, pind] Kew. amp. ell els: 96/79) saeeoo sre
@iirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 342. 1895; J. G. Baker in
Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 314. 1900; Hutchins. & Corbish.,
Kew Bulle Mice inte 19202 3392——-333) fal 3. 920) anu cleaior
in Dyer, Pillow. Pil: S. Afr. 2: pil. 49. 1922: Wangerin;. Justse Bote
dilorecloeie, Sil (GDR Seisig WEPSIO NS WS 1ells Wheels Nera Teil, we
103. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 498.
1927; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 521. 1928; Stapf,
Ind. Lond. 3: 433. 1930; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2):
436 (1932) and 51 (2): 310. 1933; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1:
484. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 51 &
93. 1942: Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 25 15
679. 1946; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 645 & 783 (1948)
and ed. 1, imp. 2, 645 & 783. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 120, 122, 160, & 186. 1949; Mold., Résumé 150,
152, 153, 219, 276, & 457. 1959; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. (Supple
11: 120. 1953; Kuck & Tonge, Mod. Trop. Gard. 109, 116, & 233.
1955; Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1296/9
1960; Dyer, Verdoorn, & Codd in Letty, Wild Fls. Transv. 280 &
[282], pl. 140 (1). 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 32. 1962; H.
P. Riley, Fam. Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 129. 1963; Neal, Gard. Hawaii,
ed. 2, 732 & 896. 1965; F. White, Webbia 19: 677. 1965; R. H:
Compton, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. Suppl. 6: 66. 1966; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 13: 4. 1966; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Afr. Trop. Ind.
1967: 62. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49: 390. 1968; Van der
Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Nat. Park 81--82. 1969;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 355

Elliovson, Compl. Gard. Book South. Hemisph., ed. 6, 160. 1970;
Moldvyekitth Summ. 1: 251, 254, 256,°363,, &°473) (1971) and 2: 528
& 881. 1971; Palmer & Pitman, Trees S. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 1968--1971.
1972; Mold., Phytologia 26: 368. 1973; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl.
55. 1974; Clay & Hubbard, Haw. Gard. Trop. Shrubs 198 & 290. 1977;
Mold., Phytologia 36: 37. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 241, 243,
2455 504), °&°550.. 1980)

Illustrations: Hutchins. & Corbish., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1920:
Soopeeies -—3, 1920: Hutchins. in Dyer, Flow. Pl. S."Atr. 92. pL:
49 (in color). 1922; Dyer, Verdoorn, & Codd in Letty, Wild Fls.
Transv. [272], pl. 140 (1) (in color). 1962; Palmer & Pittman,
Trees South. Afr. 3: 1968 (in color) & 1970. 1972.

A large, erect, twiggy bush, small shrub, or slender shrubby
tree, branched, very floriferous, pilose-pubescent; branches and
branchlets woody, unarmed, decussate-opposite, obtusely tetragon-
al or terete, slender, whitish, suberect, shortly soft-pubescent
or sparsely villous, with pale lenticels; twigs gray-brown; prin-
cipal internodes about 2 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite;
petioles short, about 7 mm. long, plano-convex in cross-section,
densely pubescent; leaf-blades soft, papyraceous, broadly ovate
or obovate to oblong or triangular, 2.5--4 cm. long, 1.5--3 cm.
wide, apically triangular and shortly acute, basally broadly
cuneate or rounded, marginally irregularly and coarsely crenate-
dentate or scalloped, with about 3, deep, wide, & blunt or
rounded teeth, deep-green above and velvety to sparsely short-
pubescent or very short-setulose with evanescent hairs, paler
green beneath and conspicuously glandular short-pubescent espec-
ially on the venation; secondaries about 3 per side; inflores-
cence axillary at the tips of the branchlets, cymose or corym-
bose, pedunculate, few-flowered, incanous-pilose, bracteate;
peduncles slender, soft-pubescent; lower bracts more or less
foliaceous, spatulate-obovate or rhomboid, 6--8 mm. long, about
4 mm. wide, apically acute, puberulent on both surfaces, short-
stalked, green or pale pink-mauve, caducous; pedicels 1.2--2 cm.
long, densely villous, with 2 small linear opposite bracteoles
above the middle; calyx cyathiform or broadly top-shaped, pink
or mauve to dull pink-lilac, obtusely 5-dentate, basally urceo-
lately contracted, externally densely villous or glandular-
pubescent, gradually accrescent; corolla-buds purple-violet;
corolla violet or purple to deep-blue, 2--2.5 cm. long, irregu-
lar, slightly shorter than the calyx, externally glandular
soft-pubescent, the tube short, 1--1.5 cm. long, reclinate, glan-
dulose, the limb unequally 5-lobed, subbilabiate, spreading,
externally articulate-villous, the lobes apically broadly roun-
ded; stamens 4, subdidynamous, long-exserted; filaments filiform,
purple or violet, basally glandulose-puberulent, apically glab-
rous; anthers greenish-yellow; style a little longer than the
stamens, slender, glabrous; ovary orbicular, 4-celled, external-
ly villous throughout or only on the upper part; fruiting-calyx
much accrescent, papyraceous or rigidly membranous, to 2.5 cm.
wide; fruit subtriangular, broadest apically, truncate, 4-horned,
included by the mature fruiting-calyx, explosively dehiscent

356 PHY TAOeL iO Gy lel Vol. 48, No. 4

when mature.

The type of this species was collected by Peters "Auf Ebenen
in der Umgebung von Tette", Mozambique. Klotzsch (1861) records
the vernacular name, '"camunga-cansomba", and speaks of the ovary
as "viereugich", by which he probably means 4-celled. He also
comments that the "Staubgefusse [anthers] und Griffel [style]
sind in ihrer Bekleidung" the same as those of H. spinescens.

Hutchinson (1922) comments that this plant "when in full bloom
is one of the most conspicuous objects in the veld. The calyx...
very soon becomes almost fully developed, and the young corolla
is at first only visible as a minute ball at the base of the
saucer-shaped calyx."

The type of Hutchinson & Corbishley's H. speciosa was collec-
ted by I. B. Pole Evans (no. 16879) at Komanti Poort in the Lim-
popo basin, Transvaal, South Africa, on November 29, 1917.

Palmer & Pitman (1972) assert that "In South Africa it is con-
fined to the north: eastern and eastern Transvaal and to Zululand
-- it also occurs in Swaziland -- where it grows in mixed bush-
veld on rocky mountain slopes. It is common on the Lebombo
Mountains. Patches of trees grow almost alongside the road on
the Lydenburg side of the Abel Erasmus Tunnel, in mid and late
summer making patches of soft colour". They continue: ''The
flowers bloom from spring to late summer..... In shape and colour
they are beautiful and unusual. The calyx in a mature flower is
large and saucer-shaped and stiffly papery, with 5 shallow lobes,
a soft pink or mauve shade. The corolla in the heart of this is
first only a small ball, and this develops into a 2-lobed tube
up to 2.5 cm long, violet or deep blue and softly velvety, with

4 long [h]Jairy stamens protruding..... The Bantu name....means
"to crackle" because when ripe [the fruits] explode with small
crackling sounds, shooting out the seeds..... It is well worth

cultivating for its abundant, soft-coloured blooms."

Collectors have found this plant growing on steep hillsides
and on stony or rocky mountain slopes, in open wood in lowveld,
in red gritty soil of bushveld, in shallow stony soils, in scjer-
ocarya-Combretum apiculatum-Acacia nigrescens bush, and in woods
with Pterocarpus rotundifolius, Combretum Spp-, Sclerocarya
caffra, Acacia SPPp-, and Peltophorum africanum, at 500--1000
feet altitude, in anthesis from October to April, as well as in
July, and in fruit in February.

The "flowers" [=corollas?] are reported as "purple" by Kuck &
Tongg (1955) and on Borle 271 and Exell & al. 471, "pale-purple"
On Edwards 2944, “blue-purple" on Gillis 11046, "violet-blue" on
Bayliss 10602, "blue" on strey 6556, ‘“dark-blue" on van Wyk 404,
"blue-pink" on schlieben & Strey 8391, "lilac" on Barbosa 737,
"violet" on forre 1849 & 6839, "mauve" on Codd 3254, and "wine-
color" on Mendonga 2964, and the corollas specifically as "Vio-
let" on Compton 28619 & 30396, "reddish-blue" on Mendonga 1658,
and "pink" on Meeuse 10643. The calyx specifically is described
as "lilac-rose" on Mendonga 1658, "pink" on Compton 30396,
"pinkish" on Exell & al. 471, "mauve" on Meeuse 10643, and "rus-

set" on Compton 28619.
[to be continued]

Contribution to the Lichen Flora of Venezuela, II.

Manuel Lépez-Figueiras
Departamento de Botanica, Facultad de Farmacia
Universidad de los Andes
Mérida, Venezuela

As a result of new lichenological expeditions in the western
part of Venezuela and of the examination of the material studied
by specialists, a new list of species has been fashioned with the
new registers for Venezuela.

It is worth to mention that the genus Heterocyphelium is the
first citation for Venezuela.

Cladonia anomoea (Ach.) Ahti & P. James

Estado Mérida: La Carbonera, finca 'San Eusebio,' cercanias
de Mérida, restos de bosques andinos, Lopez-Figueiras & M. Keogh
14080

Cladonia bacillaris Nyl.

Estado Tachira: En la via entre Boca de Monte y El Zumbador,
Lopez-Figueiras 14427

Cladonia colombiana Sipman

Estado Tachira: Vertiente occidental de Pico Banderas,
P4ramo de Tama, Hale & Lopez-Figueiras 45276

Cladonia ochrochlora Flk.

Estado Mérida: Paramo de los Granates, alrededores de Loma
de Paja, Lopez-Figueiras 14876

Coccocarpia cronia (Tuck.) Vainio

Estado Tachira: Pico El Cobre, un sector del Paramo de Tama,
Lépez-Figueiras & Ruiz-Teran 9982

Estado Trujillo: Carretera (en construcci6én) Bocono-Las
Negritas, bosque andino primario, Lépez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 11480,
ees 5 D527, Ws47—c, 11576, 11486

Carretera (vieja) Bocono-La Cristalina-Trujillo, Ldépez-
Figueiras & M. Keogh 11225

A lo largo de la carretera Carache-La Palma-Agua de Obispo,
L6pez-Figueiras 13431

357

358 PHT Yn OL Oren A Vol. 48, No. 4

Estado Falc6én: Serrania de San Luis, 40 Km S of Coro.
Along road Coro-Churuguara, c 3 Km SW of Piedra Penada, Cucaide,
Sipman & H. van der Werff 10877

Estado de Mérida: Taludes de la carretera La Mitisus-Barinita,
entre La Mitisus y Las Mesas, Lépez-Figueiras 12416, 12442, 12448

Taludes de la via a El Morro, Lépez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 12341,
12406

Finca San Eusebio, carretera Mérida-La Azulita, Lépez-Figueiras
13686

Mérida, teleférico. Along path from La Aguada to La Montana,
Sipman & Lépez-Figueiras 11136, 11246

Coccocarpia domingensis Vainio

Estado Mérida: La Carbonera, finca "San Eusebio," cercanias de

Mérida, L6pez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 15543

Coccocarpia erythroxyli (Spreng.) Swinsc. & Krog. As C. parmelioides
(H.K.) Trev. in Varechi 1973.

Estado Trujillo: Paramo Cende, Lépez-Figueiras 12996, 13057

Estado Merida: Mérida, teleférico. Along path from La Aguada
to La Montana, Sipman & L6épez-Figueiras 11137

Coccocarpia pellita (Ach.) Miill. Arg.

Estado TAchira: Alrededores de Betania, parte alta del Valle
de Tam4, en bosque andino, Lépez-Figueiras 10081

Estado Mérida: El Paramito, un sector de La Carbonera,
cercanias de Mérida, Lopez-Figueiras 17342, 1763, 17381, 17385,
WAS8e, L505

El Maciegal, cuenca del rio La Pedregosa, cercanias de
Mérida, L6pez-Figueiras 10597

En Monte Zerpa, arriba de La Hechicera, cercanias de Mérida,
Lo6pez-Figueiras 1/7288

Valley of Rio Chama, near Mérida. Bottom of little tributary
valley at end of Calle Pueblecito, Sipman 11002.

Erioderma chilense Montagne

Estado Mérida: Entre Laguna Negra y Mucubaji, Sierra Nevada de
Santo Domingo, Hale & L6épez-Figueiras 44493, 44555

El Valle, cercanias de Mérida, Lépez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 11879

Erioderma sorediatum Gallow.& P. M. Jfrgensen

Estado TA4chira: Base del Cobre Chiquito, Valle del Pdramo de
Tamé4, Hale & L6pez-Figueiras 45635

1981 Lopez-Figueiras, Lichen flora of Venezuela 359

Estado Trujillo: Finca Guirigay-Rio Burate, paramo de
Guirigay, Lopez-Figueiras & Ruiz-Teran 11075

Paramo de Motumbo, quebrada El Volc4an, un afluente del
Aracay, L6pez-Figueiras 12477, 12478

Estado Mérida: Potreros de San Rafael, paramo de Las
Coloradas, Hale & L6pez-Figueiras 44347

Paramo La Negra, piedras y bosques, Hale & Lopez-Figueiras
42596

Erioderma verruculosum Vainio
Merida State: Taludes along via Pregoneros, Hale 42903
Erioderma wrightii Tuck.

Mérida State: Above La Aguada, Sierra Nevada de Mérida,
Hale 43180

Everniastrum catawbiense (Degel.) Hale

Mérida State: Merida teleférico. Along path La Aguada-La
Montana, Sipman & Lépez-Figueiras 11151

Paramo Mucubaji, along track from Laguna Mucubaji to Laguna
Negra, Sipman & Lépez-Figueiras 11348

Everniastrum fragile Sipman

Mérida State: Paramo de Mucubaji, along track from Laguna
Mucubaji to Laguna Negra, Sipman & L6pez-Figueiras 11343

Heterocyphelium leucampyx (Tuck. ) Vainio

Estado Lara: Serrania de Bobare, en Pico-Pico, zona de
bosques, Lopez-Figueiras & R. Smith 20745

Pannaria rubiginosa (Ach.) Bory

Estado Tdchira: Pdramo El Batallén, Lopez-Figueiras 10201
P4ramo El Rosal, via La Grita-San Jose de Bolivar, Hale &
Lopez-Figueiras 45012

Estado Trujillo: Paramo Cendé, Lépez-Figueiras 13019
Paramo El Jabén, Lopez-Figueiras 13349

Parmelia panniformis (Nyl.) Vainio

Estado Mérida: PAaramo de Mucuchies, alrededores de la torre
de T. V., Hale & Lépez-Figueiras 44609

360 Pee Og PO Cat vA Vol. 48, No. 4

Parmotrema fasciculatum (Vainio) Hale

Estado Mérida: Mérida teleférico. Along path La Aguada-
La Montana, Sipman & Lépez-Figueiras 11161

Placopsis gelida Nyl.

Estado Mérida: Sierra Nevada de Santo Domingo, Paramo de
Mucubaji hacia La Laguna Negra, Lopez-Figueiras & Morales 23633
Sierra del Norte o de la Culata: Paramo de Los Conejos,

norte de la Laguna Tapada, Lépez-Figueiras 23932
Parque Nacional Sierra Nevada, arriba de Los Frailés, via
Apartaderos-Santo Domingo, Lopez-Figueiras 25038

Rocella babingtonii Mont.

Estado Falcén: Peninsula de Paraguana. A lo largo de Monte
Cano, zona xeréfita, Lopez-Figueiras & Wingfield 22460

Tylophoron moderatum Nyl.

Estado Mérida: Monte Zerpa, proximidades de La Hechicera,
junto a la ciudad de Mérida, Lépez-Figueiras 16160

Acknowledgements

The author is indebted to T. Ahti; L. Arvidsson; G. Follmann;
M. Hale; P. M. Jérgensen; H. Sipman and L. Tibell for the
revision of the above mentioned list. Special thanks are due to
Robert Smith and Robert Wingfield for their kind help during our
field work in Lara and Falcén States respectively. The author also
gratefully acknowledge financial support from CONICIT (grant 51-
26-B10-S1: 0981) and from the Consejo de Desarrollo Cientifico y
Humanistico, ULA (Grant FA-04-77 and FA-23-77).

Literature Cited

Arvidsson, L. & Galloway, D. J.
1979 The Lichen Genus Coccocarpia in New Zealand. Bot.
Notiser 132:239-246

Esslinger, Th.L.
1977 A Chemosystematic Revision of the Brown Parmeliae.
Uiekes EEE orel Lyoyes Wel), No. Aes il—vitil

Follmann, G.
1980 Eine neue Strauchflechte aus dem Verwandschaftskreis

von Roccella fuciformis (L.) de Cand. Nova Hedwigia
32 20g

1981 L6pez-Figueiras, Lichen flora of Venezuela 361

Hale, Mason E., Jr.
1972 Parmelia pustulifera, A New Lichen from Southeastern
United States. Brittonia 24:22-27

Lé6pez Figueiras, M.
1977 Contribucién a la flora liquenolégica de Venezuela.
Phytologia 36:161-163

Lopez Figueiras, M.
1979 Contribution to the lichen flora of Venezuela I.
Phytologia 43: 427-429

Sipman, H. J. M. & A. M. Cleef
1979 V. Taxonomy, distribution and ecology of macrolichens
of the Colombian Paramos: 1 Cladonia subgenus Cladina,
Proc. Konink. Nederl. Akad. Wet Ser. C, 82:223-241

Sipmany H.. J. M.
1980 Studies on Colombian Crytogams. X. The genus Everniastrum
Hale and related taxa (Lichenes). Proc. Konink. Nederl.
Akad. Wet. Ser. G) 83: 333-354

Swinscow, T.D.V. & Krog, H.
1976 The genus Coccocarpia in East Africa. Norw. J. Bot.
232511259

Vareschi, V.
1973 Catalogo de Liquenes de Venezuela. Acta Botanica
Venezuelica, 8(1-4):177-245

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"JUNGLES" edited by Edward S. Ayensu, 200 pp., 150 color & b/w
photos & 250 draw. & 11 maps. Crown Publishers, Inc., New
York, Ne ¥. LOOM6S 9805 ~S85.700) oversize.

With beautiful and copious illustrations, with effective and
scientifically accurate arguments in the text, with eye-catching
format and sound wildlife preservation arguments, this publication
can and hopefully will convince many more people of how ultimately
useless and harmful it is to cut back these wet tropical forests.
To folks raised in temperate parts of the world, jungles seem so
overpoweringly stable and productive that chopping trees for lun-
ber and nibbling edges for slash-and-burn agriculture by the
world's less well off peoples may seem a small human price to pay.
Now the areas depleted are greatly increased by power equipment
use. This study emphasizes that the jungle keeps its valuable
interrelated systems functioning only if undisturbed, that it can
store its excess in its tree and liana trunks, and not in the shal-
low soil subject to leaching on exposure so that it ends up no
good for jungle regrowth, arborculture or agriculture. It is hard
to see all that lush green and yet realize that such vegetation
cover is over a desert that becomes only more extreme upon exposure.

"THE FOSSIL HUNTERS - In Search of Ancient Plants" by Henry N.
Andrews, i112 & 422 pp., 13 full, 39 smaller b/w photos pleat
paleontologists and 7 full pl. of fossils. Cornell University
Press, London, & P. O. Box 250, Ithaca, New York 14850. 1980.
$28.50.

Scholarly yet warmly chatty, historically arranged by centuries
and by countries, this valuable compilation of information becomes
a source of reminiscently pleasurable reading for paleobotanists
the world over, an excellent text like the author's "Ancient Plants
and the World They Lived In" for beginning students in the field
and a useful source book for scientists of other disciplines whose
interests touch peripherally on this field. The book is nicely
printed, illustrated with good photographs and quotations from many
of these fossil hunters, and revives the fossil location explana-
tion of dumping by the moving and receding waters of Noah's flood.

"A FIELD GUIDE TO THE BIRDS - A Completely New Guide to All the
Birds of Eastern and Central North America" Fourth Edition by
Roger Tory Peterson, 384 pp., 136 color pl., many b/w fig. &
390 distribution maps. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Mas-
sachusetts 0207. 1980. $15.00 clothbound, $9.95 paperbound.

362

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 363

This book will sell itself because of its popular topic and
its famous author, but I am very glad that the publishers sent me
a review copy. Some folks will get both bindings - the paperbound
to take into the field without concern about occasional raindrops,
quickly scribbled memos and even peanut butter smears, and the
clothbound to be kept at home for any later neat notation. This
revision uses the Peterson System of "patternistic drawings with
arrows that pinpoint the key field marks", has all color plates
beautifully and accurately painted anew and arranged to face the
text description. The range maps with different colors for win-
ter, resident and breeding areas, and with pertinent annotations
are prepared by Mrs. Peterson and provide information much more
efficiently than text would. The edition has added descriptions
and illustrations of "accidentals" from the sea, Eurasia, tropics,
and the West as well as exotic introductions and escapes. The
book is sponsored by the National Audubon Society and the National
Wildlife Federation.

"HAWAII'S VANISHING FLORA" by Bert Y. Kimura & Kenneth M. Nagata,
88 pp., 126 color photo, 1 b/w draw., Oriental Publishing
Company, P. O. Box 22162, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822. 1980.
$5.95 paperbound.

These are not the flowers seen blooming around the hotels at
Waikiki, or again and again at Miami Beach, Curagao, Singapore,
Bombay, Mombassa, etc. Instead, these are the endemic and estab-
lished early Polynesian introductions that are seen less and less
as land development progresses. Now the botanically inclined hi-
ker or visitor has this inexpensive pocket-size book as a guide
for the recognition of these treasures still remaining in spite
of vandals, man's unthinking land use, and vigorous competition
presented by many newly introduced plant and animal competitors.
Scientific, Hawaiian, common and family names are given; so are
descriptive notes, general localities, history of first collec-
tions and botanical literature sources. The photographs are well
printed. The famous silversword is shown in the frontispiece.
This book makes a lovely Hawaiian souvenir of Hawaii. Its plea
for plant protecting is relevant and important.

"FLORA OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST, An Illustrated Manual" by C. Leo
Hitchcock & Arthur Cronquist, xix & 730 pp., 10,000 line
draw., University of Washington Press, Seattle 98105. 1978.
$25.00.

Of course, this field manual is an excellent work; it is con-
densed and a bit modernized from the excellent 5-volumed "Vascu-
lar Plants of the Pacific Northwest" originally published serial-
ly by this same press from 1955 to 1969 and reprinted with cor-
rections so that this form is possibly a fourth edition. The il-
lustrations are placed marginally next to the descriptions and/or

364 POH eet) OnE ORG A Vol. 48, No. 4

keys, reduced one-half from those in the "Vascular Plants" and
there are some new ones added from the efficient pen of Jeanne R.
Janish. Using a field magnifying lens promises to bring out more
details. There are two keys to the families of these vascular
plants: a synoptical more detailed one and an artificial less
technical illustrated one.

"PLANT TAXONOMY AND PLANT SYSTEMATICS" by Clive A. Stace, vi &
279 pp-, 15 b/w maps, 5 photo, 31 fie. & 21 tab. | Unawersuty
Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. $29.50 paperbound.

This is one of the new British and Commonwealth university
undergraduate oriented student texts in the Contemporary Biology
Series that vary from ordinary to excellent. This one is very
good. "Serious amateurs, teachers and researchers who specialize
in other fields but use taxonomic information will find it useful"
indeed. The author presents plant taxonomy as "both the most ba-
sic and the ultimate field of biology" and develops chapters on
each of its information sources: structural, chemical, chromosom-
al, breeding systems, plant geography, and ecology. In any taxo-
nomic course wherein at least some students can read English, this
text deserves at least a place on the reading shelf.

"DICTIONARY OF THEORETICAL CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY" compiled by Keith
E. Roe & Richard G. Frederick, xli & 267 pp., Scarecrow
Bress,inc..e Metuchen.) NJ) 08840) LOSI sisili7.) 50.

This bibliography without definitions provides alphabetically
arranged "access to the literature on [1166] named theoretical
concepts by citing original sources and reviews in which these
concepts are elucidated". They "have been gleaned from journal
articles, monographs, reviews, and histories of biological dis-
ciplines, primarily in the English language, published through the
year 1979", Citations are arranged chronologically, incidentally
showing historical development. There are ample cross-references.
Over 30 introductory pages list with their abbreviations the
journals that served as source material. This book will be of
particular help to biology students researching problems, science
historians, and: especially to those kind librarians who want to
help inquirers after certain biological information.

"GATHERING WHAT THE GREAT NATURE PROVIDED - Food Traditions of
the Gitksan" by the People of 'Ksan, 127 pp., 1 br/w map, 1
tab, 51 photos & 36 draw., University of Washington Press,
Seattle, Washington 98105. 1980. $37.95.

Through interesting simple text, otherwise not readily acces-
sible photography and easily identified plant drawings the Book
Builders of the Gitsan Amerind tribe from along the Skeena River

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 365

in British Columbia have prepared cooperatively this record of
the "histories, habits and techniques of their great-great-grand-
fathers" so that their ''young people can know the stature of
their heritage - and share it with the world.” It tells of the
collection, preparation, preservation and storage of native plant
and animal food sources. This area of Canada is naturally rich
in edible fish, game, berries, tubers, bulbs, etc. With the
early advent of Europeans' bread, potatoes, other new foods and
the words denoting them have been added. This is a very attract-
ively arranged publication whose plant illustrations are very
easily recognized.

"DARWIN IN AMERICA. The Intellectual Response 1865--1912" by
Cynthia Eagle Russett, ix & 229 pp., 19 b/w illus., W. H.
Freeman & Company, San Francisco, California 94104. 1980.
$4.95 softcover.

This treatise first appeared in 1976 in a hardcover edition
describing primarily for the college undergraduates "what happen-
ed to some important areas of American culture after permeation by
Darwinian ideas. The response to Darwinism on the part of theo-
logians, philosophers, novelists and social scientists [but not
typically by assorted kinds of biologists!] was bewilderingly
diverse."" Veblen is considered the most complete Darwinian. The
book concludes with "Two major wars have intervened between us,
and a cataclysmic depression, and the atomic bomb. But the be-
ginnings of our modern mentality are rooted in that earlier time
when the ape and the angel were rallying points, and certitude
lost an epic battle to ambiguity".

"HERBS AND SPICES - The Pursuit of Flavor'' edited by Waverly Root,
191 pp., 171 color & 179 b/w photo., 18 fig., 43 charts & 15
maps, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1980.
$19.95.

This is a delightful, useful book crammed with a great deal of
information very attractively and effectively organized. After
cooking, Neolithic man invented seasoning, first with "salt, the
primordial seasoner, the only important food which comes from the
mineral kingdom", and then "he drew his seasoners from the inex-
haustible resources of the vegetable kingdom in the form of herbs,
spices and condiments."" The editor's introduction provides an
interesting historical survey and his final chapters a geographical,
cultural one. Paula Wolfert has compiled a chart on the use of
herbs and spices as well as one on cooking with herbs. Roy Gen-
ders provides in columnar form a plant lexicon for over a hundred
color-illustrated plants with their scientific, common and family
names, origins, descriptions, uses and growing conditions, and also
chapters on harvesting, storing, etc.

366 PHYTOL 0.G*I A Vol. 48, No. 4

"SEED TO CIVILIZATION. The Story of Food" Second Edition by
Chaxiles)B; Heiser) Ire, xi S&e2540pp., 1127 b/w, photoesme
fig., 5 maps & 5 tab., W. H. Freeman Company, San Francisco,
California 94104. 1981. $19.95 hardcover, $9.95 paperbound.

Since the first edition was a worthwhile production and since
the topic is increasingly pertinent because of increasing world
population, this modernized revision is certainly to be welcomed.
Such new topics as world hunger, sugars, world oil crops from sun-
flower and cotton, new finds in archeological agriculture, new
food prospects such as the New Guinean winged-bean (Psophocarpus
tetragonolobus) and the pigweed pseudocereals (Amaranthus spp.)
larger yields resulting from heteroploidy, and efforts to combine
N,-fixing bacteria to grain crops have been added, as well as
pertinent bibliography. But imagine mentioning tea and not
mentioning Sri Lanka or Ceylon!

"PLANT SYSTEMATICS" by Samuel B. Jones & Arlene E. Luchsinger,
xi & 388 pp., 24 b/w photo., 90 fig. & 15 tab., McGraw-Hill
Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1979. $15.95.

This text is one of the McGraw-Hill Series in Organismic Biolo-
gy, well planned for an undergraduate course, ill advised for a
graduate one except on a reading shelf, and inexpensively priced,
which may be of importance in some schools. No frills, no thrills,
just matter-of-fact clear-cut presentation, including a good
historical survey, adoption of Cronquist's classification, "pri-
mary emphasis upon the modern and dynamic application of academic
and theoretical considerations to systematics", and descriptions
for over 100 plant families. I particularly like the choice of
an example of a description of a species new to science, Vernonia
cronquistii S. B. Jones, because it adds a personal touch for
students in the author's university and he can show them an iso-
type in the herbarium there and I liked the chart comparing
"some families that are likely to be confused", since it will help
students to limit their own confusions.

"BIOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE" Second Edition by Charles Jeffrey, viii
& 72 pp. & 3 tab., Crane, Russak & Company, Inc., New York,
Nee Xie LOO Sy LO Snel S00

This book is truly a gem, just as the first edition was, because
of its great value yet small size and because of its crystal clear
use of language and direct explanations. It contains recent re-
visions of the following Nomenclatural Codes: Botanical, Horticul-
tural, Zoological, Entomological, Bacterial and Viral. It belongs
on the reading shelves of all taxonomic and/or systematic courses,
in herbaria and other named collections of biota, and by the desks
of all advanced students and scientists using scientific names of
organisms but not needing the long and complicated codes themselves.

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 367

"CONSPECTUS FUNGORUM ESCULENTORUM" by J. Vinz. Krombholz, 42 pp.,
Replication Edition. 1980. Boerhaave Press, P. O. Box 1051,
Leiden 2302 BB, Netherlands. Paperbound.

Since the original work appeared in 1821 in Prague for a medi-
cal congress in the Karl Ferdinand University there, precious few
copies are available today. This reprint with its parallel Latin-
German list of names with sources, illustrations and descriptions
of edible fungi available in the Prague public markets in 1820,
is therefore a taxonomic treat.

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF PHYTOPATHOLOGY" Volume 17 edited by Raymond G.
Grogan, etc., vi & 552 pp., 12 b/w fig, 17 maps, 5 photo. &
22 tab. Annual Reviews, Inc. Palo Alto, California 94306.
1979. $20.00 U.S.A. & $21.00 foreign.

There are the usual 21 well chosen technical papers, always
with new emphases such as Serological Identification of Plant
Pathogenic Bacteria, Water Relations in Water Molds, and Movement
of Fumigants in Soil. Under the chapter title of Historical Per-
spectives three different plant pathologists extol deservedly
the teaching and experimental s]:ills of L. R. Jones, Mason B.
Thomas and Roland Thaxter. The Prefatory chapter, consistently
one of my favorites in this series, is on Conceptualizing in
Piant Pathology, by Willian Wewitt, now emeritus at the Univer-
sity of California at Davis. His professional life (like that of
the above-mentioned phytopathologists) must have been inspiringly
satisfying for his students and laboratory cohorts.

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF PHYTOPATHOLOGY" Volume 18 edited by Raymond G.
Grogan, etc., iv & 533 pp., 4 b/w photo., 14 fig., 22 tab. &
1 map. Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto, California 94306.
1980. $20.00 in U.S.A., $21.00 foreign.

This is another excellent collection of research and state of
progress reports under such titles as: Biological Significance of
Multicomponent Viruses, The Biology of Striga, Orobanche and Other
Root-Parasitic Weeds, Lignification as a Mechanism of Disease Re-
sistance, Systems Analysis in Epidemiology, Germplasm Resources
of Plants. The interesting prefatory chapter is by the English
genetical plant pathologist, Adrian Frank Posnette, and the his-
torical perspectives survey the contributions of James G. Dick-
son, J. H. Craigie and Herbert Hice Whetzel. As always, this
volume is thoroughly indexed.

"INTRODUCTION TO PLANT NEMATOLOGY" by Victor I!. Dropkin, xiii &
293 pp., 27 b/w tab., 88 photo., 110 fig. & 2 maps. Wiley
Interscience Publication of John Wiley & Sons, Toronto,

368 PY He VeTObs ONC VA Vol. 48, No. 4
Brisbane, Chichester and New York, N. Y. 10017. 1980. $26.

"The phylum Nematoda is a large one, probably second only to
insects in the diversity of species that it contains." The in-
troduction surveys the whole field of nematology very interest—
ingly; the beginning chapters discuss with excellent illustra-
tions the structure and the function of nematodes generally and
then those from a soil habitat. Then there is detailed identi-
fication of plant parasitic nematodes, their pathologies in vari-
ous parts of the plant and their interactions with other organ-
isms, nematode control and prospects for the future. This is a
particularly well prepared "first" in the field.

"GENETICS OF HIGHER PLANTS - Applications of Cell Culture" by R.
S. Challeft> xiid S845 pp... 19 b/w file.) 7 photo. aMomraper
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, CB2 1RP, England, &
New! York; Ne7Y." 200222 d9sils> $42.50):

This study for graduate students and researchers in this and
kindred fields is No. 9 in the Developmental and Cell Biology
Series. Like jewels and poison, it comes in a little package for
a considerable price. Epigenetic control of gene activity
(which persists indefinitely throughout cellular divisions even
after removal of inducing conditions) may be induced by (1) selec-
tive RNA transcription from DNA, (2) RNA transport into the cyto-
plasm, (3) degradation of mRNA and (4) translation of mRNA into
protein, consequently not all genes are expressed in the mature
plant or in the cultural cell. The author predicts "exciting
prospects for the genetic engineering of plants" by the intro-
duction of purified DNA into cultured plant cells from anthers,
etc.

"WILD TEAS, COFFEES & CORDIALS" by Hilary Stewart, 128 pp., 50
b/w draw. pl. & 9 photo., Douglas & McIntyre, Vancouver,
University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105.
1981. $7.95 paperbound.

This book seems to be a "first" for preparing pleasurable
drinks from common wild plants of our Pacific Northwest. For 50
of them the left-hand page has a readily recognizable attractive
plate drawing by the author and the opposing page provides the
text on habitat, season, pretested preparation and tidbits of
interest such as the early Amerinds, trappers and explorers uses.

7
£ PHYTOLOGIA

‘Vol. 48

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite-boranigal Hupliedtion

July 1981

NEW YORK
) [ANIC LAL . aad dE ‘i

SORSENT Re

_GRETHER, R., Mimosa sousae, a new species of Sensitivae (Leguminosae)

No.

5

|

Abin RMIT ICRU: 0° iF Eevlen ec cals te Pet eliot eee ka eee 369
. PONCE DE LEON, P., Langermannia bicolor (Lev.) Demoulin & Dring .. 373
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Holmskioldia

. MIO Bue to, 3 SiS he ae eae gine eit 9 Wore Was 384
| MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Archboldia (Verbenaceae).... . 386
-MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Huxleya (Verbenaceae)....... 388
-MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Xolocotzia (Verbenaceae).... . 390
Bic, H. N., Notes on the genus Adelosa (Verbenaceae)....... 392
“MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Acharitea (Chloanthaceae) .... 394
OI DENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Tetraclea (Verbenaceae) ..... 397
Bi pence, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XVIII ..... 413
KIRKBRIDE, mM. GG de, Notas sobre Rubiacene’ . 252 etd) é ss ade. 420
REED, C. F., Cypripedium kentuckiense Reed, a new species of orchid

{ MUOEUIOROC EY ici tue eM s SES 6 «fakes. 3 ghee RUHL Ko Rein 90 Ate a 426
i err, Ly BOOK FOpIOWS .:..6 i508 Cred aeons oa ks 429

f

_,

Re gourde? rAd ee —————— eT

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

ice of this number $3.00; for this volume $12.00 in advance or $13.00 after

close of the volume; $4.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following

number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received

after a volume is closed.

A

i

‘ y
Ale Hey wry

MIMOSA SOUSAE, A NEW SPECIES OF SENSITIVAE
(LEGUMINOSAE) FROM OAXACA, MEXICO.

Rosaura Grether
Depto. de Biologfa, DivisiGn C.B.S.
Universidad Aut6énoma Metropolitana-Iztapalapa
México, D.F. Apdo. Post. 55-535

This species was collected as part of the study of
Oaxacan Legumes, in which the author will contribute the
taxonomic treatment of Mimosa.

The state of Oaxaca comprises very varied topogra-
phical and climatic conditions with a great diversity of
species of Mimosa (45 species have been found in the sta
te up to the present time) . The following is a new spe-
cies:

Mimosa Sousae R. Grether, sp. nov.

Frutex vel suffrutex usque ad 1.5 m altus, inermis,
omnis dense strigosus, trichomatibus barbellatis interdum
basi ramosis. Pinnis unijugis, foliolis bigeminis, (1-)
2-4 (-7)cm longis, (l=) 1.5-2.5 (-4.5)cm latis, oblique
ellipticis, obovatis vel orbicularibus usque ad oblongi-
lanceolatis, utrinque ochraceis ob strigas confertas,
apex obtusus usque ad mucronulatus vel acutus. Capitula
axillaria solitaria vel 2-3 aggregata floribus hermaphro
ditis et masculinis, subglobosa circa 2 cm diametro, pe-
dunculis 2.5-6 cm longis; calyx paleaceus corolla duplo
brevior; corollae lobi ad apicem trichomatibus barbella-
tis; stamina tot quot corollae lobi vel duplo;ovarium stipi
tatum longe setosum. Legumen stipitatum 1-5 articulatum,
valvae ochraceae dense strigosae, margine incrassato tri
chomatibus crassis brevibus, apex acutus usque ad rostra
tus aut mucronulatus usque ad mucronatus. Semina lenticu
laria brunnea usque ad rubella, plus minusve isodiametra.

Low shrub or suffruticose plant, 0.3-1.5 m high, un-
armed, with a densely strigous pubescence throughout, form-
ed by barbellate, mostly single trichomes, sometimes branch
ed at the base; branchlets, petioles and peduncles with >
Single thin hairs intermixed with barbellate ones; branches
terete, glabrate. Stipules 3-6 mm long, subulate to lin-
ear, rarely lanceolate; petioles terete, (l1-) 2-2.5 (-7)cm
long; pinnae 1 pair, (l1-) 1.5-2 (-4)cm long; leaflets 2
pairs,) {1=) 2=4)'(-7)cm long,: (l=) 1.5-2.5 (-4.5)cem wide,
the lower inner one reduced, 0.4-1 cm long, 0.2-0.6 cm
wide or absent, mostly obliquely elliptic or obovate, but
frequently orbicular to oblong-lanceolate, ochre-yellow
tonality given by the densely strigous pubescence on both

369

370 BES Ps) 0, Glew Vol. 48, no. 5

surfaces, margin thick with shorter trichomes, apex ob-
tuse to mucronulate or acute. Inflorescences in axillary
heads, solitary or in groups of 2-3, heads subglobose,ca.
2 cm in diameter (including stamens); peduncles 2.5-6 cm
long; bracteoles linear-lanceolate, with a prominent mid
rib and barbellate trichomes, as long as or longer than
the corolla. Flowers hermaphrodite or masculine and her-
maphrodite in the same head; calyx paleaceous, 1.5-2 mm
long, corolla 4-5 (-6)-lobed, lobes pink, 3-4 mm long, with
barbellate trichomes at the apex; stamens aS many aS cor
olla-lobes or twice as many (rarely 11), filaments lilac,
11-12 mm long; pistil 13-15 mm.long, ovary stipitate;) s—
1.5 mm long, long setaceous; style glabrous, tapering
toward the apex; stigma formed by a small opening. Legume
mostly straight, sometimes curved, (2-) 3-5 (-6)cm long,
(0.8-) 1 (=-1.3)cem wide, 1-5 articles, stipe 0.2-1 em long;
valves densely strigous with barbellate trichomes swollen
at the base, 2-3 mm long; margin thick, with shorter tri
chomes; apex acute to rostrate or mucronulate to mucron-
ate. Seeds with a shining and smooth testa, brown to red
dish, lenticular, rounded or slightly emarginate, iso-
diametric or slightly longer than wide, 5-6.6 mm long,
4.2-6.6 mm wide and 2-3 mm thick at the middle; pleurogram
hippocrepiform; hilum elliptic; raphe a point.

The name of this new species honors M.C. Mario Sou
sa, coordinator of the study "Las Leguminosas del Fstado
de Oaxaca", who first collected it.

TYPE: MEXICO. Oaxaca: 2 km W of Salina Cruz, District of
Tehuantepec. Sousa 9507, Sept. 19, 1978. HOLOTYPE: MEXU;
ISOTYPES: to be distributed.

ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: MEXICO. Oaxaca: 1-2 km W
of Salina Cruz, Dto. Tehuantepec. R.Grether 1232 and #.
Quenro, Dec.14, 1978 (MEXU, UAM-I); same locality, Sousa
7423, Jun.19, 1977 (MEXU, UAM-I); same locality, Sousa

8633, Oct.27, 1977 (MEXU, UAM-I); same locality, Sousa 9109,
Feb.20, 1978 (MEXU, UAM-I); same locality, Sousa 10120,
Dec.15, 1978 (MEXU, UAM-TI).

This new species is included in the Series Sensiti
vae, characterized by the presence of one pair of pinnae
and two pairs of large leaflets on each rachis, the low-
er inner one reduced or absent; Mimosa Sousae is distinguish-
ed from other species of Sensitivae by very abundant bar
bellate trichomes giving an ochre-yellow tonality to the
leaflets and fruits, by the long peduncles, by the large
flowers and large subglobose heads.

Its distribution is apparently very restricted; up
to the present time, it has been found only on hills locat

1981 Grether, A new species from Oaxaca cy

Mimosa Sousae. a) Flowering branch. b) Portion of leaflet, note
the barbellate trichomes. c) Fruiting branch. d) Portion of fruit
showing the very densely strigous pubescence and thick margin with
shorter barbellate trichomes. e) Flower and bracteole. f) Pistil.

372 PRE Ye DOME OeGe sees: Vol. 485 No 5

ed in the’ vicinity of Salina Cruz, at 20-100 m of=altrtuder
on very rocky hillsides with a shallow igneous soil, over
looking the Pacific Ocean, very close to the coast on an
area exposed to very strong winds. This shrub attains on
ly 40 cm high when growing on places directly exposed to
the wind. In dells and protected places, however, it can
attain 1.5 m. This species blooms in June; mature fruits
can be found from September through February of the follow
ing year. 7

The characteristic vegetation on those hills is an
Arid Tropical Scrub with Dodonaea viscosa Jacq., Comocka
dia sp., Kramenria grayt Rose, Russelia sanmentosa Jacq.
and different legumes, such as:

Aeschynomene acapulcensis Rose Lonchocarpus emarginatus Pitt.
Aeschynomene pinetorum Brandg. Mimosa deamtt Rob.

Calliandra purpusit Brandg. Mimosa gokdmantt Rob.

Cassia flexuosa L. Nissolia pringlet Rose

Cassia sernpens L. Phaseokus microcarpus Mart.
Crotalaria pumila Ort. Pitheceklobium plLatyLobum (Spreng. ) Urb

Desmodium glabrum (Mill.) DC Pityrocarpa 4Lava(Spreng.ex DC) Brenan
Gakactia striata (Jacq.) Urb. Stylosanthes akf.viscosa Sw.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS :

I wish to express my appreciation to Dr.R.S.Cowan
of the Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution for
his suggestions, to Dr.F.Chiang of the Department of Bo-
tany, Instituto de Biologia, UNAM and to Dr.J.Rzedowski
of the Department of Botany, ENCB, IPN for their assist-—
ance and critically reviewing the manuscript.

LANGERMANNIA BICOLOR (LEV.) DEMOULIN & DRING

Patricio Ponce de Leon
Associate Curator, Cryptogamic Botany
Field Museum of Natural History

SUMMARY

American specimens identified as Lanopila bicolor
and Lanopila wahlbergii are compared with material from
Africa and with the isotype of Bovista bicolor Lev.
from India. It was found that they belong to the same
species.

In the process of this study, the cells called mycoscle-
reids by Homrich and Wright (1973), were found and inter-
preted following the opinion of Dr. R. Singer, as chlamy-
dospores.

Langermannia bicolor has in tropical America a very wide
and irregular distribution ranging from Mexico and the West
Indies to Argentina with northern and southern limits reaching
the warm-temperate zones. Lately it has been collected in the
southwestern part of the United States and southern Florida.

The first material of this species was collected in India
and identified by Leveille (1846) as Bovista bicolor. This
material has been missing for a long time (seen last by Lloyd
in Paris in 1902), only one isotype is in Berkeley's collection
at Kew. This specimen must be considered as the lectotype of

Langermannia bicolor.

Years later Fries (1849) created the genus Lanopila based
on material collected in Natal, South Africa by Wahlberg and
named it Lanopila wahlbergii but the type material of this
species is missing also.

Later Reichardt (1870) proposed the name Lasiosphaera
fenzlii for a specimen from Nicobar Island in India. This
name was recognized by Hollos (1904) and Smarda (1958) and
Dissing and Lange (1962) identified material collected by
Vanderist and Gossens-Fontana in Congo as Langermannia fenzlii
(Reich.) Kreisel but Demoulin and Dring (1975) studied the
type material of Lasiosphaera fenzlii Reich from Nicobar
Island and stated that the spores and capillitium are similar
to the African material of Langermannia wahlbergii (rr) Dring.

Patouillard (1899) named some material from South America
Lanopila bicolor considering that it agrees with Bovista bicolor
of Leveille from India and has been known in America as L. bicolor
or L. wahlbergii. There have always been doubts about the
taxonomic position of the American material and of its identity
with the material collected in Africa as Lanopila wahlbergii
and in Asia as Lasiosphaera fenzlii and Bovista bicolor.

373

374 BHU Y, TL OF BONG Er yA Vol... 4850 Nos

Spegazzini (1881-1891) identified two species from
Argentina and Lanopila argentina and Lanopila guaranitica
which are now considered synonimous with Langermannia bicolor.

Lloyd (1904) after seeing the material of Leveille from
India (Bovista bicolor Lev.) in Paris, was the first to call
attention to the similarity of the materials from America,
Africa and Asia and called them Lanopila bicolor. In 1923
he returned to the name Lanopila wahlbergii and named two
new species, L. capensis from South Africa and L. yuconensis
from Canada. The last two species are included in the list
of Species Excludendae.

R. E. Fries (1909) recognized Lanopila bicolor (Lev.) Pat.
and created a new species, L. pigmaea from Bolivia, which is a
Bovista.

Verwoerd (1925) recognized Lanopila wahlbergii, Lanopila

capensis and named a new species Lanopila radloffiana. The last
is included in the list of Species Excludendae.

2
x
£
F

Swoboda (1937) made an extensive anatomical study of some
specimens from Texas which he called Lanopila wahlbergii Fries.
He claims that this material was so identified by Alexander H.
Smith. It is however another fungus, as Dr. Smith clarified
in a personal communication to Homrich and Wright (1973).

Dring (1964) proposed to include Lanopila and Lasiosphaera
in the old genus Langermannia, recognizing two species, L. gigantea
from the temperate zones, as the type, and L. wahlbergii from Africa.
He considers that all the material collected in Africa, belong to
the Frie's species since even in the original description the spores
are not described as spinose.

Kreisel (1962) recognized Langermannia fenzlii (Reich.) Kreisel
as a nov. comb. based on Lasiosphaera fenzlii Reich. but in 1967
in the discussion of the Calvatia-Complex he included Lanopila and
Lasiosphaera in the genus Langermannia, with the following species

re: wahlbergii (Fr.) Dring, L. pachyderma (Peck) Kreisel and

gigantea (Batsch ex Pers.) Rostk. Langermannia pachyderma is
as included in Species Excludendae as Gastropila fragilis (Lev. )

Homrich and Wright.

Eckblad (1971) considers the spores of Lanopila bicolor to be
fairly close to those of the group of Bovista, Calvatia, Disciseda

and Lycoperdon.

Homrich and Wright (1973) after making an intensive study of
the peridium of American material, which they called Lanopila
bicolor, retaining the generic name Lanopila instead of Langermannia
"until more conclusive evidence is presented that their (respective)
type species are congeneric."" These authors stated that Lanopila
is monotypic and belongs in the Lycoperdales, and maintain that
the differences observed by others between Lanopila bicolor from

1981 Ponce de Leon, Langermannia bicolor 375

America and Asia and Lanopila wahlbergii from Africa, are in the
range of "specific variation."

Studying material referred to Lanopila from America, Africa
and Asia and comparing it with the isotype of Lanopila bicolor (Lev.)
Pat. (Bovista bicolor Lev.) from India at Kew, I found that in
the material with the epithets, bicolor, wahlbergii and fenzlii,
the exoperidium is formed of two or more layers of appressed
irregularly polygonal cells (as epitelial cells) 3 x 4 u in
diameter, light brown or yellowish. Underneath the exoperidium
I found that some of the cells called mycosclereids .) by Homrich
and Wright (1973). When consulted, Dr. Singer stated that they
are chlamydospores, comparable to those present in Squamanita
schreieri (Imbach) Imbach as demonstrated by Singer and Clemencon
(1972). These cells are round 12 x 15 u in diameter, smooth and
with a cyanphilous wall. The endoperidium is formed of large
brown ramified sterile filaments that form a layer easily sepa-
rated from the rest of the gleba. The basidiospores are round
with verrucose protuberances, dark-yellow, approximately 6 u in
diameter (including ornamentation). The capillitium is ramified
and septate and separating at the septa. Filaments 4 u in
diameter, brown with round pores.

Treated with Melzer solution the exoperidial cells were
separated from each other but no color change was produced; nor
were the spores, capillitium and chlamydospores STS by this
treatment (inamyloid).

NH4OH did not produce any change in the aspect of the exo-
peridium, capillitium or spores.

With cotton blue the cells of the exoperidium were freed and
absorbed the blue color (cyanophilous reaction). Spores and
capillitium were acyanophilous. The chlamydospores were strongly
cyanophilous in the periphery and with a cyanophilous inner wall.

The exoperidium of these species is similar to the exoperidium

of Langermannia gigantea (material from Wisconsin, (F)).

The spores which are very rugose, verrucose as previously

stated in Langermannia bicolor and Langermannia wahlbergii are
almost smooth in Langermannia gigantea.

Following the opinion of Dring (1964) I adopt the generic name
Langermannia for the species known as Lanopila bicolor in America.

The specific name bicolor used by Leveille in 1846 (Bovista
bicolor Lev.) for the material collected by Polydore Roux in
Bombay, India is the oldest name used for this species and will

-) Our interpretation of these "Mycosclereids" in the sense of
Homrich and Wright does not affect the original definition and
illustration of mycosclereids in Tulostoma (Wright 1955).

376 PAs -ToOe Ly OMG vA Vol. 485) Now

take precedence over wahlbergii, the name used by R. M. Fries in
1849 for the material collected by Wahlberg in Natal, South Africa
and fenzlii, the name used by Reichardt in 1870 for the material
from Nicobar, Island, India.

After comparing the isotype material of Bovista bicolor Lev.
from India (K) with the material from America and Africa I arrived
at the conclusion that all belong to the same species. Since the
type of Lanopila wahlbergii Fries is missing I used for compari-
son with American and African material the specimen from Durban,
South Africa collected by P. van der Bijl and identified by
Lloyd as Lanopila wahlbergii, Lloyd #354, Lloyd Cat. 53094.

There is an annotation by Zeller as L. bicolor.

All the other species identified as Lanopila or Lasiosphaera
except the type Lasiosphaera (Pers.) Smarda (= Langermannia
gigantea (Pers.) Rostk.) are synonyms of Langermannia bicolor or
belong to other genera such as Calvatia, Bovista, Lycoperdon, etc.

I agree therefore with Demoulin & Dring (1975) who, with
reservation, proposed to adopt the name Langermannia bicolor (Lev.)
Demoulin & Dring for the material collected in India. Since I
am convinced that the African and American material are conspecific
Langermannia bicolor is then the correct binomial to be used for
all materials described below.

LANGERMANNIA BICOLOR (Lev.) DEMOULIN & DRING

Bovista bicolor Leveille, Champignon du Museum de Paris. Ann.
Sei, Wa, Bore, S@ieg SG) WO2. Weyeo-

Lanopila wahlbergii Fries, Fungi Natalensis. Kongl. Vetensk.
Negicls Wkeinall, IGyAs,. iS, ilfeyfits}

Lasiosphaera fenzlii Reichardt in Reise seiner Majestat Fregatte
Novara um die Erde 1: 135. 1870.

Lanopila argentina Spegazzini. Fungi Argentini. Anales Soc. (Ci.
Ancent. 2s 2487 183i

Lanopila guaranitica Spegazzini. Fungi Guaranitici Nonnulli
Novi Vel Gritici. Revista Aneen. Hist. Nate 1163): iGo peooise

Lanopila bicolor (Lev.) Patouillard. Champignons de la Guadalupe.
WU, Seeo Wie, Ies Ihe YOR. ise).

Langermannia wahlbergii (Fr.) Dring. Gasteromycetes of West
Tropical Africas’ C, M. I. )Mycol. Papers No. 98: 46.b8640

Basidiocarps globose to depressed-globose, 3-10 cm in diameter,
without a basal rhizomorph, pinched into a basal point of attach-
ment from which it breaks away at maturity. Peridium formed by
three layers, the outer two apparently forming the exoperidium,
which is very thin, smooth and sometimes brilliant, formed by peri-
clinally disposed hyphae, easily falling off in flakes at first
orange pinkish turning to brown when mature and dry; the
endoperidium 20-30 u thick, elastic, smooth, almost chamois—like
to the touch, light cinnamon, remaining after most of the exoperi-

1981 Ponce de Leon, Langermannia bicolor 7

dium has fallen off but afterwards also breaking off in patches
and eventually disappearing. On the upper limit of the endoper-
idium there are some round cells of 12-15 u in diameter with an
intense cyanophilous wall interpreted as chlamydospores (mycoscler-
eids of Homrich and Wright (1973). Gleba light brown, formed by
the capilitial threads intertwined plus the spores, and appearing
as a compact, very persistent mass of wool. Subgleba absent.
Spores globose, light brown, some with a short pedicel, closely
warted, 5.5-7.5 u in diameter, including the ornamentation; the
warts arise from a thick wall. (Eckblad (1971) has shown with
SEM that the spores are covered by high warts like cylindric

cogs arranged in groups and with a flattened apex). Capillitium
composed of densely interwoven, light brown 3-4 u in diameter,
sparsely branched hyphae, with all the branches of equal diameter
but the ends of the threads distinctly tapering, easily isolated,
narrower at the frequent septa wall with round pore-like perfora-
tion.

Type collection. Polydore Roux, (isotype Herb. Berkeley (K)
Bombay, India.

Habitat: On the ground, in open and shaded sites or in sand
dunes along the seashore, with scant vegetation; free at maturity.

Distribution: Africa, south of the Sahara; tropical Asia;
South America; West Indies; Southern North America.

CENTRAL AMERICA. MEXICO. Chihuahua, Sanderson 5408, 1954,
Lloyd Cat. 53085 as Lanopila bicolor (BPI). NICARAGUA. No other
information, Smith s.n. ex Ellis collection as Lanopila rubra,
Bovista laterita Berk. and Lycoperdon rubrum (NYBG); Smith 235 as
as Bovista laterita Berk. (NYBG). WEST INDIES. INDES. No other
information. No collector. Herb. Patouillard as Lanopila bicolor
(Lev.) (FH). CUBA. Wright 925 Fungi cubenses Wrightiani as
Bovista tosta B & C. (FH). JAMAICA. Kingston; Hope Garden,

Harris s.n. 3-13-1910, Lloyd 07015 and Lloyd Cat. 53807, as
Lanopila bicolor (BPI) (NYBG). PUERTO RICO. San Juan, Earle 73
as Lycoperdon sp. (NYBG). GUADALUPE. Base Terre, Duss 92, Herb.
Patouillard as Lanopila bicolor (Lev.) (Pat. and Lycoperdon (BPI).
ST. KITTS. Lunt s.n., Herb. Patouillard as Lanopila bicolor (Lev.)
Pat. Lloyd 03175 (FH) (NYBG), Lloyd Cat. 53089 and 30989 (BPI).
MONSERRAT. Plymouth, Shaffer 873, as Bovista sp. (NYBG). SOUTH
AMERICA. No other information. Lloyd 6343, Herb. Patouillard

as Lanopila bicolor (Lev.) Pat. (FH). VENEZUELA. No other inform-
ation, Lewis s.n. (by Squibb Institute) as Lanopila wahlbergii

R. E. Fries (NYGB); Guarico, Calabozo. Estacion Biologica Llanos,
Tamayo 4316 as Lanopila bicolor (Lev.) Pat. (BPI). ECUADOR.
Pichincha: San Nicolas, Lagerheim s.n. Lloyd 6343, Lloyd Cat.
30988 as Lanopila bicolor (FH); Quito, Mille s.n. Feb. 1919,

Lloyd Cat. 50578, as Lanopila wahlbergii, is Bovista plumbea Pers.
ex Pers. (BPI). BRAZIL. No other information. Rick s.n. Lloyd
03676, Lloyd Cat. 53092 as Lanopila bicolor (BPI); Rick s.n. Lloyd

Gat.53093 as Lanopila guaranitica ? (Note of Zeller as Lanopila
bicolor (BPI); Bahia: Torrend s.n. Lloyd 726, Lloyd Cat. 14658 as

378 Bon TY SLOP 1OM GP i A Vol. 48, No. 5

Lanopila wahlbergii (BPI): Rio Grande Sul: Sao Leopoldo, Rick s.n.
1931 (FH). PARAGUAY. No other information. Balanza s.n. Herb.
Patouillard as Lanopila guaranitica Speg. (FH). NORTH AMERICA.
UNITED STATES. Arizona: 7 miles North of Nogales, Long and Samberg
s.n. Nov. 13, 1936, W. H. Long Herb (BPI); Santa Cruz River 10
miles from Nogales Long 8253, June 4, 1938, W. H. Long Herb. (BPI)
(NYBG); Santa Cruz River 8 miles from Nogales, Long 8254, Nov. 10,
1938, W. H. Long Herb. (BPI); Florida: Southern Florida (in citrus
grove), Weber and West s.n. Dec. 1949, as Bovista bicolor (Lev.)
Pat. (BPI). AFRICA. ZAIRE (Belgian Congo). Kavai: Sankuru
(Lusambo) Free State, Luja s.n. Jan. 1908, Lloyd Cat. 30990 as
Lanopila bicolor (BPI). TANZANIA (Dutsch Africa) Tanganyca, Amani,
Braum 1949 Feb. 16, 1908, Lloyd Cat. 53080 as Lanopila bicolor.

It is a mixed collection with Lycoperdon sp.. SOUTH AFRICA. No
other locality, Duthie s.n. no date, Lloyd Cat. 19248 as Lanopila
wahlbergii (BPI); Durban, Bijl s.n. 1919 ?, Lloyd Cat. 53094 as
Lanopila wahlbergii. There is an annotation by Zeller as L.bicolor
(BPI). ASTA. INDIA. Bombay: Polydore Roux s.n. No date of
collection, Herb. Berkeley. Annotated "from the type locality,"
Isotype (K).

SPECIES EX CLUDENDAE

Lanopila capensis Lloyd, Myc. Wright 7: 1177. 1923. Typus:
Duthie 403, Lloyd Coll. No. 7567 (BPI). Locus typicus: Union
of South Africa.

Lanopila pygmea R. E. Fries, Ark. Bot. 8 No. ll: J6-17. "Tab. aig
6-9. 1909. Typus: Cotypus R. E. Fries 65a, Lloyd Coll. No.
32435. Locus typicus: Pampa Blanca, Jujuy, Argentina. It
is Bovista pusilla (Batsch ex) Pers.

Lanopila radloffiana Verwoerd, Annale Universiteit Stellenbosch
35 855. 1959 wikvomss Rachloicz (yore yal IWASIGD) (S18)
Locus typicus: Winburg, O. V. S. Union of South Africas Ge
is Bovista.

Lanopila stuppea (Berk.) De Toni in Saccardo Sylloge Fungorum 7:
95. 1888. Typus: Wright s.n. (Bovista stuppea Berk. North
Ames. BungiyNo. 330). (K).. locus typicus:) Texas; U-.SsAs aie
lic hOMUsStellLa radicata (Dun. & Mont.) Pate

Lanopila tabacina (Sacc.) de Toni Saccardo Sylloge Fungorum 7:
95. 1888. LTypus: Massing. -Locus typicus: Canada ites
Bova Sta pila Berk. (4. Cupt.1Cr lloyd Myce. \Wicdit 1:5) wlole/commmleo ee

Lanopila yuconensis Lloyd, Myc. Writ. 7: 1177. 1923. Typus:
Stenlinersen.: lllovdiColl a No s/ 500 CBE) lOCUSH ty pHlctich
Dawson, Yukon Terr. Canada. It is Bovista pusilla (Batsch ex)
Persoon.

Langermannia pachyderma (Peck) Kreisel, Die Lycoperdaceae der
Deutschen Demokratischen Republik. Bibliotheca Mycologica
Band 36: 120. 1962. as nov. comb. based on Lycoperdon
pachyderma Peck. Bot. Gazette 7: 54. 1882. It is Gastropila
fragilis (Lev.) Homrich & Wright.

1981 Ponce de Leon, Langermannia bicolor 379
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am especially indebted to Dr. Rolf Singer for his
critical reading of the manuscript and for his opinions on
the interpretation of the chlamydospores. I would also like
to express my appreciation to Dr. Pfister (Farlow Herbarium),
Dr. Rogerson (New York Botanical Garden), Dr. Lenz (National
Fungus Collection) and Dr. Green (Kew Herbarium) for lending
specimens from their institutions and Mrs. E. Rada for her
help in the English editing and typing of the manuscript,
Mrs. C. Niezgoda (Herbarium Assistant at the Field Museum)
for her excellent work with the S.E.M and Miss P. Segal
for the ink drawings.

LITERATURE CITED

Demoulin, V. & D. M. Dring 1975. Gasteromycetes of Kivu
(Zaire), Ruwanda and Burundi. Bull. Jar. Bot. Nat. Belg.

45: 319-372.

Dissing, H. and M. Lange 1962. Gasteromycetes of Congo Bull.
Jard. Bot. de L'etat Bruxelles. #2: 325-416.

Dring, D. M. 1964. Gasteromycetes of West Tropical Africa,
C.M.I. Mycological Papers, No. 98: 46.

Eckblad, F. E. 1971. Spores of Gasteromycetes Studied in
the Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM). Norwegian Journal
of Botany 18(34): 148. Fig. 9.

Fries, R. 1849. Fungi Natalenses. K. Vetensk. Akad. Hand-
linger Stockholm: 151-152.

Fries, KR. E. 1909. Uber einige Gasteromycetes aus Bolivia
und Argentinien. Ark. Bot. 8(11): 1-34.

Hollos, L. 1904. Die Gasteromyceten Ungarns: 278. 31 tab.
Leipzig.

Homrich, M. H. & J. E. Wright 1973. South American Gastero-
mycetes. The Genera Gastropila, Lanopila and Mycenastrum.

Mycol. 65 (4): 785-789.

Kreisel, H. 1962. Die Lycoperdaceae der Deustschen Demokrat-
ischen Republik. Feddes Repert. 64: 200.

1967. Taxonomisch-Pflanzengeographische Monographie
Der Gattung Bovista. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 25: 200-202.

Leveille, J. H. 1846. Champignons du Museum de Paris. Ann. Sci.
NabewebOt. Set. sC)s) 162.

Lloyd, C. G. 1904. Lanopila bicolor. Myc. Writ. 1 Myc. Notes
1st eeulke yo ye

1923. The Genus Lanopila. Myc. Writ. 7. Myc.
Notes 68(3): 1177.

Patouillard, N. 1899. Champignons de la Guadeloupe. Bull. Soc.
Mycol. France 15: 203.

380 POH YATLOn Loren A Vol. 48, No. 5

Reichardt, H. W. 1870. in Reise Seiner Majestat Fregatte
Novara um die Erde 1: 135.

Singer, R. & H. Clemencon 1972. Notes on Some Leucosporous
and Rhodosporous European Agarica. Nova Hedwigia 23: 342.

Smarda, F. 1958. Lycoperdaceae. In Flora CSR. ser. B. Vol. 1:
257-330, Praha.

Spegazzini, C. 1881. Fungi Argentini. Anales de la Sociedad
Cientifica Argentina 12: 247.

1891. Fungi Guaranitici Nonnulli Novi vel
Crittei “Revista Arcentina Hist. Nat. 1s 7017s

Swoboda, F. 1937. Uber de Fruchtkorperbau und die systematische
Stellung von Lanopila Fries. Ann. Mycol. 35): 7 Jie

Verwoerd, L. 1925. Sud-Afrikaanse Lycoperdaceae en Nidular-—
iaceae. Annale Univ. Stellenbosch 3(1): 24-26.

bealfednteig Wo 16 1955. Evolution of specific characters in the
genus Tulostoma Pers. Papers of the Michigan Academy of
Science, Arts and Letters 40: 79-87.

1981 Ponce de Leon, Langermannia bicolor 381

FIG.1. Langermannia bicolor (Polydore Roux s n,
isotype K): a, spore 8,000 X. b. capillitium and

spores 800 X. c, basidiocarp 3/4 natural size.

382 PH We LaORE ROTC wigs Vol. 48, No. 5

FIG.2. Langermannia bicolor, a-c (Lunt s n, Lloyd
Cat. 30989 BPI): a, chlamydospore 1,800 X. b, spore
8,000 X. c, capillitium and spores 800 X. d,e (Bijl sn,
Lloyd Cat. 53094 BPI): d, capillitium and spores 800 X.
e, spore 8,000 x.

383

bicolor

Langermannia

Ponce de Leon,

1981

PIGs 3s
3/4 natural
spore 8,000 x.

Langermannia bicolor, a, b

size.

b, capillitium and spores 1,000 X.

(Bijl_s n, Lloyd Cat. 53094 BPI): a, basidiocarp

ec’ (Rick s n, Lloyd Cat. 53091 BPI):

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS HOLMSKIOLDIA (VERBENACEAE). I

Harold N. Moldenke

HOLMSKIOLDIA Retz.

Additional and emended bibliography: Baill., Hist. Pl. 11:
S6——O/i LUZ ce dle eno SO eMolld em Phytollordan osmeores
S55 ley.

HOLMSKIOLDIA TETTENSIS (Klotzsch) Vatke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 322, 323, &
354—-356. 1981'.

This species is reported by Compton (1966) from the poorts
in Swaziland and by Riley (1963) as cultivated in South Africa.
Baker (1900) cites unnumbered Kirk and Peters specimens from
Mozambique and another unnumbered Kirk specimen from Nyasa-
land. Van der Schijff (1969) cites his nos. 1043 & 2776 and
Lam 13 from Kruger National Park.

Common and vernacular names reported for the species are
"Ghina hat plant’) “Chinese hat pllant'’) “cupsvand saucers.
"cups-and-saucers", "lavender cup-and-saucer plant", "parasol
fllower', and “the crackler".

Codd 3254 has the fruiting-calyxes hardly lobed, while of
Codd 2932 Meeuse, in a personal communication to me, says:
"this specimen was collected near the Zululand border and quite
a distance from the type locality of H. tettensis which is from
near the Zambezi river. In this specimen the calyx is hardly
lobed to rather distinctly lobed, and the leaves are not very
hatnya and sctanduil’arse

The Foster collection cited below is from a plant cultiva-
ted in Natal, but originally from Transvaal.

Citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Lourenco Marques: Balsinhas 165 (U1);
Barbosa 737 (Ld, U1); Exell, Mondonga, & Wild 471 (U1); Gomes
e Sousa 3665 (U1); Hornby 972 (U1), 2661 (Ld, N); F. A. Men-
donga 1658 (U1), 2964 (U1), 4523 (U1); Torre 1849 (U1), 6489
(U1), 6839 (U1). Mocambique: Borle 152 (N, N--photo, S, Si--
photo, V--1083, Z--photo), 276 [Nat. Herb. Pretoria 3010]

(Ba). Sul do Savo: Codd 2932 (Ss). SWAZILAND: Compton 28619
(Mu), 30396 (Mu). SOUTH AFRICA: Natal: D. Edwards 2944 (Mu);
Strey 6556 (Mu). Transvaal: Acocks 12914 (Le); Bayliss 10602
(Mu); Codd 3254 (Ss); Meeuse 10643 (Mu); Pole-Evans H.16879
(N, Ss), s.n. [Lebombo Mts., 9.1.29] (Z); Schlieben & Strey
8391 (Mu); Van Wyk 404 (Ac). CULTIVATED: Florida: Gillis
11046 [M.20265] (ld). Hawaiian Islands: y. nN. Moldenke 21855
(Mi); Neal s.n. [July 30, 1946] (Bi); G. Price s.n. [July 23,
1951] (Bi); wong sn. [Sept: 125 1946)) (N). BNatall> Gis ae
Forbes s.n. [January 1931] (Ms), s.n. [March 1936] (F-—-photo,
Gg--267596, N, N--photo, Si--photo, Z--photo). Zimbabwe: q. 5.
Shepherd s.n. [Govt. Herb. Salisbury 30948] (N).

384

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Holmskioldia 385

HOLMSKIOLDIA TETTENSIS f. ALBA Mold., Bol. Soc. Brot., ser. 2,
40: 123. 1966.

Bibliography: Mold. , Bol. “Soc. "Brot., ser. 25°40: 123. 1966;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 4. 1966; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl.
Afr. Trop. Ind. 1967: 62. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49: 390. 1968;
Mold.5 Fifth Summ. 1: 251 (1971) and 2: 881. 19713 Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 241 & 550. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 323. 1981.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing white flowers.

It is based on a collection made by Antonio Rocha da Torre
(no. 2015) near Goba, Maputo, Louren¢o Marques, Mozambique, on
November 15, 1940, deposited in the herbarium of the Centro de
Botanica, Junta de Investigacoes do Ultramar. in Lisbon. Thus far
‘tthe form is known only from the type collection.

Citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Louren¢o Marques: Torre 2015 (U1--type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA TETTENSIS £. FLAVA Mold., Phytologia 48: 323, nom.
nud. 1981; f. nov.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 323. 1981.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei calycibus flavis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its mature calyxes [and probably also the corollas] yellow.

It is based on Strey 4000 from stony mountain slopes in the
Berberton District of Transvaal, South Africa, about 5 miles
south of Komatipoort, collected on March 15, 1962, and deposited
in the Munich herbarium. The collector notes that the plant was
4--5 feet tall and calls attention to the marginally crenate leaf-
blades. Thus far the form is known to me only from the original
collection.

Citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Strey 4000 (Mu--type).

HOLMSKIOLDIA sp. nov. ined.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 230 & 550. 1980; Mold.,
Phytologia 48: 323. 1981.

There is what appears to be a new and undescribed species of
this genus in Kenya, represented by Faden, Faden, Gillett, &
Gachathi 77/439 in my personal herbarium and in the East African
Herbarium at Nairobi. It is said to be a tree, 12 m. tall, with
a marrow crown, the bark tan-colored, peeling, with permanent
lenticels, the leaves opposite, oblong, about 30 cm. long, 15 cm.
wide, glabrous, with a dense reticulate venation. It grows on
limestone rodes along with Commiphora zimmermannii, Erythrina
sacleuxii, Ficus sp., Gyrocarpus americana, Sterculia appendicu-
lata, Ricinodendron, etc. and was actually collected at K./7,
Kilifi District, just north of Mwara Kenya on the Chonyi to Ribe
road, 4.8 km. south of the turn-off on the Kilifi to Kaloleni
Road, at 3°47" S., 39°42' E., at an altitude of about 140 m., on
February 16, 1977. The mature calyx is pink, papery, rotate-
patelliform, 6 cm. wide, marginally very shallowly 5-lobed, pro-
minently venose. The collectors note "One tree and one sapling
only". Attempts by Dr. Gillett to secure flowering material have
thus far proved unsuccessful.

NOTES ON THE GENUS ARCHBOLDIA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Although time does not permit the preparation of the detailed
monograph of this genus originally planned and announced, it is
probably worthwhile to place on record here the bibliographic
and herbarium notes assembled by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and
myself since the work on this family of plants was begun by me
in 1929. This is the 64th genus so far treated in this series
of papers and the herbarium acronyms employed are the same as
used in all previous papers in this (and some other) journals and
are fully explained most recently in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--
469 (1980) as well as in many of the earlier papers.

ARCHBOLDIA Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: [31]. 1936.

Bibliography: Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: [31]--33 & 221. 1936;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67 & 86. 1942;
Hilt GeSallisbs. Inds akew. Suppl, alOs 338 (& 25105 L947 HN cecmeeener
Mold., Pl. Life 2: 34 & 49. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 148 & 176. 1949; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot.
Pan's) 7203) 956seAnone Us orDepts Ags BOt. Subgpamlndiamelies ee
1958; Mold., Résumé 200, 408, & 442. 1959; F. A. Barkley, List
Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 141. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis,
Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 85. 1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 17 &
352 qn LIOR) Mold. sha btehs Summ. ls S34 C9715) vandie2 a7 56me ros Oe
ISAS Metay Sey ain din Co wallilsig. weikeies Walej\ag Wiles rls in (tel
LO7 See Molds hy Gol Mem a2 a S25 ce 24. O80).

Shrubs; leaves simple, decussate-opposite, exstipulate, petio-
late; inflorescence terminal, cymose, determinate, centrifugal,
the cymes aggregate in corymbose panicles; calyx gamosepalous,
inferior, infundibular, slightly zygomorphic, more or less
spreading, 5-lobed; corolla gamopetalous, exserted, actinomorph-
ic, the tube ventricose-cylindric, the limb 5-lobed; stamens 4,
inserted slightly below the mouth of the corolla-tube, completely
included, in 2 equal pairs, all fertile; filaments short, fili-
form; anthers dorsifixed, introrse; pistil single, compound, bi-
carpellary, scarcely exserted; stigma subulate; ovary superior,
compound, bicarpellary, imperfectly 4-celled, each cell l-ovulate,
the ovules anatropous, attached to basally parietal inflexed
placentae; fruit drupaceous, red when immature.

Type species: Archboldia ericoides Beer & Lam.

This is apparently a monotypic genus endemic to New Guinea.
Beer & Lam (1936) say of it: ''Though the material is very scanty
and not very well preserved, we may suppose with some probability
that this is the representative of a new genus. It cannot be com-
bined with any Verbenaceous genus thusfar known from Malaysia, New
Guinea, Australia or Polynesia, being particularly distinguished
by its peculiarly glabrous, inflate[d] and actonomorphous corolla
and its mododynamous [sic; =monodynamous?] and very short stamens.

386

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Archboldia 387

These features remind [one] somewhat of certain Ericaceae, hence
the specific name, chosen for the only species known at the
[=this] time. As the ripe fruit and seed are unknown, it is dif-
ficult to say something definite on the taxonomic relations of
the genus. It could possibly be placed in the subsection Chlo-
anthoideae-Physopsidae, which is entirely of Australian distri-
bution; however, Archboldia misses the woolly tomentum which is
so characteristic of this group [now known as the Chloanthaceae]
and the general habit reminds one strongly of Faradaya (Viticoi-
deae-Clerodendreae). JI would provisionally consider it as an
ally to the last-named group."

It is named in honor of Richard Archbold (1907--), contempora-
ry American explorer in Madagascar and leader of several expe-
ditions to New Guinea.

By the term "monodynamous"” in the description of this genus,
the authors apparently mean to say "in two equal pairs", which,
in my opinion, would be a more easily understood: description.

ARCHBOLDIA ERICOIDES Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: [31]--33. 1936.

Bibliography: see bibliography of the genus as a whole (above).

A glabrous or subglabrous shrub, about 1 m. tall; branches
erect, arising from an enlarged rootstock; branchlets subtetrag-
onal, purple; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles 1--2 cm. long,
purple, glabrous; leaf-blades papyraceous, ovate, 14--17 cm. long,
7--8 cm. wide, apically obtusely acuminate, marginally entire,
basally broadly acute, glabrous above, minutely and sparsely pubes-
cent beneath; midrib scarcely prominulous above in drying, con-
spiculously prominent and purple beneath; secondaries 5--7, dis-
tant, the basal ones opposite, straight, and ascending to about
the middle of the blade, the others curvate-ascending, all dis-
tinctly prominulous; tertiaries transverse, the smallest ones re-
ticulate, conspicuous beneath; inflorescence terminal, basally
leafy, broadly corymbose, 6--8 cm. long and wide, very minutely
pubescent or subglabrous: peduncles short: cymes few-flowered. de-
cussate bracts caducous; flowers rather large; pedicels 1--2 mn.
long, sparsely and minutely appressed-pubescent; calyx 6--7 mm.
long, externally minutely appressed-pilose, internally glabrous,
covered with minute tawny to golden glands, the lobes deltoid, a-
bout 3 mm. long, apically acute; corolla somewhat fleshy, about 2
cm. long, glabrous on both surfaces, the tube rather inflated, 7--
8 mm. in diameter, the lobes about 4 mm. long, apically obtuse;
stamens glabrous, the filaments and anthers together about 1.5--2
mm. long; style short, glabrous; ovary minute, glabrous; very im-
mature fruit red.

This species, type species of the genus, is based on Z. J.
Brass 6025 from the edge of a small swamp in a savanna forest at
Wuroi, on the Oriomo river, Western Division, Papua, New Guinea,
collected between January and March 1934 and deposited in the
Leiden herbarium. The species is thus far known only from the
type collection.

Citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: prass 6025 (Le--936238-243--type,
N--isotype, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

NOTES ON THE GENUS HUXLEYA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of time this late in life prevents preparation of the
detailed monograph of this genus as originally planned and an-
nounced, but it has been considered advisable to place on record
here the bibliographic notes assembled by my wife, Alma L. Mol-
denke, and myself since the work on this family of plants was
initiated in 1929. This is the 65th genus so treated by us
in this extensive series of papers in this (and some other)
journals.

HUXEE VAS Ewan. PoC awROy a 1s0C. Victoria. users 25525-0095 spies
ish

Bibliography: Ewart & Rees, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ser. 2,
25: 109--[111], pl. 5. 1912; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (1):
862. 1914; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 137. 1921; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 43: 158 & 159. 1922; Junell, Symb.
Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): .111--112 & 203. 1934; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 27. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
69e& 93% 1942s News Aq di Mollds, Pils inaithe 2) 9345 & aoe oe
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 153 & 186. 1949;
Mold., Résumé 209, 301, 411, & 457. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
5, imp. 2, 137. 1960s EF. A. Barkley, List Ord. Hamas Anthophen 66
Wien 965) AdeyeShawein Ji Wallis. Daict. Bilow. Weis, edema
19663 Le S. Sm.. Contrib. Queens’. Herb. 6: 20. 1969); Rouleau
Guide Ind. Kew. 95 & 352. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 346 (1971)
and) 23) 53) 7605 .60Sel. 97s AGney. Shaw anid). C- Wadllais ss Datetas
Ellows sills wed acs) 1973); aMoilldia Phy toils Mempya3 95/7 ecmoo Oe
LOS

Erect herbaceous plants; leaves simple, elongate-linear or
filiform, opposite or alternate, exstipulate; flowers rather
large, solitary, axillary, without bracteoles, complete, perfect;
calyx gamosepalous, inferior, campanulate, deeply 5-cleft; corolla
gamopetalous, hypocrateriform, the tube narrow-cylindric, elon-
gate, about equal in width throughout, the limb spreading, 5-
cleft; stamens 4, inserted in the corolla-tube and exserted. from
it, isometrous, all fertile; anthers bilocular, each theca dehiscing
longitudinally; pistil single, apparently 1l-carpellary by reduction;
style elongate; stigma terminal, slightly bifid; ovary superior, 2-
celled, apically distinctly 2- or 4-lobed, each cell containing one
anatropous ovule laterally attached near the base.

Type species: Huxleya linifolia Ewart & Rees.

This apparently monotypic genus of northern Australia is named
in honor of Thomas Henry Huxley (1825--1895), famous English natur-
alist and author, friend and champion of Charles Darwin.

According to Ewart & Rees (1912) this "genus differs from Fara-
daya, the only other Australian genus of this sub-order, in having
the calyx 5-lobed (instead of 2), 5-lobed corolla (instead of Adiz
equal stamens (not didynamous), ovary 2-celled (not 4), in being an

388

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Huxleya 389

upright herb (not a woody climber), in the flowers solitary (in-
stead of in terminal panicles). These distinctions are almost
sufficient to make an additional sub-tribe" in the tribe Vitice-
ae of the family Verbenaceae. In fact, these authors actually do
propose a subtribe Oxereae. The genus is presently classified in
tribe Clerodendreae.

HUXLEYA LINIFOLIA Ewart & Rees, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ser. 2,
25s Os pl. 5. 1912:

Synonymy: Huxleya linifolia Ewart apud Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 43: 159. 1922. Huxleya inifolia Ewart & Rees ex
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 27, in syn. 1942.

Bibliography: see the bibliography for the genus as a whole
(above).

Illustrations: Ewart & Rees, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ser. 2,
Papeete pl. S. L9L2.

An erect herbaceous plant, about 30 cm. tall; stems tetragon-
al, canaliculate, glabrous; leaves linear, opposite or sometimes
alternate toward the base of the stems, 4--7.5 cm. long, sparsely
pitted with minute glands beneath; flowers long-pedicellate,
borne in the axils of leaves (usually 2) near the apex of the
stems, without bracteoles; calyx basally tubular, about 1 cm.
long, apically ampliate-patent and 5-lobed, the lobes narrow,
apically acuminate, externally sparsely hairy; corolla-tube about
2.5 cm. long, the lobes subobovate, about half as long as the
tube, equal in size and shape or nearly so, with tufts of hair at
their base; stamens exserted, the filaments attached to the inside
of the corolla-tube below its rim and protruding about 3 mm. be-
yond it; anthers somewhat sagittate, apically bluntly pointed;
style about 2.5 cm. long; stigma slightly bifid and reaching to
the mouth of the corolla-tube; fruit not known.

This apparently endemic species, type species of the genus, is
based on a collection made by Maurice William Holtze (1840--1923),
noted German botanist, successor to Sir Moritz Richard Schomburgk
(1811--1890) as director of the Botanical Garden at Adelaide. The
collection was made at or near Port Darwin, Northern Australia,
in 1892.

Junell (1934) comments that "Leider stand mir kein Untersuch-
ungsmaterial von dieser Pflanze zur Verfugung. Es is nocht aus-
geschlossen, dass auch bei dieser Subtribus eine Reduktion des
einer Fruchtblatts im Gynaceum erfolgt ist. Da jedoch laut Be-
schreibung......und beigefiigter Figur.....die Stellung der Samen-
anlagen vollkommen verschieden von der bei den anferen Gattungen
zu sein scheint, und da die Pflanze auch sonst einen stark ab-
weichendem Bau besitzt, ist es meines Erachtens sehr unwahrschein-
lich, dass ihr Pflanze im System in dieser Subtribus [Clerodendre-
ae] zu suchen ist."

Like Junell, I, too, have thus far not seen any authentic
material of this apparently rare plant.

Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Ewart & Rees, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vretotia, Ser. 2. 25: pls 5. 1912 “02).

NOTES ON THE GENUS XOLOCOTZIA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

This is the 66th genus on which bibliographic and herbarium
notes, assembled by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the
past 52 years, are being published in the present journal. Herbar-
ium acronyms herein employed are the same as used in all previous
papers of this series in this journal (and some other journals)

and are most recently fully explained in Phytologia Memoirs 2:
463--469 (1980).

XOLOCOTZIA Miranda, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 29: 39--40. 1965.

Bibliography: Miranda. Boll. Soe. Bot. Mex. §29::539>—425 Gea estat
3. 1965; Guzman, Biol. Abstr. 47: 3296. 1966; Mold., Fifth Summ.
1S 77 (le yAb) eisct PA 7/55) te silo Gils Vetioy Sew aber Ue, (5 Wallac.
Dict. Plow. el. wedi Si. 253/597 35 Hesillop—Harninl Son. india ewe
Suppl. di5s 144 (& U51>, 1974; Molde, Phytoll, Mem) 2 > 45.1690 cp 9ior
1980.

Erect scabrous shrubs with rigid bulbous-based hairs; leaves
decussate-opposite, deciduous, simple, exstipulate, very short-
petiolate, the blades penninerved, marginally entire; flowers
borne in opposite fashion on short terminal racemes and in the
axils of bracts, subactinomorphic, short-pedicellate; bracts
small, deciduous; calyx gamosepalous, inferior, broadly tubular,
5-lobed, the lobes slightly unequal, costate, with broad sinuses,
apically rounded, internally glabrous, unchanged in fruit; corolla
gamopetalous, subhypocrateriform, white or blue, with violet-—
colored veins, longer than the calyx, the tube short, apically
slightly infundibular, the limb 5-parted, the lobes subequal, ob-
long-obovate, quincuncial, apically rounded; stamens 4, subequal,
attached to the middle of the corolla-tube; anthers oblong,
slightly exserted, dorsifixed, the 2 thecae parallel, introrse,
the connective unappendaged; staminodes absent; annular disk flat
or partially concave; pistil single, slightly zygomorphic, ter-
minal; style short, cylindric, apically hardly thickened; stigma
small, subcapitate, slightly oblique; ovary 1-celled or imperfect-
ly 2-celled; placentae 2, lamellate, more or less in juxtaposi-
tion; ovules 2, attached laterally near the apex of the placentae,
pendulous.

Type species: Xolocotzia asperifolia Miranda.

As far as is known now, this is a monotypic genus endemic to
Chiapas, Mexico, the flowers at first glance strikingly resembling
those of Petrea, but with a non-accrescent calyx.

Miranda (1965) asserts that "El g&nero xolocotzia est& muy es-
trachamente relacionado con el género Petrea, del cual de distin-
gue, entre otras caracteres, por la falta de cresta intracalici-
mewbaoaoc y por poseer c&liz deciduo, no acrescente. No obstante,
la similitud entre ambos g@éneros es tanta, que aun caracteres

relativamente poco importantes, como las hojas Aasperas con pelos
390

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Xolocotzia 391

rigidos bulbosos o las bases de los mismos, se encuentran en los
dos géneros. Parece natural pensar que el género Xolocotzia con-
stituye parte del primitivo grupo de formas de donde derivé el
especializado género Petrea. La marcada especializaci6n de este
Gltimo esta bien sefalada por los caracteres indicados que faltan
en el primero, como el desarollo de la cresta intracalicinal,
que, en la madurez del fruto, brinda protecci6n a est4 y a las
semillas, manteniéndolas en su lugar, y por el caracter acrescen-
te del caliz, especialmente de sus l6bulos, que en la madurez del
frfito constituyen un eficiente aparato volador. Las ventajas
proporcionadas a la planta por las caracterfsticas mencionadas
han contribuido, con toda probabilidad, de un modo decisivo a la
gran difusiédn del género Petrea en América tropical [and also its
rapid naturalization elsewhere]. En cambio, el género Xolocotzia
parece ser un elemento residual, con una reducida 4rea, de un
grupo primativo de formas."

The genus is named in honor of Efraim Hernandez Xolocotzi, a
Mexican botanist well known for his contributions in the fields
of economic botany and phytoecology and his part in the founding
of the botanical departments in agricultural schools in Mexico.

XOLOCOTZIA ASPERIFOLIA Miranda, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 29: 40--42 &
Miamase Ono OOD.

Bibliography: see that for the genus as a whole (above).

Illustrations: Miranda, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 29: 47, fig. 3.
1965:

An erect asperous shrub, 2--2.5 m. tall; branches grayish-
white, the youngest parts hispid-pubescent; petioles very short,
1--1.5 mm. long, hispid-pubescent; leaf-blades subcoriaceous, ob-
ovate or oblong-obovate, 3.5--5.7 cm. long, 1.5--2.5 cm. wide,
apically obtuse, rounded, or retuse, marginally entire, basally
cuneate; midrib prominulent above, prominent beneath; secondaries
6--8, prominulent beneath, sparsely hispid-pubescent toward the
base above; racemes short, the rachis 1--1.5 cm. long; bracts
pale, 1--2 mm. long, striate; pedicels short, to 5 mm. long, pu-
bescent; calyx-tube 2.5--3 cm. long, 2--2.5 mm. wide, densely
pubescent, the lobes suberect, linear-spatulate, 3.5--5 mm. long,
0.5--0.7 mm. wide, apically obtuse, with a prominent midrib ex-
ternally, the sinuses 1 mm. wide; corolla-tube 3--4 mm. long, 2--
2.5 mm. wide, glabrous, the limb 2.1--2.2 cm. wide, the lobes a-
bout 8 mm. long, 4.5--6.5 mm. wide; filaments 1.5--2 mm. long;
anthers 1.2 mm. long; ovary 1.5 mm. long, apically short-pubes-
cent.

This species, the type species of the genus, is based on
Miranda 5319, from a low deciduous woods "sobre suelos calizos
someros....declive de orientacion Sur" about 7 km. north of
Tuxtla Gutierrez, at 900 m. altitude, Chiapas, Mexico, collected
in flower on June 5, 1949, and deposited in the herbarium of the
Universidad Nacional in Mexico City. Miranda (1965) cites also
Miranda 5903, from the slopes of a barranca, at 470 m. altitude,
in the same state. As far as known to me, the species is known
thus far only from these two collections.

392 PBF .G EO Cares Vol. 48, No. 5

Citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Miranda 5319 (Me-—-69313-—-type,
Me—-173592--isotype), 5903 (Me--173606). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS:
Miranda, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 29: 47, fig. 3. 1965 (Z).

NOTES ON THE GENUS ADELOSA (VERBENACEZE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of time this late in life prevents me from completing the
detailed monograph of this genus contemplated and earlier an-
nounced, but it seems worthwhile to place on record here the
bibliographic and herbarium notes assembled over the past 52
years of work on this family of plants by my wife, Alma L. Mol-
denke, and myself. It is the 67th genus thus far treated in
this series of papers in this (and some other) journals. The
herbarium acronyms employed are the same as used in all ny
previous papers in Phytologia and are fully explained in Phyto-
logia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980) and previously elsewhere.

ADELOSA Blume, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-bat. 1: 176. 1850.

Bibliography: Blume, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-bat. 1: 176. 1850;
Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 234. 1852; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. l,
2: 91 (1862) and 3: 181. 1863; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 49.
1873; Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1153. 1876;
Baa19., Hast. Pi. 192,415; 18915 Jacks. in Hook. f:.6) Jacks25
Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 37. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.
Pfianzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 140, 142, 169, & 170. 1895; Post &
Kuntze, Lexicon 9 & 688. 1904; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 470. 1915;
Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 84. 1934; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 84. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 37. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names Suppl. 1: [1]. 1947; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 32.
1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 123 & 174.
1949; Angely, Cat. Estat. Bot. Fan. 17: 2. 1956; Mold. in Hum-
bert, Fl. Madag. 174: 4 & 48--49. 1956; Mold., Résumé 155, 227,
409, & 940. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
3, 1: 37. 1960; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2,

432. 1963; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 136. 1965;
Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 20. 1966;
Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew, 6 & 352. 1970; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1:
259 & 377 (1971) and 2: 758 & 844. 1971; Airy Shaw in J. C. Wil-
lis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 20. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
248 & 519. 1980.

A many-branched glabrous shrub; leaves decussate-opposite,
small, short—petiolate, deciduous, simple, exstipulate, cuneate—
oblong or obovate, marginally entire, apically remotely serrate;
inflorescence cymose, determinate, centrifugal, terminal; flowers
complete, perfect, few, subsessile, borne in the axils of subu-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Adelosa 393

late bracts; prophylla 3 beneath each calyx; calyx gamosepalous,
inferior, tubular, 5-parted, glabrous, actinomorphic, the lobes
ovate, apically acuminate; corolla gamopetalous, zygomorphic, ex-
ternally glandular-puberulent, the tube surpassing the calyx, its
throat glabrous, the limb 5-parted, the lobes apically rounded,
the 4 exterior (posterior) ones connate in pairs, the fifth (an-
terior) one inwardly arched; stamens 4, didynamous, inserted at
about the top of the corolla-tube, isometrous, exserted, all fer-
tile; filaments very short; anthers oblong-linear, dorsifixed,
the two thecae parallel; pistil single, exserted; stigma bifid;
ovary depressed-globose, superior, compound, bicarpellary, obso-
letely 4-sulcate, imperfectly 4-celled, the cells l-ovulate;
ovules laterally attached at the middle; micropyle inferior;
fruit drupaceous, turbinate-globose, apically depressed, sur-
rounded by the ampliate fruiting-calyx, imperfectly 4-celled;
seeds solitary in each cell, peltate, oblong, compressed, mem-

br anous-mar gined.

Type species: Adelosa microphylla Blume.

This is apparently a monotypic genus of Madagascar very closely
related to Premna L. and Clerodendrum Burm. Briquet (1895) com-
ments that "Diese mir véllig unbekannte Gattung wird von Baillon
zu Clerodendron gezogen. Der Beschreibung nach scheint dieselbe
doch durch den Bau der Frucht und das Samens ziemlich verschieden.’
Junell (1934) was also unable to secure any authentic material
of the genus for study.

ADELOSA MICROPHYLLA Blume, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-bat. 1: 176.
1850.

Synonymy: Adelosa microphylla (Forsk.) Vierh. ex Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 84, sphalm. 1942.

Bibliography: see that of the genus as a whole (above).

The species has the characters given for the genus as a whole
(above) with the following additions: petioles 3--7 mm. long;
leaf-blades thin-chartaceous or submembranous, brunnescent or nig-
rescent in drying, slightly lighter in color beneath, 1--5.5 cm.
long, 5--15 mm. wide, apically rounded or broadly acute, basally
long-cuneate, glabrous on both surfaces, reddish when fresh.

The species is known thus far only from the type collection,
Pervillé 626, found growing on coastal sand dunes near the edge
of the sea at Ambongo, Madagascar, on February 14, 1841.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: West: Pervillé 626 (F--photo of isotype,
It--photo of isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, P--isotype,
Z--photo of isotype).

NOTES ON THE GENUS ACHARITEA (CHLOANTHACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

It has seemed worthwhile to place on record here the biblio-
graphic and herbarium notes assembled by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke,
and myself on this genus over the past 52 years during our work
on the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, Chloanthaceae, Sym-
phoremaceae, and Nyctanthaceae, as well as the Eriocaulaceae, of
the world, even though time does not now permit preparation of the
detailed generic monograph originally planned and previously an-
nounced. It is the 68th genus thus far treated in this series of
papers in this and some other journals. The herbarium acronyms
herein employed are the same as used in all the previous papers
and are fully explained in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980).

AGHARITEA Benth. in Benth. & Hook’ £., Gen. Pill. 2 (2)in 42 mse 76r
Bibliography: Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2):
AD S763" Scott Hee Journs tinn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 292543 og:
Bate Hist. PL, ails sek 104 (891) and 12%) [487 |), 18923 saekse
in) Hooks tf. s) Jacks.) inde) Kew. amp.) 9 W922) S93 se Bra cieme-te
Engl. & Prantl, Nats) PElanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 138; 1425) 04a
& 160.) 18952) Stapf an) Hook., Ticon Pll. 27-5 pli 2685. WIOI spats
Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 431. 1904; Post & Kuntze,
Lexicon 3 & 688. 1904: Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 469. 1915; Mildbr,
Notazbil Bot. Gant Berl. lai 182i 1933s) Junelily (Svmbe bore Ups
sal. 1 (4): 56 & 58. 1934; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1,
imp. 1, 4. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
53) 6 84, W942) Jackss aml) Hook. t. & Jacks... Imd: Kew.) simpemysnels
22. 1946: Moilld. 5 Aliph. Lisit Inv. Names Suppl). 1) [1]. 1947s eN:
& A. Le Moilld., Pl). Life 2: 31. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Dilstribe
Verbenac., ed. 2, 123 & 174. 1949; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bots
Bane 7 22, 19565" Mold. ain’ Humbert. Bil Madap. a7/4:) 4&4 Aas
fir oeo-—o). 19563) Dusand & Jacks, Ends) Kew.) Suppl assampreece
4. 19593 Molld., Résumé 155, 227, 404, & 438. 1959; Jacks. in Hook.
fee Jacks) Indie Kews,, amp.) Sool 222) 1960) Mel chitors einem paler
Syllabus Pile eds al2 592: 436.) 1964 Aw Barkley, dhist Onde
Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 135. 1965; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog.,
imp. 2) 4305 965s" Adve Shaw anv. Ce aWilikise Dict. Plow. Elmed.
7 Os 1966. Mitra, Elen. Syst. Bot. sAngiosp..,) eden2 abrderimelcaia
1967; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 4 & 266. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal.
Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 829. 1971; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1:
259-& 377 (971) and 229750585839. 1971s Aimy Shaw an J (Cowal
iiss Whites ilove, IISA ecls i, WO, UCW/S5 Mo lhbieclbiNea Mein, WILE.
Pl., ed. 3, 490 & [909]. 1973; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose
Res. Inst. 39: 38 (1976) and 41: 46. 1978; Munir, Brunonia 1: 410,
435, & [690]. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 514. 1980.
A rather rigid, erect, glabrous herb; leaves decussate-opposite,
simple, exstipulate, sessile or subsessile, ovate or ovate-lanceo-

late, marginally entire, glabrous, the ones among the flowers
394

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Acharitea 395

gradually reduced in size, the uppermost ones bract-like; flowers
borne in groups of 1--3 in the leaf-axils, small, subsessile, sub-
secund, the upper ones clustered in a unilateral spike; prophylla
minute or absent; inflorescence cymose; calyx gamosepalous, infer-
ior, campanulate, submembranous, 10-veined, apically ampliate,
glabrous, its rim equally 5-dentate; corolla gamopetalous, infun-
dibular or hypocrateriform, glabrous, zygomorphic, the tube short,
subincluded by the calyx, straight, apically somewhat ampliate,
the limb short, somewhat bilabiate, 4-lobed, the lobes broad,
somewhat unequal, the anterior one somewhat larger than the 3
posterior ones; stamens 4, didynamous, inserted at about the mid-
dle of the corolla-tube, included; anthers ovate, 2-celled, basal-
ly minutely appendaged, the thecae distinct, parallel, basally
minutely mucronulate; style single, terminal, elongate, apically
entire and rather obtuse; ovary compound, bicarpellary (but usu-
ally one carpel is aborted), superior, 2-celled, each cell l-ovu-
late, the carpel edges turning inward from the middle of the

ovary and midrib making a false partition, the placenta axile;
ovules attached laterally near the base, erect; fruiting-calyx en-
larged, apically ampliate, equally 5-toothed; fruit subglobose,
included in the mature calyx-tube, indehiscent, unequally 2-
celled or by abortion l-celled, the pericarp membranous; seeds
usually one developed, erect, basally attached by a short funicu-
lus, oblong, smooth, with a rather thick testa and a small endo-
sperm; embryo terete, straight; cotyledons 2, short, basally
scarcely wider than the rather thick radicle.

Type species: Acharitea tenuis Benth.

This appears to be a monotypic genus with much of the general
habit of some members of the Lamiaceae or Scrophulariaceae. It is
often included in the Verbenaceae, but is apparently very closely
related to Nesogenes A.DC. It is the type genus of the Tribe
Achariteae Briq., a tribe variously placed by recent authors in
the Stilbaceae Lindl., Dicrastylidaceae J. Drumm., or Verbenaceae
J. St.-Hil., as well as in the Chloanthaceae (Benth.) J. Hutchins.
as herein accepted.

Bentham (1876) comments: "Genus quoad inflorescentiam et caly-
ces primo intuitu Labiatas v. Scrophularineas refert, characteres
tamen omnino Verbenacearum, parumque a Nesogenes differt, calyce
et pericarpio."

It is worth mentioning here that many authors ascribe the
names published in Bentham & Hooker, Genera Plantarum, to "Benth.
& Hook." or "Benth. & Hook. f.", but actually only pages 1217--
1258 of this volume and the index were authored jointly; pages
448--869 and 1019--1215 were authored by Bentham alone (and pages
870--1019 by Hooker alone) as clearly and authoritatively stated
in "On the joint and separate work of the authors of Bentham &
Hooker's Genera Plantarum" in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20:
304--308. 1883.

Junell (1934) asserts that "Die beiden Gattungen acharitea
und wesogenes Stehen einander offenbar sehr nahe. Zu Acharitea
wirden friiher zwei Arten in Madagaskar gezahlt. Mildbraed (1933)
hat jedoch die eine von diesen Arten, namlich ag. glandulosa Scott

396 Pe WSL O) TONG 4EeA Volta 46mm Nonmes

Ell., zu Nesogenes ubergefuhrt, und er wirft auch die Frage auf,.
ob nicht A. tenuis Benth., auf welcher Art die Gattung gegrundet
worden war, ebenfalls in Nesogenes einzureihen sei. Mildbraed
wagt jedoch nicht, diesen Schritt zu tun, da er keine Gelegenheit
hatte, Material von dieser Pflanze selbst zu untersuchen."

The Angely (1971) reference in the bibliography (above) is of-
ten cited as "1970", the titlepage date, but the work was not
actually published until 1971.

Excluded species:

Acharitea glandulosa Scott Ell., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 29:
43. 1891 = Nesogenes glandulosus (S. Elliot) Mildbr., Chloantha-
ae.

ACHARITEA TENUIS Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2: 1142. 1876.
Bibliography: see that for the genus as a whole (above).
Tllustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 41, fig. 5

(3==8)) 5 IDSO.

An herb with the characters of the genus (above) plus the
following: petioles very short or obsolete; leaf-blades 1--2 cm.
long, about 3.6 mm. wide, basally abruptly acute or rounded; ca-
lyx about 3 mm. long and wide, accrescent and to 4.5 mm. long and
wide after anthesis and in fruit.

This endemic species, the type and only recognized species in
the genus, inhabits low altitudes in what are probably tropophil-
ous woods in Madagascar. It is based on Bouton 1857, said to
have been collected on the "ile de Marosse et baie de Bombetoke"
in Madagascar, and deposited in the Kew herbarium. This state-
ment of original locality of collection is ambiguous since Marosy
island is located in Antongil Bay, on the east coast of Madagas-—
car, while Bombetoke Bay is by the Betsiboka estuary on the west
coast! It is probable that two separate collections were given
the same collection number, or else the collector collected the
material in one of the localities and thought that he had seen
what was the same species in the other site. The species is known
thus far only from this original collection.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Bouton 1857 (K--type, K--isotype, N--
isotype, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

NOTES ON THE GENUS TETRACLEA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

As stated in the foreword of other recent papers, lack of time
this late in life prevents the preparation of the detailed mono-
graph of this genus as originally planned and previously announced,
but it seems worthwhile to place on record here the bibliographic
and herbarium notes on the genus assembled by my wife, Alma L.
Moldenke, and myself over the past fifty-two years. The herbarium
acronyms employed herein are the same as used in all previous
papers in this series in this journal and elsewhere since 1934 and
are fully explained in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980) and
previously elsewhere.

UETRACLEAY A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci., ser. 25 16: 987 16537

Synonymy: Tetracleis A. Gray ex Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (2):
1372. 1874. Tetracleis "A. Gray ex Pfeiffer" apud Post & Kuntze,
Lexicon 553. 1904. fTetracles Reko, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 4: 35,
sphalm. 1946. Tetrachloa Albers ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 445, in
syn. 1980. Teliclea Woot. & Standl., in herb.

Bibiiopraphy< A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci., ser: 2, 16: 98." 1653;
Torr., Bot. U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. [Bot. Emory Exped.] pl. 41.
HS5oeeC. Mull. in Walp. , Ann. Bot. Syst. 5:)/04. aS8603" Boeq=;
Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 86 & 130 (1862) and 3: 183 & 204-——205.

1862; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (2): 1372. 1874; Benth. in Benth. &
Hook. £., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1220 & 1270. 1876; A. Gray, Synop. Fl.
Neem. eds 1, “2% 342" 347 (1878) and’ ed.'2), 2 342 8° 347s 1886;
Batiin Hist. PL. lis 76, 99256 1U2 l8ols Brig in Engi Se Prantl >
Natwieetanzentram.. ed. 124 (3a)in 2095 2I2e re 21a eee h——Gre
1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1049.
1895; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog. 435. 1904; Post & Kuntze,
Lexicon 553 & 689. 1904; Woot. & Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
Vee L7OL L932 A. Nels -%& Macbr., Bot. Gaz. 622 1462" 1916; Prain,
tind. Kew. Suppl. 5, ‘imp.’ 2, 257. 1921; Stapf, ind. Lond.” 6> 273.
1931; Miranda & Hernandez Xolocotzi, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 28: 67 &
133, pl. 61. 1933; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 108--110, 203,
& 214, fig. 172. 1934; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14. 1939;
Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2. 19413; Wyman & Harris, Navajo Ind.
Ethnobot. 34 & 45. 1941; Mold. in Lundell, Fl. Tex. 3 (1): 14 &
86--87. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 19, 21, & 43. 42;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 12, 14, 18, & 100.
1942; Lundell & al., Am. Midl. Nat. 29: 489--490. 1943; Mold.,
Phytologia 2: 126. 1944; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 2, 2: 1049. 1946; Mold., Phytologia 2: 159. 1946; Reko, Bol.
Soc. Bot. Mex. 4: 35. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1:
2s LO47s 9 Hs Ne OAL Le Molde; “PL Lae’ 262857 34,8 S44. 19485
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 23, 25, 26, 32, &
197. 1949; I. M. Johnst., Journ. Arnold Arb. 31: 192--193. 19505
Kearney, List Citat. Place se a Ariz. Pl. [typescript] 108.

398 PHY £ OL 0.6 Tis Vol. 48, No. 5

1951; Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 1, 724 & 730--731. 1951;
Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 687 & 819. 1951; McDougall &
Spesry,, bi. Big) Bend Natds Park 46) 1951) Sha. Salcisbaeesinde
Kew supple, al 250)) 1953s Ancely siGat.aistat. Gen. Bota Eaneeplgss
Gn LOS Gs Moldy, Résume.28,, 305 930. S8a0266 50275 1954 seem or
Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, imp.
1 / 2456 30—-—7 30 9606 Jacksh. inl Hook. .0(& Jacks .umlncliam iene
sume Sj ZR WMOVAS) A IC KO)R Weheetlots Waves Meng Soyolly Si, stun, 2 25)7/ -
1960; Rzedowski, Act. Cient. Potos. 4: 65 & 91. 1960; Mold., Ré-
sumé Suppl. 3: 7 (1962), 4: 4 (1962), and 5: 4. 1962: Miranda &
Hernandez Xolocotzi, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 28: 67 & 133, pl. 61.
1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 6: 3 & 4. 1963; Howell & McClintock in
Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 724 & 730--731. 1964;
Mold. in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. Fl. Sonor. Des. 2: 1262--1263.
1964: R.A ebarkiley, LalstOndes han. Anthophi) /Ou6215 poo or
Airy s Shaw eine Ji Gs Wallies Dalct sbliow. Pil iedies jell Oe maigoG=
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 2 (1966) and 18: 2. 1969; Rickett, Wild
Fils. U., S.. 3, (2): 362, 366, -& [367], pl... LL. 1969s.C Wa iiomeace
Tex. Pl. Ecol. Summ. 77. 1969; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man.
Vase. Pi, Lex. s[iContuib., Tex. Res, Eound. 6:3) 13135 134113408
& LSS: 1970s Rickett,, Wilidamlis mle So 43 5425 [543i], sere o Gemnpilee
177. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 186 & 291. 1970; Lawrence,
Taxon, Vase. Pl. 5) imp. 2/5667 eo. G9) 91k Mahdier. Keys Vaseneoies
Blacks Gap, ied, 3) 695) 70 )jece OA lO 7s Moldy, Bette Summicnslocpmeriiee
61——63),, J4, & 450) (1970) and 2: (641., 760, & O14. 1971s Areye Shaw
An Ce WAdelcis) Stet. EP lowse eed G)) SCs 19.3) sMoilidieemmabores
Eollog tars 427 On Gone eG Gre Ace Me sanS..5 Al Powell. sSaidae/i-mmeoe
LO Mold. Bilolls Absitsa.) 662) 277. L978) Moilidiy. bhyjtolopsamsor
499 & 511 (1978) and 44: 328, 329, & 511. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt.
Bot.) A.33) /90& Sis) 1979): Mold 7, (Phytol. Mem.) 2:5 (50)5) 5A). 5 Omlomes
HHEISY tH Ssh WEKS{OE

Low erect perennial herbs or subshrubs, basally suffrutescent;
stems erect, ascending, or prostrate; leaves simple, exstipulate,
deciduous, mostly oblong or ovate, marginally dentate or entire,
those in the inflorescence similar but smaller; inflorescence
axillary, cymose; cymes pedunculate, 1- or (mostly) 3-flowered;
flowers short-pedicellate; calyx gamosepalous, inferior, broadly
campanulate, 10-veined, deeply 5-cleft or 5-parted, accrescent,
persistent, the lobes subequal; corolla gamopetalous, perfect,
infundibular or hypocrateriform, white or yellowish, often red-
tinged, medium-size, indistinctly bilabiate, the tube narrowly
cylindric, exserted, the limb spreading, 5-parted, the lobes
obovate-oblong, slightly unequal or subequal, imbricate; stamens
4, didynamous, fertile, often long-exserted, straight or incurved-
ascending, the anterior pair longer; anthers 2-celled, the thecae
distinctly parallel, basally free, longitudinaly dehiscent, the
connective basifixed; disk present, short, equal; pistil single,
bicarpellary; style terminal, long, slender, apically bifid, the
branches stigmatiferous, subulate, subequal; ovary superior,
compound, apically shortly 4-lobed; ovules descending-amphitro-
pous; fruit not fleshy, composed of 1--4 hard, obovoid, reticu-
late pyrenes attached to beyond the middle by a broadly keeled

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 399

areole, the fallen ones not leaving a gynobase; seeds attached
laterally, exalbuminous.

Type species: Tetraclea coulteri A. Gray.

This is a small genus of only a few known taxa originally
classified in the Verbenaceae by Asa Gray (1853), reclassified in
the Lamiaceae by Bentham (1876), Jackson (1895), Briquet (1895),
Post & Kuntze (1904), and Prain (1921), and finally placed back
in the Verbenaceae by Bocquillon (1862), Junell (1934), and Angely
(1956), as well as most recent authors. Salisbury (1953), Rou-
leau (1970), and Airy Shaw (1973) still regard it as a mint.
Howell & McClintock (1960) note that "This genus is usually in-
cluded in the Labiatae, but recent authorities consider it to be-
long to the Verbenaceae in which family it was first placed by
Asa Gray.'"' Bentham (1876) comments that "Genus habitu floribus
et staminibus longis Trichostomati affine, ovario et nuculis Ame-
thysteae v. Teucrii, ab omnibus distinguitur antherarum loculis
distinctis parallelis."

Junell's (1934) discussion is sufficiently important to repeat
here: "In Engler & Prantl wird dieser Gattung als unsicher in die
Tribus Ajugoideae unter den Labiaten eingereiht. Baillon.....
welcher der Gattung eine 4hnliche Stellung eingersumt hat, betont
dabei jedoch, dass sie ebensogut bei Verbenaceae in der Nahe von
Ovieda (Clerodendron) und Caryopteris eingereiht werden kénnte.

"Der Fruchtknotenbau scheint mir zu beweisen, dass die Gattung
in Clerodendreae unter zu bringen ist. Diese Umplazierung ist
eigentlich ganz geringfiigig, da, wie wir spdter sehen werden,
Clerodendreae und Ajugeae einander sehr nahe stehen. Tetraclea
kann wahrscheinlich als eine Ubergangstypus zwischen diesen bei-
den Gruppen betrachtet werden........ Die beiden Fruchtblatter
sind nur ganz wenig miteinander verwachsen. Wie bei gewissen
Clerodendron-Arten und den unmittelbar vorstehend behandelten Gat-
tungen dringt ndmlich von der Fruchtknotenhdhle in jede Plazenta
eine tiefe Furche ein. Die mittleren Partien der Fruchtblatter
besitzen ziemlich starke Anschwellungen. Die Samenanlagen sind
oberhalb ihrer Mitte inseriert.

"Auch im iibrigen spricht der Bliitenbau fiir die Stellung der
Gattung in dieser Subtribus. Eigentlich weicht nur die Frucht
ab, und zwar dadurch, dass sie nicht fleischig ist. Sie besteht
ndmlich aus vier Niisschen. Diese Niisschen besitzen jedoch unge-
wohnlich dicke Wandungen, welche, wie ich mich tiberzeugt habe,
Steinzellen enthalten. Der Fruchtbau muss offenbar nicht not-
wendigerweise ein Hindernis fiir die Einreihung der Gattung in
diese Subtribus bilden. Bei gewissen Clerodendron-Arten ist
iibrigens die Fruchtwandung nur ganz wenig fleischig."

He summarizes the situation thus: "Tetraclea hat Briquet als
unsicher in Ajugoideae eingereiht. Der Fruchtknotenbau spricht
jedoch dafiir, dass die Gattung in der Subtribus Clerodendreae
unterzubringen ist. Die Frucht ist allerdings nicht fleischig,
die Fruchtwand ist aber sehr dick und erhalt Steinzellen. Mit
Riicksicht auf der Stellung, welche ich Ajugeae erteilt habe,
ist die Umplazierung der Gattung eigentlich ganz unbedeutend."

400 1 yal NC Ojae, (0) (Ck /N Voll. 485 Noms
An artificial key to the accepted taxa:

1. Planta annual, densely puberulent throughout with gland-
tipped hairs; leaves sessile or subsessile, thick, ellip-
jee. Wese ielaein 2 Ging slopes ooacchcospodccb ooo sno UNS T. viseidals

la. Plants perennial, the pubescence eglandular; petioles to
1 cm. long; leaf-blades thinly chartaceous or submembranous.

2. Leaf-blades mostly broadly ovate, at least the smaller
ones entire.
3. Corolla relatively small, to 1.5 cm. long in all;
stamens well exserted, curvate.............. TT. <COWLECTAN.
3a. Corolla larger, the tube alone 1.6--1.7 cm. long or
twice as long as the calyx; stamens straight, exserted
less than 5 mm. from the corolla-mouth, not beyond the
usually erect dorsal corolla-lobe.............scceccweses
T. coulteri f. subinclusa.
2a. Leaf-blades mostly narrowly oblong and conspicuously
EODIEMEC so GGaGKa0e Biekstcnsvelercvetetects T. coulteri f. angustifolia.

TETRACEE AW COULTER» Grave AM wJOUGM eS Cis) SEX eZ), LOLS.
1853.

Synonymy: Tetraclea wrightii A. Gray ex Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 43, in syn. 1942. Tetraclea coulteri var. coulteri [A.
Grayilext Ge Wee ihomas,, lex.) PI bcol. Summ) 7/7, 969 sie Graces
coulteri var. coulteri Thomas ex Mold., Phytologia 34: 278, in
syn. 1976. Tetradymia coulteri Gray, in herb.

Bibliography: A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, 16: 98. 1853;
Torr., Bot. U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. pil. 41. 1858; Boeq., Adanson=
jas sere 1, 35) 205.0862) Brig. in Engl Prantl) Nat. 2elanzens
fame 4 (Gaz 20208 215. fale.) 740 E-—G. i895 3) Jacks) 1n) Hoole
Jacks. ind. Kewe,, amp. 2, 2:s 1049. 1895) As Nellis.) &) Machine boi.
Gazen62 1465 A9ll6s Staph. elinds) Lond 6:27 300 LOST: Macand amie
Hernandez Xolocotzi, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 28: 67 & 133, pl. 61.
1933%0Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1) ((4)e108.6) 110, fig.) 172-9 eee
Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14. 1939; Mold., Suppl. List Inv.
Names 2. 1941; Wyman & Harris, Navajo Ind. Ethnobot. 34 & 45.
1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 19, 21, & 143. 1942; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 12, 14, 18, & 100. 1942;
Mold. in Lundell, Fl. Tex. 3 (1): 86--87. 1942; Lundell & al.,
Am. Midl. Nat. 29: 489 & 490. 1943; Mold., Phytologia 2: 126.
1944; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 1049.
1946; Mold., Phytologia 2: 159. 1946; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl.
Life 2: 54. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
23, 25, 26, 325) 691974. 1949srKearneys4 lish \Citat.! Places Ruble
Spec. Ariz. Pl. [typescript] 108. 1951; Kearney & Peebles, Ariz.
Fl., ed. 1, 730--731. 1951; McDougall & Sperry, Pl. Big Bend
Natl. Park 148. 1951; Mold., Résumé 28, 30, 31, 38, 266, 273,
354, & 470. 1959; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz.
Fl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 730--731. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks
Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 1049. 1960; Rzedowski, Act. Cient. Potos.
4: 65 & 91. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 7 (1962), 4: 4 (1962),
5: 4 (1962), and 6: 3 & 4. 1963; Howell & McClintock in Kearney &

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 401

Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 730--731. 1964; Mold. in Shreve
& Wiggins, Veg. Fl. Sonor. Des. 2: 1262--1263. 1964; Mold., Résumé
Suppl els: «2 (1966) and 18 +25 1969; "Ricketts; Wild FlsswW. S203
C2)24366 & [367] ,.pLé 111. 19693; G..W. Thomas, Tex.“Pl:,Ecolog:
Summ. 77. 1969; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex.
[Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1342 & 1873. 1970; Rickett, Wild
Klee Ue S042 5422) [S43 ]is & 798, pl. 2772.19705 Mahler, “Key Vasc.
BLS Black Gap, edi. 3, 70.1971; Mold:,; Fifth Sum. 1: 57, «62=—=-63,
74, 450, & 464 (1971) and 2: 641 & 911. 1971; Mold., Phytologia
Same Oe LOVOs SA. Ms (uS tAs iPowelll:; Sidaa/i:s089). L977isMoldss~ehyto—
logia 38: 499 (1978) and 44: 328. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.
Baw 97 9s, Mold... Phytol, Mem. 2: 503 54,056,575 94455) Gere
1980.

Illustrations: Torr., Bot. U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. pl. 41. 1858;
Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 212,
fig. 74 E--G. 1895; Miranda & Hernandez Xolocotzi, Bol. Soc. Bot.
Mex. 28: 133, pl. 61. 1933; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 110,
Siow the. 2934; Rickett, Wild Fle: Us:S. 34(2):) $867} ;placbhbs fin
Colon s(1969) and 4/543]. pL. 1774[in> color): 970)

A low and erect or more or less decumbent , bushy, herbaceous
perennial [or "long-lived annual" according to Powell & Turner]
from a deep fleshy taproot or rootstock, branched underground,
with a suffrutescent branched base, or even a dwarf shrub, strong-
ly pungent or "vile" fetid-scented with the odor of burdock or
Cucurbita foetidissima; stems several, branching, obscurely tet-
ragonal, ascending or spreading to decumbent, usually about 15--
40 cm. tall; branchlets very slender, gray, obtusely tetragonal,
densely puberulent with minute, eglandular, appressed, strigose,
whitish hairs; nodes not annulate, not swollen; principal inter-
nodes 0.9--3.2 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, rather thinly
chartaceous or submembranous [rarely leathery], gray, petiolate,
strongly odoriferous; petioles slender, 4--10 mm. long, flattened,
distinctly margined from apex to base, appressed-puberulent
throughout, eglandular, basally not ampliate; leaf-blades thin-
chartaceous or submembranous, rather uniformly bright-green on
both surfaces, ovate, 1.4--4 cm. long, 6--18 mm. wide, apically
sharply acute and mucronulate, marginally irregularly dentate
with 2 or 3 teeth per side (the teeth coarse, broadly triangular,
divergent, apically acute) or the smaller ones entire, basally a-
cute or acuminate and prolonged into the petiole, finely puberu-
lent with whitish, substrigose, eglandular hairs on both surfaces;
midrib slender, plane above, prominulous beneath; secondaries
very slender, 1--3 per side, ascending , slightly arcuate, plane
and mostly obscure above, prominulous beneath, not conspicuously
anastomosing; vein and veinlet reticulation very sparse, obscure
or indiscernible on both surfaces; inflorescence axillary, cymose,
the cymes few-flowered , mostly 3-flowered (sometimes reduced to 2
or even 1 flower); peduncles very slender, 3--8 mm. long, densely
puberulent; flowers almost actinomorphic; calyx deeply 5-cleft,
the tube short, turbinate, the lobes lanceolate, twice the length
of the tube, apically subulate to filiform; corolla pinkish or
cream-color, tinged with red outside, nearly salverform during

402 JMB Net! (OIL, CO) (Ce IE IN Vol. 48, No. 5

anthesis, to 1.5 cm. long, the tube narrow, surpassing the calyx,
the limb globular and erect but oblique in bud, the lobes sub-
equal, oval or oblong-obovate to elliptic-obovate, similar and
equally spreading during anthesis or the 2 lower ones slightly
cupped around the 4 recurved stamens, marginally entire, the 3
lower ones obscurely more united basally; stamens exserted from
the corolla; filaments filiform, cream-color, involute in bud;
anthers oblong, red, the thecae permanently parallel and distinct;
style cream-color; ovary slightly 4-lobed; pyrenes pyriform , very
strongly and coarsely reticulate, finely pubescent, the commis-
sural areole large, ventral, somewhat rugose; seeds descending;
chromosome number: n = 21 or 20 II.

Gray (1853) gives an interesting account of the early history
of this plant, saying that it "first came to my notice in the
Texano-New Mexican collection made by the indefatigable Mr.
Charles Wright, in the year 1849. In the same or the preceding
year, it was likewise collected by the late Dr. J. Gregg, in the
Northern part of Mexico. Fine specimens also were gathered by
Mr. Wright on his second journey, while attached to the scientif-
ic corps of the Boundary Commission. In 1851, while under the
command of Col. Graham, he collected it on the northern border of
the Mexican state of Sonora; in 1852, while returning under the
orders of Major Emory, he again met with it in the western part
of Texas. I presume it has likewise been found by Dr. C. C.
Parry, and Dr. J. M. Bigelow, during the survey of the Rio Grande
from El Paso downwards; but I have seen no specimens from them.
Specimens are in both of Mr. Wright's distributed collections. I
have, moreover, just detected it in the late Dr. Coulter's Mexi-
can collection, whose name, as being the first discoverer, the
species may appropriately bear. The natural order to which the
plant in question belongs is not very evident at first view. In
Mr. Wright's notes, made at the time of gathering it, the plant
is mentioned as a doubtful Borraginacea;--a view suggested by the
deeply 4-lobed fruit, and the nearly regular, pentamerous calyx
and corolla. But the leaves are opposite, and the stamens are
only four in number. The latter characters, along with the quad-
rinuculate fruit, and the axillary cymulose inflorescence, would
incline us to refer the plant to the order Labiatae; which again
is forbidden by the regular corolla, the apparently equal stamens,
and the amphitropous descending ovule. The latter character
points to the true affinity of the genus, which unquestionably
should be placed in the Vitaceous division of the order Verbena-
ceae; notwithstanding the deeply four-lobed ovary, and the fruit
of four nucules. This remarkable character may well furnish the
name of the genus;-- which I accordingly form of T&T Pa, four,
and Xhélw, to close or shut up, referring to the four closed
nutlets of the fruit." He cites the following collections, the
first-named of which may well be regarded as the type of the species
and genus: Coulter 1172, Gregg 502, and Wright 462, 1513, & s.n.
[Escondido Springs, 1852]. The Coulter collection is stated as
having been collected in "Mexico" without further locality men-
tioned.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 403

Collectors have found this plant growing along dry roadsides
and washes, in dry open ground, scrub deserts, dry gullies, and
open country, on the open slopes of igneous hills, "mesas, llanos
y cerros", sandy and alkaline flats, rocky hills and slopes, and
level land, on limestones hills and hillsides, gravelly hills,
limestone-sandstone hills, and chaparral plains, on valley floors
and cedar-sotol mesa-tops and stony mountainsides, in desert road-
side ditches, among low bushes and low scrub vegetation, among
"roadside weeds dominated by Larrea", in canyons and the gravel
washes therefrom, in dry or open and rocky soil, gravel, deep
sandy or light grayish-tan sandy loam, brick-red or "tight" red
sandy soil, sandy- or dry sandy-clay, loose sand, limestone or
caliche soil, in mesquite grassland, in shallow soil with much
rock and gravel, and in low shrub areas on grassland, at alti-
tudes of 350--2195 m., in anthesis and in fruit from March to
November.

The corollas are described as having been "white" on Vander-
griff 37, "greenish-white" on Whitehouse 8750, "cream-white"” on
Correll & Schweinfurth 15700, “cream" on Correll & Johnston 19978,
Correll & Wasshausen 27905, Henrickson 12174a & 12497, Johnston &
al. 11337, Parks & al. 2050, Warnock & McBryde 14968, and White-
house 14744, "pale-cream" on Wiggins & Rollins 179, "cream-white
with purple tinge" on Henrickson & Lee 15854, "cream tinged with
pink-maroon" on Henrickson & Lee 16021, "cream tinged with red or
pink" on Wood 791, "cream or tinged red" on McVaugh 8255, "cream-
or creamy-yellow" on Powell & Turner 2690 and Webster 424,
"cream-yellow, pink-tinged in the tube" on McVaugh 18499, "cream
to orange" on Warnock & Turner 721, "pink-cream" on Parker 7259,
"pinkish" on Lundell & Lundell 9966, "flesh-color" on Powell &
al. 1581 and Turner & Tharp 53-478, "flesh-yellow" on McCart 7446,
"pale yellowish-green (near 75Y9/6)" on Straw & Forman 1522, "yel-
low" on Crutchfield 92 and Mick & Roe 6, “yellowish" on Lundell &
Lundell 14183 and Rzedowski 6265, "light-yellow" on Smith & Butter-
wick 76, “pale-yellow" on White 2145, "yellow or dingy-white” on
Johnston & al. 3556, "yellow with some pink" on Henrickson &
Wendt 12278, "dull-yellow" on Correll & Rollins 23692, and "
low within, red outside” on Henrickson 6425.

McVaugh reports the species "locally abundant under pines",
while Mears found it "common with Melampodium, Zinnia, Baileya,

& Bahia".

In Texas -- Powell found it in Larrea-Prosopis association on
rocky limestone hillsides in Brewster County, where Rowell en-
countered it in sotol-Agave lecheguilla association in rocky lime-
stone loam; in Ector County Collins found it in deep sand of the
high plains dominated by mesquite and grasses; in Pecos County Mc-
Vaugh reports it "locally abundant under pinyons on rocky lime-
stone steppes", Warnock refers to it as “infrequent in limestone
soil"; in Presidio County Muller encountered it on shrubby grass-
land transition zone, while Warnock describe it as "frequent" a-
long roadsides; in Starr County Correll & Johnston found it only
“occasional” in gravelly soil; in Terrell County Parks & al. de-
scribe it as "infrequent"; in Tom Green County Bray reports it

yel-

404 1 Tal Ve AE @ IL; ©) (Ee ir VN Vol. 48, Now 5

"common in chaparral clumps", while Smith found it inhabiting
"dry slopes and moist areas at base of slopes, on a limestone
base"; and in Val Verde County Smith & Butterwick refer to it as
"rare''. Warnock & Turner as "infrequent", Warnock & McBryde as
"infrequent in limestone soil", McVaugh as "scarce in open stony
ground", but Warnock also calls it a "frequent and widespread
perennial, a good dove and quail feed".

In Arizona -- Hanson reports it "infrequent in sandy soil" of
Coconino County, while Parker encountered it in "rocky soil with
mesquite-palo verde association on mountain foothills" and in
rocky soil on slopes in Emory oak - Mexican blue oak association
in Pima County.

In New Mexico -- Higgins found it growing in "gravelly lime-
stone soil of grassland community" and in "wet meadows in Sporo-
bolus-Juncus-Scirpus community".

In Chihuahua -- Chiang, Wendt, & Johnston found it "in inter-
face between pastizal and matorral inerme desértico on low hills
of basic igneous rock, in thin sandy soil with Bouteloua grac-
ilis and Larrea tridentata" and "in arroyo and fan areas in
gravelly calcareous sandy loam with Larrea tridentata, Acacia
neovernicosa, and Dasylirion sp.", also "in areas of izotal on
midslopes of steep limestone, with chaparral on top, matorral
desértico inerme on lower portions, mostly north-facing, in cal-
careous gravelly soil with Dasylirion, Yucca, and Agave (higher
up with Quercus, Garrya etc." and "in matorral desértico inerme
and degraded pastizal on steep limestone slopes of small basalt
mesas in calcareous gravel or gravel derived from extrusive ig-
neous rocks, with Agave lecheguilla, Bouteloua ramosa, Ephedra
antisyphilitica, Acacia glandulosa, and Viguiera", also in "ma-
torral inerme subdesértico on limestone-like bedded volcanic ash
and calcareous gravelly soil with Forestiera angustifolia, Rhus
microphylla, Cassia wislezenii, Acacia glandulosa, Ephedra anti-
syphilitica, and Parthenium incanum".

In Coahuila -- Chiang and his associates have encountered the
plant "in matorral desértico con espinas laterales on steep
limestone hills in calcareous gravel with Hechtia texensis, Aca-
cia schottii, and Larrea tridentata" and in “caliche with Conda-
lia viridis, Berberis trifoliata, Flourensia cernua, and Larrea"
Henrickson reports it as an "infrequent gray-green leaved per-
ennial on gypsum with Fouquieria shrevei, Agave, Selaginella,
Petalonyx, and Hechtia" and "an infrequent plant on clay flats
with Fouquieria, Coldonia, Agave, Larrea, Jatropha, Sericodes,
etc."; "also frequent with Larrea, Selinocarpus, Grusonia, Agave
lecheguilla, Tecoma, etc." and "on rocky margins of arroyo”;
Mick & Roe found it growing "in desert with extensive desert
pavement and Agave, Alo#, and cacti common"; Ward & Lott report
it as inhabiting areas of low shrub vegetation of Parthenium in-
canum, P. argentatum, Agave lecheguilla, Ephedra antisyphilitica,
Acacia berlandieri, Mimosa, sotol, etc.

In Durango -- Straw & Forman report the species common in
sandy washes.

In Jalisco -- Rzedowski reports it from "terrenos poco inclin-

«se

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 405

ados con vegetacion de pastizal".

In San Luis Potosi -- Henrickson found the plant "in canyons
with Agave lecheguilla, Larrea, Acacia, Prosopis, Cordia, etc."
and "in Chihuahuan Desert on limestone hills with Prosopis, Aca-
cia, Opuntia, Hechtia, Dasylirion, etc."

In Tamaulipas -- Stanford and his associates report it from a
"broad damp riverbed with varied vegetation of large shrubs, small
trees, and herbs".

In Zacatecas -- McVaugh reports it "locally abundant on hills
with grass, Ipomoea, and cacti".

Kearney & Peebles (1960) assert that in Arizona the species is
found at altitudes of "4500 feet or lower", flowering from April
to August. Wiggins (1964) says that it occurs "In sandy clay
soil, dry open ground, and broad damp riverbeds, chiefly in the
foothills. Sonoran Zones, southwestern Pima County, Arizona, to
Texas and south to Puebla". Gray (1878) says: "Rocky hills, S.W.
Texas to Arizona", flowering in summer. Rickett (1969) asserts:
"April to September: on rocky hills from western Texas to Arizo-
na and Mexico". In Lundell (1942) material is cited from Brew-
ster, El Paso, Jeff Davis, Midland, and Wood Counties, Texas.

Dr. F. Miranda, in a letter to me dated October 15, 1947,
cites Patoni s.n. from Tehuacan and Miranda 1989 from Matamoras,
Puebla.

A. M. Powell has determined the chromosome number as n = 21
on the basis of Powell & Turner 2690 and n = 20 II on Turner &
Turner 7090.

A single vernacular name, "w6l4¢{.*&béz", is reported for the
species. :

McVaugh 10648 exhibits all the leaves marginally entire;
Howell 24400 has the calyx only 4-lobed; Chiang, Wendt, & Johns-
ton 8739c & 9695e have very small flowers and unusual teeth on
the leaf-margins. Lundell (1943) notes that Lundell & Lundell
9966, from Hidalgo County, Texas, has "the calyx lobes....fili-
form at [the] apex rather than subulate, [but] additional collec-
tions are needed to determine if the difference is of varietal
importance.

An unknown hand has suggested of the sheets of Warnock & Bark-
ley 14798M & 14803M in the University of Texas herbarium that
these collections may represent what is now known as f. subin-
clusa.

Tetraclea wrightii, referred to in the synonymy (above), is
a cheironym apparently based on C. Wright 1512 in the Torrey
Herbarium. C. Wright 458 is a mixture with Lantana macropoda
LOri.

Material of typical T. coulteri has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as T. coulteri var. angustifolia
(Woot. & Standl.) A. Nels. & Macbr., T. subinclusa I. M. Johnst.,
Teucrium laciniatum Torr., Trichostema arizonicum A. Gray, Ruel-
lia sp., and Acanthaceae. On the other hand, the Butterwick &
Lott 3675, F. S. Earle s.n. [Barstow, June 1901], Hahn s.n.,
Higgins 6706 & 6778, Lehto, Keil, & Pinkava 5315, 5537, 5661,
5675, & 5798, Paray 2625, Rzedowski 6356 & 7991, Small & Wherry

406 PHY TIO LS ONG, aes Vol. 48, Now 5

12082, Waterfall 7757, & Whitehouse 16883, distributed as typical
T. coulteri, are better regarded as representing f. angustifolia
(Woot. & Standl.) Mold., while Correll & Johnston 20205 is.T.
coulteri f. subinclusa (1. M. Johnst.) Mold., Albers & Haskell
49278 is T. viscida Lundell, Cohn & Barkley 13176 is Isanthus
brachiatus (L.) B.S.P. in the Lamiaceae, and Taylor & Taylor
15630 is something in the Nyctaginaceae.

Citations: TEXAS: Andrews Co.: Vandergriff 37 (Lk). Bexar Co.:
Parks 43130 (Au--127182), 44266 (Au--127215). Brewster Co.: Cory
53126 (Sm); Marsh 46 (Au--213990); A. M. Powell 2739 (Au); Rowell
11227, (ik); EE. D. Schulz sim. . Alpine, May” 1922) (N); Stergerni652
(N); Turner & Tharp 53-478 [Turner 3250] (Au--127208); Turner &
Turner 7090 (Ld); Warnock 21408 (Au--127269), 7.40 (Au--127210);
Whitehouse 11476 (Sm); M. S. Young s.n. [9/17/15] (Au--127191).
Concho Co.: S. Hayes s.n. [Concho, May 21st, 1858] (N). Crockett
Co.: Tharp 43-824 (Au--127214, N). Dimmit Co.: Correll & Johns-
ton 19508 (Ld); Johnston, Tharp, & Turner 3538 (Au--127218, St),
3556m (Au——1272i7 a) “Ee@torneGo. 2 2 Collins 9200) @ik)),. 263 eee
(iS snl Paso iGo.) as is Garlson isons 4lE Paso, Maya9 el Siipimice
--24499); M. K. Clemens 11 (Gg--24496); Hitchcock, Rethke, &
Raadshooven 4336 [U. S. Nat. Arb. 146068] (Gg--298998, Ld); White-
house 8750 (Au--127192, Mi, Sm); C. Wright 462 (N). Hidalgo Co.:
Lundell & Lundell 9966 (Ld, Mi); E. J. Walker 14 (Au--127193).
Jeff Davis Co.: Earle & Tracy 159 (Au--127194, N), 299 (N); S. M.
Tracy 299 (N). Jim Hogg Co.: A. D. Wood 791 (Au--253283). Kimb-
le Co.: J. Reverchon 1386 (Pa). Midland Co.: S. M. Tracy 7988
(N). Pecos Co.: R. McVaugh 10648 (Au--235971, Ld, N); Turner &
Tharp 3160 (Au--127181); Warnock 10492 (Ld), 10648 (Mi), 46206
(Au--65955). Presidio Co.: Correll & Rollins 23692 (N); Correll
& Wasshausen 27905 (Ld); Hinckley 1056 (Au--127211, N, N, Sm),
1335 (N); C. H. Muller 8412 (St); Warnock 20707 (Au--127186), T.
58 (Au--127206). Reeves Co.: Parks Rx.3108 (Au--127187). Starr
Co.: Correll & Johnston 18073 (Ld); Ramos, Sandoval, Salazar, &
McCart 7866 (Au--222226); R. Runyon 17 (Au--269968); Tharp s-n.
[June 30, 1950] (Au--193869); A. D. Wood 724 (Au--247077), 780
(Au--253291). Terrell Co.: Lundell & Lundell 14183 (Ld, N);
Parks, Turner, & Warnock 2050 [139] (Au--127184); Webster 424
(Au--127201). Tom Green Co.: Baird 4 (Au--248280); Bray 345
(Sm); Correll & Johnston 24618 (Ld); McGenee 75 (Ne--128314);
Rowell 15270 (S1); C. Smith 159 (N). Val Verde Co.: Albers
46138 (Au--165956): pavies & Turner 79230 (Au); M. E. Jones 26193
(Gg--251569); R. McVaugh 8255 (Au--179031, Mi); Smith & Butter-
wick 76 (Ld); Warnock 11233 (Ld, Ws); Warnock & McBryde 14968
(Ld); Warnock & Turner 721 (Ld); Whitehouse 19744 (Mi). Webb
Co.: Baird s.n. [Oct. 1960] (Au--195729); Benavides 77 (Au--
233313); D. Cardenas 92 (Ld); mMccart 7446 (Ok); Sanchez 46 (Ld);
Soto, Hererra, & McCart 8071 (Au--222227); Vergara, Arreola,
Davila, Hein, & McCart 8599 (Au--236368). Zapata Co.: Bernal 28
(Ld); Correll & Schweinfurth 15700 (Ld). County undetermined:

C. Wright 458 in part (Du--177392 in part). NEW MEXICO: Chaves
Co.: Higgins 8698 (N); Crutchfield 92 (Ld). Dona Ana Co.: F. R.
Fosberg S.4054 (Gg--298997); Plank s.n. [July 1894] (N); wooton

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 407

s.n. [mear Las Cruces, Aug. 12, 1895] (C, N); Wooton & Standley
s.n. [Oct. 15, 1907; Herb. Field Mus. 27435] (Ws). Grant Co.:
Mearns 2306 (N). Guadalupe Co.: Higgins 9085 (N). Sierra Co.:
Barneby 3052 (N); Mrs. J. M. Beals s.n. [Lake Valley, June 1904]
(Mi); O. B. Metcalfe 1280 (Gg--24498). Socorro Co.: Plank s.n.
[August 20, 1895] (N)., County undetermined: Herb. Columbia Univ.
s.n. (C)3; C. Wright 1512 (T). ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Barkley 14A
545c (Au--127225); Eastwood 5598 (Gg--24497); C. B. Wolf 2548
(Gg--174450). Coconino Co.: Hanson A.234 (N), A.234a (Au--
127226); J. T. Howell 24400 (Gg--342812); Ripley & Barneby 4899
(Gg--302318). Pima Co.: Gilman 67 (N), 153 (N); Griffiths &
Thornber 3341 (N); A. R. Moldenke 148 (Fg, Z); K. F. Parker 7259
(Gg--356536), 7449 (Gg--371779); Peebles & Harrison 6991 (N);
Pringle s.n. [Tucson, April 27, 1883] (Bc, Pa); Thornber 2327
(Ld, N), s.n. [Wilmot, August 22, 1902] (N); Toumey s.n. [Tucson,
Oct. 11, 1894] (N). Yavapai Co.: H. H. Rusby 783, (Mi, Pa), s-n.-
[Ft. Verde, June 22, 1883] (C). County undetermined: Eisen s.n.
[June 1892] (N). MEXICO: Chihuahua: Chiang, Wendt, & Johnston
8695e (Ld), 8739c (Ld); Henrickson & Lee 15854 (Au); Johnston,
Wendt, & Chiang C. 11337 (Ld), 11432a (Ld); Edw. Palmer 176 (N);
Pringle s.n. [mesas y cerros, 17 Set. 1886] (Me), s.n. [llanos y
cerros, 17 Set. 1886] (Me); Wenst, Chiang, & Johnston 9794 (Ld);
S. S. White 2145 (Mi); C. Wright s.n. [Depprich 7797] (Sm). Coa-
huila: Chiang, Wendt, & Johnston 8263b (Ld); Cole, Hinckley, &
Pinkawa 4161 (Te--67196); Henrickson 6727 (Ld), 12174a (Ld),
12497 (Ld); Henrickson & Lee 16021 (Au); Henrickson & Wendt 12278
(Ld); Johnston, Wendt, Chiang, & Saustrup 12347 (Ld); Kenoyer &
Crum 2540 (Mi), 2657 (Mi); Latorre 83 (Au--225508); Mick & Roe 6
(Ws); Edw. Palmer 121 (N); Powell, Patterson, & Ittner 1581 (Au--
267754); Powell & Turner 2690 (Ld); Warnock & Barkley 17498M (Au
--127224), 14803M (Au--127223); Wendt & Lott 1233 (Ld); Wynd &
Mueller 477 (N, St), 485 (Me, Mi, N). Durango: Correll & Johns-
ton 19978 (Ld); E. W. Nelson 4722 (N); Straw & Forman 1522 (Mi);
Waterfall s.n. [August 11, 1959] (St); Waterfall & Wallis 13361
(St), 13750 (St). Hidalgo: Mears & Mears 1598 (Au--257818); Pur-
pus 1413 (N). Jalisco: J. Rzedowski 14212 (Ip, W--243660). Nue-
vo Leén: R. F. Smith M.628 (Au--208811). Puebla: F. Miranda 1989
(Me); Patoni s.n. [Tehuacan, Setiembre 1916] (Me). San Luis Po-
tosi: Henrickson 6425 (Ld); J. Rzedowski 6265 (Ip), 6756 (Au--
243742, Ip); Schaffner 356 [Herb. Prager 18758] (Gg--87682), 636
(Me, N). Sonora: Wiggins & Rollins 179 (Mi, N). Tamaulipas:
Stanford, Retherford, & Northcraft 933 (N). Zacatecas: R. Mc
Vaugh 18479 (Mi, N).

TETRACLEA COULTERI £. ANGUSTIFOLIA (Woot. & Standl.) Mold., Phyto-
logia 44: 328. 1979).

Synonymy: Tetraclea angustifolia Woot. & Standl., Contrib. U.
S. Nat. Herb. 16: 170. 1913. Tetraclea coulteri var. angustifolia
(Woot. & Standl.) A. Nels. & Macbr., Bot. Gaz. 62: 146. 1916.
Clerodendrum nelmesianum Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14, nom.
nud. 1939. ¢lerodendron malmesianum Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names
2, in syn. 1941. Tetraclea coulteri angustifolia (Woot. & Standl.)

408 PHY. cOM Ol Gaile vA Vols 42) Nowes
A. Nels. & Macbr. ex Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl.
tex, 873.) 1970s bith Summ. 25641, ani syn. 197 Pevocieaman=
gustifolia Woot. & Standl., in herb.

Bibliography: Woot. & Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16:
70m LOTS A. Nellis. & Macbu.,,. Bot. Gaz. 62); 146.) 196. eraamesetncde
Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 257. 1921; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn.
14. 1939; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2. 1941; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names 43. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.

Ty 2S a os) LOO 1942" Mold. any Lundell, Pits Tex. 3) (Gl) mci e2
Mold., Phytologia 2: 159. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benae. ed. 25 23,0255. 297, L949 Kearneyan Last Catate place
Publ. Spp. Ariz. Pl. [typescript] 108. 1951; Kearney & Peebles,
Avaizi. HIT ved- 5 730-—/31).. 195i) Molid.. Résumé 28.) 304055 asec on Oe
1959; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2,
a5 dks SO ——7/Sils ASR Wieehins Ihe Mays Suyyls S54 ating 25 57) -
1960;Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 7 (1962), 5: 4 (1962), and 6: 3 & 4.
1963; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2,
imp. 2, 730--731. 1964; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 2. 1969; Rickett,
Wild rise Ui. Si 3) (2) 366. 19698 5¢C. Wo Thomas, Tex. Pike Heollore
Summ. 77. 1969; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex.
[Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1342 & 1873. 1970; Rickett, Wild
WulSee We “So 8 SYA Co 7/5 UO TAOS Wioiikels 5 Wabeely Sunnis ahs S75 Sills Ws.

& 450 (1971) and 2: 641 & 911. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 44: 328.
IQS IMmilela, wawveE@lle iuleing 2B SO, S45 DOs Of 455 @ Sei, USO.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its leaf-blades in general more narrowly oblong and conspicu-
ously toothed. It is, at best, a poorly defined form. most cer-
tainly not deserving the specific or even varietal status some
authors have conferred upon it.

Collectors refer to it as an "annual" or perennial herb, as an
herb with a perennial rootstock, or as an erect root-suckering herb,
the foliage gray-green, the flowers fetid, the calyx 4- or 5-
parted, and the corolla composed of 5 petals. Howell & McClintock
(1960) note that "specimens from Cochise County [Arizona] may be
referable" to this form, but have “more slender, less pubescent,
narrower calyx lobes, smaller corollas, [and] more strongly reticu-
late nutlets but there seems to be intergradation with typical T.
coulteri."’ They cite Ripley & Barneby 4899 and J. T. Howell 24400
from Coconino County, noting that "both have 4-lobed calyx and
plants with [both] 4- and 5-lobed calyxes have been collected else-
where."

Recent collectors have found f. angustifolia growing in "inter-
firm alluvium", deep sand of moving dunes, fine sandy loam of sa-
line flats, gypseous gravel and clay, red sandy loam of open mes-
quite grasslands, limestone or red sandy soil, "gypsum soil on lev-
el plains in Gutierrezia-Prosopis association", sandy or gravelly
soil in general, and in the gravel wash of canyons, in desert
scrub or grassland communities, in dry arroyos, rocky desert grass—
land, deep sandy loam, and gravelly calcareous soil along dry
creekbeds, in "shallow soil with rock and gravel", in "buff silt of
alluvial cover", and in "deep sandy soil dominated by mesquite and
creosotebush", on gravelly ridges, dry creek banks, high open plains,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 409

limestone hills, "level limestone upland", sandy, limey or gypsum
flats, rocky hillsides, Larrea-covered bajada, desert floors, sa-
line soil banks, and "interdune flats of sandy loam" or "on arid
grassy plains of reddish sandy loam", as well as "under bushes
with Agave lecheguilla on flats", at altitudes of 750--2150 m.,
in flower and fruit from April to December.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Correll & Johns-
ton 19350 and Hinckley 1928, "cream-white" on Stuessy 945, "yel-
lowish-white" on Johnston 2730, "ivory-color" on Muller 8412,
"cream" on Correll & Johnston 19989, Ferris & Duncan 2492, Rowell
8298, Warnock 5550, Warnock & Hinckley BG.184, Warnock & McBryde
14862, and White 2451, “cream-yellow" on Henrickson 6202 & 6968
and Powell 2194, "yellowish" on Lundell & Lundell 14289, Rzedowski
7991, and White 2048, "pale-yellow" on Powell 2423, "dull-yellow”
on Correll & Rollins 23692, "yellow" on White 2188, "yellowish
with purple lines" on Henrickson 5678, and "lobes pinkish, yellow-
ish within" on Lundell & Lundell 14210. Buds were specially col-
lected along with Turner & Butterwick 510.

In Texas collectors report the plant as follows: Lundell (1942)
"in depressions and on banks, especially on dry rocky plains"
from Terrell to Presidio and Hudspeth Counties. In Brewster
County: rare (Warnock) or infrequent (Warnock & Hinckley) or "lo-
cally frequent in rocky creekbeds" (Rowell). In Crane County:

"an infrequent ill-smelling perennial herb" (Warnock). In El Pa-
so County: frequent or infrequent and widespread; an excellent
dove feed" (Warnock). In Pecos County: infrequent or frequent in
limestone soil (Warnock). In Presidio County: infrequent on low
hills (Warnock) or common on rocky slopes in shrubby grassland of
transition foothills (Muller). In Terrell County: frequent (War-
nock & McBryde) and in depressions and on banks of dry rocky
plains (Palmer). In Winkler County: occasional with many of the
shrubby dominants of the Chihuahuan Desert (Rowell).

In New Mexico - Eddy County: infrequent on sandy roadsides with
Solanum rostratum, Datura stramonium, and Bothriochloa (Smith &
als )

In Chihuahua: common on roadsides (Engard & Gentry, Andrew &
Alison Moldenke) and "a scattered annual on open Chihuahuan Desert
flats with Larrea, Parthenium, Yucca, Opuntia, Allionia, Flouren-
sia, etc. in shallow sandy-clay soil".

In Coahuila: fairly common on grassy flats and dry sandy hill-
sides in the calcareous foothills (Stewart) or "frequent with Hil-
aria, Prosopis, Opuntia, Larrea, etc.", "on sandy flats with Lar-
rea, Acacia, Opuntia, Jatropha, etc.", and in open Chihuahuan Des-
ert with rocky sandy-loam soil and Agave and Fouguieria (Henrick-
son).

In Durango: scattered on Larrea deserts (Stuessy).

In San Luis Potosi: on deserts with Larrea and Yucca dominant
(Richardson).

The Clerodendrum nelmesianum, listed in the synonymy (above),
is based on an unnumbered Ludwig Hahn collection from somewhere
in Mexico, gathered in 1865 or 1866, and deposited in the Paris
herbarium. It was named in honor of Ernest Nelmes, librarian at

410 LOS GAN MOVER (0) ee ALC Vol. 48, No. 5

the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, botanical bibliographer and expert
on the Cyperaceae.

Material of T. coulteri f. angustifolia has been misidentified
and distributed in many herbaria as typical T. coulteri A. Gray
and in some as Teucrium laciniatum Torr. On the other hand, the
Lundell & Lundell 14183, C. H. Muller 8412, Smith & Butterwick
76, and Waterfall s.n. [August 11, 1959], distributed as f. angus-
tifolia, actually seem better regarded as representing the typi-
cal T. coulteri A. Gray.

Citations: TEXAS: Andrews Co.: fT. Collins 1297 (Lk). Brewster
Co.: Butterwick & Lott 3675 (Au); Correll & Johnston 19350 (Ld);
L. C. Higgins 6778 (N); Lundell & Lundell 14210 (Ld, N); A. R.
Moldenke 170 (Z); C. M. Rowell 5109 (Lk); Steiger 31 (N), 416 (N),
1090 (N)3; Warnock 5550 (Au--127188), 21233 (Au--127190); Warnock
& Hinckley BG.184 (ld). Crane Co.: Tharp s.n. [7/11/41] (Au--
127198); Warnock 14654 (Au--127975, Ld). Culberson Co.: Correll
& Johnston 18558 (Ld); Janszen 413 (Au--127185); Small & Wherry
12082 (N); Tharp & Jabszen 49-1181 (Au--127205); Waterfall 3765
(N), 4457 (Au--298068, N), 7757 (N); Whigehouse 16883 (Mi, Sm).
Ector, Co.s) 25) Colians 2030) (ik). © EL Paso) Goes) \Vaseyis-neniElaeaS
so, Mch. 1881] (Pa); Warnock 5777 (Au--127495, Ld), 13673 (Ld).
Hudspeth Co.: D. S. Correll 26584 (Ld); Ferris & Duncan 2492(Gg--
24500, N); A. R. Moldenke 161 (Fg, S); Powell 2423 (Au); Tharp
43-823 (Au--127212). Jeff Davis Co.: A. R. Moldenke 166 (Fg).
Midland Co.: Tracy 7988 (Au--127199). Pecos Co.: Cory 40294 (Au--
127213); Warnock 7860 (Au--127189, Au--127204, Ld), 46157 (Au--
127203). Presidio Co.: Correll & Rollins 23692 (Ld); Eggleston
17309 (N); Hinckley 1728 (Au--127196); Lundell & Lundell 14289
(Sm); C. H. Muller 8412 (Ld, N, Sm); Warnock 20706 (Au--127197),
20722 (Au--127207); York 50-90 (Au--127183), 48278 (Au--127216).
Terrell Co.: E. J. Palmer 33520 (N); Turner & Butterwick 510 (Ld);
Warnock & McBryde 14862 (Au--127974, Ld). Ward Co.: F. S. Earle
s.n. [Barstow, June 1901] (N); Powell 2194 (Au); T. A. Williams
s.n. [May 19, 1900] (1d). Winkler Co.: fT. Collins 1087 (Lk), 2221
(Lk); C. M. Rowell 8270 (Lk), 8298 (Lk, Lk), 11548 (Lk). NEW MEX-
ICO: Chaves Co.: Earle & Earle 292 (N). Culberson Co.: Waterfall
7757 (N). Dona Ana Co.: Wooton s.n. [Aug. 26, 1899] (N). Eddy
Co.: Higgins 6706 (N)3; Smith, Butterwick, & Whalen 331 (Ld);
Whitehouse 11480 (Sm), s.n. [July 7, 1931] (Au--127220). Hidalgo
Co.: McGill & Keil 8501 (N); A. R. Moldenke 141 (Am, B, Fg, S).
Luna Co.: Mulford 1039 (N). Otero Co.: M. C. Johnston 2730 (Au--
127219). Sierra Co.: O. B. Metcalfe 1280 (N). Socorro Co.: H.

H. Rusby 347 (Mi). ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Thornber 9198 (St). Pi-
ma Co.: Rothrock 588 (Pa); Wooton s.n. [Tucson, July 8, 1911] (N).
MEXICO: Chihuahua: Engard & Gentry 625 (Ld); Henrickson 5678 (Ld);
LeSueur Mex.803 (Au--127221); Moldenke & Moldenke 2109 (Ac, Ld);
Waterfall 12500 (Mi, St); S. S. White 2048 (Mi), 2188 (Mi), 2451
(Mi). Coahuila: Henrickson 6202 (Ld), 6968 (Ld); I. M. Johnston
2602a (Au--127222), 8569 (Ld); Lehto, Keil, & Pinkava 5315 (Ld,
Te--67197), 5537 (Te--67198), 5661 (Te--67195), 5675 (Te--67199),
5798 (Te--67200); Edw. Palmer 1104 (Pa); R. M. Stewart 609 (Ld),
1334 (Ld--299892). Durango: Correll & Johnston 19989 (Ld); Gregg

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 411

502 (T); Stuessy 945 (Au--257660). San Luis Potos{: Paray 2625
(Ip); C. C. Parry 726 (Pa); Richardson 1554 (Au); J. Rzedowski
6356 (Ip), 7991 (Ip, Ip), 9386 (Ip). State undetermined: Hahn
s.n. (F, N, N--photo, P, Z--photo).

TETRACLEA COULTERI f£. SUBINCLUSA (1. M. Johnst.) Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 445. 1980, stat. nov.

Synonymy: Tetraclea subinclusa I. M. Johnst., Journ. Arnold
Arb. 31: 192. 1950. fTetraclea coulteri var. subinclusa (1. M.
Johns.) Mold., Phytologia 38: 499. 1978.

Bibliography: I..M. Johnst., Journ. Arnold Arb. S22) 1192--195)
UISU bed oali sb), indy Kew. ‘Suppl. Lee 250. 2953) Mold. Blok:
Abstr. 66: 1277. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 499. 1978; Hocking,
Exeerpt., Bot. A.35: 79)... 1979; Mold. , Phytol. Mem. 2: 67, 445,7&
578. 1980.

A low, often prostrate, perennial herb, abundantly clothed with
minute retrorse hairs; stems loosely ascending or prostrate, 5--
15 cm. long , very sparsely or hardly at all branched, issuing from
a heavy, deep taproot; principal internodes 5--22 mm. long; peti-
oles often 2--10 mm. long; leaf-blades ovate or lanceolate, 1--2
cm. long, 5--18 mm. wide, widest below the middle, apically acute
or rounded to gradually attenuate, marginally entire, basally ob-
tuse or acute and abruptly or gradually attenuate into the petiole,
somewhat paler beneath, often whitish and with a few inconspicuous
veins; pedicles 1--3 mm. long; calyx-lobes during anthesis cune-
ate, 6--8 mm. long; corolla large, conspicuous, yellow or becoming
purplish, its tube 1.6--1.7 cm. long, 1.5--2 mm. wide, twice as
long as the calyx, externally glabrous, internally more or less
villosulous except above the middle, the lobes obovate, 6--7 mn.
long, 2.5--3.5 mm. wide; filaments straight, 6.5--9 mm. long, very
slightly exserted, subglabrous or else villosulous below the
middle, inserted 2.5--3 mm. below the mouth of the corolla-tube,
exserted 2--5 mm. from the mouth, reaching the middle of or almost
to the apex of the erect upper corolla-lobe; anthers oblong, 1.2--
1.9 mm. long, 0.5--0.9 mm. wide; seeds 4--5 mm. long.

This form is based on I. M. Johnston 8504, local on limestone
beds between gypsum strata on an escarpment at the south end of
Canada Oscuro, near Tanque La Luz, Coahuila, Mexico. Johnston
(1950) cites also Johnston & Muller 741 and Stewart 2830 from Coa-
huila. He comments that "Although evidently related to the poly-
morphic Tf. Coulteri Gray, the present plant differs in its very
large corollas in which the tube is about twice as long as the ca-
lyx and the stamens are straight and are exserted less than 5 m.
from the corolla-tube and not beyond the usually erect dorsal co-
rolla-lobes. In Coahuila the common form of the genus is that
described as T. angustifolia Woot. & Standl., a loosely branched
usually erect plant with narrow toothed leaves and small corollas
with much curved long-protruding stamens. The proposed species is
most like typical T. Coulteri of Hidalgo, San Luis Potosf and Ta-
maulipas, which also has broad entire leaves but a looser growth
habit and very much smaller corollas with well exserted stamens."

Stewart refers to the plant as "scarce", with a bad odor. Other

412 Pere el On En OnG ataeA Vol. 48, No. 5

collectors have found it growing prostrate on limestone ledges on
small hillsides, in arroyos, on gypsum flats, in limestone crev-
ices, on rocky slopes, and on limestone between gypsum strata on
escarpments, in anthesis from May to August, and in fruit in July.
The corolla is described as having been "yellow" on Johnston &
Muller 741 and Stewart 2830, “cream” on Correll & Johnston 20205,
and "reddish-purple" on Johnston 8504.

Material of this form has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as typical T. coulteri A. Gray.

Citations: MEXICO: Coahuila: Johnston & Muller 741 (Ld--301250);
Powell & Turner 2724 (Ld). Colima: I. M. Johnston 8504 (Ld--
302196--isotype, Z--isotype). Durango: Correll & Johnston 20205
(Ld).

TETRACLEA VISCIDA Lundell, Am. Midl. Nat. 29: 489--490. 1943.

Bibliography: C. L. Lundell, Am. Midl. Nat. 29: 489--490. 1943;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 23 & 197. 1949; E.
Jin Salatsh., Ind. Kew. Suppl. Jils 2505 1953); Mold’. , Résumé 23e6
470. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 7. 1962; Mold. in Correll &
Johnst., Mani. Vase. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res). Found. 65) 234256
LS/sia 19705, Mold2 Eaitth, Summ. Giz 57 (& 63) 971) and! 27 91s orale
Moilld., Phytol. Mem. 2: 50, 56, & 5/8. 11980.

An erect viscid annual herb, about 45 cm. tall, densely puber-
ulent with gland-tipped hairs; stems and main branches drying
reddish-purple; branchlets green, subterete; leaves decussate-
opposite, sessile or subsessile; petioles if present not over 3 mm.
long, margined; leaf-blades thickly chartaceous, probably fleshy
when fresh, narrowly elliptic, 5--18 mm. long, to 9 mm. wide,
broadest at the middle, apically acute, marginally entire, basally
acute, glandular-puberulent on both surfaces, with some coarser
eglandular hairs intermixed, 3-veined from the base; cymes axil-
lary, pedunculate, 1- or 2-flowered; peduncles to 1 cm. long in
the fruiting stage; pedicels not over 1 mm. long; the peduncles,
pedicels, bracts, and calyx glandular-puberulent and sparsely hir-
sute with incurved hairs; calyx campanulate, 4- or 5-lobed, 8- or
10-veined, accrescent and to 8 mm. long in fruit, lobed to below
the middle, the lobes lanceolate, attenuate to the acute apex;
corolla apparently less than 5 mm. long but only known from the
bud stage, the 4 outer lobes pubescent above the middle externally,
the lower lobe with a line of hairs along the midvein; stamens 4,
exserted; ovary apically shallowly 4-lobed; style apically bifid,
the branches subulate, equal, reflexed; pyrenes small, hard, ob-
ovoid, reticulate-rugose, attached only basally, apically minutely
puberulent.

The type of this species was collected by Forrest Shreve (no.
9917) nineteen miles northwest of Uvalde, Uvalde County, Texas, at
1200 feet altitude, on September 11, 1940, and is deposited in the
herbarium of the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Warnock describes the plant as "rare" in limestone soil of Tra-
vis County. It has been encountered at 400--1710 m. altitude,
flowering and fruiting in September and October.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Tetraclea 413

as T. coulteri A. Gray and as Scrophularia parviflora Woot. &
Standl.

Citations: TEXAS: Travis Co.: Albers & Haskell 49278 (Au--
262712); Warnock 45-14 (Au--1659311). Uvalde Co.: Shreve 9917
(F--photo of type, Mi--type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, Sg--
photo of type, Z--photo of type). ARIZONA: Gila Co.: Collom s.n.
[Barnhart Pass] (Mi).

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX XVIII

Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX Tourn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sandm. in L., Amoen. Acad.
5: 380-1759; Neck., Elem: Bot. 1: 353..1790; Roxb., Hort. Beng:,
imp. 1, 46 & [95]. 1814; Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot.
San pee o4h Shige. & 26€L819)> and. 3:556.11823:, Loud;;), Hort: Brie...
ed. 1, 246 & 529 (1830) and ed. 2, 246 & 529. 1832; Roxb., Fl.
Fnaugeeds «2, imp. 1, 3:°60—75. 16325 Blanco, Fil: Fitip. 9 ied.) 3%
513--517. 1837; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 246 & 529.
1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550--551. 1839; Endl.,
Gen. Pl. 2: 1501. 1841; A. L. Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist.
Nata §3-. 185.) 18495 Miq., FL.°inds Bat.°Supph. b:-95, 242586
567--568. 1860; Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6 (1): Bot. 256
& 265--266. 1861; Ulrich, Internat. WUrterb., ed. 1, 254. 1871;
Pritz., Thes. Lit: Bot:, imps 1, 245:°1872; Brandis, Forest FL:
Northw. Cent. India 369--370 & 577. 1874; Firminger, Man. Gard.
India, ed. 3, 326 & 620. 1874; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (2): 1592--
1593 & 1836 (1874), 2 (1): 24 & 25 (1874), and 2 (2): 1569, 1570,
1593, & 1605. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. 2, 481-—483.
1874; Ulrich, Internat. WUrterb., ed. 2, 254. 1875; Naves & Fern.-
Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 6: pl. 226-——228 & 427. 1878;
Boiss., Fl. Orient., imp. 1, 4: 535. 1879; Naves & Fern.-Villar
in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: 159--160. 1880; Franch., Pl.
David., imp. 1, 1: 232. 1884; Hillebrand, Fl. Hawai. Isls., imp.
1, 340 & 342. 1888; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 1, 3: 287,
296--297, & 371. 1888; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn Soc. Lond.
Bot 26 -[Ind. Fill Sin. 2)20257—259. 1890; Baith,., Hist. PL... Li:
85--88, 94, 95, 110, 112, & 116, fig. 93--96. 1891; J. C. Willis,
Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 604 & 608. 1903; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon
509 & 688. 1904; Jy C. Willis, Dict. Flow. PU. ,. ed. 3.) imp,, 4,
621 & 625. 1908; D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot.
[transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 2: 1021 & 1022. 1908; Stopes, Cat.
Mesoz. PE. ‘225.. 2993335 :C. Willis; Dict. Flow. Pis, ed. 3, inp.
2, 621 & 625. 1914; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 470. 1915; R. E.
Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.-Kong. Exped. Bot. 2 (2):
273--274. 1916; Saxton & Sedgewick, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 7: 291.

414 PRA OYe TOL SO) Gabon Vol. 48, No. 5

1918s) BE.) De Merr., Bibl... Enum.) Born.) Pls 539513-—5 1561920 eee
Waldis, Dict Flow. Pls ed. 95) 67896 682, L925-" Thakance sei
Cutchi 2237919263 0n:) Ds Mere. Unive Caleite® Publis Bot. ore ose
264, S927. Ewart. El) Vact. 973%, 1930; Funke. vAnn a Janrds, Bote
BuitenZ . 41s 55.91930;— Marloth.» Biv S. Atm. 8S: W460.) 19322 eAee we
Bild; Ind. Kew.)Suppl. 83) 119% 1933s) Junelll,) Symb. Bote) Upsala:
(4): 93--94, 98, 132, 199--200, & 205. 1934; Bally, Kew Bull.
Mise sink, 9375) 24. 1937es Stahl wEstude Bl sPuerto: Ricosmedemes
3: 287, 296=—-297, & 371. 1937; Flletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Ime;
1937: 74 & 75 (1937) and 1938: 401, 405--409, & 431--437. 1938;
Chun, Sinensia 4: 268. 1940; Kosterm., Reinwardtia 1: 75--80, 82,
84=—90)5 92——97,,, IDOE 100K 102——NO4R e106." 1950s edi) Cee Wallelsrce
Dict. Flow. Pils eda 6, 67888 682.) 195hs thakar. hil aBarndaysooe
1952; Patel, Syst. List Trees 120% 19535 Bean in Chittendeny ick.
Gard. 4; imp. i; 2249 &922503519563)'Gs Taylor, Ind: Kew. Suppl:
12S Ae SL 1959S Duthte. ) Fle Upper Ganes Pill, ede) 25.2
LIGOs tussle Citas Bor. Map. Ss ple S55edn Eextu el oOO.
Santapau, Journ. Gujarat Res. Soe. 17: 39. 1962; Boiss. bien Or—
ient., amps 2, 4:2°535. 919645 Imbesi, Ind.’ Piante 129568704——7057
1964; Puri, Jain, Mukerjee, Sarup, & Kotwal, Rec. Bot. Surv.
Indias T9207 5 1964* "Banerji, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19s 75a ugoor
Bean in'Chittenden, Dict. Gard., amp. 25 4: 2245 &)22505)1965-
ue” Soehy ai la (Go \elllibigs Wales. Wins ilo. ele 75 sy, (0s 05).
MES, Osa OD, Oss Cx, W705 V2 5 AeA IAs alal7/s}— IN Ae, Tiley! -

& 1188. 1966; Chavan & Oza, Fl. Pavagadh 187. 1966; Santapau, Fl.
Saurashtrar4i.) 1966e" Stafilleus) Taxs Lilt. 355—-—356))) L967) Pranelier
Pi Wavad..eimpe 2a lee Zo2en 1970S) Hatusimal éevoshinaganmbuleim
Rac.eAgteKasosh. Unaviee2:095 &olO9), spill. 15" (2088 3) 7 OR Meares
Forest Fl. Gujarat 25 & 230=--231. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2,
impe.S 401-483 197d wPritz., hes. Lat. Bot. .)i.mp. 2,8 245-8
1972; Guinea Lopez & Ceballos Jimenez, Elenco Fl. Vasc. Espan.
202. 1974" Hocking. Excerpt. Bot. A123: 2905 290), & 389% 1974s
Vitokumar, Hindustani Times Feb. 17, p. 4. 1974; Srivastava, Fl.
Conake, 2595) 1976; (Cranmer, Sri Wankan) Forest. . Semsu2.welon lee
1977; Ozenda, Fl. Sahara, ed. 2, 405--407. 19773; Ratter, Askew,
Montgomery, & Gifford, Revist. Bras. )Bot., U:y5i, 53) 6055. tos.
Dombrowski & Neto, Inform. Pesq. 3 (21): 80 & 81. 1979; Holm,
Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 385.
1979; Klein, Sellowia 31: 163. 1979; Kummrow, Bol. Mus. Bot.
Munic. 38: 14. 1979; Li, Nan-fang 14, 100--103, & 168, fig. 29 &
SO SLOVO Mans) ektrsseeliransh) Wisc eAcadeiSC1).Oi/ she7o sal omor
Barcelo, Fl. Mallorca 4: [8]--10 & 33. 1980; Fosberg, Otobed,
Sachet,Oliver, Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980;
Gentry, Phytologia 46: 209. 1980; Jayasuriya, Stud. Fl. Ecol.
Ritig. 197--198. 1980; Liu & Yu, Act. Bot. Yunnan. 2: 455. 1980;
Mold., Phytologia 46: 10--43, 57, 400, 464--494, 506, 510, & 512
(GISKSYO\)) ceyavel Ary aly 5 ee IL, ea SYN Sisto AI siya Bei Sy AIL.
42. 1980; Patunkar, Grasses Marathwada 10 & 297. 1980; Polunin,
Fls. Greece Balk. 387 & 545. 1980; Rogerson & al., Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 107: 265. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46 & [95].
1980; Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 246. 1980; Strid, Wild Fls. Mt.
Olympus! 48 P5ilijepl2. ile. (25 N980s VorceliSeediin DicoranI2,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 415

106, & 465. 1980; Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 535, fig. 503. 1980;
Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 111. 1981; Hillebrand, Fl. Haw.
Isls., imp. 2 [Cramer, Repr. U. S. Floras 9:] 340 & 342. 1981;
Hocking, Phytologia 47: 484. 1981; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 18,
45, 69, 72, & 219. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 47: 331, 336, 355, &
512 (1981) and 48: 123, 124, & 291. 1981; Thomas & Allen, Contrib.
Herb. North. La..Univ. 23 38 & 42. 1981.

Brooker & Cooper (1961) assert that "The chemical constituents
of Vitex species have been listed by Cambie (1959). The most
notable is vitexin. The heartwood contains beta sitosterol....
while beta carotene and p-hydroxyl benzoic acid occur in the
leaves. The methyl ester of this last component has been paten-
ted as a germicide (Extra Pharmacopoeia p. 104)."

The Peters (1861) reference in the literature of this genus is
dated "1862" in error by Pritzel (1872).

The Commonwealth Institute Index of Fungi (1972) lists the
following fungi as attacking Vitex: Cercospora agarwalii, Exo-
sporium viticis, Hormisciomyces bellus, Irenopsis viticifolii,
Linochora viticis, Massaria kamatii, Phyllosticta ragatensis,
and Zeta viticifolii.

It is well worth noting here that Post & Kuntze (1904) divided
the genus Vitex as follows:

Sect. 1. Lagondium (Rumpf) Kuntze [Lagondium Rumpf, 1743, Euagnus
Schau. , 1847]
Subsect.1. Mailelou (Adans.) Kuntze [Mailelou Adans., 1763,
Agnus-castus Endl., 1838, Terminales Briq., 1892]
Subsect. 2. zpimia Endl. [Axillares Briq., 1892]
Subsect. 3. Glomerovitex Kuntze [Glomerulosae Briq., 1892]
Sect. 2. Pyrostoma (G. F. W. Mey.) Schau. [Pyrostoma G. F. W. Mey.
1818, Casarettoa Walp., 1844]
Sect. 3. Chrysomallum (Thouars) Schau.
Sect. 4. Glossocalyx C. B. Clarke

The S. G. Beck 1651, Keel S.33, Liesner & Gonzdlez 9451, Mir-
anda 8471/26, and Silva 2820, distributed as Vitex, actually are
not verbenaceous.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS L.

Additional synonymy: Vitex argus-castus Rawson, in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth.
Bor. tsi pl. 541, Lies. 1.418195 Loud. ,:Hort«!| Briti;) éds,1,.246-
1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit.,
@d. 25 246.°1832; C.° Don: in Loud., Hort. Brit., eds 3, (246.1839;
G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; Ulrich, Internat.
WUrterb., ed. 1, 254. 1871; Brandis, Forest Fl. N.W. Cent. India
370. 1874; Ulrich, Internat. WUrterb., ed. 2, 254. 1875; Baill.,
Hist. Pl. 11: 85--86 & 94, fig. 93--96. 1891; D. H. Scott in So-
lered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 631 &
634 (1908) and 2: 1022. 1908; Kosterm., Reinwardtia 1: 78, 79,
100, & 106. 1951; Bean in Chittenden, Dict. Gard., imp. 1, 4:
2249. 1956; Imbesi, Ind. Piante 129 & 704--705. 1964; Bean in
Chittenden, Dict. Gard., imp. 2, 4: 2249. 1965; Guinea Lopez &
Ceballos Jimenez, Elenco Fl. Vasc. Espan. 202. 1974; Ozenda, Fl.

416 POE Ye Re ORL ONGa Al Vol. 48, No. 5

Sahara, ed. 2, [406] & 407, fig. 149. 1977; Holm, Pancho, Herber-
ger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 385. 1979; Barcelo, Fl.
Mallorca 4: [8]--10. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 479--480. 1980;
Polunin, Fls. Greece Balk. 387. 1980; Strid, Wild Fls. My. Olym-
pus 4, [5], & 298, pl. 2, fig. 2. 1980; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc.
Fl. Ga. 111. 1981; Thomas & Allen, Contrib. Herb. North. La. Univ.
Pie AAS) ee Ale yehile

Additional & emended illustrations: Poir, in Lam., Tabl. Encycl.
Meth abot. Sc pla s40 > Ghic. ols el SiOl Baisley’ aabiis t,o 2 eelOl ci OD eenteeom
93-—965 86925 10zenda, sEL as Saharanmedser 2. (406)|/5 ebitc nal: 49 eo mg
Barcelo, Fl. Mallorca 4: [8] & 33 (in color). 1980; Strid, Wild
Biss eMte. sOleympius | [iS] sepilen 2), asl oe 8 (Gini icoillom)). 980.

Butterwick & Lamb encountered this plant on a Texas floodplain
and Fletcher found it growing along railroad tracks in Louisiana.
The Hill collection, cited below, is from a plant cultivated in a
Dioscorides garden and said to have been 6--8 feet tall with "li-
lac-purple" corollas. The Braley s.n. [3 Oct. 1968] and Wroten
646, cited below, bear no indications on their accompanying labels
that they were gathered from cultivated plants, but I am assuming
that they were. On the other hand, Thomas & al. 33417, collected
in "lawn beside alley", may have been from cultivated material or
possibly from naturalized ones.

Strid (1980) informs us that in the Mount Olympus area of
Greece this species "forms a dense brush-wood on the dunes a short
distance from the sea, often together with Paliurus spina-christi.

The Liogier 16870, distributed as typical V. agnus-castus L., ac-
tually represents f.caerulea (Rehd.) Mold., while Dooley 488,
Hamlin s.n. [4-16-72], and P. White 175 & s.n. [3 July 1969] are
V. negundo L.

Additional citations: MARYLAND: Montgomery Co.: Rawson s.n.
[Silver Spring, July 1, 1969] (W--2010020). NORTH CAROLINA: Rock-
ingham Co.: Leonard & Russ 2562 (Ne--33950). LOUISIANA: Caddo Par.:
Overby 368 (Ne--115767). Caldwell Par.: Shell 127 (Ne--33944);
Thomas, Marx, & al. 66421 (Ne--160982). Concordia Par.: Lindley &
Lindley s.n. [23 May 1976] (Ne--123459). Franklin Par.: D. Dixon
3735 (Ne--176021); W. Fletcher 158 (Ne--152166). Ouachita Par.:

P. Johnson s.n. [11/10/68] (Ne--13750); Scarbrough 749 (Ne--33947);
Thomas & al. 33417 (Ne--65401). Winn Par.: P. W. Parker s.n. [17
July 1971] (Ne--33941). TEXAS: Cameron Co.: Crow s.n. [15 August
1969] (Ne--33951). Llano Co.: Butterwick & Lamb 2890 (Au). Van
Zandt Co.: R. D. Thomas 25104 (Ne--66811). VIRGIN ISLANDS: St.
Croix: @rsted s.n. (N). CULTIVATED: District of Columbia: S. R.
Hill 9708 (N). Florida: P. O. Schallert 365 (Go). Louisiana;
Braley s.n. [3 Oct. 1968] (Ne--33946); Lieux 135 (Ne--33945); Wro-
ten 646 (Ne--33948). Texas: Bratz s.n. [Elkhart, 8/30/61] (N).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. ALBA (West.) Rehd.

Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus-castus var. albiflorus Palau-
Ferrer ex Barcelo, Fl. Mallorca 4: 9. 1980.

Additional & emended bibliography: Bean in Chittenden, Dict.
Gard., imp. 1; 4: 2249) (1956) and imp. 2, 4: 2249. 1965;,Mold..
Phytologia 44: 340--341. 1979; Barcelo, Fl. Mallorca 4: 9. 1980;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 417

Mowe. Phytol. Mem. 2: '24,. 54, 195, 197, 198, 255, 366, 456, 457,
& 588. 1980.
Barcelo (1980) reports this form of the species from Majorca.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. CAERULEA (Rehd.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 341. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 54, 54, 96, 181, 196--198, 366, 456, 457,

& 588. 1980.

Liogier describes this plant as shrubby, 1.5 m. tall, branched
from the base, with blue "flowers" [corollas], and found it natur-
alized in thickets near the seashore in the Dominican Republic,
flowering in November.

Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: A. H.
Liogier 16870 (N).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. DIVERSIFOLIA (Carr.) Schelle
Additional bibliography: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth.
Bot. 3: pl. 541, fig. 2. 1819; Mold., Phytologia 44: 338 & 342.
1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 366, 456, 458, & 588. 1980.
Additional illustrations: Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth.
ROEM pis C4 fig. s 25 189%

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. LATIFOLIA (Mill.) Rehd.

Additional & emended bibliography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. l,
246 (1830) and ed. 2, 246. 1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit.,
ed. 3, 246. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839;
Mold., Phytologia 44: 338, 339, & 342--344. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 19, 21, 43, 195--199, 254, 255, 366, 369, 456, 457, & 588.
1980.

Additional citations: CULTIVATED: North Carolina: J. F. Matt-
hews s.n. [July 1, 1974] (Ne--114122).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. PSEUDO-NEGUNDO Hausskn.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 480. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 198, 200, 254--256, 366, 456--459, & 588. 1980.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant in dry riverbeds
in deserts and semideserts, at 2700 feet altitude, describing it
as 1m. tall. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Ander-
sen & Petersen 443.

Additional citations: AFGHANISTAN: Andersen & Petersen 443 (Go);
Noel 30 (Go).

VITEX ALTISSIMA L. f.

Additional synonymy: Vitex altissima f. altissima Mold. ex Jaya-
suriya, Stud. Fl. Ecol. Ritig. 197. 1980.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. l,
46. 1814; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246 (1830) and ed. 2, 246.
1O32 Roxb. FLL) Ind., edl°2; Impood,e3s-7i=—72., 16323 CG. Don. in
Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp.
2, 482. 1874; Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3,

6: pl. 227 (1878) and ed. 3, 4: 160. 1880; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2,
imp. 3, 482. 1971; Jayasuriya, Stud. Fl. Ecol. Ritig. 197--198.

418 1 Jol si Ak (0) LE, (OE y aE I Vol. 48, No. 5

1OSOse Molde ye Phytol. Mem. 2/5) 265), 269, 27 15) 2902 Slee 527 seeoor
422, 456, 459, 460, & 588. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 480. 1980;
Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980.

Additional illustrations: Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl.
Walilayoin 5 Cie Shy fog jolky 227/48 Wisi ish

Jayasuriya (1980) describes this species as a small to large,
deciduous, stocky tree, the trunk to 1.6 m. in diameter at breast
height, frequent in all the lowlands of Sri Lanka, flowering from
June to October, and called "kaha milla", "milla", "miyan-milla",
and "niyan milla". He cites Huber 403 and Jayasuriya 1262 from
Sri Lanka.

VITEX ALTISSIMA f. juv. ALATA (Willd.) Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. l,
460 el4A-Ge Domain Sweet, Hore. Brit. ed. 3, Dol. S39 eMolder
Phytologia 45: 480. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 265, 269, 318,
366, 457, 460, & 588. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp.) 25) 462.1980)

Ripley refers to this plant as a "common tree" in sandy soil,
at 61m. altitude, and his collection was gathered as voucher in
primate studies conducted by him in Sri Lanka. It consists of
sapling (sterile) leaves on which the petiolar wings are just as
narrow as they are on Nooteboom 3204, which is in fruit.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Ripley 246 (W--2942594).

VITEX ALTISSIMA f£. SUBGLABRA Thwaites

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 480. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 269, 366, 457, & 588. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 15--30 m.
tall, the trunk 20--40 cm. in diameter at breast height, and en-
countered it in primary and wet evergreen forests and the edges
of rainforests, at 150--900 m. altitude, flowering from August to
October, and fruiting from September to November.

The corollas are said to have been "lavender" on Huber 345 &
403, "pale-violet" on Kostermans 26727, and "blue" on Nooteboom
3204 and Nooteboom & Huber 3153. Nooteboom 3204 exhibits leaves
whose petioles have definite narrow wings although the specimen
bears immature green fruit. On Kostermans 26727 some of the
leaves are galled. Kostermans reports the species ''very common"
in rather dry valleys, while Nooteboom notes that its wood is
"firstclass for window-frames". The reported local name for the
tree is "mille".

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Huber 345 (W--2941747), 403
(W--2941670); Kostermans 26727 (W--2868166), 27150 (Ac); Noote-
boom 3204 (W--2890921); Nooteboom & Huber 3153 (W--2832979).

VITEX AMBONIENSIS Glirke

Additional bibliography: Bally, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937:
24. 1937; Mold., Phytologia 44: 385--386 & 390 (1979) and 45:
480. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 224, 228, 231, 234, 236, 238,
241, 246, 366, & 588. 1980.

Bally (1937) records the vernacular name, "mtalali", for this
species and asserts that the whole plant is used by the Swahili

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 419
to make an antidote for snakebite venom.

VITEX BOGALENSTS Wernham

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 391--392. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 214 & 588. 1980.

Additional citations: CAMEROONS: Talbot 1046 [Mo. Bot. Gard.
photo A.856 in part] (Go--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

VITEX BULUSANENSIS Elm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 393 (1979) and
46: 466. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 309 & 589. 1980.

It seems very probable that, when more material is available,
this taxon may prove to be a member of the genus Teijsmannioden-
dron.

VITEX CAESPITOSA Exell

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 394--395. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 234 & 589. 1980.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Luanda: Gossweiler 3302 [Mo.
Bot. Gard. photo A.8571] (Go--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

VITEX CALOTHYRSA Sandw.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 481. 1980;
Molde, seiycok. ¢Memi« 23 124), 123), 91259171, 457; & 589. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 3--15 m. tall,
and have encountered it in forests, at 120 m. altitude, in flower
in April and July, and in immature green fruit in July. The
corollas on Liesner 6985 are described as having been "white with
a bluish tint and with a yellow patch on the lower lip" and on
Alencar 575 as "rose, the buds lilac".

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as Bignoniaceae.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amazénas: Alencar 575 (Ld, N),
576 (Ld, N); Liesner 6985 (Ld).

VITEX CANESCENS Kurz

Additional & emended bibliography: Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1938: 405, 431, & 433--434. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 44:
395--396. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 266, 274, 280, 282, 287,
Apes 9294, °3277,) 3665, 456, & 589 <1 1980).

VITEX CAPITATA Vahl

Additional & emended bibliography: G. Don in Sweet, Hort.
Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; Mold., Phytologia 45: 481 (1980) and 46:
S5.6 L900; Mold, Phytol. Mem. 2: 104, Ligjd2ts des, 170, 366, 430);
457, 460, & 589. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 2 m. tall,
or a tree, 4--6 m. tall, the flowers vasited by numerous bees, the
mature fruit red, and have found it growing in disturbed sandy
soil, at 140--900 m. altitude, flowering in February and April,
in fruit in March. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on
Gentry & al. 11148 and "blue with white nectar-guides" on Davidse
& Gonzalez 15628. [to be continued]

NOTAS SOBRE RUBIACEAE

Maria Cristina Garcia de Kirkbride

Departamento de Biologia Vegetal
Caixa Postal 153081
Fundacao Universidade de Brasilia
(OT9MOM=S“Brasimtiad, ‘OSE. .a° Brasil

Durante la preparacion de las Rubiaceas para e]
Catalogo Ilustrado de las Plantas de Cundtnamarea,
Colombia, tuve la oportunidad de examinar algunas
colecciones y tipos del género Paltcourea. Las
especies estan muy mezcladas, lo cual, dificulta el
estudio taxonomico. Gran parte es debido a las muchas
especies descritas como muevas sin tener em cuenta las
variaciones que se presentan dentro de las poblaciones.
A continuacion presento algunos cambios taxonomicos:

1. PALICOUREA VAGINATA Benth., Pl. hartw. 193. 9 Teaee

Tipo: Hartwetg 192 (holotip K:), Cordillera de los
Andes, Bogota, Departamento de Cundinamarca,
Colombia.

Sinonimo: Paltcourea vagans Wernh., J. Bot. 55:
Zoe OMT *

Mp: trerana 157" eetotlpork, leven
isolectoetipo US: ); LaBagas
Departamento de Santander,
Colombia.

2. PALICOUREA ANCEPS Stand1., Publ. Field Columbian
Mus., Bot. Ser. 7(1): 119. 1930.

Tipo: F. W. Pennell &@ E. P. Kitltp 6606 (holotipo
USE asotipas GH, N¥s-newe)s 11-13: June ieee
Purace, Departamento de Valle del Cauca,
Colombia.

Sinonimo: Paltcourea lopeztana Standl. ex Steyerm.,
Nets “Brolt Venez. “40 jr "7s. “1965=

Tipo: J. Cuatrecasas 18872 (holotipo US-;
TSOtIPOS F, VEN, nv. ); 2° dec 1geam
Alto del Duende, Departamento de
Valle del Cauca, Colombia.

3. PALICOUREA IONANTHA Standl., Publ. Field Columbian
420

1981 Kirkbride, Notas sobre Rubiaceae 421

Mus., Bot. Ser. 7(1): 133. 1930.

Tipo: F. W. Pennell 2424 (holotipo US!; isotipo NY,
Vibe OS Oct, 1917 El Penon, Southwest: inf
Sibate, Departamento de Cundinamarca,
Colombia.

SinOnimo: Paltcourea albert-smithit Standl., Publ.
Field Columbian Mus., Bot. Ser. 7(1): 118.
1930.

Tipo: EE. P. Killip & A. C. Smith 20700
Chothotipo WSs: tso tipes NY mvs
12-13 Mar 1927, Paramo del Hatico,
Departamento de Norte de Santander,
Colombia.

PALICOUREA LINEARIFLORA Wernh., J. Bot. 55: 280.
i)

Tipo: Trtana 1639 (3146.1 bts) (lectotipo BM!;
isolectotipo US 1480993), Llanos de San
Martin, 450 mt, Departamento de Meta,
Golombya.. (Figs. 1 y 2)

SinoOnimos: Paltcourea effusa., Publ. Field
Columbian Mus, BoteSer . 7 (jet asin
RSes0.

fGiholers money ae Ktlltp & A. C. Smtth 20562
(ho lotipor USts: 1 sot ipo, Meena)
12 Mar 1927, Paramo Hatico, from
Toledo to Pamplona, Departamento
de Norte de Santander, Colombia.

Paltcourea boyacana Standl., Publ. Field
Mus’... (Nato Hist. ,.« Bote Serp2k( sore 4.
1940.

Tipo: A. E. Lawrence 154 (holotipo F,
i.(V.35 sot 1 pot US sep Sv ous.
Mount Chapon, extreme western part
of Departamento de Boyaca,
Colombia.

En la descripcion original de P. lZineariflora,
dos colecciones, Triana 1639 y Triana 77, fueron
citadas. En US existen dos ejemplares de Triana
1639 los cuales representan dos especies diferentes.
El ejemplar de US numero 1480993 es P. lLineariflora
Wernh., como ha sido utilizado tradicionalmente por

422 ) > SPAYOTSO SOG ak Vol. 48, No. 5

Standley (1930). £1 ejemplar de US numero 1480992 es

P. crocea Sw.

Standley (1930) selecciono el ejemplar Triana
1639 de K como "tipo". De acuerdo a las reglas de
nomenclatura, esto fue una lectotipificacion. Una
fotografia del lectotipo Triana 1639 fue enviada de K.
La anotacion que en ella aparece es de Standley y no
de Wernham. Es sin duda P. Zitneartflora. £1 articulo
7.5 del Internattonal Code of Botantcal Nomenclature
(Stafileu et al.5 1978). cita lo segquiente: “A llecronies
is a specimen or other element selected from the
original material to serve as a nomenclatural type
when no holotype was designated at the time of
publication or as long: as’ sey ais: missing «). 29 Ene
misma edicion en "Guide for the determination of
types’, se.encuentra la ‘siguinte citation: Yas
lectotype must be chosen from among elements that were
definitely studied by the author up to the time the
name of the taxon was published and included in the
protoloque". Ya que Wernham no anoto ni cito el
material de K, este, no hace parte del original. Por
consiguinte el lectotipo seleccionado por Standley no
puede ser aceptado.

Para clarificar las dudas respecto a la
tipificacion, el ejemplar Triana 1639, depositado en
el BM fue pedido en prestamo. La exicata recibida
econtiene las dos colecciones, frztana 1659 y Tr¢ang 7a
montadas en la misma cartulina; la anotacion que en
ella aparece es de Wernham. Las inflorescencias en los
dos ejemplares son tricotomas, sub-umbeladas y laxas
(Figsizo) y 2).0 Son por tanto representantes de 2.
Lineartflora.

Estoy seleccionando el ejemplar Trtana 1639 que
esta en la parte superior derecha de la exicata del BM
como el lectotipo de P. Llineartflora Wernh. Trtana 77
es el lectoparatipo.

Aunque Trtana 2639 es una coleccion mezclada, he
seleccionado este numero como lectotipo, ya que, se
encuentra en el sistema de numeracion de la coleccion
de Triana. Una explicacion breve es necesaria para
entender la historia de las colecciones del gran
sabio. Triana arreglo sus colecciones sistematicamente
de acuerdo al sistema de Endlicher (1836-1841). Esta
numeracion esta en un catalogo autobiografico
depositado en la biblioteca del British Museum
(Natural History) de Londres (Wurdack, 1971; Kirkbride,
1979). Mas tarde, probablemente en Paris, los numeros

1981 Kirkbride, Notas sobre Rubiaceae 423

de coleccion fueron adicionados al catalogo. Los
duplicados distribuidos a los herbarios europeos
tienen los numeros de la coleccion, en tanto que,
aquellos ejemplares de COL tienen la numeracion
sistematica. Para obviar problemas con esta doble
numeracion, citaciones de las colecciones de Triana
deben tener los dos numeros si es posible. De acuerdo
al catalogo, el numero alternativo de Triana 1639 es
3146.1 bis. El primer numero es el de coleccion y
aparece en las exicatas de los herbarios europeos, el
otro es aquel del sistema de Endlicher.

Decidi no seleccionar Triana 77 como lectotipo,
pues no se encuentra en el sistema de numeracion de
Triana. Es factible que ese haya sido un numero
asignado temporariamente. Otra posibilidad ha sido
sugerida por Miss Sylvia Gould, British Moseum
(Natural History)(com. pers.), ella piensa que los
primeros numeros de Triana son en realidad colecciones
de Linden que fueron depositados en el herbario de
Triana, sin indicar el colector.

BIBLIOGRAFIA

Endlicher, S. L. 1836-1841. Genera plantarum. Wien:
Fr. Beck.

Kirkbride, J. H., Jr. 1979. Rarttebe, an overlooked
genus of the Rubiaceae. Brittonia 31(2): 299-312.

Stameu. Fe. et als W978 International’ Codesof
Botanical Nomenclature. Utrecht.

Standley, P. C. 1930. The Rubiaceae of Colombia.
Publ. Field Columbian Mus.,; Bot, Ser: 7{1): 3-175.

Wurdack, J. J. 1971. Certamen Melastomataceis XVI.
Phytologia 21: 115-130.

424

FPuUG)c

Pe Ne AL COP Ie O) (Gyr ace JN Vol. 48, No.

dot Av ed

ogy &:
Re Pr

ae]

re

++ WRK 1} TIANA (let is00).
Keeshond MoT

oli -tattim

{ ee { Chae Vong, yas

se a
Excicata del BM con una planta de frtana 1689
en la parte superior derecha, lectotipo de
Paltcourea lineariflora Wernh., y dos plantas
de Triana 77 en la parte izquierda,
lectoparatipo de P. lineartflora.

N

wt

1981

lectotipo de
BM.

dea

ra Wernh.

Inflorescencia de Trtana

ras

Bey:

CYPRIPEDIUM KENTUCKIENSE REED,

A NEW SPECIES OF ORCHID IN KENTUCKY

Clyde F. Reed

For over thirty years I have seen or heard of a white lady's-
slipper in mesophytic wood of the Cumberland Plateau of Eastern
Kentucky. I first saw it being grown in a garden in Morehead
(Rowan Co.) in 1948. The original plants had come from Elliott
County. Later I found it in Carter County and other specimens
were collected in Rowan County. Students reported it to me from
Menifee and Estill Counties. Most recently in 1980 I was told of
its being in Rockcastle County.

Since the specimens at hand do not fit any description of a
native species of Cypripedium in Luer's ‘Orchids of North America,’
these plants are described below as a new species.

Cypripedium kentuckiense Reed, sp. nov.

Planta 6-7 dm. alta; caules pubescentes; folia fere 5,
omnes in caulibus, late-ovata, sessiles, 14-16 cm. ionga, 6-8 cm,
lata, gradatim a medio ad obtortum apicem, cum 7 prominentibus
venis, subglabris et pubescentibus secundum venas subtus; flora
terminalis, singularis, alba vel pallida flos-lacte-alba, 15 ecm.
lata, subtenta sessile folio 8 cm. longo et 2.8 cm. lato, saccata
petalis 5 cm. longa, 3-5 cm, lata, supera petals 658 cma Wongan
3, 2tem, Waban 2) lateralles petalles Svem. vlongac, Of 7 tem Wateaes
imkerdlonm petals! S-7eemyloncan 1. 2gem. = laitas caps wlasoment:
Honigayes. Smemsy Walt: ale

Typus: Plants originally from Elliott Co.; Kentucky,
raised in Morehead, Rowan Co., Ky. May 28, 1948. Reed 18141
(£1., illus.); Co-typus:rocky deep ravine 1 mile E of Gesling,
Gey Coo5 Myo Wong 25, WO, IeGicl IMWATIG (tis. yi Wiliws.))

Other specimens at hand: Low woods along North Fork, Rowan
Co., Ky. May Zo. 19505) Charlies) Carneg9 Cel). » CRieediitlexbe
BSN S223) «

The plants and flowers of C. kentuckiense Reed are much
larger than those of C. calceolus. Also the flowers are white to
nearly pale creamy-white. Plants are 6-7 dm. tall; stems finely
pubescent; leaves usually 5, broadly ovate, 14-16 cm. long, 6-

8 cm. broad, tapering gradually from the middle to the slightly
twisted apex, with 7 prominent veins, subglabrous with some
pubescence along the veins beneath; flowers solitary, terminal,

426

1981 Reed, Cypripedium kentuckiense 427

white or very pale creamy white, quite large, 15 cm. across,
subtended by a smaller sessile leaf 8 cm. long and 2.8 cm. broad,
the sacrate petal 5 cm. long, 3.5 cm. across, the upper petal

6.8 cm. long, 3.2 cm. across, the 2 lateral petals 8 cm. long,
O27 em. broad, the lower petal 5.7 em. long, 1.3 cm. broad;
capsule 6 cm. long, 1.3 cm. broad. Flowering in late May;
fruiting in October-November.

Native to the mesophytic woods, mainly in deep ravines on
acid sandstone soils of the Cumberland Plateau or Peneplain of
Eastern Kentucky, at least from Carter and Rowan Counties south
to Estill and Rockcastle Counties.

Legend for picture

Cypripedium kentuckiense Reed. A. Top half of plant showing
flower, leaf at base of flower and three cauline leaves; B. Cap-
sule, with persistent basal floral leaf. All X 1/2.

428 Pate Ye el OM in OMG Maes Vol. 48, No. 5

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"PHYCOLOGY" by Robert Edward Lee, xi & 478 pp., 269 b/w fig., 22
photos. & 2 tab., Cambridge University Press, Cambridge
CB2 IRP, England, and New York, N. Y. 10022. $49.50 cloth-
bound, $16.95 paperbound.

Because this text is so well prepared it is fortunate that it
is available not only at the deserved high price for the cloth-
covered form which libraries, professors and scientists will
purchase but also at the very reasonable one-third price for the
paperback form which undergraduates can meet and yet have an
unusually fine and thorough study guide. Developments in elec-
tron microscopy, biochemistry, genetical cell studies and ecology
affecting algae are incorporated into the text. The algae are
arranged by families in their respective classes with many
helpful drawings, photographs and text.

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF PLANT PHYSIOLOGY Volume 31" edited by Winslow R.
Briggs et al., v & 724 pp. & 66 b/w fig., 10 photo. & 23 tab.
Annual Reviews Inc., Palo Alto, California 94306. 1980.
$20.00 U.S.A. & $21.00 foreign.

Over the years this and other series familiar to different
kinds of botanists and biologists have maintained or enhanced
their quality. Anton Lang, in the prefatory chapter, writes very
interestingly of his early life in the Polish Corridor, Russia,
Nazi Germany, Canada and the U.S.A. and of his professional life,
especially on florigens and flowering hormone inhibitors, mostly
"done with simple, well-established techniques - varying photo-
period and temperature, grafting, and the like - ....A technique
is useful only as long as it is applicable to the given problem."

Efficiency of symbiotic N,-fixing organisms in legumes ex-
plains the progress and shows the stumbling-blocks in pertinent
research. It is also done for plastid replication, including non-
green ones, organogenesis, phloem translocation, partitioning of
N, solutes. The last important paper is on the Evolution of Bio-
9 Pathways. Excellent reading.

429

430 Ie et NG ME COI, (0) (EAE ys Vol. 48, No. 5

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS" Volume 11, edited by
Richard F. Johnston et al., xi & 487 pp., 22 b/w fig., 13
tab., & 1 map. Annual Reviews Inc., Palo Alto, California
94306. 1980. $20.00 in U.S.A., $21 foreign.

This series has a wider appeal than many of the others - to
all kinds of botanists, zoologists, biologists in the lecture
chair and/or in the laboratory and/or in the field. To indicate
some of the range of topics there is Bawa's evolutionary treat-
ment of dioecy in which he concludes that it is "more than a
simple mechanism to promote outcrossing....Sexual dimorphism
changes the spatial distribution of resources for pollinators,
seed dispersers, and predators". Price et al. consider "all
terrestrial communities based on living plants are composed of at
least three interacting trophic levels: plants, hervibores, and
natural enemies of herbivores." Chapin provides an effectively
prepared chart comparing "interacting characteristics of plant
strategies that are adaptive under conditions of high or low
nutrient availability." Watts corrects and brings up to date
information on the late Quaternary vegetation history of the
southeastern United States. Antonovics and Levin consider such
density-dependent regulators as interspecific competition, pred-
ators and pathogens, pollinators, and gene flow. All these and
the other topics covered in the book are carefully treated.

"HOW TO KNOW THE GRASSES" Third Edition by Richard W. Pohl, viii
& 200 pp., 433 b/w line draw. fig. William C. Brown Company
Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa 52001. 1978. $8.95 spiral-bound,
papercovered.

This useful member of the long reliable Pictured Key Nature
Series is a recent revision that "includes keys and illustrations
for 324 of the most common and important American grasses - those
that the beginner is most likely to encounter, including those of
importance in farming, gardening, weed control, and range and
pasture management..... 124 others are mentioned in connection with
closely related species, and their distinguishing features are
pointed out.”

"HOW TO KNOW THE AQUATIC PLANTS" Second Edition by G. W. Prescott,
viii & 158 pp. & 229 line draw. fig. William C. Brown Com-
pany Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa 52001. 1980. $8.95 spiral-
bound, paper-covered.

This revised and enlarged new edition in the Pictured Key Na-
ture Series is well prepared for the amateur naturalist with its
introductory notes on the uses of aquatics, their ecological re-
lationships, methods of collecting, and use of the clear-cut key
to 165 genera. The illustrations in this edition are larger and
much clearer than those of the smaller-sized first edition.

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 431

"LABORATORY MANUAL OF GENERAL ECOLOGY" Fourth Edition by George
W. Cox, vii & 237 pp., 68 b/w tab. & 12 fig. William C.
Brown Company Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa 52001. 1980. $8.95
spiral-bound, paper-covered.

For a regular undergraduate ecology or environmental science
course, or a teacher training one or an honors high school group,
this text provides good guidance and wide choice for class, small
team or individual activities. A few of the 40 topics are: vege-
tation analysis by quadrat sampling or plotless sampling or
Bitterlich variable radius technique, ecotype differentiation,
intrapopulation dispersion, population growth and limitation,
pollination ecology, allelopathy in higher plants. Neither this
manual nor any other equally well prepared field guide should be
substituted for an excellent text, but should be used to supple-
ment it.

"HOW TO KNOW THE SEED PLANTS" by Arthur Cronquist, vii & 153 pp.,
337 line draw. fig. William C. Brown Company Publishers,
Dubuque, Iowa 52001. 1979. $8.95 spiral-bound paper-
covered.

This excellently prepared member of the Pictured Key Nature
Series has its emphasis "placed on plants that grow wild in the
United States, or that are frequently cultivated there. The
larger or economically important or botanically especially inter-
esting families from outside the United States are also included
to round out the picture." This text is a complete rewrite of
the pertinent part of the old Jaques’ "Plant Families: How to
Know Them" and its illustrations are about half from Jaques,
some from the "Manual of the Vascular Flora of the Carolinas" and
the balance prepared especially for this book. The explanation
of the principles of classification and nomenclature is the clear-
est one I have ever read for beginning students and/or amateurs.
The keys certainly work facilely. Learn to recognize the 35 most
abundant and conspicuous families in the continental United States
"without using the keys, and you will know the family of the vast
majority of the flowering plants you see growing wild in the
United States." Helpful encouragement, indeed.

"PROPAGATE YOUR OWN PLANTS" by Wilma Roberts James & Arla Lipps-
meyer, 149 pp. & 130 gr/w line draw. Naturegraph Publishers,
Inc., P. O. Box 1075, Happy Camp, California 96039. 1978.
$8.50 clothbound, $4.50 paperbound.

This is a pleasant little book with directions for helping one
to enjoy more of one's plants and quite inexpensively. Part I
gives clearcut directions for care, for rooting media and for means
of propagation by cuttings of leaf, root, and various types of

432 POH aye Ome OsG aA Vol. 485) Nome

stems, by runners, by layering, by rhizomes, by suckers and by
division. Part II lists almost 100 individual plants alphabeti-
cally, gives their common and scientific names, their origins,
and describes their appearance, special uses, culture and pro-
pagation. The first author writes the text and the second pro-
vides the attractive illustrations.

"STRATEGIES FOR THE CONTROL OF CEREAL DISEASE" edited for the
Federation of British Plant Pathologists by J. F. Jenky &
R. T. Plumb, x & 219 9pp.. 48 b/w tabs, 9 fie., Sephotoswsee
1 map. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, London,
Edinburgh, & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
Word's Wo Me ICO s Ui, S47/o 504

This useful but expensive book is produced by offset printing
of very neatly typed papers presented for the 75th Anniversary
of the Association of Applied Biologists at its international
symposium. "The three sections....deal with host resistance,
chemical control and husbandry". A few of the topics discussed
in the first section are: multiline concept in theory and prac-
tice and durable disease resistance; in the second section:
strategies for avoiding resistance to fungicides; and in the third
section: cropping systems in relation to soil-borne and trash-
borne diseases of cereals, and disease management in high-input
cereal growing. The wheat, oats, barley, rye and corn are tem-
perate zone grains but the techniques are applicable to the trop-
ics and to other crops.

"ANIMALS, FEED, FOOD AND PEOPLE - An Analysis of the Role of Ani-
mals in Food Production" edited by R. L. Baldwin, xvi & 149
pp-, 45 b/w tab. & 23 fig. Westview Press, Boulder, Colo-
GadonoUsOlemm lO GOee solo 0 Ol

This important publication No. 42 is composed of the seven
offset papers presented at the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science Selected Symposium on Agriculture. The im-
portant measurings of people expansion, of arable land propor-
tional shrinkage, of livestock being fed grain consumable by hu-
mans, especially in developing countries, seem reasonably accu-
rate for settling many well intentioned arguments. To wit: A
stable feedgrain sector may be the "most important factor re-
quired to stabilize the livestock sector". "As we view the
world situation, we find only a small percentage of domestic ani-
mals, about 1.5 percent, 'competing' with humans for resources.
The vast majority, quite to the contrary, exist symbiotically
and provide man's only means of deriving life-sustaining pro-
ducts. In addition to converting inedible products into high
quality protein, animals provide countless non-food uses."

t7
! PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

I Pentel Le
CONTENTS
HUCK, R. B., Dicerandra radfordiana, a new labiate from Georgia ..... 433
LEEUWENBERG, A. J. M., Notes on American Gesneriaceae VII] ..... 437
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXLVII . . . . 438
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Teucridium (Verbenaceae) ... . 439
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Urbania (Verbenaceae)....... 445
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Ubochea (Verbenaceae) ...... 450
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XIX ....... 452
NE ao SHOOK TOVIEWS |S erate ose did Shu, oe wnt eo lldnraliptw aoe 501
Index to authors in Volume Forty-eight ...........000 cee eeeee 505
Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Forty-eight........ 505
ITC RP era) ROM.) 1h crakiaL ee: ok ti bok steak athe BIW osha! se 512

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $12.00 in advance or $13.00 after
close of the volume; $4.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic
dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost
in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following
number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received
after a volume is closed.
x

eit

wemed). |

DICERANDRA RADFORDIANA, A NEW LABIATE FROM GEORGIA

Robin B. Huck

Department of Botany
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

Continuing study of Dicerandra (Labiatae), oriented toward a
revision of the genus, has revealed a second undescribed species
in this small group of southeastern coastal plain endemics. Fol-
lowing the pattern of highly localized distribution of other
species of this taxon (Huck, 1981), Détcerandra radfordiana has
thus far been found only along the banks of the Altamaha River,
McIntosh County, Georgia, in mesic woods. It is named in honor
of Albert E. Radford, Professor of Botany, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, in recognition of his floristic and eco-
systematic work in the southeastern United States.

Dicerandra radfordiana, sp. nov.

Planta annua herbacea usque ad 0.65 m altam sed saepe
breviorem. Caulis erectus ranis rariortbus, folits oppositis
epetiolatis anguste oblongus, 40 (19-55) mm longis, 4 (2-6) mm
latis, marginibus integris vel dentibus paucis in foltis tnferior-
tbus. Folia axtllaria dimidia vel parviora quam folia primaria
quae fovets glandiferis sunt. Inflorescentia verticillaster est,
cymis minime pedunculatis, pedicellis florarum 1-3 mm longis.
Calyx plus minusve cylindraceus ore bilabiato, labio postico
arcuato bisubulato crista hispida in quoque segmento, labio anttico
minute tridentibus distaliter e quoque dente lateralt crista hisp-
tda recessim cresenti, inter alas divergentes depressione scuti-
formi effecta. Calyx 13-nervato, 12 (8-15) mm longus, 3 (2.2-5.0)
mn diametro ad mediam, margine ciliato et hyalino vel roseo vel
purpurascenti, parte exteriore glanduloso-foveolato, parte intert-
ore annulo pilorum, ptlis appressis leniter flexuosits et 4 mm_ sub
ore affixo. Corolla bilabiata, 32 (27-44) mm longa tubo 25 (20-32)
mm longo, diluta vel media purpureo-rosea, limbo inferiore trilobo
et tubo punctis atropurpureis et aliquot maculis flavis notata,
limbo superiore leniter cuculliform:. Stamine epicorollina bijug-
ata, antheris purpureis et nectariferis appendice corniculata in
quoque theca in orem per anthesin descendenti et bast cornus rima
dehiscenti. Pollen luteolum vel eburneum. Gynoecium singulare,
stigmate furcati, stylo gracili, ovario bicarpellis loculi car-
pellorum in locellis ovoideis duo divisi in rostro nectarifero
orculitformi <inserto. WNuculae laeves brunneae ovoideae 1.2 mm
diametra. Radix saepe malformata ob insecta penitus. Odor
plantae cinnameus. Specimen typicum: Georgia: McIntosh County,
Fort Barrington, on high bank of Altamaha River, at end of Bartram
trail, 3.7 mi from GA 25 at Cox, Quercus virginiana woods, shell
fragments in soil, Sept. 20, 1979, R. B. Huck 2181 Zegit. (in hb

43

434 Pee heOr nO 5G ail, Vol. 48, No. 6

NCU conservatun). Paratypes: McIntosh County, sandy bluff at Ft.
Barrington on the Altamaha River upstream from Darien, coastal
plain province, Sept. 18, 1961, Wayne R. Faircloth 7029 (VSC
14952!); McIntosh County, in vicinity of sand ridge along Altamaha
River, live oak woods n. of graveyard near powerline on Wesley
Lake Rd., October 7, 1962, Bozeman 2202 (NCU 270468!; GA 94393).

Annual to 0.65 m tall, but usually shorter. Stem erect, sim-
ple, rarely branched, surface with a moderate cover of falcate
white hairs. Leaves narrowly oblong, 40 (19-55) mm long, 4 (2-6)
mm wide, epetiolate. Axillary leaves one-half or less the length
of primary leaves. Leaf margins entire, lower ones occasionally
dentate. Leaf surface glandular-pitted, hispidulous. Inflores-
cence a verticillaster, cymes very short-pedunculate, flowers with
pedicels 1-3 mm long. Calyx bilobed, the inferior lobe divided
into two arcuate crested subuli, the superior lobe terminated in
three minute teeth, the two lateral teeth traversed by main veins
which become strongly winged, bowed ribs anteriorly, creating a
spoon-shaped depression on the adaxial side. Calyx length 12
(8-15) mm; width at midpoint 3 (2.2-5.0) mm; Calyx with 13 promi-
nent hispid ribs, surface glandular-pitted between; margin ciliate
with a hyaline to pink or purple border and interior with a _ band
of 1 mm-long flexuous hairs inserted 4 mm below the mouth. Corolla
bilabiate, 32 (27-44) mm long, parting distally into a superior
cuculliform limb and an inferior tripartite limb; tube 25 (20-32)
mm long. Corolla surface glandular with tiny yellow, resin-like
dots and puberulent with white glandular, often stipitate, hairs.
Corolla tube glandular-hairy within, one-third of way from base.
Upper limb of corolla with an internal isolated lanate patch, lower
limb sparsely villous. Corolla light to medium purplish-pink
spotted with dark purple dots and occasional yellow splotches.
Exposed corolla of flower bud dark pink. Stamens four, epipetal-
ous, one pair even with or barely exceeding upper lip margin, the
other, inserted 2 mm below. Anther sacs purple and nectariferous,
with corniculate appendages, the points of which are deflected
downward into the corolla mouth at anthesis; dehiscence by means
of slits at the base of appendages on dorsal side of anther. Pol-
len pale yellow to yellowish-white. Pistil with a slender style
covered distally by antrose or perpendicular, often aristate,
hairs. Style exerted from the corolla along a canaliculate track
in keel of superior limb, terminating in a subequal bifid stigma.
Ovary four-segmented, embedded in a nectariferous barrel-shaped
rostrum. Nutlets smooth, brown, ovoid, 1.2 mm in diameter. Roots
often malformed, with a gnarled appearance which may be caused by
insects nesting within. Strong cinnamon-like odor to plant.

Acknowledgments: The assistance of Wayne R. Faircloth and
John R. Bozeman with locality directions, H. A. Miller for the
Latin diagnosis and L. Susan Sizemore for the illustration is
gratefully acknowledged.

1981 Huck, A new labiate 435

Literature Cited

Huck, R. B. 1981. Dicerandra cornutissima, a new woody labiate
from Florida. Phytologia 47: 313-316.

Figure 1. Dicerandra radfordiana Huck. A. Habit (scale 1 dm);
B. flower (scale 1 cm); C. gynoecium and nectary (scale 1 cm);
D. diagram of corolla dissected along upper keel, view of inferior
tripartite lobe (scale 1 cm); E. anther, dorsal view (scale 1 mm);
F. nutlet (scale 1 mm); G. root (scale 1 cm). Drawn from Huck
2181.

436 PH Yai OSLO G eA Vol. 48, No.

Dicerandra radfordiana Huck

Notes on American Gesneriaceae VIII

A. J. M. Leeuwenberg
Laboratory of Plant Taxonomy and Plant Geography
Wageningen, Netherlands

Drymonia psilocalyx Leeuwenberg, nom. nov.

Basionym: Drymonia psila Leeuwenberg, Misc.

Papers Landbouwh. Wageningen 19: 239. 1980, not
Drymonia psila D. Gibson, Phytologia 23: 335. 1972.

The present author is much obliged to Dr. L. E.
Skog of the Smithsonian Institution who kindly
informed him about having missed the earlier homonym
for a species he described.

437

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXLVII

Harold N. Moldenke

AEGIPHILA HAUGHTIT var. SERRATIFOLIA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei marginibus laminarum
foliorum adpresse irregulariterque serratis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the margins of the leaf-blades irregularly appressed-
serrate.

The type of the variety was collected by John Terborgh and
Robin B. Foster (no. 6525) at Cocha Cashu Station, at an altitude
of 350 m., Rio Manu, Parque Nacional del Manu, Madre de Dios,
Peru, in July, 1978, and is deposited in the United States Natio-
nal Herbarium in Washington. The collectors describe the plant as
a shrub, 3 m. tall, the "receptacles" [=fruiting-calyxes?] dark-
red, the unripe fruits green.

AMASONIA LASIOCAULOS var. MACROPHYLLA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum valde
majoribus usque ad 40 cm. longis 11 cm. latis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its upper leaves, immediately below the inflorescence, being uni-
formly very much larger, to at least 40 cm. long and 11 cm. wide
during anthesis.

The variety is based on a collection made by G. T. Prance, P.
J. M. Maas, D. B. Woolcott, 0. P. Monteiro, and J. F. Ramos (no.
15818) in a forest on terra firme at Tapuruquara in the basin of
the Rio Negro, Amazonas, Brazil, on October 23, 1971, and deposited
in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The
collectors describe the plant as a shrub, 1 m. tall, with white
"flowers" [=corollas?] and red fruit.

438

NOTES ON THE GENUS TEUCRIDIUM (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Even though it is now impractical to try to prepare the
thorough and detailed monograph of this genus as originally
planned and announced, it may be worthwhile to place on record
the bibliographic and herbarium notes on the genus assembled by
my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the past 52 years. The
herbarium acronyms herein employed are the same as have been used
by me in the long series of papers in this journal (and some
other journals) on the previous 69 genera so treated and are most
recently fully explained in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980).

TEUCRIDIUM Hook. f., Fl. N. Zeal. 1: 203, pl. 49. 1853.
Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. N. Zeal. 1: 203, pl. 49. 1853; C.
MU11. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 704--705. 1860; Bocq., Adan-
Sonta, ser. 1, 33°86, 107, 119,128; 149, 183,.& 205-—206. 1862;
Hook. £., Handb. N. Zeal. Fl. 224, 739, & 795. 1864; F. Muell.,
Fragm., Oi: '053, 1868; Benth., FL. Austral. Si: 56: 18703 sefeitter,
Nom. Bot. 2 (2): 1381. 1874; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f£., Gen. Pl.
PGe ie Loons 157.9087 6s Bardi eats. bs, Ieee CF SSis)
and 11: 493. 1892; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed.
Toeeaisays 1A2 0173; 2/6, &77, fie.) 66° B-—Di 1895) sacks.) An
Hookeet./o) Jacks. .s ind. Kew, imps a, 25.055. LS95sF brig. ain
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 383. 1897; Dal-
la Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 433. 1904; Post &
Kuntze, Lexicon 555 & 688. 1904; Cheeseman, Man. N. Zeal. Fl., ed.
1, 566. 1906; Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N. Zeal., ed. 1, 350--351 &
455. 1906; Cheeseman, Man. N. Zeal. Fl., ed. 2, 764 & 1159. 1925;
Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N. Zeal., ed. 2, 354, 356, & 467. 1927;
Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 277. 1931; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah-
resber. 53 (1): 1076. 1932; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 128--
130 & 204, fig. 206 & 207. 1934; Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N. Zeal.,
ed. 4, 371, 373, & 498. 1940; Cranwell, Rec. Auckl. Inst. Mus. 2:
298. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 70 &
HOOG. 1942> Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks. , Inde) Kew...imp. 25 2)
1055. 1946; Mols., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 21. 1947; H. N.
& A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 24 & 34. 19483 A. R. Cooper, Rec. Auckl.
Inst. Mus. 3: 401. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 2, 155 & 197. 1949; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1,
449. 1952; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 6. 1956; Mold.,
Résumé 211, 354, 413, & 470. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Inds Kews. imp. 3; 2:)1055..91960:) Allan, FL. N.wZeal. 2b:-960.
1961; Hartl, Beitr. Biol. Pfl. 37: 293. 1962; Beuzenberg & Hair,
N. Zeal. Journ. Bot, 1: 57 & 63, fig. 25. 1963: Dalia, Torre, &
Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 433. 1963; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos.
2: 330. 1964: Laing & Blackwell, PL. N. Zeal., ed. 7,-371,°3/33,°%
498. 1964; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 215. 1965;
Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 433. 1965; Airy Shaw
439

440 Ret Ye TOF 0) Gar A Vol. 48, No. 6

Tn die Go Walllilsig5 whieie, Wiley VASA eYlo Wy MIS)o US KeoR lapecheinein
Poldien Morphy el tax.,) ede 82. 449% 1966s Stabveun lax. GaileeeZO0o.
1967; Bolkh., Grif ,Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl.,
imp. 1, 716. 1969; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 186 & 353. 1970; Bal-
gooy, Blumea Suppl. 6: [P1l. Geogr. Pacif.] 200. 1971; Erdtman,
Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax. , ed. 3, 449. 1971; Mold. , Fifth Summ. 1:
350 (1971) and 2: 641, 763, & 911. 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen
Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Went, Taxon 20: 199. 1971; Mold.,
Phytologia 23: 511. 1972; Mukherjee, Sci. Cult. 38: 143--144.
1972; Mukherjee, Pollen Morph. Aff. Teuc. [1]--3. 1972; Airy Shaw
in Je CeaWilitssaDtcte Blow me Issemed Ge lt43)0u9)/3: seth antlcasmontas
Trav.) Inst. Frane., Ponds ‘Sees Scient. Techs 12) 1(2):2 0123 age
NESS Meaney 4 Whtoil, MNosieres Sis} (GIO) SG TiGNGSG Iolo Pe AAI MNT (Eriol -
Flow. Pl. 3: 1752--1754. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar.,
Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 716. 1974; Kooiman, Act. Bot.
Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Munir, Journ. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1: 16 &
25. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Inst. Frang. Pond. Sect. Scient.
Tech. 13: 233 & 328. 1976; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res.
Inst. 41: 44 & 47. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 46: 191 & 511. 1980;
Mold. , Phytol. Mem. 2: 340, 361, 445, & 578. 1980.

Tall herbs or much-branched, softly wooded and virgate sub-
glabrous shrubs; branches slender, tetragonal, divaricate;
branchlets sometimes in superposed pairs in the leaf-axils, tet-
ragonal; leaves small, simple, decussate-opposite, petiolate, ex-
stipulate, deciduous; leaf-blades spatulate or ovate-rounded,
marginally entire or irregularly lobed; flowers small, axillary,
solitary or in few-flowered cymes, short-pedicellate; two bracte-
oles borne beneath each flower, linear-setaceous; calyx gamosep-
alous, broadly campanulate, inferior, 5-veined, 5-lobed to about
the middle, the lobes subequal, subulate, apically acute; corolla
gamopetalous, zygomorphic, campanulate, the tube short, apically
broadly ampliate, pilose, equaling the calyx, the limb conspicu-
ously oblique, spreading, bilabiate, unequally 5-parted, the
lobes oblong, apically obtuse, the posterior ones shorter and
exterior, the anterior (lower) one longest; stamens 4, didynamous,
attached at or somewhat above the base of the corolla-tube, long-
exserted between the posterior corolla-lobes, incurved, fertile;
anthers peltate, the 2 thecae confluent, 1-celled, finally out-
wardly extended, laterally dehiscent, dorsifixed at the middle;
pistil single, compound; style basally sunken between the ovary-
lobes, exserted, arcuate, apically bifid, the branches subulate
and apically short-stigmatiferous; ovary compound, superiot, bi-
carpellary, ahortly 4-lobed apically and there densely pilose or
villous, 2- or imperfectly 4-celled, the cells each l-ovulate;
ovules attached laterally at the middle, pendulous; fruit small,
drupaceous, sunken in the persistent fruiting-calyx, 4-lobed a=
most to the middle, virtually dry, the exocarp only thinly
fleshy, hispid, the endocarp heavy, ultimately splitting into 4
pyrenes or nutlets; seeds attached laterally, one in each pyrene,
exalbuminous, the testa thin; cotyledons large, ovate, radicle
inferior, short.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Teucridium 441

Type species: Teucridium parvifolium Hook. f.

As far as is known now, this is a monotypic rather variable
genus endemic to New Zealand, named in allusion to its resemblance
to the lamiaceous genus Teucrium, the wood-sages or germanders.

It is peculiar because of its obvious lamiaceous gynoecium with a
sunken style-base. Cheeseman (1925) avers that, in spite of this
character, it is allied to Vitex Tourn. Bentham (1876) says of
it: "Genus inter Viticeas inflorescentia et habitu anomalum et
tribum arcte cum Ajugoideis Labiatarum connectit, sed ovarium et
fructus potius priorum."

Hooker (1864) says that it is "A genus of two species, one
found in subtropical Australia (T. sphaerocarpum, Muell.), the
other the following [T. parvifolium]. The lobed ovary is anoma-
lous in the Order [Verbenaceae], and shows a tendency towards
Labiatae, but the reversed position of the flower at once dis-
tinguishes this."

Angely (1956) also asserts that the genus contains two species,
but, as now interpreted, it contains only a single species and a
rather questionable subspecific form. The "second'' species men-
tioned by Hooker (above) apparently is a mis-identification of an
Australian species of Spartothamnella Briq.

It is worth noting here that Hooker's original description of
Teucridium is often cited as having been published in '1854" -- as,
for instance, by Pfeiffer (1874), Post & Kuntze (1904), Jackson
(1895), Dalla Torre & Harms (1906), and Angely (1956) -- but the
actual date of publication of pages 1--160 of volume 1 was 1852
and of pages 161--312 was 1853, as pointed out by Stafleu (1967).
Stapf (1931) uses the correct date.

Junell (1934) gives a lengthy and important account of the gy-
noecium morphology and relationships of the genus: "Die mittleren
Partien der Fruchtblutter besitzen an der Innenseite ziemlich
kr¥ftiger Anschwellungen und verwachsen sowohl oberhalb dieses
Niveaus als auch unten im Fruchtknoten mit den Plazenten. Letz-
tere verwachsen erst verhdltnism¥ssig tief unten im Fruchtknoten
iteinander. Die Stellung der Samenanlagen im VerhYltnis zur Pla-
zenta ergibt sich aus Fig. 206. Die Wandung der H¥hle zwischen
den Plazenten ist reichlich mit Drllsenhaaren besetzt.

"In Engler & Prantl....wird angegeben, dass die Frucht ein mehr
oder weniger fleischiges Exokarp besitzt. Hooker....macht bei Be-
schreibung der Pflanze folgende Angaben: 'Fruit a small fourlobed
hispid nut, sunk in the bottom of the withered persistent calyx,
of four achenia, each hard, one-celled, with one pendulous exal-
buminous seed.' Ich hatte Gelegenheit, einige wenige Frilchte zu
studieren. Die Wandung der Teilfrucht ist hart und kann sicher
nur ganz wenig fleischig gewesen sein.

"In Engler & Prantl wird, wie erwHhnt, diese Gattung in cyero-
dendreae untergebracht. Hooker....bezeichnet die Pflanze als ‘a
very curious plant, resembling a feycrium; but truly Verbenaceous,
and though so different in habit, allied to yjtex.' Bentham.....
ist der Ansicht, dass die vierteilige Fruchtknoten und die Frucht
flr eine Verwandschaft sprechen mit 'oxerg and a few other genera,
which connect yerbenaceae With the tribe Ajugoideae of Labiatae.'

442 PaH Ye LiOsn, OGY ESA Vol. 48, No. 6

Auch Cheeseman...... verweist auf die Verwandschaft mit Vitex: 'Al-
though allied to Vitex, it has the anomalous character of a 4-
lobed ovary, thus showing an approach to the Labiatae.' Die Gat-
tung kann meines Erachtens gut in Ajugeae eingereiht oder wenig-
stens als Ubergangstypus zu dieser Subtribus betrachtet werden.
Als solcher tlbergangstypus wHre die Gattung vielleicht am ehesten
an der Spitze dieser Gruppe einzureihen. Dass Teucridium mit
Vitex oder Viticeae nahe verwandt sein soll, scheint mir wenig
glaubhaft. Demgegentlber liegen zahlteiche Grlinde flr eine An-
knlUpfung der Gattung an Clerodendreae vor. Aus der Stellung der
Samenanlagen ergibt sich jedoch, dass diese AnknlUpfung nicht bei
Oxera oder ihr benachbarten Gattungen zu erfolgen hat.....Die
Subtribus [Ajugeae] weicht dadurch von den Ubrigen in Viticoideae
ab, dass die Frucht zerfY¥11t und trocken ist. Bei Teucridium und
Spartothamnus scheint jedoch die Frucht etwas saftig zu sein.

Die Entwicklung zur trockenen Frucht wurde in diesem Falle nicht
von einer Reduktion der Samenanzahl begleitet wie bei Petraeovi-
tex und Teijsmanniodendreae.

"Ajugeae ist meines Erachtens als eine direkte Fortsetzung der
Gruppe von Gattungen in Clerodendreae zu betrachten, bei denen
die Samenanlagen nicht ungewShnlich hoch inseriert sind. Die
auscheinend ursprunglichsten Gattungen in Ajugeae stimmen mit
Clerodendreae darin lberein, dass die StrYucher sind. Die Mehr-
zahl der Gattungen sind jedoch KrY¥uter oder Halbstrducher."

Excluded species: Teucridium sphaerocarpum Muell. ex Hook. f.,
Handb., N. Zeal. Fl. 224 & 739. 1864 = Spartothamnella sp.,
Chloanthaceae.

TEUCRIDIUM PARVIFOLIUM Hook. f., Fl. N. Zeal. 1: 208, pl. 49.
ifs}5}3}-

Synonymy: Spartothamnus hookeri F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 153.
1868. Teucridium parviflorum Hook. f. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1947; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax.,
ed. 1, 449. 1952. Teucridium paucifolium A. Cunn. ex Mold., Phy-
tol, Mem. 2: 445.5 in syn. 1980).

Bibliography: see bibliography of the genus as a whole (above).

Mitustrattons Hook. sn bles Ne Zeal. spl. 49.) a8 ao eebisla
in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 176, fig.

66 B--D. 1895; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 128, fig. 206 &
207. 1934; Beuzenberg & Hair, N. Zeal. Journ. Bot. 1: 63, fig.
25. 1963; Mukherjee, Sci. Cult. 38: 144, fig. 1. 1972; Mukherjee,
Pollen Morph Aff. Teuc. 2. 1972.

An erect, much- and closely-branched, slender, twiggy, soft-
wooded shrub, 0.7--1.8 m. tall, forming close thickets, dichoto-
mously branched, the branches and leaves more or less pubescent;
branches slender, twiggy; branchlets tetragonal, pubescent when
young; leaves rather distant; petioles 4--12.5 mm. long, equaling
the leaf-blade; leaf-blades membranous, orbicular or orbicular-
ovate to ovate-spatulate or spatulate. or even broadly ovate or
elliptic, 4--15 mm. long, apically obtuse, sometimes irregularly
lobed; flowers axillary, solitary or in very small few-flowered
cymes; peduncles short, 2-bracteolate; flowers about 8 mm. long;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Teucridium 443

calyx campanulate, persistent, the 5 teeth subulate, apically
sharply acute; corolla campanuiete, white or sometimes flushed
with pale-blue or blue, hairy, 8--12.5 mm. long; fruiting-calyx
4 mm. in diameter; nutlets (cocci) hispid; chromosome number:
2n = 64.

This, the type species of the genus, is based on an unnumbered
Colenso collection from the Wairarapa Valley, on North Island,
New Zealand, deposited in the Kew herbarium. The species is en-
demic to New Zealand, especially the marginal areas of both
islands from 35° to 46°30' lat., nut is local in distribution and
not common anywhere. It flowers from October to January and
fruits from December to March.

Beuzenberg & Hair (1963), Cave (1964), and Bolkhovskikh & al.
(1969) all repprt the haploid chromosome number as 32.

The only common or vernacular name reported for the plant is
"small-leaved teucridium".

Junell (1934) has described the gynoecium morphology (see a-
bove) and Erdtman (1952) the pollen -- both on the basis of Du
Rietz & DuRietz 1166-1 in the Stockholm herbarium. Erdtman's
description of the pollen is: "3-colpate (operculicolpate), pro-
late (48 x 34 mu). Sexine thicker than nexine, particularly at
the poles. LO (probably S-pattern). Grains of almost exactly
the same type as those of Teucrium.'' Mukherjee (1972) has ampli-
fied this description as follows: "pollen grains 3-colpate, colpa
provided with operculum, about 35.5 mu x 6.0 mu. Mean intercol-
pial distance = 19.5 mu. Amb convex. Mean apocolpium diameter
about 8.0 mu. Prolate, P/E about 42.0 mu x 36.0 mu. Exine about
4.0 mu and about 2.0 mu thick at poles and at eauator resvect-
ively. Sexine about 3.5 mu and about 1.5 mu at the said regions
respectively. Pertectate. tectum thick and solid, beset with
excrescences. Nexine 0.5 mu thick." He comments that the "Pol-
len morphology of the two genera, Teucridium (Verbenaceae) and
Teucrium (Labiatae), display almost every possible similar char-
acters [sic]. The pollen grains of both the genera are 3-colpate
with operculum in colpa, pertectate sexine with excrescences on
tectum, thicker polar exine, similarity in shape, etc. Only mi-
nor differences are there. It may be mentioned that such pollen
characters are absent in other members of the said families.

"Gross morphologically the close affinity of the two families
which were put forward by various authors has also been supple-
mented by palynology. Both Teucridium and Teucrium, although
belong[ing] to two different families, display almost the same
morphological characters" and since "Similarity of structure....
[is] taken as a sure indication of genetic relationship"......
such relationship "is reflected in both gross morphology as well
as.....palynology" and the "close affinity of Verbenaceae and
Labiatae" is further suggested by the pollen morphology of these
two genera.

Gibbs (1974) reports saponins "probably present" and tannins
"probably absent" in T. parvifolium; cyanogenesis and leucoantho-
cyanin and syringin are absent; the Juglon test proved negative
(bark) and the HCl1/methanone test also gave negative results,
but the Ehrlich test (leaves) gave positive (pale-green) results.

444 DH Ye eT e OL LOGS eA Vol. 48, No. 6

Recent collectors describe the plant as a shrub, 2--3 feet
tall, and have found it growing among rocks on exposed hillsides
and in lowland mixed rainforests, flowering in December and fruit-
ing in March.

It Should be pointed out here again that the original publi-
cation of this species is mis-dated "1854" -- it was actually
published in 1853. Hooker (1864) cites unnumbered collections of
Colenso from North Island and of Bidwill, Raoul, and Traverse
from "Middle Island", the last-mentioned collected at Nelson and
at Canterbury Plains. Cheeseman (1925) cites unnumbered collec-
tions of Adams, Armstrong, Aston, Bidwill, Buchanan, Cockayne,
Colenso, Kirk, Petrie, Raoul, Traverse, "and others" from both
North and South Islands.

Citations: NEW ZEALAND: North: DuRietz & DuRietz 1166.1 (S),
3341 (S); Poole 56562 (Er, Z). South: A. W. Anderson 89 (Ca--
586686, N, W--1675961); Berggren s.n. [Jan. 1874] (S); Cheeseman
s.n. [Foxhill, Nelson] (Bi), s.n. [Jan. 1882] (W--206576), s.n.
[1882] (Pa); Cranwell s.n. [Kitchener Park, June 1932] (Ca--
517845, Ca--517846), s.n. [Kitchener Park, 26/6/32] (Gg--204314) ;
Haast s.n. [Canterbury, 1866] (Br, Br); Neal 452 (Bi). Island
undetermined: Allen s.n. [4/1/33] (Go, N--photo, Z--photo); Mee-
bold 4378 (Ba, Mu, Z). CULTIVATED: New Zealand: E. H. Walker
4755 (W--1994076).

TEUCRIDIUM PARVIFOLIUM £. LUXURIANS (Cheeseman) Mold., stat. nov.

Synonymy: Teucridium parvifolium var. luxurians Cheeseman, Man.
Nee Zealien hilt, edim aan O04. 01-925),

Bibliography: Cheeseman, Man. N. Zeal. Fl., ed. 2, 764. 1925;
Fedde & Schust, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1076. 1932; R. Coo-
per, Rec. Auckl. Inst. Mus. 3: 401. 1949; Mold., Résumé 211 & 470.
1959; Allan, Fl. N. Zeal. 1: 960. 1961; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 350
(1971) and 2: 911. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 340 & 578. 1980.

This form differs from the typical form of the species only in
having generally larger leaves, the blades up to 20 mm. long and
often lobed and the flowers usually (but not invariably) in 2- or
3-flowered cymes.

The form is based on an unnumbered H. H. Allan collection from
river-flats by the Mangles River (a tributary of the Buller River),
in the Buller Valley, South Island, New Zealand, deposited in the
Auckland Museum herbarium.

Allen (1961) avers that "Similar forms occur elsewhere within
the range of the species. It is probable that the differences are
due to different habitat conditions", making it only an edaphic
form. As yet I have seen no authentic material of it.

NOTES ON THE GENUS URBANIA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

Since time is no longer available to me for the preparation of
the detailed Monograph of this genus originally planned and an-
nounced, it seems best now to place on record the bibliographic
and herbarium notes on this genus assembled by my wife, Alma L.
Moldenke, and myself over the past 52 years, the 7lst genus to be
treated by me since the work began in 1929. The herbarium acro-
nyms herein employed are the same as have been used consistently
in this entire series of papers in this journal (and in some oth-
er journals) and most recently fully explained in Phytologia Me-
moirs 2: 463--469 (1980).

URBANIA R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1: 60. 1891, nom.
conserv. [not Urbania Vatke, 1875, nom. rejic.].
Bibliography: Vatke, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 25: 10. 1875; R.
Ae “Phat SAnal’, Mus. Nac. Chile’ Bot. 1:"[Cat. Praevs Pi. Teint
tarap. | "60, pl. 25 Figo. 72 L89LMS RIVAL Phii2s- Verz.” Hocheb.. Prov.
Batorag. 60, pl. 2; fig.°7.. 189s Brig.’ in’ Enel. Se" Prantts Nac.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, Nachtr. zu 4 (3a): 290. 1897; Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 430. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon
581 & 688. 1904; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 1149. 1904;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 446. 1906; Reiche,
Estud. Crit. Fl. Chile 296--297. 1907; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chile
5: 272 & 296--297. 1910; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 32 &
332 L91L: Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 393. 1931; Junell, Symb: Bot. Up-
Sal. 1 (4): 17. 1934; Greene, Kew Bull: Misc. Inf. 1935: 526.
1935; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 446. 1941;
Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 7. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 44. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 42
fOr 1942-) H. N. & A. L. Mold. "Pl. Lite 2a 30) ese ions,
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 101 & 197. 1949;
Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1032, & 1041. 1950; Acevedo
de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 49--50. 1951; An-
gely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 6. 1956; Cabrera, Revist.
Invest. Agric. 11: 336, 366, & 398. 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 446. 1959; Mold., Résumé 121 & 470. 1959;
Mufioz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Phil. 110. 1960; Rickett & Staf-
leu, Taxon 9: 84. 1960; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp.
2, 430. 1963; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 218.
1965; “Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Blow. PLlpeeds 7, Lice.
1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 195 & 353. 1970; Heusser, Poll.
Spores Chile 61, pl. 57-664. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 192
(1971) and 2: 645, 752, & 911--912. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 23:
511. 1972; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 354 & 392. 1972;
Airy Shaw in J.C. Willis, Dict. Flew. Pl.5 ‘ed-"°8,) 1196. 2975;
Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 302, 304, 319--321, & 411, fig. 4.
1974; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn.
445

446 PHY TOLOG¢G IA Vol. 48, No. 6

13: 242 & 328. 1976; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst.
41: 41 & 47. 19785 Mold. , Phytol. 22 183 ,446, & 579. 19805 Umber,
Bot. Soc. Am. Misc. Ser. Publ. 158: 120. 1980; Mold., Phytologia
WS ail fs slag etoabe

Low cespitose shrubs or subshrubs forming woody mats a few cm.
tall, with subterranean trunks and branches and the young shoots
appressed to the surface of the soil: leaves decussate-opposite,
simple , minute, somewhat fleshy, exstipulate, densely imbricate;
flowers inconspicuous, sessile, hidden by the dense calyx-hairs,
complete, perfect, borne in groups of 1--4 at the tips of the
branchlets; calyx gamosepalous, inferior, prismatic-tubular,
slender, very short, deeply 5-parted, the segments filiform to
linear or narrow-oblong, externally copiously pilose on the upper
half with long, white, dense tufts of antrorse hairs; corolla
gamopetalous, diminutive, infundibular, glabrous, its tube sub-
cylindric, apically gradually ampliate, the limb 5-lobed, the
lobes short, subequal , apically rounded or emarginate; stamens 4,
didynamous , fertile, inserted in the upper half of the corolla-
tube, included; filaments very short; anthers subsessile, oblong,
basifixed , eglandular; pistil single, compound; style single,
filiform, terminal; stigma shortly bilobed, the posterior lobe
apically acute, the anterior one capitate and papillose; ovary
superior, 4-celled, bicarpellary, each carpel forming 2 cells,
each cell Lovulate; ovules attached at the base of the cell;
fruit schizocarpous, dry at maturity, easily separating into 4
mericarps (schizocarps) which are subcylindric and dorsally re-
ticulate; seeds 4, oblong, without endosperm (exalbuminous).

Type species: Urbania pappigera R. A. Phil.

This is a small genus of 2 known species endemic to the Argen-
tine-Chilean high-andean puna. It is named in honor of Ignatz
Urban (1848--1931), well-known German taxonomist at Berlin, noted
for his critical work on the plants of the West Indies. Philippi
rightly comments that the "capitulum Synantherarum mentientibus",
for the long erect white calyx-hairs certainly do resemble the
pappus of composite flower-heads.

Troncoso (1974) comments that '"Género muy affn a Verbena,
secc. Junellia, se diferencia por su cAliz profundamente 5-parti-
do con 1ébulos lineales y largamente pilosos; en Verbena es cilfn-
drico-tubuloso, 5-dentado, con dientes en general breves, argudos
o subulados".

The generic name, Urbania, proposed by Philippi (1891), un-
fortunately is conserved under the International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (1972) over the Urbania of Vatke (1875), now regarded
as a synonym of Lyperia Benth. in the Scrophulariaceae. There is
also a genus Neo-urbania Fawe. & Rendle, Journ. Bot. Brit... Fox.
47: 125 (1909) which is apparently a valid genus in the Orchida-
ceae. Incidentally, urbania is credited to "R. Philippi" and
listed under the Boraginaceae by Rickett & Stafleu (1960).

The z6llner 5371, distributed as Urbania sp., actually is
Junellia aspera (Gill. & Hook.) Mold., while Werdermann 263 & 957
are Kurtzamra pulchella (Clos.) Kuntze in the Lamiaceae. A speci-

men of the first-mentioned Werdermann collection in the Berlin her-

—— a.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Urbania 447

barium was photographed by Macbride and distributed by the Field
Museum of Natural History in Chicago as its type photograph num-
ber 20317, identified as Urbania odorata Werd. (apparently only

a cheironym).

Briquet (1897) comments that "Diese Gattung scheint mir nach
der Beschreibung, wenn die Verwandtschaftverhdltnisse vom Autor
richtig gedeutet worden, von Verbena durch Kelch und Griffel in
der That vortrefflich unterschieden zu sein."

Junell (1934), on the basis of Werdermann 1019 in the Berlin
herbarium, says: "Derselbe Fruchtknoten wie bei Verbena. Die
Verwachsung zwischen den mittleren Partien der Fruchtbl¥tter und
den einwH¥rts gekrilmmten Teilen derselben erfolgt tief unter im
Fruchtknoten. In diesen Niveau ist die Mittelpartie des Frucht-
blattes wie bei einigen Verbena-Arten etwas verdickt und schwach
gespalten. Due H¥hle in der Mitte des Fruchtknotens ist sehr
bedeutend , da die eingerollten Partien der Fruchtbl¥tter zum
gr¥ssten Teil miteinander verwachsen sind. Die Vierteilung des
Fruchtknotens ist daher hier nicht so deutlich wie bei Verbena."

Excluded taxa:

Urbania Vatke, Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 25: 10. 1875 = Lyperia
Benth. , Scrophulariaceae.

Urbania lyperiaefolia Vatke, Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 25: 10. 1875
= Lyperia sp., Scrophulariaceae.

Urbania lyperiaefolia Vatke, Linnaea 43: 306. 1882 = Lindenbergia
sinaica Benth., Scrophulariaceae.

Urbania odorata Werd. ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 7 ,in syn.
1941; Alph. List Inv. Names 44, in syn. 1942 = Kurtzamra
pulchella (Clos.) Kuntze, Lamiaceae.

An artificial key to the accepted taxa:

1. Leaves ovate, apically obtuse; flowers in groups of 3 or 4....

Seale Sreuahic. 7 sseieh a fovel ais, aiatenoceneiaberatnis areiaterct Salsieys didsisine <wIDaDDIGerdis
la. fezees ovate-linear, apically acute; flowers solitary...... me
AA SIS BRAT CR SOpie Gc Ortrme cee a aidaidslainiela'a Mia a tO atTOLTOS.

URBANIA EGANIOIDES R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1:
60, pl. 2, fig.'7 (a & b). 1891.

Synonymy: Urbania eganioides R. A. Phil. ex Reiche, Estud.
Crit. FL. Chile 296 & 297.. 1907:

Bibliography: R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1: [Cat.
Praev. shi. .ltin. Tarap.] 60, pl. 2. fie. 7 sand ib). oleate moan
Phil., Verz. Hocheb. Prov. Antofag. 60, pl. 2, fig. 7 (a & b).
1891; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 446. 1906;
Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chile 296 & 297. 1907; Reiche & Phil.,
Bs Ghil. 5: 296 & 297.1910: Stapf, Ind. Lond 620395 451931
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 446. 1941; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 42 & 101 (1942) and ed.
2, 101 & 197. 1949; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat.
Chile 25: 49--50. 1951; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.; imp.
3, 446. 1959; Mold., Résumé 121 & 470. 1959; Mufioz Pizarro, Es-
pec. Pl. Descr. Phil. 110. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 192 (1971)

448 P Bayer O Le OVC i A Vol. 48, No. 6

and 2: 911. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 300, 302, 319--
320 cr dee tio, 41974 Molde. Phytol. Meme 22 18on) 4460 sco or
1980.

Eilustrations: R. A. Phaidl), Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile’ Bot. JeeiGate
Pracve, Pie tine elarapelas plke2, tic. 7) (a kb). ksodlee Renae
Phi.) Verz. Hocheb. Prov. Antofag. pl. 2, fie. 7 (a & bye deoie

A dwarf, ramose subshrub, about 5 cm. tall, forming a close
mat; stems woody, basally 2 mm. thick; leaves closely antrorsely
imbricate, linear or ovate-linear, 3--4 mm. long, basally almost
2 mm. wide, forming a pseudo-involucre beneath the flower and
there slightly longer and brighter-green, the lower cauline ones
smaller and pale-ferruginous, all apically acute and dorsally
carinate; flowers solitary, sessile at the apex of the branchlets;
calyx basally membranous, with 5 green veins; corolla short, a-
bout 2 mm. long, apparently rose-color, the tube apically pubes-
cent below the limb; seeds black, 2 mm. long, smooth.

This species is based on R. A. Philippi 269 from the province
of Tarapaca, Chile. Philippi states that it was growing among
the material of U. pappigera distributed as his no. 268 "en las
mismas localidades". Troncoso (1974) is doubtful about its
validity as a separate species -- perhaps varietal or even only
form status for it would be more appropriate. More field work
and careful collecting are required to settle this question.
Reiche (1907) also comments concerning it: 'Difiere de la especie
anterior [U. pappigera] por la ramificacion mas floja, las hojas
aovado-lineares, de 3--4 mm.; las flores solitarias (siempre?):
las nuecesitas (maduras?) con el dorso no reticulado. La des-
cripcion se funda sobre una sola ramita corta -- acaso de la
periferia de un césped de la especie anterior?"

I have seen no material of this taxon, apparently known only
from the original collection deposited in the Berlin herbarium
and now probably destroyed.

URBANIA PAPPIGERA R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1:
[(CarsePraev. Pin tins Larap. || (60, pls 2, £1257 (e——-k)e
1891.
Synonymy: Urbania papygera Phil. ex M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch.
Were St sii Ueihte
Bibldography: R. A. Phad’.> Anal’; Mus. Nac. Ghille Bot. I: [iCak-
ees Pil, Weskn, wWeresios i] (0, iil, BA sis 7 (@et)c Iewile Re AX
Phil., Verz. Hocheb. Prov. Antofag. 60, pl. 2, fig. 7 (c--k). 1891;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 446. 1906; Reiche,
Estud. Crit. FI. Chile 296% 297: 19073 Reiche & Phils) El. (Chidk
53) 296 & 297, 19105 Stapf, Imd:) Lond. 6:°°393. 1931s Junelaly Sympr
Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 17. 1934; Durand & Jacks., Ind: Kew. Suppl. i
imp. 2, 446. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
42 & 101 (1942) and ed. 2, 101 & 197. 1949; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol.
Mus. Nacw Hist. Nat. Chille 25)" 50)) f95i'; ‘Cabrera, Revasts Invest.
Agric. 11: 366 & 398. 1957; Mold., Résumé 121 & 470. 1959; Mufioz
Pizzaro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Phil. 110. 1960; Rickett & Stafleu,
Taxon 9: 84. 1960; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 61, pl. 57-664.
1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 192 (1971) and 2: 645 & 912. 1971;

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Urbania 449

Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 320 & 321, fig. 4. 1974; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 183 & 579. 1980.

Piiustrations: KR. A. Phil..,..Anal.. Mus. Nae. Chile, Bot... 1: [Cat.
Brees ss ltan. Larap.| "605 pl.25.118. 17. (C-—-k)s. LEO“ ROA,
Phil., Verb. Hocheb. Prov. Antofag. 60, pl. 2, fig. 7 (c--k).
1891; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 61, pl. 57-664. 1971; Troncoso,
Darwiniana 18: 320, fig. 4. 1974.

Dwarf subshrub, with a stout, vertical, woody taproot, densely
and closely cespitose; stems to 1 cm. in diameter; branches to 10
cm. long, prostrate, much branched and interlaced, forming a flat
mat about 4 cm. high; leaves very small, closely antrorsely imbri-
cate, ovate, reddish-green, 2--3 mm. long, apically obtuse, his-
pidulous, marginally long white-villous, the upper ones forming a
pseudo-involucre around the flowers; flowers in groups of 3 or 4
at the tips of the branches, sessile; calyx about 4 mm. long, its
tube about 1 mm. long and the long-villous linear lobes 3 mm. long,
the erect white hairs simulating the pappus of composite flowers;
corolla small, 5 mm. long, pale- to deep-rose in color, the tube
4 mm. long, the throat open, the limb patulous, 2 mm. wide, its 5
lobes cuneate-oblong, apically rounded to slightly retuse; seeds
1.5 mm. long, dorsally reticulate-rugose, with a central finely
papillose keel (as is seen also in various species of (Verbena),

This, the type species of the genus, is based on a collection
made by F. Philippi (no. 268) near Minique, Tarapacd, Chile,
in January of 1889 and probably deposited in the herbarium of the
Museo Nacional de Historia Natural at Santiago, Chile. Reiche
(1907), however, states that the species grows "En el interior de
las provincias de Tarapaca i Antofagasta, 4,000 m. (p. e. en el
rejion de Llullaillaco)", flowering in January and February.

Heusser (1971) describes the pollen as: "Monad, isopolar, ra-
diosymmetric; heterocolpate, colpi in three sets of three each,
colpi in each group in proximity, the middle colpus crossed equa-
torially by a prominent transverse pore which is usually constric-—
ted, protruding, and extending to the lateral colpi, these latter
apparently pseudocolpi; mostly oblate spheroidal, amb triangular;
exine ca. 1 mu thick, tectate, psilate; 23--29 x 25--29 mu" based
on an unnumbered Reiche collection from Llullaillaco, collected in
February, 1901, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New
York Botanical Garden.

Recent collectors have encountered this plant at 4000--4500 nm.
altitude, in flower in February and March. Cabrera (1957) cites
his nos. 8789 & 9057 from Salta, Argentina; Troncoso (1974) cites
Marticorena, Mathei, & Quesada 388 from Tarapacd and Ricardi &
Marticorena 4675/1060 from Antofagasta, Chile, and Cabrera 8789
from Salta, Argentina. The photograph (no. 17398) made by Mac-
bride for the Field Museum in Chicago depicts a specimen then in
the Berlin herbarium, but said to be from Atacama, Chile, so prob-
ably not the type collection.

Citations: CHILE: Antofagasta: C. Reiche 15 (N); Werdermann
1019 (E--937883, Gg--147445, Mu, N, S, W--1474179). Atacama: R.
A. Philippi s.n. [Macbride photos 17398] (B--photo, Kr--photo, N--
photo, W--photo, W--photo). Tarapaca: F. Philippi s.n. [Herb.

450 Per Yen VOeE Op Gala Vol. 48, No. 6

Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 42497] (N--photo of type); Werdermann
1098 (Gg--147475, Mu, N, S, W--1541142).

NOTES ON THE GENUS UBOCHEA (VERBENACEAE)

Harold N. Moldenke

This is the 72nd genus on which discussions have been pub-
lished in this journal based on the bibliographic and herbarium
work carried on by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the
past 52 years.

UBOCHEASBadelliee. Hats teen bli ils VOSS Seas

Synonymy: Upochea Baill. ex Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose
Rese sins 4: vl esphatm. 197 8h

Bibliography ssBaawlin, Hist. Pi. 1ileis8 & 103) @'s9l) and aie 4oee
1892; Briq. aneHnel. & Prantl, Nat. Pillanzentam., ed. 2 4 Gapi:
140, 142, 145, & 155. 1895; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog. ,
imp. 1, 431. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 579 & 688. 1904; Durand
& Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 442. 1906; Thonner, Fillow:
Pls Afre 4685 10152 vA (Chev... Rev. Bot. Appl; Agruc. Lrop.wis
913 & 1075--1076, fig. 35. 1935; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
Hieeetanpis 12s e442) OAiMes ween Nien crAte I.) Moldy Pals atte 223 Orme oeeors
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 111 & 197. 1949;
Angely, (Cate Estat. Gens scot. Ram. a!7'-176. 19565 ‘Anon... Us Si Depias
Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14360. 1958; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 442. 1959; Mold., Résumé 136, 407, & 470. 1959;
Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 431. 1963; F. A.
Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 218. 1965; Airy Shaw in J.
Ge Wasliics, Dilcts Pillows Pals, veda 7, 1160s 1966e)Stearn, Botan sehas
tin 292 & 297. 1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 194 & 353. 1970;
Molid., Fifth Summ. 1: 215 (1971) and 2: 755 & 911. 1971; Airy Shaw
ind. Ga Wiis. Dict. Hllow. Pl: 5 edi. 185.2191). 1973's) Mukhermieema
Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 41. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
2: 206, 446, & 578. 1980.

Glabrous dichotomously branched shrub; leaves simple, decus-
sate-opposite, exstipulate, petiolate, the blades elliptic or oval,
apically acuminate, marginally serrate; flowers in crowded termin-
al spikes, complete, perfect, similar to those of Bouchea, sub-
tended by a single bract; calyx inferior, gamosepalous, tubular,
5-ribbed, the rim 5-toothed; corolla gamopetalous, infundibular,
bilabiate, the lobes imbricate in bud; stamens 2, inserted in the
corolla-tube, anterior in position; anthers basifixed, the two
thecae divergent in a single plane; pistil single, bicarpellary;
style single, terminal, slightly exserted; stigma capitate; ovary
superior, compound, 2- or 3-celled, each cell l-ovulate; fruit
dry, schizocarpous, composed of two pyrenes (mericarps), one an-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Ubochea 451

terior and the other posterior in position.

Type species: Ubochea dichotoma Baill.

Baillon's original (1891) description of this genus (and spe-
cies) is merely ''Flores fere Bouchea, calyce tubuloso, 5-costato,
5-dentato. Corolla bilabiata imbricata. Stamina 2, antica, tubo
affixa; antherarum loculis divaricatis superpositis rimosis. Ger-
men 2-loculare; stylo gracili, apice exserto capitato. Ovula in
loculis solitaria adscendentia. -- Frutex glaber dichotome ramo-
sus; foliis oppositis elliptico-acuminatis serratis; floribus in
spicis terminales congestis, 1l-bracteatis. In Ins. Capit. viridis
seeteUs) Gichotoma H. Bn."

Although this genus has been maintained by all previous authors,
Chevalier (1935) is of the opinion that it is invalid and is ac-
tually congeneric with Stachytarpheta Vahl. He argues as follows:
"Les seules différences entre les genres Stachytarpheta Vahl et
Ubochea Bn. seraient: le premier genre a 4 étamines dont 2 fer-
tiles et 2 stériles trés reduites; il a un ovaire uniloculaire
avec 2 locelles latérales uniovulées, le second genre a 2 é¢tamines
seulement it a un ovaire biloculaire mais chaque loge se développe
en 2 locelles uniovulées. Ces différences comme l'on voit sont
minimes et ces différences ont pu du reste @tre mal observées par
Baillon sur un vieux spécimen pauvre."

Briquet (1895) classifies Ubochea at the end of the Subfamily
Verbenoideae Briq., Tribe Lantaneae Endl., between Stachytarpheta
Vahl and Priva Adans.

UBOCHEA DICHOTOMA Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 103. 1891.

Synonymy: Stachytarpheta dichotoma (Baill.) A. Chev., Rev. Bot.
Appl. Agric. Trop. 15: 1076, nom. provis. 1935 [not S. dichotoma
(Ruiz & Pav.) Vahl, 1804].

Bibliography: see bibliography of the genus as a whole (above).

Illustrations: A. Chev., Rev. Bot. Appl. Agric. Trop. 15: 1075,
Pie SO. LIS.

This species, the type species of this apparently endemic Cape
Verde Islands genus, is based on an unnumbered J. da Silva Feijo
specimen deposited in the herbarium of the Museum National d'Hist-
oire Naturelle in Paris. Chevalier (1935) says: "Genre et espéce
endémiques mal connus, apparentés au g. Bouchea Cham. dont une
espéce B. marrubiifolia Schau. [now known as Chascanum marrubii-
folium Fenzl] habite la zone déserte depuis le Scind jus'qu'a la
Mauritanie."' He has modified Baillon's original description as
follows: an entirely glabrous shrub; stems dichotomous, woody,
tetragonal, subalate by the continuation of the decurrence from
the petiole; leaves opposite, petiolate; petioles 0.8--1 cm. long;
leaf-blades subcoriaceous, oval-lanceolate, 4--5 cm. long, 1.2--
1.8 cm. wide, apically acuminate, basally cuneate and decurrent
into the petiole, marginally crenate-dentate on the upper half,
entire on the basal part; inflorescence terminal, spicate, few-
flowered, the rachis short, glabrous, hard and rigid, 2.5--3.5
cm. long, basally 2 mm. in diameter, marked with oval-lanceolate
excavations opposite each flower, these 2.5 cm. long, completely
glabrous; calyx somewhat scarious, 1--1.2 cm. long.

452 PuanyertO Le Oren A Vol. 48, No. 6

Baillon comments, further, as follows: "Pour nous, il n'est
pas douteux qu'il s'agit d'un Stachytarpheta Vahl. [sic] appar-
tenant aux mémes groupes que S. mutabilis Vahl. [sic] et S. oru-
bica Vahl. [sic] (du Bresil); il ne différe guére de celui-ci que
par la glabréité. Nous le nommons provisoirement Stachytarpheta
dichotoma (Bn.) A. Chev. et nous le regardons comme non autoch-
tone dans 1'Archipel capverdien. Ainsi disparait le seul genre
que nous considérions comme endemique."

Not having had the opportunity of studying any authentic ma-
terial of this taxon, I am enable to judge its validity. More
collecting in the type region is certainly required. It is per-
haps worth pointing out, however, that neither Bouchea Cham. ,
Chascanum E. Mey., nor Svensonia Mold. are as yet known from
Senegal, the nearest country to the Cape Verde Islands, lying, as
it does, just east of them -- and the only Stachytarpheta known
from there is S. angustifolia (Mill.) Vahl, a species very differ-
ent from the illustration given by Chevalier and the stated char-
acters of Ubochea dichotom.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX. XIX
Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX CAPITATA Vahl

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 419. 1981.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark &
Redmond 117087 (Ld). Apure: Davidse & Gonzdlez 15628 (Ld). Ba-
rinas: Gentry, Morillo, & Morillo 11148 (Ws). Gudrico: Aristeg-
uita & Agostini 4183 (N); Ramirez 65 (Ld). BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori,
Mattos, Silva, Santos, Kallunki, & Pennington 9441 (N)3; Mori,
Silva, Kallunki, & Santos 9925 (N).

VITEX CARBUNCULORUM Smith & Ramas
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 399. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 274, 287, & 589. 1980.

VITEX CARVALHI Glirke
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 389 & 399.
UO WMeilel, 5 WoyAroils Weme Le Zepl> Wail © sreso Woke

VITEX CAULIFLORA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 399. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CAULIFLORA var. LONGIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 399. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 453

VITEX CAULIFLORA var. VILLOSISSIMA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 399--400. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CESTROIDES J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CHARIENSIS A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 217 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CHARIENSIS var. LATIFOLIA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 217 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CHRYSLERIANA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 171 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CHRYSOCARPA Planch.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400 & 479. 1979;
Mold, chytol., Mem., 2:-201,920557207,..209), 201-2135. 2215 2365en
589. 1980.

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM Steud.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

Gentry refers to this plant as a treelet, 3 m. tall, with yel-
low "flowers" [corollas], exserted stamens, red anthers, and green
fruit in April, and found it growing on sand in a scrubby forest
at sealevel.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: A. Gentry 11358 (E--2737779).

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM var. LONGICALYX Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM var. TOMENTELLA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 400--401. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CILIATA Pierre
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 401. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 216, 217, & 589. 1980.

VITEX CILIO-FOLIOLATA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold. , Phytologia 44: 401. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 210 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CLEMENTIS Britton & P. Wils.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 401. 1979; Mold.,

454 PHBE” TON OsGwi A Vol. 48, No. 6
Phytol. Mem. 2: 91 & 589. 1980.

VITEX COCHINCHINENSIS Dop
Additional bibliography: Mold.,.Phytologia 44: 401. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 294 & 589. 1980.

VITEX COFASSUS Reinw.

Additional bibliography: Kosterm., Reinwardtia 1: 104 & 106.
1954; Fosberg, Sachet, & Oliver, Micronesica 15: 238. 1979; Fos-
berg, Otobed, Sachet, Oliver, Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Oalau
38. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 481 (1980), 46: 486, 489, & 491
@980)), and 472 195 198055 Mold... Phytol. Mem. 2) 3510, 311 estor
S24 32355) S245) S2O-— 5505 S006 5945) 45758 ee DOO LL DOO). Moni cis mete
lopiayAvice 355-5 LOSI:

Recent collectors describe this plant as a medium-sized tree,
5--15 m. tall, with a l-meter bole, the trunk diameter 30 cm. at
breast height, the outer bark brown or light-brown and flakey, the
inner bark cream or cream-yellow, the wood yellow-straw color, the
leaves dark-green above, pale-green beneath, the flowers terminal,
and the unripe fruit light-green. The corollas are said to have
been "purple-white" on Karenga & al. LAE.73848 and "light-purple"
on Wiakabu & Hausari LAE.70358. It has been collected in flower
and fruit in January at 77 m. altitude.

Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Northeast New Guinea: Kerenga
& al. LAE.73848 (Mu); Wiakabu & Hausari LAE. 70358 (Mu,W-2894968).

VITEX COFASSUS £. ANOMALA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 405. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol> iMems 925) 309% 93235593245) 306), 1&1569). 2980"

VITEX COFASSUS var. PUBERULA H. J. Lam
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 405. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol etems 2a S20,0 5295) Se569e LOSE

VITEX COLUMBIENSIS Pittier
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 482. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 112 & 589. 1980.

VITEX COMPRESSA Turcz.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 482 (1980) and
L7= a7 2 1980" Moldas PhytolseMem. 22 O32 \104, m52, 12i ios oer
171; 366, & 589 1980):

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in disturbed pri-
mary forests, at 250 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in June,
and describe it as a tree, 15--16 m. tall, the trunk 80 cm. in di-
ameter at breast height, the leaves light yellowish-green on both
surfaces, the calyx rose-maroon. Delascio & Liesner found it on
"Sabanas de lomas con matorrales deciduos". The corollas on Lies-
ner & al. 8421 are said to have been "blue with a yellow patch at
base of lower lip" and on Blanco 863 "white, the large lobe purple
within".

The Steyermark & Manara 107898, distributed as typical V. com-

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 455

pressa, actually represents f. angustifolia Mold.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Bernardi 7400 (W--
2946041); Cc. Blanco 839 (E--2774726), 863 (E--2774727); Delascio
& Liesner 7404 (E--2774718). Falc@n-Lard: Liesner, Gonzalez, &
Wingfield 8421 (Ld).

VITEX COMPRESSA f£. ANGUSTIFOLIA Mold., Phytologia 47: 17. 1980.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 47: 17. 1980; Mold., Phytol.
Mem. 2: 121 & 589. 1980.

Steyermark & Manara describe this plant as a tree, 5 m. tall,
the calyx "dull-purple with gray-green, the corolla pale-lavender"
and the filaments "white with lilac", and have encountered it at
sealevel to 20 m. altitude, flowering in September. Material has
hitherto been confused with and distributed as typical V. compres-
sa Turcz.

Citations: VENEZUELA: Falcon: Liesner, Gonzalez, & Wingfield
8279 (Z--type). Arapo Island: Steyermark & Manara 107898 (N).

VITEX CONGENSIS A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 407. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 221 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CONGESTA Oliv.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 407. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CONGOLENSIS DeWild. & Th.-Dur.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 407--408. 1979;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 209, 214, 221, 234, & 589. 1980.

VITEX CONGOLENSIS var. GILLETTII (Glirke) Pieper
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 408. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 221 & 589. 1980.

VITEX COOPERI Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 482 (1980) and
46: 10. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 73, 76, 80, 82, 84, & 589.
1980; Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 246. 1980.

VITEX COURSI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 409. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 251 & 589. 1980.

Gentry has found this plant growing in a mostly native forest
with Eucalyptus, at 1000 m. altitude.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: A. Gentry 11252 (E--2737773).

VITEX CRENATA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 409--410. 1979;

Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 217 & 589. 1980.

VITEX CUSPIDATA Hiern
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 410. 1979; Mold.,

456 122 Jet NE AE (0) 1142 (0) (Es ae: AN Vol. 48, No. 6
Phytol’. Mem. 23) 2175, 221, 2345& 589. 19/80:

VITEX CYMOSA Bert.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 482 (1980) and
NOS Si3)5 Si8iq S56 UO S Wioilels 5 Weaaeoils Wiens Zh RYN, WI@H, ile. i271.
W354 wU7Als U7GS U7, WIS. BOG, & SE)5 Geo)

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a sun-loving shrub or
large tree, 3--40 m. tall, almost leafless when in anthesis, the
trunk somewhat fluted, the bark somewhat striate vertically, the
flower-buds lilac, and the [immature] fruit green, and have found
it growing at 380 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in October,
in anthesis also in November. The corollas are said to have been
"whitish" on Araujo & Maciel 4033.

Additional citations: PERU: Madre de Dfos: Gentry, Aronson, &
Ramfrez 26800 (Ld). Tumbes: Schunke Vigo 2413 (W--2865776).
BRAZIL: Pard: Silva & Rosdrio 3828 (N). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo &
Maciel 4033 (Fe--17881).

VITEX DEGENERIANA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 412. 1979; Mold.
Phytol. Mem. 2: 171 & 589. 1980.

VITEX DENTATA Klotzsch

Additional bibliography: Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6
GES 265——266r) N86i Pisttze.) These ltt. sb Oteie mpl elewe 4 Selo
Stamilleus Laxon Lottie S55——So 0 LOGiise Pisttz as kines omlbieye) eS Oley ie tp emer
245. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 44: 413. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
241 & 589. 1980.

VITEX DINKLAGEI Gurke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 413. 1979; Mold.,
Phytol. Meme 2): 215) /&)589 5) 1980)

VITEX DIVARICATA sw.

Additional bibliography: Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. l,
3: 296--297 (1888) and ed. 2, 3: 296--297. 1937; Mold., Phytologia
A552. 1980 seMollda. hy tolsauhMem 2: 194. 965 9899s Od alOSr
OA, Ihe ial, S605 4577/5 4595 465 by So IEEO-

Howard describes this plant as a tree, 20 feet tall, the trunk
5 inches in diameter at breast height, the immature fruit green in
August.

The Null & Scully 130, distributed as V. divaricata, actually
is V. parviflora A. L. Juss.

Additional citations: PUERTO RICO: Howard 16646 (W--2891989).

VITEX DONIANA Sweet

Additional & emended bibliography: G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit.,
ed. 3, 551. 1839; R. E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.-Kong.
Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 273--274. 1916; Mold., Phytologia 45: 482--483,
486, & 487 (1980) and 46: 22 & 30. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
91, 200--202, 205--207, 209--213, 215--217, 221, 223, 224, 228,
229), 2315 234. 236, 2395. 241%: 247.6 251... 366.5 03695 4575) 6 89>—590s
1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 457

Fries (1916) notes that this is a "Bis 15 m hoher Baum, etwas
an Aesculus erinnernd. Die neuen Blutter waren beim Einsammeln
(d/ 20. Sept.) gerade ausgewachsen, die der vorigen Vegetations-
periode abgefallen. Die Blllten waren noch nicht v¥llig entwickelt,
die Infloreszenzen jedoch ausgewachsen..... Bei Bwana Mkubwa in
Nordwest-Rhodesia wurde eine an V. Cienkowskii erinnernde, wahr-
scheinlich unbeschriebene Art gefunden (n. 447). Das Material
war ziemlich unvollst4ndig, da Bllteh fehlten. Ende August trug
numlich die Pflanze nur die pflaumen¥hnlichen schwarzen Frilchte.
Die Bl¥tter waren 3- oder gewUhnlich 5-z4hlig, die BlYttchen ge-
stielt, kahl, umgekehrt eifUrmig und durch eine abgesetzte kurze
Spitze besonders charakterisiert."

Additional citations: SIERRA LEONE: G. Don s.n. [Mo. Bot. Gard.
photo A.851] (Go--photo of type, Z--photo of type).

VITEX EXCELSA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 483. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 136, 171, & 590. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 5 m. tall,
the leaves pilose, and the immature fruit green and velutinous,
and have found it in fruit in December. Material has been mis-
identified and distributed in some herbaria as V. flavens H.B.K.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Pard: vilhena, Lobo, & Ribeiro
176 (N).

VITEX FLAVENS H.B.K.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 483. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol, Mem..2: 84, 112, 130, 136, 171, & 590. 1980:

The Vilhena, Lobo, & Ribeiro 176, distributed as V. flavens,
actually is V. excelsa Mold.

VITEX GAMOSEPALA W. Griff.

Additional & emended bibliography: E. D. Merr., Bibl. Enum.
Born. Pl. 5: 514. 1921; Fletchér, Kew Bull. Mise. Inf. °1938: 405,
407, 432, & 436--437. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 44: 486--488 (1979)
and 46: 483. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 287, 297, 319, 458, 460,
& 590. 1980.

Fletcher (1938) cites only Kerr 440 and Lakshnakara 695 from
Thailand, asserting that the type of the species was collected in
Malacca and that the species occurs also in Borneo and Sumatra.

VITEX GAUMERI Greennm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 489--492. 1979;
Molds, Phytol. Mem. 2: 69, /3, 755 7/7, 80, 366, 458," & 590052980:
Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 246. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as an abundant tree, 15
m. tall, with fragrant flowers, and have found it growing along
roadsides, in gallery forests, and among metamorphic rocks on
river floodplains, at 300--820 m. altitude, flowering in July, and
fruiting in August, The corollas are said to have been "blue-
purple" on Stevens 9324 and "violet" on Calzada 2317. Calzada
reports the vernacular name variant, "ya-axnik".

458 P Havers ORL ONGaL, A Vol. 48, No. 6

The Blanco, Toledo, & Cabrera 530, distributed as V. gaumeri,
actually is V. pyramidata B. L. Robinson.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Tabasco: Calzada 2317 (Me--
270117). Yucatan: Butterwick 287 (Ld), 297 (Ld). NICARAGUA: Bo-
aco: W. D. Stevens 9324 (ld). Estelf: w. D. Stevens 9943 (Ld).
Nueva Segovia: W. D. Stevens 3352 (Z).

VITEX GIGANTEA H.B.K.

Additional & emended bibliography: G. Don in Sweet, Hort.
Bilten medias O51 ee oSso Moll dey. ehytologian4 5: 4396-" L938 0)sMoildinr
Betwreouls, Wicinig 2A ABO). TS. Sisto “Meis} tee Sita. aletex0),

Dodson and his associates describe this species as a tree, 15 m.
tall, the corollas "dark-blue with a white throat" and found it
in anthesis in October.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: El Oro: Escobar 804 (Au). Los
Rios: Dodson, Gentry, & Valverde 8754 (N). Tumbes: Vargas Alva-
rez 1 (W--2865959), 32 (W--2865960).

VITEX GLABRATA R. Br.

Additional & emended bibliography: Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1938: 405, 432, & 435--436. 1938; Fosberg, Sachet, & Oliver,
Micronesica 15: 239. 1979; Fosberg, Otobed, Sachet, Oliver,
Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980; Mold., Phytologia
45: 483--484 (1980), 46: 483 (1980), and 47: 21. 1980; Mold.,
MngAcCUl, Mie, 2B WA. AW, Al, PbS WG As Ae 245 28), S03).
SHO. Sui@. Spal, swe, Swele SBs SOO, 457/-—4O05 & S805 Ue.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in scrub on
riverbanks, in scrub jungles, mixed deciduous forests, evergreen
and dry evergreen forests, the edges of evergreen forests, and
hedgerows. from 2--330 m. altitude, in fruit in March. Lazerides
found it “occasional in black alluvial soil with Eucalyptus
Papuana, Brachyachne convergens, Terminalia, and Hakea arbores-
cens.

Fletcher (1938) cites from Thailand the following collections:
Collans 165 & 1217, Kerr 3369, 4391, 6031, 6156, 7748," 15211,
15370, 17103, & 19121, Lakshnakara 960, Noe 202, Put 1612, Rabil
383, and Vanpruk 725; also Marcan 1722 & 2086 probably cultivated.
He notes that the type of the species is from Northern Australia,
but lists the species also from Indochina, Malaya, and New Guinea.
He includes "V. leucoxylon Linn." in the sense as used by Kurz,
in its synonymy.

Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: West Irian: Schram BW.7986
(Me--264199). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Lazerides 7986 (W--
2910882).

VITEX GRANDIFOLIA Glrke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 485--487 (1980)
and 46: 40. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 207, 209--211, 213, 215,
2065 566,86 SIUE LIS:

According to a note appended to the label accompanying the
collection, seed was gathered from the Baldwin 14818 collection
in Liberia to be grown at Williamsburg, Virginia.

Additional citations: LIBERIA: Baldwin 14818 (W--2070224).

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 459

VITEX GRISEA J. G. Baker

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 487--488. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 228, 234, & 590. 1980.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Huila: Welwitsch 5759 [Mo. Bot.
Gard. photo 2997] (Go--photo of type).

VITEX GUERKEANA Hiern

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 488. 1980: Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 234 & 590. 1980.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Cuanza Norte: Welwitsch 5632
[Mo. Bot. Gard. photo 2995] (Go--photo of type).

VITEX HAVILANDII Ridl.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 490 (1980) and
47: 31 & 39. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 319 & 590. 1980.

VITEX HAYNGA Roxb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1,
46 (1814) and imp. 2, 46. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 490. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 266, 366, & 590. 1980.

VITEX HEMSLEYI Briq.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 490--491 (1980)
and 46: 11. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 69, 80, & 590. 1980.

Vincelli describes this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall, and found
it growing along a river in mangrove swamps, at altitudes of sea-
level to 10 m., in flower in June. The corollas on his collection
(cited below) are described as having been "violet" in color when
fresh.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: A. Pérez 1846 (Me--
270080). NICARAGUA: Zelaya: Vincelli 669 (Z).

VITEX KLUGII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 495. 1980; Mold.,
Baspowe Mem.) 22, Li2s 021, 9196, Iles ooiie tOsGs

Recent collectors refer to this species as a slender tree, 10--
20 m. tall, the trunk 3 inches in diameter at breast height, and
the fruit blackish. They have found it growing in upland white
sand and mostly in white sand in non-inundated forests (terra
firme), at 140 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in March. The
corollas are said to have been "blue" on Gentry & al. 26134.

Additional citations: PERU: Loreto: Gentry, Diaz, Aronson, &
Jaramillo 25873 (Ld), 26134 (Z).

VITEX KUYLENITI Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 10--11. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 69, 73, 75, 77, 80, & 591. 1980; Seymour,
Phytol. Mem. 1: 246. 1980.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 8--ll m. tall,
and have encountered it in thickly wooded ravines with brooks on
pine savannas, at 10--20 m. altitude, in flower in August, and in
fruit in June. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Dwyer

460 PSY oLiOsk Os6er A Vol. 48, No. 6

12842.

Additional citations: GUATEMALA: Izabal: Jones & Facey 3500
(Me--116923); Jones, Proctor, & Facey 3031 (Me--116924). BELIZE:
Dwyer 12842 (Ws). NICARAGUA: Zelaya: Vincelli 545 (Z).

VITEX KWEICHOWENSIS P'ei
Additional bibliography: Chun, Sinensia 4: 268. 1940; Mold.,
Bhyitollocda4 6g ls e1OSORN Molde. Phytol Mem 229280) ce 590e eon

VITEX LANIGERA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 11--12. 1980;
Mille. Wonyieoil, Mem, LZR 25x25 fbx i Sls Weve

Gentry encountered this species in cloud-forests and forest
remnants in ravines, at 2500 m. altitude, fruiting in May, and
describes it as a tree, 8--10 m. tall, the fruit at first green,
then brown.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: a. Gentry 11640 (E--2737772),
11815 (E--2737593); Hilsenberg & Bojer s.n. [Mo. Bot. Gard. photo
A.862] (Go--photo, Z--photo).

VITEX LEUCOXYLON L. f.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1,
MSS AUEMWAS Nerdy, , WLS ibalo, Cal, Ay alu Ib, 7/A>—7/5) (Gls) emcl acl, 2
imp. 2, 483. 1874; Brandis, Forest Fl. N-W. Cent. India 370. 1874;
Miike, Maine Werle ures iiyehliccivag (MER 555 IIG)SO)S Wopdojo 4 WE, bays, -
ede 25 imps ss. 483.1971: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. Aj23)) 389eqdoviz:
Mold., Phytologia 46: 12--20 & 41. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2:
DH), HI, AM, 2He5 L975 Sully SoG. AS5 WOR & Silay WO Merton .
Hone.) Benes). impi. 2), 46), 1980.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Meijer & Jayasuriya 1314 (W--
2867464).

VITEX LEUCOXYLON £. SALIGNA (Roxb.) Mold.

Emended synonymy: Vitex saligna Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. l,
WO, AUgWAS Ils Shale, elo Ag Shue Wl, Se Wore sieyvAc

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. l,
46ec181Gs Roxbss0Fl. Ind. ;.ed.)2, imps 1; 32/75) (1832) andvedayes
imp. 2, 483. 1874; D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot.
[transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 634. 1908; Mold., Phytologia 46:
17--19. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 266, 366, 460, & 591. 1980;
Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980.

VITEX LEUCOXYLON f£. ZEYLANICA (Mold.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389.
1974; Mold., Phytologia 46: 17 & 19--20. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem.
We AN, AS, PSs be Sle) wee)

VITEX LIMONIFOLIA Wall.

Additional & emended bibliography: Fletcher , Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf.:1938: 405, 431, & 433. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 4: 20--21.
1980; Mold... Phytol. Mem. 2: 266, 274,287, 289, 290; 366, & 591.
1980.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 461

Recent collectors have encountered this plant in open woods
and open deciduous forests, at 15--300 m. altitude. Mrs. Collins
reports that in Thailand its wood is used to make house-posts.

Fletcher (1938) notes that the nomenclatural type of the spe-
cies is from the Prome hills of Burma, lists the species also
from Laos and Cambodia, and cites @llins 9, Kerr 2011 & 19488,
Kiah 24414, Marcan 367 & 1102, and Vanpruk 184 & 1009 from Thai-
land.

VITEX LINDENI Hook. f.

Additional & emended bibliography: Bean in Chittenden, Dict.
Gard., imp. 1, 4: 2249 (1956) and imp. 2, 4: 2249. 1965; Mold.,
Phytologia 46: 21. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 366 & 591. 1980.

VITEX LONGISEPALA King & Gamble

Additional & emended bibliography: Fletcher , Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1938: 405, 407, 432, & 436. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 46: 22.
1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 287, 298, & 591. 1980.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a scandent shrub and
have encountered it in evergreen forests, at 100--210 m. altitude.
Fletcher (1938), noting that the type of the species is from the
Malay Peninsula, cites only Kerr 7113, Kiah 24275, and Lakshna-
kara 634 from Thailand.

VITEX LUCENS T. Kirk

Additional & emended bibliography: Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N.
Zeal., ed. 1, 350--351 & 456, fig. 114. 1906; Cheeseman, Man. N.
Zeal. Fl., ed. 2, 763--764 & 1163. 1926; Laing & Blackwell, Pl.
Newaeal..f ed.! 3), 286), 354=—356,, &4 46824 file 12790927), iedut4s
D2 leeoi2,; 1& 499, figs 1274(1940));,, anduede) 754221) 371——373),, &
499, fig. 139. 1964; Mold., Phytologia 46: 23--28. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 340, 366, 458, & 591. 1980.

Emended illustrations: Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N. Zeal., ed. 1,
Silt ee 4. (L906), . eda 1308955 teleost 27a (L927) eds aaeeeiee
Elo olS9 (1940)... and ed.97, S725) ELeen 139. 21964)

Hooker (1853) reports the vernacular name, "kaneree", and
cites Banks & Solander and Colenso s.n. He notes that the spe-
cies is "Rare in the Middle Island" and is cultivated in Eng-
land.

Additional citations: NEW ZEALAND: North: B. H. Macmillan
69/89 (Ne--33952). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Laing & Blackwell, Pl.
New Zena eds: 115 S51,. Elo. 4. 2906: ()-

VITEX MADIENSIS var. MILANJIENSIS (Britten) Pieper

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 30--31. 1980;
Molds, Phytol: Mem..2: 221, 223, 228, 234,72365.239, 241,06 591.
1980.

Reekmans has encountered this plant at 1600--1800 m. altitude,
flowering in February and October. The corollas are said to
have been "whitish" on his no. 7211 and "white, lower lip violet"
on his no. 5765

Additional citations: BURUNDI: Reekmans 5765(Ac), 7211 (Ac).

462 PD Haye De ONE TONG MIRA Vol. 48, No. 6

VITEX MEGAPOTAMICA (Spreng.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 94. 1891; Dom-
browski & Neto, Inform. Pesq. 3 (21): 80 & 81. 1979; Klein, Sel-
lowia 31: 163. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 46: 31--38. 1980; Mold.,
Phyted.. «Mem. 25 "1713. 180, 180, °1935°366,° 435, °°45e=-4605° & S92
1980.

Dombrowski & Neto (1979) describe this species as a tree to 5
m. tall, with lilac-colored corollas, blooming in December and
January, known locally as "taruma", and used to make "obras ex-
ternas, esteios, moirdées, postes, carrocerias, mobilias dormen-
tes de primeira qualidade". Renvoize describes it as a slender
tree, 8--20 m. tall, the trunk smooth or the bark flaking off in
vertical strips, gray, the leaves bright glossy-green above, and
the corollas "grayish-white, violet in the throat" (no. 3204) or
"white, the dorsal lobe pale-mauve, the throat with mauve streaks,
pilose on the upper lip, the stamens deep-mauve" (no. 3259), and
has encountered it growing at 175--200 m. altitude, in anthesis
in October.

Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Misiones: Renvoize 3204 (W--
2894513), 3259 (W--2894514).

VITEX MICRANTHA Glirke
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 39. 1980; Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 209--211, 215, 458, & 592. 1980.
Bernardi describes this plant as a tree, 4--10 m. tall.
Additional citations: IVORY COAST: Bernardi 8456 (W--2866289).

VITEX MOLLIS H.B.K.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 40--43. 1980;
Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 69, 366, 458, 459, & 592. 1980; Wiggins,
Piss Baga Calsch. 5525. Ge555, fips 503. 1980%

Additional illustrations: Wiggins, Fl. Baja Calif. 535, fig.
503; 1980).

Recent collectors describe this species as a wide-spreading
tree, 12 m. tall, and have found it growing in low deciduous
woods, at 430--1100 m. altitude, reporting the vernacular name,
"nanche de perro". The corollas are said to have been "blue" on
Boutin & Brandt 2666.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Guerrero: Blanco, Toledo, &
Cabrera 538 (Me--276341). Jalisco: Boutin & Brandt 2666 (Me--
270698). Michoacan: Eggler 166 (Ws).

VITEX MOMBASSAE Vatke

Additional & emended bibliography: J. B. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 95% 316,321; '326, “Ss 5212°1900; RIOR. Fetes,
Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.-Kong. Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 273.
1916; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920; Good
& Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl. 144. 1930; Fedde & Schust.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 403. 1938; Moomaw, Study Pl. Ecol.
Coast Kenya 41. 1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 593 &
597. 1961; Friedrich-Holzhammer, Meewe, & Meikle, Prodr. Fl.
Sldw. Afr. 13, 122¢°00.°2967) “Astle, “Kirkial’7:°92. 19685" Molds,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 463

Phytologia 17: 12. 1968; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala
239--240. 1969; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970;
Mold.; Fifth Summ. 1: ‘232, 238, 240, 242;° 245, 247, 249; 250, &
253 (1971) and 2: 717, 718, 722, 727, & 927. 1971; Greenway &
Vesey-Fitzgerald, Journ. E. Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. Nat. Mus. 28: 21.
1972; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 1950, 1951, &
1957. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 34: 262. 1976; Lawton, Journ. Ecol.
66: 183. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 44: 390. 1979; Mold., Phytol.
Meese 22; 220,' 2305 23L, 235; "2365. 236,299, 242, 2455 & 592;
1980.

Lawton (1978) lists this species as a member of the chipya eco-
logical group of species growing in an open habitat where dry
season fires are intense. Palmer & Pitman (1972) assert that it
is, along with V. amboniensis GlUrke and V. harveyana H. H. W.
Pearson, a species which grows well in northeastern Namibia. They
describe it as a shrub or tree of savannas and open forests, par-
tial to sandy soil, to 6 m. tall, often many-branched from the
base, with smooth gray bark and hairy young twigs, having long-
petiolate leaves composed of 3--5 leaflets which are slightly
hairy above, densely velutinous beneath, marginally dentate or
entire, and sessile or subsessile, the central one to 7.5 cm. long
and 1.9 cm. wide, "egg-shaped, oval, or oblong", apically rounded
or "pointed". The flowers are described as borne in cymes on long
stalks [peduncles] in the axils of the leaves, the corollas mauve,
violet, or bicolored, the fruit "about the size of a cherry", with
a "hard stone and a thin, fleshy covering", black when mature, and
edible. They report the common name, "wild cherry".

Greenway & Vesey-Fitzgerald (1972) refer to the species as a
small tree of rocky hillsides, fire subclimax, and open woodland
in Lake Manyara National Park, citing their no. 6001. Astle (1968)
cites his no. 283 from Zambia. Friedrich-Holzhammer and his assoc-
ates (1967) cite DeWinter & Marais 4796 and Watt 17 from Namibia.
Apparently they accept V. flavescens Rolfe as distinct from V. mom-
bassae.

Richards & Morony (1969) found V. mombassae to be a "fairly
large spreading tree", 20 feet tall, growing in open, very rocky,
sandy areas, on rough stony slopes, steep roadsides, and among flat
laterite rocks, at 2600--5800 feet altitude, citing their nos.
2309, 11846, 11914, 13300, 13574, & 18169 and Robertson 180 from
Mbala.

Watts & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962) report that the sap of this tree
"is caustic and may on occasion cause severe swelling and pain, but
is applied by native boys in Zambia 'to make the penis grow bigger’.
In Tanzania a decoction of the plant is used for ‘strengthening and
flavouring tobacco.'" They also report the fruit is edible and
list the following vernacular names: "kashilumbulu", "mfulu",
"mfuru", "mfutu", "mkakata", "mkinka", "mpura", "msungwa", "msungwe",
"msungwi", "mtalali", "mubonya", "muchunkule", "muhunda", "mumbomba",
"mumbomba-wacilunga", "muninka", "umchunkale", and "umtshonge".

Dale & Greenway (1961) describe the species as a "small savanna
tree to 20 ft. with densely pubescent branchlets. Leaves coriaceous

464 2 Vat Ye Ie To) 16, @) (Ewe A Vol. 48, No-6

and 3--5-foliolate with petiole 1/2 too 4 in. long. Leaflets ob-
ovate, elliptic or oblong-elliptic to 3 in. long and 1 3/4 in.
broad, apex rounded to acute or shortly cuspidate, entire and
sessile or very shortly petiolulate, lamina thinly pubescent a-
bove and densely so beneath. Flowers in few-flowered axillary
cymes on peduncles 2 1/2 in. long; bracts lanceolate or oblance-
olate. Corolla twice as long as the calyx, white with one mauve
lobe or all mauve. Ovary hairy. Drupes black, the size of a
plum.'' They describe it as a resident of coastal savannas in
Kenya, citing Drummond & Hemsley 1156, Gardner 1464, and Hilde-
brandt 1872 (the type). They record the vernacular names:
"mfududu", '"mfudumaji", '"mfudukoma", "mkalijote", and "mkufu".

Moomaw (1960) encountered the tree in wooded portions of
savannas in coastal Kenya. Good & Exell (1930) refer to it as a
shrub or tree 10--25 feet tall growing in thickets especially
comprised of Combretaceae (Combretum, Diplorhynchus, etc.) and
"sporadic in open forests of Combretum" in Angola, citing their
nos. 1052, 1053, 1063, and 1064, listing "muxiluxillu" as a ver-
nacular name.

Fries (1916) calls the species a '"Niedriger Baum oder Strauch
in den TrockenwHldern [in Zambia]. Ende September in beginnender
Blute; der griusste Lappen der Bllltenkrone blau, die vier klein-
eren nellblau. -- Die Art ist bisher aus Angola und dem unteren
Kongo angegeben", citing his no. 832. Glirke (1895) calls it a
shrub to 4 m. tall, inhabiting the 'Buschsteppe" of East Africa.

Recent collectors refer to Vitex mombassae as a hairy shrub,
shrublet, or small tree, 2--8 m. tall, single-stemmed, much
branched, the trunk to 12 inches in diameter, the bark yellowish-
gray and smooth or corrugated, the sap colorless, the leaves to-
mentose, the flowers small, aromatic, panicled, and the imma-
ture fruit large, green [the 12-inch trunk diameter seems ques-
tionable -- probably "in circumference" was intended]. They have
found it growing in deep coarse sand, red sandy soil, or orange-
brown sandy loam in sandy thickets, open woods, Brachystegia
woodland, and grassveld, as well as in stony ground in the bush,
at 50--1970 m. altitude, in anthesis from September to December,
as well as in March and May, and in fruit in February and June.
It is reported "local with Schrebera koiloneura and Combretum
purpureiflorum in woodland of Commiphora ugogensis, C. molle, C.
mossambicensis, Combretum apiculatum, Strophanthus eminii, Xero-
derris stuhlmannii, Grewia spp., Markhamia spp., Euphorbia mata-
belensis, Dalbergia aberrans, Entandrophragma bussei, and Ses-
amnothamnus busseanus.

The corollas are said to have been "mauve" on Tanner 2523,
"purple & mauve" on Tanner 1245, "mauve & white" on Tanner 2826,
"light blue-lilac" on Schlieben 5353, “white to light-blue" on
Mwasumbi 10292, and "hood & sides of lobes white, lip light-mauve"
on Greenway & Kanuri 14688.

"Chella" is the name applied to this plant by the Bushmen, ac-
cording to Watt, who, strangely, refers to the fruit as "inedible".
Collectors also report the local name, "mushembere", from Namibia

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 465

and, from Tanzania, the names, "mfuu mwengere", "mutalali", and
"sungwi".

Richards describes the leaves as "5-lobed. soft, but they are
compound, not simple and lobed, although the leaflets may be ses-
sile or subsessile). Greenway & Kanuri call the "leaves peltate",
but this, also, is not true.

According to Tanner, in Tanzania the species is found in cul-
tivated areas as a residual tree, left standing because of its
edible fruit. He also asserts that the pounded roots are used in
the treatment of snakebite to cause vomiting, also mixed with
butter placed in cuts on the temples "and to close the fontanelle
on newly born infants".

Vitex mombassae is easily confused with V. payos (Lour.) Merr.,
but may be distinguished from the latter by its much larger
flowers and the pubescence in the inflorescence being yellowish-
brown instead of white.

Material of V. mombassae has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. amboniensis Glirke, V. shirensis J. G. Ba-
ker, and even as Torenia mannii Skan. On the other hand, the
Harris 2827 and Lemboko 26, distributed as V. mombassae, actually
are V. payos var. glabrescens (Pieper) Mold. and Holst 2096 is
Premna chrysocarpa (Bojer) Glirke.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Carnochan 69 (W--
2091735); Greenway & Kanuri 14688 (Mu); Mwasumbi 10292 (Ld); Pole-
Evans 778 (W--1940928); Schlieben 1477 (Mu), 5353 (Mu); Tanner
1245 (N), 2523 (N), 2826 (Ba, N). ZAMBIA: Gilges 671 (Mu); M.
Richards 21442 (E--1836521); E. A. Robinson 3786 (Mu), 3940 (Mu).
ZIMBABWE: G. M. McGregor 72/51 [Govt. Herb. 34662] (N). MALAWI:
J. Buchanan 231 (W--806745). NAMIBIA: Baum 298 (Mu--3914); Win-
ter & Marais 4796 (Mu). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED:

Watt 17 [W. Caprivi] (Mu).

VITEX MOMBASSAE var. ACUMINATA Piever

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 (2): 403. 1938; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 597. 1961;
Mold., Phytologia 15: 267. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 242 (1971)
ana 2: 927. 1971's*Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2° 234° % 592. 19602

VITEX MOMBASSAE var. ERYTHROCARPA (Glirke) Pieper

Additional bibliography:Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 (2): 403. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 267. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 247 (1971) and 2: 717 & 927. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 25:
416. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 236 & 592. 1980.

VITEX MOMBASSAE var. PARVIFLORA (Gibbs) Pieper

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 267. 1967; Mold.,
Fitth Sum. Ws 249° °(1971) "and 2: 71750722, & 927.. 19713 Mold.,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 238 & 592. 1980.

Additional citations: ZIMBABWE: Gibbs 135 [Mo. Bot. Gard. photo
A.855] (Go--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type, Z--
photo of type).

466 P Hever Onl OsGyr A Vol. 48, No. 6

VITEX MORONENSIS Mold., Phytologia 34: 246. 1976.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 246 & 257. 1976; Ldpez-
Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold.,
Phytologia 44: 398. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 130 & 592. 1980.

Citations: ECUADOR: Morona Santiago: Little, Ortega U., Saman-
iego V., & Vivar C. 548 (Z--type).

VITEX MOSSAMBICENSIS Glrke

Synonymy: Vitex mossamicensis Pieper ex Mold., Résumé 387,
sphalm. 1959.

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Ei. Trop. Afr.) 5: 317 & 329). 19003" fedde & Schust.,.Juses
Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 402. 1938; Mold., Résumé 145, 151, 387, &
477. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 15: 267. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
239 & 253 (1971) and 2: 927 & 973. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 44:
393. 1979 Molds. ehytol. Mem. 2: 2285, 2425..459)5 (&, 592.1980.

GUrke (1895) notes that "Siese Art £Y¥11t besonders auf durch
die an der Unterseite in den Winkeln der Adern gebU¥rteten B1[4Yt-
ter] und die stark lippenfUrmige, mit kurzem, breiten Tubus ver-
sehene B[lutenkrone]."

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection from Mozambique.
Recent collectors describe the plant as a tall tree, 3--16 m.
tall, with tomentose 5-digitate leaves on long hairy petioles,
the petiolules 9--10 mm. long, axillary, subterminal, lax
panicles, "fused sepals", and long-"'pedicellate" fruit "with a
slight smell", and have encountered it scattered in dense coas-
tal thickets, at 90--280 m. altitude, in fruit in January. The
corollas are said to have been "steel-blue" on Schlieben 5792.

Material of V. mossambicensis has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as V. buchananii J. G. Baker.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: B. J. Harris
6180 (Z); Ludanga MRC.1180 (Tz); Schlieben 5792 (Mu).

VITEX MOSSAMBICENSIS var. OLIGANTHA (J. G. Baker) Pieper

Additional synonymy: Vitex mossamicensis var. oligantha (J.

G. Baker) Pieper ex Mold., Résumé 387, sphalm. 1959.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 57 (2): 402. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 267. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 239 (1971) and 2: 722, 724; 927, & 973.1971; Metaa,
Phytol. Mem. 2: 228, 459, & 592. 1980.

VITEX NEGUNDO L.

Additional & emended synonymy: Negundo arbor mas J. Bauhin,
Hist. Pl. Univers. 2: 189. 1651. Negundo arbor femina J. Bau-
hin, Hist. Pl. Univers. 2: 189. 1651. Vitex trifolia odorata,
sylvestris indica P. Herm. ex Breye, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. Ts
2: 106, in syn. 1688. Vitex trifolia minor indica serrata
Breyne, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1, 2: 106. 1688. Vitex trifolia
odorata silvestris indica P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 2, 47. 1726.
Vitex trifolia major Rauwolf ex P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 2, 47.
1726. Walnika P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 2, 47. 1726. Negundo
prior, sive mas; Acostae Breyne, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 2, 2:

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 467

106, in syn. 1739. Lagondium litoreum Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 4: 50,
pl. 19. 1743. Negundo femina Acosta ex L., Fl. Zeyl., imp. 1,
194. 1747. Vitex trifolia odorata sylvestris indica Burm. ex L.,
Fl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 194. 1747. Negundo ms Acosta ex L., Fl. Zeyl.,
imp. 1, 195. 1747. Vitex foliis quinatis ternatisque serratis,
floribus racemoso-paniculatis L. ex P. Browne in Sloane, Civil
Nats Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1 ,'267, in syn. 1756. ‘Vitex ‘trifolia
indica minor serrata Pluk. ex Burm. f., Fl. Ind. 138, in syn. 1768.
Vitex trifolia sylvestris indica odorata Burm. f., Fl. Ind. 138,
in syn. 1768. Lagondium littoreum Rumpf apud Burm. f., Fl. Ind.
138, in syn. 1768. Vitex foliis quinatis, ternatisque serratis,
floribus racemoso-paniculatis L. apud Burm. f., Fl. Ind. 138. 1768.
Bem-noss Rheede apud Decne., Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3:
400, in syn. 1834. Vitex leucoxilon Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. l,
516. 1837. Vitex trifoliata odorata sylvestris indica Burm. apud
Decne., Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 400, in syn. 1834.
Vitex negundo Roxb. ex Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 502, in
syn. 1858. Lagundi Mercado ex Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
ed. 3, 4: 160, in syn. 1880. Vitex uegundo L. ex Razi, Journ.
Univ. Poona 1 (2): Biol. 47, sphalm. 1952. Vitex negungo Hyland,
U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 173: 272, sphalm. 1969. Vitex
nugundo L. ex Tilak & Kale, Sydowia Ann. Mycol. 23: 17, sphaln.
1969. Vitex negundo var. negundo [L.] apud Encke & Buchheim in
Zander , HandwUrterb. Pfl.-namen, ed. 10, 525. 1972. Vitex negundu
L. ex Vohora, Khan, & Afaq, Indian Journ. Pharm. 35: 100 & 101,
sphalm. 1973. Vito negundo Humar, Hindustani Times Feb. 17, p. 4,
sphalm. 1974. Nika silvestris P. Herm. ex Mold., Phytologia 31:
403, in syn. 1975. Vitex nigundo Patunkar, Grasses Marathwada 297,
sphalm. 1980.

Additional & emended bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malab. 2:
pl. 12. 1685; Breyne, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1. 2: 106. 1688;
Pe Herm:, Mus; Zeyl.,' eds. 1,°47 (E727) andved. 257475 1/2632
Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 229. 1737; Breyne, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., eds 2,
2: 106. 1739; L., Fl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 194--195 (1747) and imp. 2,
T9f——195. 1748; “Ls; Sp. PL.,. ed. L, imps .25 (22) 638:.> 1753s eo
Stickm., Herb. Amb. 15. 1754; P. Browne in Sloane, Civil Nat. Hist.
Jamaic., ed. 1, 267. 1756; Kwa-wi [transl. Savatier], Arbor. 4:
pl. 1. 1759; L., Amoen. Acad: 4: 126. 1759; L., Syst. Nat.,; ed. 10
[Stockh.], 2: 1122. 1759; Sandmark in L., Amoen. Acad. 5: 380.
1759" NN. L.,. Burm., Fl. Ind. 138. 27683; 3. Burm, PE.oMatab. 3-
1769; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 156. 1772; P. Browne in Sloan, Civil Nat.
Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, 267. 1789; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 182.
1797; McDonald, Dict. Pract. Gard. 2: pl. 60. 1807; Willd., Enum.
Hort. Berol. 660. 1809; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46 & 95. 1814;
Wall. in Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 1, imp. 1, 1: 481. 1820; Moon, Cat.
Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46. 1824; A. Rich. [transl. G. Kunze],
Med. Bot. 1: 383. 1824; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 1, imp. 1, 3: 70 &
71. 1824; A. Rich. [transl. G. Kunze], Med. Bot. 2: 1302. 1826;
Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323. 1826; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1,
246. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416. 1830; Bischoff, Grundr.
Med. Bot. 305. 1831; Wall., Numer. List 86, no. 1744. 1831; Cham.,
Linnaea 7: 107--108 & 400. 1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed.

468 BE Ye 10; LAONGs i, A Vol. 48, No. 6

Dey PING) esl ARSSVIR Iotle Gelstercten wheats, tle An Pe Mise WG invopds . -
Bl laid ede see tmp lees 2 Once wl loo 2 Deenem. NOt Ss VAnTEEsMiTSE
Hist. Nat. saris 3: 40051834: Moh; Ann. Sei. Nat .5.sen.2e0Se
S19) 1835i3\ Blanco, bab lcpirs eden die po l6——5ili7 aL Oovey DieusDalc tata
Taschenb. Ausl¥nd. Arzneigew. 221 & 324. 1839; G. Don in Loud.,
Hot ABET Ge eG. S35 p26 el OS9)s, SWeCt. HOE . eBid. syedja5/5) 05a
1839; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. 9: 232. 1840; Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind.
Orient, 2G) apie. allo) 1842-0 DeaDilletrsa.) Syme abl). 65: lodl2meles nor
Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 469. 1845; Sieb. & Zucc., Abhandl.
Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4 (3): 152. 1846; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.

It 5683——O05N& 1096.00 S47.) Magy.) Hill wind. Bata lun@l)i) SOUl misao
Schnitzl., Iconogr. Fam. Nat. 2: 131 Verbenac. [2]. 1856; Buek,
Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 502. 1858; Dupuis, Nouv. Fl. Usuel.
Med. 2: 298. 1860; Benth., Fl. Hongk. 273. 1861; Thwaites & Hook.
f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed.
42) \eimp)s ll 539) S60 lecdmp.) 25. 559) (863), cand) imp Ssen ooo.
1864; Aitchison, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 8: 70. 1865; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 4, 539 (18670, imp. 5, 539 (1868), imp.
65) 5595 869) sand) amp 7s 59!) 1070s) vAG Wood... Am=, Both Lonenmede
ij abu) IS wei) (Gltsi/0)) aul Gale ala sina Ae Ys, aei7AlSe ie 1s Sie -
Contrib. Mat. Med. China 227. 1871; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42],
sn to DEVS IW /HR IAS) Woyorele Wiig ioe, Weileres 5 lela “ils ahs 3} 223}7/
@i872)) and! edi) 15 amp. 4,5 297)., 1873: Beddome, Forest... Mane Bots.
India 171. 1873; Brandis, Forest Fl. N.-W. Cent. India 369--370 &
5/7 8745 -Roxb).,, El.) dnd., ed. 2, imp. 2), 481—-482. 118743) Aj) Woods
Wits Woje5 Wilowens eels ILS abies Sy 22Si7/ (nA) enatel GrelG ALA) akg! (5, 23!7/-
1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 9, 539. 1876; Naves &
Hera Valar ine Blanco, ble Palip ed. Sa 10. pive22 On Lomes
Bowss.,) wl Orient... imp. 2, 4: 535. 1879s, Mercado anwBianco-ssule
Filip., ed. 3, 4 Lib. Med. 36. 1880; Naves & Fern.-Villar in Blan-
Cones) sbasliip... edo. 4:5 L60. 1880s) Gambile, Man.) indian) Tamben
ed. 1, 297 & 522. 1881; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 10,
539. 1881; Bretschneid- » Bot. Sin. 3: 36. 1882; Franch., Nouv.
Archi Mus; hist. wNateasbarrs., Sem. 2, (0 tl2 5 1883s. brane. eels
David., imp. 1, 1: 232. 1884; Hemsl. in Thomson & Murray, Rep. Sci-
ent. Res. Voy. Challenger 3, Bot. 1: 110 & 177. 1885; Trimen,
Journs)Geyilon Br Roy. Astat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Gat. Blow. Pie iGayley|
695 18853 Vidally Soller; Phanis Cuming. Bhilip. 72) & L345 U1 85eake
Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kais. Wilhelmsl. 121--122. 1889; 0. R. Willis
in A. Wood, Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 2, 237. 1889; Forbes & Hemsl.,
Uieithane Waals eyes Wetels Wyores AS) |fatorle il, Sahis YI)/8 PS & Ye
1890; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 510--511 & 513. 1891; Pardo de Ta-
vera, Pl. Med. Filip. 238--241, 333, 334, & 339. 1892; Dymock,
Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Ind. 3: [iii], 73 ,& 74. 1893;
Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 246. 1894; Bull. Coll. Agric. Tokyo
2) spite wll4ie, fe. Di 895s) Tsimen. Handb). Bill Geydion) 3350) soe
1895; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. 5: 12. 1899; J. G. Baker in
Thiselt.-Dyer , Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 315 & 318--319. 1900; Collett,
Bile Simi. 3805, 19025) Diels. Bi. .Gent.—China’ 549).) 902*5 Pram.
Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 2: 832 & 833. 1903; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb.,
ed. 1, 3: 427--428. 1905; Brandis, Indian Timb., imp. 1, 503--
504. 11906; Woodrow, Gard. ;Trop., ed. 6, 445. 1900; C.K. Schnevddes

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 469

Pilustc. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 592, 594, & 595. 1911; Jo Cc. & M:
Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911;
E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 400, 493, & 404. 1912; Diels,
Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 7: 332 & 410. 1913; Koord. & Val.,
Atlas Baumart. Java 2: 6 & 201, pl. 293. 1914; Matsuda, Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 28: [418]. 1914; Rehm. , Leafl. Philip. Bot. 6: 2257. 1914;
Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, pl. 740A. 1915; Chiov., Result.
Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 144 & 218. 1916; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed.
1, 1936--1940, pl. 740A. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb.
Heid. 37: 42--44. 1918; E. D. Merr. Sp. Blanc. 332--333. 1918;
Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 1, 391 & 394. 1918; Saxton & Sedge-
wick, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 7: 291. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac.
Malay. Arch. 184, 189--194, 369, & 370. 1919; H. J. Lam in Lam &
Baki. y but. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser! 3, 3) (49.°192158 Dp
Merr.,. Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 5: 514. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. In-
dian Trees 2: 776. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4:
711--712. 1922; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 630 & 631. 1923; Makino,
mMitust. Fl. Jap. [895]. 1924; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj.,) ed. 2;
395. 1924; Sakaguchi, Gen. Ind/ Fl. Okin. 18--19. 1924; Bodding,
Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 3, 7--9, 12, 75, 80, 94, 96, 100, &
103. 1925; Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz. 812. 1926; Thakar, Pl.
Cutch. 223. 1926; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 145, 166,
167, 188, 193, & 197. 1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 47 (2): 246. 1927; Heyne, Nutt. Pl. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 2:
1317. 1927; Osmaston, Forest Fl. Kumaon 406. 1927; Stev., Ann.
Mycol. Berlin 25: 438. 1927; Chiov., Fl. Somala 65. 1929; Fedde
& Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 426. 1929; Hooper, Gard.
Bull. Straits Settl. 6: 138. 1929; E. H. Wils., China Mother
Gard. 23 & 94. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: Suppl.
Zones WwW." Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. L57ss5 719381;
Vansell & Eckert, Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 517, imp. 1,
52 & [60]. 1931; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 101--105.
1932; Terasaki, Nippon Shokubutsu Zufu [Jap. Bot. Illustr. Album]
1225. 1933; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indochin. 37: 1292--
1293. 1934; Hand.-Mazz., Act. Hort. Gothenb. 9: 67. 1934; Chris-
topherson, Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 192. 1935; Kirtikar & Basu,
Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1936--1940, pl. 740A. 1935;
Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chin. 4: 835. 1935; E. D. Merr.,
Trane. Am. Phil. ‘Socx:,, ‘ser. 2,° 24 7)2 333, S84, G 4442 1935;
Ghose & Krishna, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 13: 634--640. 1936;
Kanehira, Formos. Trees, ed. 2, 652 & 736, fig. 607. 1936; Mad-
rid Moreno, Declar. Virt. Arb. Pl. 110 & 173. 1936; Makins, Ident.
Trees Shrubs 259. 1936; Ghose & Krishna, Chem. Abstr. 31: 3959.
1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 405, 407, 408, 431, &
A532 19383 Breyne, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pils, edso2, 2: 206. 2939%
Kanjilal, Das, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 478, 480, 481, & 561. 1939;
Itikawa & Yamasita, Journ. Chem. Soc. Japan 61: 787--798. 1940;
W. Trelease, Pl’. Mat: Decorat. Gard. Woody PL. ed. 5, imp. 2,
146. 1940; Biswas, Indian Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. 3: 42. 1941;
Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot Jahresber. 60 (2): 576. 1941; Vansell
<sEckert,” Univ. Calif. Apr. Exp. Sta Bull Si7, (imp. 2, ~76%
1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 500. 1941; Everett, Cat.

470 Pee sl Os eOSG wl eA Vol. 48, No. 6

Hardy Trees Shrubs 120. 1942; Itikawa & Yamasita, Chem. Abstr. 36:
7241--7242. 1942; Lall, Indian Forest. 48: 181--185. 1942; Van
Melle, Shrubs Trees Small Place 48, 54, 55, & 177. 1943; Basu &
Singh, Indian Journ. Pharm. 6: 71--73. 1944; E. L. D. Seymour,

New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 1292. 1944; Basu & Singh, Chem. Abstr.
40: 3227. 1946; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 4, 1292.
1946; Basu & Singh, Quart. Journ. Pharm. Pharmacol. 20: 136--137.
1947; Valenzuela, Concha, & Santos, Journ. Philip. Pharm. Assoc.
34: 1--57. 1947; Basu & Singh, Chem. Abstr. 42: 1025. 1948; Hara,
Fnume sperm. Jape, imp el. ol: TOO L948) Hea IN & (AS oe) Moilid eprbaae
Life 2: 69. 1948; T. A. Henry, Pl. Alkaloids, ed. 4, 778 & 804.
1949; Mitra, Chandran, & Rao, Science Cult. 14: 315--317. 1949;
Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 541. 1949; R. O. Williams, Useful Ornament.
Pl. Zanzib. 66 & 485. 1949; S. C. & D. Datta, Indian Pharm. 6.
1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: [1034], fig. 247B. 1950:
E. L. D.. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 5, 1292. 1951; Blackburn,
Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 303. 1952; Hatta, Kubo, & Watanabe, List
Media P57 19525) Razie Journ. Univ. Poona i@) 2 sbicl. 4/7-soos
Thakar, Fl. Barda 585. 1952; Naito, Sci. Rep. Kag. 2: 60. 1953;
PateleSyst. List trees 20) 1953); Pételot, Pl. Méd. Cambod. Laos
Viet. 2 [Archiv. Recherch. Agron. Past. Viet. 18]: 248--250 (1953)
and\-4e Te) 2159 22. 28; 38. 47--49, 62, 64, 685) 705. 1715, 1827 2aRr
262, 285, & 299. 1954; R. W. Br., Compos. Scient. Words 833. 1954;
Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afr. 178. 1954; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kana-
zawa Univ. 4 [Enum. Trach. 7]: 48. 1955; Roi, Trait. Pl. Méd.
Chin. 411 & 484. 1955; Bean in Chittenden, Dict. Gard., imp. l,

4: 2249 & 2250. 1956; Nair & Nathaway, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. 54: 99. 1956; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 3, 590. 1956;
Pattnaik, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 149. 1956; Wyman,
Shrubs Vines Am. Gard. 351 & 352. 1956; Gorrie in Misra, Journ.
Indian Bot. Soc. 36: 605. 1957; Hansford, Sydowia 10: 47. 1957;
Mold., Phytologia 6: 14 & 21. 1957; Rageau, Pl. Méd. Nouv.-Caled.
61, 76, 78, 79, 82, 84--86, & 89. 1957; Steinmetz, Cod. Veget.
1204. 1957; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 508. 1958;
Estores Anzaldo, Marafion, & Ancheta, Philip. Journ. Sci. 86: 236
& 239. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959;
Madan & Nayar, Journ. Sci. Industr. Res. India 18C: 10--14. 1959;
Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines 406. 1959; Worthington, Ceyl. Trees
347. 1959; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget. Plain, ed. 2, 2: 90. 1960;
Puri, Indian Forest Ecol. 1: 183 & 229 (1960) and 2: 657. 1960;
Smiley, Trop. Plant. Gard. 54. 1960; Brooker & Cooper, N. Zeal.
Med. Pl. 36. 1961; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 592 & 597. 1961;
Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 745--746. 1961; Hansford, Sy-
dowia, ser. 2, Beih. 2: 684 & 688. 1961; Satmoko in Wyatt-Sm. &
Wycherley, Nat. Conserv, West. Malaysia 109. 1961; Willaman &
Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 237.
1961; Anon., Hortic. Abstr. 32: 202. 1962; Enari, Ornament. Shrubs
Calif. 170 & 171, fig. 164. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard.
Lucknow 76: 20. 1962; Santapau, Journ. Gujarat Res. Soc. 17: 39.
1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962; Boiss., Far
Orient., imp. 2, 4: 535. 1963; Sarma, Drag. Vigy. 1. 1963; E. L.
D. Seymour, New [Wise] Gard. Encycl., ed. 6, 1292 (1963) and ed.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 471

7, 1292. 1964; Boiss., Fl. Orient., imp. 2, 4: 535. 1964; R. Good,
Geogr. Flow. Pl. 209. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.,
imp. 2, 244. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 605. 1965; Bean in
Chittenden, Dict. Gard., imp. 2, 4: 2249 & 2250. 1965; Gaussen,
Viart, Legris, & Labroue, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang.
Pond. Hors 5: 34. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Anon.,
Delect. Sem. Hort. Bot. Cent. Thbilis. Georg. 25. 1966; Banerji,
Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19: 75. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay
Penins. 2: 2279--2280. 1966; Chavan & Oza, Mahar. Savaj. Univ.
Baroda Bot. Mem. 1: [Fl. Pavagadh] 187. 1966; Datta & Majumdar,
Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 20: 103. 1966; Everett, Reader's Digest

Compl. Book Gard. 447 & 661. 1966; Gupta, Season. Fls. Ind. Sum.
Resorts Moos. 98, 114, 132, 154, & 241. 1967; Lovell, Gleanings

Bee Cult. 94: 419--420. 1966; Monsalud, Tofgacan, Lépez, & Lagri-
mas, Philip. Journ. Sci. 95: 557. 1966; Raju, Indian Forest. 92:

483 & 489. 1966; Raju, Trop. Ecol. 7: 122. 1966; Santapau, Fl.
Saurashtra 41. 1966; Singh & Chaturvedi, Indian Journ. Med. Res. 54:
188--195. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 270. 1966;

Bedi, Econ. Bot. 21: 277, 279, & 281. 1967; Cooke, Fl. Presid.
Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 508. 1967; Coon, Fragrance Frag. Pl. 117.
1967; DeWit, Pl. World High. Pl. 2: 185--186, fig. 162. 1967; El-
lis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 12.

1967; Esfandiari, Prem. List. Pl. Herb. Minist. Agr. Iran 253. 1967;
Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 168: 7, 93, & 196. 1967; Jo-
seph & Vajravelu, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 26. 1967; Lovell, Bio-
research 1967: 1498. 1967; Mitra, Elem. Syst. Bot. Angiosp., ed. 2
abrdg., 139. 1967; Patzak & Rech. in Rech., Fl. Iran 43: 5--8. 1967;
Rao & Kumari, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 107. 1967; Sebastine & El-
lis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 192 & 197. 1967; Tingle, Check List
Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967; W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 2,

335. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 44.
1967; Vyas, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 64: 219. 1967; R. E. Al-
ston in Mabry, Recent Adv. Phytochem. 1: 311. 1968; Anon., Hortic.
Abstr. 38: 517. 1968; Deb, Indian Forest. 94: 765. 1968; Gunawar-
dena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13:
570. 1968; Inamdar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Kundu &
De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 398, 399, 401, & 405, fig. 10, 20,

& 21. 1968; Mallik & Chaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 107, pl.
1. 1968; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 403 & 404. 1968; Mold.,
Bhveologia: 17:28, Li==23, 29, 32,5: 45, 475, 49, 51, 52, 54, 56576 115.
1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 10, 13, & 29 (1968) and 17: 8 & 12.
1968; G. C. Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Patel, Fl.
Malghat 265--266. 1968; Sherk & Buckley, Ornament. Shrubs Canad.
164. 1968; Tilak & Kale, Sydowia 21: 297. 1968; Tiwari, Indian For-
est. 94: 584. 1968; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl.,
ed. 5, imp. 2, 146. 1968; Vajrevelu, Joseph, & Chandrasekaran, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (24): B.A.S.
E.C. S.215. 1969; S. P. & R. N. Banerjee, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23:
168. 1969; Banerji, Chadha, & Malshet, Biores. Ind. 5: 2571. 1969;
Banerji, Chadha, & Malshet, Phytochem. 8: 511--512. 1969; Bhatt,
Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 318. 1969; Billore &
Hemadri, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 343. 1969; Bolkhov., Grif, Mat-

472 PSU LVET OM, KOUGTT TA Vol. 48, No. 6

Veudy 1c) Zakhar..Chirom. Numb. Blow. Pills, impel, 9/ 1/7 ——7 See gours
Cash, Biol. Abstr. 50: 9656. 1969; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm. Bull.
Tokyo 17: 1284--1286. 1969; Cherian & Pataskar, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 11: 392. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl.
769. 1969; Dey, Saxena, & Uniyal, Indian Forest. 95: 201. 1969;
Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 267--
268. 1969; GuhaBakshi & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 175.
1969; Hiremath & al., Journ. Karnatak Univ. [14]: 30--48. 1969;
Hyland.) Usaess Dept. Agia ela dinvent.) i731) 2O2& 272.) 1969)5 Josie.
inddtansHonest G>\5 1538 d969e Kaushik sBulll ot. Suny. indian
655) 845 (855) &987 19695) Mold...) Brol. Abstr. 503) 418.) 1969)" Nicaae
Qadir, Pakist. Journ. Forest. 19: 205, 208--216, & 218. 1969; Rao
& Verma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 4170. 1969; Rau, Bull: Bots
Suny) inditanll0, sSuppile 2) 163). 19695 Shah, ) indian onest. 95 e275
1969; Shah & Deshpande, Bull. Bot. Surv. India. 11: 283. 1969;
Singh, Bull Bot.) sucy.. india l6. M969 Suwaily Pl Phuillichr
Godan Giles 196 9-eGenWeeethomast alex. s ete Heols. Summ. / Oem OOo smeldies
lak & Kale, Sydowia 23: 17. 1969; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv.
Indias 258e 969s" Basilasi Pdavour ind. Wis 45-476). a 9/7 Olean
Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Farnsworth,
Pharmacog. Titles 5 (3): vii & item 2399 (1970), 5 (4): xii &
item 4124 (1970), and 5 (11): xviii & item 14710. 1970; Franch.,
Pils Davids. imps 2. di: 292. 19703) Caussen, Legriis, Bilasco,, Meners
Homji, & Troy, Trav. Sec. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors
1026067, & 1325°1970F Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot.'"24:' "266.
OVO) Menken a brolewAbS tre 516s) elS09710 970s" Matthew.) Bulle Bola.
Surv. India 12: 88. 1970; McGourty [editor]. 1200 Trees [Plants
Gard. 26°(2yi2] 53) 19703" Misra,’ Bull: Bot. “Surv. India 2’) 036.
1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib.
Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1340 & 1878. 1970; Prasad & Wahi, Journ. Res.
Indian Med. 4: 208--213. 1970; Rao & Narayana, Riech. Arom. Kor—-
perpfleg. 20: 215--216, 218, 220, & 222. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 12: 56. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl.,
ed. 8, 1292. 1970; Shah & Patel, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 25.
1970; Sharma & Ghosh, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 24: 53. 1970; Shri-
vastava & Sisodia, Indian Vet. Journ. 47: 170--175. 1970; B. C.
Stone, Micronesica 6: [Fl. Guam] 509. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, &
Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. Indila 12: 114 & 123. 1970; Tilak & Kale;
Sydowia 24: 81, 84, & 85. 1970; Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines 406.
1970; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 105. 1971: Anon., Bi-
ol. Anstr. 52 (7): B.A.S.1.C. S.248. 1971; Bhakuni & al., Indian
Journ. Exp. Biol. 9: 91--102. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp.
2, 503--504. 1971; M. L. & M. M. Dhar, Dhawan, Gupta, & Srimal,
Indian Journ. Exp. Biol. 9: 101. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog.
Titles 5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. (1971), 6 (4): xv & item 6377 97a)
6 (6)> xv Seettte 107647971), or): mix 6 title LiS£9 (1971),
and 7 (8): xx & title 13196. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov.
List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 30, 64, 65, 86, & 96. 1971;
Gupta, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 68: 798. 1971; Inamdar & Pa-
tel, Indian Forest. 97: 328. 1971; Malhotra & Moorthy, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 13: 310. 1971; Masilungan & al., Cancer Chemother.
Rep., part 2, 2 (1): 135--137. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 31,

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 473

Role, Se LO7s: ULL LED, ol 28 01365) 179),, 207),) 2085, 239562605 9255),
Gam, 264, 266, 269, 270,. 279. 281, 290,..291, 293, 294, 298, 303,
ees. 315, 318,) 319,. 328. 330, 3745 385, 386,28 396 C1971)

and 2: 534, 573, 660, 684, 710--716, 718--721, 723--726, 728--730,
781, 785, & 927. 1971; Patel, Forest Fl. Gujarat 25 & 230--231.
1971; Priszter, Delect. Sem. Spor. Pl. Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59.
1971; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. 3, 481--482. 1971; "J.G.S.",
Biol. Abatr. 52: 3659. 1971; Saxena, ‘Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13:
87. 1971; Shah & Joshi, Econ. Bot. 25: 421. 1971; Tendulkar, Syd-
owia 24: 282--285. 1971; Tilak & Kale, Sydowia 24: 89--92. 1971;
Wyman, Gard. Encycl., imp. 1, 1171. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 54
(5): B.A.S.I.C. S.274. 1972; Anon., Commonw. Myc. Inst. Index Fun-
gi 3: 824. 1972; R. Bailey, Good Housekeep. Ill. Encycl. Gard. 15:
2327--2328. 1972; R. G. & M. L. Br., Woody Pl. Md. 288 & 289.
19728 WwW. B./ Cooke, Biol. Abstr.. 543123822, 23235. &96298. 1972:
Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Hamdard 15: 330 & 349. 1972; Encke &
Buchheim in Zander, HandwUrterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 525. 1972;
Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (2): xiv & title 3511 (1972), 7
(3): xid & 177 (1972), 7 (8): xxvii & title 15419 (1972), and 7
(10): xvi. 1972; Fletcher in Hillier, Man. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2,
416 (1972) and imp. ed., 416. 1972; Fong, Farnsworth, Henry, Svo-
boda, & Yates, Lloydia 35: 35 & 46. 1972; Fong, Trojankova, Tro-
j4nek, & Farnsworth, Lloydia 39: 147. 1972; Hara, Enum. Sperm.
Jap., imp. 2, 1: 190. 1972; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan 244, pl. 163,
fig. 12--14. 1972; Mahli & Trivedi, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res.
12: [1927]. 1972; Mitra, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 23.
1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 414, 421, 423, 427, & 438. 1972; C. C.
Rao, Biol. Abstr. 53: 4687. 1972; Skinner, Ornament. Pl. Coastal
Northw. 76. 1972; R. R. Seewart, Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl.
W. Pakist. 608. 1972; Townsend, Kew. Bull. 27: 148 & 149, fig.
Ge hans 19725, Wyman, Gard. Encyel.,,imp. 2, LL7L.. £9725, Zeper=
nick, Baessl.-Arch., ser. 2, 8: 133. 1972; Abraham, Thomas, Karu-
nakaran, & Gopalakrishnan, Agric. Res. Journ. Kerala 10: 59--60.
1973; Altschul, Drugs Foods 246--247. 1973; Anon., Biol. Anstr.

56 (4): B.A.S.1.C. S.280. 1973; Caratini, Blasco, & Thanikaimoni,
Pollen Spores 15: 285. 1973; Debelmas, Plant. Med. Phytother. 7:
104--113. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cumul. Gen. Ind.
piaat (i973) <1 8 (2) xvid) C1973)5.8) (Bye) medad G975) , 8 GLO)
xvii (1973), and 9 (6): xii. 1973; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 4:
2297. 1974; Gupta & Behari, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 50: 367--
368. 1973; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzgerald, Johns, & Lamberton,
Lloydia 36: 294. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]:
661, 663, 664, & 676. 1973; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973;
Mold., Phytologia 25: 232 & 244. 1973; "H.R.", Biol. Abstr. 56
(4): 1847. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 756
[thesis]. 1973; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act. Bot. Hort. Bu-
curest. 1972-73: 116. 1973; Vartak, Indian Nat. Sci. Acad. Bull.
45: 256. 1973; Vohora, Khan, & Afaq, Indian Journ. Pharm. 35: 100-
102. 1973; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 318. 1974;
Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. Jam
717--718. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974;
Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9 (1): xxviii (1974), 9 (2): xiv &
179 (1974), 9 (3): xxii (1974), and 9 (4): x. 1974; Gibbs, Chemo-

474 Pate Van OslmOpGr lal Vol. 48, No. 6

tax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1754. 1974; Kumar, Hindustani Times feb. 7, p.
4. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 404, 430, 442, 443, 445, 446, 452,
& 460. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 1219. 1974; Vivekanandan, Sri
anka Forest., ser. 2, 2%: 119), 128, 129), 139, & 149. 1974) Voho=
ta, Kan, & Afaq, Biol. Abstr. 57: 6713. 1974; Whitney in Foley,
Herbs Use Delight [204]. 1974; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7,
Cumul. Ind. [118]. 1975; Fosberg, Falanruw, & Sachet, Smithson.
Contrib. Bot. 22: 38--39. 1975; Gaussen, Legris, Maher-Homji,
Fontale, Pascal, Chandrahassan, Delacourt, & Troy, Trav. Sect.
Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 14: 44 & 89. 1975; Hocking,
Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 379. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl.,
ed). 92.0 mpa 25) 31 936——1940), pill 740A. 19.753) Kooiman, Act Bote
Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ.
Andesti5i:) 10a 1975s" Moillds.. Phytollopaa) 3380, S895) 40S) eer
19753 Saoji, Botanique 6: 253--—260. 1975; Sharma, Builll. Bot. Soe.
Beng. 29: 143. 1975; Tsagarelli, Bull. Acad. Sci. Georgian SSR 78:
383 & 384. 1975; Wyman, Gard. Journ. 25: [45] & 46. 1975; Anon.,
Biol. Abstr.) 61s: AGIN733.7 19763) Le, He & Ei. 2a Bailey, Hoxrtusitnaind
1161 & 1162. 1976; Fosberg, Rhodora 78: 113. 1976; Karavaev, Vestn.
Mosk. Univ. Biol. Pochvoved. 31: 97--99. 1976; Livingstone, Journ.
Nat. Hist. 10: 529--544. 1976; F. G. Mey., Journ. Arnold Arb. 57:
130. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 266, 267, 279, & 280. 1976; Ray &
Majumdar, Econ. Bot. 30: 319. 1976; Saxena & Khotele, Journ.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 73: 29. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak. 252 &
259. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang¢.
Pond. Hors 13: 371. 1976; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 14 & 18. 1977;
"D.T.C.", Biol. Abstr. 64: 213. 1977; Fosberg, Falanruw, & Sachet,
Micronesica 13: 30. 1977; Kodanda Rao & E. & D. Venkata Rao, Biol.
Abstr. 64: 6284. 1977; Kodanda Rao & E. & D. Venkata Rao, Indian
Journ. Pharm. 39: 41. 1977; R. Lancaster, Medit. Pl. Gard. 131.
1977; Livingstone, Biol. Abstr. 63: 2659. 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 580 & 654. 1977; Meher-Homji, Feddes Repert. 88: 122.
1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 48. 1977; Subramanian & Kalyani, Indian
Forest. 103: 117. 1977; Tupas & Sajise, Kalikasan 6: 233. 1977;
Ching-Wei, China Reconstr. 27 (2): 4. 1978; Fournet, Fl. Illustr.
Phan. Guad. Mart. 1393. 1978; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 4: 432. 1978; C.-W.
Li, China Reconstr. 27 (2): 4. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6769.
1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 308. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans.
Bose Res. Inst. 41: 51 & 53. 1978; Subramanian & Misra, Indian
Journ. Chem. Sect. B Org. Chem. 16: 615--616. 1978; Wang, Act.
Entomol. Sin. 21: 343--344. 1978; Wang, Biol. Abstr. 68: 4667.
1979; Fosberg, Sachet. & Oliver, Micronesica 15: 239. 1979; Hock-
ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86. 1979; Li, Nan-fang 101 & 102, f:lipre

29 & 30. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 225, 333, 334, 338, 346, 347,
353, 389, 391, & 481. 1979; Subramanian & Misra, Biol. Abstr. 67:
2338. 1979; Fosberg, Otobed, Sachet, Oliver, Powell, & Canfield,
Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 485 & 491. 1980;
Molds, Phytoll. Mems2:) 25, 28, 47,545.91, 96, 99, 1035, 126, E27
197, 198, 228, 229, 231, 242, 252--254, 256--258, 266, 267, 269,
271, 275, 280, 282, 283, 287--289, 294, 298, 302--304,309, 310,
319, 321, 366, 367, 413, 423, 458--460, 462, & 592. 1980; Patunkar,
Grasses Marathwada 10 & 297. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 475

& [95]. 1980; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 45, 72, & 219. 1981;
Mold., Phytologia 47: 336 (1981) and 48: 416. 1981.

Additional & emended illustrations: Naves & Fern.-Villar in
Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 6: pl. 228 (in color). 1878; Basu,
Indian Med. Pl., ed. 1, pl. 740A. 1918; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian
Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, pl. 740A. 1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees,
ed. 2, 652, fig. 607. 1936; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2:
[1034], fig. 247B. 1950; Enari, Ornament. Shrubs Calif. 171, fig.
164. 1962; Liu, Illustr. Nat. Introd. Lign. Pl. Taiwan 2: 1229,
fig. 1037. 1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962;
Li, Woody Fl. Taiwan 832, fig. 334. 1963; DeWit, Pl. World High.
Pl. 2: 186, fig. 162. 1967; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
10: 399 & 401, fig. 10, 20, & 21. 1968; Mallik & Chaudhuri, Bull.
Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 107, pl. 1, fig. 20. 1968; Corner & Watanabe,
Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 769. 1969; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan pl.
163, fig. 12-14. 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27: 148, fig. 1 (r.h.).
1972; Kirtukar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, pl. 740A.
1975; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 4: 433, pl. 1060. 1978; Li, Nan-fang 102,
fig. 29 & 30. 1979.

Sweet (1826, 1830) and Loudon (1832) state that this species
was introduced into cultivation in England from the "East Indies"
in 1759, but Don (1839) gives the date as 1812; Bean (1956) as-
serts that it has been in cultivation in England since 1697.

Meyer (1976) informs us that seeds of Vitex negundo were sent
from northern China by Pierre d'Incarville (1706--1757) to Prof.
Krasheninnkow in Leningrad and to Bernard de Jussieu in Paris
and that the species was "previously unknown in Europe". Fletcher
(1972) claims that it was introduced into cultiv tion from China
“about 1697".

Common and vernacular names recently reported for the species
include "aggia-chita", "agnocasto", "ai toeban", "ash-leaved
chaste-tree", "baimat", "bana", "ban-muichi", "begunia",
“cardenillo", "chaste tree", "Chinese chaste tree", "ching tau",
"ch'u", "gattilier", "helarika", "hing-rain", "huang-ching",
"huang chin k'otau", "Indian privet", "indrani", "indrdni", "kari
nagai", "katri", "lagoendi laoet laki-laki", "lagunde", "lagundi",
"la guum", "leban", "lénggundi", "lingur", "malawin", "man-ching",
"marwan", "miu kinh", "m-kia"-keng", "m-kia™-té", "mewari",
"midaki", "nagod", "nagoda", "nagot", 'nalla nochi", "negundo",
"negundo chaste-tree", "nengar", "newri", "ngi trao", "ngi trao",
"nigod", "nigot", "niguti", "nika", "nike", "nikka", "nil-nika",
"nirgandi", "nirgiri", "nirgud", "nirgudi", "nfrgudi", "nirgund",
“nirgunda", "nirgundi", "nirgur", "nirguri", "nir-nochchi",
"nishinda", "nishunda", "nisinda", "nochchi", "nochi", "pasutia",
"péoh-kiu™{", "po-kiu®", "ran-gura", "samalu", "sambhalu",
"sandbhalu", "sewain", "shawalu", "shiwa", "shiwai", "shiwdli",
"shriwari", "simali", "simalu", "“sinduari", "Sivling?", "siwali",
"sooddoo-nikka-gass", "sudu-nika", "Taiwan-ninzinboku", "trasék",
"trasiet", "vallai-nochchi", "vavili", "ven-nochi", '"vennochchi"
[applied also to Capparis zeylanica L.], "yellow bramble", and
"Zuugora". Pharmaceutically it is known as "Folia vitex negundo”,
"Fructus Vitex negundo", and "Radix Vitex negundo".

476 1h NG UPTO) IE, ON (EF aes Vol. 48, No. 6

Mallik & Chaudhuri (1968) describe the pollen of this species
as '3-colpate grains, prolate, 24 mu -- 28 mu x 16 mu -- 18 mu,
exine 2 mu thick, reticulate, exine thick at poles. gradually
thinning towards mesocolpium, sexine thicker than nexine, colpi
19 mu in length, crassimarginate, apocolpium diameter 7 mu." Hu-
ang (1972) describes it as "Grains prolate to subprolate; 27--32
x 20--24 mu; amb circular-lobate'"' on the basis of Mori 22447
from Taiwan. Serbanescu-Jitarin & Mitroiu (1973) describe it as:
"Polen prolat; 3-colpat; vazut apical 20,8--28,6 mu in diam.,
din profil inalt 20,8--46,8 mu, lat 15,6--28,6 mu. Scuturat din
antere si vazut cu ochiul liber, polenul este galben-portocaliu,
fn apa la microscop, portocaliu, iar in chloral-hidrat galben-pal.
Caracterele sporodermei sint in general aceleasi ca la polenul de
V. agnus castus , dar suprafata sporodermei prezinta un aspect
areolat datorita distribuirii veruculior aga cum se observa la
V. altissima (Nair -- 1962). Colpi cca 4/5 din raza microspori-
lor, ingusti si foarte ascutifi spre poli."

It is worth noting that the Roxburgh (1814) reference given in
bibliography of this species (above) is often cited by the title-
page date "1813", but Stafleu asserts that it was not published
until 1814 along with the earlier part of the work. The Schnitz-
lein (1856) reference is often cited as '"1843--1870", again the
titlepage date, but the actual page involved here was issued in
1856. Buek (1858). in the index to his work, cites Vitex negundo
Roxb. to p. 684, but I am unable to find the name on that page
of the work. The Haines (1922) reference is sometimes cited to

1. 6, 1924, but the pages here involved are in vol. 4, published
in 1922. The Willis (1911) reference is sometimes cited as "3:
357", but I have not been able to verify any such reference.

Prasad & Wahi (1970) discuss the macro- and microscopic
characters of the whole leaf (petiole, petiolule, midrib, and
lamina). The palisade cells of the lamina and cortical cells of
the midrib were found to contain volatile oils and tannins. An
alcoholic extract of the leaf revealed the presence of alkaloids
and glycosides. Kondanda Rao and his associates (1977) found the
bark to yield a fatty alcohol, beta-sitosterol, vanillic acid,
p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and luteolin, and an indication of flavo-
noid C-glycosides.

Vohora and his associates (1974) report that an ethanolic ex-
tract from the seeds, given as an oral dose of 200 mg/kg for two
days, inhibited copper acetate induced ovulation in rabbits in
60% of the animals tested.

Two new leucoanthocyanidins were isolated by Subramanian and
his associates (1978) from the stem bark, their structure being
that of methyl ethers of leucodelphinidin and leucocyanidin-7-
O-rhamnoglucosides respectively:

Ray & Majumdar (1976) report no antimicrobial activity in the
plant (exclusive of its roots). Gibbs (1974) reports the pres-
ence of vitexin, vitexin-4-L-rhamnoside, and vitexin-?-xyloside
in the species and/or its varieties. Datta (1950), Madan & Na-
yar (1959), Sarma (1963), and Mahli & Trivedi (1972) also report
that the roots and bark yield alkaloids, mishindine, a volatile

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 477

oil, and glycosides which are bitter and poisonous. The presence
of an-alkaloid and a volatile oil in the leaf is reported by Basu
& Singh in their 1944 and 1947 works; nishindine and a volatile
oil in their 1947 work. Itikawa & Yamasita (1940) report the
presence of cineole, 1-sabinene, l-a-pinene, camphene, a monohyd-
ric terpene alcohol, b-caryophyllene, a tricyclic sesquiterpene
like copaene, another sesquiterpene, azulene, and a diterpene

in volatile oil; Ghose & Krishna (1936) report the presence of
gluconitol, p-hydroxoybenzoic, 5-hydroxyisophalic, and 3,4-dihy-
droxybenzoic acids, and a glucoside in the leaf. Greshoff &
Boorsma are reported by Heyne (1917) to have found "in den bast
en da bladeren een chromogeen glucosied en...... een spoor
alcalofd."

Vitex negundo is reported to be "medicinal" by Madrid Moreno
(1936), while Smith noted already in 1871 that it is "extensively
used in India in native medicinal practice". My wife and I ob-
served it frequently grown in native gardens as an ever-ready
source of medicine in Sri Lanka.

In India it is asserted by Shah & Joshi (1971) that "The leaves,
heated in earthen pots, are used as a fomentation in rheumatism
and body swellings. A decoction, mixed with pepper, is taken for
colds."" Shrivastava & Sisodia (1970) report that aqueous extracts
of the fruits were found to have good analgesic effects which
were not antagonized by nalophine and resemble antipyretic anal-
gesics.

Srivastava (1976) reports that in Gorak the species is "Planted
in gardens as a hedge plant, also on bunds along the fields and
roads. The warmed leaves are applied to rheumatic swellings and
on the forehead in headache."

Patel (1971) avers that in Gujarat it "Grows in nallas and
river beds. The paste of leaves is applied to skin sores. The
flowers are used as medicine on [sic] diatthoea, cholera and
lever [sic] disorders." In his 1968 work he reports the "roots
and leaves used in medicine and the young shoots....used for making
baskets" in Melghat. Jain & Terafder (1970) list its medicinal
uses in Bihar as for headaches, swelling of the head, eye inflam-
mation, dropsy, anasarca, madness, rheumatism, hemiplegia, epilep-
sy, post-natal complaints, scabies, syphilis, sores, and rinder-
pest. Guhabakshi & Naskar (1969) tell us that in this same Indian
state it is commonly used as a hedge plant. They cite Guha Bakshi
79.

Hyland (1969) lists Vitex negundo as cultivated in Maryland,
citing nos. 308641, 264815 (from India), and 267709 (from Hong
Kong). Coon (1967) asserts that it is taller and hardier than V.
agnus-castus L. "and should be more widely cultivated". Bailey
(1972) says that it is grown "especially for attracting bees".
Brooker & Cooper (1961) reports its use for "many medicinal purposes"
in Indonesia.

Cooke (1905) calls the species "A common shrub throughout the
[Bombay] Presidency often cultivated in gardens and for hedges....
The leaves are agreeably aromatic when bruised and are employed in
native medicine. A pillow stuffed with the leaves is placed under

478 Pee eels Om Om Cela A Vol. 48, No. 6

the head to relieve headache. The leaves are also employed as a
remedy in inflammatory swellings of the joints." He reports the
plant very common along the banks of rivers and in moist situa-
tions in or near deciduous forests, abundantly planted. Burkill
(1966) describes it as "A small bush, sometimes attaining 15 feet
in height, but in the Malay Peninsula, apparently, always smal-
ler, found from Africa to the Pacific; in the [Malay] Peninsula
it is found in the north, and in Singapore, where perhaps it is
introduced. It is similar to V. trifolia and used medicinally in
various parts of Asia, but, as far as known, it is not used by
the Malays as much as V. trifolia. In India and China it has a
greater importance. In India the roots and leaves are regarded
as a tonic and febrifuge. A decoction of the leaves, or their
juice, aids in the composition of draughts for head-ache, catarrh,
&c., and a pillow of the leaves may be used for head-ache....In
China the fruits are much used. The Chinese in the Malay Penin-
sula import the dried fruits from China for use in their own
prescriptions...... Rumpf recorded that roots and leaves were
medicinal in his time in Amboina..... Both this species and V.
trifolia are held in high repute in the Philippine Islands for
fomentations for rheumatism, beri-beri, &c.”

Maheshwari (1963) states that in Delhi V. negundo is "Planted
in gardens, lawns and along railway lines. Common on the Bangar
tract on raised bunds along the roads. The warmed leaves are ap-
plied to painful and rheumatic swellings; the macerated ones are
used as cooling medicine on the forehead in headache." He cites
Maheshwari 118 & 689. Kumar (1974) reports from Mussoorie that
it is there used in curing headaches, catarrh, fever, and for
removing fetid discharges and worms from ulcers and is planted
“to cover small gullies and check dams". Smiley (1960) avers
that it can be used as a trimmed hedge both in direct sunlight or
in semi-shade. Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communication to
me, state that it is often planted along water channels to check
erosion in Pakistan and grows readily from cuttings. There, too,
"Its leaves are sometimes used for curing inflammatory swellings
of joints, headache etc." They give its overall distribution as
"Pakistan, India, E. Asia and N. Africa; introduced and widely
cultivated elsewhere. They cite Abedin 7701, Abedin & Qaiser
8646, Ali, Farugi, & Abedin 1957, 1958, 1959, & 1962, Ghafoor &
Qaiser 297, Jafri 3845, Jafri & Ali 3493, Nasir & Ali 4573, Qai-
ser & Ghafoor 119i, 297, 1573, 2003, & 4495, Saida s.n., and
Siddiqui & Nasir 6554, all from Pakistan.

Nairne (1894) says: "This is probably the commonest shrub in
the Konkan. Very common also in the Ghats. Throughout India...
The crushed leaves have a very strong and unpleasant smell, said
to be equally so to insects." Troup (1921) calls it "very com-
mon, and often gregarious, throughout the greater part of India,
extending into dry regions and ascending to 5,000 feet in the
outer Himalaya. Abundant in open waste places, and as a hedge
plant along roads and between fields. It is a useful plant for
afforestation work, producing root-suckers and growing readily
from cuttings. It is not usually browsed. The twigs are useful

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 479

for wattle-work and rough basket-work. Growth...../7 rings per
inch of radius, giving a mean annual girth increment of 0.9 in."

Williams (1949) reports that on the islands of Zanzibar, Pem-
ba, and Panza it is found "growing wild by the seacoast....the
leaves said to have some medicinal value.....the soft and light
wood used for laths, roofs, planks, canoe outriggers and guitars."

Rageau (1957) says that in New Caledonia it is "un arbuste
des régions cOti@res qui passe également pour répulsif pour les
insectes. Les feuilles, 1'écorce et les racines sont employées
contre les maux de dents, les fievres, le rhumatisme, les oph-
talmies et comme toniques, carminatives et vermifuges. Les
feuilles stches sont parfois fumées pour calmer les céphalalgies
et les migraines tenaces. La racine et les fruits seraient
emménagogues."

Kanjilal & al. (1939) assert that in Assam it is common through-
out the country and the strongly scented twigs are used for basket-
making, the leaves and roots as a tonic and febrifuge. Pattnaik
(1956) notes that in Orissa the roots and leaves are used as a
tonic and febrifuge and a decoction of the leaves serves in the
treatment of headache and catarrh.. Deb (1968) reports that in
Tripura the roots and leaves are used medicinally and the plant
is "cultivated to make domestic compounds". Sharma (1975) reports
that in Bengal it is cultivated as hedges around fields. Abraham
and his associates (1974) asserts that V. negundo ranks second in
effectiveness in insecticide properties against the Angumois grain
moth, Sitotroga cerealella Oliv., in stored paddy in Kerala.

Van Melle (1943) points out that, as with V. agnus-castus, the
total effect [df V. negundo] “of the foliage is grayish, the leaves
having a gray-woolly hairiness on the lower surface....the leaves
are highly aromatic. They are effective, but rather exotic-looking
and erect shrubs, not easily blended in the border and perhaps
better used by way of garden accent plants or ‘cut-back' garden
hedge-rows. They flower at a time [in the U.S.A.] when there is
not much else in bloom among the shrubs and, in the better, laven-
der-blue forms, contribute a worth-while decorative note to the
small landscape. They thrive well in light, sandy soils, in full
sun. Being coarse-rooted and difficult to dig with a ball of
earth, they are best transplanted bare-rooted, in the spring. When
they are treated as die-backs, the tenderness of the top-growth
need not worry one. The roots are hardy enough; and should an occas-
ional plant be lost in severe winters, these shrubs are worth
planting again."

Steinmetz (1957) gives its distribution as "Ceylon, India, Bur-
ma, Indonesia, Australia, Northern China", reporting as present in
the leaves an essential oil and a resin, in the fruit acids, resin,
and coloring matter. He enumerates the uses of the leaves as an
alterative, anodyne, bitter tonic, aromatic, febrifuge, discutient,
and antiparasitic; of the roots as a tonic, expectorant, febrifuge,
and diuretic; of the fresh fruit as a nervine, emmenagogue, and
cephalic; and of the dried fruit as a vermifuge and to reduce an
enlarged spleen.

Parker (1924) encountered it in "the Sub-Himalayan tract [of Pun-

480 P Hey Ul ORE <OvCer A Vol. 48, No. 6

jab] ascending to 4,000 feet from the Indus eastwards. Also
Trans-Indus. Common. Often gregarious in small patches on the
banks of streams and similar places. Grows readily from cut-
tings, and is often planted in hedges by natives. Young leafy
shoots, planted nearly horizontally in the rains, appear to root
better than older wood. The plant is likely to be useful for
afforestation works, but not in very dry places."

Hansford (1957) records the fungus, Asteridiella depokensis
Hansf., as parasitic on Vitex negundo in Java, based on "BO.2344".
In his 1961 work he records Irenopsis aciculosa var. viticis
(Rehm. ) Stev. from the Philippines, based on Baker 1515. Bedi
(1967) asserts that Alectra parasitica var. chitrakutensis, an
alkaloid-containing scrophulariaceous plant traditionally used in
the treatment of leprosy and other ailments, is often found grow-
ing on the roots of "white-flowering Vitex negundo in certain
limited areas of India."

Tilak & Kale (1968) found the fungus, Massaria kamatii, on the
dead stems of Vitex negundo in India, while in their 1969 work
they report similar dead stems infested by the ascomycetes,
Gymnema montanum Hook. and Ophioceras petrakii Tilak & Kale. In
their 1970 paper they report another ascomycete, Ostropa indica
(O. idia), also on dead stems; in their 1971 paper they add My-
tilidion kamatii. Tendulkar (1972) reports Diatrype viticis from
Vitex negundo in India. Livingstone (1976) lists the heterop-
terous insect, Dasytingis rudis Drake & Poor (Tingidae) as a sap-
sucker on the Vitex negundo of India.

Puri (1960) reports that the leaves of this plant were tested
for antibiotic properties and proved negative in respect to
Staphylococcus aureus, S. albus, Bacillus subtilis, Escherichia
coli communis, Elerthella typhosae, Vibrio cholerae, and Klebsi-
ella pneumoniae and only partially inhibited the growth of Shi-
gella dysenteriae.

Worthington (1959) claims that in Sri Lanka this species is of-
ten planted as a hedge, for ornament, or for medicinal purposes
[all of which claims my wife and I verified while we were in that
country], and that the leaves laid on stored grain act as an in-
sect deterrent. Woodrow (1910) asserts that it "Is a useful and
elegant fence plant [in the tropics] for a district with heavy rain-
fall and 2,000 feet altitude". Prain (1903) records it from Chota
Nagpur, Bihar, Tirhut, north Bengal, and the Sundribunds. Collett
(1902) lists it from the valleys below Simla, where it blooms from
March to June, and asserts also that it occurs "Throughout India,
ascending to 5000 ft." as well as in "Nearly all tropical regions".

Pételot (1953) summarizes the medicinal properties as follows:
"L'espéce est connue des populations vietnamiennes, qui emploient
ses feuilles, de saveur am@re, un peu nauséeuses, contre les
rhumatismes et les fiévres intermittentes, elles sont aussi util-
isées en bains contre le béribéri, 1'hémiplégie et la paralysie;
parfois, elles sont fumées contre les céphalalgies. Enfin, elles
sont préparées en décoction contre les coliques persistentes, dans
les cas aigus de blennorragie (pissement de sang) et contre les
enflures du corps.

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 481

"On se sert des racines comme fébrifuge en décoction A la dose
de 30 g. de racines concassées pour un litre d'eau.....Les fruits,
préparés en décoction, sont ordonnés dans le cas de régles diffi-
ciles, les racines également de la méme mani@ére contre les maux
de téte et pour faciliter les transpirations.

"D'aprés Poilane....les feuilles froissées, trés odorantes,
sont utilisées au Centre-Vietnam contre les douleurs. A cet ef-
fet, avec les feuilles, on compose un lit sur lequel on se couche.

"Tavera....parlant A la fois des V. Negundo et V. trifolia dit
que les deux espéces, dont les pouvoirs thérapeutiques sont iden-
tiques, jouissent d'une grande réputation aux Philippines.

"Bontius appeta l'attention sur le Vitex disant que ses
feuilles sont diurétiques et emméenagogues.

Les feuilles, chauffées au feu et appliquées en grande quanti-
té sur les articulations atteintes par les rhumatismes, sont trés
employées dans 1'Union indienne, de méme que dans 1'Archipel mal-
ais. La décoction de ces feuilles s'emploie en bains guérir le
béribéri, de méme que des bains de vapeur de cette décoction. On
met une grande quantité de feuilles dans une marmite, autant que
celle-ci en peut contenir sans les comprimer toutefois, puis on
verse de l'eau et on pose sur le feu jusqu'a ébullition. On met
le malade déshabillé sur un si®ge, en le couvrant d'une couverture
de coton, puis d'une couverture de laine; ensuite, on met la mar-
mite sous le si®ge en la retirant de temps & autre, jusqu'a provoquer
une sudation abondante.

"Flemming.....regarde les feuilles comme le meilleur résolutif
contre les rhumatismes. Les indig@nes les chauffent dans un pot
de terre jusqu'a ce qu'elles puissent @6tre supportées sans douleurs,
les appliquent sur les parties douloureuses et les maintiennent
en place a l'aide d'un bandage. On répéte ces opérations trois ou
quatre fois par jour.

"Dans 1'Union indienne et aux Philippines, il existe une maladie
caractérisée par une douleur intense localisée dans la plante des
pieds et dont on ne connaft pas autre chose que le nom de 'brflure
de pieds', que les indigenes ont lui donne. Trois ou quatre appli-
cations de Vitex guérissent admirablement ces douleurs...Pour cela,
on met les feuilles dans une marmite sans eau sur le feu et, lorsqu’-
elles sont trés chaudes, on les applique sur la plante des pieds du
malade en les maintenant bien au moyen d'une bande.

"Le Dr. W. Ingledew dit que les indigénes du Mysore se servent
en bains de vapeur de la décoction des vitex pour guérir les rhuma-
tismes et les affections catarrhales fébriles. La décoction de ces
feuilles est trés employée aux Philippines, dans 1'Archipel malais
et dans 1'Union indienne pour les bains des femmes 4 1'état puer-
péral. Les feuilles s&ches se fument pour guerir les maux de téte
et les catarrhes.

"Selon le témoignage de certaines personnes, l'application de
feuilles chauffées selon description ci-dessus, a donné de trés bons
résultats dans le traitement des orchites.

"La racine est tonique, fébrifuge et expectorante et le fruit
emménagogue, selon les auteurs sanscrits.

"En Chine, les graines préparées en décoction servent contre les
rhumatismes et les maladies nerveuses. On leur accorde les vertus

482 PB Ont ONG A Vol. 48, No. 6

de consolider les dents, de réduire les maux de téte, les maux
d'yeux et d'oreilles."

Hohenacker, on the label of a herbarium sheet, reports that
the pulverized roots, cooked with rice, are spread as an
application over leprous sores.

Various authors have supplied information regarding the natur-
al distribution of the species in areas with which they were ac-
quainted. Stewart (1972) lists it for "Trans Indus and the Indus
eastward, ascending to 4000' in the Sub-Himalayan zone". Patel
(1968) describes it as common throughout Melghat. Fosberg and his
associates (1975) refer to it as "an infrequent Indo-Pacific
plant in clumps" near the coast of Maug and Pagan islands. Van-
katareddi (1969) found it "fairly common in open areas", while
Singh (1969) calls it a denizen of "waste places". Cherian &
Pataskar (1969) describe it as "common on hill slopes; Kaushik
(1969) reports it "abundant in the basin of the Sindh river" in
Madhya Pradesh; Vajravelu and his associates (1968) found it
"very common'’ in Kerala, while Raju (1966) lists it from Andhra
Pradesh.

Rechinger (1967) gives its overall distribution as northwest
Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka, China, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong,
Hainan, the Philippines, Java, Sarawak, east Africa, and Madagas-
car. He cites the nomenclatural type as "Herb. Linn. gen. 811
(790) no. 8". Blackburn (1952) limits its natural distribution
(sens. strict.) to southern and southwestern China and India.
This is probably the most correct, although its extension into
Pakistan, Burma, and Sri Lanka is probably also original.
Thwaites & Hooker (1861) report it common on the banks of rivers
and streams up to an elevation of 3,000 feet in Sri Lanka.

Fournet (1978) reports it only cultivated in Guadeloups and
Martinique, while Voigt (1845) found it in cultivation in
Calcutta. Fletcher (1938) found it growing among limestone rocks
and in village clearings, as well as cultivated in temple gardens
in Thailand, giving its extended range as "E. Africa, India
(type), Ceylon, French Indochina, Philippines, Hainan, China,
Japan, and w. Polynesia" [this, of course, like so many of the
overall distributions given by authors, obviously includes the
quite separate ranges of the subspecific taxa (varieties and
forms, and most probably also the range of V. trifolia, a species
with which it is very often and consistently confused].

Gupta (1971) found Vitex negundo abundant in the tropical pine
forests of Himachal Pradesh, commenting that "the leaves contain
an essential oil". Kartawinata (1965) encountered it in the
"fringes of the Sophora tomentosa association in Peutjang, near
Java. Shah (1969), as well as Inamdar (1968, 1971), report it
from Gujarat, while Sebastine & Ellis (1967) describe it as "very
common near roads and pathways through dry evergreen vegetation
with Clerodendrum inerme and Ficus benghalensis " in the Madras
region, citing sebastine 10613. Vajravelu & Rathakrishnan (1967)
also refer to it as "very common" in Madras, citing their no.
20613. Misra (1970) refers to it as a "weed" in Bihar. Esfan-
diari (1967) lists it from Baluchistan and Iran, citing unnumbered

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 483

collections by Alexandrov, Mirazayan, Rechinger, Rechinger, Esfan-
diari, & Allen, Safavi, and Scharf. Yamazaki (1966) lists it

from 700--2000 m. in the eastern Himalayas, giving its overall
distribution as "Afghanistan, Himalaya, India, Burma, Indo-China,
and Malaya".

Monsalud & al. (1966) assert that the seeds are boiled and
eaten in the Philippines and that the plant "Occurs in interior
valleys and along seacoasts throughout the country". Merrill (1918)
notes that "Vitex negundo Linn. is common and widely distributed in
the Philippines at low and medium altitudes, perhaps introduced.
Blanco's Vitex leucoxylon is, in part only, referable here."
Fernandez-Villar (1880) reports it very common ["vulgatissima"] at
Manila and adds that he saw live plants of this species in Luzon,
Mindanao, Panay, and Cebu. Ahern's collector call it "a small
shrub common in dry thickets, etc., throughout the Philippines”.
Wilson (1929) describes it as "the commonest shrub in the ancient
kingdom of Pa [China]". Parsa (1949) lists it from Baluchistan,
commenting that "cette espéce, originaire du nord de la Chine,
est tres rustique; sa floraison a lieu en Juillet."

Chiovenda (1916) lists it from the former Italian Somaliland.
Osmaston (1927) tells us that in Kaman it "Occurs throughout the
area up to 4,500 feet. Common, especially bordering large
streams, in dry river beds or in open miscellaneous forests of
the Bhabar. It sometimes forms small greg a@ious patches,"
flowering from March to August. Patunkar (1980) reports that it
is "with Lantana aculeata, among the dominant shrubs of small
disturbed forests on the Deccan Plateau in Maharashtra State,
growing along with Annona squamosa, Acacia chundra, A. leuco-
Phloea, A. torta, Canthium parviflorum, Capparis brevispina, C.
zeylanica, C. decidua, etc."

Puri (1960) reports that in Coorg this species grows in sandal-
wood forests and that "in tropical moist deciduous forests of
teak in pure mineralized soil which is colonized by xerophyllous
species especially adapted for growing in pure sand there appear

in descending order of frequency the first colonizers -- Saccharum
sp., Tamarix dioica, then Vitex negundo, followed by Acacia cat-
echu and then Zizyphus oenoplia." Banerji (1966) found it abun-

dant in Nepal.

Dale & Greenway (1961) refer to Vitex negundo as a strand plant
in Kenya, citing Jeffery 348. Hsiao (1978) reports that in Taiwan
it is "commm at low altitudes from north to south", giving its
overall distribution as "Tropical East Africa to Asia and Poly-
nesia", citing from Taiwan Henry 905, Nakazawa s.n., Tanaka 97,
and Wilson 10972. Hallier (1918) cites the following collections:
Java: Boerlage 463 ,Junghuhn 46. Sarawak: Haviland & Hose 1645E
& 3552. Luzon: Hallier 4055, McGregor 5259, Merrill 3627, Ramos
8292, Rosenbluth & Tamesis 12708, and Vidal 1648. Banda: Rein-
wardt s.n. Mauritius: Sieber II.161. Thailand: Zimmermann 2.

Dunn & Tutcher (1912) list it from Hong Kong, New Territory,
and Lantau Island. Trimen (1895) says that in Sri Lanka it in-
habits "Low country, borders of streams, especially in the dry
region, common; also much grown in native gardens. Flfowers] all

484 Poe OORT tO Gan: VA Vol. 48, No. 6

the year; bright lilac-blue. Throughout India, Afghanistan,
Eastern Asia, and the Philippine Is. There is no specimen or
drawing in Herb. Hermann. Leaves sweetly aromatic when bruised.
They are much used in native medicine as a fomentation in rheu-
matism; the root is also employed as a tonic." GUrke (1895) lists
it from the Mascarene Islands, stating that it occurs there "Stets
in der Nuhe des Meeresstrandes".

Recent collectors describe Vitex negundo, in its typical form,
as a large, erect, woody shrub, sometimes 'semi-scandent", or a
small tree or treelet, forming dense colonies, 3--10 m. tall,
branching, aromatic, the branches wide-spreading or drooping, the
leaves gray-tomentose beneath when fresh, the flower-buds pale-
lavender, ill-smelling, the flowers sparse, not showy, the calyx
pubescent, and the upper lip of the corolla 2-lobed, the lower
lip 3-lobed with the middle lobe extra large.

The flowers [corollas] are described as "bluish" [Dey & al.,
1969], "bluish or purplish-white" [Patel, 1968], "blue-purple"
[Gupta, 1967], "bluish-purple" [Puri & al., 1964; Matthews, 1970],
"blue or purple" [Banerji, 1966], "blue" [Suwal, 1969], "light
puUEplashi Hsiao. 1978 opucplash') [Adiston,, 193i.) ‘purple!
[Makins, 1936], "lavender" [Dunn & Tutcher, 1914; Fletcher, 1972],
"Violet" [Datta & Majumdar, 1966], '"lavender-blue"” [Baker, 1900],
"lilac or lavender" [Baileys, 1976], "lilac-blue" [Worthington,
1959; Dale & Greenway, 1961], "bright lilac-blue" [Trimen, 1895],
and "pale to deep blue with a yellow horseshoe mark" [Corner &
Watanabe, 1969].

Collectors describe the corolla color as follows: "blue" on
Abedin & Qaiser 8646, Banerjee & al. 3532, Ingod & Pancha 201,
Pancho 1184, Qaiser & Ghafoor 297, 1191, 1593, 2003, & 4495,
Qaiser, Raza, & Hussain 1054, "bluish" on Taam 1728, 'pale-blue"
on Rajab 2, “light-blue" on Stevens 411, "purplish-blue" on Waas &
Tirvengadum 810, "blue-purple" on Fosberg 56392, "purplish" on
Moldenke & al. 28260, "purple" on Ali, Farooqi, & Abedin 1957,
1958, 1959, & 1962, Qureshu s.n. [13.11.1966 & 20.11.1966], and
Saldanha 16393, “lavender" on Hu 5607 & 10675 and Moldenke & al.
28337, "violet"' on Abedin 7701, Qaiser 209 & 222, "light-blue,
middle lower lobe with yellow & purple patches" on Hu 8311,
"light-purple within with a white spot on lower lip" on Moldenke &
al. 28210, "lilac, petals recurved" on Comanor 778, "violet, top
of lower lip white" on Davidse 7345, “bright lilac-blue" on Amara-
tunga 1180 & 1362, and "light bringel color" on Qaiser & Ghafoor
IMO

Collectors have found the plant growing in lateritic soil, in
sandy loam, and in clay loam with gravel and stones, along fence-
rows, on hillsides, in waste ground, secondary forests, and bamboo
thicket along rivers, along roadsides, and on moist foothills and
open grassy hillslopes. Pancho reports it "occasional in thickets
[on Luzon] but common and widely distributed in the Philippine
Islands, flowering all year, common in lower elevations, sometimes
used as an insect repellent because of the odor of the leaves when
crushed, powdered, or burned".

Taam found it to be abundant on dry level sandy ground among

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 485

scattered shrubs on Lantau Island. Saldanha refers to it as a
common small tree in Mysore, but Banerjee & al. refer to it as
"rare" in Nepal. Koelz encountered it at the borders of field in
the deserts of Iran; Hu calls it a "common shrub" in Hong Kong.
Davidse found it growing along the forested margins of rock out-
crops in secondarily shrubby areas in Sri Lanka, while Worthing-
ton collected it on the same island in "an area of 90 inches rain-
fat".

The number of leaflets per leaf appears to vary considerably:
on Sivarajan CU.1848 the number was consistently 5, on Sieber Fl.
Maurit.8 it is 4; on Moldenke 28260 it is all 3. On Moldenke
28210 all the leaflets are 3 in number or a few are 5 with the
central one petiolulate; on Moldenke 28266 the leaflets are all 3
and all petiolate or the smaller leaves have the 2 basal leaflets
sessile; on Moldenke 28212 the leaves all have only 3 leaflets,
the central one largest, the 2 side ones unequally petiolulate.

On Moldenke 28147 & 28260 the leaflets are all 3 in number and

all are petiolulate (the central leaflet with the longest petio-
lule on 28260); on Moldenke 28337 the leaflets are all 5 in num-
ber, of which only the 3 central ones are petiolulate; on Moldenke
28332 the leaflets are all 3 in number with only the central one
petiolulate, or else are mostly 3 in number with 2 leaves bearing
5 leaflets. Qureshi s.n. [13.11.1966] has the middle 3 of 5 leaf-
lets 5--15 cm. in length! Extra long petiolules are seen on Abe-
din & Qaiser 8646, Qaiser 222, and Qaiser & Ghafoor 2003 & 7701.

Pollen has been collected for study from Comanor 778. Rechinger
30985, in general appearance, looks very much like the wide-
leafleted forms of Vitex agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo Hausskn.,
with which it may well be a natural hybrid.

Recent collectors have found the plant in flower from March to
August and in fruit from June to February. Authors give various
flowering periods for the species for their particular regions:
in Melghat it is said to bloom from June to December, in Delhi
for the "major part of the year", in Sri Lanka "all year", and
in Pakistan also "around the year". In Assam it is reported to
fruit "in the cold season" and this applies also to the Melghat
region; in Tripura it fruits "in winter". In Gorek it is said to
flower and fruit for the "major part of the year" and in Gujarat
it is also described as flowering and fruiting "practically through-
out the year"; in Madhya Pradesh it flowers "after the rains". In
cultivation in England it blossoms in "late summer or early autumn".
Recent collectors have encountered it from sealevel to 2300 nm.
altitude.

Nisa & Qadir (1969) describe the seeds and their germination:
"seed dormancy is due to the hard impermeable testa" which re-
quires scraping with sandpaper, soaking in water, or treatment with
sulfuric acid to be softened. The seeds are exalbuminous, hard,
white, rough, ovoid, with vertical ridges present, a micropyle and
hilum present; there are 2 cotyledons. The average weight of the
seed is .045 gm. and its average diameter is 7 mm. Hypogeal ger-
mination was observed.

Sharma & Mukhophyay (1963) report the chromosome number as 34,

486 P) Higa ch OM 10) Gok 7A: Vol. 48, No. 6

while Sobti & Singh report it as 26 and Malik (1963) as 2n = 24 --
the differences probably attributable to misidentification of the
specimens used, misidentification of herbarium material (and of
living material) of this species and related species being as
widespread as it is.

Madan & Nayar (1959) describe in detail the macroscopic and
microscopic characters of the leaves and roots. Browne (1756) de-
scribes a Vitex from Jamaica as "Arboreus, foliis ovatis, crena-
tis, quinato-digitatis; petiolis communibus oppositis, racemis
laxis alaribus.....This tree is frequent in St. Mary's, and grows
generally to a very considerable size: it is easily distinguished
by its crenated leaves, bunchy flowers, long berries, and the
variegated under lip of its blossoms; the main division of which,
is of the figure of a heart. The style is bifid, and each part
pretty short.'' This plant he regarded as Linnaeus’ Vitex negundo,
but is it? The description, however, does not fit V. umbrosa Sw.
either, nor V. divaricata Sw., the only two species of the genus
known from the island.

Clarke (1885) includes Vitex bicolor Willd. and V. 2rborea Desf.
in the synonymy of V. negundo L., but the former is now known as
V. trifolia var. bicolor (Willd.) Mold. and the latter is V.
negundo £. albiflora Mold. He gives the overall distribution of
species as "Throughout India and Ceylon, in the warmer zone a
universal plant..... -Distrib. Cabul, E. Asia to the Philippines.

A shrub or small tree hardly distinguishable from V. trifolia but
by the points mentioned in the diagnosis [leaves 3--5-foliolate,
leaflets petiolu hte, lanceolate, entire or crenate, glabrate a-
bove, the under surface and the panicles closely white-tomentose,
corolla 1/4 to 1/3 inch long, drupes 1/5 inch long ,black]. The
leaflets are frequently 5, the centre one at least usually dis-
tinctly petioluled, the flowers rather smaller.'' Obviously this
is a description of V. trifolia var. bicolor in large part.

Merrill (1917), speaking of C. B. Robinson 305 from Amboina,
says: "The specimen, as Doctor Robinson notes, shows every inter-
gradation between what is called Vitex trifolia Linn. and V.
negundo Linn., a character that is also presented by many herbarium
specimens sometimes placed under one name, sometimes under the
other. It is strongly suspected that the two species, at least
as currently interpreted, are really not distinct. The reduction
of Lagondium litoreum Rumph. to Vitex negundo Linn. was made by
Linnaeus, in Stickman Herb. Amb. (1754) 15, Amoen. Acad. 4 (1759)
126, Syst. ed. 10 (1759) 1122, which disposition of it has been
accepted by practically all authors. Lamarck, Encycl. 2 (1788) 612,
placed it under his Vitex paniculata, but Vitex paniculata Lam. is 4
synonym of Vitex negundo Linn. The 'species' has the range of Vi-
tex trifolia Linn.

"Lagondium nigrum Rumph., extensively treated by Rumphius, Herb.
Amb. 3: 52, and supposed to grow in Buru Island, is probably purely
an imaginary plant. Regarding it, Hasskarl, Neue Schllssel (1866)
75, states: 'fabula, nec arboris descriptio enerratur; arbor ex hac
fabula intelligi haud potest.'"

Dietrich (1843), following Raeuschel (1797), uses the name, Vitex
negundo for the eastern Indian population of this species, with the

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 487

leaflets "oblongo-lanceolatis subserratis subtus argenteo-lanatis"
and V. spicata for the Chinese population with the leaflets "lan-
ceolatis subcrenatis subtus tomentosis". The "V. negundo" illus-
trated by Alexander (1971) actually represents its var. cannabi-
folia (Sieb. & Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz.

Several recent authors have proposed keys for distinguishing
Vitex negundo from closely related species or for separating its
infraspecific taxa. For instance, Townsend (1972):

1. Lower lip of the corolla glabrous or with only a few sparse
mature, at the basal. anglegus aisles ice. « bicinie ini V. agnus-castus.

la. Lower lip of the corolla bearded with a semicircular line of
hairs at the base.

2. Inflorescence with the lateral cymes more congested; inner
surface of the calyx with the intermediate veins zigzag a-
bove or tending to merge into the reticulate secondary
venation, extending from the middle of the tube upwards;
petiolule of central leaflet to 1 cm. long............ ieiet

V. agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo.

2a. Inflorescence with the lateral cymes lax; inner surface of
the calyx with the intermediate veins straight and almost
reaching the sinuses, the secondary venation at most loop-
ing-anastomosing and never reticulate in the tube; petio-

ile ‘of central leaflet’ to’ 2 em. Long... -. os ws V. negundo.

Patel (1971) gives the following:

1. Leaves 3- or 5-foliolate; leaflets petiolulate, lanceolate....
V. negundo
la. Leaves 3-foliolate or simple; leaflets sessile, ovate-oblong.
V. trifoiza.

Petzat & Rechinger (1967), on the basis of Iranian material:
1. Leaflets mostly in 3's or less; cymes very lax....V. trifolia.
la. Leaflets more numerous; cymes mostly dense.

2. Flowers mostly in simple inflorescences or panicles; cymes
sessile or subsessile; leaflets mostly 5--7.

3. Lower corolla-lip not barbate within..... V. agnus-castus.
fa. Lower corolla=—lip barbate Wibiii. «ams aia slaw sletele elainiere aie
V. agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo.
2a. Flowers mostly laxly paniculate; cymes plainly stipitate;
leaflets mostly 3--5..... Dien atk s ais STs wiviaiee ela a eieie ic ECCS

Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) retain V. paniculata Lam. as separ-
ate from V. negundo, applying it to what we call V. trifolia var.
bicolor (Willd.) Mold. Liu (1962) includes in typical V. negundo
not only V. paniculata Lam. and V. leucoxylon Blanco, but also
such disparate taxa as V. bicolor Willd. and V. cannabifolia
Sieb. & Zucc.

Dunn & Tutcher (1912) use the following differentiation:
iwaGdby<etruncace, GENtCiCuLaces vcac scenes tones ss cee e dele ERELoira.
id. Calyx acutely dentate’ or lobed... 0... e sie Sav dusiaeis Va DegGURaEG.

Alston (1931), using Sri Lankan material:

1. Leaflets 3, elliptic-lanceolate, stalked or not...V. trifolia.
la. Leaflets 5, lanceolate, stalked......... rela brn ate eet, CAE ULEREI ED

488 Ps HaaeEOnEROsGel A Vol. 48, No. 6

Prain (1903), using African material:
1. Leaflets 3 or 1, sessile, obovate or obovate-oblong, entire...
Sotate 6 V.. Eratortiar
la. Leaflets 3 or 5, petiolulate, lanceolate, entire or rarely

CBRNE 5 soon oo dos on no nDCObD Ona Oo onS one adoD OFA sODOS V. negundo
Trimen (1895), using Sri Lankan material:

iPlearlets opllonc—Ovalle OO EUS Ciciateisvelaleliclsieistetaieisicieiete aie V. Ena fovea

lap hearlers Linear lanceolate, ACEC acts ols cle cleicneienel otele V. negundo.

Jafri & Ghafoor (pers. comm.), using Pakistan material:
1. Leaflets (1)--33; cymes lax, calyx 4--5 mm. long...V. trifolia.
la. Leaflets (3)--5--7; cymes slightly lax to dense; calyx 2--3

mm. long.
2. Leaflets 3--5; cymes often somewhat lax and panicled, form-
ing a pyramidal inflorescence; flowers not fragrant........

V. negundo.
2a. Leaflets 5--7; cymes sessile or subsessile, forming a sub-
cylindric narrow inflorescence; flowers fragrant.
3. Lower corolla-lobe glabrous or slightly pubescent at the
basewonilivepnorienet-aeets ercueicolejeis cueueeveseuskens ators V. agnus-castus.
3a. Lower corolla-lobe densely ciliate or pubescent........ :
V. agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo.
Kuntze (1891) offers a very interesting subspecific key?
i Holiola 5-—/ medial subsessi lita vel petdolmlatcal. cere sletelete steverone 5
V. agnus-castus @ typica.
la. Foliola 3--5 in eadem stirpe.
Zee Polsioilal oman ses cealetey a2) a1 1l)/-2)) =n (ilo te ey che erie o tere rescreteneoenone
V. agnus-castus Pf trifolia.
2a. Folia media 1--3 petiolulata.

33g Moulaionler 82 I/D VA Sa Sa aGoad V. agnus-castus » negundo.
825, Poliolamley 5——Be tyscsieleiets 6 ee V. agnus-castus & negundodes.
oor Wellsieile. WS lo a2A oS oagoontouUdoe V. agnus-castus € javanica.
Ios Tella) Io=3}-
‘ho ltonlaifal joulivuesbure) qerrerkcleiy seoplaloiley IS Aon oosacsocacsbbdoondCKC
V. agnus-castus § subtrisecta.
4a. Folia plurima vel omnia simplicia; foliola 1: 1 -- 11/2..

V. agnus-castus ovata.

He comments that "Schauer, Bth. etc. ziehen mit Recht die ost+
siatische V. ovata Thbg. zu trifolia, ebenso S. Kurz diese zur
mediterranen V. Agnus-castus (=Qtypica); Kurz 1dsst noch V.
Negundo, die Clarke richtig als hardly distinguishable von V.
trifolia beziechnet, nur durch die gestielten Mittelbl4¥ttchen
abgesondert, aber das Yndert bei A typica ebenfalls. Ich sammel-
te 2 weitere Mittelformen. Sonstige Unterschiede existiren nicht."

“Various authors have cited material which they considered to
represent typical Vitex -Eratfolia. Diels) (1902), fom instance,
cites GL.1370 & 1372, Niederlein 115, and Rosthorn s.n. from
central China. Baker (1900) cites Hildebrandt 1254 from Tanzan-
ia, noting "Also in tropical Asia and Madagascar". Williams (1905)
cites Zimmermann 2 from Thailand, while Fletcher (1938) lists
Curtis s.n., Kerr 3657, 4286, & 16627, Lakshnakara 664, Marcan
263, Wilkinson 20799, and Zimmermann 2 from the same country.
Diels (1913) cites Forrest 1096 from China, while Lam (1919) lists

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 489

Berhout 440 from Banka, Teijsmann 16728 from Billiton, Hance 951
from Whampoa, and Zimmermann 442 from China.

Fedde & Schuster (1941) cite Boerlage 483 and Junghuhn 46 from
Java, Haviland & Hose 1645 & 3552 from Borneo, and Darling 16562,
McGregor 5259, Merrill 3627 and Ramos 8292 from the Philippines,
but include V. incisa Lam. in the synonymy.

From India there are many citations recorded in literature, of
which the following are some: Puri and his associates (1964) cite
Blatter & Hall s.n. and Jain 40159 & 40164; Joseph & Vajravelu
(1967) cite their no. 13521; Rao & Kumari (1907) no. 20082; Vyas
(1967) nos. 255 & 409; Billore & Hemadri (1969) no. 115608;Cherian
& Pataskar (1969) Rolla 109325 & 111153; Singh (1969) nos. 25412,
25539, & 33512; Venkatareddi (1969) nos. 93216 & 95773; Malhotra
& Moorthy (1971) nos. 118757, 123378, 123567, & 134962. Ellis & al.
(1967) cite no. 18696 from Kerala; Vajravelu & al. (1968) cite
Joseph 17107 from the same state. Tiwari (1968) refers to his
no. BXXXV.1115 from Madhya Pradesh, and from the same state -
Saxena (1970) Khotele 6863 and Saxena & Khotele 5880, and Saxena
(1971) Saxena & Pandey 83395 & 83555, as well as Saxena & Khotele
(1976) Khotele 9387. Thakar & al. (1970) cite B.5018 from Gujarat.
Srivastava (1976) lists his no. 502 from Gorak.

Patzak & Rechinger (1967) cite Koelz 14219 from Iran and Cleg-
horn 2638, Hatt s.n., Koelz 4137, Rechinger 19617 & 30985, and
Stewart 17067 from Pakistan. Hartley and his associates (1973)
cite their nos. 10466 & 10870 from Huon Gulf, while Fosberg & al.
(1975) list Falanruw 2246 from Maug island and Falanruw 1858 and
Moore 423 from Pagan island.

Cooke (1905) cites from Bombay Dalzell s.n. and Talbot s.n.,
from Konkan Woodrow s.n., from Deccan Cooke s.n., and from Sind
Cooke s.n. He gives the species’ overall distribution as "Through-
out India; Ceylon, Afghanistan, Philippine Islands".

Karavaev (1976) cites a Rheede Expedition (1674--1675) specimen
from Malabar in the Moscow University herbarium - doubtless the
type of Rheede's Bem-nosi.

Many herbarium collections, in various herbaria, have been mis-
identified as typical Vitex negundo L., but are something different.
Among these may be mentioned the following:

Moran 2458 is Vitex agnus-castus L.

Ali 5 & 1074, Andersen & Petersen 443, Iman 32, Long 477, Qaisar
209, .Qaiser & Ghafoor 1525, and Rechinger 19617 & 30985 are
Vitex agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo Hausskn.

Elmer 5611, Merrill 3627, and Pancho 285 are Vitex elmeri Mold.

Cheng 3366, Chin 843, En 2810, Hu 10244, Poore 296, G. Thomson
s.n. [Maisor & Carnatic] , fT. Thomson s.n. [Punjab, 1-4000 ped.],
and Wan & Chow 79016 are Vitex negundo var. cannabifolia (Sieb. &
Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz.

Rowell 5801 is Vitex negundo var. heterophylla (Franch.) Rehd.

Chiao 22343,, Hu 6858 9243, Kapoor & Thamann 27194, Koelz 8278,
Liang 63036, and Wroten C.423 are Vitex negundo var. intermedia
(P'ei) Mold.

Elmer 8125, Herb. Hort. Bogor. XV.J.A.XXXIV.6,Koorders 42133b,
Merrill 1503, 1636, 2320, & 3429, Merrill Sp. Blanc. 440, and Teijs-

490 Pe Ys OL OrGrr A Vol. 48, No. 6

mann 16728 are Vitex negundo var. philippinensis Mold.

Fortune 25 is Vitex negundo f£. purpurascens Sivarajan & Mold.

Keng & al. K.6223 is Vitex siamica F. N. Will.

Comanor 778, Tanner RT.2960, and T. Thomson s.n. [Punjab, 1-
4000 ped.] are Vitex trifolia L.

Ahern 166, 223,255, 671 [71],.& 814 [28], Balgooy, 2305, sau=
mann-Bodenheim 5176, Bloembergen 4788, Borden s.n. Herb. Philip.
Forest Bur. 2035], Brass 21928 & 28095, Burgess 40403, Cailipan
Ss... (Herb. Philip.) Bonest, Bun. 2563/7), We W. Clark sn. [Berber
Philip. Forest. Bur. 2527], Cockburn 68408, Elmer 11999, Fosberg
56425, Lutjeharms 4655, Meiher SAN.58806, R. Meyer s.n. [Herb.
Philip. Forest. Bur. 2276], Riley 52, Robinson 305, J. V. Santos
5258, Stone 10962, Sumithrarachchi & Jayasuriya DBS.232, Tan s.n.
[SAR.28818], Tanner 2960, Whitford 853, and R. S. Williams 185 &
2978 are Vitex trifolia var. bicolor (Willd.) Mold.

Addru 173 is Vitex trifolia var. bicolor £. albiflora (Kuntze)
Mold.

Soepadmo KLU.9116 and Soepadmo & Mahmud 9173 are Vitex trifolia
var. simplicifolia Cham.

Soepadmo KLU.9173 is Vitex trifolia var. simplicifolia f.
albiflora (Y. Matsumura) Mold.

Alsterlund 9, Elmer 7877, and Shah MS.1212 are Vitex trifolia
var. subtrisecta (Kuntze) Mold.

Gillespie 2953 & 4164 are not Vitex -- their leaves are lepi-
dote; they have the aspect of Petraeovitex.

Shrestha 1748 is a species of Buddleia

Sieber Fl. Maurit. II.161 is not verbenaceous and Nigan s.n.
is probably not verbenaceous.

Additional citations: LOUISIANA: Richland Par.: P. White 175
(Ne--82898). St. Mary Par.: Dooley 488 (Ne--70904). OKLAHOMA:
Marshall Co.: Duff 59 (Tu--129548). MASCARENE ISLANDS: Mauritius:
Sieber Fl. Maurit. 84 (E--116186, Mu--665). IRAN: Koelz 14219
(W--2194244). PAKISTAN: Baluchistan: Ali, Faroogi, & Abedin 1957
(Kh), 1958 (Kh), 1959 (Kh), 1962 (Kh); Ghafoor & Qaiser 297 (Kh,
Kh, Kh); Oaiser 209 (Kh); QOaiser & Ghafoor 1191 (Kh), 1593 (Kh);
Qaiser, Raza, & Hussain 1054 (Kh). ‘Northwestern States: Abedin
7701 (Kh);Abedin & Qaiser 8646 (Kh, Kh); Qaiser & Ghafoor 2003
(kh, Ke 7707 (Kh)] Sind: Ahjlotar s.n- (26. 10-1958) (kh) west
Punjab: Qaiser & Ghafoa@ 4495 (Kh). NEPAL: Banerjee, Upadhyay,

& Baskala 3532 (W--2581505). INDIA: Assam: Chatterjee s.n. [Ap-
ril 1902] (Pd); Jenkins s.n. [Assam] (Mu--661); Masters s.n. [As-
sam] (Mu--662, Pd). Karnataka: Saldanha 16393 (W--2653610); WwW. D.
Stevens 411 (Ln--232295). Kerala: Hohenacker 160 (Mu--663); Sil-
Carajan, 42 (We), 142 .Cid),. cu.1e48) (Ac) Stocks, Law, &G-uS te
[Malabar , Concan] Car Sikkim: Prain's Collector s-n. [18/5/
1903] (Pd). Uttar Pradesh: pimri 79 (Pd); Kunar 79 (Pd). West
Bengal: 7. Thomson s.n. [1-4000 ped.] (Pd); Thomson & Hooker s.n.
[Plan. Ganget. Inf.] (Mu--657, Pd). State undetermined: Bojer s.
n. [ex India orient.] (Mu--690); collector undetermined s.n. [Lam-
ber, 7th June 1802] (Pd); Griffith s.n. [India orientali] (Mu--
638); Hligel s.n. (Mu--659, Mu--660); Quilon 766/1830 (Pd); Wight
2324 (Mu--1351, Pd). MALDIVE ISLANDS: Dunnika: Ibidi 123 (Pd).

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 491

Malé: Christopher s.n. [1888] (Pd). Turadu: Gardiner s.n. [1899-
00] (Pd). Vermiandu: Gardiner s.n. (Pd). SRI LANKA: Amaratunga
1180 (Pd), 1362 (Pd); Burman 60 (M, Mu--664); Comanor 778 (Ac);
Davidse 7345 (Ld, W--2803434); F. R. Fosberg 56392 (N, W--2811452);
Gardner s.n. [Thwaites C.P.1956; Jaffna] (Pd): Moldenke, Moldenke,
& Jayasuriya 28212 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W); Thwaites C.P.

1956 [Peradeniya] (Pd); Waas & Tirvengadum 810 (Ld, W--2806291);
Worthington 184 (K), 6378 (K). CHINA: Kwangtung: Chow & al. 78054
(N, W--2895176). CHINESE COASTAL JSLANDS: Lantau: Taam 1728 (Ba,
N). HONG KONG: Hu 5607 (W--2711383), 8311 (W--2711252), 10675
(W--2732107). MALAYSIA: Selangor: Kasim bin Rajab 2 (K1--1002).
TAIWAN: Hsu & Kao 3400(S); Tanaka & Shimada 17878 (Mu). PHILIP-
PINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Ahern's Collector 102 (Mi, W--1584133); Cas-
tillo s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 22747] (W--897948); Elmer 5611
(W--852861), 18119 (Mi, W--1237575); F. C. Gates 6187 (Ws): Ingod
& Pancho 201 (Ba); Loher 4432 (Mu--3965, W--446878), 4433 (W--
446879), 6531 (Mu--4215); Mangubat s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci.
1343] (W--439798); E. D. Merrill 147 (W--435146), 1503 (W--436461),
1636 (W--436590), 2320 (W--437268), 2876 (W--437846), 2917 (W--
437887), 3429 (W--438411), 3627(W--438490), Sp. Blanc. 440 (W--
904117); Otanes s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 17995] (W--898105);
J. V. Pancho 1112 (Ba), 1184 (Ba); Quisumbing s.n. [Philip. Nat.
Herb. 18826] (W--2214859); wilkes s.n. [near Manilla] (W--40648).
CULTIVATED: California: McCaskill 346 (Se--166705, Tu--118723).
India: Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcut. s.n. (Pd); Wallich 1744/2 (Pd).
Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Jav. s.n. (Pd). Louisiana: Hamlin s.n.
[4-16-72] (Ne--65026); P. White s.n. [3 July 1969] (Ne--33943).
North Carolina: Pratt s.n. [October 7, 1964] (Lv). Pakistan: Hu-
sain s.n. [12.10.1957] (Kh); Qaiser 222 (Kh, Kh); Qureshi s.n.
Peni. 1965] (Kh, Kh); sont [23922131966] (kh, Kh). “Sri? Ganka:
Moldenke, Moldenke, Dassanayake, & Jayasuriya 28332 (Ld, Pd, W--
2764538), 28337 (Gz, Pd, W--2764547); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jaya-
suriya 28147 (Pd, W--2764410), 28210 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--
2764471); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Silva 28260 (Pd, W--2764526);
Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28266 (Ac, E,
Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764505); Worthington 1976 (K).

VITEX NEGUNDO f. ALBA P'ei

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.12: 570.
1968; Mold., Phytologia 17: 15--17. 1968; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1:
291) 4(1971) and 2: 927. 19713 Mold., Phytol. Mem. 23° 280) '& 592.
1980.

VITEX NEGUNDO f£. ALBIFLORA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 46.
1824; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Pételot, Pl.
Méd. Camb. Laos Vietn. 2: 248 (1954) and 4: 171. 1974; Bedi, E-
con. Bot. 21: 277, 279, & 281. 1967; Bedi, Hortic. Abstr. 38:
517. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 17: 17, 22, & 23. 1968; Mold., Résu-
mé Suppl. 16: 13 & 29. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 374 (1971)
and 2: 713 & 927. 1971; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 50: 418. 19695 Mold: ;
Phytologia 44: 391 (1979) and 45: 491. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem.

492 ish Ne APO} Tey (OP (Er 1B S/N Vol. 48, No. 6

2s 367 & 592. 1980.

Moon (1824) seems to refer to this white-flowered form: as
occurring in Sri Lanka, listing the vernacular name, "sudu-nika",
for it there. Bedi (1967 ,1968) asserts that Alectra parasitica
var. chitrakutensis grows as a parasite on the roots of "white-
flowering Vitex negundo '' in certain limited areas of India. It
is an alkaloid-producing plant traditionally used in the treat-
ment of leprosy.

VITEX NEGUNDO var. CANNABIFOLIA (Sieb. & Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz.

Additional synonymy: Vitex negundo castaneaefolia Everett, Cat.
Hardy Trees Shrubs 120. 1942.

Additional bibliography: Kwa-wi [transl. Savatier] , Arbor. 4:
pile de 1759) Benth. ain! Benth. & Hook. Gent.) Bil, 2) ((@)i2 iM 52 atlea7ios
C-. 8. Glarkesiny Hooks. £2), td.) Brit. india 4s) 584) 1885s) Sakalewehaes
Gen. ind. Fl. Okini 18-19 1924-—Stapr 5 ind. Lond.) 6: 7478. 19Sm=
Everett , Cat. Hardy Trees Shrubs 120. 1942; Hara, Enum. Sperm.
Moe, sano Ils Tbe sO) S TIGYASS isis INS GINS Ibo MoilGla Ss iil, nara 2s OY).
1948; Hatta, Kubo, & Watanabe, List Med. Pl. 15. 1952; Naito, Sci.
Rep. Kag. 2: 60. 1953; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4 [E-
num. Trach. 7]: 48. 1955; Roi, Trait. Pl. Méd. Chin. 411 & 484.
1955.) Laur eelustc. Nateesintrod.. Lion. bl. Latwany 2c l22oReeene.
1087.) 1962" Hylands U. Se Dept. Agr. Pil. Invent. 1682 in 19675
Molidiye shiny Foto peamn o//snel me le/—-—2 Okne OO Gru Moildier Résume Suppl. 16:
29. 1968; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 105. 1971; Mold.,
auc Soils Ie eA WO Aa AI Zl, BIBI VAS Poesy Saal. S's}.

i Sif (CUS FAL)) eral LE vee) Awan Al, TPA eS PAS oe O76 AUSTAL=
Priszter, Delect. Sem. Spor. Pl. Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59. 1971;
Hara. Enum. Sperm.) Jap...) imp. 2, Us) 190. 71972-) Kooiman, Act. bore
Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 389 (1975) and 34:
266. 1976; E. H. Walker ,F1. Okin. South. Ryuk. 894. 19763 C.—W-
Li, China Recunst. 27 (2): 4. 1978; Li, Nan-fang 100--102 & 168,
fig. 29. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 45: 485. 1980; Mold., Phytol.
Mems. 20612620 198) 9258.5. 266., 2805, 28255283. 297, 0298, S02..505eemgR
367, & 592. 1980; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 45 & 219. 1981.

Additional illustrations: D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs
105 Gn colon). 19/7 ii, Nan-tangs 1025) fie. S30. 19797

Recent collectors describe this plant as a low shrub, 1--2.3 m.
tall, often gregarious, suckering from the base, the flowers
sweet-scented, and the immature fruit green. They have found it
growing on grassy hillsides and slopes, at the edges of forests,
on dry land, along roadsides, and in dry, rocky, and grassy places
in general, but, according to Chin, "NOT on limestone", at 50-220
m. altitude, in anthesis in March, May, July to October, and De-
cember, and in fruit in July. Tsiang refers to it as "common" in
Kweichow.

The corollas are said to have been "pale-blue"” on Chin 843 and
Poore 296, "lavender-blue" on Hu 10244, "mauve" on Rhodes 47-64-
1222, and "greenish" on Tsiang 8518.

The leaf-margins on what appears to be the type collection, an
unnumbered Siebold collection, are remarkable for their fine ap-
pressed teeth. In most other collections the teeth are larger

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 493

and more erect.

Walker (1976) notes that this variety is reported by Masamune
(1955) from Ishigaki and Iriomote islands, but that "This has not
been verified". Hyland (1967) reports it cultivated in Maryland,
citing U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 262787 from Japan. Masamune
(1955) regards the "V. negundo L." of Sakaguchi (1924) and of
Naito (1953) to be var. cannabifolia rather than the typical form
of the species. He records the variety also from Taiwan, the
Philippines, Hainan, Fukien, Honan, Kiangsu, Anhwei, Chekiang,
Hupeh, Szechuan, Kwangtung, Yunnan, Malaya, Madagascar, and "Af-
rica", but it seems obvious that he is here referring to the species
as a whole. The Rhodes collection, cited below, was taken from a
plant grown in Canada from seed secured from Portugal. Priszter
(1971) offers seeds to horticulturists as his no. 1674.

Vernacular names reported for the variety are "hem-leaved vitex",
"hoang king", "huang-ching-tat", "merboh", "mou-ching", "sizo
king", "taiwan-ninzinboku", and "tch'ou king 1i". Hu (1981) re-
ports that the plant appears in Chinese materia medica under the
trade name of "Fructus Viticis Cannabifoliae".

It should be noted that the illustration given by Liu (1962) as
representing var. cannabifolia actually represents typical Vitex
negundo L. The Schneider (1911) reference in the bibliography (a-
bove) is sometimes cited as "1912", but appears actually to have
been published in 1911. The Bentham (1876) reference is usually
cited as "Bentham & Hooker", but, as painstakingly recorded by
Bentham himself ["'On the joint and separate work of the authors of
Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum" in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. 20: 304--308. 1883], the section on Verbenaceae was authored
by Bentham alone.

Roi (1955) lists this plant as among the medicinal plants of
China. ‘Li (1978, 1979) asserts that it is "a common plant widely
distributed in northern [and] central to southern China. The
leaves are palmately compound, generally with five leaflets below
and three toward the top of the stem. The use of Vitex for witch-
craft is.........mentioned in the much later work of Wu Ch'i-chUn
who says that 'There is a kind of ching in Kiangsi. Near the root
there are three leaflets, above that four, five, six, and seven
leaflets successively. The natives there said those with wholly
seven leaflets can be used to control demons and ghosts’. This
passage is probably referring to some morphogenetic variations of
the very common species Vitex negundo L. and its varieties. Those
variations, to the ancients or uninitiated, may have seemed to
signify magical powers. It also shows that the superstitions per-
taining to Vitex mentioned by Chi Han persisted in some parts of
southern China to at least the nineteenth century. The use of the
Mou-ching. as a magical plant seems to have originated in the north
but it had special significance in the south. In the Han-shu....
it says that Mou-ching was used as designs to depict the sun, moon,
and stars on pennants for religious ceremonies initiating the con-
quest of Nan-ylleh. The commentary of Chin Chu says that the
inter-joints [internodes] of Mou-ching are not equal, and that it
is cut, when the moon has a halo, into a sign to scare sick people.

494 PAHGY SOR LOR Cia A Vol. 48, No. 6

This statement is significantly similar to the description of
Mou-ching in Ning-p'u as given by Chi Han and by P'ei Yan.

"Vitex cannabifolia...... [is a] medicinal herb widely used for
cough and asthma in the southern provinces of Kiangsu and Cheki-
ang.'' Chemical analysis shows the presence of volatile oils con-
taining 17 elements effective in the treatment of and prevention
of bronchitis. Oil extracted from the leaves is made into cap-
sules and an emulsion and the '"'Results are better than with herbal
brews. It readily reduces or eliminates patients' symptoms. In-
flammatory epithelial lesions of bronchus mucosa improve marked-
ly.'"" He asserts that this plant is opening up "vast resources
for a medicine that can be collected and processed locally" and
which is now the "leading drug in preventing and treating chronic
bronchitis in China" -- also helpful in reducing incidence of
pulmonary emphysemas and pulmonary heart disease."

Alexander (1971) reports the plant "Very common in Hong Kong,
growing in thickets on hillslopes at lower level. Seeds, roots
and leaves are of medicinal value. Young shoots are useful for
weaving baskets."

The late 0. F. Cook, writing from San Antonio, Texas, ina
typescript dated April 10 and September 23, 24, 26, and 27, 1911,
and very kindly made available to me by my good friend and colleague,
Dr. Velma Rudd, gives a very interesting description, with illus-
trations, of anisophylly in this variety: ‘Leaves opposite, decus-
sate, nut each alternate pair unequal, the leaf on the upper or in-
ner side being smaller than the others. This remains true regard-
less of actual exposure, showing that the inequality is determined
in advance of actual conditions of growth, though it may depend up-
on position in the axil next to the main stalk, which may be un-
favorable. The inequality is greatest at the base of the shoot, be-
coming gradually less.

"Tt would be of interest to determine whether the inequality is
one of size only, which might be judged by comparison of shapes of
leaves of equal pairs with those of unequal pairs.

"Effect on inflorescences. The inflorescences that terminate
the branches are supplemented by lateral inflorescences from the ax-
ils of the upper leaves. If these represent an equal pair two sup-
plemental inflorescences are produced, while if the last pair is un-
equal there is only one supplemental inflorescence, from the axil
of the larger leaf. As the small leaf that fails to produce an in-
florescence branch is on the upper side and the large leaf on the
lower two-branched inflorescences usually have a vertical position,
one branch above another[sic].

"Inequality of floral bracts. Anisophylly does not cease with the
foliage leaves, but may be shown very distinctly in the long, nar-
rowly linear bracts that subtend the branches of the inflorescence.
The bracts that subtend lateral branches are nearly equal, while
those of superior branches are shorter than those of inferior
branches. The bracts are often deeply bifid and sometimes split com-
pletely to the base, so as to appear double. This tendency to divis-
ion may be considered as a reflection or translocation of characters
from the inflorescence branches which are pseudo-dichotomous in the

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 495

lower joints, by the regular abortion of the terminal buds and

the development of two subterminal. The distal portions of the
inflorescence branches become sympodial, for on joints that are to
produce fruit only one subterminal bud develops.

Fig. 1. Leaves showing the plan of having each alternating pair
unequal

496 Pe JO mL OM Goal ght Vol. 48, No. 6

"Leaves of unequal pairs are more symmetrical than those of e-
qual pairs. The phenomenon of anisophylly is not confined to the
upper and lower rows of leaves, but is frequently reflected in
differences between the upper and lower halves of the lateral or
equally-paired leaves. Indeed, it is a general rule that the
leaves of equal pairs are less symmetrical than those of unequal
pairs. Inequalities between the two halves of the lateral leaves
are most apparent on branches where the anisophylla of the upper
and lower leaves is most pronounced. The most frequent and obvi-
ous form of inequality is that of the basal lobes which are often
much larger on the ventral side of the leaf than on the dorsal.

Or there may be an additional lobe on the ventral side of the leaf
not represented on the dorsal side.

"In addition to the differences of the basal division the other
divisions of the lower side of the leaf are usually larger than
those of the upper side, though they may be less deeply lobed. In-
deed. the larger of the inferior divisions often exceeds the medi-
an division in size.

"Anisophylly is a term used to indicate a condition of inequal-
ity of leaf development on the upper and lower sides of special-
ized lateral branches.

"Some plants have all the branches alike, at least in the form
and arrangement of leaves, while other plants produce two or more
kinds of branches, sometimes with definitely different kinds of
leaves. Plants that have the lateral branches different from the
upright branches are likely to show the phenomenon of anisophylly.
One of the most frequent specializations of lateral branches is
that of producing only two rows of leaves, one on each side, as
in coffee and in the Central American rubber tree (Castilla). In
such cases the leaves of the lateral branches are equal. The phe-
nomenon of anisophylly appears on plants that have the lateral
branches somewhat specialized, but with more than two rows of
leaves.

"Though not at all confined to opposite-leaved plants, the con-
dition of anisophylly is much more readily recognized and more
readily studied on such plants than on those that have less definite
arrangements of leaves. When the leaves that grow out at the same
time and from the same place on the same branch are regularly un-
equal some definite factor of development must be involved. To ob-
serve the workings of this factor and, if possible, to connect it
with other external conditions or internal factors of heredity is
a matter of scientific interest.

"This plant affords several unusual advantages for the study of
anisophylly. In addition to the opposite leaves, the square stems
and decussate arrangement make it very easy to follow the different
rows of leaves, and the highly specialized, palmately divided form
of the leaves makes it possible to institute several comparisons
and to secure by simple inspection much more definite results than
could be obtained from simple-leaved plants without resorting to
elaborate measurements.

"Differences of form in leaves of the same pair. If the inequal-
ity of the leaves of the same pair were limited to differences of

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 497

size alone there would appear to be more reason in ascribing the
inequality merely to differences of position, exposure or nutri-
tion, and less reason to look upon the inequality as a definite

Big we

498 PD Hey TORE OFCor A Vol. 48, No. 6

hereditary specialization. But when the forms of the leaves that
belong to the same dorso-ventral pairs are observed it soon be-
comes evident that the inequality has been provided for very far
back in the development of the shoot, when the original plans or
primordia (Anlagen) of the leaves were laid down. The differences

1981 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 499

are not merely matters of size but often represent quite profound
differences of form. The lobes are not only differently cut, but
often differ in number, the usual figures being five in the upper
leaf and seven in the lower. Some will be seen where the middle
lobe is deeply cut -- or the basal divisions may be lobed in the
small leaf, entire in the large.

Fig. 4. Showing irregular notching in opposite pairs of leaves

500 P HOYT OMG On Gaal cA Vol. 48, No. 6

Fig. 5. Showing differences in alternating pairs of leaves

"Inequality not lost with change of position. On lower horizon-
tal or drooping branches the relations of the leaves and exposure
to light are often completely changed. If a branch grows in a hori-
zontal instead of an obliquely ascending direction the equal pairs
of leaves stand above and below the branch, while the unequal pairs
take the lateral positions along the sides. If the inequalities of
size and form depended directly on gravitation or exposure to light
they should be seriously modified by these changes in the position
of the developing branches, but in reality no such changes appear.
Unequal pairs though growing in lateral positions show as pronounced
inequalities as when growing in vertical positions...."

[to be continued]

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"A REVISED HANDBOOK TO THE FLORA OF CEYLON'' Volume II edited by .
M. D. Dassanayake & F. R. Fosberg, viii & 511 pp., 171 line
draw. pl., published for the Smithsonian Institution, the
National Science Foundation and the University of Peradeniya,
Sri Lanka, by the Amerind Publishing Company Pvt., New Delhi.
“Available from the U. S. Department of Commerce, National
Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161".
19si... $25.00.

A few issues earlier the first volume with ten families was
welcomed as bringng up-to-date Trimen's classical work (1893-1900),
Alston's emendations and corrections (1931), and the recent U. S.
funded field and herbarium research by specialists. About two-
thirds of this volume are devoted to the 68 genera in the Orchid-
aceae and Apostasia wallichii split off into its own family by D.
M. A. Jayaweera. There are excellent line-drawn habitat and dis-
sected flower and fruit illustrations without which identifications
would be particularly difficult even. though the keys and descrip-
tions are well prepared. The other families also treated in this
volume are: Bignoniaceae by Theobald, Lemnaceae by Hepper, Myrta-
ceae by Ashton, Pittosporaceae by Tirvengadum, Primulaceae by Soh-
mer, Proteaceae and Thymelaeaceae by Townsend and Rhizophoraceae
by the recently deceased Macnae and completed by Fosberg.

"HAWATI A NATURAL HISTORY - Geology, Climate, Native Flora and
Fauna Above the Shoreline" Second Edition by Sherwin Carl-
quist, x & 468 pp., 53 color photos, 1000 b/w photos, 38 line
draw, 2 tab. & 15 maps. Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden,
Honolulu, Hawaii. 1980. $18.00 paperbound.

The first edition was published a decade earlier for the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History. This one is much enriched with
many more of the author's fine illustrations which "present much
information in a condensed fashion and are useful for identifica-
tion and browsing.....and for explorations of the significance of
native features." The main sections of the book consider (1) the
Hawaiian setting in terms of its geology and climate, (2) such
biological phenomena as dispersal, adaptive radiation, arbores-
cence, loss of flight in birds and insects, and dispersal in plants,
(3) development of special groups such as the land snails, honey-
creepers, lobelioids and silverswords, (4) biological regions of
the main islands and the leeward chain, and (5) field trips and
references. This is an attractive, intelligent souvenir of

Hawaiian nature.
501

502 1 Jal Nee (OIE (0) (Er AL WN Vol. 48, No. 6

"ANNUAL REVIEW OF PLANT PHYSIOLOGY" Volume 32, edited by Winslow
R. Briggs with Paul B. Green & Russell L. Jones, xi & 641 pp.,
21 b/w fig., 1 draw., 7 tab. & 3 photo. Annual Reviews Inc.,
Palo Alto, California 94306. 1981. $20.00 U.S.A., $21.00
foreign.

In the introductory paper, "Biochemical Mechanisms of Disease
Resistance", A. A. Bell emphasizes that "resistance depends on
many biochemical components," that "elimination of a single com-
ponent may weaken but will not necessarily destroy resistance" be-
cause it is a “multicomponent dynamic system, paying particular
attention to time sequences and cellular specialization." The
eighteen other well presented valuable papers are grouped under
Molecules & Metabolism, Organelles & Cells, and Tissues, Organs,

& Whole Plants. What a valuable collection of annually pertinent
research topics have been presented in these volumes since 1949!
Their easy availability as reprints as well as their full bibli-
ographies and thorough indexing make their contents readily acces-
sible for germinating, budding and full bloom plant scientists.
The prefatory chapter is prepared by Dr. Birgit Vannesland, Nor-
wegian-born, Chicago-educated as a biochemist (enzymes) and now
at the Max-Planck-Gesellschaft in Berlin. "The scientists aren't
taking the mystery out of life. Even if they wanted to, they
couldn't do it."

"A PLANT CLASSIFICATION" Second Edition by Lyman Benson, xxiv &
9Otsppes 2 bywephoto. 290) dune) draws 22) ie ely table
& 16 maps. D. C. Heath and Company, Toronto and Lexington,
Massachusetts 02173. 1979. $22.95.

The first edition of 1957 was and still is a wonderful text,
but with the passage of more than two decades several basic con-
cepts in this taxonomic and/or systematic field have changed and
are incorporated into this also wonderful, mature edition. It is
very well presented and illustrated copiously with excellent
photographs and line drawings of flower dissections showing fam-
ily key characters by the recently deceased J. D. Laudermilk.
Keying goes this far before switching to local floras for anywhere
in the United States and Canada. The author presents the four
following major groups of dicots: (1) Thalamiflorae (hypogynous,
choripetalous or apetalous), (2) Corolliflorae (also hypogynous
but sympetalous), (3) Calyciflorae (perigynous or epigynous,
choripetalous or apetalous) and (4) Ovariflorae (epigynous and
sympetalous). The end page repeats them with diagram, key and
text page reference for efficient keying to families. The book is
well worth its price. I find myself stimulated to think of sever-
al different ways to use this text as the major one in a course
on plant classification. The last chapter on floral associations
is so well presented and illustrated that I hope it is not truncated
because of limited class time.

1981 Moldenke, Book reviews 503

"THE BLUE LIGHT SYNDROME" edited by H. Senger, xvi & 432 pp., 432
b/w fig., 18 photo & 69 tab. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Hei-
delberg & New York 10010, N. Y. 1980. $49.80.

This book includes all the papers presented at the "Internati-
onal Conference on the Effect of Blue Light in Plants and Micro-
organisms" and also a few papers by those who could not attend
the sessions in the Philipps-Universitut, Marburg. Now these
first broad coverages of the relatively new field can be shared
with more than the 140 attending scientists from 18 countries.
"The largest amount of time was dedicated to the photoreceptor
problem, but the attempt to decide between flavins or caroten-
oids failed". Among some of the 60 papers are such topics as:
evolution of photosensory systems, bacteriorhodopsin, blue-light
induced intracellular movements, blue and near U-V reversible
photoreaction in fungal conidia, photokilling in Fusarium, blue-

light effects on enzymes in carbohydrate metabolism and on green-
ing in microalgae.

"SEXUAL SELECTION AND REPRODUCTIVE COMPETITION IN INSECTS" edited
by Murray S. & Nancy A. Blum, xi & 463 pp., 59 b/w fig., 27
tab., 20 photo & 24 draw. Academic Press, London, San Fran-
cisco, New York, N. Y. 10003. 1979. $29.50.

This book is composed of thirteen expanded and updated, neatly
typed and offset-reproduced papers presented to the Behavior Sec-
tion of the 15th International Congress of Entomology in Washing-
ton, D. C., in 1976. They address "the role of individual fitness
in reproductive success as a primary prerequisite to comprehending
sexual selection. In so doing, the authors demonstrate that re-
productive competition has many evolutional faces. Their message
is perfectly clear -- only when these faces are analyzed and their
significance understood can we hope to comprehend the subtleties
of sexual selection."' Approaching this goal with data from the
field, the lab, and systems analyses are some papers on the histor-
ical development of sexual selection theory, sexual selection and
mating strategies, and also sexual conflict, functions of beetle
horns, Achias' eyestalks, and the survival value of courtship in
insects.

"A DICTIONARY OF BOTANY" by R. John Little & C. Eugene Jones, iv
& 400 pp., 159 b/w line draw. & fig. Van Nostrand Reinhold

Company, Dallas, San Francisco, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1980.
$18.50.

About 5,500 simple, direct, modern definitions from all fields
of botany are presented. Less used and differently used terms in
several of the long existing older dictionaries have been either
dropped, lumped or modified. The illustrations are clear, help-
ful and listed in cross reference where they can be useful for

504 PVH Weel ORL) Oh Gr lias Vol. 48, No. 6

more than one term. This book should be made available to all
botany and horticulture students especially beginning serious
ones. It is not meant to be a substitute for the previous older
English, French, German and Latin botanical dictionaries of much
greater detail and less availability.

"WESTCOTT'S PLANT DISEASE HANDBOOK" Fourth Edition revised by R.
Kenneth Horst, xx & 803 pp., 43 color photo, 48 b/w photo &
51 draw. Van Nostrand Reinhold, Dallas, San Francisco, New
Weds We Wo ICO), IOV, SS4o50e

This new edition maintains the excellence of content treatment
and familiar format, and therefore keeps this book prime in its
field among several other excellent ones because the reviser Horst
"always had great respect professionally for Dr. Cynthia Westcott".
Not with clerical "rubber stamping", but with his own professional
skill, Dr. Horst did what Dr. Westcott would have done but was no
longer available to do. "Chemicals and pesticide regulations have
been updated; a few taxonomic changes have been made in the bac-
teria, fungi, and mistletoes; the changing picture in diseases
caused by viruses and/or viruslike agents has been deseribed; a few
new host plants have been added; and many recently reported diseases
as well as previously known diseases listed now on new hosts have
been included. In addition photographs have been replaced where
possible, and some eolor photographs have also been added." And
they are all excellent. ''This book should be useful to gardeners,
landscape architects, florists, nurserymen, seed and fungicide
dealers, pesticide applicators, arborists, cooperative extension
agents and specialists, plant pathologists, and consultants." Sure-
ly he did not mean to omit schools of horticulture and agriculture.

"PROGRESS IN BOTANY -- Morphology, Physiology, Genetics, Taxonomy,
Geobotany" Volume 42 or 'FORTSCHRITTE DER BOTANIK - Morpho-
logie, Physiologie, Genetik, Systematik, Geobotanik" edited by
Heinz Ellenberger et al., xiv & 418 pp., 18 fig. & 4 tab..
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, N. Y. 10010.
1980. $56.00.

For each of the above topics there are such carefully prepared
current papers in English or German (but without summaries in the

alternate language) as (1) morphogenesis of the prokaryotic cell and
of eukaryotic algal cells, (2) biosynthesis of plant glycoproteins
and alkaloids, (3) replication, recombination and insertion mita-
genesis, (4) phylogeny of bacteria and lower plant groups, (5)
Quaternary vegetation, experimental ecology and mycorrhizal symbi-
osis. The 27 papers are well documented with references.

Index to authors in Volume Forty-eight

Beetle, A. A., 189
Driteys Les 2/6
Burger, W. C., 186
CarroLe, N..,
Freckmann, R. W., 99
Gentry, A. H
Gruther , R.
Guzmdn M., R., 77

Hocking, G. M., 194
Mewes Bs, 433

Johnston, M. C., 96

Rimee Reo Ms, 200, 221, 223
Kirkbride, M. C. G. de, 420
Lasser, T., 286
Leeuwenberg, A. J. M., 437
Lewis, M., 287
Lépez-Figueiras, M., 357
fundell (GC. L., L3l, 137

ae

Moldenke, A. L., 125, 279, 362,

429, 501

Moldenke: HiuNig suits GiliGs suziig
Ts, 2a LOO eg ke eee
292i SOs, Sods) Obs ODO, SOO
3905, S92, S945 Sole thee tots
439, 445, 450, 452

Ochoa, C. M., 229

Osoritiog soa seg ie

Ponce de Leon, P., 373

Pringle, Wisp Sagecou

Reed..'Ga EaueAkzo

Rieiner. (Rav a tin enelero

Robinson, H., 209, 215. 2215
223

St.aJohns, Hn» 43

Seymour, F. C., 1

Steyermark, J. S., 286

Thomas, Re Diss 2745 220

Ugent, D., 85

Van Faasen, P., 129

Wurdack, J. J., 238

Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Forty-eight

Ablizzia, 35

Abroma, 322

AGCACH ey lis, 25 Gis 9, 17, 19-24,
BU=S pesos 14, O%5 NOG, 167.
171, 356, 404, 405, 409, 483

Acaciella, 31

Acanthaceae, 405

Acantholippia, 171, 182

Acaulia, 91, 93, 94

Acer, 97

Acharitea, 394-396

goeern ren’? 395. achias, 503

Acritopappus, 221

Actinocheita, 172

Adelosa, 392, 393

Adenanthera, 11, 13, 34, 59

Aegilops, 90, 95

Aegiphila, 271, 438

Aeschynomene, 80, 372

Aesculus, 457

Agave, 403-405, 409

Ageratina, 221, 222

Ageratum, 221

Agnus-castus, 415

Ajgoideae, 124, 441

Ajugeae, 399, 442
Ajugoideae, 399, 441
ALbUZziadip lle Mijn (Dla 2am
35g 46 ci. O54 OO
Alcantara, 209, 213
Alectra, 480
Aleurites, 143
Aleurodiscus, 201
Algae, 198
Allionia, 409
Alloneuron, 246, 247
Allophylus, 74
Alloysia, 172
AloB, 404
Alpinia, 2
Amaranthus, 366
Amasonia, 290, 438
Ammi, 202
Amorpheae, 196, 279
Anacardiaceae, 351
Anaptychiae, 75
Androponeae, 189
Angiospermae, 280
Angiospermia, 321
Anneslia, 38

505

506 Pe aH AY. ETO a) Coat aA

Annona, 483
Anthracothecium, 72
Apostasia, 501
Archboldia, 386, 387
Ardisia, 134-142
Arecastrum, 72, 74, 75
Aristida, 80
Aristolochia, 332
Arundinella, 80

Asteraceae, 209, 211, 214,

2USe 22022325)
Asteridiella, 480
ASErOnTUM,. Sol SOL
Athelia, 201
Athyrium, 143
Avicennia, 294
Avicenniaceae, 126, 394
Axillares, 415
Bacillus, 480
Bahia, 403
Baileya, 403
Barroetea, 221
Barrosoa, 218
Beaucarnea, 172
Bemisia, 344
Bem-nosi, 489
Bem-noss, 467
Berberis, 404
Bessera, 80
Bignoniaceae, 419, 501
Bishopalea, 209, 211-213,

2165 21:7
Bishopiella, 218, 220
Blakea, 250, 251
Blumea, 129
Boraginaceae, 446
Borraginaceae, 402
Bothriochloa, 80, 409
Botrychium, 276-278
Bouchea, 451, 452
Bouteloua, 190, 404
Bovista, 373-379
Bovistella, 378
Brachyachne, 458
Brickellia, 221, 222
Bryophyta, 76
Buddleia, 490
Buettneria, 352
Bulbothrix, 72, 75
Burseraya 7] 1s. 255
Byssocorticium, 201
Caesalpinaceae, 55

Vol. 48, No. 6

Caésalpinia, 25,12, 15, Taso,
22 Se OOU IOS

Caesalpinoideae, 2, 56

Calliandra, 4:5) 0 50) a0 4 eee
185) 36-395 59), 60, GS moore
372

Caloplaca, 73

Galvyatia, 374,, 3/6 :

Camarosporulum, 1952 ee

Candelaria, 73 502

Canthium, 483

Capitanopsis, 323, 352

Capparis, 475, 483

Caryopterideae, 122

Caryopteris, 122, 399

Gassarattoa, 415

GASS Tayo Zee O

Castilla, 496

Ceanothus, 97

Celastraceae, 131

Celastrus, 2

Cephalocereus, 172

Ceraceomerulius, 201

Ceratobasidium, 201

Cercidium, 2-3

Cercospora, 323, 415

Cereus, 255

Chaetophorales, 199

Charophyta, 198

Chascanum, 451, 452

Chloanthaceae, 126, 387, 394

Chloanthoideae, 387

Chlorophycophyta, 198

Gliomnciei, Wai Wh

Ghresta, 211

Chrysanthellum, 167

Chrysomallum, 415

Citharexylon, 273, 296, 298,
301

Citharexylum, 270-273

Cladina, 361

(Gleveleybla,, 35 Woes S/o Soil

Clerodendreae, 118, 119, 321,
387, 389, 399, 441, 442

Clerodendron, 118, 393, 399,
407

Clerodendrum, 346, 393, 407,
409, 482

Clidemia, 248, 249

Coccocarpia, 357-358, 360, 361

Coccoloba, 272

Coldonia, 404

1981

Comastoma, 284
Combretaceae, 233, 464
Combretum, 356, 464
Commiphora, 322, 385, 464
Comocladia, 372
Compositae, 129, 130, 214
Condalia, 404
Confertobasidium, 201
Conocliniopsis, 218
Conostegia, 249
Cordia, 405
Cornus, 97
Corticiaceae,
Crataegus, 274
Crotalaria, 372
Cryptophycophyta,
Cucurbita, 401
Cuphea, 80
Cupressus, 97
Curatella, 113
Cyanea, 143-145
Cyanochloronta, 198, 199
Cyanophycophyta, 198
Cyclonema, 331, 352, 354
Cymaria, 123-125
Cynodon, 189
Cyperaceae, 410
Cyperus, 146, 147
Cypripedium, 426, 427
Cytharexylum, 273, 292-312
Dactyloctenium, 190
Dalbergia, 464
Datea,) 196), 197,: 279
Dasycondylus, 218
Dasylirion, 404, 405
Dasutingis, 480
Datura, 409
Delissoideae, 143
Delonix, 2, 21, 39
Desmanthus, 22, 39, 40, 61,
69
Desmodium, 372
Diatrype, 480
Dicerandra, 433, 435, 436
Dichanthelium, 99-110, 191-
193
Dicrastylidaceae, 395
Didynamia, 321
Digitaria, 80,
Dimerella, 73,
Diplorhynchus,
Dipsacus, 211

Corolliflorae,
502

201

198

Index

Dirinaria,
Disciseda,
Dodonaea, 372
Drymonia, 437
Echinochloa,
Echinopteris,
Elerthella,
Enallagma,
Ensifolia, 101
Entada, 4, 40, 62, 69
Entandrophragma, 464
Enterolobium, 16, 40, 47, 61,
69
Ephedra, 404
Episcothamnus,
217
Epithele, 293
Eragrosteae, 189
Eragrostis,189
Eremanthus, 211
Ericaceae, 387
Eriocaulaceae, 126, 394
Eriocaulon, 253, 254
Erioderma, 358-359
Errazurizia, 196, 197, 279
Erythrina, 2/2, 266;.322., 385
Escherichia, 480
Euagnus, 415
Eucalyptus, 73, 202, 458
Eudoxia, 281, 282
Euglenophycophyta,
Euonymus, 131, 132
Eupatorieae, 211, 218, 221-
22350229
Eupatorium, 221, 222
Euphorbia, 464
Everniastrum, 359, 361
Exosporium, 415
Faradaya, 118, 323, 387
Ficus, 13. Jus 322, 385.) 482
Florissantia, 313, 322, 350
Flourensia, 404, 409
Forestiera, 404
Fouquiera, 172
Fouquieria, 255, 404, 409
Fraxinus, 97
Galactia, 372 age
Garretia, 121, 122
Garrettia, 121-123, 125
Garrya, 97, 171, 404
Gasteromycetes, 376, 379
Gastropila, 374, 378, 379

73, 75
374

109
172
480

294

ZO9=Z2 Ei esa

198

Fusarium,

507

508

Gentiales, 280

Gentiana, 281-284

Gentianaceae, 281, 283, 285

Gentianella, 281-285

Gentianopsis , 284

Gesneriaceae, 437

Ghinzav,) Jelele dels nis

Glomerovitex , 415

Glomerulosae, 415

Glossocalyx, 415

Glossocarya, 122

Glyceria, 191

Glyphis, 73

Gomphrena, 346

Govenia, 96

Gramineae, 77, 109, 110

Graphardisia, 137 , 139-141

Graphis, 735 75

Grewia, 464

Grusonia, 404

Guinea, 111

Gutierrezia, 408

Gymnema, 480

Gyptidinae, 218

Gyrocarpus, 322, 385

Haematoxylon, 3

Hakea, 458

Hamamelidaceae, 131

Hanstingia, 313

Hastingia, Slo. 3229355), 334

Hastangswal, iol ones l ces Zo Po OS,
334

Hechtia, 171, 404, 405

Heisteria, 351

Helianthus, 90, 94

Helicteres, 183

Heliocarpus, 171

Henriettella, 249

Heteranthera, 80

Heterocoma, 209, 213, 214

Heterocyphelium, 357, 359

Heterodermia, 74

Hilaria, 409

Holmschioldia, 313

Holmshioldia, 313, 334

Holmshj&ldia, 313

Holmskidia, 313

Holmskiodia , 313

Holmskioldea, 313, 334

Holmskioldia, 118, 312, 315,
Sul7/, Sie) S, SAH S35) 6 Sin
339, 341, 343-347, 349,

PHO YE OMT ORG rier A

Holmskioldia,351-355, 384, 385

Holmskibldia, 313, 332

Holmskjoeldia, 313, 333

Holmskjoldia, 313, 334

Holmskj&ldia, 313, 334

Holmskoldia, 313, 333, 334

Holmsk6ldia, 313, 334

Holsmkioldia, 313

Homdkioldia, 313

Homoskioldia, 313, 334

Homschioldia, 313

Homskioldia, 313

Hormisciomyces, 415

Hosea, 1175 1195 120, 328

Hoseanthus, 116-121

Huxleya, 388, 389

Hydrangea, 350-352

Hydrochloa, 77, 78, 80-84

Hymenopyramis, 122

Hyptis, 170

Tbarraea, 137-139

Inga, 50, 69, 72-74

Inuleae, 129

Inuloideae, 130

Ipomoea, 171, 405

Trenopsis, 415, 480

Tryanthera, 233, 234

Tsanthus, 406

Ischnia, 111

Tsoetes, 74, 275

Isthimia, 199

Jacquemontia, 255

Jatropha, 172, 255, 404, 409

Juglandifolia, 93

Juliana, 172

Juncus, 146, 147, 404

Junellia, 446

Juniperus, 171

Jussiaea, 80

Justicia, 259

Kaempferia, 111

Kalaharia, 353

Karomia, 122

Klebsiella, 480

Krameria, 372

Kuhnistera, 279

Kurtzamra, 446, 447

Labiataey 124, 270m) 32s S225
399, 402, 433, 441-443

Lagascea, 164

Laggera, 130

Lagondium, 415, 467, 486

Vol. 48, No. 6

1981 Index 509
Lagundi, 467 Marsilea, 352
Lamiaceae, 270, 321, 352, 395, Massaria, 415, 480

399, 406, 446, 447

Langermannia, 373-377, 379,
381-383

Lanopila, 373-380

Bancana, L25,.157, 165, 167,
Woe265, 290, 405

Lantaneae, 451

Lanuginosa, 110

Larrea, 171, 255, 403-405,
409

Lasiosphaera,

Lecidea, 74

Leersia, 80

Leguminosae, 1, 2, 55, 196,
279, 369

Lemnaceae, 501

Leonurus, 295

Leptogium, 74, 76

Leptoloma, 110

Lespedeza, 94

Leucaena, 13, 17, 23-25, 40,
41, 64, 69

Liatrinae, 218

Tiatris, 211

Lichenes, 75, 76, 361

Liliaceae, 323

Limia, 415

Lindenbergia, 447

Linochora, 415

Lippia,; 151, 153-185, 255-270,
290

Liquidambar, 271

Liriodendron, 279

Lobelia, 80

Lobeliaceae, 143

Loganiaceae, 280

Lonchocarpus, 372

Lychnophora, 210-212, 214

Lychnophorinae, 209, 211

Lycoperdaceae, 378-380

Lycoperdales, 374

Lycoperdon, 374, 376-378

Lyperia, 446, 447

HUSELONa, Ls e2ks 223, Das 925.4
hee Ose O9s 255

Mailelou, 415

Malpighia, 172

Malvaceae, 179

Marina, 196, 197, 279

Markhamia, 464

373,376

Mastigophora, 199

Matudaea, 131

Megistacroloba,

Melampodium, 403

Melastomataceae, 238, 239, 241,
243, 245, 247, 349, 351

Meliaceae, 122

Meriania, 238, 239

Miconia, 239-246

Microtropis, 132

Mikania, 223-227

Mimosa, 1, 3, 14, 19, 25-30, 40-
46, 50, 58, 69, 70, 255, 369-
372, 404

Mimosaceae,

Mimosae, 55

Mimosoideae, 2, 56

Moellerodiscus, 310

Momosa, 42

Mortoniodendron,

Muhlenbergia, 80

Musci, 288

Mutisieae, 211

Myristicaceae, 233

Myrsinaceae. 134, 135, 139, 141

Myrsine, 42, 137

Myrtaceae, 501

Mytilidion, 480

Negundo, 466, 467

Nematoda, 368

Neo-urbania, 446

Neptunia, 23, 24, 46, 70

Nesogenes, 395, 396

Nika, 467

Nissolia, 372

Nyctaginaceae, 406

Nyctanthaceae, 126, 394

Nyctanthes, 323

Oerstedianthus, 140-142

Olacaceae, 351

Ophioceras, 480

Ophioglossaceae, 278

Ophioglossum, 277, 278

Opuntia, 405, 409

Orchidaceae, 98 ,128, 446, 501

Origanum, 172

Orobanche, 367

Oryzoideae, 77

Ostropa, 480

Ovariflorae,

93

55

133

502

510 PAH GY GLVO si KOmG wan cA

Ovieda, 399

Oxalis, 276

Oxera, 118, 323, 441, 442

Oxereae, 389

Pachira, 294

Pachyloma, 238

Palicourea, 420-422, 424, 425

Paliurus, 416

Paniceae, 189

Panicum, 99-103 , 106-110, 189,
TOT=193

Pannaria, 359

Papilionoideae, 2

Parkinsonia, 2, 9, 47, 66, 70

Parmelia, 359

Parmeliaceae, 75

Parmeliae, 360, 361

Parmotrema, 74, 360

Parosela, 279

Parthenium ,

Paspalum, 189

Passiflora, 237

Pedaliaceae, 111

Peltophorum,

Pentaclethra, 17, 47, 70

Peperomia, 186-188

Peronema, 122

Petalonyx, 404

Petalostemon, 279

Petraea, 352

Petraeovitex, 323 , 442, 490

Beereag 3905 S90

Phaeophycophyta, 198

Phaerochaete, 201

Phanerostylis, 221, 222

Phaseolus, 372

Phyla, 154

Phyllosticta, 415

Physcia, 74

Physciae, 75

Physciopsis, 74

Physopsidae, 387

Phytomonadina, 199

Pilea, 233) 236,.237

Pinnus, 80

Pinus; 97, 271, 274

Piperaceae, 186, 187

Piptadenia, 11, 19, 22, 47, 70

Pisonia, 143

Pithecellobium, 1, 2, 4-7, 9-
TZ T6202 1. 23025 eooRmae.
47-54,60-64, 70, 71, 372

404, 409

2, 12, EPS 70). 356

Pithecoseris, 211
Pittosporaceae, 501
Pityrocarpus, 372
Placopsis, 360
Platinium, 313, 333
Platumium, 313, 334
Platunium, 313, 333
Platunum, 313
Pleurococcus, 199
Pluchea, 130
Plucheinae, 129, 130
Poaceae, 99, 109
Podocarpus, 2
PoIneilanaya So wi
Polytrichum , 287-289
Porana, 349-352
Premna, 323, 345, 465
Primulaceae, 501
Priva, 451
PLOSOPIS) 21s) Sila Sie OO meiee
i Wy e400 bo ee <1)
Prospodium, 155
Proteaceae, 501
Proteopsis, 209, 212, 213
Prunus, 97
Pseudosamanea, 35, 71
Psophocarpus, 366
Psorothamnus, 196, 197, 279
Pterocarpus, 356
Pterocaulon, 129, 130
Pyrostoma, 415
Quercus; ‘80, 97. M7 274.
404
Quetzalia, 132
Ramalina, 74, 76
Rapanea, 137, 142
Raritebe, 423
Rhamnus, 97, 299
Rhizophoraceae, 501
Rhodogeron, 129
Rhodophycophyta, 198
Ricinodendron, 322, 385
Roccella, 360
Rocella, 360
Rubiaceae, 73, 294, 346,
LOX HPA UPS se UNS)
Ruellia, 255, 405
Russelia, 372
Saccharum, 483
Sacciolepis, 80
Sachsia, 129
Salatium, 283

Vol. 48, No. 6

1981 Index

Salvia, 97 Syngonanthus, 291
Sapium, 255 Tabebuia, 74, 75
Sarcolippia, 165 Tagetes, 80
Schizolobium, 2, 11, 14, 54, 71 Tamarix, 483
Schizomycetes, 199 Tamonea, 112, 115, 116
Schizophyta, 199 Tamonia, 114
Schoenolirion, 322, 323 Taraxacum, 87

Schrankia, 19, 40, 54, 71 Tecoma, 404

Schrebera, 464 Tectona, 345

Scirpus, 404 Teijsmanniodendreae, 442
Sclerocarya, 356 Teliclea, 397, 408
Scrophularia, 413 Teloschistes, 74
Scrophulariaceae, 395, 446, 447 Terminales, 415
Sebastiania, 73, 74 Terminalia, 183, 233-237, 458
Selaginella, 404 Tessaria, 130
Selinocarpus, 404 Testudo, 87

Sensitivae, 369 Tetrachloa, 397
Sericodes, 404 Tetraclea, 397, 399, 401, 403,
Sesamnothamnus, 464 405-407, 409-413
Shigella, 480 Tetracleis, 397
Sipolisia, 209, 212, 213 Tetracles, 397

Sitotroga, 479
Solanum, 85-95, 229, 231, 232,
295, 409
Sophora, 482
Sorghastrum, 80
Sorghum, 189
Spartothamnella, 441, 442
Spartothamnus, 442
Sphaeranthus, 129, 130
Sphenodesma, 345
Spiranthes, 96-98
Sporobolus, 404
Squamanita, 375
Stachytarpheta, 255, 451, 452
Staphylococcus, 480
Stenacaenium, 129
Sterculia, 322, 385
Sterculiaceae, 322
Stilbaceae, 126, 394
Striga, 367
Strigula, 74
Strophanthus, 464
Stryphnodendron, 12, 17, 54,
71
Stylosanthes, 372
Svensonia, 452
Symphorema, 345
Symphoremaceae, 126, 394
Symplocaceae, 119
Symplocos, 119
Synanthera, 446

Tetradymia, 400
Teucridium, 439, 441-444
Teucrium, 399, 405, 410, 441,
443
Thallophyta, 76
Thamniflorae, 502
Thornbera, 279
Thymelaeaceae, 501
Tiliaceae, 133
Tingidae, 480
Tococa, 247, 248
Topobea, 251, 252
Torenia, 465
Trachypogon, 113
Tradescantia, 90, 94
Trema, 265
Trichostoma, 399, 405
Trifolium, 276
Trypethelium, 75
Tulostoma, 380
Tylophoron, 360
Ubochea, 450-452
Ulmus, 274
Umbellatae, 239
Upochea, 450
Urbania, 445-449
Urticaceae, 233
Usnea, 75, 76
Vaccinium, 274
Vellozia, 161, 263
Verbena, 446, 447

511

512 Pon Ya 0) E OvGwa A Vol. 48, No

Verbenaceae, 116, 118, 121,
WPA SASS PTs, Syl" Syv72-
351, 352, 386, 388-390,
3925, 39455395), 59928402"
439, 4415 443, 445, 450

Verbenoideae, 451

Vernonia, 214

Vernoniaceae, 214

Vernonieae, 209, 211, 214

Vernoniinae, 211

Vibrio, 480

Viburnum, 350-352

Viguiera, 171, 404

Viteae, 321

Wane, WAS), AAR Pia yom AILS E
415-419, 441, 442, 452-467,

469, 471, 473, 475-495,497,499

Viticeae, 321, 389, 442
Viticoideae, 321, 387
Vito, 467

Volvocales, 199
Volvocidae, 199
Waltheria, 183
Xeroderris, 464
Xolocotzia, 390, 391
Yucca, 172, 404, 409
Zapania, 169
Zappania, 154

Zea, 189

Zeta, 415

Zinnia, 403
Zinowiewia, 132, 133
Zizyphus, 483

Publication dates

Oe WN FR OO

March 22, 1981
April 21, 1981
May 19, 1981
June 2, 1981
July 13, 1981
July 13, 1981

- 6

,

ah Se

a
®

rev

ee |

its ea re y

4
AY

et Ors

a

hey

ay

New York

WN PH

3 5185 0

o=

RPP S hee,
Sule Bae cee 2

Fagin SP SE
agree eS See
Foe Riza 0a 8 Pee
ae
wide oe FF

Pate TES
fee P ofa es

rey BASEN
ee 5

aia a oo 5 : : ee 2 ea eo thee 5 2 sh ~ eth Spteate RAF ake é ‘ ours a rae weed
mo Sy a amen : . 2 4 ahs < : : : ies on 4 * Z oa
OES , shui" 2

a ek a a I at * he sare teUR Ae
RAS ok US Poe eee
See tk, Wes Ww Sr enenaes
7 .

Soke
ia ante ea
> ae ~